IMPLEMENTING RULES AND REGULATIONS (IRR) OF

REPUBLIC ACT NO. 9514, OTHERWISE KNOWN AS

THE FIRE CODE OF THE PHILIPPINES OF 2008
Pursuant to the provision of Section 14 in relation to Section 5 of Republic Act No. 9514,
entitled “AN ACT ESTABLISHING A COMPREHENSIVE FIRE CODE OF THE PHILIPPINES, REPEALING
PRESIDENTIAL DECREE NO. 1185, AND FOR OTHER PURPOSES”, the following Rules and Regulations
are hereby adopted in order to carry out the provisions of this Code.

RULE 1. INTERPRETATION
This IRR shall be interpreted in light of the Declaration of Policy found in Section 2 of
the Code:
“It is the policy of the State to ensure public safety, promote economic development
through the prevention and suppression of all kinds of destructive fires, and promote the
professionalization of the fire service as a profession. Towards this end, the State shall enforce
all laws, rules and regulations to ensure adherence to standard fire prevention and safety
measures, and promote accountability in the fire protection and prevention service.”

RULE 2. COVERAGE
This IRR shall cover the following:

A. All persons;

B. All buildings, facilities or structures and their premises erected or constructed before and
after the effectivity hereof;

C. Design and installation of mechanical, electronics and electrical systems relative to fire
protection;

D. Manufacturing, storage, handling and/or use, and transportation of explosives and/

or combustible, flammable liquids and gases, toxic and other hazardous materials and
operations, and their wastes;

E. Fire safety planning, design, construction, repair, maintenance, rehabilitation and

demolition;

F. Fire protective and warning equipment or systems;

G. All land transportation vehicles and equipment, ships or vessels docked at piers or wharves
or anchored in seaports; and

H. Petroleum industry installations.

RULE 3. DEFINITION OF TERMS

For purposes of this IRR, the following terms, or words or phrases shall mean or be understood
as follows:

Abatement. Any act that would remove or neutralize a fire hazard.

Aerodrome. An airport, a defined area on land or water (including any building, installation and
equipment) intended to be used wholly or in part for the arrival, departure and surface movement
of aircrafts.

Aircraft Engine. Any engine used, or intended to be used, for the propulsion of an aircraft and includes
all parts, appurtenances, and accessories thereof other than propellers.

1
Aircraft. Any machine that can derive support in the atmosphere from the reactions of the air other
than the reactions of the air against the earth’s surface.

Airport. Any area of land or water designed, equipped, set apart or commonly used for affording
facilities for the landing and departure of aircraft and includes any area or space, whether on
the ground, on the roof of a building or elsewhere, which is designed, equipped or set apart for
affording facilities for the landing and departure of aircrafts capable of descending or climbing
vertically.

Alternative and/or Remedial Fire Safety Measures. Set of fire safety rules, regulations, and standards
specifically applied to existing public or private buildings, structures or facilities and their premises
or portion thereof constructed or erected prior to the implementation of RA 9514, which has no
existing ASSS required under the said law.

Apartment Building. A building containing three (3) or more living units independent cooking and
bathroom facilities, whether designated as condominium, row house, apartment house, tenement,
garden apartment, or by any other name.

Approved Supervised Sprinkler System (ASSS). An integrated network of hydraulically designed piping
system installed in a building, structure or facility with outlets arranged in a systematic pattern. It
automatically discharges water when activated by heat or combustion products of fire.

Approved. Acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction.

Authorized Government Depository Bank (AGDB) or Authorized Government Servicing Bank (AGSB).
Government servicing banks such as Land Bank of the Philippines (LBP), Development Bank of
the Philippines (DBP), United Coconut Planters Bank (UCPB), and Philippine Veterans Bank (PVB),
wherein fire code revenues are deposited for subsequent remittance to the Bureau of Treasury (BTr).

Automatic Fire Suppression System (AFSS). An integrated system of underground or overhead piping
connected to a source of extinguishing agent or medium, designed in accordance with fire
protection engineering standards to include, but not limited to Automatic Fire Sprinkler System
which when actuated by its automatic detecting device suppresses fire within the area protected
even without human intervention.

Automotive Service Station. That portion of property where liquids used as motor fuels are stored and
dispensed from fixed equipment into the fuel tanks of motor vehicles and shall include any facilities
available for the sale and service of tires, batteries and accessories, and for minor automotive
maintenance work.

Baffle. A non liquid-tight transverse partition in a cargo tank.

Bale. A large bundle or package of hay or a raw material such as cotton, tightly bound with string or
wire to keep it in shape during transportation or storage.

Blasting Agent. Any material or mixture consisting of a fuel and oxidizer used to set off explosives.

Blowout. A sudden release of oil and gas from a well.

Boiling point. The temperature at which the vapor pressure of a liquid equals the surrounding
atmospheric pressure. Where an accurate boiling point is unavailable for the material in question,
or for mixture which do not have a constant boiling point, for purposes of this classification the ten
percent (10%) point of distillation performed in accordance with the Standard Method of Test for
Distillation of Petroleum Products ASTM D-86-62, may be used as the boiling point of the liquid.

Brush. Land covered with a dense undergrowth of small trees and brushes.

Building Administrator. Any person who acts as agent of the owner and manages the use of a building
for the latter.

Bulk Oxygen System. An assembly of equipment, such as oxygen storage containers, pressure regulators,
safety devices, vaporizers, manifolds, and interconnecting piping, that has a storage capacity of
more than five hundred sixty-six cubic meters (566 m3) of oxygen including unconnected reserves
on hand at the site.

Bulk Plant. That portion of a property where liquids are received by tank vessel, pipelines, tank cars, or
tank vehicle, and are stored or blended in bulk for the purpose of distributing such liquids by tank
2
 vessels, pipeline, tank car, tank vehicle, portable tank or container.

Bulkhead. A liquid-tight closure between compartments of a cargo tank.

Cargo Tank. Any tank having a liquid capacity more than four hundred fifty liters (450L) used for
carrying flammable and combustible liquids and mounted permanently or otherwise upon a tank
vehicle. The term “cargo tank” does not apply to any container used solely for the purpose of
supplying fuel for the propulsion of the tank vehicle upon which it is mounted.

Cellulose Nitrate or Nitro Cellulose. A highly combustible and explosive compound produced by the
reaction of nitric acid with a cellulose material.

Cellulose Nitrate Plastic (Pyroxylin). Any plastic substance, materials or compound having cellulose
nitrate (nitro cellulose) as base.

City/Municipal Fire Marshal (C/MFM). The duly designated head of the City or Municipal Fire Station
including those designated as “Officer-in-Charge” or in an “Acting” capacity. This shall also apply
to highly urbanized Cities and Stations where by its approved organization the head is the District
Fire Marshal or Station Commander as the case maybe.

Chemical Plant. A large integrated plant or that portion of such plant other than a refinery or distillery
where flammable or combustible liquids are produced by chemical reactions or used in chemical
reactions.

Closed Container. Any container so sealed by means of a lid or other device that neither liquid nor
vapor will escape from it at ordinary temperatures.

Collecting Officer. An accountable officer, who shall be responsible in the collection, deposit and
remittance of fire code revenues from all fire code taxes, fees/charges and fines with AGDB or
AGSB.

Combustible Fiber. Any readily ignitable and free-burning fibers, such as but not limited, to cocoa
fiber, cotton, excelsior, hay, hemp, henequen, istle, jute, kapok, oakrum, rags, sisal, Spanish moss,
straw, tow, waste cloth, waste paper, certain synthetic fibers commonly used in commerce, or any
material in a fibrous or shredded form that will readily ignite when heat sources are present.

Combustible Liquid. Any liquid having a flash point at or above thirty-seven and eight tenths degrees
Celsius (37.8°C), and classified as follows:

Class II Liquid. Any liquid that has a flash point at or above thirty-seven and eight tenths degrees
Celsius (37.8°C) and below sixty degrees Celsius (60°C).

Class IIIA Liquid. Any liquid that has a flash point at or above sixty degrees Celsius (60°C), but
below ninety-three degrees Celsius (93°C).

Class IIIB Liquid. Any liquid that has a flash point at or above ninety-three degrees Celsius (93°C).

Combustible Waste. Also known as loose waste material, are those generated by an establishment
or process and, being salvageable, are retained for scrap or reprocessing on the premises where
generated. These include, but not limited to, all combustible fibers, hay, straw, hair, feathers,
down, wood shavings, turnings, styropor, all types of plastics, all types of paper products, soiled
cloth trimmings and cuttings, rubber trimmings and buffings, metal fines, used oil and any mixture
of the above items, or any other salvageable combustible waste material.

Community Fire Brigade (or Barangay Fire Brigade). A group of firefighters performing fire suppression
activities within a specified jurisdiction.

Compressed Air Foam (CAF).

Compressed Gas. One that exists solely in the gaseous state under pressure in the range of two hundred
seventy-three kilo-pascal (273 KPa) to twenty-four thousand nine hundred twenty three kilo-pascal
(24,923 KPa) at all normal atmospheric temperature ranging from twenty degrees Celsius (20°C) to
thirty-seven and eight tenths degrees Celsius (37.8°C) inside its container.

Compressed Gas Container. A pressure container designed to hold compressed gases at pressures
greater than one atmosphere at twenty degrees Celsius (20°C).

3
Compressed Gas System. An assembly of components, such as containers, reactors, pumps,
compressors and connecting piping and tubing, designed to contain, distribute or transport
compressed gases.

Common Atmosphere. A common atmosphere exits between rooms, spaces or area within a building,
which are not separated by an approved smoke partition.

Container. Any vessel of less than two hundred twenty-seven liters (227L) capacity used for transporting
or storing liquids.

Conservation. All the processes and measures of maintaining the cultural significance of cultural
property, including but not limited to, preservation, restoration, reconstruction, protection,
adaptation, or any combination thereof.

Corrosive Liquid. Any liquid which causes fire when in contact with organic matter or with certain
chemicals.

Crude Oil. Any naturally-occurring, unrefined petroleum liquid.

Cryogenic. Is descriptive of any material which, by its nature or as a result of its reaction with other
elements, produces a rapid drop in temperature of the immediate surroundings.

Cryogenic Container. A pressure or low-pressure or atmospheric container of any size designed or

used for the transportation, handling or storage of a cryogenic fluid, and which utilizes venting,
insulation, refrigeration or a combination thereof to maintain the pressure within the design
parameters for such container and to keep the contents in a liquid state.

Cryogenic Fluids. Fluids produced or stored at very low temperatures and that have normal boiling
point below negative fifty-five degrees Celsius (-55°C).

Cryogenic Inground Container. A container in which the maximum liquid level is below the normal
surrounding grade and is constructed of natural materials, such as earth and rock and pendent
upon the freezing of water-saturated earth materials for its tightness or impervious nature.

Curtain Board. A vertical panel of non-combustible or fire resistive materials attached to and extending
below the bottom chord of the roof trusses to divide the underside of the roof into separate
compartments so that heat and smoke will be directed upwards to a roof vent.

Customer Relations Officer (CRO). An organic member of the Bureau of Fire Protection who is tasked
to attend to the immediate needs and concerns of the customer, applicants or any taxpayer
transacting business in a unit/station/office.

Damper. A normally open device installed inside air duct systems which automatically closes to restrict
the passage of smoke or fire.

Deck Integrated Foam Firefighting System (DIFFS).

Derrick. A framework that is constructed over a mine or oil well for the purpose of boring or lowering
pipes.

Detearing. A process for rapidly removing excess wet coating material from a dipped or coated
object or material by passing it through an electrostatic field.

Dip Tank. A tank, vat or container of flammable or combustible liquid in which articles or materials are
immersed for purposes of coating, finishing, treating, or similar processes.

Dispensing Device. Equipment used to deliver petroleum products such as gasoline, diesel and
kerosene: installed in a fore court/curve area within the retail outlet. Dispensing device can either
be a self-contained or with a remote/submersible pump.

Distillation. The process of first raising the temperature to separate the more volatile from the less
volatile parts and then cooling and condensing the resulting vapor so as to produce a nearly
purified substance.

Distillery. A plant or that portion where liquids produced by fermentation and distillation are
concentrated, and where the concentrated products may also be mixed, stored, or packaged.

4
Dormitories. Includes buildings where group sleeping accommodation are provided for persons, not
members of the same family group in one room or in series of closely associated room under
joint occupancy and single management, as in college dormitories, convents, fraternity houses,
military barracks, and the like.

Drum. A container which has a total capacity of two hundred twenty-seven liters (227L) used in storing
liquid.

Dry Standpipe. A type of standpipe system in which the pipes are normally not filled with water. Water
is introduced into the system thru fire service connections when needed.

Duct System. A continuous passageway for the transmission of air.

Dust. Any finely divided solid, four millimeters (4 mm) or less in diameter (that is, material capable of
passing through a U.S. No. 40 standard sieve) which, if mixed with air in the proper proportion,
becomes explosive and may be ignited by a flame or spark or other source of ignition.

Electrical Arc. An extremely hot luminous bridge formed by the passage of an electric current across
a space between two conductors or terminals.

Electrostatic Fluidized Bed. A container holding powder coating material that is aerated from below
so as to form an air-supported expanded cloud of such material that is electrically charged with a
charge opposite to that of the object to be coated. Such object is transported through a container
immediately above the charged and aerated materials in order to be coated.

Ember. A hot piece or lump that remains after a material has partially burned, and is still oxidizing
without the manifestation of flames.

Enclosed Platform. A partially enclosed portion of an assembly room the ceiling of which is not more
than one hundred fifty-five centimeters (155 cm) above the proscenium opening of which is
designed or used for the presentation of plays, demonstrations, or other entertainment wherein
scenery, drops, decorations or other effects may be installed or used.

Explosive. Includes any chemical compound or mechanical mixture that is commonly used or
intended for the purpose of producing an explosion.

Exit Discharge. That portion of a means of egress between the termination of an exit and a public way.

Exterior Ways of Exit Access.

Finishes. Materials used as final coating of a surface for ornamental or protective purposes.

Fire. The active principle of burning, characterized by the heat and light of combustion.

Class A Fire. Fires involving ordinary combustible materials such as wood, cloth, rubber and plastics.

Class B Fire. Fires involving flammable liquids and gases.

Class C Fire. Fires involving energized electrical equipment.

Class D Fire. Fires involving combustible materials, such as sodium, magnesium, potassium, and
other similar materials.

Class K Fire. Fires in cooking appliances that involve combustible cooking media (vegetable or
animal oils and fats).

Fire Area.

Fire Alarm. Any visual or audible signal produced by a device or system to warn the occupants of the
building or fire fighting elements of the presence or danger of fire.

Fire Alerting System. A fire alarm system activated by the presence of fire, where the signal is transmitted
to designated locations instead of sounding a general alarm.

Fire Barrier.

Fire Barrier Wall.

5
Fire Brigade. A collective term that is used to refer to a group of firefighters, primarily performing fire
suppression activities in areas such as, but not limited to, community/barangay, company, and
other government and non-government establishments.

Fire Code Fees/Charges. Charges for regulation, inspection and other fire service activities in the
enforcement of the Fire Code and its IRR.

Fire Code Fines. Amount imposed for violators of the Fire Code and its IRR.

Fire Code Revenues or Revenues. Collective income derived from the collection of fire code taxes,
fees/charges and fines.

Fire Code Taxes. Taxes prescribed in para A.1 through A.6 of Section 12.0.0.2 of this IRR.

Fire Compartment.

Fire Door. A fire resistive door prescribed for openings in fire separation walls or partitions.

Fire Exit Drill. A practice drill for the orderly and safe evacuation of occupants in the buildings.

Fire Hazard. Any condition or act which increases or may cause an increase in the probability of the
occurrence of fire, or which may obstruct, delay, hinder or interfere with fire fighting operations
and the safeguarding of life and property.

Fire Lane. The portion of a roadway or public way that should be kept opened and unobstructed at
all times for the expedient conduct of fire fighting operations.

Fire Protective and Fire Safety Device. Any device intended for the protection of buildings or persons
to include, but not limited to, built-in protection system such as sprinklers and other automatic
extinguishing system, detectors for heat, smoke and combustion products and other warning
system components, personal protective equipment such as fire blankets, helmets, fire suits, gloves
and other garments that may be put on or worn by persons to protect themselves during fire.

Fire Protective Assembly. An assembly incorporated in the structure designed to prevent the spread
of fire, such as dampers, curtain boards, fire stoppers and the like.

Fire Resistance Rating. The time duration that a material or construction can withstand the effect of a
standard fire test.

Fire Safety Construction. Refers to the design and installation of walls, barriers, doors, windows, vents,
means of egress and other elements integral to and incorporated into a building or structure in
order to minimize danger to life from fire, smoke, fumes or panic before the building is evacuated.
These features are also designed to achieve, among others, safe and rapid evacuation of people
and properties through means of egress on construction which are sealed from smoke or fire, the
confinement of fire or smoke in the room or floor of origin and delay their spread to other parts of
the building by means of smoke sealed and fire resistant doors, walls and floors. It shall also mean
to include the treatment of building components or contents with flame retardant chemicals.

Fire Trap. A building unsafe in case of fire because it will burn easily or because it lacks adequate exits
or fire escapes.

Fire Volunteer Organization (FVO). An organized group of private firefighters recognized by the BFP,
who have voluntarily formed themselves to perform fire-related activities.

Fire Volunteer. A person who voluntarily enters into firefighting service through a Fire Volunteer
Organization (FVO) and undergoes the same discipline as that of BFP firefighters.

Fire Wall. A wall designed to prevent the spread of fire, having a fire resistance rating of not less than
four (4) hours with sufficient structural stability to remain standing even if construction on either side
collapses under fire conditions.

Fixed Guideway Transit System. An electrified transportation system, utilizing a fixed guideway,
operating on right-of-way for the mass movement of passengers within a metropolitan area, and
consisting of its fixed guideways, transit vehicles, and other rolling stock; power systems; buildings;
stations; and other stationary and movable apparatus, equipment, appurtenances, and structures.

Fixed Monitor System (FMS).

6
Flame Retardant. Any compound or mixture which when applied properly improves the resistivity or
fire resistance quality of fabrics and other materials.

Flame Spread Rating. The time in which flame will spread over the surface of a burning material.

Flammability. The characteristic of a material on how easily it will burn or ignite, causing fire or
combustion.

Flammable Cryogenic Fluids. Are cryogenic fluids which are flammable in their vapor state.

Flammable Finishes. Are material coatings in which the material being applied is a flammable liquid,
combustible liquid, combustible powder or flammable or combustible gel coating.

Flammable Liquids. Are liquids having flash points below thirty-seven and eight tenths degrees Celsius
(37.8°C) except any mixture having components with flash points of seven and eight tenths
degrees Celsius(37.8°C) or higher, the total of which make up ninety nine percent (99%) or more of
the total volume of the mixture. Flammable liquids are classified as follows:

Class I-A Liquid. Liquid having flash points below twenty-two and eight tenths degrees Celsius
(22.8°C), and having a boiling point below thirty seven and eight tenths degrees Celsius
(37.8°C).

Class I-B Liquid. Liquid having flash points below twenty-two and eight tenths degrees Celsius
(22.8°C), and having a boiling point at or above thirty seven and eight tenths degrees Celsius
(37.8°C).

Class I-C Liquids. Liquid having Flash points at or above twenty-two and eight tenths degrees
Celsius (22.8°C), and below thirty seven and eight tenths degrees Celsius (37.8°C).

Flammable Vapor Area. An area in which the concentration of flammable constituents (vapor, gas,
fume, mist or dust) in air exceeds twenty five percent (25%) of their Lower Flammable Limit (LFL)
because of the flammable finish processes operation. It shall include (1) the interior of spray
booths; (2) the interior of ducts exhausting from spraying processes; (3) any area in the direct
path or any area containing dangerous quantities of air-suspended powder, combustible residue,
dust, deposits, vapor or mists as a result of spraying operations; and (4) the area in the vicinity of
dip tanks, drain boards or associated drying, conveying or other equipment during operation or
shutdown periods.

Flash Point.

Flash Point of a Liquid. The lowest temperature a liquid at which sufficient vapor is given off to form an
ignitable mixture with air, near the surface of the liquid or within the vessel used.

The flash point of liquids having a flash point at or below seventy-nine degrees Celsius (79°C),
except for fuel oils and certain viscous materials shall be determined in accordance with the
Standard Method of Test for Flash Point by the Tag Closed Tester, ASTM D 56-61.

The flash point of liquids having a flash point above seventy-nine degrees Celsius (79°C), except
for fuel oils, shall be determined in accordance with the Standard Method of Test for Flash Point by
the Cleveland open Cup Tester, ASTM D 92-57.

The flash point of fuel oil, and certain viscous materials having a flash point at or below seventy-
nine degrees Celsius (79°C), shall be determined in accordance with the Standard Method of Test
for Flash Point by the Pensky-Martens Closed Tester, ASTM 93-62.

Fire Safety Maintenance Report (FSMR). A pre-requisite in the issuance of FSIC for Business or Mayor’s
Permit renewal, Certificate of Annual Inspection, Permit to Operate, PHILHEALTH Accreditation
for Hospitals, DOH License to Operate and other permits or licenses being issued by other
government agencies.

Flexible plan.

Flexible Plan Buildings. Buildings that have movable corridor walls and movable partitions of full height
construction with doors leading from rooms to corridors. Flexible plan buildings without exit access
doors between rooms and corridors shall be classified as open plan buildings.

Fogging. The creation of a cloud of ultra-fine droplets, which are airborne and readily picked up by

7
 the insect as it flies through the swathe of insecticide, fog or mist.

Forging. A process where a piece of metal is heated prior to changing its shape or dimensions.

Fluidized Bed. A container holding powder coating material that is aerated from below so as to form
an air-supported expanded cloud of such material through which the preheated object to be
coated is immersed and transported.

Fulminate. A kind of stable explosive compound which explodes by percussion.

Fumigant. Any substance which, by itself or in combination with any other substance, emits or liberates
a gas, fume or vapor used for the destruction or control of insects, fungi, vermin, germs, rats, or
other pests, and shall be distinguished from insecticides and disinfectants which are essentially
effective in the solid or liquid phases. Examples are methyl bromide, ethylene dibromide, hydrogen
cyanide, carbon disulphide and sulfuryl fluoride.

Fumigation. The utilization within an enclosed space of a fumigant in concentrations that is hazardous
or acutely toxic to humans.

Fumigators. Persons or establishments engaged in fumigation and thermal insecticidal fogging.

Hangar. A large building in which aircrafts are kept or repaired.

Hazard Evaluation. Identification of potential hazards which includes risk evaluation that takes into
account the likelihood of the hazard resulting in a fire or explosion.

Hazardous Fire Area. Any area covered with dry grass, cogon, reeds, brush, and other highly
combustible growth or any area used for stockpiling of used or waste materials that, by virtue of
exposure to environment, may cause its deterioration, decomposition or other conditions that fires
are likely to occur therein and hard to suppress.

Hazardous Operation/Process. Any act of manufacturing, fabrication, conversion, or other similar

operations that use or produce materials which are likely to cause fires or explosions.

Heavy Casting. Castings greater than eleven and three tenths kilograms (11.3 kg) with walls of large
cross-sectional weights six and four tenths millimeters (6.4 mm). Castings less than eleven and three
tenths kilograms (11.3 kg) are considered light.

Heliport. An area of land or water or a structural surface that is used, or intended for use, for the
landing and taking off of helicopters, and any appurtenant areas which are used, or intended for
use, for heliport buildings and other heliport facilities.

Helistop. Same as “heliport,” except that fueling, defueling, maintenance, repairs or storage of
helicopters is not permitted.

High Piled Storage. Include combustible materials on pallets or in racks more than four meters (4 m)
high. For highly combustible materials such as rubber goods and certain plastics, the critical height
of piling may be as low as two hundred forty centimeters (240 cm). Buildings shall be deemed to
be used for the storage of high piled combustible stock when the floor area used for such purpose
exceeds either one-tenths (0.10) of the total floor area, or at least two hundred thirty-two square
meters (232 m2).

High Rise Building. Building, structure or facility in which the distance between the floor of the topmost
storey and the ground level is fifteen meters (15 m) or more.

Historic Center. Historic zone, district, core, precinct, town, legacy zones, heritage area, zone or
town; 2) a designated area with historical and other special significance, consisting of buildings
or group of buildings, and their environs that collectively contribute to the area’s importance and
character; 3) a place where a significant event in history occurred; 4) any town, district or ancient
settlement site with special historic and/or cultural significance. Historic centers are sometimes
called living museums, outdoor museums or museum preserves whether inhabited or uninhabited,
historic centers and preservation areas.

Horizontal Channel. Any uninterrupted space between horizontal layers of stored commodities. Such
channels may be formed by pallets, shelves, racks or other storage arrangements.

Horizontal Exit. A passageway from one building to another, or through or around a wall in approximately

8
 the same floor level.

Hose Box. A box or cabinet where fire hoses, valves and other equipment are stored and arranged
for fire fighting.

Hose Reel. A cylindrical device turning on an axis around which a fire hose is wound and connected.

Hospital. A place devoted primarily to the maintenance and operation of health facilities for the
diagnosis, treatment and care of individuals suffering from illness, disease, injury or deformity or in
need of obstetrical or other surgical, medical and nursing care. It shall also be constructed as any
institution, building or place where there are installed beds, cribs or bassinets for twenty-four (24)
hour use or longer by patients in the treatment of diseases.

A building or part thereof used for the medical, psychiatric, obstetrical or surgical care, on a
24-hour basis, of four (4) or more inpatients.

Hotels. Includes buildings or groups of building under the same management in which there are
more than fifteen (15) sleeping accommodations for hire, primarily used by transients who are
lodged with or without meals, whether designated as a hotel, inn, motel, or by any other name.
So-called appartelle, condotel or pension houses shall be classified as hotels, because they are
potentially subject to transient occupancy like that of hotels.

Interior Room. A room whose only means of egress is through an adjoining or intervening room which
is not an exit.

Interstitial. Any concealed space between the ceiling and the floor or roof above shall be fire-stopped
for the full depth of the space along the line of support of the floor or roof structural members and,
if necessary, at other locations to form areas not to exceed ninety-three square meters (93 m2) for
any space between the ceiling and floor, and two hundred eighty square meters (280 m2) for any
space between the ceiling and the roof.

Industrial Baking and Drying. Is the industrial process of subjecting materials to heat for the purpose
of removing solvents or moisture from the same, and/or to fuse certain chemical salts to form a
uniform glazing on the surface of materials being treated.

Jumper. Any piece of metal or an electrical conductor used to bypass a safety device in an electrical
system.

Level of Exit Discharge. (1) The lowest story from which not less than fifty percent (50%) of the required
number of exits and not less than fifty percent (50%) of the required egress capacity from such a
story discharge directly outside at grade; (2) the story with the smallest elevation change needed
to reach grade where no story has fifty percent (50%) or more of the required number of exits and
fifty percent (50%) or more of the required egress capacity from such a story discharge directly
outside at grade.

Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG). Any flammable gas liquefied through pressure. The liquid vaporizes
under normal atmospheric pressure.

Lodging or Rooming Houses. Includes building in which separate sleeping rooms are rented providing
sleeping accommodations for a total of fifteen (15) or less persons, on either a transient or permanent
basis; with or without meals, but without separate cooking facilities for individual occupants.

Loose Fibers. Fibers that are not bundled or packaged in suitable bales.

Loose House. A separate detached building in which unbaled combustible fibers are stored.

Machinery Room. A specific room which is permanently installed and used for the operation of
machineries. Closets solely contained within and opening only into a room shall be considered a
part of such room.

Magnesium. A highly flammable metal which burns to over two thousand nine hundred eighty degree
Celsius (2,980 °C). It is used as a principal element of aluminum alloy for the manufacture of mobile
phones, laptop computers, cameras, and other electronic components, beverage cans, flashlight
photography, flares, pyrotechnics, fireworks sparklers, automotive and truck components.

Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS). Is a form that contains data and information regarding the
properties of a particular substance.

9
Maximum Allowable Working Pressure (MAWP). Is the maximum pressure permissible at the top of a
container in its operating position for a designated temperature, as established by the container
manufacturer.

Means of Egress. Is a continuous and unobstructed route of exit from one point in a building, structure
or facility to a public way.

Medical Air. A type of air product produced through the blending of compressed nitrogen and
oxygen and used in variety of patients’ application. It is also used during anesthesia as a substitute
for nitrous oxide to reduce the high concentration of oxygen exposure.

Medical Gas. A type of gas used in medical and similar facilities, including oxygen, nitrous oxide,
nitrogen, carbon dioxide, helium, medical air and mixtures of these gases.

Nesting. A method of securing flat-bottomed compressed gas containers upright in a tight mass using
a contiguous three-point contact system whereby all containers within a group have a minimum
of three points of contact with other containers, walls or bracing.

Normally Unmanned Installation (NUI).

Nursing Home. A building or part thereof used for the lodging, boarding and nursing care, on a 24-
hour basis, of four (4) more persons who, because of mental or physical incapacity, maybe unable
to provide for their own needs and safety without the assistance of another person. Nursing home,
wherever used in this IRR, shall include nursing and convalescent homes, skilled nursing facilities,
intermediate care facilities, and infirmaries of homes for the aged.

Occupancy. The purpose for which a building or portion thereof is used or intended to be used.

Occupant. Any person actually occupying and using a building or portions thereof by virtue of a
lease contract with the owner or administrator or by permission or sufferance of the latter. A high-
rise building is one in which the distance between the floor of the topmost storey and the ground
level is fifteen meters (15 m) or more. Building height shall be measured from the lowest level of fire
department vehicle access to the floor of the highest occupiable storey.

Occupant Load. The maximum number of persons that may be allowed to occupy a particular
building, structure, or facility, or portions hereof.

Occupiable Storey. That portion or area in a building accessible to occupants and intended for use
in accordance with occupancy classification defined under the IRR of the Fire Code. However,
roof deck that is accessible to occupant(s) and is used mainly for providing maintenance on
equipment/facilities installed therein shall not be counted for purposes in measuring the building
height

Oil Burning Equipment. An oil burner of any type together with its tank, piping, wiring controls, blower,
and related devices, and shall include all oil-fired units, heating and cooking appliances.

Open Plan Buildings. Buildings that have rooms and corridors delineated by use of tables, chairs,
desks, bookcases, counters, low height partitions, or similar furnishings.

Open Flame Lighting.

Open Flame Lighting Devices.

Organic Coating. A liquid mixture of binders such as alkyd, nitrocellulose, acrylic, or oil, and flammable
and combustible solvents such as hydrocarbon, ester, ketene or alcohol, which when spread on
a surface becomes a durable protective and decorative finish.

Organic Peroxide. A strong oxidizing organic compound which releases oxygen readily. It causes fire
when in contact with combustible materials especially under conditions of high temperature.

Overloading. The use of one or more electrical appliances or devices which draw or consume
electrical current beyond the designed capacity of the existing electrical system.

Owner. The person who holds the legal right of possession or title to a building or real property.

Oxidizing Material. A material that readily yields oxygen in quantities sufficient to stimulate or support
combustion.

10
Ozone Depleting Substance/Refrigerant. Any group of halogenated hydrocarbon chemicals which
photochemically reacts in the stratosphere in a way which destroys the ozone layer.

Panic Hardware. A mechanical device consisting of linkages and horizontal bars across a door, which
when pushed from the inside will cause the door to open and facilitates exit from the building,
structure or facility.

Passenger Rail System. A transportation system, utilizing a rail guideway, operating on right-of-way
for the movement of passengers within and between metropolitan areas, and consisting of its rail
guideways, passenger rail vehicles, and other rolling stock; power systems; buildings; stations; and
other stationary and movable apparatus, equipment, appurtenances, and structures.

Picking Rooms. Rooms where baled, bundled or piled materials are segregated into desired sizes or
groups.

Plastics

Group A Plastics. Plastic materials having heat of combustion much higher than that of ordinary
combustibles and burning rate higher than that of Group B plastics. Examples of Group A
plastics include, but are not limited to, the following:

• ABS (acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene copolymer)

• Acetal (polyformaldehyde)
• Acrylic (polymethyl methacrylate)
• Butyl rubber
• EPDM (ethylene propylene rubber)
• FRP (fiberglass-reinforced polyester)
• Natural rubber (expanded)
• Nitrile rubber (acrylonitrile butadiene rubber)
• PET or PETE (polyethylene terephthalate)
• Polybutadiene
• Polycarbonate
• Polyester elastomer
• Polyethylene
• Polypropylene
• Polystyrene (expanded and unexpanded)
• Polyurethane (expanded and unexpanded)
• PVC (polyvinyl chloride greater than fifteen (15%) percent plasticized, e.g., coated
fabric unsupported film)
• SAN (styrene acrylonitrile)
• SBRr (styrene butadiene rubber)

Group B Plastics. Plastic materials having heat of combustion and burning rate higher than that of
ordinary combustibles, but not as high as those of Group A plastics. Examples of Group B plastics
include, but are not limited to, the following:

• Cellulosics (cellulose acetate, cellulose acetate butyrate, ethyl cellulose)

• Chloroprene rubber
• Fluoroplastics (ECTFE, ethylene-chlorotrifluoroethylene copolymer; ETFE, ethylene-
tetrafluoroethylene copolymer; FEP, fluorinated ethylene-propylene copolymer)
• Natural rubber (nonexpanded)
• Nylon (nylon 6, nylon 6/6)
• PVC (polyvinyl chloride greater than 5-percent, but not exceeding fifteen (15)-percent
plasticized)
• Silicone rubber

Group C Plastics. Plastic materials having heat of combustion and burning rate similar to those of
ordinary combustibles. Examples of Group C plastics include, but are not limited to, the following:

• Fluoroplastics (PCTFE, Polychlorotrifluoroethylene; PTFE, polytetrafluoroethylene)

• Melamine (melamine formaldehyde)
• Phenol
• PVC (polyvinyl chloride, rigid or plasticized less than five percent (5%), e.g., pipe, pipe
fittings)
• PVDC (polyvinylidene chloride)

11
 • PVDF (polyvinylidene fluoride)
• PVF (polyvinyl fluoride)
• Urea (urea formaldehyde)
Limited quantities of Group A plastics in mixed commodities shall be used to determine the
quantity of Group A plastics allowed that can be stored in a package or carton, or on a pallet
without increasing the commodity classification.

Plenum. An air compartment or chamber to which one or more ducts are connected and which form
part of an air distribution system.

Portable Tank. Any closed vessel having a liquid capacity over two hundred twenty-seven liters (227L)
and not intended for fixed installation.

Fire Safety Practitioner. Any qualified person, recognized by the BFP, engaged in, but not limited to,
the design, construction, installation, repair and maintenance, assessment, and rehabilitation of
fire safety construction, suppression and control systems, protective and warning systems and
life safety related services, or employed as a safety officer of public and private establishments/
companies.

Pressurized/Forced-Draft Burning Equipment. Any type of burner where the fuel is subjected to pressure
prior to discharge into the combustion chamber and/or which includes fans or other provisions for
the introduction of air at above normal atmospheric pressure into the same combustion chamber.

Propeller. An inclusive term for all parts, appurtenances, and accessories of a propeller.

Proscenium wall. A fire resistive wall which separates a stage or enclosed platform from the public or
spectators’ area of an auditorium or theater.

Public Way. Any street, alley or other strip of land unobstructed from the ground to the sky, deeded,
dedicated or otherwise permanently appropriated for public use.

Pyrophoric. Descriptive of any substance that ignites spontaneously when exposed to air.

Refining. A process where impurities and/or deleterious materials are removed from a mixture in order
to produce a pure element or compound. It shall also refer to partial distillation and electrolysis.

Refrigerating System. An assembly of four (4) major components, namely the compressor, condenser,
expansion valve, the evaporator, through which a very low boiling point substance (refrigerant)
flow in cycle, and absorbs heat from the immediate surroundings, thereby producing the cooling
effect (also known as the refrigerating effect).

Residential-Custodial Care Facility/Institution. A building, or part thereof, used for the lodging or
boarding of four (4) or more persons who are incapable of self-preservation because of age, or
physical or mental limitation. This includes facilities such as homes for the aged, nurseries (custodial
care for children under six (6) years of age), and mentally retarded care institutions. Day care
facilities that do not provide lodging or boarding for institutional occupants are not covered in this
Division.

Roll Coating. A process of coating, spreading and impregnating fabrics, paper or other materials as
they are passed directly through a tank or trough containing flammable or combustible liquids,
or over the surface of a roller revolving partially submerged in a flammable or combustible liquid.

Safety Can. An approved container, of not more than eighteen and nine tenths liter (18.9L)-capacity
having a spring-closing lid and spout cover and so designed that it will safely relieve internal
pressure when subjected to fire exposure.

Safety Factor. Is the ratio of the design burst pressure to the maximum working pressure and shall not
be less than four (4).

Salvage Yards. An inclusive term that refers to wrecking yards, junk yards or waste material handling
plants/shops, which can be used interchangeably.

Self-Closing Fire Doors (or Self-Closing Fire-Resistive Doors). Automatic closing doors that are designed
to confine smoke and heat and delay the spread of fire.

Separate Atmosphere. A separate atmosphere exits between rooms, spaces area, that are separated
by an approved smoke partition.
12
Separate Means of Egress. A means of egress separated in such a manner from other means of egress
as to provide an atmosphere separation which preclude contamination of both means of egress
by the same fire. (See Section 10.2.6.7 of this IRR).

Single- and Two-Family Dwellings. Includes detached dwellings in which each living unit is occupied
by members of a single family.

Smelting. Refers to the process of melting or fusing metallic ores or compounds so as to separate
impurities from pure metals.

Smoking Area. A designated area where smoking is permitted within premises where smoking is
otherwise generally prohibited.

Solvents or Liquid Classifications. A method of classifying solvents or liquids according to the following:

Class I Solvents. Liquids having a flash point below thirty-seven and eight tenths degrees Celsius
(37.8°C).

Class II Solvents. Liquids having a flash point at or above thirty-seven and eight tenths degrees
Celsius (37.8°C) and below sixty degrees Celsius (60°C).

Class IIIA Solvents. Liquids having a flash point at or above sixty degrees Celsius (60°C) and below
ninety-three and three-tenths degrees Celsius (93.3°C).

Class IIIB Solvents. Liquids having a flash point at or above ninety-three and three-tenths degrees
Celsius (93.3°C).

Class IV Solvents. Liquids classified as non-flammable.

Source of Ignition. A source of energy sufficient to ignite a flammable atmosphere and includes open
flames, smoking, incandescent material, electrical welding arcs, and electrical or mechanical
equipment not suitable for use in a particular hazard zone.

Special Amusement Building.

Special Bank Receipt (SBR). An accountable form transferred to the AGDB or AGSB thru a Memorandum
Receipt (MR) which shall be issued as a proof of payment in the collection of the fees and charges
imposed in pursuit of the statutory and regulation functions of the BFP.

Spray Booth. A mechanically ventilated appliance of varying dimensions and construction provided
to enclose or accommodate a spraying operation and to confine and limit the escape of spray
vapor and residue and to exhaust it safely.

Spraying Area. Any area in which dangerous quantities of flammable vapors or mists, or combustible
residues, dusts or deposits are present due to the operation of spraying processes.

Sprinkler System. An integrated network of hydraulically designed piping system installed in a building,
structure or area with outlets arranged in a systematic pattern which automatically discharges
water when activated by heat or combustion products from a fire.

Stage. A partially enclosed portion of an assembly building which is designed or used for the presentation
of plays, demonstrations, or other entertainment activities wherein scenery, drops or other effects
may be installed or used, and where the distance between the top of the proscenium opening
and the ceiling above the stage in more than one hundred fifty-two centimeters (152 cm).

Standpipe System. A system of vertical pipes in a building to which fire hoses can be attached on
each floor, including a system by which water is made available to water outlets as needed.

Street Floor. A storey or floor level accessible from the street outside the building at the finished ground
level, with the floor level at the main entrance located not more than three risers above or below
the finished ground level, and arranged and utilized to qualify as the main floor.

Tank Truck. Any single self-propelled motor vehicle equipped with a cargo tank mounted thereon and
used for the transportation of flammable and combustible liquids.

Tank Vehicle. Any vehicle carrying or towing a cargo tank used for transporting flammable fluids or
hazardous chemicals.

13
Tank, Full-Trailer. Any vehicle with or without auxiliary motive power, equipped with a cargo tank
mounted thereon or built as an integral part thereof, used for the transportation of flammable and
combustible liquids, and so constructed that practically all of its weight and load rests on its own
wheels.

Tank, Semi-Trailer. Any vehicle with or without auxiliary motive power, equipped with a cargo tank
mounted thereon or build as an integral part thereof, used for the transportation of flammable
and combustible liquids, and so constructed that, when drawn by a tractor by means of a fifth
wheel connection, some part of its load and weight rests upon the towing vehicle.

Thermal Insecticidal Fogging Liquid. Any insecticidal liquid specifically designed for emission from a
thermal fog-generating unit in the form of an aerosol fog which is lethal to pest organisms and
insects. Examples of thermal insecticidal fogging liquids are permethrin, deltamethrin, cyfluthrin,
malathion, pirimiphos methyl and fenithrothion.

Thermal Insecticidal Fogging. The utilization of any insecticidal liquids passed through thermal fog-
generating units where, by means of heat, pressure and turbulence, such liquids are transformed
and discharged in the form of fog or mist blown into an area to be treated.

Thrust Stage/Arena Stage. The portion of a stage which projects into the audience on the audience
side of a proscenium wall or opening.

Tote Box. A box constructed for use in the handling of stocks in process or finished stocks while in tote
box store rooms.

Toxicity. The degree to which a substance is able to damage an exposed organism.

Used Water. Liquid waste generated by treatment plants, housekeeping, operation and maintenance,
and laboratory activities, including but not limited to washing, flushing, and cleaning activities. It
also includes the cleaning, flushing and draining water that bear dirt and sludge from sedimentation
basin, settling tank, and other treatment processes and unit operation facilities, and backwash
water generated in the backwashing, cleaning and flushing of filter media or beds.

Ventilation. The process of supplying or removing air by natural or mechanical means to or from any
space. Such air may or may not have been conditioned. Also refers to the copious flushing of an
area with fresh air for the mitigation of explosion and other fire hazards.

Vertical Shaft. An enclosed vertical space of passage that extends from floor to floor, as well as from
the base to the top of a building.

Vestibule. A passage hall or antechamber between the outer doors and the interior parts of a house
or building.

Water Treatment Plants. Single or compact or multi-stage units and/or combination of unit processes
and operation systems, including but not limited to their facilities, appurtenances, service areas
and premises, for the purification or treatment of raw water or water from a source that requires
the removal and/or reduction of impurities or improvement of its quality to comply with water
quality standards as prescribed by the concerned government agency, intended for public use
or for specific industrial applications.

Waste Water. Liquid waste generated by human activities that use water and/or those water that
come from residential, commercial, institutional, recreational, industrial, agricultural and other
facilities, similar occupancies and related activities.

Waste Water Treatment Plants. Single or compact or multi-stage units and/or combination of unit
processes and operation systems, including but not limited to their facilities, appurtenances, service
areas and premises, for the treatment of used water or waste water generated by residential,
recreational, institutional, commercial and industrial and other similar occupancies and related
activities that required the removal and/or reduction of contaminants and/or pollutants or
improvement of its quality to comply with effluent water quality standards of receiving body of
water or environment as prescribed by the concerned government agency.

Wellhead.

Wellhead Areas.

14
 RULE 4. AUTHORITY OF THE CHIEF, BUREAU OF FIRE PROTECTION

SECTION 4.0.0.1 GENERAL AUTHORITY TO ADMINISTER AND ENFORCE RA 9514 AND ITS IRR
The Administration and Enforcement of the Fire Code and this IRR shall be under the
direct supervision and control of the Chief, BFP, through the hierarchy of organization as
provided for in Chapter VI of Republic Act No. 6975, the DILG Reorganization Act of 1990 as
amended by Republic Act No. 9263, the Bureau of Fire Protection (BFP) and Bureau of Jail
Management and Penology (BJMP) Professionalization Act of 2004.

SECTION 4.0.0.2 AUTHORITY OF THE CHIEF, BFP SUBJECT TO APPROVAL OF SECRETARY OF

INTERIOR AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT (SILG)

The Chief, BFP, with the approval of the Secretary, DILG, is hereby authorized to:

A. Issue Implementing Rules and Regulations, and prescribe standards, schedules of fees/
fire service charges and administrative penalties therefore as provided in the pertinent
provisions of the Fire Code;

B. Reorganize the BFP as may be necessary and appropriate;

C. Enter into long term agreement, either through public biddings or negotiations in
accordance with the provisions of Republic Act No. 9184, otherwise known as the
Government Procurement Reform Act of 2003, for the acquisition of fire prevention, fire
protection and fire fighting investigation, rescue, paramedics, hazardous material handling
equipment, supplies, materials and related technical services necessary for the fire service;

D. Enter into Memoranda of Agreement with other departments, bureaus, agencies, offices
and corporations of the government, as well as private institutions, in order to define areas
of cooperation and coordination and delineate responsibility on fire prevention education,
fire safety, fire prevention, fire suppression and other matters of common concern;

SECTION 4.0.0.3 SPECIFIC AUTHORITY OF CHIEF, BFP

A. Further, the Chief, BFP or his/her duly authorized representative, is hereby specifically
authorized to:
1. Support and assist fire volunteers, fire safety practitioners and fire volunteer organizations
in the country that shall undergo mandatory fire suppression, rescue, emergency medical
services and related emergency response training and competency evaluations to
be conducted by the BFP. In the case of fire safety practitioners, they shall undergo
mandatory training on fire safety inspection, and mandatory continuous professional
education and competency evaluation of their expertise, knowledge and skills in the
area of fire science, engineering and technology to be conducted by the BFP;
2. Enter into external party agreements for the conduct of training, education and
evaluation of fire volunteers, fire safety practitioners and fire volunteer organizations,
which shall be under the full control and supervision of the BFP: Provided, however,
that during firefighting operations, fire volunteer organizations shall be under the direct
operational control of the fire ground commanders of the BFP;
3. Call on the police, other law enforcement agencies, and local government assistance
to render necessary assistance in the enforcement of the Fire Code and this IRR;
4. Designate Fire Safety Inspectors (FSI) who shall conduct inspection of every building
or structure within his/her area of responsibility at least once a year and every time
the owner, administrator or occupant shall renew his/her business permit or permit to
operate;
5. Issue Fire Safety Inspection Certificate (FSIC) as a pre-requisite to the grants of permits
and/or licenses by the local governments and other government agencies concerned;
6. Inspect at reasonable time, any building, structure, installation or premises for dangerous

15
 or hazardous conditions or materials as set forth in the Fire Code and this IRR, provided
that in case of single family dwelling, an inspection must be upon the consent of the
occupant or upon lawful order from the proper court;
7. Order the owner/occupant to summarily abate and remove hazardous materials and/
or stop hazardous operations/processes in accordance with the standards set by the
Fire Code and this IRR or other pertinent laws;
8. Require the building owner/occupant to submit plans and specifications, and other
pertinent documents of said building to ensure compliance with applicable codes and
standards; and
9. Issue a written notice to the owner and/or contractor to stop any portion of any work
due to the absence, or in violation of, approved plans and specifications, permits and/
or clearances or certifications as approved by the Chief, BFP or his/her duly authorized
representative. The notice shall state the nature of the violation and no work shall be
continued on that portion until the violation had been corrected.

B. However, the authority granted under this section shall not in any way diminish the power
of the SILG to change, alter, modify, revise or amend the actions of the Chief, BFP.

RULE 5. FIRE CODE TECHNICAL STAFF

DIVISION 1. TECHNICAL STAFF

SECTION 5.0.1.1 CONSTITUTION AND QUALIFICATIONS

The Chief, BFP, shall constitute a technical staff of highly qualified persons who are
knowledgeable on fire prevention, fire safety, and fire suppression.

SECTION 5.0.1.2 SOURCES

The Technical Staff may be drawn from the following:

A. Organic members of the BFP;

B. Other government offices and agencies; and

C. Other sources.
In the case of para “B” and/or “C” above, members may either be appointed into the
service or hired as consultants in accordance with existing laws, rules and regulations.

SECTION 5.0.1.3 DUTIES AND FUNCTIONS

The Technical Staff shall:

A. Study, review and evaluate latest developments and standards on fire safety, prevention
and suppression;

B. Prepare plans/programs on fire safety, prevention and suppression and evaluate

implementation thereof;

C. Develop programs on the professionalization of the fire service;

D. Coordinate with appropriate government and private institutions for the offering of college
courses on fire technology and fire protection engineering;

E. Propose amendments to the Fire Code and this IRR;

F. Advise the Chief, BFP on any matter brought to his/her attention; and

16
 G. Perform such other functions as directed by the Chief, BFP.

SECTION 5.0.2.4 REMUNERATION

Remuneration for the members of the Technical Staff shall be prescribed by the Chief,
BFP in accordance with existing government accounting and auditing rules and regulations,
to be sourced from the Fire Code Fees Collection.

RULE 6. FIRE BRIGADES, FIRE VOLUNTEER ORGANIZATIONS AND FIRE

SAFETY PRACTITIONERS

DIVISION 1. SCOPE
This Rule shall govern the organization, equipage, operation, and proficiency training
of company and community fire brigades as well as continuous training and competency
evaluation of fire volunteers and fire volunteer organizations in the country who shall undergo
mandatory fire prevention, fire suppression, rescue, emergency medical services and other
related emergency response training programs and competency evaluations to be conducted
by the BFP. This also prescribes the continuous professional education, competency evaluation
and recognition of Fire Safety Practitioners, to be conducted by the BFP. For this purpose, the
term “company” shall include government and/or private offices and buildings.

DIVISION 2. ORGANIZATION OF FIRE BRIGADES

SECTION 6.0.2.1 REQUIREMENTS

A. All business establishments that can accommodate at least fifty (50) persons shall, in
addition to the requirements set forth under Section 7 of RA 9514 for the grant of Fire Safety
Inspection Certificate (FSIC), establish and maintain an organization of fire brigade to
deal with fire and other related emergencies. The head of the company, through its duly
designated safety officer shall evaluate the potential magnitude of a fire emergency within
the company, and the availability of firefighting assistance from the BFP to determine the
nature of the organization to be established.

B. For buildings having various occupancies, the Building Administrator and/or owner shall
initiate the organization of a fire brigade in the premises irrespective of the number of
occupants.

C. In cases where a fire brigade is already established for a building, said fire brigade shall be
sufficient to comply with the requirements of para “A” of this Section.

D. All barangays shall likewise endeavor to organize their own fire brigades.

SECTION 6.0.2.2 COMPOSITION

The organization of company fire brigades shall consist of the Fire Brigade Chief, which
shall be designated by the head of the company, and shall be assisted by selected personnel.
In companies where more persons are available, they must be organized into teams to function
as a fire brigade established according to its needs. The organization shall be such that a fire
brigade is on duty or on call at all times.

SECTION 6.0.2.3 COMPONENTS

The equipment that must be put into service at a fire or other related emergencies will
determine the number of men required for each operating unit or company into which the
brigade is organized, and the total number may be composed of two or more individuals

17
 to operate a specific item of equipment or a larger group to perform more complicated
operations. Each fire brigade shall have a Leader or a Chief. In his/her absence, an Assistant
Chief shall be appointed.

SECTION 6.0.2.4 DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF A FIRE BRIGADE CHIEF

A. He/She shall be responsible for the development of fire prevention programs and plans
of action for the company or organization to address possible fire situation in the plant
or community, subject to the approval of the company or establishment head or fire
prevention officer;

B. He/She shall initiate the procurement of necessary firefighting equipment and supplies for
use of the brigades;

C. He/She shall conduct periodic evaluation of all equipment available for firefighting and be
responsible for setting in motion necessary procedures for replacing missing equipment or
correction of inoperative equipment;

D. He/She shall also bring to the immediate attention of the company or establishment head,
or his/her fire prevention officer, any situation that would likely reduce the effectiveness of
firefighting operations;

E. He/She shall ensure that the brigades are suitably staffed, conduct periodic review of the
fire brigade roster and prepare recommendations on the need for additional members to
be selected, appointed and made available to beef up the team;

F. He/She shall prepare training programs for the members of the fire brigade and supervise
its implementation; and

G. In his/her absence, the Deputy Fire Brigade Chief shall assume and perform the duties and
responsibilities of the Fire Brigade Chief.

SECTION 6.0.2.5 QUALIFICATION FOR MEMBERSHIP IN THE COMPANY FIRE BRIGADE

Members of the fire brigade shall consist of persons who have met qualifications appropriate
for the fire brigade work. For establishments, members must be taken from the roster of its
own workforce. The head of the company shall identify the persons who are fit to perform fire
operation activities and further assign them to specific fire suppression positions.

SECTION 6.0.2.6 AVAILABILITY OF PERSONNEL

To qualify as a member of a fire brigade, individuals must be available to respond to fire
alarms and attend required training programs. A pre-arranged schedule for availability must
be established to prevent conflict of duties and to cover absences such as regular off-duty
periods, vacations and sickness.

DIVISION 3. TRAINING OF FIRE BRIGADES, FIRE SAFETY PRACTITIONERS AND FIRE

VOLUNTEER ORGANIZATIONS

SECTION 6.0.3.1 CERTIFICATE OF COMPETENCY

A. Certificate of Competency shall be issued to fire volunteers, fire volunteer organizations, and
fire safety practitioners, except company fire brigades, after completion of the mandatory
training and competency evaluation conducted by the BFP and upon submission of the
following:
1. Certificate of completion of training;
2. Personal profile;
3. Certificate of employment, in the case of fire safety practitioners; and
18
 4. Other documents the BFP may require.

B. The Certificate of Competency for Fire Safety Practitioners shall be issued by the Chief, BFP.
The Certificate of Competency for Fire Volunteers and Fire Volunteer Organizations shall be
issued by the Regional Directors pursuant to the guidelines issued by the Chief, BFP.

SECTION 6.0.3.2 TRAINING DESIGN

A training design shall be developed by the BFP for fire volunteers, fire volunteer organizations,
fire brigades and fire safety practitioners. Members shall be required to complete the specified
program of instruction.

SECTION 6.0.3.3 SCOPE OF TRAINING

A. All members of the fire brigade, fire volunteer and fire volunteer organizations shall undergo
training on fire prevention, fire suppression, rescue, emergency medical services and
related emergency response. They shall be instructed on the handling of available fire
rescue apparatus, equipment, devices and tools. The training program shall be adapted to
suit the purpose of the particular brigade. It shall include fire suppression strategies, tactics,
techniques and the use of portable fire extinguishers and other equipment, devices and
tools.

B. In the case of fire safety practitioners, they shall undergo mandatory continuous professional
education and competency evaluation of their expertise, knowledge and skills in the areas
of fire science, engineering and technology to be conducted by the BFP.

SECTION 6.0.3.4 ASSISTANCE IN TRAINING PROGRAMS

The BFP shall assist in setting up a training program for the fire brigade and fire volunteer
organization. Members of the fire brigade and fire volunteer organization shall be afforded
opportunities to improve their knowledge on fire prevention and suppression through attendance
in seminars and special training classes.

SECTION 6.0.3.5 IDENTIFICATION

Members of the volunteer fire brigade organization shall wear proper identification
cards duly signed by the head of their organization and authenticated by the C/MFM having
jurisdiction.

DIVISION 4. COMMAND, EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE AND FIRE DRILLS

SECTION 6.0.4.1 PRACTICE DRILLS

Practice drills shall be held to check the ability of members to perform the operations they
are expected to carry out. Drills shall be occasionally held under adverse weather conditions
to work on special procedures needed under such circumstances.

SECTION 6.0.4.2 OPERATION OF EQUIPMENT

In practice drills, all available equipment, devices and tools for fire suppression and medical
and rescue operation must be operated.

SECTION 6.0.4.3 REACTIVATION OF EQUIPMENT

At the conclusion of a practice drill, equipment shall be made readily available to respond
to a fire call.

19
SECTION 6.0.4.4 INSPECTION AND SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE WORK
Inspection and maintenance of fire equipment, both fixed and portable, may be assigned
to individual members of the fire brigade. However, the Fire Brigade Chief must establish the
necessary schedules for such work, and assign these duties to specific personnel and ensure
that these inspection and maintenance operations are carried out and reported.

SECTION 6.0.4.5 COMMAND AT FIRE SCENE

During firefighting operations, the fire brigades and fire volunteer organizations shall
be under the direct operational control of the fire ground commanders subject to existing
guidelines of the BFP.

RULE 7. ASSISTANCE AND SUPPORT TO THE BFP

DIVISION 1. PHILIPPINE NATIONAL POLICE AND OTHER

LAW ENFORCEMENT AGENCIES

SECTION 7.0.1.1 FROM PHILIPPINE NATIONAL POLICE

Upon request, the Philippine National Police (PNP) shall render necessary assistance to the
Chief, BFP or his/her duly authorized representative on the following actions:

A. During actual firefighting operations and fire scene investigation;

B. Business closure and summary abatement proceedings;

C. Installation of signs that the building/structure is a fire hazard and/or fire trap;

D. Obstruction of designated fire lanes and fire hydrants;

E. Apprehension of violators/persons removing, destroying, tampering or obliterating warning

signs and similar abatement appurtenances;

F. Laboratory/physical examinations of the pieces of evidence gathered in the fire scene and
submit the result thereof to the Chief, BFP or his/her duly authorized representative, as the
case may be; and

G. Such other duties and functions of the BFP which would essentially require police assistance.

SECTION 7.0.1.2 FROM OTHER LAW ENFORCEMENT AGENCIES

Other Law Enforcement Agencies, such as but not limited to, National Bureau of Investigation
(NBI) shall, upon request, accommodate and render necessary assistance on the following
functions of the BFP:

A. In the investigation and prosecution of arson cases, appear as expert witness thereof;

B. Such other duties and functions of the BFP which require their expertise.

DIVISION 2. LOCAL GOVERNMENT UNITS AND OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCIES

SECTION 7.0.2.1 FROM LOCAL GOVERNMENT UNITS

Local Government Units (LGU) shall render necessary assistance on the following duties of
the BFP:

A. Strict observance of the requirement of fire safety measures for the issuance of Fire Safety
Inspection Certificate (FSIC) as a pre-requisite in the grant of and renewal of business,
20
 occupancy and other related permits/licenses. For this purpose, the LGU and/or other
government agencies concerned shall refrain from issuing such licenses and/or permits
without the applicant first securing an FSIC from the BFP;

B. Organization and training of fire brigades in all barangays in partnership with BFP to serve
as first responders;

C. In summary abatement and closure of buildings/structures or portions thereof; and

D. Such other duties and functions of the BFP which would essentially require their assistance.

SECTION 7.0.2.2 COORDINATION WITH OTHER AGENCIES

To institutionalize the areas of cooperation and coordination of the BFP with other
departments, bureaus, agencies, offices and corporations of the government, as well as
private institutions, the BFP may enter into Memoranda of Agreement with, but not limited to,
the following:

A. National and Local Waterworks, for providing sufficient source of water, especially in times
of fire or conflagration and for the establishment of fire hydrants in strategic areas;

B. Electric Companies and Cooperatives, on the immediate cut-off of electric main lines/power
lines during fires or conflagration to avoid the danger of the people being electrocuted or
in case of hazardous electrical installation;

C. Department of Transportation (DOTr), on fire safety measures on all ports and land
transportation vehicle, traffic flow during fire operation;

D. Department of Education (DepEd), on the enforcement of fire safety regulations set forth by
this IRR to educational and other applicable facilities, institutionalization of school-based
fire prevention activities and other initiatives;

E. Commission on Higher Education (CHED), on the enforcement of fire safety regulations set
forth by this IRR to educational and other applicable facilities, institutionalization of school-
based fire prevention activities and the promotion of fire safety engineering courses, post
graduate studies on fire science and technology and other research and development
initiatives;

F. Department of Trade and Industry (DTI), on instituting continuing development, enhancement

and setting of standards and rating on fire protection appliance, devices, extinguishing
appurtenances and related fire and life safety facilities, equipage and systems;

G. Technical Education Skills Development Authority (TESDA), on providing and enhancing

technical skills and know-how of BFP personnel and fire volunteer organizations as well as
their subsequent accreditation/certification;

H. Department of Environment and Natural Resources (DENR), on providing pertinent

information in the field of hazardous materials and hazardous waste management as well
as collaboration on forest fire and life safety programs;

I. Department of Labor and Employment (DOLE), on the enforcement of the designation of a

fire safety officer in every building facility;

J. Department of Information Communication and Technology (DICT), on the establishment

of effective communication system for the BFP, and the development and integration of
an electronic permit processing system responsive to the regulations of the BFP and recent
advancement in information and communications technology; and

K. Such other government agencies, instrumentalities and subdivisions and non-government

institutions, with respect to future concerns as may be deemed necessary by the BFP in
furtherance of the enforcement of the Fire Code and this IRR.

21
 RULE 8. FIRE SAFETY ENFORCERS

CHAPTER 1. QUALIFICATIONS OF FIRE SAFETY ENFORCERS

DIVISION 1. MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS

BFP personnel duly designated as Fire Safety Enforcers shall possess minimum required
qualification standard stated herein.

SECTION 8.1.1.1 FIRE SAFETY INSPECTORS

A. Uniformed Personnel
1. Shall be licensed Engineer (Civil, Electrical, Mechanical, Chemical, Sanitary and
Electronic and Communication) with at least one (1) year in the BFP service; or
2. Shall be architect with at least one (1) year in the BFP service; or
3. Shall be graduate of any baccalaureate degree course with at least three (3) years in
the BFP service.

B. Non-Uniformed Personnel
Appointed as Engineers with at least one (1) year in the BFP service.

C. Must have undergone and completed prescribed training on fire safety enforcement and
other relevant fire safety training.

SECTION 8.1.1.2 PLAN EVALUATORS

A. Must be licensed Architect or Engineer; and

B. Shall have undergone and completed prescribed training on fire safety enforcement and
other relevant fire safety training.

C. In cases where there is no licensed engineer or architect in a specific jurisdiction, a graduate

of any baccalaureate degree with relevant fire safety and building plan evaluation training
shall be designated as plan evaluator.

SECTION 8.1.1.3 CHIEF, FIRE SAFETY ENFORCEMENT SECTION/UNIT

A. The Chief of the Fire Safety Enforcement Section/Unit (FSES/U) shall possess the following
minimum qualifications:
1. With the rank commensurate to the position prescribed by the organizational structure
and qualification standard of the BFP; and
2. Must be a licensed engineer or architect with at least three (3) years in the BFP service;
and
3. Must have undergone and completed prescribed training/seminars/workshops on fire
safety enforcement and other relevant fire safety training.

B. In cases the rank requirement cannot be complied, any personnel with lower rank who is a
licensed engineer or architect, or a graduate of any baccalaureate degree with at least
five (5) years of service in the BFP may be designated as Chief, FSES/U.

C. In case there is no ranking uniformed personnel or officer, a Non-uniformed Personnel can

be designated as Chief, FSES/U, provided that he/she is occupying an Engineer IV plantilla
position and has undergone relevant fire safety training/seminars/workshops.

22
 CHAPTER 2. FUNCTIONS OF FIRE SAFETY ENFORCERS

DIVISION 1. RESPONSIBILITIES OF DESIGNATED FIRE SAFETY ENFORCERS

SECTION 8.2.1.1 FIRE SAFETY INSPECTORS

The following shall be the main duties and responsibilities of Fire Safety Inspectors:

A. Inspect any building, structure or facility and/or any part thereof, hazardous operations,
storage facilities and transportation vehicles of hazardous materials to ensure compliance
of the Fire Code of the Philippines, this IRR and other related laws, regulations, standards
and ordinances within the area of responsibility;

B. Assess compliance with the fire safety requirements, identify and recommend corrective
actions for violations/defects and deficiencies and inform the owner/building administrator/
occupants of such actions to comply with the provisions of the Fire Code of the Philippines,
this IRR and other related laws, regulations, standards and ordinances;

C. Testify in any judicial and quasi-judicial bodies regarding matters relating to the Fire Code
of the Philippines and this IRR, and/or the performance of his/her duties related thereto,
when needed;

D. Conduct fire safety lectures, seminars/workshop and drills; and

E. Prepare necessary documents and maintain files and/or records.

SECTION 8.2.1.2 PLAN EVALUATORS

The following shall be the main duties and responsibilities of Plan Evaluators:

A. Review and evaluate building plans and specifications including fire protection system to
determine compliance to the requirement of the Fire Code, this IRR, Building Code of the
Philippines and other Life and Safety Standard; and

B. Conduct site verification and inspection on building under construction to determine

compliance with the approved plans and specifications.

SECTION 8.2.1.3 CHIEF, FIRE SAFETY ENFORCEMENT SECTION/UNIT (FSES/U)

The following shall be the main duties and responsibilities of the Chief, FSES/U:

A. Review and evaluate reports submitted by the Fire Safety Enforcers (Plan Evaluators and Fire
Safety Inspectors) and recommend approval to the C/MFM having jurisdiction;

B. Assist the C/MFM in implementing fire safety measures and education programs within his/
her area of responsibility to lessen the occurrence of fire incidents.

C. Supervise/monitor the activities of the fire safety inspectors to ensure that the inspection are
conducted in accordance with the standards and existing rules and regulations;

D. Recommend to the C/MFM the filing of appropriate charges against the violator of RA 9514
and its IRR.

E. Testify in any judicial and quasi-judicial bodies on matters relating to Fire Code of the
Philippines and its IRR and/or in account of his/her duties and function as Chief, FSES/U
when needed; and

F. Perform such other functions mentioned under RA 9514 and its IRR.

23
 DIVISION 2. PROFESSIONALIZATION
In the pursuit of competent fire safety enforcement and service excellence, the BFP
must endeavor to professionalize its fire safety enforcers and establish the level of competency
in accordance with the guidelines issued by the Chief, BFP.

RULE 9. ENFORCEMENT AND ADMINISTRATION OF

FIRE SAFETY MEASURES

DIVISION 1. GENERAL
A. Inspection of all buildings, structures, facilities and premises, hazardous operations, storage
facilities and transportation vehicles of hazardous materials and the determination of
compliance with provisions of the Fire Code of the Philippines and this IRR shall be done by
C/MFM having jurisdiction.

B. Fire safety inspections shall be conducted as a pre-requisite to grants of permits and/

or licenses by local governments or other government agencies. No occupancy permit,
business permit or permit to operate shall be issued without securing a Fire Safety Inspection
Certificate (FSIC) from the C/MFM having jurisdiction.

C. The C/MFM having jurisdiction shall review, evaluate and assess plans, design calculations
and specifications, and issue the necessary building Fire Safety Evaluation Clearance (FSEC)
as a pre-requisite for the issuance of Building Permit by the Office of the Building Official,
upon determination that design and specification is in accordance with the provisions of
the Fire Code of the Philippines and this IRR.

DIVISION 2. FIRE SAFETY EVALUATION AND INSPECTION

Building plan review, inspection during and after construction, and business routine
inspection shall be in accordance with the Citizen’s Charter.

SECTION 9.0.2.1 BUILDING PLAN REVIEW

A. The Plan Evaluator shall undertake the necessary evaluation and review of the plans in
accordance with the guidelines issued by the Chief, BFP for this purpose, indicating whether
or not such plans conform to the fire safety and life safety requirements of the Fire Code of
the Philippines and this IRR. For this purpose, a Fire Safety Checklist (FSC) shall be used to
facilitate the checking of building plan. The evaluated plans and the corresponding FSC
shall then be submitted to the Chief, FSES/U for review and recommendation to the C/MFM
having jurisdiction.

B. The C/MFM having jurisdiction upon evaluation of the recommendation will either issue
FSEC or Notice of Disapproval (NOD), as the case may be, and upon payment by the
owner/authorized representative of Fire Code Construction Tax and other appropriate Fire
Code Fees.

C. No building plan shall be evaluated without the submission of FSCR in accordance with
Division 3 of this Rule and the pertinent documents required under the BFP Citizen’s Charter.

D. The procedure for securing FSEC shall be in accordance with the BFP Citizen’s Charter.

SECTION 9.0.2.2 INSPECTION DURING CONSTRUCTION

During construction, renovation, modification or alteration, the C/MFM having jurisdiction,
on the basis of issued FSEC, shall inspect the premises to determine whether the plans, and
specifications are being followed and fire safety precautions are being observed. He/ She shall
cause the correction of any defects/deficiencies noted, when necessary.

24
SECTION 9.0.2.3 INSPECTION AFTER COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION

A. After construction/renovation/modification or alteration and prior to the issuance of the

occupancy permit by the Building Official, the C/MFM having jurisdiction shall designate
a Fire Safety Inspector (FSI) who shall inspect the building, structure or facility. The FSI shall
recommend in his/her After Inspection Report (AIR) the issuance of necessary Fire Safety
Inspection Certificate (FSIC) upon determination that the required fire safety construction
are in place, and fire protective and/or warning system are properly installed in accordance
with the approved plans and specifications.

B. The C, FSES/U shall review the findings of the FSI and recommend to the C/MFM having
jurisdiction the issuance of FSIC for Occupancy or NOD. The C/MFM having jurisdiction will
either issue the FSIC or NOD, as the case may be, upon payment of appropriate Fire Code
Fees. However, if it appears during inspection that the subject establishment is already
occupied or operating, a Notice to Comply shall be issued to the owner/administrator/
occupant and the procedure under Rule 13 shall be observed.

C. Testing and commissioning of fire protective and warning system of the building shall
be conducted by the installer/contractor during inspection to be witnessed by the Fire
Safety Inspector. No FSIC for Occupancy shall be issued without submission of Fire Safety
Compliance and Commissioning Report (FSCCR) in accordance with Division 3 of this Rule
and other pertinent documents required under the BFP Citizen’s Charter.

D. The procedure for securing FSIC for Occupancy Permit shall be in accordance with the BFP
Citizen’s Charter.

SECTION 9.0.2.4 BUSINESS AND ROUTINE/ANNUAL INSPECTION

A. Inspection for the purpose of Business/Mayor’s Permit and other Permits or Licenses
application
1. The C/MFM having jurisdiction shall cause the inspection of premises of any industrial,
commercial or business operations, and issue the necessary FSIC, as a prerequisite for
the grant of Business/Mayor’s Permit or Certificate of Annual Inspection from Philippine
Economic Zone Authority (PEZA), upon determination that fire safety measures for use,
handling, or storage of explosives or combustible, flammable, toxic and other hazardous
materials, as well as hazardous operations or processes, have been complied, and
upon payment of appropriate Fire Code Fees.
2. The designated FSI shall conduct final inspection in the establishment; prepare an After
Inspection Report (AIR) using the prescribed format; and recommend the issuance of
either FSIC or appropriate Notice in accordance with Rule 13. The Chief, FSES/U reviews the
findings and recommend to the C/MFM having jurisdiction for approval or disapproval. The
C/MFM having jurisdiction will either issue FSIC or NTC in accordance with Rule 13 of this
Code.
3. No FSIC shall be issued without the submission of Fire Safety and Maintenance Report
(FSMR), if applicable, in accordance with Division 3 of this Rule and payment of
appropriate Fire Code Fees.
4. The procedure for securing FSIC shall be in accordance with the BFP Citizen’s Charter.

B. Routine/Annual Fire Safety Inspection on Existing Buildings, Structures and Facilities other
than for Business/Mayor’s Permit and other Permits or Licenses application
1. The C/MFM having jurisdiction, shall cause the conduct of routine or periodic fire
safety inspection, re-inspection, or inspection arising from complaint, of any building,
structure, facility or premises not falling under para “A” of this Section, for the purpose
of determining compliance with the provisions of the Fire Code and this IRR. For this
purpose, Inspection Order (IO) shall be issued by the C/MFM having jurisdiction. The
building owner or administrator shall make available to the FSI, if necessary, copies of
all plans, design calculations and specifications of the building as it was actually built/
constructed, or in the absence of the same, copies of all plans, design calculations and

25
 specifications of the building as it is at the time of the inspection and FSMR, if applicable,
in accordance with Division 3 of this Rule. The FSI shall prepare an AIR and recommend
to the C/MFM having jurisdiction appropriate administrative courses of action provided
under Rule 13 of this Code in case of any violation of the Fire Code and this IRR.
2. Inspection procedure shall be in accordance with the BFP Citizen’s Charter.

DIVISION 3. FIRE SAFETY COMPLIANCE REPORT (FSCR), FIRE SAFETY COMPLIANCE

AND COMMISSIONING REPORT (FSCCR), AND FIRE SAFETY MAINTENANCE
REPORT (FSMR)

SECTION 9.0.3.1 APPLICABILITY

A. All private and public buildings, facilities and structures to be constructed, altered
or modified, which by reason of their use, size and height are required to install any or
combination of the following: (1) wet standpipe system, (2) automatic fire suppression
system and (3) automatic fire detection and alarm system, pursuant to the provisions of
the Fire Code, shall be required to submit FSCR for application of FSEC for Building Permit
and Fire Safety Compliance and Commissioning Report (FSCCR) for application of FSIC for
Occupancy Permit.

B. All existing private and public buildings, facilities or structures covered by para “A” hereof,
shall be required to submit Fire Safety Maintenance Report (FSMR) annually to the C/MFM
having jurisdiction when securing FSIC for business permit, Certificate of Annual Inspection
for PEZA registered enterprises, DOH License to Operate and other permits and licenses
where FSIC is a pre-requisite.

SECTION 9.0.3.2 FIRE SAFETY COMPLIANCE REPORT (FSCR)

A. One (1) set of FSCR shall be submitted to the C/MFM having jurisdiction by the building owner
duly signed by the Engineer/Architect-of-Record and his/her Fire Safety Practitioner duly
accredited by the BFP. It shall contain a detailed design analysis of all fire safety features to
be installed in the proposed building together with three (3) sets of plans and specifications.
The FSCR is a pre-requisite in granting FSEC.

B. The Engineer/Architect-of-Record and his/her Fire Safety Practitioner shall ensure and
certify that the design, criteria and specifications of all fire safety features are appropriate
to the proposed project and compliant with the provisions of RA 9514 and its IRR and other
applicable laws.

C. The FSCR shall contain among others the following:

1. Short Project Description
2. Statement of the Codes and Standards used in the design
3. Discussion of Fire Protection and Life Safety Issues
a. Building Classification and Construction Materials Used
b. Hazards of contents and combustible loading including fire scenarios adopted if
design is performance based
c. Occupancy Classification
d. Structural Requirements/Separation of Building Spaces
e. Exit and egress description
1) Basis of design
2) Number of exits
3) Travel distances
4) Exit calculations (may be included in appendices)

26
 5) Time-exit analysis
f. Fire Suppression Description
g. Design criteria used for sprinkler system/standpipe
1) Other suppression systems
2) Water supplies, fire pumps, capacities
3) Portable extinguishers
4) Hydraulic and other calculations (may be placed in appendices)
5) Riser diagrams (may be placed in appendices)
h. Fire detection, alarm, communication and evacuation systems
1) Description of each system including features and controls
2) Sound pressure calculations (for equivalencies and variances)
i. Smoke Control Management (if applicable)
1) Description of smoke control strategies
2) Design criteria used
3) Calculations (may be included in appendices)
4) Equipment capacities and description
j. Exit light and emergency lighting systems
1) Description
2) Typical location of exit lights and emergency lighting systems
3) Design criteria
4) Calculations (equivalencies and variances)
k. Emergency Power Supply
1) Description
2) Capacities
3) Calculations (may be included in appendices)
l. Fire Department Access
Description and location of street hydrant and BFP station
m. Other issues not discussed above including elevator recall and use of elevators for
evacuation

SECTION 9.0.3.3 FIRE SAFETY COMPLIANCE AND COMMISSIONING REPORT (FSCCR)

A. Prior to the beneficial occupancy of the newly constructed, altered, or modified buildings,
one (1) set of FSCCR together with Certificate of Completion of Construction duly signed
by the Contractor/Construction Manager and his/her Fire Safety Practitioner shall be
submitted to the C/MFM having jurisdiction by the building owner. The FSCCR shall contain
a Certification that the plans/specification prescribed in the FSCR for Building Permit was
duly implemented. For modifications made, a detailed compilation of plans, specification
and design analysis of the implemented changes shall be reflected in the as-built in plans.
The FSCCR is a pre-requisite in granting of FSIC for Occupancy Permit.

B. The contractor, construction manager or person in charge of the construction and his/her
fire safety practitioner shall certify that all fire protection and life safety features indicated
in FSCR for Building Permit, including amendments thereto which must be approved by
concerned authorities, have been properly installed and implemented. They shall also
certify that the building complies with the fire safety requirements of the Fire Code.

C. The FSCCR shall contain among others the following;

1. Short Description of the Project

27
 2. Statement and Description of the Changes made in the design, plans and specifications
(if applicable).
3. Standards Used for Authorized Changes
4. Certification that fire safety features included in FSCR for Building Permit have been
implemented, including approved amendments thereto and that the completed
building complies with the Fire Code.
5. Testing and Commissioning Certificates for all systems.
6. Close-out documents (shall be signed by Installing Contractor Professional Engineer or
Architect)
a. As-built Plan
b. Calculations
c. Specifications
d. Test Report
e. Product Data Sheet and Material Test Certificate

SECTION 9.0.3.4 Fire Safety Maintenance Report (FSMR)

A. The building owner shall submit to the C/MFM having jurisdiction, one (1) set of FSMR duly
signed by the Building Administrator and his/her Fire Safety Practitioner during the regular
annual fire safety inspection. FSMR is a pre-requisite in the issuance of FSIC for Business or
Mayor’s Permit renewal, Certificate of Annual Inspection, Permit to Operate, PHILHEALTH
Accreditation for Hospitals, DOH License to Operate and other permits or licenses being
issued by other government agencies. The FSMR shall contain among others:
1. The detailed report on conducted annual maintenance of all installed fire safety and
protection systems duly certified by the building fire safety officer or a third party
consultant specializing in said installation.
2. Fire Safety Lectures, drills and preparedness activities conducted within the year.

B. The building owner or his/her authorized representative, registered business owner (tenant)
or his/her authorized representative, or their building administrator and his/her fire safety
practitioner shall certify that all fire safety issues are addressed and that all required fire
safety systems are installed and maintained as prescribed in RA 9514 and its IRR and other
applicable laws. They shall also keep an updated record of regular inspection, scheduled
testing and/or regular preventive maintenance to ensure proper operational condition.

C. The FSMR shall contain among others the following:

1. Short Description of Building or Facilities
2. Statement of Testing and Maintenance Standards Used
3. Discussions of Fire Protection and Life Safety Issues
a. Exit and Egress
1) Number of active exits
2) Maintenance records done on egress component such as doors and enclosed
stairways
b. Fire Suppression
1) Maintenance and testing records done on fire pumps, sprinkler system, portable
extinguishers, standpipes and other fire suppression systems
2) Results of annual fire pump flow tests, annual main drain tests, and water flow
tests for standpipe; submit other test results as appropriate
c. Fire detection, alarm communication and evaluation system
Testing and maintenance records done on the components of the detection
and alarm system including the fire alarm control panel.

28
 d. Smoke Control Management (if applicable)
Maintenance and testing records of the various component of the smoke
management system. Include test records for pressurization fans for flows and fan
controls.
e. Emergency Power Supply
Maintenance and testing records of the system components of the emergency
power supply.
f. Other testing and maintenance records, including test results of the elevator recall
system.
g. Other applicable systems

SECTION 9.0.3.5 FIRE SAFETY PRACTITIONERS

Only Fire Safety Practitioners issued with Certificate of Competency (COC) shall be allowed
to prepare, sign and certify the FSCR, FSCCR and FSMR. The issuance of COC shall be pursuant
to the duly issued guidelines.

DIVISION 4. FIRE SAFETY INSPECTION CERTIFICATE

SECTION 9.0.4.1 FSIC AS A PRE-REQUISITE FOR ISSUANCE OF PERMIT/LICENSE

Upon compliance of the fire safety requirements under Rule 10 of this IRR, a Fire Safety
Inspection Certificate (FSIC) shall be issued by the C/MFM having jurisdiction as a prerequisite
for the issuance of occupancy permits, business permits or permit to operate, licenses and other
permits issued by the following:
1. Local Government Units (LGUs);
2. Office of The Building Official (OBO);
3. PhilHealth Accreditation for Hospitals;
4. Department of Health (DOH);
5. Philippine Economic Zone Authority (PEZA) and other similar entities; and
6. Other government agencies

SECTION 9.0.4.2 DOCUMENTARY REQUIREMENTS

The documents required for the processing of FSEC, FSIC and other clearances being issued
by the BFP shall be in accordance with its Citizen’s Charter.

DIVISION 5. FIRE SAFETY CLEARANCE

Fire Safety Clearance for stand-alone applications shall be required for the storage,
handling and transportation of hazardous materials, and hazardous operations and processes,
as may be prescribed in other provisions of this IRR. Likewise, installation clearance shall be
required for the installation of fire safety and warning systems and building services equipment.

DIVISION 6. FIRE INSURANCE DATA REQUIRED

All persons having fire insurance coverage on their properties and/or business shall
submit a certified true copy of all coverages currently in effect, including subsequent and/or
additional policies to the C/MFM having jurisdiction not later than ten (10) days after receipt
of the document from any insurance company. Exempted from this requirement are owners of
detached, single- or two-family dwellings actually being used for residential occupancy.

29
 RULE 10. FIRE SAFETY MEASURES

CHAPTER 1. COVERAGE
This Rule covers the fire safety measures for buildings, structures and facilities, hazardous
materials and wastes, hazardous operations and processes, and miscellaneous hazardous
premises and/or conditions that by its very nature or relation to life, property and environment
pose threat or danger.

CHAPTER 2. FIRE SAFETY IN BUILDINGS, STRUCTURES AND FACILITIES

DIVISION 1. SCOPE
A. This Chapter deals with life safety from fire and like emergencies in buildings, structures and
facilities. It covers construction, protection and occupancy features to minimize danger
to life from fire, smoke, vapor and fumes before buildings are vacated. It also discusses
procedures and guidelines in fire drills required for all types of occupancies to prevent panic
in times of emergencies. It specifies the number, size, and arrangement of means of egress
sufficient to permit prompt and safe escape of occupants from buildings, or structures or
facilities in case of fire or other conditions dangerous to life and property.

B. Nothing in this Chapter shall be construed to prohibit a better type of design, building
construction, more exits, or otherwise safer conditions than the requirements specified in
this Chapter.

DIVISION 2. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Every building or structure, new or old, designed for human occupancy shall be provided
with exits sufficient to permit the fast and safe escape of occupants in case of fire or other
emergency. The design of exits and other fire safety construction shall be such that reliance
for safety of life in case of fire or other emergency will not depend solely on any single fire
safety construction. Additional safeguards shall be provided for life safety in case any single
safeguard is ineffective due to some human or mechanical failure.

B. Every building or structure shall be designed, constructed, equipped, maintained and

operated to avoid danger to lives and ensure safety of its occupants from fire, smoke, vapor
and fumes, during the period of escape from the building or structure.

C. Every building or structure shall be provided with exits of kind, number, location and capacity
appropriate to the individual building or structure, with due regard for the character of the
occupancy, the number of persons exposed, the fire protection available and the height
and type of construction of the building or structure, to afford all occupants convenient
facilities for escape.

D. Every exit of buildings or structures shall be arranged and maintained to provide free and
unobstructed egress from all parts thereof at all times. No lock or fastening device that
would prevent escape from the inside of any building shall be installed except in mental,
penal, or correctional institutions where personnel are continually on duty and effective
provisions are made to evacuate occupants in case of fire or other emergencies.

E. Every exit shall be clearly visible. The route to the exit shall be conspicuously marked in such
a manner that every occupant of a building or structure will readily know the direction of
escape. Each route of escape, in its entirety, shall be so arranged or marked that the way
to a place of safety outside is unmistakable. Any doorway not constituting an exit shall be
marked to minimize its possible confusion as an exit. Likewise, passage constituting a way to
reach an exit shall be marked to minimize confusion.

F. All means of egress shall be provided with adequate and reliable illumination.

30
G. Fire alarm systems or devices shall be provided in every building or structure of such size,
arrangement, or occupancy, to provide adequate warning to occupants.

H. Every building or structure, section, or area thereof of such size, occupancy and arrangement
such that the reasonable safety of a number of occupants may be endangered by the
blocking of any single means of egress due to fire or smoke, shall have at least two means
of egress remote from each other, so arranged as to minimize any possibility that both may
be blocked by any one fire or other emergency conditions.

I. Every vertical way of exit and other vertical openings between floors of a building shall be
suitably enclosed or protected to afford reasonable safety of occupants while using exits
and to prevent spread of fire, smoke, or fumes through vertical openings from floor to floor
before occupants have entered exits.

J. Required Fire Safety Programs/Measures

1. In addition to the requirements, lessees or occupants of buildings, structures or facilities
shall observe all pertinent fire safety measures;
2. All occupants or lessees of buildings, structures or facilities shall organize themselves, and
develop and implement fire safety programs to include among others, fire prevention
in the premises, notification of the BFP on the existence of fire, evacuation of persons
and initial firefighting. The building owner shall take the initiative of formulating the fire
safety program for his/her building and of organizing the occupants to implement the
programs.
3. In buildings, leased to and used by one or several companies or persons, the
management of each company or each person shall be responsible for fire safety
measures within the leased or occupied areas. The building owner shall be responsible
for the common areas in the building such as the means of egress, utilities and building
services equipment or systems.
4. In building structures or facilities, such as condominium and the like, where some units
of the building are not yet sold, the provisions of para J.3 above shall apply. When all
condominium units have been sold, responsibility for fire safety measures in the common
areas such as the means of egress, utilities, building equipment/system and the building
as a whole, shall devolve jointly upon all individual unit owners, occupants and building
administrators.

K. Compliance with this Chapter shall not be construed as eliminating or reducing the
necessity of complying with other provisions for safety of persons using a structure under
normal occupancy conditions. Also, no provision of the Fire Code of the Philippines and
this IRR shall be construed as requiring or permitting any condition that might be hazardous
under normal occupancy conditions.

L. Construction and Repair Operations

1. New Construction
a. No building or structure under construction shall be occupied in whole or in part until
all required means of egress required for the part to be occupied are completed,
inspected and approved for occupancy.
b. Adequate escape facilities shall be maintained at all times in buildings under
construction for the use of construction workers. These facilities shall consist of doors,
walkways, stairs, ramps, fire escapes, or other arrangements in accordance with the
general guidelines of the Fire Code of the Philippines and this IRR in so far as they can
be reasonably applied to buildings under construction.
2. Repairs or Alterations
a. Existing buildings may be occupied during repairs or alterations provided that all
existing fire protection systems/devices are continuously maintained or, in lieu thereof,
other measures are taken to provide equivalent safety.
b. Flammable or explosive substances or equipment necessary for the repair or alteration
of a building or structure may be introduced therein while it is occupied, only if the

31
 conditions of use and the safeguards provided will not create any additional danger
or impair the use of the means of egress.

M. Cooking equipment shall be protected by automatic kitchen hood fire suppression in

accordance with internationally recognized standards.

DIVISION 3. CLASSIFICATION OF OCCUPANCY

A. A building or structure, or portion of buildings or structure, shall be classified as follows:
1. Assembly
a. Assembly occupancies include, but are not limited to, all buildings or portions of
buildings (1) used for gathering fifty (50) or more persons for such purposes as
deliberation, worship, entertainment, eating, drinking, amusement, awaiting
transportation, or similar uses; and (2) used as special amusement buildings.
b. Assembly occupancies include theaters; assembly halls; auditorium; exhibition halls;
museum; restaurants; drinking establishments; places of worship; classrooms of fifty (50)
persons and over capacity; libraries; Internet shops of over fifty (50) persons capacity;
dance halls; clubrooms; skating rinks; gymnasiums; cockpit arenas; bowling facilities;
pool rooms; armories; passenger stations and terminals of air, surface, underground,
and marine public transportation facilities; recreational facilities; piers; courtrooms;
conference rooms; mortuary chapels or funeral homes; and special amusement
buildings.
c. Restaurants and drinking establishments with an occupant load of less than 50
persons shall be classified as mercantile occupancies.
d. Occupancy of any room or space for assembly purposes by less than fifty (50) persons
in a building of other occupancy and incidental to such other occupancy shall be
classified as part of the other occupancy and subject to the provisions applicable
thereto.
2. Educational
a. Educational occupancies include all buildings or portions thereof used for gathering
of six (6) or more persons for purposes of instruction.
b. Educational occupancies include schools; universities; colleges; academies; and
kindergartens.
c. Other occupancies associated with educational institutions shall be in accordance
with the appropriate parts of this Chapter, except licensed day care facilities of any
capacity.
d. In case where instruction is incidental to some other occupancy, the Section of the
Chapter governing such other occupancy shall apply.
3. Day Care
a. Day Care Occupancies include buildings, or portions thereof, in which four (4) or
more clients receive care, maintenance, and supervision, by other than their relatives
or legal guardians, for less than twenty-four hours (24 hrs) per day.
b. Day care occupancies include adult day care centers, except where part of health
care occupancies; child day care centers; day care homes; kindergarten classes
that are incidental to a child day care occupancy; and nursery schools.
4. Health Care
a. Health care facilities are those used for purposes of medical or other treatment or
care of persons, where such occupants are mostly incapable of self-preservation
because of age, physical or mental disability, or because of security measures not
under the occupants’ control.
b. Health care facilities include hospitals; nursing homes; and birth centers.
5. Residential Board and Care
a. Residential board and care buildings are those used for lodging and boarding of four
32
 or more residents, not related by blood or marriage to the owners or operators, for
the purpose of providing personal care services.
b. Residential Board and Care include:
1) Group housing arrangement for physically or mentally handicapped persons who
normally attend school in the community, attend worship in the community, or
otherwise use community facilities.
2) Group housing arrangement for physically or mentally handicapped persons
who are undergoing training in preparation for independent living, for paid
employment, or for other normally community activities.
3) Group housing arrangement for the elderly that provides personal care services
but that does not provide nursing care.
4) Facilities for social rehabilitation, alcoholism, drug abuse, or mental health
problems that contain a group housing arrangement and that provide personal
care services but do not provide acute care.
5) Assisted living facilities.
6) Other group housing arrangements that provide personal care services but not
nursing care.
6. Detention and Correctional
a. Detention and correctional buildings are those used to house one or more
persons under varied degrees of restraint or security where such occupants are
mostly incapable of self-preservation because of security measures not under the
occupants’ control.
b. Detention and correctional occupancies shall include those used for purposes such
as adult correctional institutions, adult or youth detention facilities, adult community
residential centers, adult work camps, youth rehabilitation center, and adult and
juvenile substance abuse centers, and other similar facilities where occupants are
confined or housed under some degree of restraint or security.
7. Residential
a. Residential occupancies are those occupancies in which sleeping accommodations
are provided for normal residential purposes and include all buildings designed to
provide sleeping accommodation.
b. Residential buildings, structures or facilities are treated separately in this Rule in
the following groups: hotels; motels; apartelles; pension houses; inns; apartments;
condominiums; dormitories; lodging or rooming houses; and single- and two- family
dwellings; and the likes.
8. Mercantile
a. Mercantile occupancies include stores, markets, and other rooms, buildings, or
structures for the display and/or sale of merchandise.
b. Mercantile occupancies include malls; supermarkets; department stores; shopping
centers; flea markets; restaurants of less than fifty (50) persons capacity; public/private
dry and wet markets; water refilling stations; drugstores; hardwares/construction
supplies; showrooms; and auction rooms.
c. Minor merchandising operation in building predominantly of other occupancies,
such as newsstand in an office building, shall be subject to the exit requirements of
the predominant occupancy.
d. Office, storage, and service facilities incidental to the sale of merchandise and
located in the same building should be considered part of the mercantile occupancy
classification.
9. Business
a. Business buildings are those used for the transaction of business other than that
covered under Mercantile, for the keeping of accounts and records, and similar
purposes.

33
 b. Included in this occupancy group are offices for lawyers; doctors; dentists and other
professionals; general offices; city/municipal halls; business process outsourcing
(BPO); call centers; internet shops; massage parlors, beauty parlors, barbershops of
less than fifty (50) occupants; and court houses.
c. Minor office occupancy incidental to operations in other occupancy shall be
considered as a part of the dominant occupancy and shall be subject to the
provisions of the Chapter applying to the dominant occupancy.
10. Industrial
Industrial occupancies include factories that make products of all kinds and
properties which shall include but not be limited to product, processing, assembling
and disassembling, mixing, packaging, finishing or decorating, repairing, and
material recovery including, among others, the following: factories of all kinds;
laboratories; dry cleaning plants; power plants; pumping stations; smokehouses; gas
plants; refineries; sawmills, laundries; and creameries.
11. Storage
a. Storage occupancy includes all buildings or structures utilized primarily for the storage
or sheltering of goods, merchandise, products, vehicles, or animals. Included in this
occupancy group are warehouses; cold storages; freight terminals; truck and marine
terminals; bulk oil storage; LPG storage; parking garages; hangars; grain elevators;
barns; and stables.
b. Minor storage incidental to other occupancy shall be treated as part of the other
occupancy.
12. Mixed Occupancies
a. Refers to two or more classes of occupancies occurring/ located/ situated/ existing
in the same building and/or structures so intermingled that separate safeguards are
impracticable.
b. The means of egress shall be sufficient to meet exit requirements for the occupants
of each individual room or section, and for the maximum occupant load of the
entire building. Fire safety construction, protective and warning systems, and other
safeguards shall meet the most stringent requirements of the occupancy involved.
13. Special Structures
a. This class of occupancy includes buildings or structures which cannot be properly
classified in any of the preceding occupancy groups. Such miscellaneous buildings
and structures shall conform to the fundamental guidelines provided for in Division 2
and to any specific provisions applicable thereto in Division 19 both of this Chapter.
B. In case of conflict as to the type or classification of occupancy, the same shall be determined
by the C/MFM having jurisdiction.

DIVISION 4. HAZARD OF BUILDINGS

SECTION 10.2.4.1 GENERAL

A. For purposes of this Chapter, the degree of hazard shall be the relative danger of the start
and spread of fire, the generation of smoke or gases, and the danger of explosion or other
occurrences potentially endangering the lives and safety of the occupants of the building
or structure due to the nature of the contents or processes/operations therein.

B. The degree of fire hazard shall be determined by the C/MFM having jurisdiction on the basis
of the nature, character of the contents, and the process or operations being conducted
in the building or structure: Provided, however, that where the flame spread rating of the
interior finish or other features of the building or structure are such as to involve a fire hazard
greater than the hazard of contents, the greater degree of fire hazard shall govern, except
if such hazardous areas are segregated or protected as specified in Section 10.2.6.10 of this
IRR and the applicable sections of Divisions 8 through 20 of this Chapter.

34
SECTION 10.2.4.2 CLASSIFICATION OF HAZARD OF CONTENTS
The hazard of contents of any building or structure shall be classified as follows:
A. Low Hazard
Those of such low combustibility that no self-propagating fire therein can occur and
that ,consequently, the only probable danger requiring the use of emergency exits will
be from panic, fumes or smoke or fire from some external source.
B. Moderate Hazard
Those which are liable to burn with moderate rapidity or to give off a considerable
volume of smoke but from which neither poisonous fumes nor explosions are to be
expected in the event of fire.
C. High Hazard
Those which are liable to burn with extreme rapidity or from which poisonous gases
or explosions are to be expected in the event of fire.

DIVISION 5. MEANS OF EGRESS

SECTION 10.2.5.1 APPLICATION

A. Means of egress for both new and existing buildings shall comply with this Division except as
may be modified for individual occupancies by Divisions 8 through 20 of this Chapter.

B. Any change, alteration or addition that would reduce the means of egress below the
requirements for new buildings is prohibited.

SECTION 10.2.5.2 GENERAL PROVISIONS

A. Permissible Exit Components

An exit shall consist of the approved components that are described, regulated, and
limited as to use by Sections 10.2.5.3 through 10.2.5.13 of this IRR. Exit components shall be
constructed as an integral part of the building or shall be permanently affixed thereto.

B. Protective Enclosure of Exit

1. When an exit is required to be protected by separation from other parts of the building
by some requirements of this IRR, the construction of the separation shall meet the
following requirements:
a. The separation shall have at least one hour (1 hr) fire resistance rating when the exit
connects three (3) storeys or less, regardless of whether the storeys connected are
above or below the storey at which the exit discharge begins.
b. The separation shall have at least two hours (2 hrs) fire resistance rating when the exit
connects four (4) or more storeys, whether above or below the floor of discharge.
It shall be constructed of noncombustible materials and shall be supported by
construction having at least a two-hour (2-hr) fire resistance rating.
c. Any opening in the separation wall/construction shall be protected by an approved
self-closing fire resistive door.
d. Openings in exit enclosure shall be confined to those necessary for access to the
enclosure from normally occupied spaces and for egress from the enclosure.
2. No exit enclosure shall be used for any purpose other than for means of egress.

C. Capacity of Means of Egress

1. The egress capacity for approved components of means of egress shall be based on
the capacity factors shown in Table 1, Capacity Factors.

35
 TABLE 1: CAPACITY FACTORS
LEVEL COMPONENTS
STAIRWAYS
Area and RAMPS
(width per person)
(width per person)
Board and Care 10 mm 5 mm
Health Care, Sprinklered 7.6 mm 5 mm
Health Care, Non Sprinklered 15 mm 13 mm
High Hazards 18 mm 10 mm
All Others 7.6 mm 5 mm
2. The required capacity of a corridor shall be the occupant load that utilizes the corridor
for exit access, divided by the required number of exits to which the corridor connects.
But the corridor capacity shall be not less than the required capacity of the exit to
which the corridor leads.

D. Occupant Load
1. The total capacity of means of egress for any floor, balcony, tier, or other occupied
space shall be sufficient for the occupant load thereof, and shall not be less than the
number computed by dividing the floor area assigned to that use by the occupant load
factor in accordance with the requirements of Divisions 8 through 20 of this Chapter for
individual occupancies. The occupant load in any building or portion thereof shall be
the maximum number of persons that may be in the space at any time, as determined
by the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
2. Where exits serve more than one floor, only the occupant load of each floor considered
individually need be used in computing the capacity of the exits of that floor; provided,
that exit capacity shall not be decreased in the direction of exit travel. When means of
egress from the floor above and below converge at an intermediate floor, the capacity
of the means of egress from the point of convergence shall not be less than the sum of
the two (2).
3. When any required egress capacity of a balcony or mezzanine passes through the
room below, that required capacity shall be added to the required egress capacity of
the room below.

E. Measurement of Means of Egress

1. The width of means of egress shall be measured by clear width starting from the narrowest
point of the egress component under consideration, unless otherwise provided in
para 2 hereof.
2. Projections of not more than one hundred fourteen millimeters (114mm) at a maximum
height of nine hundred sixty-five millimeters (965 mm) within the means of egress on
each side shall be permitted.

F. Minimum Width
The width of any means of egress shall not be less than nine hundred fifteen millimeters
(915 mm) except when specifically provided under Division 8 through 20 of this Chapter.

G. Number of Means of Egress

1. The number of means of egress from any balcony, mezzanine, storey, or portion thereof
shall not be less than two (2), except when specifically permitted in Division 8 through
20 of this Chapter.
2. When the occupant load for any storey or portion thereof is more than five hundred
(500) but not more than one thousand (1000), the means of egress shall not be less than
three (3); in excess thereof, the means of egress shall not be less than four (4).
3. The occupant load of each storey considered individually shall be required to be used
in computing the number of means of egress at each storey, provided that the required
number of means of egress is not decreased in the direction of exit travel.
4. No doors other than hoistway door, the elevator car door, and doors that are readily

36
 openable from the car side without a key, tool, special knowledge, or special effort shall
be allowed at the point of access to an elevator car.
5. Elevator lobbies shall have access to at least one exit. Such exit access shall not require
the use of a key, a tool, special knowledge, or special effort.

H. Arrangement of Exit
1. Exits shall be located and exit access shall be arranged so that exits are readily
accessible at all times.
2. When exits are not immediately accessible from an open floor area, continuous
passageways, aisles, or corridors leading directly to every exit shall be maintained and
shall be arranged to provide access for each occupant to not less than two exits by
separate ways of travel.
3. Corridors shall provide exit access without passing through any intervening rooms other
than corridors, lobbies, and other spaces permitted to be open to the corridor.
4. Remoteness shall be determined in accordance with the following:
a. When more than one exit is required from a building or portion thereof, such exits
shall be remotely located from each other and shall be arranged and constructed
to minimize the possibility that more than one exit has the potential to be blocked by
any fire or other emergency condition.
b. When two (2) exits or exit access doors are required, they shall be located at a
distance from one another not less than one-half (1/2) of the length of the maximum
overall diagonal dimension of the building or area to be served, measured in a
straight line between the nearest edge of the exit doors or exit access doors, unless
otherwise provided in para “c” hereof.
c. In buildings protected throughout by an approved supervised automatic sprinkler
system, the minimum separation distance between two exits or exit access doors
measured in accordance with para “b” hereof shall not be less than one-third (1/3)
the length of the maximum overall diagonal dimension of the building or area to be
served.
d. Where exit enclosures are provided as the required exits specified in para “b” and
para “c” hereof and are interconnected by not less than one-hour (1) fire resistance-
rated corridor, exit separation shall be measured along the line of travel within the
corridor.
e. Where more than two (2) exits or exit access doors are required, at least two (2) of
the required exits or exit access doors shall be arranged to comply with the minimum
separation distance requirement.
5. Interlocking or scissor stairs shall be considered only as a single exit for new buildings.

I. Dead-End Limits
Means of egress shall be so arranged that there are no dead-end pockets, hallways,
corridors, passage ways or courts, whose depth exceeds the limits specified in individual
occupancies by Divisions 8 through 20 of this Chapter.

J. Measurement of Travel Distance to Exits

1. The maximum travel distance in any occupied space to the nearest exit shall not exceed
the limits specified for individual occupancies by Divisions 8 through 20 of this Chapter.
Maximum travel distance shall be determined as follows:
a. The travel distance to an exit shall be measured on the floor or other walking surface
along the center line of the natural path of travel, starting from the most remote
point subject for occupancy, curving around any corner or construction with a thirty
centimeter (30 cm) clearance therefrom, and ending at the center of the doorway
or other point at which the exit begins. Where measurement includes stairs, it shall be
taken in the place of the tread nosing.
b. In the case of open areas, distance to exits shall be measured from the most remote
point subject for occupancy. In case of individual rooms subject for occupancy by
37
 not more than six (6) persons, distance to exits shall be measured from the floors of
such rooms, provided that the path of travel from any point in the room to the room
door does not exceed fifteen meters (15 m).
2. Where open stairways or ramps are permitted, as a path of travel to required exit, such
as between mezzanines or balconies and the floor below, the distance shall include the
travel on the stairway or ramp, and the travel from the end of the stairway or ramp to
reach an outside door or other exit, in addition to the distance to reach the stairway or
ramp.
3. Where any part of an exterior way of exit access is within three meters (3 m) horizontal
distance of any unprotected building opening, as permitted by Section 10.2.5.5 of this
IRR for outside stairs, the distance to the exit shall include the length of travel to ground
level.

K. Access to Exits
1. A door from a room to an exit or to a way of exit access shall be of the side-hinged,
swinging type. It shall swing with exit travel.
2. In no case shall access to exit be through a bathroom, bedroom, or other room
subject to locking, except where the exit is required to serve only the bedroom or other
room subject to locking, or adjoining rooms constituting part of the same dwelling or
apartment used for single family occupancy.
3. Ways of exit access and the doors to exits to which they lead shall be designed and
arranged to be clearly recognizable as such. Decorations or draperies shall not be
placed on exit doors. Mirrors shall not be placed in or adjacent to any exit in such a
manner as to confuse the direction of exit.
4. Exit access shall be arranged that it will not be necessary to travel toward any area of
high hazard occupancy in order to reach the nearest exit, unless the path is protected
by suitable partitions.

L. Exterior Ways of Exit Access

1. Access to an exit may be by means of any exterior balcony, porch, gallery, or roof that
conforms to the requirements of this Section.
2. Exterior ways of access shall have smooth, solid floors, substantially level, and shall have
guards on the unenclosed sides at least equivalent to those specified in para “H” of
Section 10.2.5.4 of this IRR.
3. A permanent, reasonably straight path of travel shall be maintained over the required
exterior way of exit access. There shall be no obstruction by railings, barriers, or gates
that divide the open space into sections appurtenant to individual rooms, apartments,
or other uses. Where the C/MFM having jurisdiction finds that the required path of travel
is obstructed by furniture or other movable objects, he/she shall require their removal.
However, if the width of the exterior way of exit access is greater than the required path
of travel, he/she may permit the relocation of such furniture to one side so that they
are out of the pathway. Such furniture shall then be fastened so they can no longer be
moved. Alternatively, he/she may require that railings or other permanent barriers be
installed to protect the path of travel against encroachment.
4. An exterior way of exit access shall be arranged so that there are no dead-ends in
excess of six meters (6 m) in length.
5. Any gallery, balcony, bridge, porch or other exterior exit access that projects beyond
the outside wall of a building shall comply with the requirements of this Division as to
width and arrangement.

M. Discharge from Exits

1. All exits shall terminate directly at a public way or at an exterior exit discharge. Yards,
courts, open space, or other portions of the exit discharge shall be of required width and
size to provide all occupants with a safe access to a public way, and be in accordance
with NFPA 101, Life Safety Code with respect to changes in elevation, stairs, ramps, or
keeping means of egress free from obstruction. Means of egress shall be permitted to
38
 terminate in an exterior area for detention and correctional occupancies as otherwise
provided in NFPA 101.
2. Where permitted for individual occupancies by Divisions 8 through 20 of this Chapter, a
maximum of fifty percent (50%) of the exits may discharge through areas on the floor of
discharge provided all of the following requirements are met:
a. Exits shall discharge to a free and unobstructed way to the exterior of the building
and is readily visible and identifiable from the point of discharge from the exit.
b. The floor of discharge into which the exit discharges and any other portion of the
level of discharge with access to the discharge areas are protected with approved
supervised sprinkler system or separated from it in accordance with the requirement
for the enclosure of exits except if the discharge area is a vestibule or foyer complying
with all of the following, and where allowed in Divisions 8 through 20 of this Chapter:
1) The depth from the exterior of the building is not greater than three meters (3m);
2) The length is not greater than six meters (6m);
3) The foyer is separated from the remainder of the level of discharge by construction
providing protection at least the equivalent of wired glass in steel frames; and
the foyer serves only as means of egress, including exits direct to the outside.
c. The entire area on the floor of discharge is separated from areas below by construction
having a minimum of two-hour (2-hr) fire resistance rating.
3. Stairs and other exits shall be so arranged as to make clear the direction of egress to the
street.
a. An exit from the upper stories in which the direction of egress travel is generally
downward should not be arranged so that it is necessary to change to travel in an
upward direction at any point before discharging to the outside. A similar prohibition
of reversal of the vertical component of travel should be applied to exits from stories
below the floor of exit discharge. However, an exception is permitted in the case of
stairs used in connection with overhead or under floor exit passageways that serve
the street floor only.
b. Exit stairs that continue beyond the floor of discharge shall be interrupted at the floor
of discharge by partitions, doors, or other effective means. Stairs and ramps that
continue more than one-half story beyond the level of discharge shall be provided
with an approved means to prevent or dissuade occupants from traveling past the
level of discharge during emergency building evacuation.
4. Stairs, ramps, bridges, balconies, escalators, moving walks and other components of
an exit discharge shall comply with the detailed requirements of this Division for such
components.
5. Subject to the approval of the C/MFM having jurisdiction, exits may be accepted to
discharge to roofs or other sections of the building or adjoining buildings, where the roof
has a fire resistance rating at least the equivalent of that required for the exit enclosure,
and where there is a continuous and safe means of egress from the roof, and all other
reasonable requirements for the safety are maintained.
6. Exits shall be permitted to discharge through interior building areas, provided that all of
the following are met:
a. Not more than fifty percent (50%) of the required number of exit stairs serving normally
occupied areas of each floor, and not more than fifty percent (50%) of the exit
stair capacity required for normally occupied areas of each floor, shall discharge
through areas on any level of discharge, except as otherwise permitted by one of
the following:
1) One hundred percent of the exits shall be permitted to discharge through
areas on any level of discharge in detention and correctional occupancies as
otherwise provided in NFPA 101.
2) In existing buildings, the fifty percent (50%) limit on egress capacity shall not
apply if the fifty percent (50%) limit on the required number of exits is met.

39
 b. Each level of discharge shall discharge directly outside at the finished ground level or
discharge directly outside and provide access to the finished ground level by outside
stairs or outside ramps.
c. The interior exit discharge shall lead to a free and unobstructed way to the exterior
of the building, and such way shall be readily visible and identifiable from the point
of discharge from the exit
d. The interior exit discharge shall be protected by one of the following methods:
1) The level of discharge shall be protected throughout by an approved automatic
sprinkler system, or the portion of the level of discharge used for interior exit
discharge shall be protected by an approved automatic sprinkler system and
shall be separated from the non-sprinklered portion of the floor by fire barriers
with a fire resistance rating meeting the requirements for the enclosure of exits.
2) The interior exit discharge area shall be in a vestibule or foyer that meets all of
the following criteria:
a) The depth from the exterior of the building shall be not more than three and
five hundredths meters (3.05 m), and the length shall be not more than nine
and one teths meters (9.1 m).
b) The foyer shall be separated from the remainder of the level of discharge
by fire barriers with a minimum of one-hour (1-hr) fire resistance rating, and
existing installations of wired glass in steel frames shall be permitted to be
continued in use.
7. The exit discharge shall be so arranged to meet the remoteness criteria in NFPA 101, and
marked to make clear the direction of egress travel from the exit discharge to a public
way.
a. The entire area on the level of discharge shall be separated from areas below by
construction having a fire resistance rating not less than that required for the exit
enclosure.
b. Levels below the level of discharge in an atrium shall be permitted to be open to the
level of discharge where such level of discharge is protected.

N. Headroom
The minimum headroom shall not be less than two meters (2 m) nor any projection from
the ceiling be less than two meters (2 m) from the floor.

O. Changes in Elevation
Where a means of egress is not level, such differences in elevation shall be negotiated
by stairs or ramps conforming to the requirements of this Section for stairs and ramps.

P. Interior Finish in Exits

The flame spread of interior finish shall not exceed Class B in accordance with Section
10.2.6.4 of this IRR in exit enclosures, except when allowed in Division 8 through 20 of this
Section.

SECTION 10.2.5.3 DOORS

A. Application
1. A door assembly, including the doorway, frame, door, and necessary hardware, may be
used as a component in a means of egress when it conforms to the general requirements
of Section 10.2.5.2 of this IRR and to the specific requirements of this Section.
2. Every door and every principal entrance which are required to serve as an exit shall be
designed and constructed that the way of exit travel is obvious and direct. Windows,
which because of their physical configuration or design and the materials used in their
construction could be mistaken for doors, shall be made inaccessible to the occupants
by barriers or railings conforming to the requirements of para “H” of Section 10.2.5.4 of
this IRR.
40
 3. The door assembly required by this Section shall comply with the fire protection rating
and, where rated, is self-closing or automatic-closing by means of smoke detection in
accordance with para “G” of this Section, and is installed in accordance with NFPA 80,
Standard for Fire Doors and Fire Windows.

B. Swing and Force to Open

1. Any door in a means of egress shall be of the side-hinged or pivoted-swinging type. The
door shall be designed and installed so that it is capable of swinging from any position
to the full required width of the opening in which it is installed. Doors required to be of
the side-hinged or pivoted-swinging type shall swing in the direction of egress travel
where serving a room or area with an occupant load of fifty (50) or more persons.
2. A door shall swing in the direction of egress travel when used in an exit enclosure or
where serving a high hazard contents area, unless it is a door from an individual living
unit that opens directly into an exit enclosure. During its swing, any door in a means
of egress shall leave not less than one-half of the required width of an aisle, corridor,
passageway, or landing unobstructed and shall not project more than seventeen
and eight tenths centimeters (17.8 cm) into the required width of an aisle, corridor,
passageway, or landing, when fully open. Doors shall not open directly onto a stair
without a landing. The landing shall have a width not less than the width of the door.
3. Any door used in an exit and, unless exempt by other provisions of this Rule, shall be
designed and installed that when a force is applied to the door on the side from which
egress is to be made, it shall swing in the direction of exit travel from any position to the
full instant use of the opening in which it is installed.

C. Locks, Latches, Alarm Devices

1. A door shall be arranged to be readily opened from the side from which egress is to be
made at all times when the building served thereby is occupied. Locks, if provided, shall
not require the use of a key, a tool, or special knowledge or effort, for operation from the
inside of the building.
2. A latch or other fastening device on a door shall be provided with a knob, handle,
panic bar, or other simple type releasing device, the method of operation of which is
obvious, even in darkness.
3. A door designed to be kept normally closed in a means of egress, such as a door to
a stair or horizontal exit, shall be provided with a reliable self-closing mechanism in
accordance with para “G” of this Section, and shall not at any time be secured in the
open position. A door designed to be kept normally closed shall bear a sign reading
substantially as follows:

FIRE EXIT

KEEP DOOR CLOSED

Doors on buildings of four (4) or more storeys in height shall be provided with re-entry
mechanism to provide access out of the stairway to another exit. There shall be re-entry
mechanism every four (4) floors that provide a way out of the stairway.
Doors not allowing re-entry shall be provided with a sign indicating the location of the
nearest door, in each direction of travel that allows re-entry or exit.

NO RE – ENTRY

PROCEED TO ________ FLOOR

AND _________ FLOOR

D. Egress Capacity Width

In determining the egress width for swinging doors, only the clear width of the doorway
when the door is open ninety degrees (90 o) shall be measured. In determining the egress
width for other types of doors for purposes of calculating capacity, only the clear width of

41
 the doorway when the door is in the full open position shall be measured. Clear width of
doorways shall be measured between the face of the door and the stop in accordance
with Section 10.2.5.2 para “E” of this IRR.

E. Width and Floor Level

1. Door openings in means of egress shall not be less than seventy-one centimeters (71
cm) in clear width. When a pair of doors is provided, not less than one of the doors shall
provide at least seventy-one centimeters (71 cm) clear width opening.
2. No single door in a doorway shall exceed one hundred twenty-two centimeters (122
cm) in width.
3. The elevation of the floor surfaces on both sides of a door shall not vary by more than
one and three tenths centimeters (1.3 cm). The elevation shall be maintained on both
sides of the doorway for a distance not less than the width of the widest leaf. Thresholds
at doorways shall not exceed one and three-tenths centimeters (1.3 cm) in height.
Raised thresholds and floor level changes in excess of six millimeters (6 mm) doorways
shall be beveled with a slope not steeper than one (1) in two (2).

F. Panic Hardware
1. When a door is required to be equipped with panic hardware by some other provisions
of this Rule, the panic hardware shall cause the door latch to release when a force of
not more than seven kilogram-force (7 kgf) is applied to the releasing device in the
direction of exit travel.
2. Such releasing devices shall be bars or panel extending not less than two-thirds (2/3) of
the width of the door and placed at heights suitable for the service required, and shall
not be less than seventy-six (76) nor more than one hundred twelve centimeters (112 cm)
above the floor.
3. Required panic hardware shall not be equipped with any locking or dogging device,
set screw, or other arrangement which can be used to prevent the release of the latch
when pressure is applied to the bar.

G. Self-Closing Devices
A door normally required to be kept closed shall be installed or equipped with automatic
door closer in accordance with the following criteria:
1. Upon release of the hold-open mechanism, the door becomes self-closing.
2. The release device is designed so that the door instantly releases manually and, upon
release, becomes self-closing, or the door can be readily closed.

H. Maintenance
No lock, padlock, hasp, bar, chain, or other device, or combination thereof shall be
installed or maintained at any time on or in connection with any door on which panic
hardware is required by this Chapter, if such device prevents, or is intended to prevent, the
free use of the door for purposes of egress.

I. Power Operated Doors

1. Where required doors are operated by power, such as those with photo-electric
actuated mechanism which open upon the approach of a person or doors with power-
assisted manual operation, the design shall be such that in event of power failure, the
door may be opened manually to permit exit travel or closed where necessary to
safeguard means of egress.
2. No power-operated door shall be counted as a required exit unless it also swings with
the exit travel by manual means.

J. Screen and Storm Doors

No screen door or storm door in connection with any required exit shall swing against
the direction of exit travel in any case where doors are required to swing with the exit travel.

K. Revolving Doors
42
 1. A revolving door shall not be used in a means of egress for an exit from the floor of
discharge directly to the outside except where specifically permitted in other Divisions
of this Chapter. It shall not be used at the foot or top of stairs at the floor of discharge.
Where permitted, the revolving door or doors shall be given a credit of only fifty (50%)
percent of the required capacity of exit except as provided in para K-2 hereof. Such
revolving doors shall be of approved type.
2. The number of revolving doors used as exit doors shall not exceed the number of
swinging doors used as exit doors within six meters (6 m) except when revolving doors
may serve as exits without adjacent swinging doors for street floor elevator lobbies, if no
stairways or doors from other parts of the building discharge through the lobby, and the
lobby has no occupancy other than as a means of travel between elevators and street.
3. Revolving doors shall be equipped with means to prevent their rotation at too rapid a
rate to permit orderly egress.

L. Turnstiles
1. No turnstiles or similar device to restrict travel to one direction, or to collect fares or
admission charges, shall be placed to obstruct any required means of egress, except
that approved turnstiles not over ninety-one centimeters (91 cm), which turn freely
in the direction of exit travel, may be used in any occupancy where revolving doors
are permitted. Turnstiles over ninety-one centimeters (91 cm) shall be subject to the
requirements for revolving doors.
2. No turnstiles shall be placed in any required exit, or barring the way of access thereto or
travel therefrom, unless immediately adjacent or within six and one-tenth meters (6.1 m)
there is a swinging door or gate opening freely in the direction of exit travel, an open
passage serving the same general path of travel as the turnstile.
3. Turnstile shall be rated the same as revolving doors as regards units of exit width and
rates of travel.

M. Doors in Folding Partitions

1. When permanently mounted folding movable partition are used to divide a room into
smaller spaces, a swinging door or open doorway shall be provided as a way of exit
access from each such space.
2. The swinging door may be omitted and the partition may be used to enclose the space
completely under the following conditions:
a. The subdivided space shall not be used by more than twenty (20) persons at any
time;
b. The use of the space shall be under adult supervision;
c. The partitions shall be so arranged that they do not extend across any aisle or corridor
used as a way of access to the required exits from the floor;
d. The partitions shall conform to the interior finish and other applicable requirements of
this Chapter; and
e. The partitions shall be an approved type, shall have a simple method of release, and
shall be capable of being opened quickly and easily by inexperienced persons in
case of emergency.

N. Horizontal Sliding Doors

1. Horizontal sliding doors shall meet the following criteria:
a. The door is readily operable from either side without special knowledge or effort.
b. The force that, when applied to the operating device in the direction of egress, is
required to operate the door is not more than seven kilogram-force (7 kgf).
c. The force required to operate the door in the direction of exit travel is not more than
fifteen kilogram-force (15 kgf) to set the door in motion and is not more than seven
kilogram-force (7 kgf) to close the door or open it to the minimum required width.
d. The door assembly complies with the fire protection rating and, where rated, is self-

43
 closing or automatic-closing by means of smoke detection in accordance with para
“G” of this Section, and is installed in accordance with NFPA 80, Standard for Fire
Doors and Fire Windows.

SECTION 10.2.5.4 STAIRS

A. General
1. Stairs used as a component in the means of egress shall conform to the general
requirements of Section 10.2.5.2 of this IRR and to the special requirements of this Section.
2. All stairways designated as a means of egress shall be continuous from the uppermost
floor level down to ground floor.

B. Dimensional Criteria
1. Standard stairs shall meet the following criteria:
a. New stairs shall be in accordance with Table 2, Dimensional Criteria for New Stairs
and 4, New Stair Width.
b. Existing stairs shall be permitted to remain in use, provided that they meet the
requirements for existing stairs shown in Table 3, Dimensional Criteria for Existing Stairs.
c. Approved existing stairs shall be permitted to be rebuilt in accordance with the
following:
1) Dimensional criteria of Table 3, Dimensional Criteria for Existing Stairs.
2) Other stair requirements of Section 10.2.5.4 of this IRR.
3) The requirements for new and existing stairs shall not apply to stairs located in
industrial equipment access areas except as otherwise provided in Division 17 of
this Chapter.
Table 2: DIMENSIONAL CRITERIA FOR NEW STAIRS

Feature Dimensional Criteria

Minimum Width See Table 4
Maximum height of risers 18 cm
Minimum height of risers 10 cm
Minimum tread depth 28 cm
Minimum headroom 200 cm
Maximum height between landings 366 cm

Table 3: DIMENSIONAL CRITERIA FOR EXISTING STAIRS

Feature Dimensional Criteria

Minimum width clear of all obstructions, except
projections not more than eleven and four tenths
91.5 cm
centimeters (11.4 cm) at or below handrail height
on each side
Maximum height of risers 20.5 cm
Minimum tread depth 23 cm
Minimum headroom 200 cm
Maximum height between landings 366 cm

2. Minimum New Stair Width

a. Where the total occupant load of all storeys served by the stair is fewer than fifty (50),
the minimum width clear of all obstructions, except projections not more than eleven
and four tenths centimeters (11.4 cm) at or below handrail height on each side, shall
be ninety-one and five tenths centimeters (91.5 cm).
44
 b. Where stairs serve occupant loads exceeding that permitted by para B.2.a of this
Section, the minimum width clear of all obstructions, except projections not more
than eleven and four tenths centimeters (11.4 cm) at or below handrail height on
each side, shall be in accordance with Table 4, New Stair Width and the requirements
of paras B.2.c, 2.d, and 2.e of this Section.
Table 4: NEW STAIR WIDTH

Total Cumulative Occupant Load assigned

Width
to the Stair
< 2000 persons 112 cm
> 2000 persons 142 cm

c. The total cumulative occupant load assigned to a particular stair shall be that stair’s
prorated share of the total occupant load, as stipulated in paras B.2.d and B.2.e of
this Section, calculated in proportion to the stair width.
d. For downward egress travel, stair width shall be based on the total number of
occupants from storeys above the level where the width is measured.
e. For upward egress travel, stair width shall be based on the total number of occupants
from storeys below the level where the width is measured.

C. Curved Stairs
Curved stairs shall be permitted as a component in a means of egress, provided that
the depth of tread is not less than two hundred eighty millimeters (280 mm) at a point three
hundred five millimeters (305 mm) from the narrowest end of the tread, and the smallest
radius is not less than twice the stair width.

D. Spiral Stairs
1. Where specifically permitted for individual occupancies by Divisions 8 to 20 of this
Chapter, spiral stairs as a component of means of egress shall comply with the following:
a. Riser heights shall not exceed one hundred eighty millimeters (180 mm).
b. The stairway shall have a tread depth of not less than two hundred eighty millimeters
(280 mm) for a portion of stairway width sufficient to provide egress capacity for the
occupant load served in accordance with Section 10.2.5.2 para “C” of this IRR.
c. At the outer side of the stairway, an additional two hundred sixty-five millimeters (265
mm) of width shall be provided clear to the other handrail, and this width shall not be
included as part of the required egress capacity.
d. Handrails shall be provided on both sides of the spiral stairway.
e. The inner handrail shall be located within six hundred ten millimeters (610 mm),
measured horizontally, of the point where a tread depth of not less than two hundred
eighty millimeters (280 mm) is provided.
f. The turn of the stairway shall be such that the outer handrail is at the right side of
descending users.
2. Where the occupant load served does not exceed three, spiral stairs shall be permitted,
provided that the following criteria are met:
a. The clear width of the stairs shall be not less than six hundred sixty millimeters (660
mm).
b. The height of risers shall not exceed two hundred forty millimeters (240 mm).
c. The headroom shall be not less than one hundred ninety-eight centimeters (198 cm).
d. Treads shall have a depth of not less than one hundred ninety millimeters (190 mm) at
a point three hundred five millimeters (305 mm) from the narrower edge.
e. All treads shall be identical.
f. Handrails shall be provided on both sides of the stairway.
3. Where the occupant load served does not exceed five, existing spiral stairs shall be
45
 permitted, provided that the requirements of para D.2.a through 2.e above are met.

E. Winders
Where allowed in Division 8 through 20 of this Chapter, winders shall be permitted in
stairs, provided that the same shall have a tread depth of not less than one hundred fifty
millimeters (150 mm) and a tread depth of not less than two hundred eighty millimeters (280
mm) at a point three hundred five millimeters (305 mm) from the narrowest edge.

F. Enclosure
1. All interior stairways shall be enclosed in accordance with the provisions of Section
10.2.5.2 and Section 10.2.6.2 of this IRR, except insofar as open stairways are permitted
by para A.2 of Section 10.2.6.5 of this IRR.
2. There shall be no enclosed, usable space within an exit enclosure, including under
stairs, nor shall any open space within the enclosure be used for any purpose that has
the potential to interfere with egress.

G. Stair Details
1. All stairs serving as required means of egress shall be of permanent fixed construction.
Each new stair and platform, landing, balcony, and stair hallway floor used in buildings
of four (4) storeys or more and in all new buildings, required by this Rule to be of fire-
resistive construction, shall be non-combustible material throughout, except the
handrails. Treads of stairs and landing floors shall be solid.
2. Each stair, platform, landing, balcony, and stair hallways floor shall be designed to
carry a load of four hundred eighty-eight kilograms per square meter (488 kg/m2) or a
concentrated load of one hundred thirty-six kilograms (136 kg), so located as to produce
maximum stress conditions.
3. There shall be no variation exceeding five millimeters (5 mm), in the width of treads
or in height of risers in any flight, except as permitted by para “H” of this Section for
monumental stairs.
4. Every tread less than twenty-five centimeters (25 cm) shall have a nosing or an effective
projection of approximately two and a half tenths centimeters (2.5 cm) over the level
immediately below.
5. Where material of stair treads and landings is such as to involve danger of slipping, non-
slip material shall be provided on tread surface.
6. Stairways and intermediate landings shall continue with no decrease in width along the
direction of exit travel.

H. Guards and Handrails

1. Means of egress such as stairs, stair landings, balconies, ramps and aisles located along
the edge of open-sided floor and mezzanines, shall have guards to prevent falls over
the open side. Each new stair, stair landing, and ramp shall have handrails on both
sides.
2. Required guards and handrails shall continue for the full length of each flight of stairs.
3. The design of guards and handrails and the hardware for attaching handrails to guards,
balusters, or masonry walls shall be such that there are no projecting logs on attachment
devices or non-projecting corners or members of grilles or panels which may engage
loose clothing. Opening in guards shall be designed to prevent loose clothing from
being wedged in such openings.
4. Handrails Details:
a. Handrails on stairs shall be not less than seventy-six centimeters (76 cm) nor more
than eighty-six and five tenths centimeters (86.5 cm) above the upper surface of the
tread, measured vertically to the top of the rail from a point on the tread two and
five tenths centimeters (2.5 cm) back from the leading edge, except on stairways
designed for use by children an additional handrail may be provided lower than the
main handrail.

46
 b. Handrails shall provide a clearance of at least thirty-eight millimeters (38 mm)
between handrail and wall to which it is fastened. Handrails shall be of such design
and so supported as to withstand a load of not less than ninety-one kilograms (91 kg)
applied to any point, downward or horizontally.
c. Handrails shall be so designed as to permit continuous sliding of hands on them.
d. Every stairway, required to be more than two hundred twenty-three centimeters (223
cm) in width, shall have intermediate handrails dividing the stairway into portions not
more than two hundred twenty-three centimeters (223 cm) in width, except that in
monumental outside stairs, two handrails may be permitted.
5. Guard Details:
a. The height of guards shall be measured vertically to the top of the guard from a point
on the tread twenty-five millimeters (25mm) back from the leading edge or from the
floor of landings or balconies.
b. No guards shall be required for inside stairs which reverse direction at intermediate
landings, where the horizontal distance between successive flights is not more than
thirty and a half centimeters (30.5 cm).
c. Guards shall not be less than one hundred six centimeters (106 cm) high. Guards
protecting changes in level, one storey or less on interior balconies and mezzanines,
shall be not less than ninety-one centimeters (91 cm).
d. Guards shall be so constructed that the area in the plane of the guard from the top
of the floor, riser, or curb to the minimum required height of guard shall be subdivided
or filled in one of the following manners:
1) A sufficient number of intermediate longitudinal rails so that the clear distance
between rails measured at right angles to the run of rail do not exceed twenty-
five and a half centimeters (25.5 cm). The button rails shall not be more than
twenty-five and a half centimeters (25.5cm) from the top of the floor, tread or
curb measured vertically.
2) Vertical balusters spaced not more than fifteen and one-fourth centimeters
(15.25 cm) apart.
3) Areas filled wholly or partially by panels of solid wire mesh or expanded metal
construction or by ornamental grilles which provide protection against falling
through the guard equivalent to that provided by the intermediate rails or vertical
balusters specified in the two preceding paragraphs.
4) The lower part of the area may consist of a continuous substantial curb, the top
of which is parallel to the run of stairs of level areas and the height of which is not
less than seventy-six millimeters (76mm) on stairs (measured at right angles to the
curb from its top to the nosing of the tread) and not less than fifteen and twenty-
five hundredths centimeters (15.25 cm) for level areas.
5) Masonry walls may be used for any portion of the guard.
6) Any combination of the foregoing that provides equivalent safety.
e. Enclosure walls and guards consisting of masonry, railings, or other construction shall
either be designed for toads transmitted by attached handrails or shall be designed
to resist a horizontal force of seventy-five kilograms (75 kg) per lineal meter applied
at the top of the guard, whichever condition produces maximum stress. For walls or
guards higher than the minimum height, the specified force shall be applied at a
height one hundred seven centimeters (107 cm) above the floor or tread.
f. Intermediate rails, balusters, and panel fillers shall be designed for a uniform load of
not less than one hundred twenty-two kilograms (122 kg) per square meter over the
gross area of the guard (including the area of any opening in the guard) of which
they are a part. Reactions due to this loading need not be added to the loading
specified by para H.5.c of this Section in designing the main supporting members of
guards.

47
I. Smoke-proof Enclosures
1. General
Where smoke proof enclosures are required in other sections of this code, they shall
comply with this Section, except for approved existing smoke proof enclosures.
2. Performance Design
An appropriate design method shall be used to provide a system that meets the
definition of smoke proof enclosure. The smoke proof enclosure shall be permitted to be
created by using natural ventilation, by using mechanical ventilation incorporating a
vestibule, or by pressurizing the stair enclosure.
3. Enclosure
A smoke proof enclosure shall be enclosed from the highest point to the lowest
point by barriers having 2-hour fire resistance ratings. Where a vestibule is used, it shall
be within the 2-hour-rated enclosure and shall be considered part of the smoke proof
enclosure.
4. Vestibule
Where a vestibule is provided, the doorway into the vestibule shall be protected
with an approved fire door assembly having a 1½-hour fire resistance rating, and the
fire door assembly from the vestibule to the smoke proof enclosure shall have not
less than a 20-minute fire resistance rating. Doors shall be designed to minimize air
leakage and shall be self-closing or shall be automatic-closing by actuation of a smoke
detector within three meters (3 m) of the vestibule door. New doors shall be installed in
accordance with NFPA 105, Standard for Smoke Door Assemblies and Other Opening
Protectives.
5. Discharge
Every smoke proof enclosure shall discharge into a public way, into a yard or court
having direct access to a public way, or into an exit passageway. Such exit passageways
shall be without openings, other than the entrance to the smoke proof enclosure and the
door to the outside yard, court or public way. The exit passageway shall be separated
from the remainder of the building by a 2-hour fire resistance rating.
6. Access
For smoke proof enclosures other than those consisting of a pressurized stair enclosure
complying with para 9 of this Section, access to the smoke proof enclosure stair shall be
by way of a vestibule or an exterior balcony.

7. Natural Ventilation
Smoke proof enclosures using natural ventilation shall comply with para 3 hereof
and the following:
a. Where access to the stair is by means of an open exterior balcony, the door assembly
to the stair shall have a 1.5-hour fire resistance rating and shall be self-closing or
automatic-closing by actuation of a smoke detector. Openings adjacent to the
exterior balcony specified in the preceding paragraph shall be protected
b. Every vestibule shall have a net area of not less than one and five tenths square
meters (1.5 m2)of opening in an exterior wall facing an exterior court, yard, or public
space not less than six meters (6 m) in width.
c. Every vestibule shall have a minimum dimension of not less than the required width of
the corridor leading to it and a dimension of not less than one hundred eighty three
centimeters (183 cm) in the direction of travel.
8. Mechanical Ventilation
Smoke proof enclosures using mechanical ventilation shall comply with the following
requirements:
a. Vestibules shall have a dimension of not less than one hundred twelve centimeters
(112 cm) in width and not less than one hundred eighty three centimeters (183 cm) in

48
 direction of travel.
b. The vestibule shall be provided with not less than one air change per minute, and
the exhaust shall be one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the supply. Supply air shall
enter and exhaust air shall discharge from the vestibule through separate tightly
constructed ducts used only for such purposes. Supply air shall enter the vestibule
within fifteen centimeters (15 cm) of the floor level. The top of the exhaust register shall
be located not more than one hundred ifteen centimeters (15 cm) below the top of
the trap and shall be entirely within the smoke trap area. Doors, when in the open
position, shall not obstruct duct openings. Controlling dampers shall be permitted in
duct openings if needed to meet the design requirements.
c. To serve as a smoke and heat trap and to provide an upward-moving air column,
the vestibule ceiling shall be not less than fifty-one centimeters (51 cm) higher than
the door opening into the vestibule. The height shall be permitted to be decreased
where justified by engineering design and field testing.
d. The stair shall be provided with a damper relief opening at the top and supplied
mechanically with sufficient air to discharge at least seventy and eigth tenths cubic
meter per minute (70.8 m3/min) through the relief opening while maintaining a
positive pressure of not less than twenty-five newton per square meters (25 N/m2) in
the stair, relative to the vestibule with all doors closed.
9. Stair Pressurization
a. Smoke proof enclosures using stair pressurization shall use an approved engineered
system with a design pressure difference across the barrier of not less than twelve and
five tenths newton per square meters (12.5 N/m2) in sprinklered buildings, or twenty-
five (25 N/m2) in non-sprinklered buildings, and shall be capable of maintaining these
pressure differences under likely conditions of stack effect or wind. The pressure
difference across doors shall not exceed that which allows the door to begin to be
opened by a force of one hundred thirty-three newtons (133 N) in accordance with
Section 10.2.5.3 of this IRR.
b. Equipment and ductwork for stair pressurization shall be located in accordance with
one of the following specifications:
1) Exterior to the building and directly connected to the stairway by ductwork
enclosed in noncombustible construction
2) Within the stair enclosure with intake and exhaust air vented directly to the
outside or through ductwork enclosed by a 2-hour fire-resistive rating
3) Within the building under the following conditions:
a) Where the equipment and ductwork are separated from the remainder of
the building, including other mechanical equipment, by a 2-hour fire-resistive
rating.
b) Where the building, including the stairway enclosure, is protected throughout
by an approved supervised automatic sprinkler system and the equipment
and ductwork are separated from the remainder of the building, including
other mechanical equipment, by not less than a 1-hour fire-resistive rating
c. In all cases specified by para I.9.a through 9.b of this Section, openings into the required
fire resistance–rated construction shall be limited to those needed for maintenance
and operation and shall be protected by self-closing fire protection–rated devices.
10. Activation of Mechanical Ventilation and Pressurized Stair Systems
a. For both mechanical ventilation and pressurized stair enclosure systems, the activation
of the systems shall be initiated by a smoke detector installed in an approved location
within three meters (3 m) of the entrance to the smoke proof enclosure.
b. The required mechanical system shall operate upon the activation of the smoke
detectors specified in para “a” above and by manual controls accessible to the fire
department. The required system also shall be initiated by the following, if provided:
1) Water flow signal from a complete automatic sprinkler system; or

49
 2) General evacuation alarm signal.
11. Door Closers
The activation of an automatic-closing device on any door in the smoke proof
enclosure shall activate all other automatic-closing devices on doors in the smoke proof
enclosure.
12. Emergency Power Supply System (EPSS)
EPSS for new mechanical ventilation equipment shall be provided in accordance
with NFPA 110, Standard for Emergency and Standby Power Systems.

J. Monumental Stairs
Monumental stairs, either inside or outside, may be accepted as required exits if all
requirements for exit stairs are complied with, including required enclosures and minimum
width of treads, except that curved stairs may be accepted with a radius of seven and one-
half meters (7.5 m) or more at the inner edges.

SECTION 10.2.5.5 OUTSIDE STAIRS

A. General
Any permanently installed stair outside of the building being served is acceptable as a
means of egress under the same condition.

B. Enclosures
1. Under all conditions where enclosure of inside stairways is required, outside stairs shall
be separated from the interior of the buildings with walls having the same fire-resistance
rating as that required for the wall enclosing inside stairs. Any opening in such wall shall
be protected by fire doors or fixed wired glass windows.
2. Wall construction required by para B.1 of this Section shall extend as follows:
a. Either vertically from the ground to a point three thousand and fifty millimeters (3,050
mm) above the topmost landing of the stairs or to the roofline, whichever is lower.
b. Horizontally for not less than three thousand and fifty millimeters (3,050 mm).

SECTION 10.2.5.6 HORIZONTAL EXITS

A. Application
1. A horizontal exit is a way of passage from one building to an area of refuge in another
building on approximately the same level, or a way of passage through or around a
wall or partition to an area of refuge on approximately the same level in the same
building, which affords safety from fire or smoke from the area of escape and areas
communicating therewith.
2. Horizontal exits may be substituted for other exits to an extent that the total exit capacity
of the other exits (stairs, ramps, doors leading outside the building) will not be reduced
below half that required for the entire area of the building or connected building if
there were no horizontal exits, except for health care occupancies, where the total exit
capacity of the other exits (stairs, ramps, doors leading outside the building) shall not be
reduced below one-third (1/3) that required for the entire area of the building.

B. Egress from Area of Refuge

1. Every fire compartment allowed in connection with a horizontal exit shall have in
addition to the horizontal exit or exits at least one stairway or doorway leading outside,
or other standard exit. Any fire section not having a stairway or doorway leading outside
shall be considered as part of an adjoining section with stairway.
2. Every horizontal exit shall be so arranged that there are continuously available paths of
travel leading from each side of the exit to stairways or other standard means of egress
leading to outside the building.

50
 This requirement is complied with where the entire areas from each side of the
horizontal exit to the stairways or other standard means of egress are occupied by
the same tenant; or where there are public corridors or other continuously available
passageways leading from each side of the exit to stairway or other standard means of
egress leading to outside of the building.
3. Whenever either side of the horizontal exit is occupied, doors used in connection with
the horizontal exit shall swing in opposite directions and shall not be locked from either
side.
4. The floor area on either side of a horizontal exit shall be sufficient to hold the occupant
of both floor areas, allowing not less than three-tenths square meter (0.3 m2) clear floor
areas per person.
5. Every building shall be provided with separate means of egress. in cases where means
of egress is by means of horizontal exit to another building or structure, the exits of
said building shall be maintained, properly protected and readily accessible to the
occupants of the other building

C. Bridges and Balconies

1. Each bridge or balcony utilized in conjunction with horizontal exits shall comply with the
structural requirements for outside stairs and shall have guards and handrails in general
conformity with the requirements of Section 10.2.5.4 of this IRR for stairs and smoke proof
enclosures.
2. Every bridge or balcony shall be at least as wide as the door leading to it and not less
than one hundred twelve centimeters (112 cm) for new construction.
3. Every door leading to a bridge or balcony serving as a horizontal exit from a fire area,
shall swing with exit travel out of the fire area.
4. Where the bridge of balcony serves as a horizontal exit in one direction, only the door
from the bridge or balcony into the area of refuge shall swing in.
5. Where the bridge or balcony serve as a horizontal exit in both direction, doors shall be
provided in pairs swinging in opposite directions, only the door swinging with the exit
travel to be counted in determination of exit width, unless the bridge or balcony has
sufficient floor area to accommodate the occupant load of either connected or fire
compartment on the basis of three-tenths square meter (0.3 m2) per person or in existing
buildings by specific permission of the C/MFM having jurisdiction, in which case doors
on both ends of the bridge or balcony may swing out from the buildings.
6. The bridge or balcony floor shall be on the level with the floor of the building.
7. Ramps shall be employed where there is a difference in level between connected
buildings or floor areas. Steps may be used where the difference in elevation is greater
than fifty-three and one-third centimeters (53.34 cm). Ramps and stairs shall be in
accordance with the sections of this Rule pertaining to ramps, stairs and outside stairs.
8. All wall openings, in both of the connected buildings or fire areas any part of which is
within three meters (3 m) of any bridge or balcony as measured horizontally or below,
shall be protected with fire doors or fixed metal-frame wired-glass windows; except
where bridges have solid sides not less than one and eight-tenths meters (1.8 m) in
height, such protection of wall openings may be omitted.

D. Openings through Walls for Horizontal Exits

1. Walls connected by a horizontal exit between buildings shall be of non-combustible
material having a two-hour fire resistance rating. They shall provide a separation
continuous to the ground.
2. Any opening in such walls, whether or not such opening serves as an exit, shall be
adequately protected against the passage of fire or smoke therefrom.
3. Swinging fire exit doors on horizontal exits shall swing with the exit travel. Where a
horizontal exit serves on both sides of a wall, there shall be adjacent openings with
swinging doors at each wall, opening in opposite directions, with signs on each side
of the wall or partitions indicating as the exit door which swings with the travel from
51
 that side, or other approved arrangements providing doors always swinging with any
possible exit travel.
4. Sliding fire doors shall not be used on a horizontal exit except where the doorway
is protected by a fire door on each side of the wall in which such sliding fire doors
are located. In this case, one fire door shall be of the swinging type as provided in
para C.3 of this Section and the other may be an automatic sliding fire door that shall
be kept open whenever the building is occupied.

E. Omission of Fire Partition on Certain Floors

1. Where a fire partition is used to provide a horizontal exit in any storey of a building, such
partition may be omitted in any lower storey under the following conditions:
a. The open fire area storey from which the fire partition is omitted shall be separated
from the storeys above by construction having at least 2-hour resistance rating.
b. Required exits from the storeys above the open fire area storey shall be separated
therefrom by construction having 2-hour fire resistance rating and shall discharge
outside without travel through the open fire area storey.
c. Vertical openings between the open fire area storey and the storeys above shall be
enclosed with construction having 2-hour fire resistance rating. Other details shall be
in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 10.2.5.2 of this IRR.
2. Where a fire partition is used to provide a horizontal exit for any storey below the
discharge level, such partition may be omitted at the level of the discharge under the
following conditions:
a. The open fire area storey shall be separated from the storeys below by construction
having at least 2-hour fire resistance rating.
b. Required exits from storeys below the open fire area storey shall be separated from
the open fire area storey by construction having 2-hour fire resistance rating and all
discharge directly outside without travel through the open fire area storey.
c. Vertical openings between the open fire area storey and the floors below shall be
enclosed with a construction having 2-hour fire resistance rating. Other details shall
be in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 10.2.5.2 of this IRR.

SECTION 10.2.5.7 RAMPS

A. Application
A ramp shall be permitted as component in a means of egress when it conforms to the
general requirements of Section 10.2.5.2 of this IRR and to the special requirements of this
Section.

B. Dimensional Criteria
The following dimensional criteria shall apply to ramps:
Table 5: DIMENSIONAL CRITERIA FOR NEW RAMPS

Feature Dimensional Criteria

Minimum width clear of all obstructions, except
projections not more than 4½ in. (114 mm) at or below 1120 mm
handrail height on each side
Maximum slope 1 in 12
Maximum cross slope 1 in 48
Maximum rise for a single ramp run 760 mm

C. Protective Enclosure
1. When a ramp inside a building is used as an exit or exit component, it shall be protected
by separation from other parts of the building as specified in para “B” Section 10.2.5.2
of this IRR.
52
 2. Fixed wired glass panels in steel sash may be installed in such a separation in a building
fully provided with approved, supervised sprinkler system.
3. There shall be no enclosed usable space under ramps in an exit enclosure nor shall the
open space under such ramps be used for any purpose.

D. Other Details
1. A ramp, as well as the platforms and landings associated therewith, shall be designed
for not less than four hundred eighty eight kilos per square meter (488 kg/m2) live load
and shall have a nonslip surface.
2. The slope of a ramp shall not vary between landings. Landings shall be level and
changes in direction of travel, if any, shall be made only at landings.
3. A ramp used as an exit component in a building more than three (3) storeys, or in a
building of any height of noncombustible or fire-resistive construction, shall be of
noncombustible material. The ramp floor and landings shall be solid and without
perforations.
4. Guards and handrails complying with para “H” Section 10.2.5.4 of this IRR shall be
provided in comparable situations for ramps, except that handrails are not required in
Class A ramps.

E. Special Provisions for Outside Ramps

1. Outside ramps shall be arranged to avoid any impediments to their use. For ramps more
than three storeys in height, any arrangement intended to meet this requirement shall
be at least one hundred twenty-two centimeters (122 cm) in height.
2. Outside ramps and landings shall be designed and maintained to minimize water
accumulation on their surfaces.

SECTION 10.2.5.8 EXIT PASSAGEWAYS

A. Application
Any hallway, corridor, passage or tunnel, may be designated as an exit, passageway
and used as an exit or component when conforming to all applicable requirement of
Section 10.2.5.2 of this IRR, as modified by the provisions of this Section.

B. Protective Enclosure and Arrangement

1. An exit passageway shall be protected by separation from other parts of the building as
specified in para “B” of Section 10.2.5.2 of this IRR.
2. Fixed wired glass panels in steel sash may be installed in such a separation in building
provided with Automatic Sprinkler System.

C. Width
The width of an exit passageway shall be adequate to accommodate the aggregate
capacity of all exits discharging through it.

D. Floor
The floor shall be solid and without perforations.

SECTION 10.2.5.9 ESCALATORS AND MOVING WALKS

Escalators and moving walks shall not constitute as part of the required means of egress,
unless they are previously approved existing escalators and moving walks.

SECTION 10.2.5.10 FIRE ESCAPE STAIRS, LADDERS, AND SLIDE ESCAPES

A. Fire Escape Stairs

1. General

53
 a. Fire escape stairs (not those under Section 10.2.5.4 and 10.2.5.5 of this IRR) may be
used in required means of egress only in existing buildings, subject to the applicable
provisions of Divisions 8 through 20 of this Chapter. Fire escape stairs shall not constitute
more than fifty percent (50%) of the required exit capacity in any case. Fire escape
stairs shall not be accepted as constituting any part of the required means of egress
for new buildings.
b. Fire escape shall provide a continuous unobstructed safe path of travel to the ground
or other area of refuge to which they lead. All stairs leading to an adjoining roof, which
shall be clearly indicated with appropriate signage, shall be provided with handrails.
Where a single means of egress consists of a combination of inside stairs and fire
escape stairs, each shall comply with the applicable provision of this Chapter, and
the two shall be so arranged and connected as to provide a continuous safe path of
travel.
2. Types
a. The following types of fire escape stairs are recognized by this Chapter:
1) Return platform types with superimposed runs; or
2) Straight run type, with platforms continuing in the same direction.
b. Either of these may be parallel to or at right angle to the building. They may be
attached to buildings or erected independently of them and connected bridges.
3. Stairs Details
Fire escape stairs, depending upon the requirement of Division 8 through 20 of this
Chapter, shall be in accordance with the following table and subsequent paragraphs.
Table 6: DIMENSIONAL CRITERIA FOR FIRE ESCAPE STAIRS

PARTICULARS DIMENSIONS
Minimum widths 60 cm clear between rails
Minimum horizontal dimension
60 cm
any landing of platform
Maximum rise 23 cm
Minimum tread, exclusive of
23 cm
nosing
Solid, 13 mm diameter perforation
Tread construction
permitted
Winders (spiral) None
Risers None
Maximum height between
3.66 m
landings
Headroom, minimum 2.00 m
Door or casement windows 61 cm
Access to escape by 1.98 m or double hung windows
76.20 cm by 91.44 cm clear
Not over 30.50 cm above floor; steps
Level of access opening
if higher
Discharge to ground Swinging stair section permitted
45 per unit* access by door; 20 if
Capacity number of persons
access by climbing over window rail

4. Arrangement and Protection of Openings

Fire escape stairs shall be so arranged that they will be exposed by the smallest
possible or window and door openings. There shall be no transom over doors. Every
opening, any portion of which is in the limits specified below, shall be completely
protected by approved fire doors or metal-frame wired glass windows in the same
manner as provided for outside stairs and outside ramps.

54
5. Access
a. Access to fire escape stairs shall be provided in accordance with the table in
para A.3 of this Section and the general provisions of para “K” of Section 10.2.5.2 of
this IRR.
b. Where access is by way of double windows, such windows shall be so counterbalanced
and maintained that they can be readily opened with a minimum of physical effort.
Insert screens, if any, on any type of opening giving access to fire, an escape stair
shall be of types that may be readily opened or pushed out. No storm sash shall be
used on any window providing to fire escape stairs.
c. Fire escape stairs shall extend to the roof in all cases where the roof is subject to
occupancy or is constructed and arranged to provide an area of refuge from fire.
In all cases where stairs do not extend to the roof, access thereto shall be provided
by a ladder in accordance with pertinent provisions of Section 10.2.5.10 of this IRR,
however such ladders are not required in the case of roofs with pitch or slope steeper
than sixteen and two-thirds (16.67%) percent.
d. Balconies, to which access is secured through windows with sills above the inside
floor level, shall be not more than forty-six centimeters (46 cm) below the sill. In no
case shall balcony level be above the sill.
6. Materials and Strength
a. Iron, steel, reinforced concrete, or other approved noncombustible materials shall
be used for the construction of fire stairs, balconies, railings, and other features
appurtenant thereto.
b. Balconies and stairs shall be designed to carry a load of four hundred eighty-eight
(488) kilos per square meter or a concentrated load of one hundred thirty six (136)
kilos so located as to produce maximum stress conditions.
c. Except where embedded in masonry or concrete or where a suitable fire resistive and
waterproof covering is provided, no structural metal member shall be employed, the
entire surface of which is not capable of being inspected and painted.
d. All supporting members for balconies and stairs, which are in tension and are fastened
directly to the building, shall pass through the wall and be securely fastened on the
opposite side or they shall be securely fastened to the framework of the building.
Where metal members pass through walls, they shall be protected effectively against
corrosion. Holes in the wall through which metal members pass shall be effectively
fire-stopped to preserve the fire resistive quality of the wall.
e. Balcony and stair enclosure and railings shall be designed to withstand a horizontal
force of seventy-five (75) kilos per meter of railing or enclosure without serious
deflection, and support at walls for such railings or enclosures shall be in the manner
specified in para A.6.b for tension members, except as provided in para A.6.f of this
Section.
f. Notwithstanding the provisions of para A.6.b and 6.c of this Section, the C/MFM
having jurisdiction may approve any existing fire escape stair for a very small building
when load test or other evidence shows satisfactory or adequate strength.
7. Guards and Handrails
a. All fire escapes shall have walls or guards on both sides, in accordance with para “H”
of Section 10.2.5.4 of this IRR, except for height, which shall be one hundred seven
centimeters (107 cm) and ninety one centimeters (91 cm) for fire escape for every
small building, the height being measured vertically from a point on the stair tread
twenty five millimeters (25 mm) back from the leading edge, or vertically above any
landings or balcony floor level.
b. All fire escapes shall have handrails on both sides, not less than seventy six centimeters
(76 cm) but not more than one hundred seven centimeters (107 cm) high, measured
vertically from a point on the stair tread twenty five millimeters (25mm) back from the
leading edge, all in general conformity to the requirements for stair handrails, para
“H” of Section 10.2.5.4 of this IRR.

55
 c. Handrails and guards shall be so constructed as to withstand a force of ninety one
kilograms (91 kg) applied downward or horizontally at any point.
8. Swinging Section of Fire Escape Stairs
a. Swinging stair sections shall not be used for fire escape stairs, except where termination
over sidewalks, alleys or driveways makes it impracticable to build stairs permanently
to the ground. Where used, swinging stairs shall comply with all provisions of this
subsection.
b. Swinging section of stairs shall not be located over doors, over the path of travel from
any other exit, or in any location where there are or would likely to have obstruction.
c. Width of swinging section of stairs shall be at least equal to that of the stairs above.
d. Pitch/slope shall not be steeper than that of the stairs above.
e. Railings shall be provided similar in height and construction with those required for the
stairs above. Railings shall be designed to prevent any possibility of injury to persons
at head or stairs or on balconies when stairs swing downward. Minimum clearance
between moving sections where hands might be caught shall be ten centimeters (10
cm).
f. If distance from lowest platform to ground exceed three and two-thirds meters (3.67
m), an intermediate balcony not more than three and two-thirds meters (3.67 m) from
the ground or less than two meters (2 m) in the clear underneath shall be provided
with width not less than that of the stairs and length not less than one and two tenths
meters (1.2 m).
g. Counterweight shall be provided for swinging stairs and this shall be of type balancing
about a pivot, no cables being used. Counterweight shall be securely bolted in
place, but sliding ball weights or their equivalent may be used to hold stairs up and
help lower them. Counterbalancing shall be such that a person weighing sixty-eight
kilograms (68 kg), who makes one step from the pivot, will not start swinging the
section downward, but when he/she is one quarter of the length of the swinging
stairs from the pivot, the section will swing down.
h. Pivot for swinging stairs shall either have a bronze bushing or to prevent sucking on
account on corrosion.
i. No latch to lock swinging stairs section in up position shall be installed.

B. Fire Escape Ladders

1. Application
No form of ladder shall be used as a fire escape under the provisions of this Chapter,
except that ladders conforming to the following specifications may be used to provide
access to unoccupied roof spaces to provide a means of escape from boiler rooms,
grain elevators and towers as permitted by Division 18 and 20 of this Chapter. Elevated
platforms around machinery or similar spaces subject to occupancy by not more
than three able-bodied adults and in single and two family dwellings and residential
apartments of not more than three (3) storey provided that the height shall not exceed
nine meters (9 m). For purposes of this subsection, mezzanine floors shall be counted as
ordinary floor.
2. Installation
a. All ladders shall be permanently installed in fixed position, supported by rigid
connection to the building or structure at intervals not exceeding three meters (3 m).
b. Where ladders provide access to roofs or elevated platforms, rails shall extend not less
than one hundred fourteen centimeters (114 cm) above roofline or platform floor or
above coping or parapet. Extension of side rails to roof shall be carried over coping
or parapet to afford hand hold.
c. Ladders shall be arranged parallel to buildings or structures with travel either between
ladder and buildings, in which case minimum clearance between center of rungs
and buildings shall be sixty-eight centimeters (68 cm), or outside of ladder, in which
case minimum clearance between center of rungs and buildings shall be sixteen
56
 centimeters (16 cm).
d. Ladders shall be vertically or positively inclined. No negatively inclined ladders (i.e.
ladder sloping out over the head of a person using it) shall be permitted.
3. Construction
a. Ladders shall be constructed of iron, steel or other metal in the design that has
equivalent strength and resistance to corrosion.
b. Rails of iron or steel ladders shall not be less than one and one-fourth centimeters
(1.25 cm) by five centimeters (5 cm) in section, not less than forty centimeters (40 cm)
apart.
c. Rungs shall not less than twenty-two millimeters (22 mm) diameter and shall be
riveted or welded in position not less than twenty-five centimeters (25 cm) nor more
than thirty and one-half centimeters (30.5 cm) on center.
d. The lowest rung of any ladder shall be not more than thirty and one half centimeters
(30.5 cm) above the level of the ground or balcony floor beneath it.

C. Slide Escape
1. Use and Capacity Rating
a. A slide escape may be used as component of means of egress where specific ally
authorized by Divisions 8 through 20 of this Chapter.
b. Slide escapes, where permitted as required exits, shall be rated at one exit unit per
slide, with rated travel capacity of 60 persons per minute.
c. Slide escapes, except as permitted for high hazard manufacturing buildings or
structures, shall not constitute more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the required
number of units of exit width from any building or structure or any individual storey or
floor thereof.
d. Slide escapes, used as exits shall comply with the applicable requirements of this
Division for other types of exits.

SECTION 10.2.5.11 ILLUMINATION OF MEANS OF EGRESS

A. General
1. Illumination of means of egress shall be provided for every building and structure in
accordance with this Section, as required by Divisions 8 through 20 of this Chapter.
2. Illumination of means of egress shall be continuous during the time that the conditions
of occupancy require that the means of egress be available for use. Artificial lighting
shall be employed at such places and for such periods of time as required to maintain
the illumination to the minimum lumen values herein specified.
3. The floors of means of egress shall be illuminated at all points including angles and
intersections of corridors and passageways, landings of stairs, and exit doors to values
of not less than 10.7 lux.
4. Any required illumination shall be so arranged that the failure of any lighting unit, such
as the burning out of an electric bulb, will not leave any area in darkness.

B. Sources of Illumination
1. Illumination of means of egress shall be from a source of reasonably assured reliability,
such as public utility electric service.
2. Where electricity is used as a source of illumination of means of egress, the installation
shall be properly made in accordance with the appropriate and internationally
accepted standards.
3. No battery operated electric light nor any type of portable lamp or lantern shall be
used for primary illumination of means of egress; but may be used as an emergency
source to the extent permitted under Emergency Lighting, para “C” of this Section.
4. No luminescent, fluorescent, or reflective material shall be permitted as substitutes for
57
 any of the required illumination herein specified.

C. Emergency Lighting
1. In occupancies specified in Divisions 8 through 20 of this Chapter, emergency lighting
facilities shall be provided for means of egress. Where maintenance of illumination
depends upon charging from one energy source to another, there shall be no
appreciable interruption of illumination during the changeover. Where emergency
lighting is provided by a prime-mover-operated electric generator, a delay of not more
than ten (10) seconds shall be permitted.
2. Emergency lighting facilities shall be arranged to maintain the specified degree of
illumination in the event of failure of the normal lighting for a period of at least one and
one half (1 ½ ) hour.
3. An emergency lighting system shall be provided as specified in Divisions 8 through
20, subject to the approval of the C/MFM having jurisdiction as to the suitability of the
equipment for its intended use and the conditions in the individual premises.
4. Electric battery-operated emergency lights shall use only reliable types of storage
batteries, provided with suitable facilities for maintenance in properly charged
conditions. Dry batteries shall not be used to satisfy these requirements. Electric storage
batteries used in such lights or units shall be approved for their intended use and shall
comply with Philippine National Standard (PNS) or other internationally accepted
standards.
5. An emergency lighting system shall be so arranged as to provide the required illumination
automatically in the event of any interruption of normal lighting, such as any failure of
public utility or other outside electrical power supply, opening of a circuit breaker or
fuse, or any manual act, including accidental opening of a switch controlling normal
lighting facilities.
6. An emergency lighting system shall either be continuously in operation or shall be
capable of repeated automatic operation without intervention.
7. All emergency lighting systems installed in accordance with this section shall be
properly maintained. Maintenance program shall be documented and incorporated
in Fire Safety Maintenance Report (FSMR).

SECTION 10.2.5.12 EXIT MARKING

A. Signs
1. Where required by the provisions of Division 8 through 20 of this Chapter, exits shall be
marked by a readily visible sign. Access to exit shall be marked by readily visible signs
in all cases where the exit or way to reach it is not immediately visible to the occupants
and in any case where required by the applicable provisions of Divisions 8 through 20 of
this Chapter for individual occupancies.
2. Any door, passage, or stairway, which is neither an exit nor a way of exit access and
which is so located or arranged as likely to be mistaken for an exit, shall be identified
by a sign reading “NOT AN EXIT” and shall be identified by a sign indicating its actual
character, such as “TO BASEMENT”, “STOREROOM”, “LINEN CLOSET”, or the likes.
3. Every required sign designating an exit or way of exit access shall be so located and
of such size, color, and design as to be readily visible. No decorations, furnishing, or
equipment which impair visibility of an exit sign shall be permitted, nor shall there be
any brightly illuminated sign (for other than exit purposes), display, or object in or near
the line of vision to the required exit sign of such a character as to distract attention from
the exit sign.
4. A sign reading “EXIT” with an arrow indicating the direction shall be placed in every
location where the direction of travel to reach the nearest exit is not immediately
apparent.
5. Every sign shall be distinctive in color and shall provide contrast with decorational
interior finish, or other signs.
58
 6. Directional Sign Requirements. The sign shall have a height of 300 mm to 600 mm from
the floor to the line of vision and shall have a narrow width of 76 mm painted on the
wall by a photo-luminescent paint or any equivalent material with photo-luminescent
characteristic pointing to the direction of the exit.

B. Illumination of Signs
1. Every sign shall be suitably illuminated by a reliable light source giving a value of not
less than five thousandth (0.005) lumens per square centimeters on the illuminated
surface. Such illumination shall be continuous as required under this Section, and where
emergency lighting facilities are required, exit signs shall be illuminated from the same
source.
2. Internally illuminated signs shall be provided in all occupancies where reduction of
normal illumination is permitted, such as in motion picture theaters.
3. Luminous directional signs shall comply with para “C” hereof.

C. Size of Signs
Every exit shall have the word “EXIT” in plainly legible letters not less than one hundred
fifty millimeters (150 mm) in height, with the principal strokes of letters not less than nineteen
millimeters (19 mm) in width; except that in existing buildings, externally illuminated exit signs
having the word “EXIT” in plainly visible letters not less than one hundred fifteen millimeters
(115 mm) in height, other than in places of assembly, may be continued in use. Other
signages required by this Rule shall be of the same dimension, unless otherwise provided.

SECTION 10.2.5.13 EMERGENCY EVACUATION PLAN

A. An emergency evacuation plan shall be posted on strategic and conspicuous locations in

the building containing the following basic information:
1. “You Are Here/ room number/ building” Marking
2. Fire Exits
3. Primary Route to Exit (Nearest to the viewer)
4. Secondary Route to Exit (Second nearest to the viewer)
5. Fire alarm pull stations and annunciators
6. Fire extinguishers/ hose cabinets
7. Emergency Light
8. First Aid Kits locations (if applicable)
9. Emergency Call stations (if applicable)
10. Areas of safe refuge (for high-rise building)
11. Assembly areas instructions
12. “In Case of Emergency” instructions

B. This shall be drawn with a photoluminiscent background to be readable in case of power

failure.

C. It shall conform with the standard design format provided in this IRR with the minimum
dimension of;
1. Twenty-one and fifty-nine hundredths centimeters (21.59 cm) height by thirty-three and
two hundredths centimeters (33.02 cm) width if mounted on every rooms/ spaces with
fifty square meters (50 m2) floor area and below;
2. Forty-five and seventy-two hundredths centimeters (45.72 cm) height by sixty and ninety-
six hundredths centimeters (60.96 cm) width if mounted on rooms/ spaces fifty-one
square meters (51 m2) to one hundred fifty square meters (150 m2) floor area including
building lobbies upon entry, elevator lobbies at every floor, hallways and corridors on
every bend/corner or at every fifteen meters (15 m) interval in the case of long hallways;

59
 3. Sixty and ninety-six hundredths centimeters (60.96 cm) height by ninety-one and forty-
four hundredths centimeters (91.44 cm) width if mounted on rooms/ spaces one hundred
fifty-one square meters (151 m2) floor area and above provided that it shall be mounted
on multiple locations within the open space such as upon entry to the building, areas of
assembly, or at every twenty-five meters (25 m) interval in the case of auditoriums and
gymnasiums.

D. Symbols/icons/logos to be used for the marking shall be in accordance with NFPA 170,
Standard for Signs and Symbols.

E. The Wall mounted maps shall be oriented to correspond to the actual floor layout as
perceived by the viewer.

DIVISION 6. FEATURES OF FIRE PROTECTION

SECTION 10.2.6.1 CONSTRUCTION AND COMPARTMENTATION

A. Where required by any individual occupancy of this code, construction and

compartmentation shall apply to new, existing, permanent or temporary buildings.

B. Appropriate provisions of PD 1096 (National Building Code) and its IRR shall be used to
determine the requirements for the construction classification.

C. The design and construction of fire walls and fire barrier that are required to separate the
buildings or subdivide the building to prevent the spread of fire shall comply with Section
602 (Fire Resistive Standards) of PD 1096, NFPA 5000, Building Construction and Safety Code

D. In high rise buildings and healthcare occupancy building, a quality assurance program for
the installation of devices and systems installed to protect penetration and joints shall be
conducted by an approved inspection agency in accordance with American Society for
Testing and Materials (ASTM) E2393, Standard Practice for On-Site Inspection of Installed Fire
Resistive Joint Systems and Perimeter Fire Barriers.

E. Required fire resistive construction, including fire barriers, fire wall, exterior walls due to
location on property, fire resistive requirements based on type of construction, draft-stop
partition, and roof coverings shall be maintained and shall be immediately repaired,
restored or replaced where damaged, altered, breached, penetrated, removed or
improperly installed.

F. Fire-rated gypsum wallboard for walls or ceiling that are damaged to the extent that
openings exist shall be replaced or returned to the required level of fire resistance using a
listed repair system or using materials and methods equivalent to the original construction.

G. Where readily accessible, required fire resistance-rated assemblies in high rise buildings
shall be inspected at least once every three (3) years.

H. The person responsible for the conduct of inspection shall demonstrate appropriate
technical knowledge and experience in fire-resistance-rated design and construction
acceptable to the Chief BFP or his/her duly authorized representative.

I. A written report prepared by the person responsible for conducting the inspection shall be
submitted to the C/MFM having jurisdiction, documenting the result of visual inspection.

J. A certification of fire stopping in accordance with any of the following promulgated rules
and regulations of PD 1096, National Building Code; NFPA 251, Standard Method of Test of Fire
Resistance of Building Construction and Materials; American National Standards Institute
(ANSI)/ Underwriters Laboratories (UL) 263, Standard for Fire Tests of Building Construction
and Materials; and ASTM E119, Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction
and Materials, if available, from the third party shall be submitted to the C/MFM having
jurisdiction.

60
SECTION 10.2.6.2 FIRE DOORS

A. Any fire door installed in accordance with the requirements of this Chapter shall be in
accordance with NFPA 80, Standard for Fire Doors and other Opening Protectives. The fire
resistance rating of any fire door shall be as measured in accordance with the appropriate
internationally accepted standards. Each fire door shall be appropriate for the location in
which it is installed.

B. Any swinging fire door and any door in stair enclosure walls designed to prevent the spread
of fire shall be provided with approved positive latching means to hold it in closed position
against the pressure of expanding fire gases.

C. The owner or his/her authorized representative shall be responsible for the annual inspection
and testing of doors and its assembly and automatic closing doors. Hardware shall be
examined and other defective parts of its assembly shall be replaced immediately with the
same fire rating and mechanism. Reports shall be included in FSMR.

SECTION 10.2.6.3 SMOKE PARTITIONS

A. Any smoke partition when required shall be constructed of fire resistive materials and shall
form an effective member, continuous from outside wall to outside wall and from floor to
floor slab, thereby including continuity through all concealed, spaces, such as those found
above a suspended ceiling, and including interstitial spaces.

B. Smoke partitions shall have openings only for ingress and egress and for building
services equipment. Doorways shall be protected by doors meeting the provisions of
para C hereof, and any openings where building services equipment pierces the partitions
shall be closed. Transfer grills, whether equipped with fusible links and release dampers or
not, shall not be used in these partitions.

C. Doors in Smoke Partitions

1. Doors in required smoke partitions shall be of swinging type and shall have a protection
rating of at least twenty (20) minutes.
2. Any glass panels in doors in smoke partitions shall be of transparent wired glass mounted
in steel frames.
3. Doors in smoke partitions shall be automatically self-closing.
4. Doors in smoke partitions shall close the opening, with only the clearance for proper
operation under self-closing.
5. Doors in smoke partitions shall be without undercuts, louvers, or grills.

D. Where door assemblies are required elsewhere in this IRR to be smoke leakage-rated/
smoke proof, door assemblies shall comply with the following:
1. They shall be tested in accordance with acceptable and approved local and
international standards.
2. Door assemblies shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 105, Standard for the
Installation of Smoke Door Assemblies and Other Opening Protectives.

SECTION 10.2.6.4 INTERIOR FINISH

A. General
1. Interior finish means the exposed interior surfaces of buildings including, but not limited
to, fixed or movable walls and partitions, columns, and ceilings. For requirements on
decorations and furnishing, see para “B” of Section 10.2.21.1 of this IRR.
2. A finish floor or covering shall be exempt from the requirements of this Section, provided
however that in any case where the C/MFM having jurisdiction finds a floor surface
of unusual hazard the floor surface shall be considered part of the interior finish for
purposes of this Chapter.

61
 3. Interior finish materials shall be grouped in the following classes, in accordance with
their flame spread rating:
a. Class A Interior Finish
Flame Spread 0-25. Includes any material classified at 25 or less on the test scale
described in para 4 hereof. Any element thereof when so tested shall not continue
to propagate fire;
b. Class B Interior Finish
Flame Spread 26-75. Includes any material classified at more than 25 but not
more than 75 on the test scale described in para 4 hereof;
c. Class C Interior Finish
Flame Spread 76-200. Includes any material classified at more than 75 but not
more than 200 on the test scale described in para 4 hereof;
d. Class D Interior Finish
Flame Spread 201-500. Includes any material classified at more than 200 but not
more than 500 on the test scale described in para 4 hereof; and
e. Class E Interior Finish
Flame Spread over 500. Includes any material classified at over 500 on the test
scale described in para 4 below.
4. Interior finish materials as specified in para 3 above shall be classified in accordance
with NFPA Pamphlet No. 255, Method of Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of
Building Materials.

B. Fire Retardant Paints

1. In all buildings, the required flame spread classification of interior surfaces may be
secured by applying a proven fire retardant paint or solution to existing interior surfaces
having a higher flame spread rating than permitted.
2. Fire retardant treatment and/or application shall be in accordance with NFPA 703,
Standard for Fire Retardant-treated wood and Fire Retardant Coatings for Building
Materials.
3. Surfaces of walls, partitions, columns, and ceilings shall be permitted to be finished with
factory-applied fire-retardant-coated products that have been listed, labeled and
approved.
4. Columns and beams of a building that are constructed by steel shall be protected by
listed and approved fire retardant paints.
5. Fire-retardant coatings or factory-applied fire retardant assemblies shall possess the
desired degree of permanency, and shall be maintained so as to retain the effectiveness
of the treatment under the service conditions encountered in actual used.

C. Automatic Sprinklers
Where approved supervised automatic sprinklers are installed, interior finish with flame
spread rating not over Class C may be used in any location where Class B is normally
specified, and with rating of Class B in any location where Class A is normally specified,
unless specifically prohibited in this IRR.

D. Use of Interior Finishes

1. Interior finish material shall be used in accordance with requirements for individual
classes of occupancy specified elsewhere in the Rule. Wherever the use of any class
of interior finish is specified, the use of a class of lower flame spread rating shall be
permitted, ex. where Class B is specified, Class A may be used.
2. In all new buildings other than private residences, Class A or Class C interior shall be
used in all basements or other underground spaces from which there is no direct exit to
the outside of the building, if subject to occupancy for any purpose other than storage
or service facilities.

62
 3. Interior finish of Class E shall not be used in any room space subject to human occupancy,
except to such extent as may be specifically permitted by the C/MFM having jurisdiction
on the basis of finding that such use does not significantly increase the life hazard;
provided however, that such use of Class E interior finish shall not in any case exceed
ten percent (10%) of the aggregate interior surface of the walls and ceiling of the room
or space in which such Class E material is located.

SECTION 10.2.6.5 PROTECTION OF VERTICAL OPENING AND COMBUSTIBLE CONCEALED

SPACES

A. General
1. Every stairway, elevator shaft, light and ventilation shaft, chute and other opening
between storeys shall be enclosed or protected to prevent the spread of fire or smoke,
except openings of building protected by automatic fire suppression system as permitted
by other Section of this Rule.
2. In any building with low or ordinary hazard occupancy protected with approved,
supervised sprinkler system, up to three (3) communicating floor levels are permitted
without enclosure protection between floors, provided all the following conditions are
met:
a. The arrangement is permitted by the applicable occupancy section of this Chapter;
b. The lowest or next to the lowest level is a street floor;
c. The entire area, including all communicating floor levels, is sufficiently open and
unobstructed so that it may be assumed that a fire or other dangerous condition in
any part will be immediately obvious to the occupants of all communicating levels
and areas;
d. Exit capacity is sufficient to provide simultaneously for all occupants of all
communicating levels and areas, all communicating levels in the same fire area
being considered as a single floor area for purposes of determination of required
exit capacity;
e. Each floor level, considered separately, has at least one-half of its individual required
exit capacity provided by an exit or exits leading directly out of that area without
traversing another communicating floor level or being exposed to the spread of fire
or smoke therefrom; and
f. All requirements of this Chapter with respect to interior finish, protection of hazards,
construction and other features are fully observed, without waivers, except openings
in floors of educational, healthcare, and detention and correctional occupancies
shall be enclosed as required in Divisions 9, 11 and 13 of this Chapter, respectively.
3. Each floor opening, as specified in para A.1 of this Section, shall be enclosed by
substantial walls having fire resistance not less than that required for stairways in para
A.4 hereof, with approved fire doors at windows provided in openings therein, all so
designed and installed as to provide complete barrier to the spread of fire or smoke
through such openings.
4. The enclosing walls of floor openings serving stairways or ramps shall be so arranged
as to provide a continuous path of escape including landings and passageways, in
accordance with Section 10.2.5.4 of this IRR, providing protection for person using the
stairway or ramp against fire or smoke therefrom in other parts of the building. Such
walls shall have fire resistance rating, as follows:
a. New buildings, four storeys or more in height – 2 hours fire resistance rating.
b. New buildings, below four storeys – 1-hour fire resistance rating.

B. Special Provisions for Escalator Openings

Any escalator shall have its floor opening enclosed or protected as required for other
vertical openings; except in buildings completely protected by approved supervised
sprinkler system in accordance with Section 10.2.6.7 of this IRR. Escalator opening may be
protected by any one of the methods, as described in para “C” through “E” below.
63
C. Sprinkler Vent Method
1. Under the conditions specified in para “B” above, escalator openings may be protected
by the “sprinkler-vent” method, consisting of a combination of an automatic smoke
detection system, automatic exhaust system, and an automatic water curtain, meeting
the design and other requirements as specified in the succeeding sections.
2. The exhaust system shall be of such capacity as to create a downdraft through the
escalator floor opening. The downdraft has an average velocity of not less than ninety-
one and five tenths meters per minute (91.5 m/min) under normal conditions for a period
of not less than thirty (30) minutes.
3. Operation of the exhaust system for any floor opening shall be initiated by an approved
device in the storey involved and shall be any one of the following means in addition to
a manual means of opening and testing the system:
a. Thermostats - fixed temperature, rate-of-rise, or a combination of both
b. Water flow in the sprinkler system
c. Approved supervised smoke detection. Smoke detection devices, if used, shall be so
located that the presence of smoke is detected before it enters the stairway.
4. Electric power supply to all parts of the exhaust system and its control devices shall be
designed and installed for maximum reliability.
5. Any fan or duct used in connection with an automatic exhaust system shall be installed
and maintained in accordance with PMEC and PEC or other approved engineering
practice.
6. Periodic tests, not less frequently than quarterly, shall be made of the automatic exhaust
system to maintain the system and the control devices in good working conditions.
7. The water curtain shall be formed by open sprinklers or spray nozzles so located and
spaced as to form a complete and continuous barrier along all exposed sides of the
floor opening and reaching from the ceiling to the floor. Water intensity for water curtain
shall be not less than approximately thirty-seven and one-fourth liters per minute (37.25
L/min) per linear meter of water curtain, measured horizontally around the opening.
8. The water curtain shall operate automatically from thermal responsive elements of fixed
temperature type so placed with respect to the ceiling (or floor) opening that the water
curtain comes into action upon the advance of heat toward the escalator opening.
9. Every automatic exhaust system, including all motors, controls and automatic water
curtain system, shall be supervised in an approved manner, similar to that specified for
automatic sprinkler system supervision.

D. Spray Nozzle Methods

Under the conditions specified in para “B” above, escalator openings may be protected
by the nozzle method, consisting of a combination of an automatic fire or smoke detection
system and a system of high velocity water spray nozzle meeting the following requirements:
1. Spray nozzles shall be in the open type and shall have a solid conical spray pattern
with discharged angles between forty-five degrees (45o) and ninety degrees (90 o). The
number of nozzles, their discharge angles, and their location shall be such that the
escalator opening between the top of the well-way housing and the tread-way will be
completely filled with the dense spray on operation of the system.
2. The number and size of nozzles and water supply shall be sufficient to deliver a discharge
of one and four-tenths (1.4) liters of water per square meter per second through the well-
way, with area to be figured perpendicular to tread-way.
3. Spray nozzles shall be so located as to effectively utilize the full advantage of the
cooling and counter-draft effect. They shall be so positioned that the center line of
spray discharge is as close as possible in line with the slope of the escalator, not more
than an angle of thirty degrees (30o) with the top slope of the well-way housing. Nozzles
shall be positioned also, so that the center line of discharge is an angle of not more than
an angle of thirty degrees (30 o) with the top slope of the well-way housing.
4. Spray nozzles shall discharge at a minimum pressure of 172 KPa. Water supply piping
64
 may be taken from the sprinkler system, provided that in so doing an adequate supply
of water will be available for the spray nozzles and the water pressure at the sprinkler
farthest from the supply riser is not reduced beyond the required minimum.
5. Control valves shall be readily accessible to minimize water damage.
6. A noncombustible draft curtain shall be provided extending at least fifty-one
centimeters (51 cm) below and around the opening and a solid non-combustible well-
way housing at least one and a half (1.5) meter long, measured parallel to the handrail
and extending from the top of the handrail enclosure to the soffit of the stairway or
ceiling above, at each escalator floor opening. When necessary, spray nozzles shall
be protected against mechanical injury or tampering that might interfere with proper
discharge.
7. The spray nozzle system shall operate automatically from thermal response elements
of the fixed temperature type, so placed with respect to the ceiling (or floor) opening
that the spray nozzle system comes into action upon the advance of heat towards the
escalator opening. Supervised smoke detector located in or near the escalator opening
may be used to sound an alarm. The spray nozzle systems shall also be provided with
manual means of operation.
8. Control valves for the spray nozzle system and approved smoke detection or thermostatic
devices shall be supervised in accordance with applicable provisions of Section 10.2.6.6
of this IRR.

E. Partial Enclosure Method

1. Under the conditions specified in para “B” of Section 10.2.6.5 of this IRR, escalator opening
may be protected by a partial enclosure, so designed as to provide an effective barrier
to the spread of smoke from floor to floor.
2. Partial enclosure shall be of construction providing fire resistance equivalent to that
specified for stairway enclosures in the same building, with openings therein protected
by approved self-closing fire doors or may be of approved wired glass and metal frame
construction with wired-glass panel doors. Such doors may be equipped with electric
opening mechanism to open the door automatically upon the approach of a person.
However, the mechanism shall be such as to return the door to its closed position upon
any interruption of electric current supply, and the adjustment shall be such that the
pressure of smoke will not cause opening of the door.

F. Fire Stopping
1. In new construction, any concealed space, in which materials having a flame spread
rating greater than Class A as defined in Section 10.2.6.4 of this IRR are exposed, shall be
effectively fire-stopped as provided below, with approved materials, unless the space is
sprinklered in accordance with this Section.
a. Every exterior and interior wall and partition shall be fire-stopped at each level, at
the top storey ceiling level, and at the level of support for roofs.
b. Every unoccupied attic space shall be subdivided by fire stops into areas not to
exceed two hundred eighty square meters (280 m2).
c. Any concealed space between the ceiling and the floor or roof above shall be fire-
stopped for the full depth of the space along the line of support of the floor or roof
structural members and, if necessary, at other locations to form areas not to exceed
ninety three square meters (93 m2) for any space between the ceiling and floor, and
two hundred eighty square meters (280 m2) for any space between the ceiling and
the roof.
2. In every existing building, fire stopping shall be provided as required by the provisions of
Divisions 8 through 20 of this Chapter.
3. Penetrations for cables, cable trays, conduits, pipes, tubes, combustion vents and
exhaust vents, wires, and similar items to accommodate electrical, mechanical,
plumbing, and communications systems that pass through a wall, floor, or floor/ceiling
assembly constructed as a fire barrier shall be protected by a fire stop system or device.

65
G. Atriums
Unless prohibited by Divisions 8 through 20, an atrium shall be permitted, provided that
all of the following conditions are met:
1. The atrium is separated from the adjacent spaces by fire barriers with not less than
a 1-hour fire resistance rating, with protective openings for corridor walls, unless the
following are met:
a. The requirement of para 1 above shall not apply to existing buildings with atrium that
are compliant with the provisions of the previous IRR of R.A. 9514 provided that, no
changes or renovation has been made thereof.
b. Any number of levels of the building shall be permitted to open directly to the atrium
without enclosure, based on the results of the engineering analysis required in para 5
below but health care occupancies prohibit the open floors addressed from involving
patient sleeping and treatment rooms. Thus, there would need to be, at a minimum,
a smoke-resisting membrane, such as a glass window, between the patient room
and the atrium space.
c. Glass walls and inoperable windows shall be permitted in lieu of the fire barriers
where all the following are met:
1) Automatic sprinklers are spaced along both sides of the glass wall and the
inoperable windows at intervals not to exceed one hundred eighty-three
centimeters (183 cm).
2) The automatic sprinklers specified in para (1) above are located at a distance
from the glass wall not to exceed thirty and five tenths centimeters (30.5 cm)
and arranged so that the entire surface of the glass is wet upon operation of the
sprinklers.
3) The glass wall is of tempered, wired, or laminated glass held in place by a gasket
system that allows the glass framing system to deflect without breaking (loading)
the glass before the sprinklers operate.
4) The automatic sprinklers required by para (1) above are not required on the atrium
side of the glass wall and the inoperable window where there is no walkway or
other floor area on the atrium side above the main floor level.
5) Doors in the glass walls are of glass or other material that resists the passage of
smoke.
6) Doors in the glass walls are self-closing or automatic-closing upon detection of
smoke.
7) The glass is continuous vertically, without horizontal mullions, window treatments,
or other obstructions that would interfere with the wetting of the entire glass
surface.
2. Access to exits is permitted to be within the atrium, and exit discharge is permitted to be
within the atrium.
3. The occupancy within the atrium meets the specifications for classification as low or
ordinary hazard contents.
4. The entire building is protected throughout by an approved supervised automatic
sprinkler system in accordance with Section 10.2.6.7 of this IRR.
5. An engineering analysis is performed that demonstrates that the building is designed
to keep the smoke layer interface above the highest unprotected opening to adjoining
spaces, or one hundred eighty-three centimeters (183 cm) above the highest floor level
of exit access open to the atrium, for a period equal to 1.5 times the calculated egress
time or twenty minutes (20 min), whichever is greater.
6. For other than existing, previously approved smoke control systems, where an engineered
smoke control system is installed to meet the requirements of para “G” of this Section,
the system is independently activated by each of the following:
a. Upon actuation of the required automatic sprinkler system within the atrium or areas
open to the atrium
66
 b. Manual controls that are readily accessible to the BFP.
7. Where atriums are used, there is an added degree of safety to occupants because
of the large volume of space into which smoke can be dissipated. However, there is a
need to ensure that dangerous concentrations of smoke are promptly removed from
the atrium, and the exhaust system needs careful design. For information about systems
that can be used to provide smoke protection in these spaces, see the following:
a. NFPA 92, Standard for Smoke Control Systems
b. Principles of Smoke Management
8. The intent of the requirement for closely spaced sprinklers is to wet the atrium glass wall
to ensure that the surface of the glass is wet upon operation of the sprinklers, with a
maximum spacing of sprinklers of one hundred eighty-three centimeters (183 cm) on
the center. Provided that it can be shown that the glass can be wet by the sprinklers
using a given discharge rate, and that the one hundred eighty-three centimeters (183
cm) spacing is not exceeded, the intent of the requirement is met. It is important that
the entire glass area surface is wet. Due consideration should be given to the height of
the glass panels and any horizontal members that might interfere with sprinkler wetting
action.
9. The engineering analysis should include the following elements:
a. Fire dynamics, including the following:
1) Fire size and location
2) Materials likely to be burning
3) Fire plume geometry
4) Fire plume or smoke layer impact on means of egress
5) Tenability conditions during the period of occupant egress
b. Response and performance of building systems, including passive barriers, automatic
detection and extinguishing, and smoke control
c. Response time required for building occupants to reach building exits, including any
time required to exit through the atrium as permitted by para “G” of this Section.
10. Activation of the ventilation system by manual fire alarms, extinguishing systems, and
detection systems can cause unwanted operation of the system, and it is suggested that
consideration be given to zoning of the activation functions so the ventilation system
operates only when actually needed.

SECTION 10.2.6.6 FIRE DETECTION, ALARM, AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS

A. General
1. Fire detection, alarm, and communication systems if required by Division 8 through 20 of
this Chapter shall be in accordance with the NFPA 72, National Fire Alarm and Signaling
Code and the PEC.
2. When a required fire alarm system is out of service for more than four (4) hours in a 24-
hour period, the C/MFM having jurisdiction shall be notified within 24 hours, and a fire
watch shall be assigned until the fire alarm system has been returned to service.
3. To ensure operational integrity, the fire alarm system shall have an approved
maintenance and testing program which shall be developed by the building
management in accordance with internationally accepted standards. Records of
conducted maintenance and testing should be maintained and submitted together
with the FSMR when required by the C/MFM having jurisdiction.

B. Signal Initiation
1. As provided in Divisions 8 through 20 of this Chapter, activation of the complete fire
alarm system shall be initiated by, but not be limited to, any or all of the following means;
a. Manual initiation

67
 b. Automatic detection
c. Extinguishing system operation
2. Manual fire alarm boxes shall be used only for fire protective signaling purposes.
3. A manual fire alarm box shall be provided in the natural path of escape from fire, near
each exit from an area, and shall be readily accessible, unobstructed and at visible
points.
4. Additional fire alarm boxes shall be so located that from any part of the building not
more than thirty meters (30 m) horizontal distance on the same floor must be traversed
in order to reach a fire alarm box.
5. For fire alarm systems using automatic fire detection or water flow detection devices,
at least one manual fire alarm box shall be provided to initiate a fire alarm signal. This
manual fire alarm box shall be located where required by the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
6. Where a sprinkler system provides automatic detection and alarm initiation, it shall be
provided with an alarm initiation device which will operate when the flow of water is
equal to or greater than that from a single automatic sprinkler.
7. Where a complete smoke detection system is required by another section of this Code
and its IRR, automatic detection of smoke shall be provided in all occupiable areas,
common areas, and work spaces in those environments suitable for proper smoke
detector operation.

C. Smoke Alarms
Where required by Division 8 through 20 of this Chapter, single station smoke alarms and
multiple station smoke alarms shall be in accordance with NFPA 72.

D. Occupant Notification
1. Occupant notification shall provide signal notification to alert occupants of fire or other
emergency as required by other sections of this Code and its IRR.
2. A pre-signal system may be permitted where the initial fire alarm signal is automatically
transmitted without delay either to the nearest fire station, a fire brigade, or to an on-site
staff person trained to respond to fire emergency.
3. A positive alarm sequence may be permitted, provided that it is in accordance with
NFPA 72.
4. Notification signals for occupants to evacuate shall be by audible and visible signals in
accordance with NFPA 72, or other means of notification subject to the determination
and approval of the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
5. The general evacuation alarm signal shall operate throughout the entire building.

E. Emergency Forces Notification

1. When required by Division 8 through 20 of this Chapter, emergency forces notification
shall be provided to alert the nearest fire station and fire brigade in case of fire or other
emergency.
2. Where fire department notification is required by another section of this Code and its
IRR, the fire alarm system shall be arranged to transmit the alarm automatically via any
of the following means which shall be in accordance with NFPA 72:
a. auxiliary fire alarm system
b. central station connection
c. proprietary system
d. remote station connection
3. Automatic fire department notification shall be mandatory in the following types of
occupancy:
a. All high rise buildings;
b. All hospitals;

68
 c. All educational institutions, hotels, and apartment buildings (condominium) of at
least four (4) storeys in height;
d. All highly hazardous occupancies; and
e. All mall buildings.

F. Emergency Control
1. A fire alarm and control system shall be arranged to activate automatically the control
functions necessary to make the protected premises safer for building occupants.
2. Where required, the following functions shall be activated by the complete fire alarm
system:
a. release of hold-open devices for doors or other opening protectives;
b. stairwell or elevator shaft pressurization;
c. smoke management or smoke control systems; and
d. unlocking of doors
3. The functions specified in para 2 above shall be permitted to be activated by any
fire alarm and control system, where otherwise not required by this Code and its IRR.
Additionally, such a fire alarm and control system shall be permitted to recall elevators,
if the activation of the system for this purpose comes only from elevator lobby, hoist way,
or associated machine room detectors.

G. Location of Controls
Operator controls, alarm indicators, and manual communications capability shall be
installed in a control center at a convenient location acceptable to the C/MFM having
jurisdiction.

H. Annunciation
1. Where alarm annunciation is required by another section of this IRR, it shall comply with
the requirements of para 2 through para 7 below.
2. Alarm annunciation at the control center shall be by means of audible and visible
indicators.
3. For purposes of alarm annunciation, each floor of the building, other than floors
of existing buildings, shall be considered as not less than one zone, unless otherwise
permitted by another section of this Code and its IRR.
4. Unless otherwise permitted by another Section of this Code and its IRR, if a floor area
exceeds one thousand eight hundred sixty square meters (1860 m2), additional zoning
shall be provided, and the length of any single zone shall not exceed ninety-one meters
(91 m) in any direction.

Exception: Where the building is provided with automatic sprinklers throughout, installed
in accordance with Section 10.2.6.7 of this IRR, the area of the alarm zone
shall be permitted to coincide with the allowable area of the sprinkler zone.
5. A system trouble signal shall be annunciated at the control center by means of audible
and visible indicators.
6. A system supervisory signal shall be annunciated at the control center by means of
audible and visible indicators.
7. Where the system serves more than one building, each building shall be considered
separately.

SECTION 10.2.6.7 AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS AND OTHER EXTINGUISHING EQUIPMENT

A. General
1. Automatic sprinklers if required by Division 8 through 20 of this Chapter shall be in
accordance with NFPA 13, Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems or NFPA 13R,
69
 Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems Low Rise Residential Occupancies.
2. The plans and specifications to be submitted shall be signed and sealed by a Professional
Mechanical Engineer.
3. All automatic sprinkler and standpipe systems required by this Code and its IRR shall
be inspected, tested, and maintained in accordance with NFPA 25, Standard for the
Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance of Water-Based Fire Protection Systems. Records
of conducted maintenance and testing should be maintained and submitted together
with FSMR.
4. Where a required automatic sprinkler system is out of service for more than four (4)
hours in a twenty-four (24) hour period, the owner shall notify the nearest fire station
immediately upon discovery but not later than twenty-four (24) hours, and a fire watch
shall be assigned until the sprinkler system has been returned to service.
5. Sprinkler impairment procedures shall comply with NFPA 25, Standard for the Inspection,
Testing, and Maintenance of Water-Based Fire Protection Systems.

B. Supervision
1. Supervisory Signals
Where supervised automatic sprinkler systems are required by another Section of
this Code and its IRR, supervisory attachments shall be installed and monitored for
integrity in accordance with NFPA 72. A distinctive supervisory signal shall be provided
to indicate a condition that would impair the satisfactory operation of the sprinkler
system. Monitoring shall include, but shall not be limited to, monitoring of control valves,
fire pump power supplies and running conditions, water tank levels and temperatures,
tank pressure, and air pressure on dry-pipe valves. Supervisory signals shall sound and
shall be displayed either at a location within the protected building that is constantly
attended by qualified personnel, or at an approved remotely located receiving facility.
2. Alarm Signal Transmission
Where supervision of automatic sprinkler systems is required, water flow alarms shall
be transmitted to an approved proprietary alarm receiving facility, a remote station, a
central station, or the fire station.

C. Other Automatic Extinguishing System

1. In any occupancy where the character of the potential fuel fire is such that
extinguishment or control of fire will be more effectively accomplished by a type of
automatic extinguishing systems other than automatic sprinkler system such as but not
limited to carbon dioxide, dry chemical, foam, or water spray, a standard extinguishing
system of appropriate type shall be installed subject to the approval of the C/MFM
having jurisdiction.
2. If the extinguishing system is installed in lieu of a required, supervised automatic sprinkler
system, the activation of the extinguishing system shall activate the building fire alarm
system, where provided. The activation of an extinguishing system that is installed in lieu
of a required supervised automatic sprinkler system shall be indicated at the building
fire alarm system, where provided.

D. Manual Extinguishing Equipment

1. Any fire extinguisher provided shall be installed, inspected and maintained in
accordance with Section 10.2.6.9 of this IRR.
2. Each standpipe and hose system provided shall be in accordance with Section 10.2.6.8
of this IRR

SECTION 10.2.6.8 STANDPIPES

The design, installation and maintenance of standpipe systems shall be in accordance
with NFPA 14, Standard for the Installation of Standpipe, Private Hydrant and Hose Systems.

70
SECTION 10.2.6.9 PORTABLE AND WHEELED FIRE EXTINGUISHERS

A. The C/MFM having jurisdiction shall designate the type and number of fire extinguishers to
be installed and maintained in all buildings, structures and facilities, in accordance with this
Section.

B. All buildings, structures and facilities shall be installed with portable fire extinguishers that
are designed, installed and maintained in accordance with this Section. Fire extinguishers
shall be installed even if the property is equipped with automatic sprinklers, standpipe and
hose, or other fixed fire protection equipment.

C. Classification of Hazards
The classification of Hazard for purposes of application of this Section shall be as
follows:
1. Low Hazard
Light hazard occupancies are locations where the total amount of Class A
combustible materials, including furnishings, decorations, and contents, is of minor
quantity. This can include some buildings or rooms occupied as offices, classrooms,
churches, assembly halls, guest room areas of hotels/motels, and so forth. This
classification anticipates that majority of content items are either noncombustible or so
arranged that a fire is not likely to spread rapidly. Small amounts of class B flammables
used for duplicating machines, art departments, and so forth are included, provided
that they are kept in closed containers and safely stored.
2. Moderate Hazard
Ordinary hazard occupancies are locations where the total amount of Class A
combustibles and Class B flammables are present in greater amounts than expected
under light (or low) hazard occupancies. These occupancies could consist of dining
areas, mercantile shops, and allied storage; light manufacturing, research operations,
auto showrooms, parking garages, workshop or support service areas of light (or low)
hazard occupancies; and warehouses containing Class I or Class II commodities as
defined by NFPA 231, Standard for General Storage.
3. High Hazard
Extra hazard occupancies are locations where the total amount of Class A
combustibles and Class B flammables present, in storage, production, use, finished
product, or combination thereof, is over and above those expected in occupancies
classed as ordinary (or moderate) hazard. These occupancies could consist of
woodworking, vehicle repair, aircraft and boat servicing, cooking areas, individual
product display showrooms, product convention center displays, and storage and
manufacturing processes such as painting, dipping, and coating, including flammable
liquid handling. Also included is warehousing of or in-process storage of other than
Class I and Class II commodities.

D. Classification, Ratings, and Performance of Fire Extinguishers

1. Portable fire extinguishers are classified for use on certain classes of fires and rated for
relative extinguishing effectiveness as determined by the Bureau of Product Standard,
Department of Trade and Industry (DTI).
2. The classification is as follows:
a. Class A: fires involving ordinary combustible solid materials
b. Class B: fires involving flammable and combustible liquid and gas
c. Class C: fires involving energized electrical equipment
d. Class D: fires involving combustible metal fires

E. Fire Extinguisher General Requirements

1. The classification of fire extinguishers shall consist of a letter that indicates the class of
fire on which a fire extinguisher has been found to be effective, preceded by a rating
number (applicable to Class A and Class B only) that indicates the relative extinguishing
71
 effectiveness. Fire extinguishers classified for use on Class C and Class D hazards shall
not be required to have a number preceding the classification letter.
2. Portable fire extinguishers shall be maintained in a fully charged and operable condition,
and kept in their designated places at all times when they are not being used.
3. Fire extinguishers shall be conspicuously located where they will be readily accessible
and immediately available in the event of fire. Preferably they shall be located along
normal paths of travel, including exits from areas.
4. The following types of fire extinguishers are considered obsolete and shall be removed
from service:
a. soda acid
b. chemical foam (excluding film-forming agents)
c. vaporizing liquid (e.g. carbon tetrachloride)
d. cartridge-operated water
e. cartridge-operated loaded stream
f. copper or brass shell (excluding pump tanks) joined by soft solder or rivets
5. Cabinets housing fire extinguishers shall not be locked, except where fire extinguishers
are subject to malicious use, locked cabinets shall be permitted to be used, provided
they include means of emergency access.
6. Fire extinguishers shall not be obstructed or obscured from view, except in large rooms,
and in certain locations where visual obstruction cannot be completely avoided,
arrows, lights, signs, or coding of the wall are the acceptable means of identifying its
location.
7. Portable fire extinguishers other than wheeled types shall be securely installed on the
hanger or in the bracket supplied or placed in cabinets or wall recesses. The hanger or
bracket shall be securely and properly anchored to the mounting surface in accordance
with the manufacturer’s instructions. Wheeled-type fire extinguishers shall be located in
a designated location.
8. Fire extinguishers installed under conditions where they are subject to physical damage,
ex. from impact, vibration, the environment, shall be adequately protected.
9. Fire extinguishers having a gross weight not exceeding eighteen kilograms (18 kg) shall
be installed so that the top of the fire extinguisher is not more than one and five-tenths
meter (1.5 m) above the floor. Fire extinguishers having a gross weight greater than
eighteen kilograms (18 kg), except wheeled types, shall be so installed that the top of
the fire extinguisher is not more than one meter (1.0 m) above the floor. In no case shall
the clearance between the bottom of the fire extinguisher and the floor be less than
one hundred millimeters (100 mm).
10. Extinguisher operating instructions, original manufacturer’s labels, labels that specifically
relate to the extinguisher’s operation or fire classification, or inventory control labels
specific to that extinguisher shall be located on the front face of the extinguisher and
be clearly visible, except the Hazardous Materials Identification Systems (HMIS) labels,
six-year maintenance labels, hydrotest labels, or other labels.
11. Fire extinguishers mounted in cabinets or wall recesses shall be placed so that the fire
extinguisher operating instructions face outward. The location of such fire extinguishers
shall be marked conspicuously.
12. Where fire extinguishers are installed in closed cabinets that are exposed to elevated
temperatures, the cabinets shall be provided with screened openings and drains.
Vented fire extinguisher cabinets should utilize tinted glass and should be constructed to
prevent the entrance of insects and the accumulation of water. Vented fire extinguisher
cabinets constructed in this manner will lower the maximum internal temperature 5.6°C
to 8.3°C.
13. Water-type fire extinguishers, ex. water, Aqueous Film Forming Foam (AFFF), Film
Forming Fluoro-Protein (FFFP), shall not be installed in areas where the temperatures are
outside the range of 40°F to 120°F(4°C to 49°C). All other types shall not be installed in
72
 areas where temperatures are outside the range of -40°F to 120°F (-40°C to 49°C). Fire
extinguishers shall not be exposed to temperatures outside the range shown on the
fire extinguisher label; except where it is installed in locations subject to temperatures
outside these ranges, it shall be of a type approved and listed for the temperature to
which it is exposed, or it shall be placed in an enclosure capable of maintaining the
stipulated temperature range.
14. The fire extinguisher owner or the owner’s agent shall be provided with an instruction
manual that details condensed instructions and cautions necessary to the installation,
operation, inspection, and maintenance of the fire extinguishers. The manual shall refer
to this standard as a source of detailed instruction.

F. Selection of Fire Extinguishers

1. General Requirements
The selection of fire extinguishers for a given situation shall be determined by the
character of the fires anticipated, the construction and occupancy of the individual
property, the hazard to be protected, ambient-temperature conditions, and other
factors. The number, size, placement, and limitations of use of fire extinguishers required
shall meet the requirements of para 2 hereof.
2. Selection by Hazard
Fire extinguishers shall be selected for the classes of hazards to be protected.
a. Fire extinguishers for protecting Class A hazards shall be selected from the
following:
1) Water type
2) Multipurpose dry chemical type
3) Wet chemical type
b. Fire extinguishers for protection of Class B hazard shall be selected from the
following:
1) AFFF
2) FFFP foam
3) Carbon dioxide
4) Dry chemical type
c. Fire extinguishers for protection of Class C hazard shall be selected from types
that are specifically listed for use on Class C hazards.
d. Fire extinguishers and extinguishing agents for the protection of Class D hazards
shall be of types approved for use on the specific combustible-metal hazard.
3. Application for Specific Hazards
a. Selection of fire extinguishers for pressurized flammable liquids and pressurized gas
fires type of hazard shall be made on the basis of recommendations by manufacturers
of this specialized equipment. The system used to rate the effectiveness of fire
extinguishers on Class B fires (flammable liquids in depth) is not applicable to these
types of hazards. It has been determined that special nozzle design and rates of
agent application are required to cope with such hazards.
b. Selection of fire extinguishers for fires involving Class B materials in motion (three -
dimensional Class B fires) such as pouring, running, or dripping flammable liquids,
which generally includes vertical as well as one or more horizontal surfaces, shall
be made on the basis of recommendations by manufacturers of this specialized
equipment.
c. Fire extinguishers for the protection of delicate electronic equipment shall be
selected from either a carbon dioxide type or a halogenated agent type.

G. Distribution of Fire Extinguishers

1. General Requirements

73
 a. Fire extinguishers shall be provided for the protection of both the building structure
and the occupancy hazards contained therein.
b. Required building protection shall be provided by fire extinguishers suitable for Class
A fires.
c. Occupancy hazard protection shall be provided by fire extinguishers suitable for
such Class A, B, C, and D fire potentials as might be present.
d. Fire extinguishers provided for building protection can be considered also for the
protection of occupancies having Class A fire potential.
e. Buildings having an occupancy hazard subject to Class B or Class C fires, or both, shall
have a standard complement of Class A fire extinguishers for building protection, plus
additional Class B or Class A fire extinguishers, or both. Where fire extinguishers have
more than one letter classification (such as 2-A: 20-B: C), they can be considered to
satisfy the requirements of each letter class.
f. Rooms or areas shall be classified generally as light (or low) hazard, ordinary (or
moderate) hazard, or extra (or high) hazard. Limited areas of greater or lesser hazard
shall be protected as required.
g. On each floor level, the area protected and the travel distances shall be based on
fire extinguishers installed in accordance with Tables 7, Fire Extinguishers for different
types of class A hazards and Table 8, Fire Extinguishers for different types of class B
hazards.
2. Size and Placement
a. Class A Hazards
1) Fire extinguishers for the different types of hazards shall be provided on the basis
of Table 7.
Table 7: FIRE EXTINGUISHERS FOR DIFFERENT TYPES OF CLASS A HAZARDS

TYPE OF MINIMUM MAXIMUM TRAVEL MAXIMUM AREA

HAZARD EXTINGUISHING DISTANCE TO (OPEN AREA)
RATING EXTINGUISHER PER EXTINGUISHER
Low 2–A* 15 m 200 m2
Moderate 3–A* 12 m 100 m2
High 4–A* 10 m 75 m2
* Two 2- A rated fire extinguisher, provided they are installed adjacent to each other,
may be used to fulfill the requirements of one 3-A or 4-A rated extinguisher.

2) The protection requirements shall be permitted to be fulfilled with fire extinguishers

of higher rating, provided the travel distance to such larger fire extinguishers does
not exceed fifteen meters (15 m).
3) In cases where building spaces are compartmentalized or separated from each
other by fire barriers, each compartment not exceeding the maximum protection
area specified Table 7 shall be provided with at least one (1) fire extinguisher.
b. Class B Hazards (other than fires in flammable liquids of appreciable depth)

1) Fire extinguishers for the different types of Class B hazards shall be provided on
the basis of Table 8.
Table 8: FIRE EXTINGUISHERS FOR DIFFERENT TYPES OF CLASS B HAZARDS

MINIMUM MAXIMUM TRAVEL MAXIMUM AREA

TYPE OF
EXTINGUISHER DISTANCE TO (OPEN AREA) PER
HAZARD
RATING EXTINGUISHER EXTINGUISHER
Low 5-B 10 m 200 m2
Moderate 10-B 10 m 100 m2
High 40-B 10 m 75 m2

74
 2) The protection requirements shall be permitted to be fulfilled with fire extinguishers
of higher rating, provided the travel distance to such larger fire extinguishers does
not exceed fifteen meters (15 m).
3) In cases where building spaces are compartmentalized or separated from each
other by fire barriers, each compartment not exceeding the maximum protection
area specified Table 10 shall be provided with at least one (1) fire extinguisher.
c. Class B Hazards in Flammable Liquids of Appreciable Depth (greater than 0.6 cm)
1) Portable fire extinguishers shall not be installed as the sole protection for
flammable liquid hazards of appreciable depth where the surface area exceeds
one square meter (1.0 m2).
2) For flammable liquid hazards of appreciable depth, a Class B fire extinguisher shall
be provided on the basis of at least two numerical units of Class B extinguishing
potential per square meter of flammable liquid surface of the largest hazard
area.
3) Travel distances for portable fire extinguishers shall not exceed ten meters (10 m).
d. Class C Hazards
Fire extinguishers with Class C ratings shall be required where energized
electrical equipment can be encountered that would require a non-conducting
extinguishing medium. This requirement includes situations where fire either directly
involves or surrounds electrical equipment. Since the fire itself is a Class A or Class B
hazard, the fire extinguishers shall be sized and located on the basis of the anticipated
Class A or Class B hazard.
e. Class D Hazards
1) Fire extinguishers or extinguishing agents with Class D ratings shall be provided
for fires involving combustible metals.
2) Fire extinguishers or extinguishing agents (or mediums) shall be located not more
than fifteen meters (15 m) of travel distance from the Class D hazard.
3) Portable fire extinguishers or extinguishing agents (or mediums) for Class D hazards
shall be provided in those work areas where combustible metal powders, flakes,
shavings, chips, or similarly sized products are generated.
4) Size determination shall be on the basis of the specific combustible metal, its
physical particle size, area to be covered, and recommendations by the fire
extinguisher manufacturer on data from control tests conducted.

SECTION 10.2.6.10 SEGREGATION AND PROTECTION OF HAZARDS

A. Any process, operation or storage having a degree of hazard greater than that normal to
the general occupancy of the building or structure under consideration shall be enclosed
with construction having at least a 4-hour fire resistance rating or shall be provided with
automatic fire protection or both, as specified in Divisions 8 through 20 of this Chapter.
Where a hazard is high, both the fire-rated construction and automatic fire protection shall
be used.

B. All construction enclosing hazardous operation or storage shall have not less than 2-hour fire
resistance, and all openings between the balance of the building and rooms or enclosures
for hazardous operations or processes shall be protected with self-closing or automatic fire
doors.

C. Where hazardous processes or storage area of such a character as to involve an explosion

hazard, explosion venting to outside the building shall be provided by thin glass or other
approved vents.

D. Where automatic protection is required, such protection shall be by automatic sprinklers

in accordance with Section 10.2.6.7 of this IRR or other approved extinguishing system

75
 appropriate to extinguish fires in hazardous materials stored or handled.

DIVISION 7. BUILDING SERVICES EQUIPMENT

SECTION 10.2.7.1 UTILITIES

A. Equipment using gas and related gas piping shall be in accordance with NFPA 54, National
Fuel Gas Code, or NFPA 58, Liquefied Petroleum Gas Code, as the case may be.

B. Electrical wiring and equipment shall be in accordance with the Philippine Electrical Code.

C. Cooking equipment shall be protected by automatic kitchen hood fire suppression system
in accordance with NFPA 96, Standard for Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of
Commercial Cooking Operations and NFPA 17 A, Standard for Wet Chemicals Extinguishing
System, except in the following:
a. Restaurants and similar establishments with an occupant load of less than 50 persons
(classified under mercantile occupancy) which could include, but not be limited to,
fast foods, carinderias, food stalls, food trucks, food counters that use the following
cooking equipment:
1) Outdoor equipment;
2) Portable equipment;
3) Equipment used only for food warming.

b. Restaurants that use small cooking appliances and do not have kitchen hoods and
exhaust ducting systems.

SECTION 10.2.7.2 HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIRCONDITIONING

A. The design and installation of air conditioning, ventilating, heating, cooking, incinerating,
or other building services equipment shall be installed in accordance with the Philippine
Mechanical Code.

B. Where ducting of air conditioning and ventilating system passes through from one room
to another room or from one fire barrier to another fire barrier, it shall be provided with
automatic fire dampers.

SECTION 10.2.7.3 SMOKE CONTROL SYSTEMS

A. Smoke control systems shall be provided in the following:

1. All high rise buildings through the pressurization of all stairwells, at least one elevator
shaft, zoned smoke control, and vestibule, as component of smoke proof enclosures;
2. Pressurization of smoke refuge area;
3. Every atrium of covered malls of over two (2) levels and every atrium of other occupancies
by Divisions 8 through 20 of this Chapter of over three (3) levels by means of a smoke
extraction/exhaust system, which is compliant with the stated conditions of atrium in
para “G” of Section 10.2.6.5 of this IRR in addition to the stated conditions for protection
of vertical openings of communicating floor levels in para A.2 of Section 10.2.6.5 of this
IRR. In case, there is another atrium or other succeeding multiple atriums in alternate
vertical pattern in the building, it shall have a Smoke Extraction/Exhaust System on each
atrium of over one (1) level and shall also comply with the stated conditions of atrium
in para “G” of Section 10.2.6.5 of this IRR. Otherwise, two (2) levels atrium of covered
malls and two (2)/three (3) levels atrium of other building occupancies shall have at
least a natural smoke vent suitable for covered area of atrium in addition to the stated
conditions for protection of vertical openings of communicating floor levels in para A.2
of Section 10.2.6.5 of this IRR.
4. Underground structures and windowless facilities in accordance with the provisions
76
 in Section 10.2.19.10 of this IRR. In addition, every windowless storey or basement shall
have at least a Smoke Venting Facility in accordance with this Section. In cases where
windowless storey or basement is in the high-rise or building with smoke refuge area or
atrium, it shall also comply with the provisions of paras 1, 2 and 3 above.
5. All means of egress serving a smoke-protected assembly seating area shall have smoke-
actuated ventilation facilities or natural ventilation designed to maintain the level of
smoke of not less than one thousand eight hundred thirty millimeter (1,830mm) above
the floor of the means of egress. The ventilation system shall be in accordance with
NFPA 92, Standard for Smoke Control Systems.
6. All movie houses pursuant to Section 10.2.8.2 of this IRR.
7. All other buildings or structures with at least one thousand one hundred fifteen square
meters (1,115 m2) single floor area.

B. The design, installation, operation and on-going periodic testing of smoke control systems
to the above-mentioned areas of building/structure/facility shall be in accordance with
Philippine Mechanical Engineering Code (PMEC) and NFPA 92, NFPA 204, Standard for
Smoke and Heat Venting.

C. Documentation Required.
1. Detailed design plans, report, and specifications signed and sealed by a PMEC shall
be generated and approved by C/MFM having jurisdiction before issuance of FSEC or
Installation Clearance; and
2. Operations and maintenance manual requirement before issuance of FSIC for
Occupancy/Business Permit, signed and sealed by the Designer-Professional Mechanical
Engineer.

D. The detailed design, plans, report, specifications shall provide documents with the following
elements, if applicable:
1. System purpose
2. System design objectives
3. Design approach
4. Design assumptions (building height, ambient conditions, reliance on other fire
protection systems, leakage, etc.)
5. Location of smoke zone(s)
6. Design pressure differences
7. Building use limitations that arise out of the system design
8. Design calculations
9. Fan and duct specifications
10. Damper specifications
11. Detailed inlet or exhaust inlets site information
12. Detailed method of activation
13. Smoke control system operation logic
14. System commissioning procedures
15. Smoke control systems engineering analysis
16. Location of manual operating control of smoke control systems or Firefighters’ Smoke-
Control Station (FSCS)
17. Details and location of control of the Smoke Control Systems in a Fire Command Center.

E. Newly installed smoke-control systems shall be inspected by the C/MFM having jurisdiction
and its acceptance testing shall be performed by a third party in accordance with the
criteria established in the approved system design documents, and operations and
maintenance manual.

77
 F. The operations and maintenance manual shall provide the requirements to ensure the
proper operation of the system over the life of the building. The building administrator/
owner shall be responsible for all system testing and shall maintain records of all periodic
testing and maintenance in accordance with the operations and maintenance manual
which shall include the following:
1. The procedure used in the initial commissioning of the system, as well as the measured
performance of the system at the time of commissioning;
2. The testing and inspection requirements for the system and system components and
the required frequency of testing;
3. The critical design assumptions used in the design and limitations on the building and its
use that arise out of the design assumptions and limitations;
4. The purpose of the smoke control system;
5. Operational testing of the smoke-control systems shall be in accordance with NFPA
92, and shall include all equipment related to the system including, but not limited to,
initiating devices, fans, dampers, controls, doors, and windows;
6. An approved written schedule for such operational tests shall be established including
with the periodic inspection of the C/MFM having jurisdiction;
7. Test records shall be maintained in the premises and must indicate the date of such
testing, the qualified service personnel, and any corrective measures needed or taken;
8. All smoke-control systems and devices shall be maintained in a reliable operating
condition and shall be replaced or repaired where defective;
9. The C/MFM having jurisdiction shall be notified when any smoke-control system is out of
service for more than 4 hours in a 24-hour period and again upon restoration of service
of such systems; and
10. The C/MFM having jurisdiction shall require the building to be evacuated or an approved
fire watch to be provided for all portions left unprotected by the fire protection/smoke
control system shutdown until the fire protection system has been returned to service.

SECTION 10.2.7.4 RUBBISH CHUTES, LAUNDRY CHUTES, AND FLUE-FEDINCINERATORS

A. Every chute and incinerator flue shall be enclosed and the openings therein shall be
protected in accordance with paras A.1 and A.3 of Section 10.2.6.5 of this IRR, respectively.
In new construction, inlet openings serving chutes shall open only to a room that is designed
and used exclusively for accessing the chute opening. Rubbish chutes and laundry chutes
shall be permitted to open into rooms not exceeding 37 m2 that are used for storage,
provided that the rooms is protected by automatic sprinklers.

B. Every incinerator flue, rubbish chute, and laundry chute shall be designed and maintained
in accordance with the PMEC.

C. In new constructions, any chute other than an incinerator flue shall be provided with
approved, supervised sprinkler system.

D. The above requirements shall not apply to detached single- or two- family dwellings.

SECTION 10.2.7.5 ELEVATORS AND ESCALATORS

A. Elevator installations shall be in accordance with the PMEC.

B. All new elevators shall conform to the firefighters’ emergency operations requirements of
American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) A17.1, Safety Code for Elevators and
Escalators, except buildings of less than 5 storeys in height.

C. Elevators shall be subject to periodic inspections and tests by building management,

without prejudice to the power or authority of the BFP to conduct inspection. All elevators
equipped with firefighters’ emergency operation in accordance with para “B” hereof shall

78
 be subject to a monthly operation with a written record of the findings made and kept by
the building management. Such record shall be included in the submission of FSMR.

SECTION 10.2.7.6 FIRE SAFETY CLEARANCES

A. All equipment/utilities/facilities mentioned in this Division, especially for stand-alone
equipment, shall not be installed without first securing an installation clearance from the C/
MFM having jurisdiction. This installation clearance shall be a pre-requisite for the issuance
of permits required by law for these installations.
B. All fire protection and warning systems in this IRR shall also be required installation clearance,
which is a pre-requisite for issuance of permits.
C. For installations covered by FSEC, installation clearance shall no longer be required.

DIVISION 8. PLACES OF ASSEMBLY

SECTION 10.2.8.1 OCCUPANT LOAD

The occupant load permitted in any assembly building, structure, or portion thereof shall be
determined by dividing the net floor area or space assigned to that use by the square
meter per occupant as follows:
A. As assembly area of concentrated use without fixed seats such as an auditorium, place
of worship, dance floor, and lodge room: sixty-five hundredths (0.65) square meter per
person.
B. An assembly area of less concentrated use such as conference room, dining room,
drinking establishment, exhibit room, gymnasium, or lounge: one and four-tenths (1.4)
square meters per person.
C. Standing room or waiting space: twenty-eight hundredths (0.28) square meter per
person.
D. The occupant load of an area having fixed seats shall be determined by the number
of fixed seats installed. Required aisle space serving the fixed seats shall not be used to
increase the occupant load.
E. Every room constituting a place of assembly and not having fixed seats shall have the
occupant load of the room posted in a conspicuous place near the main exit from the
room. Approved signages shall be maintained in legible manner. Signs shall be durable
and shall indicate the number of occupants permitted for each room.
F. In theaters and similar places of assembly where persons are admitted to the building at
times when seats are not available for them and are allowed to wait in a lobby or similar
space until seats are available, such use of lobby or similar spaces shall not encroach
upon the required clear width of exits. Such waiting spaces shall be restricted to areas
other than the required means of egress. Exits shall be provided for such waiting spaces
on the basis of one person for each one-fourth (0.25) square meters of waiting space
area. Such exits shall be in addition to the exits specified for the main auditorium area
and shall conform in construction and arrangement to the general rules for exits given
in this Division.
G. In areas not in excess of nine hundred thirty square meters (930 m2), the occupant load
shall not exceed one person in forty-six hundredths square meters (0.46 m2); in areas
in excess of nine hundred thirty square meters (930 m2), the occupant load shall not
exceed one person in sixty-five hundredths square meters (0.65 m2).

SECTION 10.2.8.2 EXIT DETAILS

A. Capacity of Exits
1. The capacity of means of egress shall be in accordance with para “C” of Section
10.2.5.2 of this IRR or shall be in accordance with succeeding paragraph for means of
egress serving theater-type seating or similar seating arranged in rows.

79
 2. Minimum clear width of aisles and other means of egress serving theater-type seating,
or similar seating arranged in rows, shall be in accordance with Table 9 below.
Table 9: CAPACITY FACTORS FOR THEATER TYPE SEATING

Clear width per seat served (in mm)

No. of seats Passageways, Ramps, and
Stairs
Doorways
Unlimited 7.6 AB 5.6 C

3. The minimum clear widths shown in Table 9 shall be modified in accordance with all of
the following:
a. If risers exceed one hundred seventy-eight millimeters (178 mm) in height, multiply the
stair width in Table 8 by factor A, where:

b. Stairs without a handrail located within a seven hundred sixty millimeters (760 mm)
horizontal distance shall be 25 percent wider than otherwise calculated, that is,
multiply by factor B = 1.25.
c. Ramps steeper than 1 in 10 slope where used in ascent shall have their widths
increased by 10 percent, that is, multiply by factor C = 1.10.

B. Minimum Number of Exit

The number of exits shall be in accordance with para “G” of Section 10.2.5.2 of this IRR.

C. Location of Exits
1. Main Exit
Every assembly occupancy shall be provided with a main exit. The main exit shall be
of sufficient width to accommodate one-half (1/2) of the total occupant load, but shall
be not less than the total required width of all aisles, exit passageways and stairways
leading thereto, and shall connect to a stairway or ramp leading to a street.
2. Other Exits
Each level of an assembly occupancy shall have access to the main exit and an
addition shall be provided with exits of sufficient width to accommodate two-thirds
(2/3) of the total occupant load served by that level. Such exits shall open directly to
a street or into an exit court, enclosed stairway, outside stairway, or exit passageway
leading to a street. Such exits shall be located as far apart and as far from the main exits
as practicable. Such exits shall be accessible from a cross aisle or side aisle.

D. Minimum Corridor Width

The width of any exit access corridor serving 50 or more persons shall not be less than
one hundred twelve centimeters (112 cm).

E. Travel Distance to Exits

Exits shall be so arranged that the total length of travel from any point to reach an exit
will not exceed forty-six meters (46 m) in any place of assembly for spaces not protected by
approved, supervised sprinkler system and sixty-one meters (61 m) in areas so protected.

F. Types of Exits
1. Exits of the specified number and width shall be of one or more of the following types,
in accordance with the provisions of Division 5 of this Chapter.
a. Doors of the swinging type leading directly outside or through a lobby or passageway
leading to the outside of the building
b. Horizontal exits
80
 c. Smoke proof enclosures
d. Stairs
e. Ramps
2. Turnstiles
No turnstiles or other devices to restrict the movement of persons shall be installed
in any place of assembly in such a manner as to interfere in any way with required exit
facilities in accordance with para “L” of Section 10.2.5.3 of this IRR.

G. Panic Hardware
An exit door from in assembly occupancy shall not be provided with a latch or lock
unless it is a panic hardware.

H. Seating, Aisles and Railings

1. Seating
a. The aisle access way between rows of seating shall have a clear width of not less
than three hundred five millimeters (305 mm) and this minimum shall be increased by
seven and six tenths millimeter (7.6 mm) for every seat over a total of fourteen (14) but
shall not exceed 560 mm;
b. Rows of seating served by the aisles of doorways at both ends shall not exceed one
hundred (100) seats per row;
c. Rows of seating served by an aisle or doorway at one end only shall have a path of
travel not exceeding nine meters (9 m) in length, measured from the farthest seat to
an aisle.
2. Aisles
Every portion of any assembly building which contains seats, tables, displays,
equipment, or other materials shall be provided with aisles leading to exit as follows:
1) When serving more than sixty (60) seats, every aisle shall be not less than nine
hundred fifteen millimeters (915 mm) when serving seats on one side only and
not less than one hundred twenty-two centimeters (122 cm) when serving seats
on both sides. Such minimum width shall be measured at the point farthest from
an exit, cross aisles, or foyer and shall be increased in width by two and a half
centimeters (2.5 cm) for each meter in length toward the exit, cross aisles, or
foyer.
2) When serving sixty (60) seats or less, aisles shall be not less than seventy-six
centimeters (76 cm) wide.
3) Aisles shall terminate in a cross aisle, foyer, or exit. The width of such cross aisle,
foyer, or exit shall be not less than the sum of the required width of the widest aisle
plus fifty (50%) percent of the total required width of the remaining aisles which it
serves.
4) No dead-end aisle shall be greater than six and one-tenth meters (6.1 m) in
length. In arena or thrust stage theaters, dead-end aisles at the stage shall not
exceed five rows beyond a cross aisle.
5) The length of travel to an exit door by any aisle shall be not greater than forty six
meters (46 m).
6) Steps shall not be placed in aisles to overcome differences in level unless the
gradient exceeds twelve and a half (12.5%) percent. Steps in aisles shall conform
to the requirement for stairs as to riser and tread.
7) The gradient of sloping aisles shall not exceed twelve and a half (12.5%) percent.
3. Railings
a. The fasciae of boxes, balconies and galleries shall have substantial railings not less
than sixty-six centimeters (66 cm) high above the floor.
b. The railings at the ends of aisles extending to the fasciae shall be not less than seventy-

81
 six centimeters (76 cm) high for the width of the aisle, or ninety one centimeters (91
cm) high if at foot of steps.
c. Cross aisles shall be provided with railings not less than sixty-six centimeters (66 cm)
high.

I. Lighting and Signs

1. All places of assembly shall have exit lighting in accordance with Section 10.2.5.11 and
signs in accordance with Section 10.2.5.12 of this IRR. All places of assembly shall be
provided with emergency lighting.
2. In every auditorium or other places of assembly where pictures, motion pictures or other
projections are made by means of directed light, the illumination projections are made
by means of directed light, the illumination of the floors of exit access may be reduced
during such period projection to values of not less than two ten-thousandths (0.0002)
lumen per square centimeter.

J. Exits Common to Other Occupancies

1. Places of assembly in building of other occupancy may use exits common to the place
of assembly and the other occupancy, provided that the assembly area and the other
occupancy, considered separately, have exits sufficient to meet the requirements of this
Chapter.
2. Exits shall be sufficient for simultaneous occupancy of both the place of assembly and
other parts of the building.

SECTION 10.2.8.3 STAGE AND ENCLOSED PLATFORM

A. Every stage equipped with fly galleries, gridirons, and rigging for movable theater-type
scenery, and every enclosed platform larger than forty-six and a half square meters (46.5
m2) in area shall be protected with the automatic fire suppression system at the ceiling,
under the gridiron, in usable spaces under the stage or platform and in auxiliary spaces
and dressing rooms, storerooms, and workshops.
When openings are provided in the stage floor for stage lifts, trap doors or stairs,
automatic fire suppression system shall be provided around the opening at the ceiling
below the stage; and baffles at least thirty centimeters (30 cm) in depth shall be installed
around the perimeter of the opening.

B. Every stage and every enclosed platform larger than forty-six and a half square meters
(46.5 m2) shall have ventilators in or above it, operable from the stage floor by hand, and
also opening by fusible links or other approved automatic heat actuated device or heat
and smoke actuated device, to give a free opening equal to at least five (5) percent of the
area floor of the stage or enclosed platform. Where mechanical ventilation is provided, it
shall be so arranged that natural ventilation, at least equal to the above, will be available.
Make up air for mechanical ventilation shall not be obtained from the audience (seating)
areas.

C. The proscenium opening of every stage shall be provided with a fire resistant curtain
constructed and mounted so as to intercept hot gases, flames, and smoke; and to prevent
glow from a severe fire on the stage showing on the auditorium side within a five (5) minute
period. The curtain shall be automatic closing without the use of applied power.

D. Every stage shall be provided with a fire control station located on or adjoining the stage.
The fire control station shall have the following:
1. Lights to indicate the operations of all emergency lights and power circuits.
2. Manual operating devices to actuate automatic spray heads at proscenium, proscenium
curtain, and smoke vents.
3. Indicator light to show that the automatic fire suppression system is operating, or sprinkler
system valves are open and system is charged with water under pressure.
4. A public address system energized from normal and emergency light and power
82
 sources.
5. An alarm system connected to the manager’s office, dressing rooms, and auxiliary
stage spaces. It shall not sound an alarm audible in the audience or seating portion of
the theater.

E. Auxiliary stage spaces such as understage areas, dressing rooms, workshops and similar
spaces associated with the functioning of a stage shall comply with the following:
1. No point within any auxiliary space shall be more than fifteen and one-fourth meters
(15.25 m) from a door providing access to an exit.
2. There shall be at least two (2) exits available from every auxiliary stage space, one
of which shall be available within a travel distance of twenty-three meters (23 m). A
common path of travel of six meters (6 m) to the two (2) exits shall be permitted.
3. Auxiliary stage spaces shall be protected as provided under this Section.
4. No workshop involving the use of combustible or flammable paint, liquids, or gases, or
their storage shall open directly upon a stage.

F. Where approved, supervised sprinkler system is not required, the proscenium wall of every
theater using movable scenery or decorations shall not have more than two (2) openings
entering the stage, exclusive of the proscenium opening. Such opening shall not exceed
two square meters (2 m2) each and shall be fitted with self-closing fire doors.

G. Each stage shall be equipped with thirty-eight millimeters (38.1 mm) wet standpipes,
equipped with at least thirty meters (30 m) hose on each side of the stage.

SECTION 10.2.8.4 PROJECTION BOOTH

A. Every place of assembly in which pictures are projected from cellulose acetate, or other
safety film using electric arc, xenon, or other light sources, which generate hazardous gases,
dust, or radiation shall have a projection room that complies with Section 10.2.8.17 of this IRR
and the following paragraph. This also applies to other latest types of projection, ex. LCD
and i-MAX.

B. There shall be posted on the outside of each projection room door and within the projection
room proper, a conspicuous sign in block letters twenty (25) millimeters stroke stating: “Safety
Film Only Permitted in This Room.”

SECTION 10.2.8.5 DECORATIVE MATERIAL

A. No decorative material, which will ignite and allow flame to spread over the surface when
exposed to a flame test, shall be allowed to be used in places of assembly.

B. The method of test shall be as follows: the piece shall be exposed to the flame from a
common match and held in horizontal position twelve and seven-tenths millimeters (12.7mm)
underneath the piece, and a constant location for a minimum of fifteen (15 ) seconds.

C. Treatments may be applied to decorative material to accomplish flame proofing. Such

treatments shall be renewed as often as may be necessary to maintain the flame-proofed
condition of the material.

SECTION 10.2.8.6 PYROXYLIN COATED FABRIC

Use of pyroxylin coated fabrics inside places of assembly shall be restricted as follows:

A. The nitrocellulose coating shall not exceed four hundred thirty grams (430g) for every
square meter of fabric.

B The total surface area of fabric-complying with para “A” above shall not exceed one (1)
square meter for every four and a half cubic meter (4.5m3) of room volume.

83
 C. Where the coating exceeds forty-seven grams per square meter (47g/m2), the total area of
such fabric shall not exceed one square meter (1m2) for every two and one-fourth cubic
meters (2.25m3) of room volume.

SECTION 10.2.8.7 MOTION PICTURE SCREENS, STAGE CURTAINS AND DRAPES

No motion picture screens or screen masking curtains, buntings, or other draperies shall
be used unless the material is flame-proofed and will pass the match-flame test described in
Section 10.2.8.5 of this IRR.

SECTION 10.2.8.8 PROTECTION

A. Protection of Vertical Opening

Any vertical opening shall be enclosed or protected in accordance with Section 10.2.6.5
of this IRR.

B. Interior Finish
1. The interior finish requirements of this Section shall be in accordance with Section 10.2.6.4
of this IRR and subject to modifications specified therein.
2. Interior finish in all means of egress in all places of assembly shall be Class A.
3. Interior finish in general assembly areas shall be Class A.
4. Screen on which pictures are projected shall comply with requirements of Class A or
Class B interior finish, as the case may be.

C. Protection from Hazards

Rooms or spaces used for hazardous equipment, operations and process, such as
but not limited to rooms containing high-pressure vessels, refrigerating machineries, large
transformers, or other service equipment; rooms or spaces used for the storage, processing
or use of boilers or furnaces, combustible supplies, hazardous materials or flammable
or combustible liquids; laundries; and maintenance shops including woodworking and
painting areas shall not be directly located under or abutting required exits and shall be
separated from other parts of the building by fire barriers by construction of not less than 1
hour fire resistance rating.

D. Fire Detection and Alarm System

1. All assembly occupancies shall be provided with fire alarm system with manual initiation;
provided however, that where occupants of the building exceed 300 persons, the
initiation shall be through an automatic detection system.
2. The required fire alarm system shall activate an audible and visible alarm in a constantly
attended receiving station within the building when occupied for purposes of initiating
emergency action.

E. Extinguishing Requirement
1. The following assembly occupancies with occupant load of one hundred fifty (150)
persons or more shall be protected throughout by an approved, supervised automatic
sprinkler system:
a. bars with live entertainment;
b. dance halls;
c. discotheques; and
d. assembly occupancies with festival seating.
2. Buildings containing assembly occupancies with occupant load of more than 300
persons shall be protected by an approved, supervised automatic sprinkler system:
a. throughout the storey containing the assembly occupancy;
b. throughout all storeys below the storey containing the assembly occupancy;

84
 c. in case of an assembly occupancy located below the level of exit discharge,
throughout all storeys intervening between that storey and the level of exit discharge,
including the level of exit discharge.
3. The provisions of paras 1 and 2 above shall not apply to assembly occupancy with all
sides open and places of worship at the level of exit discharge with sufficient means of
egress.

F. Smoke Management
Public assembly buildings, structures or facilities with more than fourteen (14) seats shall
be provided with smoke management system in such a way that the atmosphere shall
not induce more than one percent (1%) by volume of the contaminated atmosphere
emanating from the fire area.

SECTION 10.2.8.9 BUILDING SERVICES EQUIPMENT

A. Elevators
Elevators shall not constitute required means of exit. When places of assembly are more
than three (3) storeys above ground level and equipped with automatic elevators, at least
one elevator shall be designed and equipped for fire emergency use of BFP personnel,
or as may be determined by the C/MFM having jurisdiction. Key operation shall transfer
automatic elevator operation to manual and bring elevator to ground or first floor use by
said personnel. The elevator shall be situated so as to be readily accessible.

B. Air Conditioning
All air conditioning, heating, and ventilation installations shall comply with the provisions
of Division 7 of this Chapter.

C. Special Provisions for Food Service Establishments

All devices in connection with the preparation of food shall be installed and operated
to avoid hazard to the safety of occupants, and shall be installed and maintained in
accordance with good engineering practice.

SECTION 10.2.8.10 EVACUATION PLAN AND OCCUPANT LOAD CAPACITY

A. A plan showing the capacity and location of the exit ways and aisles thereto shall be
submitted for approval of the C/MFM having jurisdiction, and approved copy of such plan
shall be displayed prominently in the premises.

B. In all theaters, nightclubs, dance halls and similar occupancies, an audible announcement
and other means of announcement shall be made prior to the performance describing the
location of exits to be used in case of fire or other emergencies.

SECTION 10.2.8.11 OVERCROWDING

No person shall permit the overcrowding or admittance of any person beyond the approved
capacity of any place of public assembly. The C/MFM having jurisdiction, upon finding any
overcrowding condition or obstruction in aisles, passageways or other means of egress, or upon
finding any condition which constitutes a serious menace to life, shall cause the performance,
presentation, or entertainment to be stopped until the condition or obstruction is corrected.

SECTION 10.2.8.12 STANDBY BFP PERSONNEL

A. The C/MFM having jurisdiction, whenever in his/her judgment it is essential for public safety
to deploy standby BFP personnel in any place of public assembly, or any other place where
people congregate, due to the number of persons, or the nature of the performance,
exhibition, display contest or activity, is authorized to detail standby BFP personnel at such
place.

85
 B. The said BFP personnel shall be in uniform and remain on duty during the time such places
are open to the public, or when the activity is being conducted. Before each performance
or the start of the activity, said BFP personnel shall inspect the required fire appliances
provided, to see that they are in proper place and in good working order, and shall keep
diligent watch for fires during the time such place is open to the public or such activity is
being conducted, and take prompt measures for the extinguishment of fire that may occur.

SECTION 10.2.8.13 OUTDOOR ASSEMBLY

A. All grandstands, tents, and other places of outdoor assembly shall comply with the
requirements of NFPA Pamphlet No. 102, Standards for Tents, Grandstands, and Air-
Supported Structures used for Public Assembly.

B. Grandstand and bleacher type seating may be used as indoor type seating only when it
meets the requirements of this Division.

SECTION 10.2.8.14 UNDERGROUND STRUCTURE AND WINDOWLESS BUILDINGS

The requirements of underground structures and windowless buildings used as places of
assembly shall be in accordance with Section 10.2.19.10 of this Chapter.

SECTION 10.2.8.15 SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR EXHIBITION HALLS

A. No display or exhibit shall be so installed or operated as to interfere in any way with access
to any required exit or with visibility of any required exit or of any required exit sign, nor shall
any display block access to firefighting equipment.

B. All displays or exhibits of combustible material or construction and all booths and
temporary construction in connection therewith shall be so limited in combustibility or shall
be protected to avoid any undue hazard of fire which might endanger occupants before
they have the opportunity to use available exits.

C. Any place of assembly used for exhibition or display purposes shall be equipped with
complete automatic fire suppression system, when the exhibition or display area exceeds
one thousand three hundred ninety-four square meters (1394 m2). For combustible materials
not on display, storage room having an enclosure with fire resistance rating of at least two
(2) hours and protected by an automatic fire extinguishing system shall be provided.

SECTION 10.2.8.16 EXISTING PLACES OF ASSEMBLY

A. Capacity Limitations
In existing places of assembly, the C/MFM having jurisdiction may permit occupancy by
number of persons not to exceed that for which the existing exits are adequate, provided
that measures established are satisfactory to the C/MFM having jurisdiction, to prevent
occupancy by any greater number of persons based on the calculated occupant load of
the building.

B. Interior Finish
Provisions of Section 10.2.6.4 of this IRR shall apply in existing places of assembly where
interior finish does not conform to the requirements for new assembly buildings.

SECTION 10.2.8.17 PROJECTION ROOMS FOR SAFETY FILM

A. Every projection room shall be of permanent construction consistent with the construction
requirements for the type of building in which the projection room is located. The room shall
have a floor area of not less than seven and four-tenths square meters (7.4 m2) for a single
machine and at least three and three-fourths square meters (3.75 m2) for each additional
machine. Each motion picture projector, floodlight, spotlight, or similar piece of equipment

86
 shall have a clear working space not less than two and one-fourth square meters (2.25 m2).

B. Each projection room shall be at least one out-swinging, self-closing door not less than
seventy-six centimeters (76 cm) wide by two meters (2 m) high.

C. The aggregate of parts and openings for projection equipment shall not exceed twenty-
five percent (25%) of the area of the wall between the projection room and the auditorium.
All opening shall be provided with glass or other approved materials, so as to completely
close the opening.

D. Projection booth room ventilation shall be not less than the following:
1. Supply Air
Each projection room shall be provided with two or more separate fresh air inlet
ducts with screened openings terminating within thirty centimeters (30 cm) of the floor,
and located at opposite ends of the room. Such air inlets shall be of sufficient size to
permit an air change every three minutes. Fresh air may be supplied from the general
building air conditioning system, provided it is so arranged that the projection booth
will continue to receive one change of air every three (3) minutes, when no other air is
supplied by the general air conditioning system.
2. Exhaust Air
Each projection room shall be provided with one or more exhaust air outlets which
may be manifold into a single duct outside the booth. Such outlets shall be so located
as to ensure circulation throughout the room. Projection room exhaust air system
shall be independent of any other air systems in the building. Exhaust air ducts shall
terminate at the exterior of the building in such a location that the exhaust system
shall be mechanically operated and of such capacity to provide a minimum of one
change of air every three minutes. The blower motor shall be outside the duct system.
The projection room ventilation system may also be appurtenant rooms, such as the
generator room and the rewind room.

E. Each projection machine shall be provided with an exhaust duct which will draw air from
each lamp and exhaust it directly to the outside of the building in such a fashion that it
will not be picked up by supply inlets. Such a duct shall be of rigid materials, except for a
continuous flexible connector approved for the purpose. The lamp exhaust systems shall
not be interconnected with any other system.
1. Electric Arc Projection Equipment
The exhaust capacity shall be five and two-thirds cubic meters per minute (5.66 m3/
min) for each lamp connected to the lamp exhaust system or as recommended by the
equipment manufacturer, whichever is greater. Auxiliary air may be introduced into the
system through a screened opening to stabilize the arc.
2. Xenon Projection Equipment
The lamp exhaust shall exhaust not less than eight and one-half cubic meters
per minute (8.5m3/min) per lamp, nor less than that exhaust volume required or
recommended by the equipment manufacturer, whichever is greater. The external
temperature of the lamp housing shall not exceed fifty-four and one-half degrees
Celsius (54.5˚C) when operating.

F. Each projection room shall be provided with rewind and film storage facilities.

G. A maximum of four (4) containers for flammable liquids not greater than one-half liter (0.5L)
capacity and of a non-breakable type may be permitted in each projection booth.

H. Appurtenant electrical equipment such as rheostats, transformers, and generators may be

located within the booth or in a separate room of equivalent fire resistance construction.

SECTION 10.2.8.18 OPEN FLAME

No person shall cause or permit any open flame to be used in any place of public assembly,

87
 or drinking or eating establishments, except when used in conjunction with approved heating
or cooking appliances or under a written permit from the C/MFM having jurisdiction.

DIVISION 9. EDUCATIONAL OCCUPANCIES

SECTION 10.2.9.1 OCCUPANCY AND OCCUPANT LOAD

A. Classification of Educational Occupancies

1. Educational occupancies shall include all buildings used for the gathering of groups of
six (6) or more persons for purposes of instruction, such as schools, universities, colleges,
and academies.
2. Educational occupancy includes part-day, nursery schools, kindergartens, and other
schools whose purpose is primarily educational even though the children are of pre-
school age.
3. Other occupancies associated with educational institutions shall be in accordance
with the appropriate parts of this Chapter.
4. In cases where instruction is incidental to some other occupancy the Section of the
Chapter governing such other occupancy shall apply.

B. Occupant Load
1. The occupant load of educational buildings or any individual storey or section thereof
for the purpose of determining exits shall not be less than one person for each one and
nine -tenths square meters (1.9 m2) of net classroom area or four and six-tenths square
meters (4.6 m2) of net area of shops, laboratories, and similar vocational rooms. In dry
nurseries where sleeping facilities are provided, the occupant load shall be not less
than one person for each three and three tenths square meters (3.3 m2).
2. The occupant load of an area having fixed seats shall be determined by the number
of fixed seats installed. Required aisle space serving the fixed seats shall not be used to
increase the occupant load.
3. The occupant load of individual lecture rooms, gymnasiums, or cafeterias used for
assembly purposes of more than fifty (50) persons shall be determined in accordance
with Section 10.2.8.1 of this IRR.

SECTION 10.2.9.2 EXIT DETAILS

A. Capacity of Exits
Capacity of means of egress shall be in accordance with Section 10.2.5.2 para “C” of
this IRR.

B. Minimum Number of Exits

1. Every room or space with a capacity of fifty (50) or more persons or over ninety-three
square meters (93 m2) in area shall have at least two (2) doorways as remote from
each other as practicable. Such doorways shall provide access to separate exits; but
where egress is through corridors, they shall open upon a common corridor leading to
separate exits in opposite directions.
2. Not less than two separate exits shall be provided on every storey and accessible from
every part of every storey and mezzanine.

C. Travel Distance to Exits

Travel distance to an exit from any point in a building without an approved, supervised
automatic sprinkler system shall not exceed forty-six meters (46 m), and shall not exceed
sixty-one meters (61 m) in any building protected throughout by an approved, supervised
automatic sprinkler system.

D. Access to Exits
1. Every aisle, corridor, balcony, other means of access to exits, and discharge from exit
88
 shall be in accordance with Section 10.2.5.2 of this IRR.
2. Any corridor shall be not less than one and eighty-three hundredths meters (1.83 m)
wide in the clear.
3. Doors which swing into an exit access corridor shall be recessed to prevent interference
with corridor traffic; any doors not so recessed shall open the one hundred eighty
degrees (180˚) to stop against the wall. Doors in any position shall not reduce the
required corridor width by more than one half.
4. Drinking fountains or other equipment, fixed or movable, shall not be so placed as
to obstruct the required minimum one and eighty-three hundredths meters (1.83 m)
corridor width.

E. Exterior Corridors or Balconies

1. Where exterior corridors or balconies are provided as means of exit, they shall open
to the outside air except for railings or balustrades with stairs or level exits to grade not
over seventy-six and one-fourth meters (76.25 m) apart, so located that an exit will be
available in either direction from the door to any individual room or space, with dead
ends not to exceed six meters (6 m). If balconies are enclosed by glass or in any other
manner, they shall be treated as interior corridors.
2. The floors of balconies (exterior corridors) and stairs shall be solid, without openings, and
shall comply with requirements for outside stairs as regards balustrades or railings, width
and pitch of stairs, and other details, but are not required to be shielded from fire within
the building by blank walls, wired glass windows or the like where the stairs are located
on the side of balcony or corridor away from the building and are separated from the
building by the full width of the balcony or corridor.

F. Exit Arrangement
1. Exits shall be so arranged that at least two (2) separate exits will be available from
every floor area. Exits shall be as remote from each other as practicable, so arranged
that there will be no pockets or dead ends in which occupants may be trapped, and
in no case shall any dead-end corridor extend more than six meters (6 m) beyond the
stairway or other means of exit therefrom.
2. Every classroom or room used for educational purposes or student occupancy below
the floor of exit discharge shall have access to at least one (1) exit which leads directly
to the exterior at level of discharge without entering the floor above.

G. Types of Exits
Exits of the specified number and width shall be of one or more of the following types,
in accordance with the provisions of Division 5 of this Chapter.
1. Doors of the swinging type leading directly outside or through a lobby or passageway
leading to the outside of the building. Any exterior door and any room door subject
to use by fifty (50) or more persons shall be operated by bars or other panic hardware
device with re – entry mechanism, in accordance with Section 10.2.5.3 of this IRR, except
that a door leading directly to the outside from a classroom occupied by less than 50
persons may be equipped with the same knob-operated schoolhouse type lock as is
used in classroom doors leading to corridor, with no provision whatsoever for locking
against egress from the classroom.
2. Horizontal exits
3. Smoke proof enclosures
4. Stairs
5. Ramps

H. Additional Exit Details

The provisions of this Section are based on occupancy by normal individuals. Educational
buildings used by persons with physical or mental handicaps shall have additional features
as may be required by the C/MFM having jurisdiction to ensure safe use of such exits in an

89
 emergency.

I. Dead-End Corridors

Dead end corridors shall not exceed six meters (6m).

SECTION 10.2.9.3 LIGHTING AND SIGNS

A. All educational buildings shall have adequate exit illumination in accordance with Section
10.2.5.11 of this IRR. Flexible plan and open plan buildings and buildings designed for night
occupancy and portions of buildings having interior and windowless rooms, areas, and
corridors shall have emergency lighting.

B. All educational buildings shall have signs designating the location of exits or the path of
travel to reach them, in accordance with Section 10.2.5.12 of this IRR.

SECTION 10.2.9.4 WINDOWS FOR RESCUE AND VENTILATION

Except in buildings protected with approved, supervised sprinkler system in accordance
with Section 10.2.6.7 of this IRR, every room or space used for classroom or other educational
purposes or normally subject to student occupancy, unless it has a door leading directly to
the outside of building, shall have at least one outside window which can readily be used for
emergency rescue or ventilation purposes, and which meets all of the following provisions:

A. It can readily be opened from the inside without the use of tools.

B. It provides a clear opening with a minimum dimension of fifty-six centimeters (56 cm) in
width and eighty centimeters (80 cm) in height.

C. The bottom of window opening is not more than eighty-two centimeters (82 cm) above the
floor; and

D. Where storm windows, screens, or anti-burglar devices are used, these shall be provided
with quick opening mechanism so that they may be readily opened from the inside for
emergency egress, and shall be so arranged that when opened they will not drop to the
ground.

SECTION 10.2.9.5 PROTECTION

A. Vertical Opening
Any interior stairways and other vertical openings in educational buildings shall be
enclosed and protected in accordance with Section 10.2.6.5 of this IRR, except when it
serves only one adjacent floor other than a basement; it is not connected to other stairway
serving other floors; and it is not connected with corridors or stairways serving other floors.

B. Interior Corridors
1. Every interior corridor shall be of construction having not less than a one-half fire
resistance rating, and all openings therein protected accordingly. Room doors may
be four and four tenths centimeters (4.4 cm) solid bonded core wood doors or the
equivalent. Such corridor protection shall not be required when all classrooms served
by such corridors have at least one door directly to the outside or to an exterior balcony
or corridor as in Section 10.2.9.2 of this IRR.
2. Any interior corridor more than ninety-one meters (91 m) in length shall be divided into
sections not to exceed ninety-one meters (91 m) in length by smoke partitions installed
in accordance with Section 10.2.6.3 of this IRR.

C. Interior Finish
Interior finish shall be Class A in corridors, stairways and other means of egress, and may
be Class B or Class C elsewhere, in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.2.6.4 of this
IRR.
90
 D. Fire Alarm System
1. Approved fire alarm facilities capable of being manually operated in accordance with
Section 10.2.6.6 of this IRR shall be provided in every educational building.
2. In building provided with automatic fire suppression system, the operation of the system
shall automatically actuate electrical school fire alarm system.

E. Automatic Fire Suppression System

1. Every portion of educational buildings below the floor of exit discharge, being utilized as
classroom or laboratory, shall be protected with approved, supervised sprinkler system
in accordance with Section 10.2.6.7 of this IRR:
a. throughout the storey containing the classroom or laboratory; and
b. at the level of exit discharge
2. When the building is classified as high rise it shall be completely protected by approved,
supervised sprinkler system.

F. Hazardous Areas
An area used for general storage, boiler or furnace rooms, fuel storage, janitor closets,
maintenance shops, including woodworking and painting areas, laundries and kitchen
shall be separated from other parts of the building with construction having not less than a
1-hour fire resistance rating, and all openings shall be protected with self-closing fire doors,
or such area shall be provided with automatic fire suppression system. Where the hazard is
high as determined by the C/MFM having jurisdiction, both the fire resistive separation and
automatic fire suppression system shall be provided.

G. Cooking equipment
Cooking equipment shall be protected in accordance with Section 10.2.7.1 of this IRR.

SECTION 10.2.9.6 BUILDING SERVICES EQUIPMENT

A. Elevators
1. An elevator shall not constitute required means of exit.
2. When an educational occupancy is more than three (3) storeys and equipped with
automatic elevators, one or more elevators shall be designed and equipped for fire
emergency use by firefighters, as specified in Section 10.2.7.5 of this IRR. Key operation
shall transfer automatic elevator operation to manual and bring elevator to ground or
first floor for use of firefighters. The elevator shall be situated so as to be readily accessible.
If the building is equipped with only one elevator, the same shall be equipped with
firefighter’s switch to be capable of being manually operated.

B. Air conditioning
Every airconditioning, heating, and ventilating installation shall comply with Division 7
of this Chapter.

C. Electrical Wiring and Equipment

Electrical wiring and equipment shall be in accordance with provisions of the Philippine
Electrical Code, and all cooking, heating, incinerating and other building services
equipment shall be installed in accordance with Division 7 of this Chapter.

SECTION 10.2.9.7 SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR FLEXIBLE PLAN AND OPEN-PLAN BUILDINGS

A. Definitions as Used in this Section

1. Flexible plan and open-plan educational buildings or portion of a building not having
corridors which comply with Section 10.2.9.1 of this IRR and are designed for multiple
teaching stations.
a. Flexible plan buildings have movable corridor walls and movable partitions of full

91
 height construction with doors leading from rooms to corridors. Flexible plan buildings
without exit access doors between rooms and corridors shall be classified as open
plan buildings.
b. Open-plan buildings have rooms and corridors delineated by use of tables, chairs,
desks, bookcases, counters, low height partitions, or similar furnishings.
2. Common Atmosphere. A common atmosphere exits between rooms, spaces or areas
within a building, which are not separated by an approved smoke partition.
3. Separate Atmosphere. A separate atmosphere exits between rooms, spaces, or areas,
which are separated by an approved smoke partition.
4. Smoke Partition. For purposes of this Section, smoke partitions shall also include floors
and openings therein, in accordance with Section 10.2.6.3 of this IRR.
5. Room. For the purpose of this Section, a room is a space or area bounded by an
obstruction to egress which at any time enclose more than eighty (80%) percent of the
perimeter of the space or area. Openings of less than two (2) meters high shall not be
considered in computing the unobstructed perimeter.
6. Interior Room. A room whose only means of egress is through an adjoining or intervening
room, which is not an exit.
7. Separate Means of Egress. A means of egress separated in such a manner from
other means of egress as to provide an atmosphere separation, which precludes
contamination of both means of egress by the same fire, in accordance with Division 5
of this Chapter.

B. Area Limitations and Separations

1. Flexible plan and open-plan buildings shall not exceed two thousand seven hundred
eighty-seven square meters (2,787 m2) in undivided area. A solid wall or smoke partition
shall be provided at maximum intervals of ninety-one meters (91m) and openings in
such walls or partition shall comply with Section 10.2.6.3 of this IRR.
2. Vertical openings shall be enclosed as required by Section 10.2.6.5 of this IRR.
3. Stages in places of assembly shall be separated from school areas by construction
of non-combustible materials having at least a 2-hour fire resistance rating and shall
comply with Section 10.2.8.3 of this IRR.
4. Shops, laboratories, and similar vocational rooms, as well as storage rooms, shall be
separated from school areas by construction having at least a 1-hour fire resistance
rating; they shall have exits independent from other areas.

C. General Provisions
1. The specific requirements of this Section are not intended to prevent the design or use
of other systems, equipment or techniques, which will effectively prevent the products
of combustion from breaching the atmospheric separation.
2. The provisions of this subsection shall apply only to the requirements for providing
separate atmosphere. The fire resistance requirements shall comply with other provisions
of this Chapter.
a. Walls, partitions and floors forming all of or part of an atmospheric separation shall
be of materials consistent with the requirements for the type of construction, but of
construction not less effective than a smoke partition. Openings in walls or partition
used to allow the passage of light shall be wired glass set in metal frames.
b. Every door opening therein shall be protected with a fire assembly as required in
this Chapter, but not less than a self-closing or automatic closing, tight-fitting smoke
assembly having a fire protection rating of not less than twenty (20) minutes.
c. Ducts penetrating atmospheric separation walls, partitions, or floors shall be equipped
with an approved automatic-closing smoke damper when having openings into
more than one atmosphere or atmospheric separation shall be maintained by an
approved method of smoke control.
d. All automatic-closing fire assemblies installed in the atmospheric separation shall be
92
 activated by approved smoke detectors.
e. Janitor closets and storage rooms shall be enclosed by materials having 1-hour fire
resistance. Stages and enclosed platform shall be constructed in accordance with
Section 10.2.8.3 of this IRR.

D. Means of Egress
1. Each room occupied by more than three hundred (300) persons shall have one of its
exit access doors through a separate means of egress. Where three (3) or more means
of egress are required, not more than two (2) of them shall enter into the same means of
egress.
2. Means of egress from interior rooms may pass through an adjoining or in intervening
room, provided that the travel distance do not exceed those set forth in the succeeding
paragraph. Foyers and lobbies constructed as required for corridors shall not be
construed as intervening rooms. Where the only means of egress from a room is through
an adjoining or intervening room, smoke detectors shall be installed in the area of
common atmosphere through which the means of egress must pass. The detectors shall
actuate alarms audible in the interior room and shall be connected to the school fire
alarm system.

E. Travel Distance to Exits

No point in a building shall be more than forty-six meters (46 m) from an exit, measured
in accordance with Section 10.2.5.2 of this IRR.

F. Interior Finish
Interior finish in flexible plan and open-plan buildings shall be as follows:
1. Corridors in flexible plan buildings
Class A on rigid material which will not deform at temperature below two hundred
thirty-two degrees Celsius (232˚C).
2. Other than corridor walls
Class A and Class B throughout, except that fixtures and low height partitions may be
Class C. In one-storey buildings the exposed portions of structural members complying
with the requirements for heavy timber construction may be permitted in accordance
with Section 10.2.6.4 of this IRR.

G. Variable Plans
1. Flexible plan schools may have walls and partitions rearranged periodically, only after
revised plans or diagrams have been approved by the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
2. Open-plan schools shall have furniture, fixtures, or low height partitions so arranged
that exits be clearly visible and unobstructed, and exit paths are direct, not circuitous. If
paths or corridors are established, they shall be at least as wide as required by Section
10.2.9.2 of this IRR.

H. Sprinkler Systems
1. Any flexible plan building or open plan building in which the travel distance to exits
exceeds forty-six meters (46 m) shall have approved supervised sprinkler systems
in accordance with Section 10.2.6.7 of this IRR. Such systems shall be electrically
interconnected with the school fire alarm system.
2. Automatic fire suppression systems shall be modified to conform with partition changes.
Modification plans shall have prior approval of the C/MFM having jurisdiction.

SECTION 10.2.9.8 SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR PRE-SCHOOLS

Rooms used for preschoolers shall not be located above or below the floor of exit discharge.

SECTION 10.2.9.9 UNDERGROUND AND WINDOWLESS EDUCATIONAL BUILDINGS

93
 The provisions of Section 10.2.19.10 of this IRR shall apply to Underground and Windowless
Educational Buildings and such buildings shall be provided completely with automatic fire
suppression system.

SECTION 10.2.9.10 SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR COMBINED OCCUPANCIES

A. Assembly and Educational

Any auditorium, assembly room, cafeteria, gymnasium used for assembly purposes
such as athletic events with provisions for seating of spectators, or other spaces subject to
assembly occupancy shall comply with Division 8, which provides that where auditorium
and gymnasium exits lead through corridors stairways also serving as exits for other parts of
the building, the exit capacity shall be sufficient to permit simultaneous exit from auditorium
and classroom sections.

B. Dormitory and Classroom

Any building used for both classroom and dormitory purposes shall comply with the
applicable provisions of Division 14 of this Chapter in addition to complying with Division 9
of this Chapter. Where Classroom and dormitory sections are not subject to simultaneous
occupancy, the same exit capacity may serve both sections.

C. Other Combined Occupancies

Any other combinations of occupancy not covered in this Section shall comply with
all applicable Divisions of this Chapter, with exits adequate to serve all occupancies
simultaneously.

SECTION 10.2.9.11 EXISTING EDUCATIONAL BUILDINGS

A. General
An existing building being used for educational occupancies established prior to
the effective date of this Fire Code may have its use continued if it conforms or is made
to conform to the provisions of this Rule to the extent that, in the opinion of the C/MFM
having jurisdiction, reasonable life safety against the hazards of fire, explosion, and panic is
provided and maintained subject to the provisions of para “B” through “E” below.

B. Additional Protection
The provision of additional means of egress, automatic fire suppression system, area
separations, emergency lighting, and other alternate means of protection may be used to
provide reasonable life safety from fire and panic.

C. Exits
1. Exit deficiency may be corrected by adding additional exits, preferably those which will
provide direct exit to the outside from classroom or student-occupied areas.
2. In lieu of direct exit to the outside from classrooms, additional life safety may be afforded
by the provisions of communicating doors between classrooms or student-occupied
areas to provide access to at least one (1) exit stair without passing through interior
corridors.

D. Interior Finish
In existing educational buildings which have interior finish that do not comply with
the requirements for new buildings, the provisions of Section 10.2.6.4 of this IRR shall be
acceptable as alternate requirements.

E. Fire Alarm Systems

Requirements for Fire Alarm System for existing educational buildings shall conform
to those required for new educational buildings, in accordance with para “D” of Section
10.2.9.5 of this IRR.

94
 DIVISION 10. DAY CARE OCCUPANCIES

SECTION 10.2.10.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A. The requirements of this Section shall apply to day care occupancies in which more than
twelve (12) clients receive care, maintenance, and supervision by other than their relative(s)
or legal guardian(s) for less than 24 hours per day.

B. The requirements of Sections 10.2.10.1, 10.2.10.4, 10.2.10.7 and 10.2.10.8 of this IRR shall apply
to day care homes.

C. Where a facility houses more than one age group, the strictest requirements applicable
to any group present shall apply throughout the day care occupancy or building, as
appropriate to a given area, unless the area housing such a group is maintained as a
separate fire area.

D. Places of religious worship shall not be required to meet the provisions of this Section where
operating a day care home while services are being held in the building.

E. No day care center shall be located below the level of exit discharge.

SECTION 10.2.10.2 OCCUPANT LOAD

The occupant load, in number of persons for whom means of egress and other provisions
are required, either shall be one (1) person for every three and three tenths square meters
(3.3 m2) or shall be determined as the maximum probable population of the space under
consideration, whichever is greater.

SECTION 10.2.10.3 EXIT DETAILS

A. General Requirements
The means of egress of day care occupancies shall comply with Section 10.2.5.2 of this
IRR and this Section.

B. Permissible Exit Components

Components of means of egress for day care occupancies shall be limited to the
following types:
1. Doors
2. Stairs and Smoke-proof Enclosures
3. Horizontal Exits
4. Ramps
5. Exit Passageways

C. Capacity of Means of Egress

Capacity of means of egress shall be in accordance with para “C” of Section 10.2.5.2
of this IRR.

D. Number of Means of Egress

The number of means of egress for day care occupancies shall be in accordance with
para “G” of Section 10.2.5.2 of this IRR and this Section.

E. Arrangement of Means of Egress

1. Means of egress shall be arranged in accordance with para “H” of Section 10.2.5.2 of
this IRR.
2. No dead-end corridor shall exceed six (6) meters, other than in buildings protected
throughout by an approved, supervised automatic sprinklers, in which case dead-end
95
 corridors shall not exceed ten meters (10 m).
3. Common path of travel shall not exceed twenty meters (20 m) in a building protected
throughout by an approved supervised automatic sprinkler system and ten (10) meters
in a building not protected throughout by an approved supervised automatic sprinkler
system.

F. Travel Distance to Exits

1. Travel distance shall be measured in accordance with para “J” of Section 10.2.5.2 of this
IRR.
2. Travel distance shall meet all of the following criteria, unless otherwise permitted by
number 3 hereof:
a. The travel distance between any room door intended as an exit access and an exit
shall not exceed fifteen meters (15 m).
b. The travel distance between any point in a room and an exit shall not exceed twenty-
three meters (23 m).
c. The travel distance between any point in a sleeping room and an exit access door in
that room shall not exceed fifteen meters (15 m).
3. The travel distance required by paras 2.a and 2.b above shall be permitted to be
increased by fifteen meters (15m) in buildings protected throughout by an approved
supervised automatic sprinkler system.

G. Discharge from Exits

Discharge from exits shall be arranged in accordance with Section 10.2.5.2 of this IRR.

H. Illumination of Means of Egress

1. Means of egress shall be illuminated in accordance with Section 10.2.5.11 of this IRR.
2. Emergency lighting shall be provided in the following areas:
a. Interior stairs and corridors
b. Assembly use spaces
c. Flexible and open plan buildings
d. Interior or limited access portions of buildings
e. Shops and laboratories

I. Marking of Means of Egress

Means of egress shall have signs in accordance with Section 10.2.5.12 of this IRR.

SECTION 10.2.10.4. WINDOWS FOR RESCUE

Every room or space normally subject to client occupancy, other than bathrooms, shall
have not less than one outside window for emergency rescue that complies with all of the
following:

A. Such windows shall be openable from the inside without the use of tools and shall provide
a clear opening of not less than fifty-six centimeters (56 cm) in width and eighty centimeters
(80 cm) in height.

B. The bottom of the opening shall be not more than eighty-two centimeters (82 cm) above
the floor.

C. The clear opening shall allow a rectangular solid, with a width and height that provide not
less than the required five tenths square meters (0.5 m2) opening and a depth of not less
than fifty-one centimeters (51 cm), to pass fully through the opening.

SECTION 10.2.10.5 MANDATORY RAMP REQUIREMENT

For day care centers with non-ambulatory residents of at least twelve (12), a ramp
96
 complying with Section 10.2.5.7 of this IRR shall be provided.

SECTION 10.2.10.6 PROTECTION

A. Vertical Openings
1. Any vertical opening, other than unprotected vertical openings in accordance with
para 2 hereof, shall be enclosed or protected in accordance with Section 10.2.6.5 of this
IRR.
2. Unenclosed vertical openings not concealed within the building construction shall be
permitted as follows:
a. Such openings shall connect not more than two adjacent stories (one floor pierced
only).
b. Such openings shall be separated from unprotected vertical openings serving other
floors by a barrier.
c. Such openings shall be separated from corridors.

B. Detection, Alarm and Communication Systems

1. Day care occupancies, shall be provided with an automatic fire detection and alarm
system in accordance with Section 10.2.6.6 of this IRR, except day care occupancies
housed in one room having at least one door opening directly to the outside at grade
plane or to an exterior exit access balcony.
2. A smoke detection system shall be installed in day care occupancies, other than those
housed in one room having at least one door opening directly to the outside at grade
plane or to an exterior exit access, and such system shall comply with both of the
following:
a. Detectors shall be installed on each story in front of the doors to the stairways and in
the corridors of all floors occupied by the day care occupancy.
b. Detectors shall be installed in lounges, recreation areas, and sleeping rooms in the
day care occupancy.

C. Extinguishing Requirements
1. Buildings with unprotected openings, up to five communicating floor levels not
considered as a high rise building, shall be protected throughout by an approved
supervised automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 10.2.6.7 of this IRR.
2. Portable fire extinguishers shall also be provided pursuant to Section 10.2.6.9 of this IRR.

D. Hazardous Areas
Rooms or spaces for the storage, processing, or use of materials specified in paras 1
through 3 below shall be protected in accordance with the following:
1. Separation from the remainder of the building by fire barriers having a minimum 1-hour
fire resistance rating or protection of such rooms by automatic extinguishing systems in
the following areas:
a. Boiler and furnace rooms, unless such rooms enclose only air-handling equipment;
b. Rooms or spaces used for the storage of combustible supplies in quantities deemed
hazardous by the C/MFM having jurisdiction;
c. Rooms or spaces used for the storage of hazardous materials or flammable or
combustible liquids in quantities deemed hazardous by recognized standards; and
d. Janitor closets.
2. Separation from the remainder of the building by fire barriers having a minimum of
1-hour fire resistance rating and protection of such rooms by automatic extinguishing
systems in the following areas:
a. Laundry rooms;
b. Maintenance shops, including woodworking and painting areas;
97
 c. Rooms or spaces used for processing or use of combustible supplies deemed
hazardous by the authority having jurisdiction; and
d. Rooms or spaces used for processing or use of hazardous materials or flammable or
combustible liquids in quantities deemed hazardous by recognized standards.
3. Where automatic extinguishing is used to meet the protection requirements of paras 1
and 2, as permitted.

SECTION 10.2.10.7 CORRIDORS

Every interior corridor shall be constructed of walls having not less than 1-hour fire resistance
rating, unless otherwise permitted by any of the following:

A. Corridor protection shall not be required where all spaces normally subject to client
occupancy have not less than one door opening directly outside or to an exterior exit
access balcony or corridor.

B. In buildings protected throughout by an approved supervised automatic sprinkler system;

corridor walls shall not be required to be rated, provided that such walls form smoke
partitions.

C. Where the corridor ceiling is an assembly having 1-hour fire resistance rating; where tested
as a wall, the corridor walls shall be permitted to terminate at the corridor ceiling.

D. Lavatories shall not be required to be separated from corridors, provided that they are
separated from all other spaces by walls having not less than 1-hour fire resistance.

E. Lavatories shall not be required to be separated from corridors, provided that both of the
following criteria are met:
1. The building is protected throughout by an approved supervised automatic sprinkler
system in accordance with Section 10.2.6.7 of this IRR.
2. The walls separating the lavatory from other rooms form smoke partitions.

SECTION 10.2.10.8 BUILDING SERVICES EQUIPMENT

A. Utilities
1. Utilities shall comply with the provisions of Section 10.2.7.1 of this IRR.
2. Special protective covers for all electrical receptacles shall be installed in all areas
occupied by clients.

B. Heating, Ventilating and Air-Conditioning Equipment

1. Heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning equipment shall be in accordance with
Section 10.2.7.2 of this IRR.
2. Unvented fuel-fired heating equipment, other than gas space heaters in compliance
with NFPA 54/ANSI Z223.1 and National Fuel Gas Code shall be prohibited.
3. Any heating equipment in spaces occupied by clients shall be provided with partitions,
screens, or other means to protect clients from hot surfaces and open flames; if solid
partitions are used to provide such protection, provisions shall be made to ensure
adequate air for combustion and ventilation for the heating equipment.

C. Elevators, Escalators and Conveyors

Elevators, escalators and conveyors, other than those in day care homes, shall comply
with the provisions of Section 10.2.7.5 of this IRR.

D. Waste Chutes, Incinerators, and Laundry Chutes

Waste chutes, incinerators, and laundry chutes, other than those in day care homes,
shall comply with the provisions of Section 10.2.7.4 of this IRR.

98
SECTION 10.2.10.9 DAY CARE HOMES

A. General Requirements
1. The requirements of Section 10.2.9.8 shall apply to day care homes in which more than
3, but not more than twelve (12), clients receive care, maintenance, and supervision by
other than their relative(s) or legal guardian(s) for less than 24 hours per day, generally
within a dwelling unit.
2. Where a facility houses more than one age group, the strictest requirements applicable
to any group present shall apply throughout the day care home or building, as
appropriate to a given area, unless the area housing such a group is maintained as a
separate fire area.
3. Facilities that supervise clients on a temporary basis with a parent or guardian in close
proximity shall not be required to meet the provisions of this Section.
4. Places of religious worship shall not be required to meet the provisions of this Section
where operating a day care home while services are being held in the building.

B. Classification of Occupancy
1. Family Day Care Home. A family day care home shall be a day care home in which more
than three, but fewer than seven, clients receive care, maintenance, and supervision by
other than their relative(s) or legal guardian(s) for less than 24 hours per day, generally
within a dwelling unit.
2. Group Day Care Home. A group day care home shall be a day care home in which
not less than 7, but not more than twelve (12), clients receive care, maintenance, and
supervision by other than their relative(s) or legal guardian(s) for less than 24 hours per
day, generally within a dwelling unit.

C. Location
No day care home shall be located below the level of exit discharge.

D. Occupant Load
1. In family day care homes, both of the following shall apply:
a. The minimum staff-to-client ratio shall be not less than one staff for up to six clients,
including the caretaker’s own children under age six.
b. There shall be not more than two clients incapable of self-preservation.
2. In group day care homes, all of the following shall apply:
a. The minimum staff-to-client ratio shall be not less than two staff for up to twelve (12)
clients.
b. There shall be not more than 3 clients incapable of self- preservation.

E. Means of Escape Requirements

1. Means of escape shall comply with those of Single- and Two- Family Dwellings.
2. Every room used for sleeping, living, recreation, education, or dining purposes shall
have the number and type of means of escape.
3. No room or space that is accessible only by a ladder or folding stairs or through a trap
door shall be occupied by clients.
4. In group day care homes where spaces on the story above the level of exit discharge
are used by clients, that story shall have not less than one means of escape complying
with one of the following:
a. Door leading directly to the outside with access to finished ground level
b. Door leading directly to an outside stair to finished ground level
c. Interior stair leading directly to the outside with access to finished ground level,
separated from other stories by 1 ⁄2-hour fire barrier.
5. Where clients occupy a story below the level of exit discharge, that story shall have not

99
 less than one means of escape complying with one of the following:
a. Door leading directly to the outside with access to finished ground level
b. Door leading directly to an outside stair going to finished ground level
c. Bulkhead enclosure
d.   Interior stair leading directly to the outside with access to finished ground level,
separated from other stories by 1⁄2-hour fire barrier

F. Arrangement of Means of Escape

1. No dead-end corridors shall exceed 6 meters.
2. Doors in means of escape shall be protected from obstructions.

G. Travel Distance
1. Travel distance shall be measured in accordance with Section 10.2.5.2.
2. The travel distance between any point in a room and a door leading directly to the
outside with access to finished ground level shall not exceed forty-six meters (46m).
3. The travel distance between any point in a sleeping room and access to a means of
escape from that room shall not exceed fifteen (15 m).
4. The travel distance shall be permitted to be increased by fifteen meters (15 m) in
buildings protected throughout by an approved supervised automatic sprinkler.

H. Illumination of Means of Egress

Means of egress shall be illuminated in accordance with Section 10.2.5.11.

I. Protection
1. For group day care homes, the doorway between the level of exit discharge and any
story below shall be equipped with a fire door assembly having 20-minute fire protection
rating.
2. For group day care homes where the story above the level of exit discharge is used for
sleeping purposes, there shall be a fire door assembly having 20-minute fire protection
rating at the top or bottom of each stairway.

DIVISION 11. HEALTH CARE OCCUPANCIES

SECTION 10.2.11.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Fundamental Requirements
1. All health care buildings shall be so designed, constructed, maintained, and operated
as to minimize the possibility of a fire emergency requiring the evacuation of occupants.
Because the safety of occupants of health care buildings cannot be assured adequately
by dependence on evacuation of the building, their protection from the fire shall be
provided by appropriate arrangement of facilities, adequate staffing, and careful
development of operating and maintenance procedure composed of the following:
a. Proper design, construction, and compartmentation;
b. Provisions for detection, alarm, and extinguishment; and
c. Fire prevention and the planning, training, and drilling in programs for the isolation of
fire and transfer of occupants to areas of refuge or evacuation of the building.
2. It is recognized that in buildings housing various types of psychiatric patients, it may be
necessary to lock doors and bar windows to confine and protect building inhabitants.
Sections of this Rule requiring the keeping of exits unlocked may be waived by the C/
MFM having jurisdiction. It is also recognized that some psychiatric patients are not
capable of seeking safety without guidance. In buildings in which doors are locked or
windows are barred, provisions shall be made for the removal of occupants by such
reliable means as the remote control of locks or by keying all locks to keys carried by
100
 attendants.

B. Emergency Rooms, Operating Rooms, Intensive Care Units, Delivery Rooms and Other
Similar Facilities
Emergency rooms, operating rooms, intensive care units, delivery rooms and other similar
facilities shall not be located above or below the floor of exit discharge. In cases where
said facilities are located above the floor of exit discharge up to five (5) communicating
floor levels, the floor shall be equipped with a fully enclosed ramp complying with Section
10.2.5.7 of this IRR, leading directly to exit discharge or a horizontal exit complying with the
provision of Section 10.2.5.6 of this Code, leading to another separate building. The ramp
shall be so designed to accommodate the movement of hospital bed with non-ambulatory
patients to exit discharge. The enclosure shall have the minimum fire rating of two (2)
hours.

C. New Construction, Additions, Conversion

1. Any addition shall be separated from any existing non-conforming structure by a non-
combustible fire partition having at least a 2-hour fire resistance rating. Communicating
openings in such dividing fire partition shall occur only in corridors and shall be protected
by an approved self-closing fire door. Such doors shall normally be kept closed.
2. Any building converted to these occupancies shall comply with all requirements for
new facilities.

D. Occupancy and Occupant Load

1. Health care occupancies in buildings housing other occupancies shall be completely
separated from them by noncombustible construction having at least two (2)-hour
fire-resistance rating. All means of egress from health care occupancies that traverse
non-health care spaces shall conform to requirements of this standard for health care
occupancies. Any occupancy with a hazard of contents classified higher than that of
the health care and located in the same building as health care occupancies shall be
protected. Industrial, office, mercantile and storage occupancies categorized as high
hazard shall not be permitted in buildings housing health care occupancies.
2. Sections of health care buildings may be classified as other occupancies if they meet
at the following conditions:
a. They are not intended to serve health care occupants for purposes of housing,
treatment, customary access, or means of egress.
b. They are adequately separated from areas of health care occupancies by
construction having two-hour fire resistance rating.
3. Auditoriums, chapels, staff residential areas, garages or similar occupancies provided
in connection with health care occupancy shall have exits provided in accordance
with other applicable sections of this Chapter.
4. The occupant load for which means of egress shall be provided for any floor shall be
the maximum number of persons intended to occupy that floor but not less than one
(1) person for each eleven and one tenths square meters (11.1 m2) gross floor area in
health care sleeping departments and not less than one (1) person for every twenty-
two and three tenths square meters (22.3 m2) of gross floor area of inpatient health care
treatment departments. Gross floor areas shall be measured within the exterior building
walls with no deductions.

SECTION 10.2.11.2 EXIT DETAILS

A. Number and Types

1. Exits shall be restricted to the following permissible types:
a. Doors leading directly outside the building
b. Stairs and smoke-proof enclosures
c. Ramps

101
 d. Horizontal exits
e. Exit passageways

2. At least two (2) exits of the above types, remote from each other, shall be provided for
each floor or fire section of the building.

3. Elevators constitute a supplementary facility, but shall not be counted as required exits.

B. Capacity of Exits
The capacity of means of egress shall be in accordance with Section 10.2.5.2 para
“C” of this IRR.

C. Access to Exit
1. Every aisle, passageway, corridor, exit discharge, exit location and access shall be in
accordance with Section 10.2.5.2 of this IRR, except as modified in the succeeding
paragraphs of this Subsection.
2. Travel distance shall comply with the following:
a. Between any room door intended as exit access and an exit shall not exceed thirty
meters (30 m);
b. Between any point in a room and an exit shall not exceed forty six meters (46 m);
c. Between any point in a health care sleeping room or suite and an exit access door
of that room or suite shall not exceed fifteen meters (15 m);
d. Travel distance shall be measured in accordance with Section 10.2.5.2 of this IRR;
and
e. The travel distances in paras 2.a and 2.b above may be increased by fifteen meters
(15 m) in buildings completely equipped with an automatic fire suppression system.
3. Every health care sleeping room, unless it has a door opening at ground level, shall
have an exit access door leading directly to a corridor which leads to an exit. One
adjacent room, such as a sitting or anteroom, may intervene if all doors along the path
of exit travel are equipped with non-lockable hardware, and this intervening room is
not intended to serve more than eight (8) health care sleeping beds. However, special
nursing suites or nurseries permitted in this Division shall not be limited to eight (8) cribs
or bassinets.
4. Aisles, corridors and ramps required for exit access of exit in hospitals or nursing homes
shall be at least two hundred forty-four (244) centimeters in clear and unobstructed
width. Aisles, corridors and ramps required for exit access or exit in a residential-custodial
care institution shall be at least one hundred eighty-three centimeters (183 cm) in clear
and unobstructed width. Corridors and ramps in adjunct areas not intended for the
housing, treatment, or use of inpatients shall be at least one hundred eighty-three
centimeters (183 cm) in clear and unobstructed width.
5. Any rooms and any suite or rooms of more than ninety-three square meters (93 m2) shall
have at least two (2) exit access doors remote from each other.
6. Every exit or exit access shall be so arranged that no corridor or aisle has a pocket or
dead-end exceeding six meters (6 m) and/or a common path of travel exceeding ten
meters (10 m).
7. Any health care sleeping room which complies with the requirements previously set
forth in this Section may be subdivided with non-fire-rated, non-combustible barriers,
provided that the arrangement allows for direct and constant visual supervision by
nursing personnel. Rooms which are so subdivided shall not exceed four hundred sixty-
five square meters (465 m2).

D. Doors
1. Doors shall be in accordance with Section 10.2.5.3, except as modified in this Subsection.
Door requirements in horizontal exits and smoke partitions, shall be in accordance with
Sections 10.2.5.6 and 10.2.6.3 and, this Section.

102
 2. Locks shall not be permitted on patient sleeping room doors.

Exception No. 1: Key-locking devices that restrict access to the room from the corridor
and that are operable only by staff from the corridor side shall be
permitted. Such devices shall not restrict egress from the room.

Exception No. 2: Door-locking arrangements shall be permitted in health care

occupancies, or portions of health care occupancies, where the
clinical needs of the patients require specialized security measures for
their safety, provided that keys are carried by staff at all times.
3. Exit access doors from hospital and nursing home sleeping rooms, diagnostic and
treatment rooms or areas, such as X-ray, surgery and physical therapy, all doors between
these spaces and the required exits, and all exit doors serving these spaces shall be at
least one hundred twelve centimeters (112 cm).
4. Any door in a fire separation, horizontal exit or a smoke partition may be held open
only by an electrical device which complies with Section 10.2.5.3 of this IRR. Each of the
following systems shall be so arranged as to initiate the self-closing action throughout
the entire health care facility:
a. the required alarm system
b. the required automatic fire detection system
c. an approved automatic fire suppression system,
5. Doors in stair enclosures and in walls surrounding hazardous areas shall not be equipped
with hold-open devices.

E. Stairs and Smoke-proof Enclosures

Every stair and smoke proof enclosure shall be in accordance with Section 10.2.5.4.

F. Horizontal Exits
A horizontal exit shall be in conformance with Section 10.2.5.6 and/or as modified in this
subsection.
1. At least two and eight-tenths square meters (2.80m2) per occupant in a hospital or
nursing home, shall be provided on each side of the horizontal exit for the total number
of occupants in adjoining compartments.
2. A single door may be used as a horizontal exit if it serves one direction only and is at
least one hundred twelve centimeters (112 cm) wide for a hospital or nursing home. The
swing shall be in the direction of exit travel.
3. A horizontal exit involving a corridor two and four tenths meters (2.40 m) or more in
width serving as means of egress from both sides of the doorway shall have the opening
protected by a pair of swinging doors, each door having a clear width of one hundred
five and five tenths centimeters (105.5 cm) and swinging in the opposite direction from
the other.
4. An approved vision panel is required in each horizontal exit door. Center mullions are
prohibited.

G. Ramps
Ramps in accordance with Section 10.2.5.7 of this IRR shall be permitted.

H. Emergency Lighting, Exit Markings, Alarms and Communication Systems

1. Each hospital shall be provided with emergency lighting as described in Section
10.2.5.11 and exit markings as described in Section 10.2.5.12 of this IRR. Such emergency
lighting and the illumination of required exits and directional signs shall be supplied by
the Life Safety Branch of the hospital electrical system as described in NFPA 99, Standard
for Health Care Facilities. The Life Safety Branch shall also serve alarms, emergency
communication systems and the illumination of generator set locations as described in
paragraphs (c), (d) and (e), Section 312 of the same reference.
2. Each nursing home shall have emergency lighting in accordance with Section 10.2.5.11
103
 of this IRR. Emergency lighting with at least 1½ hour duration shall be provided.
3. Exit signs shall be provided in each hospital and nursing home in accordance with
Section 10.2.5.12 of this IRR.

I. Emergency Evacuation Plan

Emergency Evacuation Plan shall be provided in accordance with Section 10.2.5.13 of
this IRR.

SECTION 10.2.11.3 PROTECTION

A. Subdivision of Building Spaces

1. Smoke Partitions Required - Smoke partitions shall be provided, regardless of building
construction type, as follows:
a. To divide into at least two (2) compartments every storey used by inpatients for
sleeping or treatment and any storey having an occupant load of fifty (50) or more
persons.
b. To limit on any storey the maximum area of each smoke compartment to no more
than two thousand one hundred square meters (2,100 m2), of which both length and
width shall be no more than forty six meters (46 m).
Note: Protection may be accomplished in conjunction with the provisions of horizontal exits.
2. Smoke partitions shall be provided on storeys which are usable but unoccupied.
3. Any smoke partition shall be constructed in accordance with Section 10.2.6.3 of this IRR
and shall have a fire resistance rating of at least one (1) hour.
4. At least two and eight-tenths square meters (2.8 m2) per occupant for the total of bed
or litter patients shall be provided on each side of the smoke partition. On other storeys
not housing bed or litter patients at least one half square meter (0.5 m2) per occupant
shall be provided on each side of the smoke partition for the total number of occupants
in adjoining compartments.
5. Corridor openings in smoke partitions shall be protected by a pair of swinging doors,
door to swing in a direction opposite from the other. The minimum width of each door
for hospitals and nursing homes shall be one hundred twelve centimeters (112 cm).
6. Doors in smoke partitions shall comply with Section 10.2.6.3 of this IRR and shall be self-
closing and held open only if they meet the requirements of this Section.
7. Vision panels of approved transparent wired glass not exceeding forty six-hundredth
square meters (0.46 m2) in steel frames shall be provided in all doors in smoke partitions.
8. Stops are required on the head and sides of door frames in smoke partitions, and center
mullions are prohibited.

B. Minimum Construction Standards

1. Health care buildings of one (1) storey only may be constructed of protected non-
combustible construction, fire-resistive construction, protected ordinary construction,
protected wood frame construction, heavy timber construction or unprotected
noncombustible construction. For the purpose of this Subsection, storeys shall be
counted starting at the lowest floor of exit discharge. All levels below the floor of exit
discharge shall be separated from the floor of exit discharge by at least protected non-
combustible construction.
2. Health care buildings two (2) storeys or more shall be at least of fire-resistive construction.
3. Health care occupancies of two (2) or more storeys shall have enclosure walls of non-
combustible materials having a fire resistance rating of at least two (2) hours around
stairways, elevators, chutes, and other vertical openings between floors.
4. All interior walls and partitions in buildings of fire-resistive and non-combustible
construction shall be composed of non-combustible materials.
5. Every health care sleeping room shall have an outside window or outside door arranged

104
 and located so that it can be opened from the inside without the use of tools or keys, to
permit the products of combustion and to permit any occupant to have direct access
to fresh air in case of emergency. The maximum allowable sill height shall not exceed
ninety-one centimeters (91 cm) above the floor, except that in special nursing care
areas the window sill may be one and a half meters (1.5 m) above the floor.

C. Construction of Corridor Walls

1. Corridors shall be separated from use areas by partitions having fire-resistance rating of
at least one (1) hour.
2. These walls shall be continuous from the floor slab to the underside of the floor or roof
slab above, through any concealed spaces such as those above the suspended ceilings
and through interstitial structural and mechanical spaces.
3. Doors with a twenty-minute fire protection rating shall be used on openings other than
those serving exits or hazardous areas. Doors shall be provided with latches of a type
suitable for keeping the door tightly closed.
4. Transfer grills, whether protected by fusible-link-operated dampers or not, shall not be
used in these walls or doors.
5. Fixed wired glass vision panels may be placed in corridor walls, provided they do
not exceed eighty-four hundredth square meters (0.84 m2) in size and are installed in
approved steel frames. Fixed wired glass vision panels may be installed in wooden
doors, provided they do not exceed forty six-hundredth square meters (0.46 m2) size
and are installed in approved steel frames.
6. Waiting areas of twenty-three square meters (23 m2) or less on an institutional sleeping
floor of fifty-six square meters (56 m2) or less on other floors may be open to the corridor,
provided that they are located to permit direct supervision by the institutional staff, so
arranged to not obstruct any access to required exits. Such areas shall be equipped with
an electrically supervised automatic smoke detection system installed in accordance
with this Section. Not more than one such waiting area is permitted in each smoke
compartment.

D. Protection of Vertical Openings and Fire-stopping

1. Any stairway, ramp, elevator shaft, light and ventilation shaft, chute and other openings
between storeys shall be enclosed with fire resistive materials in accordance with
Section 10.2.5.2.
2. A door in a stairway enclosure shall be self-closing; shall normally be kept in closed
position; and shall be marked in accordance with Section 10.2.5.3 of this IRR.
3. Fire-stopping shall be provided in accordance with Section 10.2.6.5 of this IRR.

E. Interior Finish
Interior finish of walls and ceilings in means of egress and of any room shall be Class A in
accordance with Section 10.2.6.4 of this IRR, while floor finish material shall be Class A or B
throughout all hospitals and nursing homes.

F. Alarm, Detection and Extinguishment Systems

1. Every building shall have an electrically supervised automatic fire alarm system capable
of being manually operated in accordance with Section 10.2.6.6 of this IRR. The fire
alarm system shall be installed with provisions for future connection to the nearest BFP
station in the locality. Internal audible alarm devices shall be provided in accordance
with Section 10.2.6.6 of this IRR. Pre-signal systems shall not be permitted in healthcare
occupancies.
2. An approved automatic heat and/or smoke detection system shall be installed in all
corridors of hospitals and nursing homes; such systems shall be installed in accordance
with the applicable standards of the NFPA 72, but in no case shall smoke detectors be
spaced farther apart than nine (9) meters on centers or more than four and six-tenths
meters (4.60m) from any wall. All automatic heat and/or smoke detection systems
required by this Section shall be electrically interconnected to the fire alarm system.

105
 3. Approved, supervised sprinkler system shall be provided throughout all hospitals and
nursing homes, except for one (1) storey building with a bed capacity of not exceeding
five (5). Replenishment of water supplies shall be strictly considered in the design.
Quick-response sprinklers shall be required in smoke compartments containing patient
sleeping rooms.
4. Approved, supervised sprinkler system shall be in accordance with the requirements of
Section 10.2.6.7 of this IRR.
5. In light hazard occupancies, required automatic fire suppression systems shall be
in accordance with Section 10.2.6.7 of this IRR for systems and shall be electrically
interconnected with the fire alarm system. The main automatic fire suppression control
valve shall be electrically monitored so that at least a local alarm will sound when the
valve is closed.
6. If the fire suppression system is an automatic sprinkler, its piping serving no more
than six (6) sprinklers for any isolated hazardous area, may be connected directly to
a domestic water supply system having a capacity sufficient to provide six (6) liters
per minute per square meters of floor area throughout the entire enclosed area.
As outside-screw-and-yoke shutoff valve shall be installed in an accessible location
between the sprinklers and the connection to the domestic water supply.
7. Portable fire extinguishers shall be provided in all health care occupancies in
accordance with Section 10.2.6.9 of this IRR.

G. Hazardous Areas
Any hazardous area shall be segregated and protected in accordance with Section
10.2.6.10 of this IRR. Hazardous areas include, but are not limited to the following:
Boiler and heater rooms
Laundries
Kitchens
Gift shops
Repair shops
Handicraft shops
Employee locker rooms
Trash collection rooms
Soiled linen rooms
Paint shops
Rooms or spaces, including shops, used for the storage of combustible supplies and
equipment in quantities deemed hazardous by C/MFM having jurisdiction.

SECTION 10.2.11.4 BUILDING SERVICES EQUIPMENT

A. Air Conditioning, Ventilating, Heating, Cooking and Other Service Equipment

1. Air-conditioning, ventilating, heating, cooking and other service equipment shall be in
accordance with Division 7 of this Chapter.
2. Any heating device other than a central heating plant shall be so designed and installed
that combustible material will not be ignited by it or its appurtenances. If fuel fired,
such heating devices shall be chimney or vent connected; shall take air for combustion
directly from outside; and shall be so designed and installed to provide for complete
separation of the combustion system from the atmosphere of the occupied area. The
heating system shall have safety devices to immediately stop the flow of fuel and shut
down the equipment in case of either excessive temperatures or ignition failure. Fire-
places may be installed and used only in areas other than patient sleeping areas,
provided that these areas are separated from patient sleeping spaces by construction
having one-hour fire resistance rating. In addition thereto, the fireplace shall be
equipped with a hearth that shall be raised at least ten centimeters (10 cm), and a heat
106
 tempered glass fireplace enclosure guaranteed against breakage up to a temperature
of three hundred forty three degrees Celsius (343˚C). If special hazards are present, a
lock on the enclosure and other safety precautions may be required.
3. Combustion and ventilation air for boiler, incinerator or heater rooms shall be taken
directly from and discharged directly to the outside air.
4. Any rubbish chute and linen chute, including pneumatic systems, shall be safeguarded
in accordance with Sections 10.2.6.5 and 10.2.7.4 of this IRR. An incinerator shall not be
directly flue-fed nor shall any floor charging chute directly connect with the combustion
chamber. Any rubbish chute shall discharge into a rubbish collecting room used for no
other purpose and protected in accordance with Section 10.2.6.10 of this IRR.

DIVISION 12. RESIDENTIAL BOARD AND CARE

SECTION 10.2.12.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A. No board and care occupancy shall have its sole means of egress or means of escape pass
through any nonresidential or non-health care occupancy in the same building.

B. No board and care occupancy shall be located above a nonresidential or non-health

care occupancy, unless the board and care occupancy and exits therefrom are separated
from the nonresidential or non-health care occupancy by construction having a minimum
2-hour fire resistance rating.

SECTION 10.2.12.2 SMALL FACILITIES

A. Scope
1. This Section shall apply to residential board and care occupancies providing sleeping
accommodations for not more than sixteen (16) residents.
2. Where sleeping accommodations for more than sixteen (16) residents are provided, the
occupancy shall be classified as a large facility.

B. Means of Escape
1. Designated means of escape shall be continuously maintained free of all obstructions
or impediments to full instant use in case of fire or other emergency.
2. Every sleeping room and living area shall have access to a primary means of escape
located to provide a safe path of travel to the outside at street level or the finished
ground level.
3. Where sleeping rooms or living areas are above, the primary means of escape shall be
an interior stair, an exterior stair, a horizontal exit, or a fire escape stair.
4. Sleeping rooms and living areas in facilities without a sprinkler system shall have a
second means of escape consisting of one of the following:
a. Door, stairway, passage, or hall providing a way of unobstructed travel to the outside
of the dwelling at street or the finished ground level that is independent of, and
remotely located from, the primary means of escape.
b. Passage through an adjacent non-lockable space independent of, and remotely
located from, the primary means of escape to any approved means of escape.
c. Outside window or door operable from the inside, without the use of tools, keys,
or special effort, that provides a clear width of not less than 510 mm and a height
not less than 800 mm, and the bottom of the opening not more than 820 millimeter
above the floor.
d. Sleeping rooms that have a door leading directly to the outside of the building with
access to the finished ground level or to an exterior stairway shall be considered as
meeting all the requirements for a second means of escape.
e. Sleeping rooms shall not be required to have a secondary means of escape where
107
 the clinical needs of the residents require special security measures, provided all of
the following are met:
1) The building is protected throughout by an approved, automatic sprinkler
system
2) A fire alarm system is provided.

C. Interior Stairs Used for Primary Means of Escape

1. Interior stairs shall be enclosed with fire barriers having a minimum 1 ⁄2-hour fire resistance
rating.
2. Stairs shall comply with Section 10.2.5.4 of this IRR.
3. The entire primary means of escape shall be arranged so that occupants are not
required to pass through a portion of a story above, unless that route is separated from
all spaces on that story by construction having a minimum 1 ⁄2-hour fire resistance rating.
4. Stairs that connect a story at street level to only one other story shall be permitted to be
open to the story that is not at street level.
5. In buildings three or fewer stories in height and protected by an approved, automatic
sprinkler system, stair enclosures shall not be required, provided that there still remains a
primary means of escape from each sleeping area that does not require occupants to
pass through a portion of a lower floor, unless that route is separated from all spaces on
that floor by construction having a minimum 1 ⁄2-hour fire resistance rating.
6. Stairs serving a maximum of two stories in buildings protected with an approved,
automatic sprinkler system shall be permitted to be unenclosed.

D. Doors
1. Doors, other than the bathroom doors and paths of travel to a means of escape shall
be not less than 800 mm wide.
2. Bathroom doors shall be not less than 610 mm wide.
3. Doors shall be swinging or sliding.
4. Every closet door latch shall be readily opened from inside.
5. Every bathroom door shall be designed to allow opening from the outside during an
emergency, when locked.
6. No door in any means of escape, other than those meeting the following requirements
below, shall be locked against egress when the building is occupied.
a. Delayed-egress locks shall be permitted on exterior doors only.
b. Access-controlled egress door assemblies shall be permitted.
c. Door-locking arrangements shall be permitted where the clinical needs of residents
require specialized security measures or where residents pose a security threat,
provided all of the following conditions are met:
1) Staff can readily unlock doors at all times.
2) The building is protected by an approved, automatic sprinkler system.

E. Protection
1. Protection of Vertical Opening
Vertical openings, other than those meeting the requirement of para C.5 of this
Section, shall be separated by smoke partitions having a minimum 1 ⁄2-hour fire resistance
rating.
2. Hazardous Areas
Areas for cartoned storage, food or household maintenance items in wholesale
or institutional-type quantities and concentrations, or mass storage of residents’
belongings, or other hazardous areas that are located on a floor where primary means
of egress or sleeping rooms are located shall be protected by a construction having a
minimum fire resistance rating of 1 hour and an automatic detection and alarm system

108
 or automatic sprinkler system.
3. Detection, Alarm and Communication System
a. A manual fire alarm system shall be provided on all small residential custodian care
facilities.
b. Single station smoke detectors shall be provided in all levels including basements,
living areas and sleeping rooms.
4. Extinguishing Requirements
a. All buildings of four or more stories in height shall be protected with approved,
supervised sprinkler system, using quick-response or residential sprinklers in
accordance with Section 10.2.6.7 of this IRR.
b. Portable fire extinguishers shall be installed in accordance with Section 10.2.6.9.
5. Construction of Corridor Walls
a. Walls separating sleeping rooms shall have a minimum 1 ⁄2-hour fire resistance rating.
The minimum 1 ⁄2-hour fire resistance rating shall be considered to be achieved if the
partitioning is finished on both sides with lath and plaster or materials providing a
15-minute thermal barrier.
b. Sleeping room doors shall be substantial doors, such as those of four and four
tenths centimeters (4.4 cm) thick, solid-bonded wood-core construction, or of other
construction of equal or greater stability and fire integrity.
c. Any vision panels shall be fixed fire window assemblies or shall be wired glass not
exceeding eighty four hundreds square meters (0.84 m2) each in area and installed
in approved frames.

F. Building Services Equipment

1. Utilities shall be installed in accordance with Section 10.2.7.1.
2. Heating, ventilating and air-conditioning equipment shall comply with Section 10.2.7.2.
3. Elevators, escalators and conveyors shall comply with Section 10.2.7.5.

SECTION 10.2.12.3 LARGE FACILITIES

A. Scope
1. This Section shall apply to residential board and care occupancies providing sleeping
accommodations for more than sixteen (16) residents.
2. Facilities having sleeping accommodations for not more than sixteen (16) residents shall
comply with Section 10.2.14.2.

B. Occupant Load
The occupant load in number of persons for whom means of egress and other provisions
are required shall be determined on the basis of one person for every eighteen and six tenths
square meters (18.6 m2), or shall be determined as the maximum probable population of
the space under consideration, whichever is greater.

C. Means of Egress
1. General
a. Means of egress from resident rooms and resident dwelling units to the outside of the
building shall be in accordance with Section 10.2.12.2 and this Section.
b. Means of escape within the resident room or resident dwelling unit shall comply with
Section 10.2.14.6 of this IRR for single- and two-family dwellings.
2. Permissible Exit Components
Components of means of egress shall be limited to the following types:
a) Doors
b) Stairs and Smoke-proof Enclosures
109
 c) Horizontal Exit
d) Ramps
e) Exit Passageways
3. Capacity of Means of Egress
a. The capacity of means of egress shall be in accordance with Section 10.2.5.2.
b. Street floor exits shall be sufficient for the occupant load of the street floor, plus the
required capacity of stairs and ramps discharging onto the street floor.
c. The width of corridors shall be sufficient for the occupant load served but shall be not
less than one thousand five hundred twenty five millimeters (1,525 mm).
4. Number of Means of Egress
a. Not less than two separate exits shall be provided on every story.
b. Not less than two separate exits shall be accessible from every part of every story.
c. Exit access, as required in para “b” above, shall be permitted to include a single
exit access path of not more than sixty-one meters (61m) if protected with sprinkler
system, and 46 m if not protected with sprinkler system.
5. Arrangement of Means of Egress
a. Access to all required exits shall be in accordance with Section 10.2.5.2 of this Section.
b. Common path of travel shall not exceed twenty meters (20 m).
c. Dead-end corridors shall not exceed six meters (6 m).
d. Any room or any suite of rooms, exceeding ninety-one square meters (91 m2), shall be
provided with not less than two exit access doors located remotely from each other,
said doors shall be swinging in the direction of exit travel.
6. Travel Distance to Exits
Travel distance from any point in a room to the nearest exit, measured in accordance
with Section 10.2.5.2 of this IRR, shall not exceed 61 m if protected with sprinkler system,
and 46 m if not protected with sprinkler system.
7. Discharge from Exits
Exit discharge shall comply with Section 10.2.5.2 of this IRR.
8. Illumination of Means of Egress
Means of egress shall be illuminated in accordance with Section 10.2.5.11.
9. Emergency Lighting
Emergency lighting in accordance with Section 10.2.5.11 shall be provided, unless
each sleeping room has a direct exit to the outside at the ground level.
10. Marking of Means of Egress
Means of egress shall be marked in accordance with Section 10.2.5.12.

D. Protection
1. Protection of Vertical Openings
a. Protection of vertical openings shall be in accordance with Section 10.2.6.5.
b. No floor below the level of exit discharge used only for storage, heating equipment,
or purposes other than residential occupancy shall have unprotected openings to
floors used for residential occupancy.
2. Hazardous Areas
Hazardous areas shall be protected in accordance with Section 10.2.6.10 and in
accordance with the following Table 10:

110
 Table 10: HAZARDOUS AREA PROTECTION

Hazardous Area Description Separation/Protection*

Boiler and fuel-fired heater rooms 1 hour
Central/back laundries larger than 9.3 m 2
1 hour
Paint shops employing hazardous substances in 1 hour
quantities less than those that would be classified
as severe hazard
Physical plant maintenance shops 1 hour
Soiled linen rooms 1 hour
Storage rooms larger than 4.6 m ,2
Smoke partition
but not exceeding 9.3 m2, storing
combustible material
Storage rooms larger than 9.3 m2, storing 1 hour
combustible material
Trash collection room 1 hour
* Minimum fire resistance rating.

3. Detection, Alarm and Communication Systems

a. An automatic detection and alarm system shall be required in all large residential
custodial care facilities in accordance with Section 10.2.6.6.
b. An annunciator panel, connected to the fire alarm system, shall be provided at a
location readily accessible from the primary point of entry for emergency response
personnel.
c. High-rise buildings shall be provided with an approved emergency voice
communication system.
d. Smoke alarms shall be installed inside every sleeping room, outside every sleeping
area in the immediate vicinity of the bedrooms, and all levels within a resident unit.
e. Corridors and spaces open to the corridors shall be provided with smoke detectors
arranged to initiate an alarm that is audible in all sleeping areas.
4. Extinguishing Requirements
a. All buildings shall be protected throughout by an approved, automatic sprinkler
system, and quick-response or residential sprinklers throughout shall be provided,
except for one (1) storey building with a bed capacity of not exceeding five (5).
Replenishment of water supply shall be strictly considered in the design. Quick-
response sprinklers shall be required in smoke compartments containing patient
sleeping rooms.
b. Portable fire extinguishers shall be installed in accordance with Section 10.2.6.9.
5. Corridors and Separation of Sleeping Rooms
a. Access shall be provided from every resident use area to at least one means of egress
that is separated from all sleeping rooms by walls complying with para “c” through
“f“ hereof.
b. Sleeping rooms shall be separated from corridors, living areas, and kitchens by walls
complying with para “c” through “f” hereof.
c. Walls required by para “a” or para “b” hereof shall be smoke partitions having a
minimum of 1⁄2-hour fire resistance rating.
d. Doors protecting corridor openings shall not be required to have a fire protection
rating, but shall be constructed to resist the passage of smoke.
e. Door-closing devices shall not be required on doors in corridor wall openings, other
than those serving exit enclosures, smoke barriers, enclosures of vertical openings,
and hazardous areas.
f. No louvers, transfer grilles, operable transoms, or other air passages, other than

111
 properly installed heating and utility installations, shall penetrate the walls or doors.
6. Subdivisions of Building Spaces
a. Every storey shall be divided into not less than two smoke compartments with an
area of not exceeding two thousand one hundred square meters (2100), except:
1) Stories that do not contain a board and care occupancy located above the
board and care occupancy.
2) Smoke barriers shall not be required in areas that do not contain a board and
care occupancy and that are separated from the board and care occupancy
by a fire barrier.
3) Smoke barriers shall not be required on stories that do not contain a board and
care occupancy and that are more than one story below the board and care
occupancy.
4) Smoke barriers shall not be required in open parking structures protected
throughout by an approved, supervised automatic sprinkler system.
b. The travel distance from any point to reach a door in the required smoke barrier shall
be limited to a distance of sixty-one meters (61 m).

E. Building Services Equipment

1. Utilities shall be installed in accordance with Section 10.2.7.1.
2. Heating, ventilating and air-conditioning equipment shall comply with Section 10.2.7.2.
3. Elevators, escalators and conveyors shall comply with Section 10.2.7.5.

DIVISION 13. DETENTION AND CORRECTIONAL OCCUPANCIES

SECTION 10.2.13.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

Detention and correctional occupancies shall include those used for purposes such
as correctional institutions, detention facilities, community residential centers, substance
abuse or rehabilitation centers, and other similar facilities where occupants are confined or
housed under some degree of restraint or security.

A. Occupancy
1. For the application of the life safety requirements of this Division, the resident user
category shall be divided into the following groups:
a. Use Condition I – Free Egress. Free movement is allowed from sleeping areas and
other spaces where access or occupancy is permitted to the exterior via means of
egress that meet the requirements of this IRR.
b. Use Condition II – Zoned Egress. Free movement is allowed from sleeping areas and
any other occupied smoke compartment to one or more other smoke compartments.
c. Use Condition III – Zoned Impeded Egress. Free movement is allowed within individual
smoke compartments, such as within a residential unit comprised of individual
sleeping rooms and a group activity space, with egress impeded by remote-
controlled release of means of egress from such a smoke compartment to another
smoke compartment.
d. Use Condition IV – Impeded Egress. Free movement is restricted from an occupied
space. Remote-controlled release is provided to allow movement from all sleeping
rooms, activity spaces, and other occupied areas within the smoke compartment to
another smoke compartment.
e. Use Condition V – Contained. Free movement is restricted from an occupied space.
Staff-controlled manual release at each door is provided to allow movement from
all sleeping rooms, activity spaces, and other occupied areas within the smoke
compartment to another smoke compartment.
2. To be classified as Use Condition III or Use Condition IV, the arrangement, accessibility,

112
 and security of the release mechanism(s) used for emergency egress shall be such that
the minimum available staff, at any time, can promptly release the locks.
3. Areas housing occupancies corresponding to Use Condition I shall conform to the
requirements of residential occupancies under this Chapter.

Exception: Use Condition I facilities shall be permitted to conform to the requirements

of this Division for Use Condition II facilities, provided that said facilities are
provided with a 24-hour on-duty staff.

B. Occupant Load
The occupant load for which means of egress shall be provided for any floor shall be the
maximum number of persons intended to occupy that floor but not less than one (1) person
for every eleven and one-tenth square meters (11.1 m2) gross floor area.

SECTION 10.2.13.2 EXIT DETAILS

A. Types
Exits shall be restricted to the following permissible types;
1. Doors
2. Stairs and smoke-proof enclosures
3. Horizontal exits
4. Exit passageways

B. Capacity of Exits
The capacity of means of egress shall be calculated in accordance with para “C” of
Section 10.2.5.2 of this IRR.

C. Number of Exits
1. At least two (2) exits of the above types, remote from each other, shall be provided for
each floor or fire section of the building.
2. Exit access travel shall be permitted to be common path not exceeding thirty meters
(30 m).

D. Access to Exit
Every aisle, passageway, corridor, exit discharge, exit location and access shall be in
accordance with Section 10.2.5.2 of this IRR.

E. Arrangement of Means of Egress

1. Every sleeping room shall have a door leading directly to an exit access corridor, unless
otherwise permitted by the following:
a. If there is an exit door opening directly to the outside from the room at the ground
level.
b. One adjacent room, such as a day room, group activity space, or other common
space shall be permitted to intervene. Where sleeping rooms directly adjoin a day
room or group activity space that is used for access to an exit, such sleeping rooms
shall be permitted to open directly to the day room or space, and shall be permitted
to be separated in elevation by a one-half or full storey height.
2. No exit or exit access shall contain a corridor, hallway, or aisle having a pocket or dead
end exceeding six meters (6 m).
3. A sally port shall be permitted in a means of egress where there are provisions for
continuous and unobstructed travel through the sally port during an emergency egress
condition.

F. Travel Distance to Exits

1. Between any room door intended as exit access and an exit shall not exceed thirty

113
 meters (30 m);
2. Between any point in a room and an exit shall not exceed forty six meters (46 m); and
3. Any point in a sleeping room to the door in that room shall have a maximum travel
distance of ten meters (10 m).

G. Discharge from Exits

1. Exits shall be permitted to discharge into a fenced or walled courtyard, provided that
not more than two walls of the courtyard are the building walls from which egress is
being made. Enclosed yards or courts shall be of sufficient size to accommodate all
occupants at a distance of not less than fifteen meters (15 m) from the building while
providing a net area of one and four-tenths square meters (1.4 m2) per person.
2. All exits shall be permitted to discharge through the level of exit discharge. This requirement
shall be waived, provided that not more than 50 percent of the exits discharge into a
single fire compartment separated from other compartments by construction having
not less than a 1-hour fire resistance rating.

H. Emergency Lighting and Exit Markings

1. Means of egress shall be illuminated in accordance with Section 10.2.5.11 of this IRR.
2. Emergency lighting shall be provided in accordance with Section 10.2.5.11 of this IRR.
3. Exit signs shall be provided in areas accessible to the public.

SECTION 10.2.13.3 PROTECTION

A. Protection of Vertical Opening

Any vertical opening shall be enclosed or protected.

Exception No. 1: Unprotected vertical openings in accordance with Section 10.2.6.5 of this
IRR shall be permitted.

Exception No. 2: In sleeping quarters smoke compartments, unprotected vertical openings

shall be permitted in accordance with the conditions of Section 10.2.6.5
of this IRR, provided that the height between the lowest and highest
finished floor levels does not exceed seven meters (7 m). The number of
levels shall not be restricted. Sleeping quarters subdivided in accordance
with this Section shall be permitted to be considered as part of the
communicating space. The separation shall not be required to have a fire
resistance rating.

B. Interior Finish
Interior finish shall be Class A or Class B.

C. Detection, Alarm and Communication Systems

1. Detention and correctional occupancies shall be provided with a fire alarm system in
accordance with Section 10.2.6.6 of this IRR, except as modified by the succeeding
paragraphs.
2. Initiation of the required fire alarm system shall be by manual means in accordance
with Section 10.2.6.6 of this IRR, by means of any required detection devices or detection
systems, and by means of water flow alarm in the sprinkler system.

Exception No. 1: Manual fire alarm boxes shall be permitted to be locked, provided
that staff is present within the area when it is occupied and staff has
keys readily available to unlock the boxes.

Exception No. 2: Manual fire alarm boxes shall be permitted to be located in a staff
location, provided that the staff location is attended when the building
is occupied and that the staff attendant has direct supervision of the
sleeping area.

114
 3. Occupant notification shall be accomplished automatically in accordance with Section
10.2.6.6 of this IRR; a positive alarm sequence shall be permitted.

Exception: Any smoke detectors required by this Chapter shall be permitted to be

arranged to alarm at a constantly attended location only and shall not be
required to accomplish general occupant notification.
4. Fire department notification shall be accomplished in accordance with Section 10.2.6.6
of this IRR; a positive alarm sequence shall be permitted.

Exception No. 1: Any smoke detectors required by this Chapter shall not be required to
transmit an alarm to the fire department.

Exception No. 2: This requirement shall not apply where staff is provided at a constantly
attended location that has the capability to promptly notify the fire
department or has direct communication with a control room having
direct access to the fire department.
5. An approved automatic smoke detection system shall be in accordance with Section
10.2.6.6 of this IRR, as modified by the para 6 through 8 hereof, throughout all resident
sleeping areas and adjacent day rooms, activity rooms, or contiguous common spaces.
6. Smoke detectors shall not be required in sleeping rooms with four or fewer occupants.
7. Other arrangements and positioning of smoke detectors shall be permitted to prevent
damage or tampering, or for other purposes. Such arrangements shall be capable of
detecting any fire, and the placement of detectors shall be such that the speed of
detection is equivalent to that provided by the spacing and arrangements required by
the installation standards referenced in Section 10.2.6.6 of this IRR. Detectors shall be
permitted to be located in exhaust ducts from cells, behind grilles, or in other locations.
8. Smoke detectors shall not be required in Use Condition II open dormitories where staff is
present within the dormitory whenever the dormitory is occupied.

D. Extinguishment Requirements
1. All buildings classified as Use Condition II, Use Condition III, Use Condition IV, or Use
Condition V shall be protected throughout by an approved supervised automatic
sprinkler system in accordance with Section 10.2.6.7 of this IRR.
2. The automatic sprinkler system required by the preceding paragraph shall be fully
supervised and electrically connected to the fire alarm system.
3. Portable fire extinguishers shall be provided in accordance with para “C” of Section
10.2.6.9 of this IRR.

Exception No. 1: Access to portable fire extinguishers shall be permitted to be locked,

provided that personnel are on duty on a 24-hour basis and keys are
readily available to unlock access to the extinguishers.

Exception No. 2: Portable fire extinguishers shall be permitted to be located at staff

locations only.
4. Standpipe and hose systems shall be provided in accordance with Section 10.2.6.8 of
this IRR.

E. Subdivision of Building Spaces

1. Every storey used for sleeping by residents, or any other storey with an occupant load
of fifty (50) or more persons, shall be subdivided into compartments by means of smoke
barrier.
2. The requirement for subdivision of building space shall be permitted as follows:
a. By smoke compartments having exit to the public way, provided that such exit serves
only one area and has no opening to other areas;
b. A building separated from the resident housing area by 2-hour fire resistance rating
or 14 meters open area ; and

115
 c. Secured open area holding a space located 15 meters from the housing area that
provides 1.4 m2 or more of refuge area for each person.

F. Hazardous Areas
1. Any hazardous area shall be protected in accordance with Section 10.2.6.10. The areas
described in Table 11 shall be protected as indicated.
Table 11: HAZARDOUS AREA OPERATION

Hazardous Area Description Separation/Protection

Areas not incidental to resident housing 2 hours
Boiler and fuel-fired heater rooms 1 hour
Central or bulk laundries > 9.3 m 2
1 hour
Commercial cooking equipment In accordance
with 3.601
Commissaries Smoke resistant
Employee locker rooms Smoke resistant
Hobby/handicraft shops Smoke resistant
Maintenance shops Smoke resistant
Padded cells 1 hour
Soiled linen rooms 1 hour
Storage rooms >4.6 m in area but 9.3 m in area storing
2 2
Smoke resistant
combustible material
Storage rooms >9.3 m2 storing combustible materials 1 hour
Trash collection rooms 1 hour
Doors used to access the areas specified above shall meet the requirements for doors at
smoke barriers for the applicable use condition.

2. Where smoke barriers are required, they shall limit the occupant load to not more than
200 residents in any smoke compartment and limit the travel distance to a door in a
smoke barrier as follows:
a. The distance from any room door required as exit access shall not exceed forty five
meters (45 m).
b. The distance from any point in a room shall not exceed sixty meters (60 m).
3. Any required smoke barrier shall be constructed in accordance with Section 10.2.6.3
of this IRR. Barriers shall be of substantial construction and shall have structural fire
resistance.
4. Openings in smoke barriers shall be protected in accordance with Section 10.2.6.3 of
this IRR, provided that there shall be no restriction on the total number of vision panels
in any barrier. Provided further that, sliding doors in smoke barriers that are designed
to normally be kept closed and are remotely operated from a continuously attended
location shall not be required to be self-closing.
5. Not less than fifty six hundredths square meters (0.56 m2) of net area per occupant shall
be provided on each side of the smoke barrier for the total number of occupants in
adjoining compartments. This space shall be readily available wherever occupants are
moved across the smoke barrier in a fire emergency.
6. Doors shall provide resistance to the passage of smoke. Swinging doors shall be self-
latching, or the opening resistance of the door shall be not less than twenty-two Newton
(22 N).
7. Doors in smoke barriers shall conform to the requirements for doors in means of egress
and shall have locking and release arrangements according to the applicable use
condition.
8. Vision panels shall be provided in smoke barriers at points where the barrier crosses an
exit access corridor.
116
 9. Smoke dampers shall be provided.

G. Building Services Equipment

Air-conditioning, ventilating, heating, cooking and other service equipment shall be

in accordance with Division 7 of this Chapter, and shall be installed in accordance with the
manufacturer’s specifications, except as modified in the following paragraphs:

1. Combustion and ventilation air for boiler or incinerator shall be taken directly from and
discharged directly to the outside air.

2. Any rubbish chute and linen chute including pneumatic systems shall be safeguarded in
accordance with Sections 10.2.6.5 and 10.2.7.4 of this IRR. An incinerator shall not be directly
flue-fed nor shall any floor charging chute directly connect with the combustion chamber.
Any trash chute shall discharge into a trash collecting room used for no other purpose and
protected in accordance with Section 10.2.6.10 of this IRR.

DIVISION 14. RESIDENTIAL OCCUPANCIES

SECTION 10.2.14.1 CLASSIFICATION

Residential occupancies shall include all occupancies so classified in Division 3 of this
Chapter. They shall be classified in the following groups, subject to determination by the C/MFM
having jurisdiction.

A. Hotels. Includes buildings or groups of building under the same management in which there
are more than fifteen (15) sleeping accommodations for hire, primarily used by transients
who are lodged with or without meals, whether designated as a hotel, inn, motel, or by any
other name. So-called appartelle, condotel or pension houses shall be classified as hotels,
because they are potentially subject to transient occupancy like that of hotels.

B. Dormitories. Includes buildings where group sleeping accommodation are provided for
persons, not members of the same family group in one room or in series of closely associated
room under joint occupancy and single management, as in college dormitories, convents,
fraternity houses, military barracks, and the like.

C. Apartment Buildings. Includes buildings containing three (3) or more living units independent
cooking and bathroom facilities, whether designated as condominium, row house,
apartment house, tenement, garden apartment, or by any other name.

D. Lodging or Rooming Houses. Includes building in which separate sleeping rooms are rented
providing sleeping accommodations for a total of fifteen (15) or less persons, on either a
transient or permanent basis; with or without meals, but without separate cooking facilities
for individual occupants.

E. Single- and Two-Family Dwellings. Includes detached dwellings in which each living unit is
occupied by members of a single family.

SECTION 10.2.14.2 REQUIREMENTS

A. Occupant Load
The occupant load of residential occupancies in number of persons for whom exits are
to be provided except in detached single- and two-family dwellings shall be determined
on the basis of one (1) person per eighteen and six-tenths square meters (18.6 m2) gross floor
area, or the maximum probable population of any room or section under consideration,
whichever is greater. The occupant load of any open mezzanine or balcony shall be added
to the occupant load of the floor below for the purpose of determining exit capacity.

B. Capacity of Exits
Capacity of means of egress shall be in accordance with para “C” of Section 10.2.5.2

117
 of this IRR.

C. Maintenance of Exits
1. No door in any means of egress shall be locked against egress when the building is
occupied.
2. No residential occupancy shall have its means of egress pass through any nonresidential
occupancy in the same building, except in buildings provided with approved, supervised
sprinkler system provided that the means of egress shall not pass through a high hazard
content area as determined by the C/MFM having jurisdiction and the means of egress
shall be separated by a construction of not less than 1 hour.
3. No guest room or guest suite shall be permitted to be located above a nonresidential
occupancy except when the guest room or guest suite and its exits are separated
from the nonresidential occupancy by construction having a fire resistance rating of
not less than 1 hour or when the nonresidential occupancy is protected throughout by
approved, supervised sprinkler system.

SECTION 10.2.14.3 HOTELS AND DORMITORIES

A. Requirements
1. Any ballroom assembly or exhibition hall, and other space used for purposes of public
assembly shall be in accordance, with Division 8 of this Chapter. Restaurant having a
capacity of fifty (50) or more persons shall be treated as places of assembly.
2. Any dormitory divided into suites of rooms, with one or more bedrooms opening into a
living room or study that has a door opening into a common corridor serving number of
suites, shall be classified as an apartment building.

B. Exit Details
1. Requirements
a. Any room having a capacity of less than fifty (50) persons with an outside door at
street or ground level may have such outside door as a single exit provided that no
part of the room or area is more than fifteen and one-fourth meters (15.25 m) from
the door measured along the natural path of travel.
b. Any floor below the floor of exit discharge occupied for public purposes shall have
exits arranged in accordance with the subsequent paragraph of this Section, with
access thereto in accordance with Section 10.2.5.2 of this IRR.
c. Any floor below the floor of exit discharge not open to the public and used only for
mechanical equipment, storage, and service operations (other than kitchens which
are considered part of the hotel occupancy) shall have exits appropriate to its actual
occupancy in accordance with applicable sections of this Chapter.
The same stairway or other exit required to serve any one upper floor may also
serve other upper floor, except that no inside open stairway, escalator, or ramp may
serve as a required egress from more than one floor.
2. Types of Exits
Exits, arranged in accordance with Division 5 of this Chapter, shall be one or more
of the following types:
a. Doors, provided that doors in any means of egress shall not be locked against egress
when the building is occupied. Delayed egress locks may be permitted, provided
that not more than one such is located in any one egress path.
b. Stairs and smoke proof enclosures.
c. Ramps.
d. Horizontal exits.
3. Minimum Corridor Width
Corridors, other than those in within individual guest rooms or individual guest suites,

118
 shall be of sufficient width to accommodate the required occupant load and shall not
be less than one hundred twelve centimeters (112 cm).
4. Number of Exits
Not less than two (2) exits shall be accessible from every floor, including floors below
the floor of exit discharge and occupied for public purposes.
5. Travel Distance to Exits
a. Any exit shall be such that it will not be necessary to travel more than thirty meters (30
m) from the door of any room to reach the nearest exit.
b. Travel distance within a guest room or guest suite to a corridor door shall not exceed
twenty three meters (23 m) in buildings not protected by an approved, supervised
automatic sprinkler system.
c. Travel distance within a guest room or guest suite to a corridor door shall not exceed
thirty eight meters (38 m) in buildings protected by an approved, supervised sprinkler
system.
6. Access to and Arrangement of Exits
a. Access to all required exits shall be in accordance with Section 10.2.5.2 of this IRR,
shall be unobstructed, and shall not be veiled from open view by ornamentation,
curtain, or other appurtenance.
b. Means of egress shall be so arranged that, from every point in any open area or from
any room door, exits will be accessible in at least two (2) different directions.
c. Doors between guest rooms and corridors shall be self-closing.
d. Common path of travel shall not exceed ten meters (10 m).
e. Dead end corridors shall not exceed six meters (6 m).
7. Discharge from Exits
a. All of the required exits shall terminate directly to the street or through a yard, court,
or passageway with protected openings and separated from all parts of the interior of
the building.
b. The exits may also discharge on the areas of the floor exit discharge provided the
following are met:
1) Such exits discharge to a free and unobstructed way to the exterior of the building
by not more than six meters (6m) distance, which way is readily visible and
identifiable from the point of discharge from the exit.
2) The floor of discharge into which the exit discharge is provided with automatic
fire suppression system and any other portion of the level of discharge with
access to the discharge area is provided with automatic fire suppression system
or separated from it in accordance with the requirements for the enclosure of
exit, and with Section 10.2.5.2 of this IRR.
3) The entire area on the floor of discharge is separated from areas below by
construction having a minimum fire-resistance rating of two (2) hours.
8. Lighting and Signs
a. Each public space, hallway, stairway, or other means of egress shall have illumination
in accordance with Section 10.2.5.11 of this IRR. Access to exit shall be continuously
illuminated at all times. Any hotel and dormitory shall have emergency lighting
installed in individual guest rooms or guest suites, hallways, landings of stairways and
other appropriate areas as determined by the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
b. Every exit access door from public hallways or from corridors on floors with sleeping
accommodations shall have an illuminated sign in accordance with Section 10.2.5.12
of this IRR. Where exits are not visible in a hallway or corridor, illuminated directional
signs shall be provided to indicate the direction of exit.
9. Emergency Evacuation Plan
Emergency Evacuation Plan shall be provided in accordance with Section 10.2.5.13

119
 of this IRR.
10. Dead-End Corridor and Common Path of Travel
a. Common path of travel shall not exceed ten meters (10m).
b. Dead end corridors shall not exceed six meters (6m).

C. Protection
1. Protection of Vertical Openings
a. Every stairway, elevator shaft and other vertical openings shall be enclosed or
protected in accordance with Section 10.2.6.5 of this IRR.
b. Any required exit stair which is so located that it is necessary to pass through the
lobby or other open space to reach the outside of the building shall be continuously
enclosed down to the lobby level.
c. No floor below the floor of exit discharge, used only for storage, heating requirements,
or other than hotel occupancy open to guest or the public, shall have unprotected
openings to floors used for hotel purposes.
2. Protection of Guest Rooms
a. In any new hotel building every corridor shall be separated from guest rooms by
partitions having at least a one (1) hour fire resistance rating.
b. Each guest room shall be provided with a door having a fire protection rating at least
twenty (20) minutes.
c. Openings in corridor partitions other than door openings shall be prohibited.
d. Doors that open directly onto exit access corridors shall be self-closing and self-
latching.
3. Interior Finish
Interior finish, in accordance with Section 10.2.6.4 of this IRR and subject to the
limitations and modifications therein specified, shall be as follows:
1) For new construction or new Interior Finish
a) Exits – Class A or Class B;
b) Lobbies, corridors – Class A or Class B;
c) Places of assembly – In accordance with Division 8 of this Chapter;
d) Individual guest rooms – B, or C; and
2) Existing Interior Finish
a) Exits – Class A or B;
b) Lobbies and Corridors;
i. Used as exit access – Class A or B
ii. Not used as required exit access – Class A, B or C
3) Places of Assembly – In accordance with Division 8 of this Chapter;
4) Individual guest rooms – Class A, B or C; and
5) Other rooms – Class A, B or C.
4. Fire Detection and Alarm System
a. An automatic fire detection and alarm system, in accordance with Section 10.2.6.6
of this IRR, shall be provided for any hotel or dormitory having accommodations for
fifteen (15) or more guests. For less than 15 guests, a manual fire alarm system shall be
installed.
b. Every sounding device shall be of such character and so located as to arouse all
occupants of the building or section thereof endangered by fire.
c. An alarm-sending station and manual fire alarm box shall be provided at the hotel
desk or other convenient central control point under continuous supervision of
responsible employees.
120
 d. Suitable facilities shall be provided for immediate notification of the BFP.
e. Positive fire alarm sequence may be permitted.
f. Hotels and dormitories including its guest rooms and guests suites shall be required to
be equipped with both audible and visible notification appliance.
g. In hotels and dormitories not equipped with automatic fire detection and alarm
system, guest rooms, living area and sleeping rooms within a guest suite shall be
installed with single-station smoke detectors.
5. Extinguishing Requirements
a. All hotels and dormitories with four (4) storeys in height shall be protected throughout
by approved supervised sprinkler system.
b. Hotels and dormitories with four (4) storeys and below shall be provided and installed
with sprinkler in accordance with NFPA 13R.
c. Hotels and dormitories with five (5) storeys and above shall be provided and installed
with sprinkler in accordance with NFPA 13.
d. Portable fire extinguishers shall be installed in accordance with Section 10.2.6.9 of
this IRR.
6. Subdivision of Building Spaces
a. In buildings not protected by an approved, supervised automatic sprinkler system,
each hotel guest room, including guest suites, and dormitory rooms shall be separated
from other guest rooms or dormitory rooms by walls and floors having fire resistance
ratings of not less than one (1) hour.
b. In buildings protected throughout by an approved, supervised automatic sprinkler
system, each hotel guest room, including guest suites, and dormitory room shall be
separated from other guest rooms or dormitory rooms by walls and floors constructed
a fire barriers having fire resistance ratings of not less than one half (½) hour.
7. Hazardous Areas
a. Any room containing high pressure boilers, refrigerating machinery, transformers, or
other service equipment subject to possible explosion shall not be located directly
under or directly adjacent to exits. All such rooms shall be effectively cut off from
other parts of the building as specified in Section 10.2.6.10 of this IRR.
b. Every hazardous area shall be separated from other parts of the building by
construction having a fire-resistance rating of at least one (1) hour and communicating
openings shall be protected by approved automatic or self-closing fire doors, or such
area shall be equipped with automatic fire suppression system. Where a hazard is
high as determined by the C/MFM having jurisdiction, both fire-resistive construction
and automatic fire suppression system shall be used. Hazardous areas include, but
are not limited to:
1) Boiler and heater rooms
2) Laundries
3) Repair shops
4) Rooms or spaces used storage of combustible supplies and equipment in
quantified deemed hazardous by the C/MFM having jurisdiction.

D. Building Services Equipment

1. Air-Conditioning and Ventilation
a. Every air conditioning installation shall comply with Section 10.2.7.2 of this IRR.
b. No transom/windowpane shall be installed in partition of sleeping rooms in new
buildings. In existing buildings transoms shall be fixed in the closed position and
shall be covered or otherwise protected to provide a fire-resistance rating at least
equivalent to that of the wall in which they are installed.
2. All other building services equipment installed or used in hotels and dormitories shall
comply with Division 7 of this Chapter.
121
SECTION 10.2.14.4 APARTMENT BUILDINGS

A. General Requirements
1. Any apartment building which complied with all of the preceding requirements of this
Section for hotels may be considered as a hotel and as such, the following requirements
for apartment buildings will not be applicable.
2. Every individual unit covered by this Section shall at least comply with the minimum
provisions of Section 10.2.14.6 of this IRR.

B. Exit Details
1. General Types and Capacities of Exits
a. Exits of the same arrangement, types and capacities, as required by Section 10.2.14.3
of this IRR shall be provided.
b. Street floor exits shall be sufficient for the occupant load of the street floor plus the
required capacity of stairs and ramps discharging onto the street floor.
2. Number of Exits
Every living unit shall have access to at least two (2) separate exits.

Exception No. 1: Any living unit, which has an exit directly to the street or yard at ground
level or by way of an outside stairway that serve a maximum of two
units or an enclosed stairway with fire-resistance rating of one (1) hour
or more serving that apartment only and not communicating with
any floor below the floor of exit discharge or other area not a part of
the apartment served, may have a single exit.

Exception No. 2: Apartment buildings of not more than three storeys in height with not
more than six (6) living units per floor, with a smoke-proof enclosure
or an outside stairway as the exit, immediately accessible to all
apartments served thereby, may have a single exit.

Exception No. 3: Any building not more than three (3) storeys in height with no floor
below the floor of exit discharge or, in case there is such a floor, with
the street floor construction of at least one-hour fire resistance, may
have a single exit, under the following conditions:
a. The stairway is completely enclosed with a partition having a fire resistance rating of
at least one (1) hour with self-closing fire doors protecting all openings between the
stairway enclosed and the building.
b. The stairway does not serve any floor below the floor of exit dis-charge,
c. All corridors serving as access to exits at least a one (1) hour fire-resistance rating.
d. There is not more than six and one-tenth meters (6.10 m) of travel distance to reach
an exit from entrance door of any living unit.
3. Minimum Corridor Width
a. Corridors with a required capacity of more than fifty (50) persons shall be of sufficient
width to accommodate the required occupant load but have a width of not less
than one hundred twelve centimeters (112 cm).
b. Corridors with a required capacity of not more than fifty (50) persons shall not be less
than ninety one centimeters (91 cm).
4. Access to Exits
a. Exits shall be remote from each other, as required by Section 10.2.5.2 of this IRR.
b. Exits shall be so arranged that there are no dead-end pockets, hallways, corridors,
passageways or courts.
c. Exits and exit access shall be so located that:
1) It will not be necessary to travel more than fifteen and one-half meters (15.50 m)
within any individual living unit to reach the nearest exit, or to reach an entrance

122
 door of the apartment which provides access through a public corridor to an
exit on the same floor level.
2) Within any individual living unit it will not be necessary to traverse stairs more than
one (1) storey above or below the floor level of the apartment to the nearest exit
or entrance door.
3) The entrance door to any apartment is within thirty one meters (31 m) of an exit of
within forty six and a half meters (46.50 m) in a building protected by approved,
supervised sprinkler system in accordance with Section 10.2.6.7 of this IRR.
d. Doors between apartments and corridors shall be self-closing.
5. Discharge from Exits
Discharge from exits shall be the same as required for hotels in accordance with
Section 10.2.12.3 of this IRR.
6. Lighting and Signs
a. Every public space, hallway, stairway, and other means of egress shall have
illumination in accordance with Section 10.2.5.11 of this IRR. All apartment buildings
shall have emergency lighting.
b. Signs in accordance with Section 10.2.5.12 of this IRR shall be provided in all apartment
buildings.

C. Protection
1. Segregation of Dwelling Units
Dwelling units in row apartments shall be separated from each other by partition
walls having a fire resistance rating of four (4) hours. Such walls shall be constructed
solidly and continuously from the ground to level one (1) meter above the ridge line of
the roof.
2. Protection of Vertical Openings
Protection of vertical openings shall be the same as required for hotels in accordance
with para “C” of Section 10.2.14.3 of this IRR. There shall be no unprotected vertical
opening in any building or fire section with only one exit.
3. Interior Finish
a. For new construction and new interior finish
1) Exits - Class A or Class B;
2) Lobbies, corridors and public spaces - Class A or B; and
3) Individual living units - Class A or B or C
b. Existing Interior Finish
1) Exits - Class A or B
2) Other spaces - Class A or B or C.
4. Alarm Systems
a. Every apartment building of four (4) storeys or more in height, or more than twelve
(12) apartment units, except row houses shall have automatic fire detection and
alarm system in accordance with Section 10.2.6.6 of this IRR.
b. Apartment buildings of not more than three (3) storeys in height shall be provided
with manual fire alarm system, provided that dwelling units shall be installed with
single-station or multi-station smoke detectors.
5. Extinguishing Requirements
a. All apartments, except row houses with four (4) storeys in height shall be protected
throughout by approve and supervised sprinkler system.
b. For four (4) storeys and below it shall be provided and installed with sprinkler in
accordance with NFPA 13R.
c. For five (5) storey and above, it shall be provided and installed with sprinkler in

123
 accordance with NFPA 13.
d. Portable fire extinguishers shall be installed in accordance with Section 10.2.6.9 of
this IRR.
6. Hazardous Areas
a. Every hazardous area shall be separated from other parts of the building construction
having a fire-resistance rating of at least one (1) hour. Communicating openings
shall be protected by approved automatic or self-closing fire doors. Hazardous areas
include, but shall not be limited to:
1) Boiler and heaters rooms
2) Laundry rooms
3) Repair Shops
Rooms or spaces used for storage of combustible supplies and equipment in
quantities deemed hazardous by the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
b. Both fire-resistant construction and automatic fire suppression system shall be
provided where the hazard is high as determined by the C/MFM having jurisdiction.

D. Building Services Equipment

1. Air-Conditioning and Ventilation – Air conditioning and ventilation, when provided,
shall be in accordance with Section 10.2.7.2 of this IRR.
2. All other building services equipment installed or used in hotels and dormitories shall
comply with Division 7 of this Chapter.

SECTION 10.2.14.5 LODGING OR ROOMING HOUSES

A. General
1. This Section applies only to lodging or rooming houses providing sleeping
accommodations for less than fifteen (15) persons, as specified in Section 10.2.14.1 of
this IRR.
2. In addition to the following provisions, every lodging or rooming house shall comply with
the minimum requirements for detached single and two family dwellings.

B. Means of Escape Requirement

1. Every sleeping room and living area shall have access to two means of escape
complying with that of single or two family dwelling.
2. Every sleeping room above or below the street floor shall have access to two (2) separate
means of exit, at least one (1) of which shall consist of an enclosed interior stairway, an
exterior stairway, a fire escape or a horizontal exit.
3. All exits shall be arranged to provide a safe path of travel to the outside of the building
without traversing any corridor or space exposed to an unprotected vertical opening.
4. Any sleeping room below the street floor shall have direct access to the outside or the
building.

C. Alarm System
A manual fire alarm system shall be provided in accordance with Section 10.2.6.6 of
this IRR. Likewise, each sleeping room shall be installed with single station- smoke or heat
detector.

SECTION 10.2.14.6 SINGLE- AND TWO-FAMILY DWELLINGS

A. General
This Section covers detached single and two family dwellings as specified in Section
10.2.14.1 of this IRR. Where the occupancy is so limited, the only requirements applicable
are those in this Section.

124
 B. Means of Escape Requirements
1. Number, Type and Access to Means of Escape
a. In any dwelling of more than two (2) rooms, every room used for sleeping, living or
dining purposes shall have at least two (2) means of escape at least one (1) of which
shall be a door or stairway providing a means of unobstructed travel to the outside of
the building at street or ground level. No room or space shall be occupied for living
or sleeping purposes which is accessible only by a ladder, folding stairs or through a
trap door.
b. Every sleeping room shall have at least one (1) outside window. Such window could be
opened from the inside, without the use of tools, keys or special effort or knowledge
to provide a clear opening of not less than five hundred sixty millimeters (560 mm) in
width and eight hundred millimeters (800 mm) in height. The bottom of the opening
shall be not more than one hundred twenty two centimeters (122 cm) above the
floor, except if the room has two (2) doors providing separate ways of escape or has
a door leading directly outside of the building.
c. No required path of travel to the outside from any room shall be through another
room or apartment not under the immediate control of the occupant of the first
room or his/her family, not through a bathroom or other space subject to locking.
d. No exit access from sleeping rooms to outside shall be less than ninety centimeters
(90 cm) wide.
2. Doors
a. No doors in the path of travel providing means of escape shall be less than seventy
centimeters (70 cm) of clear width.
b. Every closet door latch shall be such that children can open the door from inside the
closet.
c. Every bathroom door lock shall be designed to permit the opening of the locked
door from the outside in an emergency.
3. Stairs
The width, risers, and treads of every stair shall comply at least with the minimum
requirements for stairs, as described in Section 10.2.5.4 of this IRR.

C. Interior Finish
Interior finish of occupied spaces of new buildings shall be Class A, B or C as defined in
Section 10.2.6.4 of this IRR and in existing buildings the interior finish shall be Class A, B, C or
D.

D. Building Services Equipment

No heating equipment such as stove or combustion heater shall be so located as to
block escape in case of fire arising from malfunctioning of the stove or heater.

E. Fire Alarm and Detection System

Each living unit or sleeping room shall be installed with single-station smoke or heat
detectors

F. Extinguishing Requirement
Each single and two family dwelling shall be provided with portable fire extinguishers in
accordance with Section10.2.6.9 of this IRR.

DIVISION 15. MERCANTILE OCCUPANCIES

SECTION 10.2.15.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Classification of Mercantile
125
 1. Mercantile occupancies shall include all buildings and structures or parts thereof with
occupancy as described in Division 3 of this Chapter.
a. Mercantile occupancies shall be classified as follows:
1) Class A. AII stores having aggregate gross area of two thousand seven hundred
eighty eight square meters (2,788 m2) or more, or utilizing more than three (3) floor
levels for sales purposes.
2) Class B. All stores of less than two thousand seven hundred eighty seven square
meters (2,787 m2) aggregate area, but over two hundred seventy nine square
meters (279 m2), or utilizing any balcony, mezzanine or floor above or below the
street floor level for sales purposes except that if more than three (3) floors are
utilized, the store shall be considered Class A, regardless of area.
3) Class C. All stores of two hundred seventy eight square meters (278 m2) or less
gross area used for sales purposes on the street floor only.
b. For the purpose of Class A and Class B, C, the aggregate gross area shall be the
total area of all floors used for mercantile purposes and, where a store is divided into
sections by fire walls shall include the area of all sections used for sales purposes.
Areas of floors not used for sales purposes, such as a floor below the street floor used
only for storage and not open to the public, shall not be counted for the purpose
of the above classifications, but exits shall be provided for such non-sales area in
accordance with their occupancy, as specified by other Divisions of this Chapter.
c. A balcony or mezzanine floor having an area less than one-half (1/2) of the floor below
shall not be counted as a floor level for the purpose of applying the classification, but
if there are two (2) balconies or mezzanine floors, one (1) shall be counted.
d. Storeys not used for sales above or below sales floor are not counted in the height
classification.
e. A mezzanine less than or equal to 1/3 the area (new) or less than or equal to ½ the
area (existing) of the floor below is permitted.
f. Where a number of stores under different management are located in the same
building or in adjoining buildings with no fire wall or other standard fire separations
in between, the aggregate gross of all such stores shall be used in determining
classification.

B. Classification of Hazard
The contents of mercantile occupancies shall be classified in accordance with Division
4 of this Chapter.

Exception: Mercantile occupancies classified as high hazard in accordance with Division 4

of this Chapter shall meet the following additional requirements:
1. Exits shall be located not more than twenty three (23) meters of travel from any point is
needed to reach the nearest exit.
2. From every point there shall be at least two (2) exits accessible by travel in different
directions (no common path of travel).
3. All vertical opening shall be enclosed.

C. Occupant Load
1. For purposes of determining required exits, the occupant load of mercantile buildings
or parts of building used for mercantile purposes shall not be less than the following:
a. Street floor, one (1) person for each two and eight-tenths square meters (2.8 m2)
gross floor area. In stores with no street floor as defined in Rule 3 hereof, but with
access directly from the street by stairs or escalators, the principal floor at the point
of entrance to the store shall be considered the street floor. In stores where due
to difference in grade of streets on different sides, there are two (2) or more floors
directly accessible from the street (not including alleys or similar back streets), each
such floor shall be considered a street floor for the purpose of determining occupant
load.
126
 b. Due to differences in grade of streets on different sides, two or more floors directly
accessible from streets (not including alleys or similar back streets) exist; each such
floor is permitted to be considered a street floor. The occupant load factor is one
person for each 3.7 square meters of gross floor area of sales space.
c. Sales floors below the street floor: same as street floor.
d. Upper floors, used for sale: one (1) person for each five and six tenths square meters
(5.6 m2) gross floor area.
e. Floor or sections used only for offices, storage, shipping and not open to the general
public: one (1) person for each nine and three-tenths (9.3) square meters gross floor
area.
f. Floors or sections used for assembly purposes: occupant load determined in
accordance with Division 8 of this Chapter.
g. Covered Walls: one (1) person for each two and eight-tenths square meters (2.8 m2)
gross floor area.
2. Where any required egress capacity from a balcony or mezzanine passes through the
room below, that required capacity shall be added to the required egress capacity of
the room below.

SECTION 10.2.15.2 EXIT DETAILS

A. General
1. All exit facilities shall be in accordance with Division 5 of this Chapter and this Division.
Only types of exits specified in this Section shall be used as required exit facilities in any
mercantile occupancy.
2. Where a stairway, escalator, outside stair, or ramp serves two (2) or more upper floors,
the same stairway or other exit required to serve anyone (1) upper floor may also serve
other upper floors.

Exception: No inside open stairway, escalator, or ramp may serve as required egress
facility from more than one (1) floor.
3. Where there are two (2) or more floors below the street floor, the same stairway or other
exit may serve all floors, but all required exits from such areas shall be independent of
any open stairways between street and the floor below it.
4. Where a level outside exit from upper floors is possible owing to hills, such outside exits
may serve instead of horizontal exits. If, however, such outside exits from the upper floor
also serve as an entrance from a principal street, the upper floor shall be classified as a
street, and is subject to the requirements of this Section for street floors.

B. Types of Exits
1. Exits shall be restricted to the following permissible types:
a. Doors;
b. Stairs and Smoke-proof Enclosures;
c. Horizontal exits; and
d. Ramps.
2. In existing interior stair or fire escape not complying with Section 10.2.5.4 or Section
10.2.5.10 of this IRR may be continued in use, subject to the approval of the C/MFM
having jurisdiction.

C. Capacity of Means of Egress

1. The capacity of means of egress shall be in accordance with Section 10.2.5.2 of this IRR.
2. In Class A and Class B mercantile occupancies, street floor exits shall be sufficient for
the occupant load of the street floor plus the required capacity of stairs and ramps
discharging through the street floor.

127
D. Number of Exits
1. Exits shall comply with the following, except as otherwise permitted by paragraphs (2)
through (5) below:
a. The number of means of egress shall be in accordance with Section 10.2.5.2 of this
IRR.
b. Not less than two separate exits shall be provided on every storey.
c. Not less than two separate exits shall be accessible from every part of every storey.
2. Exit access as required by para 1.c above, shall be permitted to include a single exit
access path for the distances permitted as common path of travel.
3. A single means of egress shall be permitted in a Class C mercantile occupancy, provided
that the travel distance to the exit or to a mall does not exceed twenty meters (23 m).
4. A single means of egress shall be permitted in a Class C mercantile occupancy, provided
that the travel distance to the exit or to a mall does not exceed thirty meters (30 m),
and the storey on which the occupancy is located, and all communicating levels that
are traversed to reach the exit or mall, are protected throughout by an approved,
supervised automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 10.2.6.7 of this IRR.
5. A single means of egress to an exit or to a mall shall be permitted from a mezzanine within
any Class A, Class B, or Class C mercantile occupancy, provided that the common path
of travel does not exceed thirty meters (30 m) if protected throughout by an approved,
supervised automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 10.2.6.7 of this IRR.

E. Arrangement and Access of Exits

1. Exits shall be remote from each other and shall be arranged to minimize the possibility
that both may be blocked by an emergency.

Exception: A common path may be permitted for the first fifteen (15) meters from any
point in accordance with Section 10.2.15.1 of this IRR, if there are high hazard
contents.
2. The aggregate width of all aisles leading to each exit shall be equal to at least the
required width of the exit.
3. In no case shall aisle be less than eighty centimeters (80 cm) in clear width.
4. In Class A stores, at least one (1) aisle of one and one-half meters (1.5 m) minimum width
shall lead directly to an exit.
5. In the only means of entrance of customer is through one (1) exterior wall of the building,
two-thirds (2/3) of the required exit width shall be located in this wall,
6. At least one-and one-half (1.5) of the required exits shall be so located as to be reached
without going through check-out stands In no care shall checkout stands or associated
railings or barriers obstruct exits or required aisles or approached thereto.

F. Measurement of Travel Distance to Exits

Travel distance to exits shall be measured in accordance with Section 10.2.5.2 of this IRR.

Exception: An increase in the above travel distance to forty six (46) meters shall be permitted
in a building completely protected by an approved supervised sprinkler system
in accordance with Section 10.2.6.7 of this IRR.

G. Discharge from Exits

In buildings with automatic fire suppression system in accordance with Section 10.2.6.7
of this IRR, one-half (0.5) of rated number of exit units of stairways, escalators or ramps
serving as required exits from floors above or below the street floor, may discharge through
the main street floor area, instead of directly to the street, provided that:
1. Not more than one-half (0.5) of the required exit units from any single floor
consideredseparately discharge through the street floor area.
2. The exits are enclosed in accordance with Section 10.2.6.5 of this IRR, to the street floor.

128
 3. The distance of travel from the termination of the enclosure to an outside street door
is-not more than fifteen and one-half meters (15 .5 m).
4. The street floor doors provide sufficient units of exit width to serve exits discharging
through the street floor in addition to the street floor itself, per Section 10.2.15.1 of this IRR.

H. Doors
1. Every street floor door shall be in accordance with Section 10.2.5.3 of this IRR, and a
horizontal exit door, if used, in accordance with Section 10.2.5.6 of this IRR.
2. All doors at the foot of stairs from upper floors or at the end of stairs leading to floors
below the street floor shall swing with the exit travel.

I. Exit Signs and Lighting

1. Every mercantile occupancy shall have exit illumination and signs in accordance with
Section 10.2.5.11 and 10.2.5.12 of this IRR.
2. Every Class A and Class B store shall have emergency lighting facilities conforming to
Section 10.2.5.11 of this IRR.

SECTION 10.2.15.3 PROTECTION

A. Protection of Vertical Openings

1. Any stairway, elevator shaft, escalator opening or other critical opening shall be enclosed
or protected in accordance with Section 10.2.6.5 of this IRR, except as permitted in this
Section.
2. Exceptions for Class A or Class B stores
a. In any Class A or Class B store, openings may be unprotected between any two (2)
floors, such as open stairs or escalators between street floor and the floor below, or
open stairs to second floor or balconies or mezzanines above the street floor level
(not both to the floor below the street floor and above unless protected throughout
by an approved, supervised sprinkler system).
b. In any Class A or Class B store protected throughout by an approved, supervised
sprinkler system in accordance with Section 10.2.6.7 openings may be unprotected
under the conditions permitted by Section 10.2.6.5 of this IRR or between the street
floor and the floor below the street and between street floor and second floor or, if no
openings to the floor below the street floor, between street floor, street floor balcony,
or mezzanine, and second floor, but not between more than three (3) floor levels.
c. In existing Class A or Class B stores only one (1) floor above those otherwise permitted
may open if such floor is not used for sales purposes and the entire building is
protected by an approved, supervised automatic fire suppression system.
3. Exceptions for Class C stores
In any Class C store, openings may be unprotected between street floor and
balcony or mezzanine.

B. Interior Finish
1. Interior finish of exits of all stores shall be Class A and Class B in accordance with Section
10.2.6.4 of this IRR.
2. In any Class A or Class B store, interior finish of the ceiling shall be Class A or Class
B in accordance with Section 10.2.6.4 of this IRR, unless completely protected by an
approved, supervised automatic fire suppression system in accordance with Section
10.2.6.7 of this IRR, in which case Class C interior finish may be used in any Class A or
Class B store, interior finish of the’ walls shall be Class A, Class B or Class C in accordance
with Section 10.2.6.4 of this IRR.
3. In any mercantile occupancy, exposed portions of structural members complying with
the requirements for heavy timber construction may be permitted. Laminated wood
shall be delaminate under the influence of heat.

129
 4. In a Class C store, interior finish shall be Class A, B or C in accordance with Section
10.2.6.4 of this IRR.

C. Alarm Systems
Class A and Class B stores shall be provided with an automatic fire alarm system in
accordance with Section 10.2.6.6 of this IRR.

D. Automatic Sprinkler Protection

Approved supervised automatic sprinkler system protection shall be installed in
accordance with Section 10.2.6.7 of this IRR in all mercantile occupancies as follows:
1. Throughout all mercantile occupancies three or more storeys in height provided that at
least one of the floors is at least two hundred thirty two square meters (232 m2).
2. Throughout all mercantile occupancies exceeding one thousand one hundred fifteen
square meters (1,115 m2) in gross area.
3. Throughout floor below the street floor having an area exceeding two hundred thirty
two square meters (232 m2) when used for the sale, storage or handling of combustible
goods and merchandise.

E. Hazardous Areas
1. An area used for general storage, boiler or furnace rooms, fuel storage, janitor closet,
maintenance shops including woodworking and painting areas, and kitchens shall
be separated from other parts of the building by construction having a fire-resistance
rating of not less than one (1) hour, and all openings shall be protected with self-closing
fire doors.
2. Areas which high hazard contents as defined in Division 4 of this Chapter, shall be
provided with both fire-resistive construction and automatic fire suppression system.
3. Cooking equipment shall be protected in accordance with Section 10.2.7.1 of this IRR.

SECTION 10.2.15.4 BUILDING SERVICES EQUIPMENT

A. Air conditioning, ventilating, heating, cooking, and other service equipment shall be in
accordance with Division 7 of this Chapter.

B. An elevator shall not constitute required means of exit. When mercantile occupancies are
more than three (3) storeys or more than three (3) storeys above the street floor and equipped
with automatic elevator, one (1) or more elevators and escalators shall be designed and
equipped for fire emergency use by fire fighters as specified in Division 7 of this Chapter. Key
operation shall transfer automatic elevator operation to manual and bring elevator to the
street floor for use of fire service. The elevator shall be situated so as to be readily accessible
by firefighters.

SECTION 10.2.15.5 SPECIAL PROVISIONS

A. Self-Service Stores
1. In any self-service store, no check-out stand or associated railings or barriers shall
obstruct exits or required aisles or approaches thereto.
2. In every self-service store where, wheeled carts or buggies are used by customers,
adequate provision shall be made for the transit and parking of such carts to minimize
the possibility that they may obstruct exits.

B. Open-Air Mercantile Operations

1. Open-air mercantile, operations, such as open-air markets, gasoline filling stations,
auto LPG refilling stations, roadside stands for the sale of farm produce and other
outdoor mercantile operations shall be so arranged and conducted as to maintain
free and unobstructed ways of travel at all times to permit prompt escape from any
point of danger in case of fire or other emergency, with no dead ends in which persons

130
 might be trapped due to display stands, adjoining buildings, fences, vehicles, or other
obstructions.
2. If mercantile operations are conducted in roof-over areas, they shall be treated as
mercantile buildings, provided that canopies over individual small stands to protect
merchandise from the weather shall not be construed to constitute buildings for the
purpose of this Chapter.

C. Combined Mercantile and Residential Occupancies

No dwelling unit shall have its sole means of exit through any mercantile occupancy in
the same building.

Exception No. 1: Where the dwelling occupancy and exits therefrom are separated from
the mercantile occupancy by construction having a fire resistance rating
of at least one (1) hour.

Exception No. 2: Where the mercantile occupancy is protected by automatic fire

suppression system in accordance with Section 10.2.6.7 of this IRR.

Exception No. 3: Where an existing building with not more than two (2) dwelling units above
the mercantile occupancy is protected by an automatic fire detection
systems in accordance with Section 10.2.6.6 of this IRR.

D. Covered Malls and Walkway

1. Covered Mall and Walkways. A covered or roofed interior area used as a pedestrian
public way and connecting buildings housing individual or multiple tenants. Use of the
term covered mall shall include covered walkways.
2. A covered mall and all buildings connected to it shall be treated as a single mercantile
building and shall be subject to the requirements for mercantile occupancies, except
as provided herein.
3. Exit Details
a. Every covered mall shall have no less than two (2) exits located remote from each
other.
b. No less than one-half (0.5) the required exit widths for each Class A or Class B store
connected to a covered mall shall lead directly outside without passing through the
mall.
c. Every mall shall be provided with unobstructed exit access, parallel to and adjacent
to the connected buildings: This exit access shall extend to each mall exit.
d. In no case shall an exit access through a covered mall be less than three (3) meters
and sixty six centimeters (66 cm) in clear width.

DIVISION 16. BUSINESS OCCUPANCIES

SECTION 10.2.16.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Classification of Occupancy
Business Occupancies shall include all buildings and structures or parts thereof with
occupancy described in Division 3 of this Chapter.

B. Classification of Hazard of Contents

The contents of business occupancies shall be classified as ordinary hazard in
accordance with Division 4 of this Chapter. For purposes of the design of an automatic fire
suppression system, as office occupancy shall be classified as “light hazard occupancy”.

C. Occupant Load
1. For purposes of determining required exits, the occupant load of business purposes
131
 shall be no less than one (1) person per nine and three tenths square meters (9.3 m2) of
gross floor area. The occupant load for concentrated use as in the case of Call Centers,
IT Centers, BPO’s, and other similar occupancies, shall not be less than one (1) person
per four and six tenths square meters (4.6 m2) of gross floor area devoted for that use,
provided that the means of egress and other fire safety requirements of the Fire Code
and this IRR are followed or incorporated in the building.
2. In the case of mezzanine or balcony open to the floor below of other unprotected vertical
openings between floors, the occupant load of the mezzanine or other subsidiary floor
level shall be added to that of the street floor for the purpose of determining required
exits.

SECTION 10.2.16.2 EXIT DETAILS

A. General
1. All exit facilities shall be in accordance with Section 10.2.5.10 of this IRR and this Division.
However, only types of exits specified in Subsection b on types of exits may be used as
required exit facilities in any business occupancy with access thereto and ways of travel
therefrom in accordance with Section 10.2.5.2 of this IRR.
2. If, owing to differences in grade level, any street floor exits are at points above or below
the street or ground level, such exits shall comply with the provisions for exits from upper
floors or floors below the street floor.
3. Stairs and ramps serving two (2) or more floors below a street floor occupied for business
use shall be permitted in accordance with para 4 and 5 below.
4. Where two (2) or more floors below the street floor are occupied for business use, the
same stairs or ramps shall be permitted to serve each.
5. An inside open stairway or inside open ramp shall be permitted to serve as a required
egress facility provided that only one (1) floor level below the street floor.
6. Floor levels below the street floor; are used only for storage, heating, and other service
equipment; and are not subject to business occupancy shall have a separate means of
egress in accordance with Division 18 of this Chapter.

B. Types of Exits
1. Exits shall be restricted to the following permissible types:
a. Doors
b. Stairs and smoke proof enclosures
c. Horizontal exits
d. Ramps
e. Exit Passageways

C. Capacity of Means of Egress

1. The capacity of means of egress shall be in accordance with Section 10.2.5.2 of this IRR.
2. The clear width of any corridor or passageway serving an occupant load of fifty (50) or
more shall be not less than 1.12 meters. It is not the intent that this provision apply to non-
corridor or non-passageway areas of exit access, such as the spaces between rows of
desks created by office layout or low-height partitions.
3. Street floor exits shall be sufficient for the occupant load of the street floor plus the
required capacity of stairs and ramps discharging through the street floor.

D. Number of Exits
1. Exits shall comply with the following, except as otherwise permitted by para 2 through 6
below:
a. The number of means of egress shall be in accordance with Section 10.2.5.2 of this
IRR.

132
 b. Not less than two (2) separate exits shall be provided on every storey.
c. Not less than two (2) separate exits shall be accessible from every part of every storey.
2. Exit access, as required by para 1.a through 1.c above, shall be permitted to include a
single exit access path for the distances permitted as common paths of travel.
3. A single exit shall be permitted for a room or area with a total occupant load of fewer
than 100 persons, provided that the following criteria are met:
a. The exit shall discharge directly to the outside at the level of exit discharge for the
building.
b. The total distance of travel from any point, including travel within the exit, shall not
exceed 30 meters.
c. The total distance of travel specified in para “b” above shall be on the same floor
level or, if traversing of stairs is necessary, such stairs shall not exceed four thousand
five hundred seventy millimeters (4570) mm in height and the stairs shall be provided
with complete enclosures to separate them from any other part of the building.
4. Any business occupancy not exceeding three (3) storeys, and not exceeding an
occupant load of 30 people per floor, shall be permitted a single separate exit to each
floor, provided that either of the following criteria is met:
a. This arrangement shall be permitted only where the total travel distance to the
outside of the building does not exceed thirty meters (30 m) and where the exit is
enclosed in accordance with Section 10.2.6.5 of this IRR, serves no other levels, and
discharges directly to the outside.
b. A single outside stair in accordance with Section 10.2.5.5 of this IRR shall be permitted
to serve all floors.
5. A single means of egress shall be permitted from a mezzanine within a business
occupancy, provided that the common path of travel does not exceed twenty three
meters (23 m), or thirty meters (30 m) if protected throughout by an approved, supervised
automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 10.2.6.7 of this IRR.
6. A single exit shall be permitted for a maximum two-storey, single-tenant space/building
that is protected throughout by an approved, supervised sprinkler system in accordance
with Section 10.2.6.7 of this IRR and where the total travel to the outside does not exceed
thirty meters (30 m).

E. Arrangement of Means of Egress

1. Means of egress shall be arranged in accordance with Section 10.2.5.2 of this IRR.
2. Dead-end corridors shall be permitted in accordance with the following:
a. In buildings protected throughout by an approved, supervised automatic sprinkler
system in accordance with Section 10.2.6.7 of this IRR, dead-end corridors shall not
exceed fifteen meters (15 m).
b. In buildings other than those complying with para “c” below, dead-end corridors
shall not exceed six meters (6 m).
c. It is recognized that dead ends exceeding the permitted limits exist and, in some
cases, are impractical to eliminate. The C/MFM having jurisdiction might permit such
dead ends to continue to exist, taking into consideration any or all of the following:
1) Tenant arrangement
2) Automatic sprinkler protection
3) Smoke detection
4) Exit remoteness
3. Limitations on common path of travel shall be in accordance with the following:
a. Common path of travel shall not exceed thirty meters (30 m) in a building protected
throughout by an approved, supervised automatic sprinkler system in accordance
with Section 10.2.6.7 of this IRR.

133
 b. Common path of travel shall not exceed thirty meters (30 m) within a single tenant
space having an occupant load not exceeding thirty (30) persons.
c. In buildings other than those complying with para “a” or “b” above, the common
path of travel shall not exceed twenty three meters (23 m).
d. It is recognized that common paths of travel exceeding the permitted limits exist and,
in some cases, are impractical to eliminate. The authority having jurisdiction might
permit such common paths of travel to continue to exist, taking into consideration
any or all of the following:
1) Tenant arrangement;
2) Automatic sprinkler protection; and
3) Smoke detection.
4) Exit remoteness

F. Travel Distance to Exits

1. In buildings protected throughout by an approved, supervised sprinkler system in
accordance with Section 10.2.6.7 of this IRR, the travel distance shall not exceed sixty
one meters (61 m).
2. In buildings other than those complying with para 1 above, the travel distance, measured
in accordance with Section 10.2.5.2 of this IRR, shall not exceed forty-six meters (46 m).

G. Discharge from Exits

All of the required exits shall terminate directly to the street or through a yard, court, or
passageway with protected openings and separated from all parts of the interior of the
building.
The exits may also discharge on the areas of the floor exit discharge provided the
following are met:
1. Such exits discharge to a free and unobstructed way to the exterior of the building by
not more than six meters (6m) distance, which way is readily visible and identifiable
from the point of discharge from the exit.
2. The floor of discharge into which the exit discharge is provided with automatic fire
suppression system and any other portion of the level of discharge with access to the
discharge area is provided with automatic fire suppression system or separated from it in
accordance with the requirements for the enclosure of exit in Section 10.2.5.2 of this IRR.
3. The entire area on the floor of discharge is separated from areas below by construction
having a minimum fire-resistance rating of two (2) hours.

H. Exit Signs and Lighting

1. Exit illumination shall be provided in accordance with Section 10.2.5.11 of this IRR.
2. Emergency lighting shall be provided in accordance with Section 10.2.5.11 of this IRR in
any building where any one of the following conditions exists:
a. The building is two (2) or more storeys in height above the level of exit discharge.
b. The occupancy is subject to fifty (50) or more occupants above or below the level of
exit discharge.
3. Emergency lighting in accordance with Section 10.2.5.11 of this IRR shall be provided for
all underground and limited access structures.
4. Means of egress shall have signs in accordance with Section 10.2.5.12 of this IRR.

I. Emergency Evacuation Plan

Emergency Evacuation Plan shall be in accordance with Section 10.2.5.13 of this IRR.

SECTION 10.2.16.3 PROTECTION

A. Protection of Vertical Openings

1. Vertical openings shall be enclosed or protected in accordance with Section 10.2.6.5 of
134
 this IRR, unless otherwise permitted by the following:
a. Unenclosed vertical openings in accordance with Section 10.2.6.5 of this IRR shall be
permitted.
b. Exit stairs shall be permitted to be unenclosed in two-storey, single tenant spaces
that are provided with a single exit in accordance with para D.6 of Section 10.2.16.2
of this IRR.
c. Unprotected vertical openings shall be permitted in existing buildings complying
with all of the following:
1) Where protected throughout by an approved automatic sprinkler system in
accordance with NFPA 13, Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems.
2) Where no unprotected vertical opening serves as any part of any required means
of egress.
3) Where required exits consist of exit doors that discharge directly to grade in
accordance with Section 10.2.5.3, outside stairs in accordance with Section
10.2.5.4, smoke-proof enclosures in accordance with Section 10.2.5.4, or
horizontal exits in accordance with Section 10.2.5.6 of this IRR.
d. Floors that are below the street floor and are used for storage or other than a business
occupancy.

B. Interior Finish
1. Interior finish shall be in accordance with Section 10.2.6.4 of this IRR.
2. Interior wall and ceiling finish
a. Interior wall and ceiling finish material complying with Section 10.2.6.4 of this IRR shall
be Class A or Class B in exits and in exit access corridors.
b. Interior wall and ceiling finishes shall be Class A, Class B, or Class C in areas other than
those specified in para “a” above.
3. Interior floor finish
a. Interior floor finish shall comply with Section 10.2.6.4 of this IRR.
b. Interior floor finish in exit enclosures shall be Class I or Class II.

C. Extinguishing Equipment
All business occupancy buildings fifteen meters (15 m) or more in height shall be
provided throughout with approved, supervised sprinkler system, fully electrically supervised
designed in accordance with NFPA 13. Building height shall be measured from the ground
level to floor of the topmost storey.

D. Detection, Alarm, and Communications Systems

1. A fire alarm system in accordance with Section 10.2.6.4 of this IRR shall be provided in all
business occupancies where below three hundred (300) is manual system and above
three hundred (300) is automatic system, where any one of the following conditions
exists:
a. The building is two (2) or more storeys in height above the level of exit discharge.
b. The occupancy is subject to fifty (50) or more occupants above or below the level of
exit discharge. For existing building, the occupancy is subject to one hundred (100)
or more occupants above or below the level of exit discharge.
c. The occupancy is subject to three hundred (300) or more total occupants. For existing
building, the occupancy is subject to one thousand (1000) or more total occupants.
2. Initiation of the required fire alarm system shall be by one of the following means:
a. Manual means in accordance with Section 10.2.6.6 of this IRR.
b. Means of an approved automatic fire detection system that complies with Section
10.2.6.6 of this IRR, and provides protection throughout the building.
c. Means of an approved automatic sprinkler system that complies with Section 10.2.6.7

135
 of this IRR, and provides protection throughout the building.
3. Occupant notification. During all times that the building is occupied, the required fire
alarm system, once initiated, shall perform one of the following functions:
a. For new and existing building, it shall activate a general alarm in accordance with
Section 10.2.6.6 throughout the building. A positive alarm sequence in accordance
with Section 10.2.6.6 of this IRR shall be permitted.
b. For existing building, a pre-signal system in accordance with Section 10.2.6.6 of this
IRR shall be permitted.
c. For new and existing building, it shall activate an alarm signal in a continuously
attended location for the purpose of initiating emergency action by personnel
trained to respond to emergencies as follows:
1) Emergency action shall be initiated by means of live voice public address system
announcements originating from the attended location where the alarm signal is
received, unless otherwise permitted by para 3 below.
2) The live voice public address system shall be permitted to be used for other
announcements, provided that the emergency action use takes precedence
over any other use.
3) In lieu of live voice public address system announcements, any other occupant
notification means in accordance with Section 10.2.6.6 of this IRR shall be
permitted.

E. Protection from Hazard

1. Hazardous areas including, but not limited to, areas used for general storage, boiler or
furnace rooms, and maintenance shops that include woodworking and painting areas
shall be protected in accordance with Section 10.2.6.10 of this IRR.
2. It is not the intent of this provision that rooms inside individual tenant spaces that are
used to store routine office supplies for that tenant be required to be either separated
or sprinklered.
3. High hazard contents areas. High hazard contents areas, as classified in Division 4 of this
Chapter, shall meet the following criteria:
a. The area shall be separated from other parts of the building by fire barriers having
a fire resistance rating of not less than 1 hour, with all openings therein protected by
¾-hour, fire protection-rated, self-closing fire door assemblies.
b. The area shall be protected by an automatic extinguishing system in accordance
with Section 10.2.6.7 of this IRR.
4. The requirement for separating high hazard contents areas from other parts of the
building is intended to isolate the hazard, and Section 10.2.6.10 of this IRR is applicable.
5. Cooking equipment shall comply with Section 10.2.7.1 of this IRR.

SECTION 10.2.16.4 BUILDING SERVICES EQUIPMENT

Utilities shall comply with the provisions of Division 7 of this Chapter.

SECTION 10.2.16.5 COMBINED BUSINESS AND MERCANTILE OCCUPANCY

In any building occupied for both business and mercantile purposes, the entire building
shall have exits in accordance with Division 16 of this Chapter.

Exception: If mercantile occupancy sections are effectively segregated from business section,
exit facilities may be treated separately.

136
 DIVISION 17. INDUSTRIAL OCCUPANCIES

SECTION 10.2.17.1 REQUIREMENTS

A. Sub-classifications of Occupancy
1. General Industrial Occupancy
Industrial occupancies that conduct ordinary and low hazard industrial
operations conducted in buildings of conventional design suitable for various types
of industrial process. These include multi-storey buildings, where floors are occupied
by different tenants or buildings suitable for such occupancy and are therefore
subject to possible use for types of industrial process with high density of employee
population.
2. Special Purpose Industrial Occupancy
Industrial occupancies that conduct ordinary and low hazard industrial
operations in all buildings, except high hazard occupancy, designed and suitable
only for particular types of operations, characterized by a relatively low density of
employee population, with much of the area occupied by machinery or equipment.
3. High Hazard Industrial Occupancy
Industrial occupancies that use high hazard materials or processes, or that house
high hazard contents.
4. Open Industrial Structures
Includes operations conducted in open air as distinguished from enclosure with
buildings, such as those often found in oil refining and chemical processing plants
where equipment is in the open platforms used for necessary access, sometimes with
roofs or canopies to provide some shelter, but no walls.

B Occupant Load
1. The occupant load of industrial occupancies for which exits are to be provided shall be
one (1) person per nine and three-tenths square meters (9.3 m2) gross floor area; provided
that in Special Purpose Industrial Occupancy and for Open Industrial Structures, the
occupant load shall be the maximum number of persons to occupy the area under
any probable conditions; and further provided that in existing industrial occupancies,
the C/MFM having jurisdiction may waive requirements for additional exits if the existing
exits are adequate for the maximum number of persons actually employed.
2. Every auditorium, restaurant, office, garage and medical facility in connection with
industrial occupancies shall have exits in accordance with the applicable Sections of
this IRR.
3. Exit requirements for specific occupancies shall comply with this Division.

SECTION 10.2.17.2 EXIT DETAILS

A. General
Each required exit shall be in accordance with the applicable Sections of Division 4 of
this Chapter, with access thereto and ways of travel therefrom in accordance with Section
10.2.5.2 of this IRR.

B. Types of Exits
Exits shall be restricted to the following permissible types:
1. Doors
2. Stairs or smoke proof enclosures
3. Horizontal exits
4. Ramps
5. Slide Escapes

137
C. Minimum Corridor Width
The minimum width of any corridor or passageway serving as a required exit or means
of travel to or from required exit shall be one hundred twelve centimeters (112 cm) in the
clear.

D. Capacity of Exits
Capacity of means of egress shall be determined in accordance with Section 10.2.5.2
of this IRR.

E. Number of Exits
At least two (2) exits shall be provided for every floor or section, including floors below
the floor of exit discharge used for industrial purposes or uses incidental thereto. At least one
of which shall be reached without traversing another storey.

Exception: For rooms or areas with a total capacity of less than twenty five (25) persons
having direct exit to the street or to an open area outside the building at ground
level, with a total travel distance from any point of not over fifteen and one-half
meters (15.5 m), a single exit may be permitted. Such travel shall be on the same
floor level. If the traversing of stairs is required, there shall not be a vertical travel
or more than four and six-tenths meters (4.6 m) and such stairs shall be provided
with complete enclosures to separate them from any other part of the building
with no door openings therein.

F. Travel Distance to Exits

1. Exits shall be as remote from other as practicable, so arranged that it will not be necessary
to travel more than thirty-one meters (31 m) from any point to reach the nearest exit for
buildings not protected by a complete automatic fire suppression system, or forty-six
meters (46 m) in a building protected by an approved supervised sprinkler system in
accordance with Section 10.2.6.7 of this IRR.
2. From every point there shall be at least two (2) separate exits accessible, so arranged
as to be reached by different paths of travel in different directions.

Exception: A common path of travel may be permitted for the first fifteen meters (15 m)
from any point, i.e. no dead-end may be more than fifteen and one-half
meters (15.5 m) deep.

G. Discharge from Exits

A maximum of fifty percent (50%) of the exits may discharge through areas on the floor
of exit discharge provided:
1. Such exits discharges to a free and unobstructed way to the exterior of the building,
which way is readily visible and identifiable from the point of discharge from the exit.
2. The floor of discharge into which the exit discharges is provided with automatic fire
suppression system and any other portion of the level of discharge with access to
the discharge area is provided with automatic fire suppression system protection or
separated from it in accordance with the requirements for the enclosure of exits in
Section 10.2.6.7 of this IRR.

Exception: If the discharge area is a vestibule or foyer with no dimension exceeding

three (3) meters and separated from the remainder of the floor or discharge
by construction providing protection at least the equivalent of wired glass in
steel frames, and serving only for means of egress including exits directly to
the outside, the requirements of Section 10.2.5.2 of this IRR may be waived.
3. The entire area on the floor of discharge is separated from areas below by construction
having a minimum of two (2) hour fire-resistance rating.

H. Signs, Lighting, and Exit Signage

1. Signs designating exits or ways of travel there to shall be provided in accordance with
Section 10.2.5.12 of this IRR.

138
 2. Exit lighting shall be provided in accordance with Section 10.2.5.11 of this IRR.
3. Emergency lighting shall be provided in accordance with Section 10.2.5.11 of this IRR.
SECTION 10.2.17.3 PROTECTION

A. Protection of Vertical Openings

Every stairway, elevator shaft, escalator opening and other vertical opening shall be
enclosed or protected in accordance with Section 10.2.6.5 of this IRR.

Exception No. 1: Unprotected vertical openings connecting not more than three
(3) storeys used for industrial occupancy only may be permitted in
accordance with the provisions of Section 10.2.6.7 of this IRR, with
approved supervised sprinkler system.

Exception No. 2:
In any existing building only, where provided with approved
supervised sprinkler system in accordance with Section 10.2.6.7 of this
IRR, vertical openings not constituting as required means of egress
may be unprotected, provided that, all required exits shall consist
of smoke-proof enclosure or outside stairway in accordance with
Section 10.2.5.5 or horizontal exits in accordance with Section 10.2.5.6
of this IRR.

B. Interior Finish
Interior finish shall be Class A, Class B or Class C.

C. Detection, Alarm and Communications Systems

1. An approved automatic fire detection and alarm system shall be required in all industrial
occupancies, except for buildings with less than 25 employees where such building
shall be equipped with manual fire alarm system.
2. Not less than one (1) fire alarm box shall be installed for buildings equipped with
automatic fire detection and alarm system.
3. If buildings are equipped with approved supervised automatic sprinkler system, the
flow of water shall initiate the fire alarm system.

D. Extinguishing Requirement
1. Every high-hazard occupancy shall have automatic fire suppression system appropriate
to the particular hazard in accordance with NFPA or other internationally accepted
standards.
2. Portable fire extinguishers shall be installed in accordance with Section 10.2.6.9 of this
IRR.
3. Standpipe systems shall be installed in accordance with Section 10.2.6.8 of this IRR.

E. Explosion Prevention
Explosion prevention in Industrial occupancies shall be in accordance with NFPA 654,
Standard for the Prevention of Fires for Dust Explosions from the Manufacturing, processing,
and Handling of Combustible Particular Solids, and NFPA 69, Standard on Explosion
Prevention Systems.

DIVISION 18. STORAGE OCCUPANCIES

SECTION 10.2.18.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Occupancy Load
The occupant load, in number of persons for whom means of egress and other provisions
are required, shall be determined on the basis of the maximum probable population of the
space under consideration.

B. Exit Details
139
 1. Types of Exits
Means of egress for storage occupancies shall be restricted to the following types:
a. Doors
b. Stairs and Smoke-proof Enclosures
c. Horizontal Exits
d. Ramps
e. Slide Escapes
2. Capacity of means of egress
The capacity of means of egress shall be determined in accordance with para “C”
of Section 10.2.5.2 of this IRR.
3. Number of Exits
a. Every building or structure used for storage and every section thereof considered
separately shall have at least two (2) separate means of egress, as remote from each
other as practicable.

Exception: In rooms or spaces of less than one thousand three hundred ninety four
square meters (1,394 m2) gross area where less than ten (10) persons may
normally be present, at least one (I) means of egress shall be provided for
any person employed therein.
b. Every storage area shall have access to at least one (1) means of exit which can
be readily opened, not subject to locking at any time that any persons are therein,
and not dependent on any power-operated doors except where the design of the
power-operated doors may be opened manually in case of power failure to permit
exit travel.
4. Travel Distance to Exits
Every area used for the storage of high hazard commodities shall have an exit within
twenty three meters (23 m) of any point in the area where persons may be present,
except where automatic fire suppression system protection is provided, distances may
be increased to thirty meters (30 m).
5. Signs, Lighting and Exit Signages
a. Means of egress shall be installed with signs that comply with Section 10.2.5.12 of this
IRR.
b. Means of egress shall be properly illuminated in accordance with Section 10.2.5.11 of
this IRR.
c. Emergency lighting shall be provided on normally occupied areas and on component
of means of egress.

SECTION 10.2.18.2 PROTECTION

A. Protection of Vertical Opening

1. Any vertical opening shall be protected in accordance with Section 10.2.6.5 of this IRR
except for existing open stairs and open ramps shall permitted where connecting only
two floor levels.
2. Existing unprotected vertical opening in buildings protected throughout by approved
supervised sprinkler system in accordance with Section 10.2.6.7 of this IRR, vertical
openings not constituting as required means of egress may be unprotected provided,
that, all required exits shall consist of smoke-proof enclosure or outside stairway in
accordance with Section 10.2.5.5 or horizontal exits in accordance with Section 10.2.5.6
of this IRR.

B. Detection, Alarm and Communications Systems

1. An approved automatic fire detection and alarm system shall be required on all storage

140
 occupancies except for buildings with ordinary or low hazard not exceeding 2,000
square meters where such building shall be equipped with manual fire alarm system.
2. Not less than one (1) fire alarm box shall be installed for buildings equipped with
automatic fire detection and alarm system.
3. If buildings are equipped with approved, supervised automatic sprinkler system, the
flow of water shall initiate the fire alarm system.

C. Extinguishing Requirement
1. Every high hazard occupancy shall have automatic fire suppression system protection
such as Sprinkler Systems/Water Spray Fixed Systems/Water Mist Fire Protection
Systems, Hybrid (Water and Inert Gas) Fire Extinguishing Systems, Carbon Dioxide
Extinguishing Systems, Foam- Water Sprinkler and Foam-Water Spray Systems, Dry
Chemical Extinguishing Systems, Wet Chemical Extinguishing Systems, Clean Agent Fire
Extinguishing Systems, Fixed Aerosol Fire Extinguishing Systems and other equivalent
protection as may be appropriate to the particular hazard, including Explosion
Prevention Systems/Explosion Protection by Deflagration Venting for any area subject to
an explosion hazard, designed to minimize danger to occupants in case of fire or other
emergency before they have time to utilize exits to escape.
2. Portable fire extinguishers shall be installed in accordance with Section 10.2.6.9 of this
IRR.
3. Standpipe systems shall be installed in accordance with Section 10.2.6.8 of this IRR.

SECTION 10.2.18.3 SPECIAL PROVISION FOR PARKING STRUCTURES

A. General Requirements
The following provisions apply to parking structures of closed or open type, above or
below ground, but not to mechanical or exclusively attendant parking facilities, which are
not occupied by customers and thus require a minimum of exits. Where repair operations
are conducted the exits shall comply with the rules on Industrial Occupancies, except if the
parking and repair sections are effectively separated by not less than 1-hour fire resistive
construction, the parking and repair sections shall be treated separately.

B. Exit Details
1. Number and Types of Exits
Every floor of every parking structure shall have access to at least two (2) separate
exits. Such exits shall be provided with doors, interior stairs of smoke proof towers, outside
stairs or a horizontal exit in accordance with this IRR.

Exception No. 1: In an open -type parking structure with open ramps not subject to
closure, the ramp may serve in lieu of the second exit, provided the
ramp discharges directly outside at the street level.

Exception No. 2. For parking structure extending only (1) floor level below the floor of
exit discharge, a ramp leading directly to the outside may serve in lieu
of the second exit.
2. Arrangement of and Travel Distance to Exit
a. Exits in parking structures shall be so arranged that no point in the area will be more
than forty five meters (45 m) from the nearest exit other than a ramp on the same
floor level.

Exception No. 1: Travel distance may be increased to ninety one meters (91 m) for
open floors of open parking structures.

Exception No. 2: Travel distance may be increased to sixty meters (60 m) for
enclosed parking structures completely protected by an approved,
supervised sprinkler system in accordance with Section10.2.6.7 of
this IRR.

141
 b. Exits shall be so arranged that from any point in the parking structures, the paths of
travel to the two (2) exits will be in different directions, except that a common path
of travel may be permitted for the first fifteen (l 5) meters from any point.
c. If fuel pumps are located within any closed parking garage, exits shall be so located
that travel away from the fuel pump in any direction which leads to an exit, with
no dead end in which occupants might be trapped by fire or explosion at any fuel
pump. Such exit shall lead to the outside of the building on the same level or down
stairs: no upward travel permitted unless direct outside exits are available from that
floor.
Any storey below the storey at which is being dispensed shall have exits direct to
the outside via outside stairs or doors at ground level.

C. Illumination of Means of Egress

Every public space, hallway, stairway and other means of egress shall have illumination
and emergency lighting facilities in accordance with Section 10.2.5.11 of this IRR.

D. Exit Marking
Signs in accordance with Section 10.2.5.12 of this IRR shall be provided for all required
exits and exit access.

E. Detection, Alarm, and Communication Systems

1. Parking structures with the aggregate floor area of nine thousand three hundred square
meters (9,300 m2) shall be required to have a fire alarm system, where the parking
structure is combined with other occupancy, fire alarm and detection requirement for
the occupancy shall likewise be applied to parking structure.
2. Open parking structures not combined with other occupancy or not more than fifteen
meters (15 m) in height shall not be required with fire alarm system. Otherwise, it shall be
required with fire alarm system.
3. Parking structures protected throughout by an approved automatic sprinkler system
shall not be required to have a fire alarm system.

F. Open Parking Structures

Open parking structures shall not be required to install automatic sprinkler systems
regardless of height, however, its means of egress shall comply with Section 10.2.5.2 of this
IRR which shall be fully enclosed and protected.

SECTION 10.2.18.4 SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR AIRCRAFT HANGARS

A. Design and Fire Protection

Design and Fire protection of all aircraft hangars shall be in accordance with NFPA 409,
Standards for Aircraft Hangars.

B. Exit Details
1. Exits from aircraft storage of servicing areas shall be provided at intervals of not more
than forty (40) meters on all exterior waIls or aircraft hangars. There will be a minimum
of two (2) exits serving each aircraft storage or servicing area. Horizontal exits through
interior fire walls shall be provided at intervals of not more than thirty meters (30 m).
Dwarf or “smash” doors accommodating aircraft may be used to comply with these
requirements. All doors designated as exits shall be kept unlocked in the direction of exit
travel while the area is occupied.
2. Exits from mezzanine floors in aircraft storage or servicing areas shall be so arranged
that the maximum travel to reach the nearest exit from any point on mezzanine shall not
exceed twenty three meters (23 m). Such exits shall lead directly to a properly enclosed
stairwell discharging directly to the exterior or to a suitably cut-off area or to outside
stairs.

C. Signs
142
 Exits signs shall be provided above all doors and exit ways in accordance with Section
10.2.5.12 of this IRR.

SECTION 10.2.18.5 SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR GRAIN ELEVATORS

A. In grain elevators, there shall be at least one (1) stair tower from storeys below the floor of
exit discharge to the floor of exit discharge and from the floor of exit discharge to the top
floor of the working house enclosed on a dust tight non-combustible shaft.

B. Noncombustible doors of the self-closing type shall be provided at each floor landing.

C. An exterior stair or basket ladder type fire escape accessible from all working levels of the
head house that provides access to the top of the adjoining structure and that provides a
continuous path to the means of egress.

D. An exterior stair or basket ladder type fire escape accessible from all working levels of the
head house that provides passage to the ground level shall be installed grain elevators.

DIVISION 19. SPECIAL STRUCTURES

Any building or structure occupied for purposes not covered by Division 8 through 18 of this
IRR shall have exits and related safeguards in accordance with the fundamental principles of
this Chapter, and shall comply with the following provisions where applicable.

SECTION 10.2.19.1 AERODROME FACILITIES

A. General Fire Safety Requirements

1. The BFP shall conduct regular and periodic fire safety inspection on all Aerodrome
facilities.
2. No dispensing, transfer or storage of flammable or combustible liquids shall be permitted
within aerodrome facilities, except as provided in Section 10.3.7.5 of this IRR.
3. Flammable and combustible liquid and fuel shall not be dispensed into or removed from
the fuel system of an aircraft within any aircraft hangar, a container, tank, vehicle or
aircraft except in locations approved by the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
4. The application of flammable and combustible liquid finishes shall be done only in
locations approved by the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
5. No person shall clean any aircraft engines or parts of an aircraft in an aircraft hangar nor
within fifteen meters (15 m) of another aircraft, building or hangar with any flammable
liquid having a flash point under thirty seven and eight-tenths degree Celsius (37.80°C).
6. In case of spills on Aerodrome Facilities, the following shall be observed:
a. All activities in the affected area not related to the mitigation of the spill shall cease
until the spilled material has been removed or the hazard has been mitigated.
b. No aircraft or other vehicles shall be moved through the spill area until the spilled
material has been removed or the hazard has been mitigated.
c. Spills shall be reported immediately to the C/MFM having jurisdiction, documented
and mitigated.
7. Every aircraft hangar shall be equipped and maintained with metal drip pans under the
engines of all aircraft stored or parked thereon.
8. No open flame, flame-producing device, or other source of ignition shall be permitted in
any hangar, except in locations approved by the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
9. “NO SMOKING” signs with white letters at least ten centimeters (10 cm), high upon a red
background shall be posted conspicuously throughout every aircraft hangar and each
fuel transfer point except in approved designated and posted locations where smoking
is permitted.
10. Smoking equipment such as cigarette lighters and ash trays shall be prohibited in aircraft-
143
 fueling vehicles.
11. No person shall run the engine of any aircraft in any aircraft hangar except in approved
engine test area.
12. All repairing of aircraft requiring the use of open flames, fire-producing devices or the
heating parts above two hundred sixty degrees Celsius (260°C) shall be done in the open
or in a room separated from any hangar or other building by a fire resistive construction
having fire resistance rating of not less than two (2) hours.
13. Storage of flammable and combustible or other hazardous materials in an aircraft hangar
shall be prohibited, except in locations and containers approved by the C/MFM having
jurisdiction.
14. Portable fire extinguishers shall be installed as follows:
a. Every vehicle used for towing aircraft and every welding apparatus shall be equipped
with at least one (1) fire extinguisher having a minimum 4-B-C classification.
b. Every aircraft refueller shall be equipped with a minimum of two (2) B-C Fire extinguishers.
The fire extinguisher shall be readily accessible from either side of the vehicle.
c. At every aircraft service station, including heliports, there shall be at least one fire
extinguisher having a minimum 6-B-C classification, and shall be so located that no
pump or dispenser shall be more than twenty three (23) meters from such extinguisher.
15. All pumps of a positive displacement type shall be provided with a by-pass relief valve
set at a pressure of not more than thirty-five (35) percent in excess of the normal working
pressure of the unit. Such unit shall be equipped and maintained with a pressure gauge
on the discharged side of the pumps.
16. Dispensing Hose and Nozzle shall conform to the following:
a. Only hose designed for the transferring of hydrocarbon liquids shall be permitted.
b. The length of the hose shall be limited to the actual needs of the individual transfer
apparatus. Such hose shall be equipped with an approved shut-off nozzle. Fuel transfer
nozzles shall be of self-closing type, designed to be actuated by hand pressure only.
No notches or other devices shall be used for holding the nozzle valve handle in an
open position. Such nozzle shall be equipped with a grounding cable complete with
proper attachment for the aircraft to be serviced.
17. Electrical wiring, switches, lights and any other source of ignition, when located in
compartment housing piping, pumps, air eliminators, water separators, hose reels and
the like shall be enclosed in a vapor-tight housing. Any electric motor located in such a
compartment shall be of a type approved for use in hazardous locations as specified in
the Philippine Electrical Code.

As-built Electrical System design in compliance with the Philippine Electrical Code,
NFPA 70, National Electrical Code and NFPA 780, Standard for the Installation of Lightning
Protection Systems signed and sealed by a Professional Electrical Engineer shall be
provided.
18. Compartments housing piping and the like, pumps, air eliminators, water separators,
hose reels, shall be adequately ventilated at floor level or within the floor itself.

As-built Detailed Mechanical Design in compliance with NFPA Standards/ Mechanical

Code of the Philippines, signed and sealed by a Professional Mechanical Engineer shall
be provided.
19. Accessory Equipment shall conform to the following:
a. Ladders constructed from non-combustible material may be used with, or attached
to any aircraft refueller unit; Provided that the manner of attachment or use of such
ladder is approved and shall not in any occasion constitute any additional fire or
accident hazard in the operation of such refueller unit.
b. Hose reels used in connecting with any such refueller unit shall be constructed of
noncombustible materials and shall be provided with a pacing gland or other device
which will preclude fuel leakage between such reel and fuel manifold in connection

144
 therewith.
c. Similar accessory equipment shall be of approved type.
20. Bonding and Grounding shall be as follows:
a. Every transfer apparatus shall be metallically interconnected with the tank, chassis,
axles and springs of every aircraft refueller unit.
b. Every aircraft refueller unit shall be provided and maintained with a substantially
heavy ground cable of sufficient length to be bonded to the aircraft to be serviced.
Such cable shall be metallically connected to the transfer apparatus of chassis of the
aircraft refueller unit on one and shall be provided with a suitable metal clamp on the
other end, to be fixed to the aircraft.
c. The ground cable shall be bare or have a transparent protective sleeve and be
carried on a reel or in a compartment for no other purpose in such a manner that it will
not be subjected to sharp kinks or accidental breakage under conditions of general
use.
d. Electrical System design in compliance with the Latest Philippine Electrical Code,
NFPA 70, National Electrical Code and NFPA 780, Standard for Installation Llightning
Protection Systems signed and sealed by a Professional Electrical Engineer shall be
provided.

B. Refueller Units
1. Design and Construction of Aircraft Refuellers shall conform to the following:
a. Tanks and vehicles shall be designed and constructed in accordance with NFPA 385,
“Tank Vehicles for Flammable Liquids,” and NFPA 407, Part IV, “Aircraft Fuel Servicing
Tank Vehicles.”
b. Annual testing and certification of every System by a Registered or licensed professional
or government accredited testing company shall be required.
1) If such transfer apparatus is operated by an individual unit of internal combustion
motor type, such power unit shall be located as remotely as practicable from
any pumps, piping, meters, air eliminators, water separators, hose reels, etc., and
shall be housed in separate compartment from any aforementioned items; the
fuel tank in connection therewith shall be suitably designed and installed and
the maximum capacity shall not exceed nineteen Liters (19 L) when such tank is
installed on any such engine or in any compartment housing any such engine.
The exhaust pipe, muffler and tail pipes shall be shielded.
2) If operated with gears or chains, the gears, chains, shafts, bearings, housing
and all parts thereof shall be of an approved design and shall be installed in a
workmanlike manner and so maintained.
3) Flexible connections for the purpose of eliminating vibration may be permitted if
the material used therein is designed, installed and maintained in an approved
manner and provided such connections do not exceed sixty-one centimeters (61
cm) in length.
2. Operations, Maintenance and Use of Aircraft Refueller Units shall conform to the following:

In addition to all other applicable provisions of this Code, the following regulations
shall apply to the operations, maintenance, and use of aircraft refueller units.
a. Aircraft-fueling vehicles and all related equipment shall be properly maintained
and kept in good working condition. Accumulations of oil, grease, fuel and other
flammable or combustible materials are prohibited. Maintenance and servicing of
such equipment shall be accomplished in approved areas.
Minor adjustment and repairs may be made when necessary to move such units
to the storage locations when failure occurs elsewhere on the airport or heliport.
b. Tanks, pipes, hoses, valves and other fuel delivery equipment shall be maintained leak
free at all times.
c. Aircraft-fueling vehicles and related equipment which are in violation of this rule shall
145
 be immediately defueled and removed from service and shall not be returned to
service until proper repairs have been made.
d. Aircraft-fueling vehicles that are operated by a person, firm or corporation other than
the permitee’s authorized employee shall be provided with a legible sign visible from
outside the vehicle showing the name of a person, firm or corporation operating such
unit and signage conforming with.
3. Electrical System Design Plan in compliance with the PEC, NFPA 70, NEC on grounding
protection systems shall be signed and sealed by a Professional Electrical Engineer.
a. Aircraft refueller units shall not be located, parked, or permitted to stand under any
portions of an aircraft nor in any position where such unit could obstruct egress from
aircraft should fire occur during fuel transfer operations.
b. Every aircraft refueller unit shall be electrically bonded to the aircraft being fueled
or defueled and either the aircraft refueller unit or the aircraft shall be adequately
grounded in approved manner. A drag chain and flexible ground conductor shall not
be deemed to fulfill the requirements of this Section for grounding during fuel transfer.
c. Transfer nozzle shall be equipped with approved bonding conductors which shall be
clipped or otherwise positively engaged with the bonding attachment provided on
the aircraft adjacent to the fuel tank cap.
d. All bonding and ground connections required by this section shall be made prior
to any fuel transfer and shall not be disconnected until fuel transfer operations are
completed.
e. During fuel transfer operations, qualified persons shall be in immediate control of each
transfer nozzle and fuel pumping equipment to shut off or otherwise control the flow
of fuel from the time fueling operations have begun until they are completed except
for under wing refueling
f. Fuel transfer nozzle shall not be held in the open position by any device other than by
direct hand pressure by the operator.
4. Aircraft refueller unit shall be attended and operated only by qualified personnel. Each
qualified operator shall be required to carry his/her identification card and to submit
documents issued by the employer certifying his/her qualifications to the BFP.
5. The fuel transfer hoses shall be properly placed on the approved reels, or in the
compartment provided, or may be stored on top decking of refuellers; provided that rails
of proper height are provided for security and protection of such equipment before any
aircraft refueller unit is moved. Such transfer hose shall not be looped or dropped over
any part of the refueller unit nor shall fuel transfer hose be dragged when such refueller
unit is moved from fueling unit to another.
6. System Design Plan in compliance in Philippine Mechanical Code shall be signed and
sealed by a Professional Mechanical Engineer.
a. Every aircraft refueller unit and all equipment shall be maintained in a safe operating
condition and in good repair at all times.
b. On finding any aircraft servicing equipment which is in use for fuelling operations to
be defective or in a state of disrepair, and by reason of such defect or disrepair,
the use of such aircraft servicing equipment constitutes an undue fire hazard, the C/
MFM having jurisdiction shall order the use of such equipment discontinued until such
repairs, replacements or such changes are made as necessary to render the same
safe for continued use. No person shall use any such defective equipment until the
same is rendered safe by the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
c. Each system shall be periodically inspected, checked and certified at least twice (2)
a year by a Registered or Licensed Professional or an accredited testing company.
7. Loading and Unloading shall conform to the following:
a. Aircraft refueller units shall be loaded only at an approved loading rack, except that
when refueling aircraft, such unit may be loaded from the fuel tanks or the aircraft.
b. The fuel cargo of any such unit shall be unloaded only by approved transfer apparatus

146
 into the fuel tanks of aircrafts, underground storage tanks or approved gravity storage
tanks.
8. Standard Operating Procedures in accordance with NFPA Standards shall be provided.
a. No person shall smoke or produce any open flame in the cabin of the aircraft or in the
outside thereof within fifteen meters (15 m).
b. A qualified employee of the air vehicle owner shall be responsible for ensuring that
the passengers are not allowed to smoke when aboard the aircraft, nor while going
across the ramp from the gate to such aircraft or vice-versa.
c. Passengers shall not be permitted to linger about the plane but shall proceed directly
from the loading gate and the aircraft, and vice-versa.
d. Passenger loading stands shall be left in loading position until all fuel transfer operations
are completed.
e. Fuel transfer operations shall not be performed on the main exit side of any aircraft
containing passengers.
9. No smoking or open flames shall be allowed within fifteen meters (15 m) from the point
where fuel is being transferred nor shall any electrical or motor driven devices be
connected from any air craft at any time while refueling operations are in progress on
such aircraft.

C. Helistops
1. Approval must first be obtained from the Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines and C/
MFM having jurisdiction before any helistops can be operated.
2. The touchdown area shall be surrounded on all sides by a clear area having a minimum
average width of the roof level of four and six-tenths meters (4.6 m) with no width less
than one and a half meters (1.5 m).
3. Landing areas on the structures shall be so maintained as to confine any flammable
liquid spillage to the landing area itself and shall be made to drain such spillage away
from any exit or stairway.
4. Exit and stairways from helistops shall be maintained in accordance with the Section
10.2.5.2 of this IRR except that all landing areas located on building or structures shall
have two or more exits. For landing platforms or roof areas less than eighteen and three-
tenths meters (18.3 m) in length, or less than one hundred eighty six square meters (186
m2) in area, the second exit may be a fire escape stair conforming to Section 10.2.5.10 of
this IRR.

SECTION 10.2.19.2 FIXED GUIDEWAY TRANSIT AND PASSENGER RAIL SYSTEMS

A. General
1. Life safety from fire and fire protection requirements for fixed guideway transit and
passenger rail systems, including, but not limited to, stations, trainways, emergency
ventilation systems, vehicles, emergency procedures, communications, and control
systems shall be in accordance with NFPA 130, Standard for Fixed Guideway Transit and
Passenger Rail Systems.
2. Nothing in this standard is intended to prevent or discourage the use of new methods,
materials, or devices, provided that sufficient technical data are submitted to the C/MFM
having jurisdiction to demonstrate that the new method, material, or device is equivalent
to or superior to the requirements of this standard with respect to fire performance and
life safety in accordance with the internationally accepted standards.
3. The provision under this Section shall not be applied to existing fixed guideway transit
and passenger rail system, provided that no modification or renovation shall be
undertaken that will increase hazardous condition where it is evident that a reasonable
degree of safety is provided on existing structures in accordance with NFPA and other
internationally accepted standards.

147
B. Means of Egress
1. General
The provisions for means of egress for a station shall comply with Rule 10 of this Code
and the paragraphs below.
2. Occupant Load
a. The occupant load for a station shall be based on the train load of trains simultaneously
entering the station on all tracks in normal traffic direction plus the simultaneous
entraining load awaiting trains.
1) The train load shall consider only one train at any one track.
2) The basis for calculating train and entraining loads shall be the peak period
ridership figures as projected for design of a new system or as updated for an
operating system.
b. At multilevel, multiline, or multiplatform stations, occupant loads shall be determined
as follows:
1) The maximum occupant load for each platform shall be considered separately
for the purpose of sizing the means of egress from that platform.
2) Simultaneous loads shall be considered for all egress routes passing through each
level of that station.
c. An area within a station is intended for use by other than passengers or employees,
shall apply the following parameters:
1) The occupant load for that area shall be determined in accordance with the
occupancy as appropriate for the use.
2) The additional occupant load shall be included in determining the required
egress from that area.
3) The additional occupant load shall be permitted to be omitted from the station
occupant load where the area has independent means of egress of sufficient
number and capacity.
3. Calculation of Platform Occupant Load
The platform occupant load for each platform in a station shall be the maximum
peak period occupant load calculated according to the following:
a. The peak period occupant load for each platform shall be based on the simultaneous
evacuation of the entraining load and the train load for that platform in the peak
period.
b. The entraining load for each platform shall be the sum of the entraining loads for
each track serving that platform.
c. The entraining load for each track shall be based on the entraining load per train
headway factored to account for service disruptions and system reaction time.
d. Where a platform serves more than one line on one track, the calculation of
entraining load shall consider the combined effect of accumulation for each of the
lines served.
e. The train load for each platform shall be the sum of the train loads for each track
serving that platform.
f. The train load for each track shall be based on the train load per train headway
factored to account for service disruptions and system reaction time.
g. The maximum train load at each track shall be the maximum passenger capacity for
the largest capacity train operating on that track during the peak period.

C. Capacity and Location of Means of Egress

1. Platform Evacuation Time.
There shall be sufficient egress capacity to evacuate the platform occupant load
from the station platform in 4 minutes or less.

148
 2. Evacuation Time to a Point of Safety.
The station shall be designed to permit evacuation from the most remote point on
the platform to a point of safety in 6 minutes or less. A point of safety is one of the
following:
a. an enclosed exit that leads to a public way or safe location outside the station,
trainway, or vehicle;
b. an at grade point beyond the vehicle, enclosing station, or trainway;
c. any other approved location.
3. Point of Safety
a. For open stations where the concourse is below or protected from the platform by
distance or materials as determined by an appropriate engineering analysis, that
concourse shall be permitted to be defined as a point of safety.
b. For enclosed stations equipped with an emergency ventilation system and where the
emergency ventilation system provides protection for the concourse from exposure
to the effects of a train fire at the platform as confirmed by engineering analysis, that
concourse is permitted to be defined as a point of safety.
4. Travel Distance
The maximum travel distance on the platform to a point at which a means of egress
route leaves the platform shall not exceed one hundred meters (100 m).
5. Common Path of Travel
A common path of travel from the ends of the platform shall not exceed twenty five
meters (25 m) or one car length, whichever is greater.
6. Alternate Egress
At least two means of egress remote from each other shall be provided from each
station platform as follows:
a. A means of egress used as a public circulation route shall be permitted to provide
more than fifty percent (50%) of the required egress capacity from a station platform
or other location.
b. Means of egress from separate platforms shall be permitted to converge.
c. Where means of egress routes from separate platforms converge, the subsequent
capacity of the egress route shall be sufficient to maintain the required evacuation
time from the incident platform.

D. Platforms, Corridors, and Ramps

1. A minimum clear width of one hundred centimeters (112 cm) shall be provided along all
platforms, corridors, and ramps serving as means of egress.
2. In computing the means of egress capacity available on platforms, corridors, and
ramps, thirty centimeters (30 cm) shall be deducted at each sidewall, and forty-five
centimeters (45 cm) shall be deducted at platform edges that are open to the trainway.
3. The maximum means of egress capacity of platforms, corridors, and ramps shall be
computed at 0.0819 person/mm-min.
4. The maximum means of egress travel speed along platforms, corridors, and ramps shall
be computed at thirty-seven and seven tenths meters per minute (37.7 m/min).
5. The means of egress travel speed for concourses and other areas where a lesser
pedestrian density is anticipated shall be computed at 61.0 m/min.
6. Stairs and escalators shall be permitted to be counted as contributing to the means of
egress capacity in stations.
7. Stairs in the means of egress shall be a minimum of one hundred tweleve centimeters
(112 cm) wide.
8. Capacity and travel speed for stairs and escalators shall be computed as follows:
a. Capacity – 0.0555 p/mm-min
149
 b. Travel speed – 14.6 m/min (indicates vertical component of travel speed)
9. Escalators shall not account for more than one-half of the means of egress capacity at
any one level except where the following criteria are met:
a. The escalators are capable of being remotely brought to a stop.
b. A portion of the means of egress capacity from each station level is stairs.
c. For enclosed stations, at least one enclosed exit stair or exit passageway provides
continuous access from the platforms to the public way.
10. In calculating the egress capacity of escalators, the following criteria shall be met:
a. One escalator at each level shall be considered as being out of service.
b. The escalator chosen shall be the one having the most adverse effect upon egress
capacity.
11. Elevators meeting the requirements of NFPA 130 shall be permitted to account for part of
the means of egress capacity in stations. Where elevators are counted as contributing
to the means of egress capacity, the following shall apply:
a. They shall account for no more than 50 percent of the required egress capacity.
b. At least one elevator shall be considered out of service, and one elevator shall be
reserved for fire service.
c. The capacity of each elevator shall be the carrying capacity of the elevator within
30 minutes.

E. Doors, Gates, and Exit Hatches, Fare Barriers, Turnstile-type Fire Barriers shall be permitted
as means of egress and computed in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 130.

F. Means of Egress Lighting

Illumination of the means of egress in stations, including escalators that are considered
a means of egress, shall be in accordance with Section 10.2.5.11 of this IRR.

G. Fire Protection
1. Fire Command Center. Enclosed stations shall be provided with a fire command center
in accordance with Section 10.2.20.2 of this IRR.
2. Protective Signaling Systems. Stations equipped with fire alarm devices shall be
protected by a proprietary supervising station alarm system as defined in accordance
with Section 10.2.6.6 of this IRR.
3. Each station having fire alarm initiating devices shall be provided with a fire alarm
annunciator panel at a location that is accessible to emergency response personnel in
accordance with Section 10.2.6.6 of this IRR.
4. Automatic fire detection shall be provided in all ancillary spaces by the installation of
listed combination fixed temperature and rate-of-rise heat detectors or listed smoke
detectors except where protected by automatic sprinklers.
5. Emergency Communication. A public address (PA) system and emergency voice alarm
reporting devices, such as emergency telephone boxes or manual fire alarm boxes
conforming to Section 10.2.6.6 of this IRR, shall be required in stations.
6. Emergency alarm reporting devices shall be located on passenger platforms and
throughout the stations such that the travel distance from any point in the public area
shall not exceed one hundred meters (100 m) unless otherwise approved.
7. Automatic Fire Suppression Systems. An automatic sprinkler protection system shall be
provided in areas of stations used for concessions, in high hazard storage areas, in trash
rooms, and other similar areas with combustible loadings, except trainways.
8. Other fire suppression systems, upon approval of the C/MFM having jurisdiction, shall be
permitted to be substituted for automatic sprinkler systems.
9. Standpipe and Hose Systems. Class I standpipes shall be installed in enclosed stations in
accordance with Section 10.2.6.8 of this IRR, except as modified by NFPA 130.

150
 10. Portable fire extinguishers shall be in accordance with Section 10.2.6.9 of this IRR.

H. Ventilation. Emergency ventilation shall be provided in enclosed stations in accordance with

NFPA 130. A mechanical emergency ventilation system shall be provided in an enclosed
system station or in a system underground or enclosed trainway that is greater in length
than three hundred five meters (305 m).

I. Emergency power shall be provided in accordance with PEC, NFPA 70 and NFPA 110,
Standard for Emergency and Standby Power System, for enclosed stations. Systems
connected to the emergency power system shall include the following:
1. Emergency lighting
2. Protective signaling systems
3. Emergency communication system
4. Fire command center
5. Elevators providing required egress capacity

J. Trainways’ Emergency Egress

1. Location of Egress Routes. The system shall incorporate a walk surface or other approved
means for passengers to evacuate a train at any point along the trainway so that they
can proceed to the nearest station or other point of safety.
2. The maximum distance between exits shall not exceed seven hundred sixty-two meters
(762 m) within enclosed trainways.
3. Cross-passageways shall be permitted to be used in lieu of emergency exit stairways
to the surface where trainways in tunnels are divided by a minimum of 2-hour rated fire
separations or where trainways are in twin bores. Where cross-passageways are utilized
in lieu of emergency exit stairways, the following requirements shall apply:
a. Cross-passageways shall not be farther than two hundred forty-four meters (244 m)
apart.
b. Cross-passageways shall not be farther than two hundred forty-four meters (244 m
from the station or portal of the enclosed trainway.
c. Cross-passageways shall be separated from the trainway with self-closing fire door
assemblies having a fire protection rating of one and a half (11⁄2) hours.
d. Atenable environment shall be maintained in the portion of the trainway that is not
involved in an emergency and that is being used for evacuation.
e. A ventilation system for the incident trainway shall be designed to control smoke in
the vicinity of the passengers.
f. Provisions shall be made for evacuating passengers via the non-incident trainway to
a nearby station or other emergency exit.
g. The provisions shall include measures to protect passengers from oncoming traffic
and from other hazards.
4. The means of egress within the trainway shall be provided with an unobstructed clear
width graduating from sixty-one centimeters (61 cm) at the walking surface to seventy-
six centimeters (76 cm) at one hundred fifty-seven and five tenths centimeters (157.5 cm)
above the walking surface to forty-three centimeters (43cm) at two hundred two and
five tenths centimeters (202.5 cm) above the walking surface.
5. Cross-passageways shall be a minimum of one hundred twelve centimeters (112 cm) in
clear width and two hundred ten centimeters (210 cm) in height.
6. The width of exit stairs shall not be required to exceed one hundred twelve centimeters
(112 cm) for enclosed trainways.
7. Doors in egress routes serving trainways shall have a minimum clear width of eighty-one
centimeters (81 cm).
8. Walkways that are more than seventy-six centimeters (76 cm) above the floor or grade
below shall be provided with a continuous guard to prevent falls over the open side and

151
 continuous handrail along the side opposite the trainway.
9. Raised walkways that are greater than one hundred twelve centimeters (112 cm) wide
and located between two trainways shall not be required to have a handrail.

K. Signage, Illumination, and Emergency Lighting in trainway shall be in accordance with

Division 5 of this Chapter.

L. Emergency Access shall be in accordance with NFPA 70.

M. A non-mechanical emergency ventilation system shall be permitted to be provided in lieu

of a mechanical emergency ventilation system in the following locations:
1. The length of the underground or enclosed trainway is less than or equal to three
hundred five meters (305 m) and greater than sixty-one meters (61 m).
2. In an enclosed station where engineering analysis indicates that a non-mechanical
emergency ventilation system supports the tenability criteria of the project.

N. Emergency Ventilation Fans. The ventilation system fans that are designated for use in
fire and similar emergencies shall be capable of satisfying the emergency ventilation
requirements to move trainway air in either direction as required to provide the needed
ventilation response in accordance with NFPA 130.

SECTION 10.2.19.3 HISTORICAL BUILDINGS, STRUCTURES AND HISTORIC CENTERS/HERITAGE

ZONES

A. Conservation and maintenance of historical buildings, structures and historic centers/

heritage zones shall be made in accordance with existing regulations and shall be afforded
with applicable fire safety protection system in accordance with this Division.

B. No person, firm or entity, including any agency or instrumentality of government shall erect,
construct, alter, repair, move, convert, or demolish any building or structure or cause the
same to be done without first obtaining a clearance from the Local Government Unit (LGU),
FSEC from BFP and Building Permit from the Local Building Official.

C. Alteration and Restoration

1. All buildings/structures classified under this category shall conform with the fire safety
requirements applicable to its incumbent occupancy.
2. Should the conservation to be made will result to change of occupancy, the fire safety
requirements to be applied shall be in accordance with its new occupancy type.

D. Applicability of Fire Safety Measures

1. Design and installation of fire protection system for historical buildings, structures and
historic sites/heritage zones under conservation shall be in accordance with NFPA 914,
Code for Fire Protection of Historic Structures, subject to its applicability to the approved
conservation plan of the National Historical Commission of the Philippines (NHCP).
2. Buildings/structural components and finishing to be installed restored, or replace old
materials shall be so designed and/or treated with fire resistance.

SECTION 10.2.19.4 IMMOBILIZED VEHICLE AND VESSELS

A. Any house trailer or similar vehicle, railroad car, street car, truck or bus from which the
wheels have been removed, provided with a permanent-type foundation, or otherwise
fixed so that it is not mobile shall be considered as a building and shall be subject to the
requirements of this Rule which are applicable to buildings of similar occupancy.

B. Any ship, barge, or other vessel, which is permanently moored or aground and is occupied
for purposes other than navigation, shall be subject to the requirements of this Rule
applicable to buildings or similar occupancy.

152
SECTION 10.2.19.5 MOTION PICTURE PROJECTION AND TELEVISION PRODUCTION STUDIO
SOUNDSTAGES AND APPROVED PRODUCTION FACILITIES

A. General
1. Applicability
a. This section address fire protection, property protection, and life safety in motion
picture and television industry soundstages, approved production facilities, and
production locations.
b. Practices, processes, materials, and facilities that are addressed by other section
of this code shall be governed by those standards unless modified herein. (Fixed
Seating)
c. This standard shall apply to the following;
1) New buildings, or portions thereof, used as soundstages or approved production
facilities in motion picture and television industry productions.
2) Existing buildings, or portions thereof, used as soundstages or approved
production facilities in motion picture and television industry productions to the
extent specifically required by other portions of this document
3) Additions to buildings used as soundstages or approved production facilities in
motion picture and television industry productions
4) Alterations, modernizations, or renovations of existing buildings used as
soundstages or approved production facilities in motion picture and television
industry productions
5) Existing buildings, or portions thereof, upon change of occupancy for use as
soundstages or approved production facilities in motion picture and television
industry productions
6) Production locations used in motion picture and television industry productions.
d. Existing soundstages, approved production facilities, and production locations that
are in conformance with requirements of the previous IRR at the time of the adoption
of this standard shall be permitted to remain in use under the following conditions:
1) The occupancy classification and use remain the same.
2) No serious hazards to life safety exist that would constitute an imminent threat.
2. Fire Safety Clearance. A Fire Safety Clearance shall be secured from C/MFM having
jurisdiction concerned.
3. Housekeeping. Soundstages and approved production facilities shall maintain
housekeeping in accordance with Chapter 10, General Safety Requirements and
Chapter 19, Combustible Waste and Refuse of NFPA 1, Fire Code, where applicable.

B. Soundstages and Approved Production Facilities

1. Fire Safety Clearance. A fire safety clearance shall be obtained for any of these activities:
a. Use of pyrotechnic special effects;
b. Use of open flames;
c. Welding;
d. Use of flammable or combustible liquids or gases;
e. Use of aircrafts;
f. Presence of motor vehicles within a building;
2. Pyrotechnic Special Effects and Open Flames
a. The use of pyrotechnic special effects and open flames shall be subject to the
approval of the C/MFM having jurisdiction concerned.
b. Where audience is present on set, the use of pyrotechnic special effects and open
flames shall be regulated in accordance with NFPA 1126 and NFPA 160.
3. Standby BFP Personnel
153
 Standby BFP personnel shall be provided for soundstages and approved production
facilities where pyrotechnic special effects are used and for hazardous operations,
other than pyrotechnic special effects.
4. Decorative Materials
a. Foamed plastic materials used for decorative purposes, scenery, sets, or props shall
have a heat release rate not exceeding 100kW where tested in accordance with
UL 1975, Standard for Fire Tests for Foamed Plastics Used for Decorative Purposes, or
where tested in accordance with NFPA 289, Standard Method of Fire Test for Individual
Fuel Packages using the 20 kW ignition source.
b. Combustible drapes, drops, and any other similar combustible hangings or vertically
placed materials shall comply with one of the following options:
1) The materials meet the requirements of NFPA 701, Standard Methods of Fire Tests
for Flame Propagation of Textiles and Films.
2) The materials exhibit a heat release rate not exceeding 100 kW when tested
in accordance with NFPA 289, Standard Method of Fire Test for Individual Fuel
Packages using the 20 kW ignition source.
3) The materials are present in such limited quantity that a hazard of fire development
or spread is minimal.
4) The materials are approved by the C/MFM having jurisdiction concerned to
exhibit acceptable fire performance.
5) Approved interim measures are provided for the period during which the
combustible materials are present.
c. Cut greens shall be treated with an approved fire retardant, and the process shall be
repeated as often as necessary to maintain its effectiveness.
5. Smoking
Smoking shall be prohibited on soundstages and in approved production facilities.
However, smoking shall be allowed when it is a necessary part of a performance, and
only when the smoker is a member of the cast.
6. Electrical Requirements
a. Electrical equipment, wiring method to electrical distribution equipment shall be in
accordance with the PEC.
b. Soundstages and approved production facilities shall be provided with a minimum
of 377 W/m2 dedicated for production lighting and power.
c. The electrical distribution equipment used shall comply with UL 1640, Standard for
Portable Power-Distribution Equipment and the PEC.
d. The location of portable, mobile, or stationary power-generating equipment shall be
subject to the approval of the C/MFM having jurisdiction concerned.
e. Exterior penetrations shall be located near the pre-designated location for portable
and mobile power-generating equipment.
f. Auxiliary power cables supplied from mobile generators or adjacent buildings shall
not be routed through fire-rated windows and doors.
g. Portable feeder cables shall be allowed to temporarily penetrate fire-rated walls,
floors, or ceilings, provided that all of the following apply:
1) The opening is of noncombustible material.
2) When in use, the penetration is sealed with a temporary seal of an approved
firestop material.
3) When not in use, the opening shall be capped with a material of equivalent fire
rating.
h. Where the penetration utilizes a conduit, metal-threaded caps shall be attached to
the pipe by means of chain or cable and shall effectively cap the conduit when not
in use.

154
 i. The lighting equipment used shall comply with UL 1573, Standard for Stage and Studio
Luminaires and Connector Strips and the provisions of the PEC.
7. Fire department access shall be maintained as required by the C/MFM having
jurisdiction.
8. Means of Egress
a. Means of egress and exit detail capacities shall fall in accordance with Section
10.2.8.2 of this IRR.
b. The maximum travel distance to an exit within the soundstage shall be 45 m.
c. Soundstage and approved production facilities shall have an aisle along the
perimeter of the soundstage or facilities and shall maintain an unobstructed height
of two and one tenths meters (2.1 m).
d. A soundstage or approved production facility with a gross area not exceeding one
hundred thirty-nine square meters (139 m2) shall be exempt from the perimeter aisle
requirement provided that there is a minimum of two exits.
e. Emergency lighting shall be provided for the means of egress in accordance with
Section 10.2.5.11 of this IRR
f. Any door in a required means of egress from an area having an occupant load of
one hundred (100) or more persons shall be allowed to be provided with a latch or
lock only if it is panic hardware or fire exit hardware.
g. Means of egress shall be kept clear of obstructions and tripping hazards.
h. When an audience is present, an announcement shall be made notifying the
audience of the following:
1) The location of exits to be used in case of fire or other emergency
2) The means that will be used to notify the audience of fire or other emergency.
9. Fire Protection
a. Extinguishment Requirements
1) Existing soundstages and existing approved production facilities equipped with
automatic sprinkler systems shall be in accordance with NFPA 1.
2) A new soundstage or new approved production facility shall be equipped with
an approved, supervised automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section
10.2.6.7 and Section 10.2.8.8 of this IRR.
a) The requirements of NFPA 13, Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems,
prohibiting obstructions to sprinkler discharge shall not be applicable if
approved mitigation is employed.
b) The requirements of NFPA 13, Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems,
prohibiting obstructions to sprinkler discharge shall not be applicable if the
building sprinkler system meets the design criteria for Extra Hazard, Group 2
Occupanciess of NFPA 13, Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems.
3) Portable fire extinguishers shall be installed and maintained in accordance with
Section 10.2.6.9 of this IRR.
b. Fire Alarm System. Fire alarm system notification appliances within soundstages
and approved production facilities shall be allowed to be deactivated with the
approval of the C/MFM having jurisdiction concerned during videotaping, filming, or
broadcasting of programs provided the following conditions exist:
1) In the event of alarm system activation, notification appliances shall activate
at a location that is constantly attended during the videotaping, filming, or
broadcasting of programs.
2) The attendants of the location shall be provided with a means of communicating
with the fire command center for the building, where one is provided, and with
the occupants of the soundstage to initiate emergency action.
3) Deactivation of notification appliances shall cause activation of a visual signal

155
 at an approved location, which shall remain illuminated while notification
appliances on the soundstage are deactivated.
4) The visual signal shall be identified by a sign that shall read, “When Illuminated,
Soundstage Fire Alarm System Notification Appliances Are Deactivated.”
c. Air-conditioning, heating, and ventilating ductwork and related equipment shall
be in good working order and in compliance with the requirements of the C/MFM
having jurisdiction.

C. Production Locations
1. Fire Safety Clearance. A FSC shall be obtained from the C/MFM having jurisdiction, for
any of the following activities:
a. Use of the site as a production location;
b. Use of pyrotechnic special effects;
c. Use of open flames;
d. Welding;
e. Use of flammable or combustible liquids or gases;
f. Use of aircraft; or
g. Presence of motor vehicles within a building.
2. Pyrotechnic Special Effects and Open Flames
a. The use of pyrotechnic special effects and open flames shall be subject to the
approval of the C/MFM having jurisdition.
b. Where audience is present on set, the use of pyrotechnic special effects and open
flames shall be regulated in accordance with NFPA 1126 and NFPA 160.
3. Standby BFP Personnel
Standby BFP personnel shall be provided for soundstages and approved production
facilities where pyrotechnic special effects are used and for hazardous operations, other
than pyrotechnic special effects. In case of unavailability, members of the production
company fire brigade shall be deployed on standby.
4. Foamed Plastic Materials. Foamed plastic materials used for decorative purposes,
scenery, sets, or props shall have a heat release rate not exceeding 100 kW when tested
in accordance with UL 1975, Fire Tests for Foamed Plastics Used for Decorative Purpose
or where tested in accordance with NFPA 289, Standard Method of Fire Test for Individual
Fuel Packages, using the 20 kW ignition source.
5. Smoking
Smoking shall be prohibited in production location buildings. However, smoking
shall be allowed when it is a necessary part of a performance, and only when the
smoker is a member of the cast.
6. Electrical Requirements
a. Electrical power connections made to the site shall be installed by an electrical
practitioner.
b. Portable cables shall be positioned to allow for emergency egress as approved by
the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
a. Auxiliary power cables supplied from mobile generators or adjacent buildings shall
be allowed to be routed through fire-rated windows and doors with the approval of
the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
b. Where power from both mobile generators and site electrical services are used to
energize equipment in the same proximate location at production locations, grounds
for the two systems shall be bonded in accordance with PEC.
7. Fire Department Access. Fire department access shall be maintained as required by
the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
8. Means of Egress. The production location shall be provided with means of egress
156
 appropriate for the intended use.
9. Fire Protection
a. Building areas used as production locations shall be designed, constructed, and
maintained to protect the occupants not intimate with the initial fire development
for the time needed to evacuate, relocate, or defend in place.
b. In any production location building protected by an existing automatic sprinkler
system, where solid or hard-ceiling sets or platforms are introduced to create an
obstruction to sprinkler discharge, shall be in accordance Section 10.2.6.7 of this IRR.
c. Prohibiting obstructions to sprinkler discharge shall not be applicable if approved
mitigation is employed in accordance Section 10.2.6.7 of this IRR.
d. Prohibiting obstructions to sprinkler discharge shall not be applicable if the building
sprinkler system meets the design criteria for Extra Hazard, Group 2, as defined in
NFPA 13.
e. Automatic sprinkler systems, where provided, shall be maintained in accordance
with in accordance Section 10.2.6.7 of this IRR.
f. Portable fire extinguishers shall be provided as required in accordance with Section
10.2.6.9.
g. Fire Hydrants and Fire Appliances. Hydrants, standpipes, and fire department
connections (FDCs) shall not be obstructed, blocked, or rendered inoperable.

SECTION 10.2.19.6 OFF-SHORE ENERGY FACILITY

A. Specific Facility Protection

All off-shore energy facility shall be provided with appropriate fire safety measures
under this Section or equivalent protection in accordance with internationally accepted
standards and good design engineering practice.
1. Wellhead Areas
a. The wellhead area, including wellheads, flow-lines, manifolds (when located on the
wellhead side of the blast division), etc., shall be regarded as a single fire area to be
covered by a deluge system, unless physical separation is provided to sub-divide it
into separate areas.
b. Dedicated Equipment Protection shall be considered for wellheads that are likely to
convey hydrocarbons. The objectives are:
1) to prolong the integrity of wellheads subject to fire;
2) to prevent escalation and;
3) to contain and possibly extinguish a fire originating from a wellhead.
c. The deluge system shall cover all wellheads.
d. The deluge valve and water supply shall be sized for the maximum number of
wellheads anticipated to convey hydrocarbons.
e. The system nozzle connections shall initially be plugged for new projects where the
number and location of hydrocarbon wellheads are not be known.
f. As wellheads are identified as likely to convey hydrocarbons, the plugs shall be
replaced with nozzles intended for use as identified in the design.
g. The types and location of nozzles shall be selected to avoid any interference with the
drilling sequence, work-overs, maintenance, etc.
h. A minimum of two nozzles per wellhead shall be installed and positioned to spray
upwards from low level to protect the lower region of the wellhead thereby increasing
protection to the upper portions of the wellhead and surrounding equipment.
i. Flow-lines and manifolds not protected by Equipment Protection shall be provided
with Area Protection.
j. Fixed and/or fixed automatic oscillating monitors may be used to apply water to
157
 specific targets, protect fire-fighters and escape routes and cool areas at the
boundary of the fire affected area. Monitors may be used simultaneously with any
deluge system to prevent escalation by means of discretionary boundary cooling or
to protect personnel.
2. Flare Knockout Drum. Passive Fire Protection shall be considered as the primary
protection technique.
3. Riser Isolation Valving and Pipe Work
a. Protection of risers, riser isolation valving and cross-platform interconnecting pipe
work shall be defined during the Fire Hazard Assessment.
b. Passive Fire Protection shall be selected for riser elements essential to the integrity of
the riser outboard of the Emergency Shutdown (ESD) valve (including the ESD valve
itself.)
c. Deluge or automatic monitor protection of cross-over piping inboard of the riser ESD
valve shall be considered on all manned facilities except those where a temporary
refuge is located on an adjacent bridge-linked facility.
d. Deluge or automatic fixed firewater protection of cross-over pipeline inter-
connections on multi-platform facilities shall be installed where fire or explosion will
not threaten the main areas used to muster personnel and where manual systems
can be applied to contain an incident.
4. Process Areas
a. A process area shall, wherever practicable, be regarded as a single fire area unless
physical separation is provided to sub-divide it into different deluge zones.
b. For modules/areas (e.g., integrated naturally ventilated decks) where a fire is likely to
trigger deluge in the adjacent fire areas, and hence place additional demand on
the firewater system, consideration shall be given to sub-dividing the system on each
level to allow partial isolation, thus permitting efficient deployment of firewater.
c. Consideration shall be given to providing Equipment Protection to low-pressure
vessels if there is the likelihood of a Boiling Liquid Expanding Vapour Explosion (BLEVE)
type failure of the vessel.
d. Low-pressure vessels, especially those with a small liquid content, may not contain
sufficient inventory to generate a severe fire that can escalate to other areas and
equipment when Area Protection is active.
e. Vessels containing a small quantity of flammable liquid or gas may not require
Equipment Protection deluge, provided there is Area Protection and it is demonstrated
that ignited releases of hydrocarbon from the vessel do not jeopardize the integrity
of critical safety equipment.
f. For vessels containing a small quantity of flammable liquid or gas the use of monitors
to supplement the area deluge system shall be considered.
g. If pipe work or vessels containing hydrocarbons are located in, or pass through, the
beam space, then additional spray heads shall be located above such pipes or
vessels.
h. Deluge systems shall not be specified to prevent escalation of jet fires.
5. Drilling Module and Substructure
a. The fire protection design philosophy for drilling module and substructure shall
consider the requirements for personnel, structural and equipment protection.
b. A deluge system and/or fixed monitors shall be considered in the drill floor area to
provide protection for:
1) personnel from radiated heat;
2) equipment that may be used to control the well, e.g., Blowout Preventer control
panel, choke/kill manifold, doghouse;
3) the “Poor Boy” degasser.
c. Automatic deluge systems protecting the drilling module and drilling substructure
158
 may be taken out of automatic mode to allow manual operation at the drilling
supervisor’s discretion, either at the local deluge valve or by the actuation of a
suitably located electrical or pneumatic shielded push-button.
6. Structural Protection
a. All the primary load-bearing structural steelwork (with the exception of that essential
to the support of a Temporary Refuge) in process and wellhead areas, or in any area
that contains a significant fire hazard, may be protected either by deluge or Passive
Fire Protection (PFP). If deluge is used, it shall be installed to avoid local damage.
b. Structures essential to the integrity of the (Temporary Refuge) TR and Evacuation
Escape and Rescue (EER) facilities, e.g., lifeboat launching, helideck and muster
platform shall be protected by PFP.
c. For structural protection, deluge systems shall use either medium/high-velocity
sprayers or specialised nozzles (e.g., incorporating a narrow spray pattern to reduce
wastage).
d. The water application rate for plant and primary load-bearing structural steelwork
shall be at least 10.2 litres per minute per square meter (0.25 gallon per minute per
square foot) over the surface area of the structural member.
e. Spray heads shall be located on the side of the steelwork facing the area protected
by the deluge system supplying the spray heads.
f. In the case of a structural member located entirely within the protected area, spray
heads shall alternate on either side of the member to achieve the discharge density
over the wetted area.
7. Helideck
a. Fire protection system
1) If the Fire Explosion Strategy identifies that a fire protection system is required for a
helideck, then the fire protection and firefighting system shall be designed as per
the requirement of CAAP or other Internationally Accepted Standards.
2) Positions shall be allocated on or near the helideck to be called the “HELICOPTER
LANDING OFFICER’S (HLO) POSITIONS”:
a) HLO positions shall be the focal point for firefighting and control actions during
an emergency;
b) HLO positions shall be identified on the Installation Safety Plan;
c) there shall be two HLO positions each located adjacent to a helideck foam
monitor and may form part of a helideck access platform;
d) there is normally no requirement to have an HLO position adjacent to each
monitor if three or more monitors are installed;
e) a firewater pump start switch shall be located at each HLO position;
f) a control valve shall also be located at each HLO position to allow the HLO to
start and stop all helideck firefighting monitors from this location.
b. Foam system
1) Foam system for the fire protection and firefighting at the Helideck may be the
Fixed Monitor System (FMS) or Deck Integrated Foam Firefighting System (DIFFS).
2) Compressed Air Foam (CAF) System is the preferred means of protecting the
helideck of Normally Unmanned Installation (NUI) due to their easy manoeuvrability
to plug and play, remote actuation from nearby manned installation/shore base
and easy replacement during maintenance due to modular skid design.
3) The foam system shall be able to be initiated from nominated HLO positions.
4) The firewater pump shall be able to be started from at least two separate positions,
including any nominated HLO positions.
5) Each helideck foam monitor shall be supplied with firewater/foam solution via a
dedicated foam storage tank.

159
 6) Each dedicated foam tank shall be:
a) capable of supplying at least ten minutes (10 min) foam concentrate to the
associated helideck monitor;
b) sized to provide foam solution quantity to extinguish or control all likely
helideck incident scenarios;
c) located adjacent to the monitors;
d) provided with a manually operated control valve located immediately
upstream of the foam tank at the HLO’s position;
e) suitably sized to permit the operation of all the helideck monitors at the same
time.
7) Control valves shall be clearly marked and accessible.
8) If the foam tanks are located remote from the monitors, then the control valve
shall be a manually remote operated pneumatic control valve.
9) Pneumatic control valves shall be located within a cabinet. Manufactured from
materials that take into account the operating environment
10) Each cabinet shall incorporate a non-lockable front access door and shall be
clearly marked “FOAM MONITOR CONTROL CABINET”. The duty firewater pump
start switch may also be located within the cabinet.
11) Back air supply for the pneumatic control valve shall be provided via a stainless
steel air reservoir in the event of loss of offshore facility’s air pressure.
12) The air reservoir shall be sized to open and close the valve three times and have
a minimum volume of ten Liters (10 L).
13) The air reservoir shall be connected to the offshore facility’s instrument air supply
14) On offshore facilities without an instrument air supply or on unmanned offshore
facilities, the helideck foam monitors (if installed) shall be locally controlled by
the manual operation of a valve located upstream of the foam tank.
15) Water for the foam system and monitors shall be supplied via a firewater sub-main
located under the helideck, incorporating isolation valves to ensure firewater
supply from two directions.
16) Block valves that isolate the helideck firewater sub-main from the helideck
foam storage facilities may require fire-safe certification. This is to ensure valve
operation even after severe overheating to guarantee system isolation and
prevent foam losses in the event of pipe work damage during and after a fire.
17) The design of helideck protection systems shall consider all potential losses of
pressure and flow between the firewater pump and the monitor discharge
nozzles e.g., due to Pelton Wheel demand, friction loss through pipe work, fittings
and equipment, differences of elevation, etc.
c. Monitors
1) Monitors for foam systems shall be water-powered, automatically oscillating, and
have a low-profile design.
2) Monitors shall be spaced around the perimeter of the helideck taking into
account the orientation of the offshore facility and worst-case wind conditions.
3) If three monitors are installed, each shall be capable of projecting a minimum
of 50% of the total foam solution demand, with the discharged foam reaching
to the far side of the helicopter landing area under the worst anticipated wind
conditions.
4) Monitors shall be positioned so that when in operation, the water jets do not
impede the escape of passengers from the helicopter.
5) Monitors shall use a constant-flow nozzle to prevent the foam concentrate pick-
up rate varying with firewater flow rate. The nozzle “K” factor shall match the
Pelton Wheel characteristics.

160
8. Pipe work and fittings
a. The inlet and discharge flanges of the foam system shall terminate at a common skid
edge, suitable for connection to horizontal pipe work.
b. The discharge flange shall be positioned such that the drainage of the tank through
the pump and check valve is prevented.
c. The Pelton Wheel driven pump discharge line shall incorporate a relief valve
arrangement that is sized to discharge foam concentrate back to the bottom of the
tank when pumping against a closed valve.
d. The pump discharge pipe work shall incorporate a pressure gauge and check valve.
e. The firewater inlet line to the Pelton Wheel shall incorporate a pressure gauge, filter
and isolation valve.
f. All pressure gauges shall be liquid filled, have a ten centimeters (10 cm) face with
Monel trim, incorporate an isolation valve and be mounted so that the effects of
vibration are eliminated.
g. The pipe work between the tank and the pump shall incorporate an isolation valve
and a flushing connection.
h. The Manufacturer/Supplier shall incorporate a throttling valve on the pump line to
permit minor adjustments. The throttling valve shall have a removable handle and
shall be capable of being locked into position.
9. Pump and gearbox
a. The pump shall be of the gear-type positive displacement design.
b. The pump shall be of proprietary design and manufacture and shall be suitable for use
in an exposed marine environment when permanently filled with AFFF concentrate.
c. The pump shall be designed to run with the foam tank empty and the Manufacturer/
Supplier shall state the operating life of the pump when running under this condition.
d. The foam concentrate pump shall meet the requirement of NFPA 20, Standard for the
Installation of Stationary Pumps for Fire Protection.
10. Foam storage tanks
a. Foam storage tanks shall be constructed of Glass Reinforced Plastic (GRP) e.g.,
isophthalic polyester fiberglass.
b. Orthophthalic polyester fiberglass composites and/or room-temperature-cured
epoxy systems shall not be used.
c. Foam tanks shall have the following fittings:
1) inspection opening [min. clear inside diameter fifteen (15 cm), incorporating
lockable hinged cover and vent arrangement. Material of cover to be stainless
steel (316) or same as tank body;
2) clear isophthalic polyester strip moulded into tank to act as level gauge;
3) 100 mm (4 in) diameter filling connection with anti-froth tube and quick-release
cap in stainless steel;
4) drain connection;
5) relief valve return line (anti-froth).
11. Skid
a. Complete foam tank assemblies shall be mounted on a skid of compact design to
suit the footprint space available.
b. Overall skid height shall not exceed one minute (1 m), to allow installation on the
access platform adjacent to the helideck.
c. The Manufacturer/Supplier shall ensure that skids and all ancillary equipment are
designed in accordance with the specified lifting and transportation requirements.
d. Lifting and fixing eyes shall also be provided.

161
 e. A nameplate/instruction plate of corrosion-resistant material (e.g., austenitic stainless
steel or cast bronze) shall be provided and secured in a prominent position on each
skid.
f. The following information shall be displayed on the nameplate:
g. manufacturer’s name and/or identification mark;
1) tank capacity;
2) type of concentrate;
3) any start-up instructions.
12. Accommodation Areas
a. The Fire and Explosion Strategy shall identify the Active Fire Protection requirement
for accommodation areas.
b. The following shall the typical methodology for protection of accommodation areas:
1) Corridors and stairwells shall be provided with automatic sprinklers, water hose
reels and water extinguishers.
2) Fire doors in corridors shall have magnetic latches released upon a change in
platform status;
3) Cabins - automatic sprinklers;
4) Offices/Public Rooms/Sick Bay - automatic sprinklers;
5) Public rooms are provided with water extinguishers;
6) Galley - automatic sprinklers and CO2 extinguishers are provided. The deep fat
fryer is provided with a drop-down lid held open by a fusible link;
7) Galley hood/extract duct - Local carbon dioxide extinguishing system;
8) Radio/Switchgear/Telecom Equipment/HVAC Plant Rooms – CO2 extinguisher.

B. Firefighting Equipment
1. Hydrants
a. The following points shall be considered when locating hydrants:
1) the provision of safe access to and deployment of equipment from hydrants
under all fire conditions;
2) hydrants shall be located so that not more than two hose lengths need to be
deployed from any hydrant in order to allow ease of hose handling and speed of
response;
3) hydrants shall be located outside, or on the periphery of, areas in which the
discharge equipment they serve needs to be used;
b. If hydrants and ancillary equipment are designed to back up fixed systems, they
shall not be supplied from the same section of the fire main as the fixed system (e.g.,
deluge/sprinklers).
c. Each hydrant risers shall be provided with an isolation valve to allow maintenance of
an individual hydrant valve.
d. The discharge flow/pressure shall not exceed approximately 7.0 barg (101.5 psig) with
1000 l/min flow.
e. Proprietary items developed to limit discharge pressures shall be used and the speed
of response of the device shall be fast enough to cope with the surges caused when
a main firewater pump starts up.
f. The pressure regulating devices shall be cased elastomeric ring type with no moving
parts.
g. If equipment with different operating pressures is used at a hydrant outlet, pressure
regulation shall be provided by removable rather than in-line units.
h. Normally ancillary equipment (e.g., hoses, nozzles, valve keys.) shall be located in a
cabinet immediately adjacent to a hydrant outlet.
162
2. Hose reels, hose lines
a. Typical flow rates achievable are:
1) Hose reels with 25 mm diameter hose = 150 L/min
2) Hose line nozzles on 45 mm diameter hose = 450 L/min
3) Hose line nozzles on 65 mm diameter hose = 1000 L/min
b. Foam solution can be discharged through hose lines. If aspirated foam is required,
special foam nozzles are necessary. For unaspirated foam, normal water application
equipment can be used provided a film-forming foam concentrate is used.
c. Typical application rates for hand-held equipment applying foam solution to spill fires
are in the range of 4 l/min m2 – 8 l/min m2 as required by NFPA 11. The concentrate-
proportioning devices suitable for hand-held equipment are usually line proportioners
and pressure drops shall be allowed.
d. Self-inducing nozzles are not normally appropriate because they require a source of
foam concentrate at the nozzle itself and consequently reduce maneuverability.
e. Consideration shall be taken of hose weight and maneuverability:
1) Reeled hose lengths shall be limited to 30 m;
2) individual hose lengths used from hydrants shall be limited to 20 m;
3) if the specified application rates and pressures are achievable using hoses, 4.5
cm hose shall be used in preference to 6.5 cm hose for ease of handling.
3. Monitors
a. Monitors shall be either fixed in position and served directly from the firewater main
or portable and served via hose lines from hydrants.
b. Deployment and adjustment of portable monitors is labor-intensive and time
consuming and they shall not be considered as a means of primary active fire
protection but may be deployed to supplement fixed systems/equipment.
c. Monitors can be used to provide protection in open deck areas where deluge
systems are impractical or are not considered an appropriate protection method.
d. The use of fixed and/or fixed automatic oscillating monitors shall be considered for
applying water to specific targets, protecting fire-fighters and escape routes and
cooling areas at the boundary of the fire-affected area.
e. Monitors shall have a dedicated supply from the firewater main with a manual
isolation valve external to the area.
f. Monitors shall be accessible in the event of a fire and protected from blast and/or
damage from falling objects.
4. Sprinkler Systems
a. Selection of the sprinkler system type shall take into account environmental conditions
and the water damage that it may cause. The selected sprinkler system type shall be
designed in accordance with a recognized standard, such as NFPA 13.
b. Sprinkler systems used on offshore facilities shall be one of the following types:
1) wet-pipe;
2) dry-pipe;
3) pre-action.
c. Sprinkler heads with a nominal orifice of less than 10 mm (3/8 in) and a metric ‘K’
function of less than 47 shall not be used.
d. In areas with high ventilation air currents, additional sprinkler locations may be
required to cover the heat plume/heat travel from the design fire scenarios.
e. Sprinklers in cooking areas shall not impinge directly onto the equipment used for
heating cooking oil or fat.
f. Frangible-bulb-actuated automatic spray sprinkler heads shall be used in sprinkler

163
 systems on offshore facilities.
g. Fusible-link or fusible-strut type sprinkler heads shall not be used
h. Sprinkler heads shall be upright and located above the branch pipes except in areas
having suspended ceilings, where decorative type pendant heads may be used
with connections being taken from the top of the branch pipe and the heads being
located in the center of ceiling tiles where practicable.
i. In areas having suspended ceilings where decorative type pendant heads may be
used then the sprinkler head shall be sited below the tiles with ceiling rosettes around
the base of each sprinkler head.
j. All sprinkler heads shall be suitable for use with raw sea water, even though systems
may be charged with fresh water.
k. Actuation of one or more sprinkler heads shall be detected by either a flow switch
in the pipe work or a differential pressure flow transmitter connected to the firewater
shutdown system.
l. A manual isolation valve shall be provided immediately upstream of the sprinkler
control valve.
1) The manual isolation valve shall have an indicator to show open and closed
positions.
2) The manual isolation shall be locked with leather straps or nylon chains and
padlocks under normal operating conditions.
3) A key for the padlocks shall be provided in a break-glass type container adjacent
to the valve
5. Deluge Systems
a. The deluge system for water spray system shall be designed as per the requirement
of NFPA 15 - Standard for Water Spray Fixed Systems for Fire Protection.
b. The foam-water spray system using deluge shall be designed as per NFPA 16 -
Standard for the Installation of Foam-Water Sprinkler and Foam-Water Spray Systems.
Deluge systems shall provide a uniform application of water to equipment and pipe
work within a designated fire risk area in order to cool the area, prevent failure of the
equipment and pipe work therein and prevent escalation of the incident to other
areas. For extinguishing the hydrocarbon pool fires, foam-water spray using Deluge
system shall be considered.
c. A feature shall be provided to enable the deluge valves to be tested without
discharging firewater through the pipe work or nozzles.
d. The deluge system shall have a deluge valve that is separated from the area that the
system is protecting by locating it at a distance, by means of a rated fire wall or by
locating it within an enclosure.
e. In order to maintain a firewater supply to a deluge system, a secondary supply that
is connected to the system shall be considered.
f. The deluge system shall have manually operated isolating valves that are of fire safe
design.
g. If the water quality can cause blockage of the pipe work or spray nozzles, a strainer
shall be located immediately upstream of the deluge valve.
1) The strainer shall be sized for the full design flow and pressure conditions of the
deluge system.
2) A manual bypass around the strainer shall be fitted to allow maintenance of the
strainer.
h. All piping downstream of deluge valve shall be self-draining.
i. The deluge system shall be designed to protect personnel by means of radiation
water screens and/or a water spray system.
1) Water screens/drenchers shall be located near natural fire-breaks, e.g., main
walkways and/or escape and evacuation routes to create a water curtain as an
164
 exposure/radiated heat protection barrier for personnel.
2) The use of monitors may also be considered although their effectiveness is likely
to be limited, unless they are used to back up other fixed systems.
j. General area protection shall be provided by means of open sprinklers positioned
to achieve a typical minimum discharge density of 10.2 litres per minute per square
meter (0.25 gallon per minute per square foot) of floor area for uncongested areas.
k. For congested areas and in the vicinity of hydrocarbon pumps and compressors the
discharge density may have to be increased up to 20.4 l/min per m2 (0.50 gallon per
minute per square foot) based on test data or knowledge based on similar condition
to those that will apply on the offshore facility in question.
l. Water application rate, for water curtains providing personal protection on escape
and evacuation routes for personal protection against pool fires, shall be between
15-45 l/min-m.
m. High-pressure jet fires are very intense, transfer heat at high rates to any object in the
high-momentum region of the flame and are difficult to extinguish using water spray
or foam deluge systems.
n. The primary extinguishment technique for high pressure jet fires shall be to remove
the pressure and isolate the fuel source.
o. Specific equipment protection shall be provided where there is a threat of escalation
that cannot be controlled by blowdown or contained by Area Protection using
open sprinklers. Specific equipment protection shall be provided for equipment in
shadowed areas where area protection is deemed ineffective.
p. Deluge systems shall have dedicated nozzles for protection of primary load-bearing
structural steelwork to avoid local damage from credible fire risks.
q. Structural protection may be considered for all primary load-bearing structural
steelwork not essential to the support of the Temporary Refuge (TR) and Evacuation
Escape and Rescue (EER) facilities in areas where there is a significant fire risk.
r. Structures essential to the support of the TR and EER facilities shall be protected by
Passive Fire Protection to ensure that they survive long enough under all foreseeable
fire conditions to allow evacuation of the offshore facility.
s. Spray heads for structural protection shall be located on the side of the steelwork
facing the area protected by the deluge system. If a structural member is located
entirely within the protected area, spray heads shall alternate on either side of the
member.
t. The deluge valve shall automatically open if the air pressure falls below that required
to keep the valve closed. The air shall be supplied to the deluge valve assembly from
the air supply through a pressure regulator.
u. Pneumatic systems shall be capable of preventing spurious deluge release for 2 hrs
after loss of instrument air supply.
v. An air reservoir (typically 5 litres (1.32 gal) capacity) may be provided to maintain the
deluge valve in a closed position. The size of the air reservoir shall consider maximum
leakage rate per joint (excluding threaded connections) of less than 2,832 litres (100
ft3) per year.
w. A correctly sized restriction orifice (typically 1 mm (1/25 in) diameter hole size) shall
be installed in the pneumatic supply immediately downstream of the regulator and
air reservoir where fitted.
6. Foam Systems
a. The foam system shall be selected and designed in accordance with the requirements
of NFPA 11 - Standard for Low-, Medium-, and High-Expansion Foam Systems or NFPA
16 - Standard for the Installation of Foam-Water Sprinkler and Foam-Water Spray
Systems.
b. Design quantity of the foam concentrate shall be capable to meet the minimum
system running times with 100% back up.
165
 c. Central foam systems shall not be utilised as a primary source of foam solution to
hand held equipment. This is to avoid compromising the quantity of foam available
to protect the equipment for which the foam system is primarily designed.
d. Foam “low-level” indication shall be provided for foam concentrate storage tanks
where automatic foam discharge shut-down is required. Foam concentrate flow
indication shall be provided for all systems.
7. Gaseous Extinguishing System
a. The Fire Hazard Assessment shall determine the type of extinguishing agent, the
spaces that needs to be protected by each system, and the method of activating
the system.
b. Only extinguishing agents that do not have a negative impact on the environment
and are not electrically conductive shall be applied in gaseous extinguishing systems.
c. The use of carbon dioxide shall not be used unless approved by the Principal due to
the asphyxiation risk.
d. Extinguishing agents e.g., water mist system, as per NFPA 750 - Standard on Water
Mist Fire Protection Systems or other clean agents as per NFPA 2001 - Standard on
Clean Agent Fire Extinguishing Systems, shall be used.

SECTION 10.2.19.7 PIERS AND WATER-SURROUNDED STRUCTURE

A. This Section applies to water-surrounded structures or piers occupied as a place of

amusement, passenger terminal or used for any purpose other than for the mooring of
vessels and handling of cargo. Such piers shall be provided with means of exit from any
structures thereon and to the shore appropriate to the character or occupancy of the pier
in general accordance with the applicable sections of Division 8 through 20 of this IRR.

B. Any pier so occupied, extending more than forty six meters (46 m) from the shore, shall be
so arranged as to minimize the possibility that fire in or under the pier, may block escape of
occupants to shore by one or more of the following measures:
1. It must be provided with two (2) separate ways of travel to shore, by two (2) well-
separated walkways or independent structures.
2. The pier deck must be open fire-resistant and supported with non-combustible materials.
3. The pier deck must be provided with automatic fire suppression system protection for
combustible structure and for superstructure, if any.
4. It should be completely open and unobstructed and is fifteen meters (15 m) in width
if less than one hundred fifty two meters (152 m) long; or its width is not less than ten
percent (10%) of its length if over one hundred fifty two meters (152 m) long.

C. Any building or structure surrounded by water such as a lighthouse shall have sufficient
outside area of ground as on an island, or fire-resistant platform, to provide an adequate
area of refuge from any fire in the structure. Means shall be available for transportation of
occupants away from such structures to the shore or other places of safety such as by boat
or helicopter, in case of fire or other emergency, within a reasonable period of time.

SECTION 10.2.19.8 SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC (PV) SYSTEM

A. General
1. All Solar PV electrical energy systems, including the array circuit(s), inverter(s), and
controller(s) for such systems shall comply with the installation requirements of the PEC
and NFPA 70. All materials (panels, inverters, battery, and the like) used must be UL fire
safety compliant or equivalent international standards like International Electrotechnical
Commission (IEC).
2. All Electrical Energy Storage for Solar PV Systems such as batteries must be installed in
accordance with PEC and NFPA 70. The interconnected battery cells shall be considered
grounded where the PV power source is installed. Battery room must be adequately
166
 ventilated, with not less than two (2) hour fire rating, and with system protection.
3. All Solar PV must have adequate system protection like Direct Current (DC) and
Alternating Current (AC) breakers or fuse, surge protection and safety disconnect or
isolation in case of fire and system maintenance.
4. The Plans, Design, and Specification of the Solar PV System shall be signed and sealed
by a PEE for the issuance of Electrical Installation Clearance.
5. Installation of equipment and all associated wiring and interconnections shall be
performed only by qualified Electrical Practitioners or REE.

B. Systems over 1000 volts

Solar PV systems with a maximum system voltage over one thousand volts (1000 V) DC
shall comply with NFPA 70 and other requirements applicable to installations rated over one
thousand volts (1000 V).

C. Electric Vehicle Charging

PV system used directly to charge electric vehicles shall comply in accordance with
PEC and NFPA 70.

D. All solar PV roof insulation shall comply with the latest civil and structural requirements of the
National Building Code to ensure structural integrity and consumer safety. All host Structures
of Solar PV systems shall comply with the installation requirements of the PEC and NFPA 70.

E. All Solar PV system shall be inspected and properly maintained in accordance with the
manufacturer’s instruction or in accordance with the PEC. Reports shall be submitted to the
C/MFM having jurisdiction attached to FSMR.

SECTION 10.2.19.9 TOWERS

A. Any tower utilized for such purposes as observation, signaling, either as an independent
structure or on top of a building, shall be permitted to have a single stairway or ramp exit if
all of the following conditions are met:
1. The tower is of such size as not to be subject to occupancy by more than twenty five (25)
persons at any floor level.
2. The tower shall not be used for living or sleeping purposes.
3. The construction shall be fire-resistant, noncombustible or constructed of heavy timber.
The interior finish, if any, is Class A or Class B, and there shall be no combustible materials
in, under, or in the immediate vicinity of the tower except necessary furniture such as
bare wooden or metal chairs or benches.

B. In each tower where there is no occupancy below the top floor level and the conditions
required by para A.1 through A.3 above are met, stairs may be open with no enclosure
required or, where the structure is entirely open, fire-escape type stairs may be used.

C. Stairs shall be Class B for new construction. For existing towers, outside stairs or fire-escape
type stairs may be allowed

D. A tower such as a forest observation tower and a railroad signal tower, designed for
occupancy only of not more than three (3) persons employed therein, may be of any type
of construction, and may be served by ladders instead of stairs. However, if used for living
or sleeping purposes, it shall at least comply with exit requirements of Section 10.2.14.6 for
family dwellings.

E. Utility/transmitter building shall be provided with appropriate type of automatic fire

extinguishing system and, if subject to occupancy by technician/authorized personnel,
automatic fire alarm system and portable fire extinguishers shall also be provided.

F. Advertisement structures shall be made of fire-resistant materials including its signage

components.

167
SECTION 10.2.19.10 UNDERGROUND STRUCTURES AND WINDOWLESS BUILDINGS

A. General
1. Any area subject to occupancy by fifty (50) or more persons, from which there is no
direct access to outdoors or to another area and no outside light or ventilation through
windows, shall be equipped with approved, supervised automatic fire suppression
system protection in accordance with Section 10.2.6.7 of this IRR.
2. Any underground structure, building, or floor area lacking direct outside access or
windows and having combustible contents, interior finish, or construction, if subject
to occupancy by more than one hundred (100) persons shall have automatic smoke
venting facilities in accordance with Section 10.2.7.3 of this IRR and in addition to
automatic fire suppression system protection in accordance with Section 10.2.6.7 of this
IRR.
3. Any underground structure or windowless building, for which no natural lighting is
provided, shall be provided with emergency lighting in accordance with Section
10.2.5.11 of this IRR.

B. Underground Structures
Where required from underground structure involving upward travel such as ascending
stairs or ramps, such upward exits shall be cut off from main floor areas and shall be provided
with outside smoke venting facilities or other means to prevent the exits serving as flues for
smoke from any fire in the area served by the exits, thereby making the exits impassable.

C. Windowless Buildings
Every windowless building shall be provided with outside access panels on each floor
level. Such panels shall be designed for use of firefighters complying with all of the following
requirements:
a. The opening shall have dimensions of not less than 560 mm in width and 800 mm in
height and shall be unobstructed to allow for ventilation and rescue operations from
the exterior.
b. The bottom of the opening shall be not more than 800 mm above the floor.
c. The opening shall be readily identifiable from both the exterior and interior.
d. The opening shall be readily openable from both the exterior and interior.

D. Road Tunnel
Fire protection and fire life safety requirements for road tunnel shall be provided in
accordance with NFPA 502, Standard for Road Tunnels, Bridges, and Other Limited Access
Highways or other internationally accepted standards.
1. Road tunnel shall be categorized as follows:
a. Category A – Where tunnel length is 90 m or greater;
b. Category B – Where tunnel length equals or exceeds two hundred forty meters (240
m) and where the maximum distance from any point within the tunnel to a point of
safety exceeds obe hundred twenty meters (120 m);
c. Category C – Where the tunnel length equals or exceeds three hundred meters (300
m);
d. Category D – Where the tunnel length equals or exceeds one thousand meteers
(1,000 m).
2. This standard does not apply to a roadway or portion of a roadway not fully enclosed
on both sides, or not fully enclosed on top, or any combination thereof.
3. Fire Alarm and Detection. Tunnels described in categories B, C, and D shall have at least
one manual means of identifying and locating a fire.
4. Tunnels described in categories B, C, and D without 24-hour supervision shall have an
automatic fire detection system in accordance with para 10 below.
5. Closed-circuit television (CCTV) systems with traffic flow indication devices or surveillance
168
 cameras shall be permitted for use to identify and locate fires in tunnels with 24-hour
supervision.
6. When water-based fire-fighting systems are installed in road tunnels, an automatic fire
detection system shall be provided.
7. Ancillary spaces within tunnels defined in categories B, C, and D (such as pump stations
and utility rooms) and other areas shall be supervised by automatic fire alarm systems.
8. Manual Fire Alarm Boxes. Manual fire alarm boxes mounted in National Electrical
Manufacturers Association (NEMA) Enclosure Type 4 (IP 65) or equivalent boxes shall
be installed at intervals of not more than ninety meters (90 m) and at all cross passages
and means of egress from the tunnel. The system shall be installed, inspected, and
maintained in compliance with Section 10.2.6.6 of this IRR.
9. The manual fire alarm boxes shall be accessible to the public and the tunnel personnel.
The alarm shall indicate the location of the manual fire alarm boxes at the monitoring
station.
10. Automatic Fire Detection Systems. Automatic fire detection systems shall be installed
in accordance with Section 10.2.6.6 of this IRR and approved by the C/MFM having
jurisdiction.
11. Portable Fire Extinguishers. Portable fire extinguishers, with a rating of 2-A:20-B:C, shall
be located along the roadway in approved wall cabinets at intervals of not more than
ninety meters (90 m). To facilitate safe use by motorists, the maximum weight of each
extinguisher shall be nine kilograms (9 kg).
12. Means of Egress. The means of egress requirements for all road tunnels shall be in
accordance with Division 5 of this Chapter, except as modified herein. Reflective or
lighted directional signs indicating the distance to the two nearest emergency exits
shall be provided on the side walls at distances of no more than twenty-five (25 m).
13. The walking surfaces of the emergency exits, cross passageways, and walkways shall
be slip resistant.
14. Emergency exit doors shall provide protection against fire and ensure pressurization of
escape routes. Doors to the emergency exits shall open in the direction of exit travel.
Horizontal sliding doors shall have a sign identifying them as horizontal sliding doors and
indicating the direction to open.
15. Emergency exit doors shall be 11⁄2-hour rated doors and shall be installed in accordance
with the requirements NFPA 80, Standard for Fire Doors and Fire Windows. Emergency
exit doors shall be self-closing door systems.
16. Emergency exits shall be provided throughout the tunnel. Spacing between exits for
protection of tunnel occupants shall not exceed three hundred meters (300 m).
17. The tunnel roadway surface, when supported by a traffic management system, shall be
considered as a part of the egress pathway. Where walkways are provided for egress
purposes, the walkway egress path shall have a minimum clear width of one and twelve
hundredths meters (1.12 m), lead directly to an emergency exit, and be protected from
traffic.
18. The emergency “exits” shall be separated from the tunnel by a minimum of a 2-hour
fire-rated construction.
19. Emergency “exits” shall be pressurized in accordance with NFPA 80.
20. Where portals of the tunnel are below surface grade, surface grade shall be made
accessible by a stair, vehicle ramp, or pedestrian ramp. Where cross-passageways are
used as an emergency exit, provisions shall be included that stop all traffic operation in
the adjacent tunnel.
21. Wet standpipe systems (automatic or semiautomatic shall be connected to an
approved water supply that is capable of supplying the system demand for a minimum
of 1 hour. Dry standpipe systems shall have an approved water supply that is capable of
supplying the system demand for a minimum of 1 hour. Acceptable water supplies shall
include the following:

169
 a. Public or Privately owned waterworks systems that have adequate pressure and flow
rate and a level of integrity acceptable to the C/MFM having jurisdiction;
b. Automatic or manually controlled fire pumps that are connected to an approved
water source;
c. Pressure – type or gravity-type storage tanks that are installed, inspected, and
maintained in accordance with NFPA 22, Standard for Water Tansk for Private Fire
Protection.
22. Fire department connections shall be of the threaded two-way or three-way type or
shall consist with a minimum of ten (10 cm) quick-connect coupling that is accessible.
Each independent standpipe system shall have a minimum of two fire department
connections that are remotely located from each other.
23. Hose connections shall be spaced so that no location on the protected roadway is
more than 45 m from the hose connection. Hose connection spacing shall not exceed
85 m. Hose connections shall have six and five tenths centimeters (6.5 cm).
24. Emergency ventilation systems and tunnel operating procedures shall be developed to
maximize the use of the road tunnel ventilation system for the removal and control of
smoke and heated gases that result from fire emergencies within the tunnel. Emergency
ventilation shall be required in tunnels exceeding one thousand meters (1,000 m).

DIVISION 20. HIGH RISE BUILDINGS

SECTION 10.2.20.1 SCOPE

This Section deals with life safety from fires and similar emergencies in high rise buildings.
It covers fire safety features in construction and protection of exits and passageways, and
provisions for fire protection.

SECTION 10.2.20.2 FIRE COMMAND CENTER

For building ten (10) or more floors, a Fire Command Center shall be provided in a location
approved by the C/MFM having jurisdiction. The Fire Command Center shall be accessible
directly from the exterior of the building at the floor of exit discharge with a sign on the door
stating “Fire Command Center”.

A. The Fire Command Center shall be separated by not less than two (2) hours fire resistive
construction.

B. The Fire Command Center shall be not less than ten square meters (10m2) with no dimensions
less than one and five thenths meters (1.5 m) with minimum ceiling height of not less than 2.4
meters.

C. The Fire Command Center shall contain the following:

1. The emergency voice/alarm communication system unit must have the following
features:
a. Provide a predetermined message to the fire area where the alarm originated,
actuated by a smoke detector, sprinkler head, water flow device, or manual fire alarm.
The message must provide applicable information and directions to occupants.
b. The fire department two-way communication system must operate between the fire
command center and every elevator, elevator lobby, exit stairway, and exit access
corridor. A telephone station or jack shall be provided in each fire pump room.
2. The fire department communication unit.
3. Fire detection and alarm system annunciator unit
4. Elevator floor location and operation annunciator.
5. Sprinkler valve and water flow display panels.
170
 6. Controls for unlocking stairway doors simultaneously.
7. Telephone for fire department use with controlled access to the public telephone
system.
8. Fire pump status indicators.
9. Status indicators and controls for air handling systems.
10. The fire fighters control panel for smoke control systems.
11. Emergency power and standby power status indicators.
12. Schematic building plans indicating the typical floor plan and detailing the building
core, means of egress, fire protection systems, firefighting equipment and fire department
access.
13. Public address system, where specifically required by other rules of this code.

D. Shut off valves and water flow devices at the riser connection must be provided on each
floor. Combined sprinkler/standpipe systems must have an individual control valve and
check valve at each sprinkler connection.

SECTION 10.2.20.3 SMOKE CONTROL

High rise buildings shall be designed in such a manner that the levels of smoke concentration
in protected spaces can be maintained within values that can be tolerated by occupants. The
protected spaces shall include stairwells, at least one elevator shaft, and floor spaces readily
accessible to all occupants and large enough to accommodate them. Specific areas in the
building where the Smoke Control Systems shall be provided in accordance with Section 10.2.7.3
of this IRR for safe evacuation of all occupants and safety of the responding fire fighters and
rescuers during the conduct of their operations.

SECTION 10.2.20.4 SPRINKLER SYSTEMS PROTECTION

High rise buildings shall be protected with approved, supervised sprinkler systems designed
and installed in accordance with NFPA 13. The approved, supervised sprinkler systems must
protect all floor spaces including every closet and concealed spaces and plenums of certain
configuration and construction – particularly where combustible materials are located such as
exposed electrical wiring, combustible duct work, and combustible sound/thermal insulation.
The system shall be interconnected to a fire command center of the building.

SECTION 10.2.20.5 STAIRWELLS

A. All stairwells shall be enclosed and protected in accordance with Division 5 of this Chapter.
All doors on stairwells shall be kept closed. Stairway doors, which can be locked, must be
provided with automatic electrical unlocking from the fire command center.

B. All interior stairwells used as a means of egress shall be pressurized. In no case shall stairwells
in high rise buildings be allowed to be unprotected.

SECTION 10.2.20.6 FIRST-AID FIRE PROTECTION

A. In addition to the other requirements of this IRR, each floor shall be provided with a three
and 8 tenths centimeters (3.8 cm) lightweight flexible hose equipped with a spray nozzle
and connected to the wet standpipe system capable of providing water supply for at least
a period of thirty minutes (30 min).

B. Portable fire extinguisher installed in accordance with Section 10.2.6.9 of this IRR shall be
provided.

SECTION 10.2.20.7 APPLICABILITY OF ALL OTHER PROVISIONS OF THIS CODE

This Section shall supplement all other applicable provisions of the Fire Code and this IRR.
171
 DIVISION 21. OPERATING FEATURES

SECTION 10.2.21.1 General

A. Fire Exit Drills

1. Fire exit drills shall be conducted in coordination with the Office of the C/MFM having
jurisdiction.
2. Fire exit drills conforming to the provisions of this Division shall be regularly conducted
in schools and in other occupancies where specified by the provisions of Divisions 8
through 20 of this Chapter, or by appropriate action of the C/MFM having jurisdiction
over the area. The C/MFM having jurisdiction shall exercise discretion for the necessary
modifications in detail of procedures to make the drills more effective for their intended
purposes.
3. Fire exit drills, where required, shall be held with sufficient frequency to familiarize all
occupants with the drill procedure and to have the conduct of the drill a matter of
established routine.
4. Drills shall be held at unexpected times and under varying conditions to simulate the
unusual conditions obtaining in case of fire.
5. Planning and conduct of drills shall be the responsibility of the management and/or
owners of business establishments. Such planning and drill shall be made in consultation
and coordination with the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
6. In the conduct of drills, emphasis shall be placed upon orderly evacuation under proper
discipline rather than upon speed. As such, no running or horse play shall be permitted.
7. Drills shall include suitable procedures to make sure that all persons in the building, or all
persons subject to the drill, actually participate.
8. Fire alarm facilities, where available, shall be used in the conduct of fire exit drills.

B. Furnishing and Decorations

1. No furnishing, decorations, or other objects shall be so placed as to obstruct exits,
access thereto, egress therefrom, or visibility thereof.
2. Furnishing or decorations shall be treated with flame retardant where required by the
applicable provisions of the Fire Code and this IRR.
3. No furnishing or decorations of an explosive or highly flammable character shall be
used in any place of assembly or other occupancy.

C. Automatic Fire Suppression System

All automatic fire suppression systems required by this Chapter shall be continuously
maintained in reliable operational condition at all times and such periodic inspections and
tests shall be made to assure proper maintenance.

D. Alarm and Fire Detection Systems

1. Systems shall be under the supervision of qualified and competent persons, who shall
cause proper tests to be made at specified intervals and have general charge of all
alternations and additions.
2. Systems shall be tested at intervals as recommended by the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
3. Fire alarm signaling equipment shall be restored to service as promptly as possible
after each test or alarm and shall be kept in normal conditions ready for operation.
Equipment requiring rewinding or replenishing shall be rewound or replenished as
promptly as possible after test or alarm.

E. Fire Retardant Paints

Fire retardant paints or solutions shall be reapplied at such intervals as necessary to
maintain the necessary flame retardant properties.

F. Recognition of Means of Egress

172
 Hangings or draperies shall not be placed over exit doors or otherwise located as to
conceal or obscure any exit. Mirrors shall not be placed on exit doors nor in or adjacent to
any exit in such a manner as to confuse the direction of exit.

G. Preventive Maintenance Record

Preventive maintenance records shall be prepared by the qualified and competent
persons and submitted to the C/MFM having jurisdiction every after inspection and test.

SECTION 10.2.21.2 PLACES OF ASSEMBLY

A. Drills
The employees or attendants of places or public assembly shall be trained and drilled
in the duties they are to perform in case of fire, panic, or other related emergencies in order
to be of greatest service in effecting the orderly exit of occupants.

B. Opens Flame Devices

No open flame lighting devices shall be used in any place of assembly.

Exception No. 1: Where necessary for ceremonial or religious purposes, the C/MFM having
jurisdiction may permit open flame lighting under such restrictions as are
necessary to avoid danger of ignition of combustible materials or injury to
occupants.

Exception No. 2: Open the flame devices may be used on stages where a necessary
part of theatrical performances provided that adequate precautions,
satisfactory to the C/MFM having jurisdiction, are taken to prevent ignition
of any combustible materials.

Exception No. 3: Gas lights may be permitted provided that adequate precautions
satisfactory to the C/MFM having jurisdiction are taken to prevent ignition
or any combustible materials.

C. Special Food Service Devices

Portable cooking equipment shall be permitted only as follows:
1. Equipment fueled by small heat sources which can be readily extinguished by water,
such as candles or alcohol-burning equipment (including “solid alcohol”) may be
used. Adequate precautions satisfactory to the C/MFM having jurisdiction are taken to
prevent ignition of any combustible materials.
2. Candles may be used on tables for food service if securely supported on substantial
non-combustible bases, so located as to avoid danger of ignition of combustible
materials and only if approved by the C/MFM having jurisdiction. Candle flames shall
be protected.
3. “Flaming Sword” or other equipment involving open flames and flamed dishes such
as cherries jubilee, crepes suzette, etc., may be permitted provided that necessary
precautions are taken, and subject to the approval of the C/MFM having jurisdiction.

D. Smoking
1. Smoking in places of assembly shall be regulated by the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
2. In rooms or areas where smoking is prohibited, plainly visible “NO SMOKING” signs shall
be posted.
3. No person shall smoke in prohibited areas.
4. Where smoking is permitted, suitable ash trays or receptacles should be provided in
convenient locations.

E. Decorations and Stage Scenery

1. Combustible materials shall be treated with an effective flame retardant material. Stage
settings made of combustible materials shall likewise be treated with flame retardant
materials.

173
 2. Only noncombustible materials or fire retardant pressure treated wood may be used for
stage scenery or props, on the audience side of the proscenium arch.
3. The C/MFM having jurisdiction over the area shall impose controls on the volume and
arrangement of combustible contents (including decorations) in places of assembly to
provide adequate level of safety to life from fire.

F. Seating
1. Seats in assembly occupancies accommodating more than two hundred (200) persons
shall be securely fastened to the floor except together in groups of not less than three (3)
or more than seven (7) and as permitted by the next paragraph. All seats in balconies
and galleries shall be securely fastened to the floor, except in places of worship.
2. Seats not secured to the floor may be permitted in restaurants, night clubs, and other
occupancies where the fastening of seats to the floor may be impractical; Provided,
that in the area used for seating (excluding dance floors, stage, etc.), there shall be not
more than one seat for each one and four-tenths square meters (1.4 m2) of net floor area
and adequate aisles to reach exits shall be maintained at all times.

SECTION 10.2.21.3 EDUCATIONAL OCCUPANCIES

A. Drills
1. Fire exit drills shall be conducted regularly in accordance with the applicable provisions
of the following paragraphs.
2. There shall be at least four (4) exit drills a year in consultation and coordination with the
C/MFM having jurisdiction over the area.
3. Drills shall be conducted during class hours; during the changing of classes; when
the school is at assembly; during the recess or gymnastic periods; etc., so as to avoid
distinction between drills and actual fires. If a drill is called when pupils are going up
and down the stairways, as during the time classes are changing, the pupils shall be
instructed to form in line and immediately proceed to the nearest available exit in an
orderly manner.
4. Every fire exit drill shall be an exercise by the school management. Teachers shall have
a complete control of the class. Great stress shall be laid upon the execution of each
drill in a brisk, quiet, and orderly manner. Running shall be prohibited. In case there
are pupils incapable of holding their places in a line moving at a reasonable speed,
provisions shall be made to have them taken care of by the more sturdy pupils, moving
independently of the regular line of march.
5. BFP personnel shall be appointed to assist in the proper execution of all drills. The
searching of toilets and other rooms shall be the duty of the teachers or other members
of the staff.
6. As drills simulate an actual fire condition, pupils shall not be allowed to obtain anything
after the alarm is sounded, even when in classrooms, which would contribute to the
confusion.
7. Each class or group shall proceed to a primary predetermined point outside the
building and remain there while a check is made to make sure that all are accounted
for, leaving only when a recall signal is given to return to their classrooms, or when
dismissed. Such points shall be sufficiently far away from the building and from each
other as to avoid danger from any fire in the building, interference with fire department
operations, or confusion between different classes or groups. An alternate assembly
point shall be planned for and used during other drills to ensure safety of the children if
and when the primary assembly point cannot be used by any reason.
8. Where necessary for drill lines to cross roadways, signs reading “STOP! SCHOOL FIRE
DRILL” or equivalent shall be carried by assigned personnel to the traffic intersecting
points in order to stop the flow traffic during the period of the drill.

B. Signals

174
 1. All fire exit drill alarms shall be sounded on the fire alarm system and not on the signal
system used to dismiss classes.
2. Whenever any of the school authorities determine an actual fire exists, they shall
immediately call the nearest fire station. At the same time, they shall try to extinguish
the fire as circumstances permit.
3. In order to ensure that pupils will not return to a burning building, the recall signal shall
be one that is separate and distinct from and cannot be mistaken for any other signals.

SECTION 10.2.21.4 DAY CARE OCCUPANCIES

A. Emergency Egress and Relocation Drills

1. Not less than one emergency egress and relocation drill shall be conducted at least
once every quarter.
2. All occupants of the building shall participate in the drill.

B. Inspection
Fire prevention inspection shall be conducted monthly by a trained senior member of
the staff, after which a copy of the latest inspection report shall be posted in a conspicuous
place in the day care facility.

C. Furnishings and Decorations

1. Clothing and personal effects shall not be stored in corridors, unless the building is
protected by an automatic sprinkler system.
2. Artwork and teaching materials shall be permitted to be attached directly to the walls
provided it shall not exceed 20 percent (20%) of the wall area in a building that is not
protected throughout by an approved, supervised automatic sprinkler system and shall
not exceed 50 percent of the wall area in a building that is protected throughout by an
approved, supervised automatic sprinkler system.

D. Day Care Staff

Adequate adult staff shall be on duty in the facility and alert at all times where clients
are present.

SECTION 10.2.20.5 HEALTH CARE OCCUPANCIES

Evacuation Plan and Fire Exit Drills

A. The administration of every hospital, nursing home and residential-custodial care institution
shall have an approved evacuation plan for the guidance of all persons in the event of
fire. Copies of such plans shall be made available to all supervisors and personnel. All
employees shall be instructed and kept informed of their detailed duties under the plan. A
copy of the plan shall be readily available at all times, in the telephone operator’s position,
or at the security center.

B. Every bed intended for use by institutional occupants shall be easily movable under
conditions of evacuation and shall be equipped with the type and size of casters to allow
easy mobility, especially over elements of the structure such as expansion plates and
elevator thresholds. The C/MFM having jurisdiction may make exceptions in the equipping
of beds intended for use in areas limited to patients such as convalescent, self-care or
psychiatric patients.

C. Fire exit drills in hospitals shall include the transmission of a fire alarm signal and simulation
of emergency fire conditions except that the movement of infirm or bed-ridden patients to
safe areas or to the exterior or the building is not required. Drills shall be conducted quarterly
on each shift to familiarize hospital personnel (nurses, interns, maintenance personnel and
administrative staff) with signals and emergency action required under varied conditions.

175
SECTION 10.2.20.6 RESIDENTIAL BOARD AND CARE OCCUPANCIES

A. Emergency Egress and Relocation Drills

1. Emergency egress and relocation drills shall be conducted on a quarterly basis, with
not less than two drills conducted during the night when residents are sleeping.
2. The emergency drills shall be permitted to be announced to the residents in advance.
The drills shall involve the actual evacuation of all residents to an assembly point, and
shall provide residents with experience in egressing through all exits and means of
escape of the building.
3. An assembly point can be located outside the building, in a separate building, or in an
adjacent smoke compartment in the same building.
4. Exits and means of escape not used in any drill shall not be credited in meeting the
requirements of this Code for board and care facilities.
5. Residents who cannot meaningfully assist in their own evacuation or who have special
health problems shall not be required to actively participate in the drill.

B. Smoking
Smoking should be prohibited in any room, compartment, or area where flammable
or combustible liquids, combustible gases, or oxygen is used or stored and in any other
hazardous location, and the following also should apply:
1. Such areas should be posted with signs that read NO SMOKING or the international
symbol for no smoking.
2. In residential board and care facilities where smoking is totally prohibited and signs so
indicating are placed at all major entrances,
3. Areas where smoking is permitted should be clearly identified.
4. Ashtrays of noncombustible material and safe design should be provided and required
to be used in all areas where smoking is permitted.
5. Self-closing cover devices into which ashtrays can be emptied should be made
available to all areas where smoking is permitted and should be required to be used.
6. Where smoking is permitted, noncombustible safety-type ashtrays or receptacles shall
be provided in convenient locations.

C. Staff
Staff shall be on duty and in the facility at all times when residents requiring evacuation
assistance are present.

D. Inspection of Door Openings

Door assemblies for which the door leaf is required to swing in the direction of egress
travel shall be inspected and tested.

SECTION 10.2.21.5 RESIDENTIAL OCCUPANCIES

A. Hotel Emergency Organization

All employees of hotels shall be instructed and drilled in the duties they are to perform
in case of fire, panic, or other related emergencies.
Drills of the hotel emergency organization shall be held twice a year covering such
points as the operation and maintenance of the available first aid fire appliances, the
testing of guest alerting devices, and a study of instruction for emergency duties.

B. Dormitories, Lodging and Rooming Houses

Fire exit drills shall be regularly conducted at least twice a year.

SECTION 10.2.21.6 MERCANTILE, BUSINESS, AND INDUSTRIAL OCCUPANCIES

176
 In every mercantile, business and industrial occupancies subject to occupancy with fifty
(50) or more persons, fire exit drills shall be held at least twice a year.

SECTION 10.2.21.7 SPECIAL STRUCTURES

Motion Picture Projection and Television Production Studio Soundstages and Approved
Production Facilities

A. Waste or Refuse. Waste or refuse shall not be allowed to accumulate in any area or in any
manner that creates a fire hazard.

B. Flammable or Combustible Liquids

1. The use, mixing, dispensing, and storage of flammable or combustible liquids shall be in
accordance with Chapters 3 and 4 of this Rule and the following codes:
a. NFPA 30, Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code
b. NFPA 58, Liquefied Petroleum Gas Code
2. Approved flammable or combustible liquids and liquefied petroleum gases used for
special effects shall be allowed.

C. Welding. Welding shall be in accordance with NFPA 51, Standard for the Design and
Installation of Oxygen-Fuel Gas Systems for Welding, Cutting, and Allied Processes, and
NFPA 51B, Standard for Fire Prevention during Welding, Cutting, and Other Hot Work.

D. Audience Life Safety. When an audience is present during productions, provisions for life
safety and means of egress shall be subject to the approval of the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
E. Emergency Services Notification. The production company shall provide a procedure
acceptable to the C/MFM having jurisdiction concerned for notifying the public emergency
services of emergency incidents

CHAPTER 3 – FIRE SAFETY FOR HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

DIVISION 1. SCOPE
SECTION 10.3.1.1 APPLICABILITY
This Chapter shall apply to materials and chemicals, which are:

A. Highly flammable that may react to cause fires or explosions;

B. By their presence may create a fire or explosion hazard;

C. By their toxicity, flammability, or reactivity render firefighting dangerous;

D. Flammable or combustible that are chemically unstable and may spontaneously form
explosive compounds; and

E. Flammable or combustible that may undergo spontaneous reactions of explosive violence

or with sufficient evolution of heat to be a fire hazard.

DIVISION 2. FIRE SAFETY CLEARANCE

A Fire Safety Clearance for the installation and conveyance of all hazardous materials shall
be issued by the BFP as prerequisite for the issuance of appropriate permits and licenses from
the local and other government agencies concerned.

177
 DIVISION 3. CLASSIFICATION OF MATERIALS, WASTES,
AND HAZARD OF CONTENTS
SECTION 10.3.3.1 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL CLASSIFICATION
Materials shall be classified into one or more of the following categories of hazardous
materials:

A. Corrosive solids, liquids, or gases;

B. Flammable solids, liquids and aerosols;

C. Flammable, inert and oxidizing cryogenic fluids;

D. Flammable and inert gases;

E. Organic peroxide formulations;

F. Oxidizer solids and liquids;

G. Oxidizing gases;

H. Pyrophoric solids, liquids, or gases;

I. Toxic or highly toxic solids, liquids, or gases;

J. Unstable (reactive) solids, liquids, or gases;

K. Water-reactive solids or liquids;

L. Radioactive materials; and

M. Explosives.

SECTION 10.3.3.2 CLASSIFICATION OF HIGH-HAZARD CONTENTS

A. High-Hazard Level 1 Contents. High-hazard Level 1 contents include materials that present
a detonation hazard, including, but not limited to, the following hazard categories:
1. Class 4 oxidizers;
2. Detonable pyrophoric solids or liquids;
3. Class 3 detonable and Class 4 unstable (reactive) solids, liquids, or gases; and
4. Detonable organic peroxides.

B. High-Hazard Level 2 Contents. High-hazard Level 2 contents include materials that present
a deflagration hazard or a hazard from accelerated burning, including, but not limited to,
the following hazard categories:
1. Combustible dusts stored, used, or generated in a manner creating a severe fire or
explosion hazard;
2. Class I organic peroxides;
3. Class 3 solid or liquid oxidizers that are used or stored in normally open containers or
systems or in closed containers or systems at gauge pressures of more than fifteen
pounds per square inch (15 psi or 103.4 kPa);
4. Flammable gases;
5. Flammable cryogenic fluids;
6. Nondetonable pyrophoric solids, liquids, or gases;
7. Class 3 nondetonable unstable (reactive) solids, liquids, or gases; and
8. Class 3 water-reactive solids and liquids.

C. High-Hazard Level 3 Contents. High-hazard Level 3 contents include materials that readily
support combustion or present a physical hazard, including, but not limited to, the following
178
 hazard categories:
1. Flammable solids, other than dusts classified as high-hazard Level 2, stored, used, or
generated in a manner creating a high fire hazard;
2. Class II and Class III organic peroxides;
3. Class 2 solid or liquid oxidizers;
4. Class 3 solid or liquid oxidizers that are used or stored in normally closed containers or
systems at gauge pressures of less than 15 psi (103.4 kPa);
5. Class 2 unstable (reactive) materials;
6. Class 2 water-reactive solids, liquids or gases;
7. Oxidizing gases; and
8. Oxidizing cryogenic fluids.

D. High-Hazard Level 4 Contents. High-hazard Level 4 contents include materials that are
acute health hazards, including, but not limited to, the following hazard categories:
1. Corrosive solids, liquids, or gases;
2. Highly toxic solids, liquids, or gases; and
3. Toxic solids, liquids, or gases.

SECTION 10.3.3.3 MIXTURES

Mixtures shall be classified in accordance with the hazards of the mixture as a whole by an
approved, qualified organization, individual, or testing laboratory.

SECTION 10.3.3.4 MULTIPLE HAZARDS

Hazardous materials that have multiple hazards shall conform to the code requirements for
each applicable hazard category.

SECTION 10.3.3.5 CLASSIFICATION OF WASTE

Waste comprised of or containing hazardous materials shall be classified in accordance
with Section 10.3.1.1 of this IRR as applicable.

DIVISION 4. PERMISSIBLE STORAGE AND USE LOCATIONS

SECTION 10.3.4.1 CONTROL AREA

Hazardous materials shall be stored and used in one or more control areas.

SECTION 10.3.4.2 QUANTITY OF HAZARDOUS MATERIAL

The quantity of hazardous materials in an individual control area shall not exceed the
Maximum Allowable Quantity (MAQ) for the applicable occupancy set forth in Annex A.

A. For all occupancies not covered by Division 8 through 20 of Chapter 2 of this Rule, the MAQ
of hazardous materials per control area shall be as specified in Annex A, Table 12.

B. The MAQ of hazardous materials per control area in mercantile, storage and industrial
occupancies shall be as specified in Annex A Table 12, with increased quantities permitted
where storage or display areas comply with this Division.

C. Special Quantity Limits for Mercantile, Industrial, and Storage Occupancies. the MAQ
of selected hazardous materials shall be permitted to be increased in accordance with
para “D” of this Section provided in mercantile, industrial, and storage occupancies is in
compliant with all of the special controls set forth in para “A” above.

D. Special Controls Required for Increased Quantities. Materials shall be stored in accordance
with the following limitations where quantities of hazardous materials are increased:
179
 1. Storage and display of solids shall not exceed (976.4 kg/m2) of floor area actually
occupied by solid merchandise.
2. Storage and display of liquids shall not exceed seventy-six liters per square meters (76 L/
m2) of floor area actually occupied by liquid merchandise.
3. Storage and display height shall not one and eight tenths meters (1.8 m) above the
finished floor.
4. Individual containers less than nineteen liters (19 L) or less than eleven kilograms (11 kg)
shall be stored or displayed on pallets, racks, or shelves.
5. Racks and shelves used for storage or display shall be in accordance with NFPA 400.
6. Containers shall be listed or approved for the intended use.
7. Individual containers shall not exceed forty five and four tenths kilogram (45.4 kg)
capacity for solids or a thirty-eight liters (38 L) capacity for liquids.
8. Incompatible materials shall be separated in accordance with NFPA 400.
9. Except for surfacing, floors shall be of non-combustible construction.
10. Aisles one and two tenths meters (1.2 m) in width shall be maintained on three sides of
the storage or display area.
11. Hazard identification signs shall be provided in accordance with para “H” of Division 5
of this Chapter and with NFPA 400.

E. Special Maximum Allowable Quantity Increases for Storage in Mercantile, Storage, and
Industrial Occupancies.
1. The aggregate quantity of non-flammable solid and non-flammable or non-
combustible liquid hazardous materials permitted within a single control area of a
mercantile, storage, or industrial occupancy shall be permitted to exceed the MAQ
specified in Annex A,Table 12, without complying with Protection Level 2, Protection
Level 3, or Protection Level 4, provided that the quantities comply with Annex A Table 21
and Annex A, Table 22 and that materials are displayed and stored in accordance with
the special limitations in this Section.

SECTION 10.3.4.3 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS FOR CONTROL AREAS

A. Number of Control Areas. The maximum number of control areas within a building shall be
in accordance with Annex A Table 23.

B. No special construction provisions shall be required, provided that only one control area is
present in a building

C. Control areas shall be separated from each other by fire barriers in accordance with Annex
A Table 23, provided that more than one control area is present in a building.

SECTION 10.3.4.4 PROTECTION LEVELS

A. The occupancy shall comply with the requirements for Protection Level 1, Protection Level
2, Protection Level 3, or Protection Level 4, as required for the material in storage or use as
defined in accordance with Chapter 6 through 21 of NFPA 400 and the National Building
Code provided that the quantity of hazardous materials in storage or use exceeds the MAQ
for indoor control areas as set forth in Section 10.3.4.2 of this IRR.

B. Protection level 5 shall apply to semiconductor fabrication facilities where required by the
National Building Code.

C. Protection Level 1
1. Buildings containing quantities of hazardous materials exceeding the MAQ of high-
hazard level 1 contents permitted in control areas shall comply with applicable
regulations for Protection Level 1.

180
 2. High-hazard level 1 contents shall include materials that present a detonation hazard as
defined in Section 10.3.3.2 of this IRR.

D. Protection Level 2
1. Buildings, and portions thereof, containing quantities of hazardous materials exceeding
the MAQ of high-hazard level 2 contents permitted in control areas shall comply with
applicable regulations for Protection Level 2.
2. High-hazard level 2 contents shall include materials that present a deflagration hazard
or a hazard from accelerated burning as defined in Section 10.3.3.2 of this IRR.

E. Protection Level 3
1. Buildings, and portions thereof, containing quantities of hazardous materials exceeding
the MAQ of high-hazard level 3 contents permitted in control areas shall comply with
applicable regulations for Protection Level 3.
2. High-hazard level 3 contents shall include materials that readily support combustion or
present a physical hazard as defined in Section 10.3.3.2 of this IRR.

F. Protection Level 4
1. Buildings, and portions thereof, containing quantities of hazardous materials exceeding
the MAQ of high-hazard level 4 contents permitted in control areas shall comply with
applicable regulations for Protection Level 4.
2. High-hazard level 4 contents shall include materials that are acute health hazards as
defined in Section 10.3.3.2 of this IRR.

G. Detached Building Required for High-Hazard Level 2 and High-Hazard Level 3 Materials.
Buildings required to comply with Protection Level 2 or 3 and containing quantities of high
hazard contents exceeding the quantity limits set forth in Annex A, Table 24 shall be in
accordance with NFPA 400 as applicable.

SECTION 10.3.4.5 OUTDOOR CONTROL AREAS.

A. Hazardous materials shall be permitted to be stored or used in outdoor control areas in

accordance para “E” of this section.

B. Compliance with the outdoor storage and use requirements shall not be required, provided
that storage or use is in an outdoor control area,

C. Maximum Allowable Quantity per Outdoor Control Area. Maximum allowable quantities of
hazardous materials in an outdoor control area shall be as specified in Annex A, Table 21
and Annex A, Table 22 or Table 25.

D. Number of Outdoor Control Areas.

1. A single outdoor control area shall be permitted on any property.
2. A group of two outdoor control areas shall be permitted where approved and where
each control area is separated by a minimum distance of fifteen meters (15 m), provided
that a property exceeds nine hundred twenty nine square meters (929 m2).
3. Additional groups of outdoor control areas shall be permitted where approved,
provided that each group is separated by a minimum distance of ninety-one meters (91
m), provided that a property exceeds three thousand two hundred twenty –two square
meters(3252 m2).

E. Outdoor Storage and Use Areas. Where the quantity of hazardous materials in outdoor
storage or use exceeds the MAQ for outdoor control areas as set forth in Annex A, Table 25,
the outdoor area shall comply with the applicable outdoor requirements of NFPA 400.

181
 DIVISION 5. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. The manufacture, storage, handling and use of hazardous materials and chemicals shall be
safeguarded with protective facilities or devices as public safety may require.

B. The C/MFM having jurisdiction shall require the separation or isolation from other storage
occupancies or buildings of any material or chemical that, in combination with other
substances, may bring about a fire or explosion or may liberate a flammable or poisonous
gas.

C. The Safety Data Sheet (SDS), a document that describes composition of a material,
hazardous properties and hazard mitigation, and disposal information, shall be made
available at all times during fire safety inspection.

D. Storage, handling, and use of hazardous chemicals shall be in accordance with applicable
Philippine National Standards or internationally recognized standards.

E. Where stored for retail, storage shall be neat and orderly.

F. Cabinets for the storage of hazardous materials shall be approved and substantially
constructed of one-eighth (1/8) centimeters thick sheet iron or a minimum of two hundred
fifty four millimeters (254 mm) plywood or equivalent, painted with luminescent-type paint
and shall be conspicuously labeled in red letters: “Hazardous - Keep Fire Away” and with
self-closing and self-latching doors.

G. Defective containers shall be disposed of or repaired in accordance with recognized safety

practices. No spilled materials shall be allowed to accumulate on floors or shelves.

H. All hazardous chemicals as defined in this Chapter (specifically stored in buildings, storage
and warehouses) shall either bear especially designed and color-coded labels consisting
of four diamonds arranged into one large diamond with the first, indicating the toxicity
and health hazards; the second, its flammability; the third, its reactivity; and the fourth, fire-
fighting and first aid instructions or appropriate color-coded labels based on the Global
Harmonized System Classification and Labeling of Chemicals (GHS).

I. For hazardous materials to be transported, vehicles shall be properly marked with the
corresponding GHS labels and markings, pursuant to the UN Recommendations on the
Transport of Dangerous Goods, Models Regulation in accordance with Annex A, Table 26,
Classification and Labeling Summary Table.

J. No person shall operate any tank vehicle transporting any corrosive cryogenic, hypergolic,
or phyrophoric materials unless at all time of such transportation there is displayed upon
each side and the rear of the tank vehicle a sign in letter not less than seven hundred sixty-
two millimeters (762 mm) in height upon a background of sharply contrasting color, which
shall specifically designate the cargo.

K. All buildings and facilities shall have plan for the following during an emergency:
1. Internal security and safety operations;
2. Managing hazardous materials and waste;
3. Radioactive, biological, and chemical isolation and decontamination;
4. Controlling entrance into the building/facility during emergencies;
5. Conducting a risk assessment with applicable authorities if it becomes necessary to
control egress from the building/facility;
6. Controlling people movement within the building/facility; and
7. Controlling traffic access to the building/facility.

L. The storage areas for plastic-based, fire-supporting, fire-conductive, smoke generating,

or toxic gas producing materials that are used as insulators or cushioning material for
crates, boxes, walls, air conditioning ducts, beds, chairs, and the like shall be provided with
automatic fire extinguishing systems of an approved type.

182
 M. All hazardous materials enumerated in this Chapter shall be protected by automatic fire
suppression system and other fire protection system appropriate to the type of hazard.

DIVISION 6. SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS

A. Fire Safety Requirements for the storage, use, and handling of the following hazardous
materials and Chemicals shall comply with applicable Philippine National Standards or
internationally-recognized standards.

B. Moreover, NFPA 400, Hazardous Materials Code and the following NFPA Codes or Standards
shall also be used as the basis for fire and life safety requirements:
1. NFPA 30, Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code
2. NFPA 45, Standard on Fire Protection for Laboratories Using Chemicals
3. NFPA 51A, Standard for Acetylene Cylinder Charging Plants.
4. NFPA 55, Compressed Gases and Cryogenic Fluids Code
5. NFPA 58, Liquefied Petroleum Gas Code.
6. NFPA 59A, Standard for the Production, Storage, and Handling of Liquefied Natural Gas
(LNG).
7. NFPA 99, Standard for Health Care Facilities
8. NFPA 395, Standard for the Storage of Flammable and Combustible Liquids at Farms
and Isolated Sites
9. NFPA 430, Code for the Storage of Liquid and Solid Oxidizers
10. NFPA 432, Code for the Storage of Organic Peroxide Formulations
11. NFPA 490, Code for the Storage of Ammonium Nitrate
12. NFPA 495, Explosive Materials Code
13. NFPA 801, Standard for Fire Protection for Facilities Handling Radioactive Materials.

C. Fire Safety Requirements for the transportation of hazardous materials and chemicals shall
comply with applicable Philippine National Standards, the Hazardous Materials Regulations
of Title 49 (Transportation), US Department of Transportation-Code of Federal Regulations or
other internationally-recognized standards.

D. In case of conflict between the above-mentioned standards and the specific requirements
of this rules and regulations, mentioned in Division 7 in this Chapter, the specific requirements
shall prevail.

DIVISION 7. MATERIAL-SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS

SECTION 10.3.7.1 CELLULOSE NITRATE PLASTIC (PYROXYLIN)

All raw cellulose nitrate plastic (pyroxylin) materials shall be stored, handled, protected
and displayed as follows:

A. On Storage and Handling

1. Cellulose Nitrate in excess of ten kilograms (10 kg) shall be stored in a vented and
sprinklered cabinet or vault.
2. The maximum weight of raw materials to be stored in a cabinet shall be two hundred
twenty-five kilograms (225 kg) with two (2) compartments equally divided.
3. The maximum weight of raw materials to be stored in a workroom shall be four hundred
fifty kilograms (450 kg).
4. All raw materials in excess of four hundred fifty kilograms (450 kg) shall be stored in a
vented vault with a capacity not exceeding forty two cubic meters (42 m3) with one (1)
automatic sprinkler head for every three and five tenths cubic meters (3.5 m3) of the

183
 total vault space.
5. Cellulose Nitrate Plastic shall not be stored in any room or compartment or within one
meter (1 m) from any heat producing appliances such as but not limited to steam pipes,
radiators, chimneys, stove, torch, forge, flame, fire or electric, or similar equipment likely
to produce spark.
6. In factories, operators working in a work room using cellulose nitrate plastic shall be
stationed at least one meter (1 m) apart, and the amount of material per operator shall
not exceed one-half (1/2) day supply and be limited to three (3) tote boxes. 

7. All waste cellulose nitrate plastic materials such as shavings, chips, turnings, sawdust,
edging and trimmings shall be stored under water in metal receptacles until removed
from the premises.
8. Smoking shall be strictly prohibited in any building or establishment where cellulose
plastic are stored, displayed or manufactured. A “NO SMOKING” sign shall be posted in
conspicuous places.
9. The storage area of cellulose nitrate plastic shall be marked with a sign that states:

“NITROCELLULOSE — FLAMMABLE SOLID — KEEP HEAT, SPARKS, AND FLAME AWAY”

or equivalent wording. 


B. On Fire Protection
1. All new and existing buildings or any portion thereof including factories used for the
manufacture or storage of articles of cellulose nitrate plastic (pyroxylin) in quantities
exceeding forty five kilograms (45 kg) shall be equipped with an approved, supervised
sprinkler system and the storage area shall be constructed of fire resistive materials
with two hour (2-hr) fire resistance rating. The structural elements shall be of steel, iron,
concrete or masonry construction.
2. Portable fire extinguishers shall be installed in buildings where storing, handling and
displaying of cellulose nitrate plastic (pyroxylin) is conducted in accordance with
Section 10.2.6.9 IRR.

C. On Display
In stores or establishments, displays of cellulose nitrate plastic (pyroxylin) articles shall be
in show cases or show windows.

Exception: Articles may be displayed and placed on tables, provided that:

1. It is not over ninety centimeters (90 cm) apart;
2. If displayed on counters, such counters shall be arranged in the following manner:
a. Each table shall measure one meter (1 m) wide and three meters (3 m) long; 

b. The space beneath each table or counter shall be free of storage or obstruction of
any kind;
c. The display tables shall be arranged and located so as not to obstruct the passage
to exits in the event of emergency; and
3. Lights shall not be located directly above any cellulose nitrate material or storage,
unless the light fixture is provided with a suitable guard to prevent heated particles from
falling.

SECTION 10.3.7.2 COMBUSTIBLE FIBERS

All combustible fibers shall be stored, handled and protected as follows:

A. On Storage and Handling

1. Common Requirements:
a. Combustible fibers shall not be stored in rooms or buildings with hazardous gases,
flammable liquids, dangerous chemicals or other similar materials.

184
 b. Trucks or automobiles shall not enter any fiber storage room or building. They shall
however be allowed to enter at loading platforms. All forklifts, vehicles and equipment
used within combustible fibers storage areas shall be equipped with flash or spark
suppressors or arresters.
c. Smoking, open flame, and hot works, shall not be permitted in any area where
combustible fibers are handled or stored. A “NO SMOKING” sign shall be posted.
d. Agricultural products such as, but not limited to, straw and hay shall not be stored
adjacent to buildings of combustible materials unless a clear distance equal to the
height of the pile is maintained.
e. Storage shall be limited to stocks of one hundred (100) metric tons. A fire resistive wall
with a fire resistance rating of two (2) hours or a clear space of six meters (6m) shall
be maintained between stacks.
f. A one meter (1m) clearance shall be maintained between sprinkler pipes in protected
storage vaults and top of the piles.
2. Specific Requirements for Loose Combustible Fibers
a. Loose combustible fibers shall be stored as shown in Annex A, Table 27, Storage of
combustible fibers.
b. Loose combustible fiber exceeding twenty-eight cubic meters (28 m3) but not more
than seventy cubic meters (70 m3) may be stored in a “loose house” or detached
structure with opening properly protected against sparks and shall not be used for
any other purpose.
3. Specific Requirements for Baled Combustible Fibers
a. A single block or pile shall contain a maximum of seven hundred cubic meters (700
m3) of baled fiber.
b. Each block or pile shall be separated from the adjacent storage by an aisle measuring
not less than one hundred fifty centimeters (150 cm) wide or by barriers consisting of
continuous sheets of non-combustible material extending from the floor to a height
of at least thirty centimeters (30cm) beyond the topside of the piles.
c. Fibers in bales bound with combustible tie ropes, as well as jute and other fibers liable
to swell when wet shall be stored to allow for expansion in any direction and shall
have one meter (1m) clearance from walls to piles.
d. If the storage compartment is less than nine meters (9 m) in width, there shall be a
forty five centimeters (45 cm) clearance from walls to piles and a center aisle of not
less than one hundred fifty centimeters (150 cm) width is maintained.

B. On Fire Protection
1. An approved, supervised sprinkler system shall be required in each building or portion
thereof used for storage of combustible commodities when the area exceeds two-
thirds (2/3) of the sum of the floor area.
2. The design and installation of an approved, supervised sprinkler system shall conform to
Section 10.2.6.7 of this IRR.
3. Sprinkler discharge densities (liters/square meters) for combustible commodities not
exceeding six hundred forty centimeters (640 cm) in height shall conform to Annex A,
Table 28, Sprinkler discharge densities for combustible commodities not exceeding 640
cm in height, by hazard classification.
4. The protection of combustible commodities six hundred forty centimeters (640 cm) and
seven hundred sixty centimeters (760 cm) in height will require up to thirty percent (30%)
increase in the densities listed in the above table. Commodities piled more than seven
hundred sixty centimeters (760 cm) in height will require multi-level sprinkler application.
5. Sprinkler system protecting combustible commodities shall be designed and installed
to discharge the required water density within the following prescribed minimum areas,
except that areas shall be not less than three hundred seventy square meters (370 m2)

185
 in calculating water flows when densities of less than one thousand one hundred forty-
one liters per minute per square meters (1,141L/(min.m2)) are specified:
a. Low Hazard – 370 m2
b. Average – 378 m2
c. High – 418 m2
d. Very High – 557 m2
6. The above-listed minimum areas are based on the regulations for roof venting, draft
curtains, aisle spacing, size pile and method of storage. Higher densities may be required
in buildings that do not conform to these standards.
7. Sprinkler system shall be designed to utilize sprinklers with ordinal temperature
classification, except that sprinklers with an intermediate classification may be used in
the design of systems to protect high or very high hazard occupancies.
8. A minimum clearance of one meter (1 m) shall be provided between sprinkler deflectors
and top of storage.
9. Draft curtains shall be provided to limit the area of sprinkler operation and to aid the
operation of roof vents.
10. Draft Curtains shall be at least two meters (2 m) in depth and shall be of noncombustible
materials. In low or average hazard occupancies, draft curtains, shall divide the under
roof area into section not to exceed nine hundred twenty-nine square meters (929 m2).
In high or very high hazard storage areas, draft curtains shall divide the under roof area
into sections not to exceed five hundred fifty-seven square meters (557 m2).
11. Portable fire extinguishers shall be installed in combustible commodities storage.

SECTION 10.3.7.3 MATCHES

Matches shall be stored, handled and protected as follows:

A. On Storage and Handling

1. In wholesale establishments with matches exceeding sixty (60) matchman’s gross stored
in shipping container, matches shall be arranged in piles not exceeding three meters (3
m) in height nor more than four hundred twenty-five cubic meters (425 m3) in volume
with aisles at least one hundred twenty centimeter (120 cm) wide between piles.
2. Where other materials or commodities are stored on the same floor with matches, a
portion of the room shall be devoted to match storage exclusively, and a clear space of
not less than one hundred fifty centimeters (150 cm) between match storage and such
other materials or commodities shall be maintained.
3. Matches shall be stored in a building, trailer, semi trailer, or metal shipping container
with a two-hour (2-hr) fire resistance rating.
4. Matches shall not be stored within three meters (3 m) of any elevator shaft opening,
open stairway, or other vertical opening.
5. Where shipping container that contain matches are opened, the contents shall be
transferred in bins provided with metal-lined covers.
6. Where matches are sold in retail, original sealed packages shall be stored in shelves.
When such packages are broken, individual boxes shall be stored in metal or metal-
lined bins.

B. On Fire Protection
1. Smoking is prohibited in areas where matches are stored. A “NO SMOKING” sign shall be
conspicuously posted in designated areas.
2. The owner shall be responsible for the prompt removal of any hazardous condition,
accumulations of combustible materials, including proper maintenance of equipment
and safety devices.
3. Approved, supervised sprinkler system and portable fire extinguishers shall be provided

186
 throughout storage and manufacturing areas.

SECTION 10.3.7.4 MAGNESIUM

Magnesium shall be stored, handled and protected as follows:

A. On Storage
1. Magnesium ingots, pigs, and billets shall be carefully piled on firm and generally level
areas. Any combustible material shall not be stored within a distance of seven hundred
sixty centimeters (760 cm) from any pile of magnesium pigs, ingots, and billets.
2. Outdoor storage of magnesium pigs, ingots and billets shall be in piles not exceeding
forty-five thousand four hundred kilograms (45,400 kg) each, separated by aisles with
width not less than one-half (1/2) the height of the pile.
3. Storage of pigs, ingots and billets in buildings shall be on floors of non-combustible
construction. Floors shall be well drained from water. Each pile shall not be larger than
twenty three thousand kilograms (23,000 kg), and shall be separated by aisles with
width not less than one-half (1/2) the height of the pile.
4. All magnesium castings shall be clean and free of chips or fine particles of magnesium.
The size of storage piles of heavy magnesium castings, either in cartons or crates or free
of any packing material shall be limited to thirty-six cubic meters (36 m3). Aisle width
shall be at least one-half the height of the piles and shall be at least three meters (3 m).
5. Piles of stored light magnesium castings, either in cartons or crates or without packing,
shall be limited in size to twenty-eight cubic meters (28 m3).
6. Aisle spaces in front of racks shall be equal to the height of the racks. All aisle spaces
shall be kept clear.
7. Combustible rubbish, spare crates, and separators shall not be permitted to accumulate
within the aisles between racks.
8. Wet magnesium scrap (chips, fines, swarf, or sludge) shall be kept under water in
covered and vented steel containers at an outside location. Sources of ignition shall be
kept away from the drum vent and top. Containers shall not be stacked.
9. Storage of dry scrap in quantities greater than one and four tenths cubic meters (1.4 m3)
shall be kept separated from other occupancies by fire-resistive construction without
window openings or by an open space of at least fifteen meters (15 m). Such buildings
shall be well-ventilated.
10. Magnesium powder shall be stored in steel drums or other closed conductive containers.
The containers shall be tightly sealed and stored in a dry location.
11. Magnesium storage in quantities greater than one and four tenths cubic meters (1.4
m3) shall be separated from storage of other materials that are either combustible or in
combustible containers by aisles with a minimum width equal to the height of the piles
of magnesium products.
12. Magnesium products stored in quantities greater than twenty eight cubic meters (28
m3) shall be separated into piles each not larger than twenty eight cubic meters (28 m3
), with the minimum aisle width equal to the height of the piles but in no case shall be
less than three meters (3 m).
13. Where storage in quantity greater than twenty-eight cubic meters (28m3) is in a building
of combustible construction, or the magnesium is packed in combustible crates or
cartons, or there is combustible storage within nine meters (9 m) of the magnesium, the
storage area shall be protected by an automatic fire fighting equipment.
14. The size of storage piles of magnesium articles in foundries and processing plants shall
not exceed twenty-five cubic meters (25 m3) and shall be separated by aisles of not less
than one-half (1/2) the height of the pile.
15. Storage in quantity exceeding one and four-tenths cubic meters (1.4 m3) of fine
magnesium scrap shall be separated from other occupancies by fire-resistive
construction without window openings or by an open space of at least one thousand
five hundred fifty centimeters (1,550 cm).

187
 16. Storage in quantity greater than twenty-eight cubic meters (28 m3) of shall be separated
from all buildings other than those used for magnesium scrap recovery operations by a
distance of not less than thirty meters (30 m).

B. On Handling and Processing

1. Magnesium powder production plants shall be located on a site large enough, and
shall be located at least nine thousand one hundred fifty centimeters (9,150 cm) away
from public roads and from any occupied structure, such as public buildings, dwellings,
and business or manufacturing establishments, other than those buildings that are a
part of the magnesium powder production plant.
2. Different production operations shall be located in separate but not adjoining buildings
that are located at least fifteen meters (15 m) from each other.
3. All buildings used for the manufacture, packing, or loading for shipment of magnesium
powders shall be single storey, without basements, constructed of non-combustible
materials throughout.
4. Connecting ducts shall be completely without bends. ducts shall be fabricated and
assembled with a smooth interior, with internal lap joints pointing in the direction of
airflow and without unused capped side outlets, pockets or other dead-end spaces.
5. At each operation, dust shall be collected by means of suitable hoods or an enclosure
which is also connected to a blower located outdoors. storage bins for powders should
be sealed and purged with inert gas prior to filling.
6. Each machine shall be equipped with its individual dust separating unit, except that
with multi-unit machines, not more than two dust-producing units may be served by
one (1) separator.
7. The entire dust collection system shall be constructed of conductive material and
shall be completely bonded and grounded. it shall not be provided with filters or other
obstructions.
8. Dry dust collectors shall be located outside, in a safe location, and shall be provided
with barriers or other means. the area around the collector shall be posted with the
following:

“CAUTION: THIS DUST COLLECTOR CAN CONTAIN EXPLOSIBLE DUST. KEEP OUTSIDE THE
MARKED AREA WHILE EQUIPMENT IS OPERATING.”
9. All machines shall be provided with a pan or tray to catch chips or turnings, where
they shall be collected every day. Magnesium fines shall be kept separated from other
combustible materials.
10. All electric wiring, fixtures and equipment in the immediate vicinity of and attached to
dust-producing machines, including those used in connection with separator equipment
shall be of types approved for used in class ii, group e hazardous (see building code)
and installed in accordance with the Philippine Electrical Code.
11. The power supply to the dust-producing equipment shall be interlocked with the airflow
from the exhaust blower and the liquid level controller of the wet-type dust collector.
12. All equipment shall be securely grounded by permanent ground wires.
13. In powder handling or manufacturing buildings and in the operation of dust-conveying
systems, every precaution shall be taken to avoid sparks from static electricity, electrical
faults, friction, or impact (e.g., iron or steel articles on stones, on each other, or on
concrete).
14. Heat treating ovens -approved means shall be provided for control of magnesium fire in
heat treating ovens.
15. Melt rooms shall provide access to facilitate fire control. floors shall be of noncombustible
construction and be kept clean and free of moisture and standing water.
16. Operators in melting and casting areas shall wear flame-resistant clothing, high foundry
shoes, and face protection. Clothing worn where molten magnesium is present shall
have no exposed pockets or cuffs.

188
 17. Systematic cleaning of the entire grinding area, including roof members, pipes, conduits,
etc. shall be carried out daily. Periodic inspections on buildings and machinery shall be
carried out as frequently as conditions warrant.

C. On Fire Protection
1. Only approved Class D extinguishing agents or those tested and shown to be effective
for extinguishing magnesium fires shall be permitted. A supply of extinguishing agent for
manual application shall be kept within easy reach of personnel while they are working
with magnesium. The quantity of extinguishing agent shall be sufficient to contain
anticipated fires.
2. Dry sodium chloride, or other dry chemicals or compounds suitable for extinguishment
or containment of magnesium fires, shall be permitted to be substituted for Class D fire
extinguishers. All extinguishing materials shall be approved for use on magnesium fires.
3. Approved fire-extinguishing materials shall be provided for every operator performing
machining, grinding or other processing operation on magnesium as follows:
a. Within nine hundred fourteen centimeters (914 cm), a supply of bulk dry extinguishing
agents in an approved container with a hand scoop or shovel for applying the
material; or
b. Within two thousand two hundred eighty-six centimeters (2,286 cm), an approved
Class D portable fire extinguisher. Pressurized extinguishing agents shall be applied
carefully on magnesium powder or chip fire, so as not to disturb or spread the
magnesium powder.
4. Application of wet extinguishing agents accelerates a magnesium fire and could result
in an explosion. The following agents should not be used as extinguishing agents on a
magnesium fire because of adverse reaction:
a. Water;
b. Gaseous-based foams;
c. Halon;
d. Carbon dioxide; and
e. Sand and other high Silicon Dioxide (SiO2)-containing materials.

SECTION 10.3.7.5 FLAMMABLE AND COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS

All flammable and combustible liquids shall be stored, handled, transported, used and
manufactured as follows:

A. On Storage and Handling

1. General Requirements
Flammable and combustible liquid shall be stored on approved containers or tanks
properly labeled with the physical properties of its content, flammability or combustibility
and precautionary measures.
2. Specific Requirements for Portable Storage
In the storage and dispensing of flammable and combustible liquids in safety cans,
drums or other approved containers not exceeding two hundred twenty seven liters
(227L) in individual capacity, and those portable tanks not exceeding two thousand
four hundred ninety eight liters (2,498L) in individual capacity, on different types of
occupancies, the following requirements shall be complied:
a. Flammable or combustible liquids specified above shall not be stored near exits
stairways or areas normally used as means of egress and ingress. It shall be stored
either in storage cabinets or inside storage rooms.
b. The storage of flammable and combustible liquids in closed containers shall comply
with the following occupancy schedule:
1) Residential occupancies with not more than three (3) dwelling units with detached

189
 garages shall store flammable and combustible liquids up to a maximum of
ninety four liters (94 L).
2) Assembly, business and residential occupancies with more than three (3) dwelling
units shall store Class I and Class II flammable and combustible combined liquids
up to a maximum of thirty eight liters (38 L) or two hundred twenty seven liters
(227 L) of Class IIIA liquids.
3) Educational, healthcare, and detention and correctional occupancies shall
store flammable and combustible liquids up to a maximum of four liters (4L).
4) Mercantile and industrial occupancies, where rooms or areas are accessible to
the public, storage shall be limited to quantities needed for display and normal
merchandising purposes which shall not exceed eighty one liters (81L) per square
meter of gross floor area.
c. In rooms or areas not accessible to the public, storage shall be limited to two hundred
twenty seven liters (227L) of Class IA, four hundred fifty four liters (454 L) of Class IB, six
hundred eighty one liters (681 L) of Class 1C, nine hundred eight liters (908 L) of Class
II, one thousand eight hundred ninety three liters (1,893 L) of combustible liquids or
any combination of flammable liquids totaling nine hundred eight liters (908 L).
d. Containers less than one hundred thirteen liters (113 L) capacity shall not be stacked
more than one meter (1 m) or two containers high, whichever is greater, unless on
fixed shelving or otherwise satisfactorily secured. Containers more than one hundred
thirteen liters (113 L) shall not be stacked one upon the other. All containers shall be
stored in an upright position.
e. Shelving shall be in a stable construction, of sufficient depth and such arrangement
that containers displayed thereon shall not be easily displaced.
f. Leaking containers shall be secured immediately from any possible source of ignition
and the contents of which shall be transferred to an approved container and
placed to a safe location not accessible to the public. The spill shall be appropriately
contained and collected for proper waste disposal.
g. Dispensing of Class II or III liquids from a single container having a capacity of more
than two hundred twenty seven liters (227 L) may be permitted outside of storage
and handling room using dispensing device and fire control measures. Both the
dispensing container and any reserve containers shall be considered as contributing
to the totals allowed capacity under para “e” above.
h. No pile shall be closer than one meter (1 m) to the nearest beam, chord, girder
or other obstruction, and shall be one meter (1 m) below sprinkler deflectors, or
discharge orifices of water spray, or other overhead fire protection systems or other
obstructions.
i. Solid or palletized pile storage shall be so arranged that piles are separated from
each other by at least 1.2m (4ft) wide aisle.
j. Main aisle shall be provided with a minimum width of 2.4m or of a width providing
sufficient space to operate a forklift truck, whenever necessary.
k. Where the storage of liquid is on racks, a minimum of 1.2m (4 ft) wide aisle shall be
provided between adjacent rows of racks and adjacent storage of liquids.
l. Where ordinary combustible commodities are stored in the same area as liquids in
containers, the minimum distance between the two (2) types of storage shall be
2.4m (8 ft) wide aisle.
m. Storage cabinets may be used where it is desired to keep more than thirty eight liters
(38L) of flammable or, combustible liquids inside buildings. Individual container shall
not exceed nineteen liters (19L) capacity and not more than one hundred ninety
liters (190L) shall be stored in one cabinet.
n. Storage cabinets shall be approved and shall be substantially constructed to one
and two-tenths millimeters (1.2 mm) sheet iron or two and fifty four hundredths
centimeters (2.54 cm) plywood or equivalent. A minimum five centimeters (5 cm) sill
shall be provided, and cabinet shall be liquid tight to the top of the sill.

190
Doors shall be equipped with latching device. Cabinets shall be painted with an
approved in tumescent type Fire 1 retardant paint. Cabinets shall be conspicuously
labeled in red letters “FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS”.
o. Storage cabinets shall be located at least eight meters (8 m) away from any source
of ignition.
p. Inside storage and handling rooms shall be constructed to meet the required fire-
resistive rating. An approved, supervised sprinkler system shall be installed:
1) Opening to other rooms or buildings shall be provided with noncombustible
liquid-tight raised sills or ramps at least ten centimeters (10 cm) in height or the
floor in the room shall be at least ten centimeters (10 cm) below the surrounding
floors. . A permissible alternate to the sill or ramp is an open-grated trench inside
the room. A downgraded flooring shall be provided for spillage which drains to
a safe location or an open-grated trench.
2) The room shall be provided with approved self-closing fire doors. Where other
portions of the building or other properties are exposed, windows shall be of fire
rated construction and properly sealed to avoid the spread of vapor. Wood of
at least two and fifty four hundredths centimeters (2.54 cm) nominal thickness
may be used for shelving rack, dunnage scuff boards, floor overlay and similar
installations.
3) Ventilation shall be designed to provide for a complete change of air within the
room at least six (6) times per hour. Ventilation shall be installed in accordance
with the provisions of NFPA Pamphlet No. 91, “Blower and Exhaust System.” It shall
be controlled by a switch located outside the door. The ventilation equipment
and any lighting fixtures shall be operated by the same switch. A pilot light shall
be installed adjacent to the switch if Class I flammable liquids are dispensed or
used within the room.
4) Inside storage and handling rooms shall contain at least one aisle with a minimum
width of one meter (1 m). Storage shall not be closer one meter (1 m) to ceiling, or
sprinkler heads or other obstructions.
5) Stacking of containers shall be in accordance with Annex A Table 29, Indoor
portable container storage for flammable liquids.
6) Inside storage and handling room shall comply with approved, supervised
sprinkler system as shown in accordance with Annex A Table 30, Sprinkler systems
for inside storage and handling rooms of flammable liquids.
q. Outside Storage
1) Storage of over 100 drums of Class I liquids shall be limited to groups of one
hundred (100) drums, located at least eighteen meters (18 m) from the nearest
building or line of adjacent property and each group shall be separated by at
least twelve meters (12 m).
2) Storage of over three hundred (300) drums of Class II or III liquids shall be limited
to groups of three hundred (300) drums located at least fifteen meters (15 m)
from the nearest building or line of adjoining property and each group shall be
separated by at least nine meters (9 m).
3) The drum shall be stored in a safe location to prevent runoff or drainage toward
other storage of buildings. The area shall be kept clear of grass weeds and other
foreign combustibles. Signs shall be posted prohibiting open flames and smoking.
Fences or other control measures shall be provided where necessary to protect
against tampering or trespassers.
4) Storage of flammable or combustible liquids in closed containers in quantities
of eighteen thousand nine hundred twenty five liters (18,925 L) or less outside of
buildings shall be located with respect to buildings or line of adjoining property
as shown in Annex A, Table 31, Storage of flammable or combustible liquids in
closed containers outside of buildings. These distances may be reduced with
respect to warehouses and industrial buildings or noncombustible or fire-resistive
construction.
191
 5) In occupancies where the public is invited or allowed to enter, the above
distances shall be double.
6) Combustible materials shall not be stored or be permitted to accumulate
adjacent to flammable or combustible liquid storage outside of buildings in such
a manner as to constitute a dangerous exposure to the liquid storage in event of
fire. A distance of not less than four and a half meters (4.5 m) shall be maintained
between the liquid storage and any combustible materials.
7) Storage Limitation of Portable Tanks of flammable and combustible liquids shall
be in accordance with Annex A Table 32, Outdoor portable tank storage.
r. Dispensing
1) The dispensing of flammable or combustible liquids is limited to not more than
one hundred eight liters (108 L) per container drums at any time and shall be by
approved pumps taking suction through the top of the container.
2) All mixing, blending, and similar operations involving the use of flammable or
combustible liquids shall be performed in an inside storage and handling room
of two (2) hours fire-resistive construction.
s. Fire Protection. The following are requirements for fire protection in the storage of
flammable liquids:
1) Approved portable first aid fire protection appliances;
2) Approved, supervised sprinkler system;
3) Pre-connected hose line of one and a half inch (1 ½ in) diameter;
4) Open flames, smoking and other sources of ignition, shall not be permitted in
flammable or combustible liquid storage rooms. A “NO SMOKING” sign shall be
posted; and
5) Materials, which react with water or other liquids to produce a hazard, shall not
be stored in the same room with flammable or combustible liquids.
3. Specific Requirements for Bulk Plant and Storage
In the storage and dispensing of flammable and combustible liquids in bulk and
bulk plant, the following requirements shall be complied:
a. Class I, Class II and Class III flammable liquids shall be stored in closed containers with
a capacity exceeding that of portable tanks. Such tanks may be stored aboveground
or underground outside the building.
b. For above ground tanks:
1) Tanks shall be installed or rest on the ground and on concrete foundation,
masonry, piling or steel. Tank foundation shall be designed to minimize the
possibility of uneven settling of the tank and to minimize corrosion in any part of
the tank resting on the foundation;
2) Tank support for Class I, Class II or Class III liquids shall be installed on a firm
foundation either of masonry or steel;
3) Steel supports or exposed piling shall be protected with materials having a fire
resistance rating of not less than two (2) hours; except that when it is supported
by steel saddle, it shall not be less than three tenths meter (0.3m) high at the
lowest point;
4) Tanks when supported by sphere, special engineering considerations shall be
required to prevent excessive concentration of loads on the supporting portion
of the shell;
5) For tanks located in an area subject to flooding, precautions shall be undertaken
to prevent it from floating during rise of water level.
c. For underground tanks:
1) Underground tank storage for Class I, Class II or Class III liquids shall be covered
with a minimum of sixty centimeters (60 cm) earth or shall be covered with not
less than thirty centimeters (30 cm) of earth on top of which shall be placed a
192
 slab of reinforced concrete not less than ten centimeters (10 cm) in thickness;
2) Tanks subjected to traffic shall be protected against damage from vehicles
passing over them by at least ninety centimeters (90 cm) of earth cover or fifty
centimeters (50 cm) of well tamped earth, and topped with 5 centimeters (5 cm)
of concrete or twenty centimeters (20 cm) of asphalted concrete;
3) Asphalted or reinforced pavement used as part of the protection of the tank
shall be extended at least thirty centimeters (30 cm) horizontally beyond the
outline of the tank in all directions;
4) Where tank may become buoyant due to rise in the level of water table or due
to location in area that may be subjected to flooding, suitable precautions shall
be observed to anchor the tank in place.
d. Piping systems:
1) The design, fabrication, assembly, test, and inspection of piping systems
containing flammable and combustible liquids shall be suitable for the expected
working pressures and structural stresses in conformity with the internationally
accepted standards.
2) Joints shall be made liquid-tight and shall be either welded, flanged, or threaded,
except that listed flexible connectors shall be permitted to be used where
installed.
3) Threaded joints shall be made up tight with a suitable thread sealant or lubricant.
Joints in piping systems handling Class I liquids shall be welded when located in
concealed spaces within buildings.
4) Pipe joints, dependent upon the friction characteristics or resiliency of
combustible materials for mechanical continuity or liquid-tightness of piping,
shall not be used inside buildings. They shall be permitted to be used outside
of buildings aboveground or underground. If used aboveground or outside of
buildings, the piping shall either be secured to prevent disengagement at the
fitting, or the piping system shall be so designed that any spill resulting therefrom
will not expose, cause damage or harm to persons, buildings or structures and
could be readily controlled by remote valves.
5) Pipe systems shall contain a sufficient number of valves to operate it properly and
to protect the plant. Pipe systems connected to pumps shall contain a sufficient
number of valves to control properly the flow of liquid in normal operation and in
event of physical damage. Connection to pipe lines of equipment such as tank
cars or tank vehicles discharging flammable or combustible liquids into storage
tanks by means of pump, shall be provided with check valves for automatic
protection against backflow.
e. Vents location, arrangement, size and piping:
1) Vent pipes from tanks storing flammable or combustible liquids shall be so located
that the discharge point is outside of buildings, shall terminate not less than two
and forty two hundredths meters (2.42 m) above the fill pipe opening and not less
than three and sixty four hundredths meters (3.64 m) above the adjacent ground
level. Vent pipes shall discharge only upward or horizontally (not downward) in
order to disperse vapors. Vent pipes five centimeters (5 cm) or less in nominal
inside diameter shall not be obstructed by devices that will reduce their capacity
and thus cause excessive backpressure. Vent pipe outlet shall be so located that
flammable vapors will not enter building openings or to be trapped under the
eaves of other obstructions. If the vent pipe is less than three meters (3 m) i n
length or greater than five centimeters (5 cm) in nominal inside diameter, the
outlet shall be provided with a vacuum and pressure relief device, or there shall
be an approved flame arrester located in the vent line at the outlet. In no case
shall a flame arrester be located more than four and five tenths meters (4.5) from
the outlet and from the vent line.
2) Vent lines from tanks shall not be used for any other purpose.
3) Each tank shall be vented through piping adequate in size to prevent blowback
193
 of vapor or liquid at the fill opening while tank is being filled. Vent pipes shall not
be less than thirty two millimeters (32 mm) in nominal inside diameter.
4) Vent pipes shall be so laid as to drain toward the tank without sags or traps in
which liquid can collect. They shall be so located that they will not be subjected
to physical damages. Vent pipes from tanks storing the same class of liquids may
be connected into one outlet pipe. The outlet pipe shall be at least one pipe
size larger than the largest individual vent pipe connected thereto. In no case
shall the point of connection between vent lines be lower than the top of any
fill pipe opening. The lower end of a vent pipe shall enter the tank through the
top and shall not extend into the tank more than two and fifty-four hundredths
centimeters (2.54cm).
f. Fill and discharge lines for Class I, II and III liquids, where practical, shall enter tanks
only through the top and shall be graded toward the tank.
g. The fill-pipe opening shall be located outside of a building. For flammable and
combustible liquid storage, the fill-pipe opening shall not be less than one and a half
meters (1.5 m) from any door or cellar opening. The fill-pipe for filling by tank car or
tank truck shall not be larger than ten centimeters (10 cm) in nominal inside diameter
and shall not be constricted. Fill-pipe opening shall be identified by a definite color
scheme or other means.
h. Gauge openings, if independent of fill-pipe, shall be provided with a liquid-tight
cap or cover. If inside a building, each opening shall be protected against liquid
overflow and possible vapor release by means of a spring loaded check valve or
other approved device.
i. Tanks used for storage of flammable or combustible liquids shall not be installed
inside buildings except in industrial establishments, processing plants and service
stations.
j. The storage of flammable and combustible liquids in aboveground tanks outside of
buildings shall be restricted within the limits established by law or zoning ordinances.
k. Tank Loading and Unloading Facilities
In the loading and unloading of flammable and combustible liquids, the following
requirements shall be complied:
1) Noncombustible materials shall be used for the construction of loading racks
facilities.
2) Tank car loading or unloading facilities shall have a distance of at least seven
and six tenths (7.6 m) for Class I liquids and at least four and six tenths meter (4.6
m) for Class II and Class III liquids, measured from the nearest fill spout or (liquid or
vapor) transfer connection. Buildings for pumps or shelters for personnel may be
a part of the facility.
3) Equipment such as piping, pumps and meters used for the transfer of Class I
liquids between storage tanks and the fill stem of the loading rack shall not be
used for the transfer of Class II or Class III liquids.
4) Remote pumps located in underground tanks shall be installed on the pump
discharge side. A listed and approved leak detection device that will provide
an indication if the piping system is not essentially liquid tight shall be installed.
This device shall be checked and tested at least annually according to the
manufacturer’s specifications to insure proper installation and operation.
5) Loading at the top of a tank vehicle with Class I and Class II liquid without vapor
control is allowed if the following is complied:
a) The valve used for the final control of the flow shall be of the self-closing type
and shall be manually held open; and
b) Automatic means are provided for shutting off the flow when the tank is full.
6) When bottom loading a tank vehicle, with or without vapor control, a positive
means shall be provided for loading a predetermined quantity of liquid, together
with an automatic secondary shutoff control to prevent overfill. The connecting
194
 components between the loading rack and the tank vehicle required to operate
the secondary control shall be functionally compatible.
7) When bottom loading a tank vehicle that is equipped with vapor control, but
when vapor control is not used, the tank shall be vented to the atmosphere to
prevent pressurization of the tank. Such venting shall be at a height not lower
than the top of the cargo tank on the vehicle.
8) When bottom loading a tank vehicle, the coupling between the liquid loading
hose or pipe and the truck piping shall be by means of a dry disconnect coupling.
9) Connections to the plant vapor control system shall be designed to prevent the
escape of vapor to the atmosphere when not connected to a tank vehicle.
10) Loading racks facilities shall be equipped with protection against static
sparks during truck filling. Protection shall consist of a bare metallic bond wire
permanently electrically connected to the fill stem or some part of the fill- stem
piping. The free end of such wire shall be provided with a clamp or similar
device for convenient attachment to some metallic part of the cargo tank of
the tank vehicle. The bond wire connection shall be securely fastened prior to
the opening of the dome cover. It shall be maintained in place during the entire
filling operation and the dome covers shall be closed before the bond wire is
disconnected from the cargo tank.
11) Each loading rack facility or property upon which a loading rack facility is
located shall be surrounded by a fence not less than one five-tenths (1.5) meters
high, constructed of wire mesh, metal sheet or masonry.
12) No person shall load or unload, or allow the loading or unloading of a tank
vehicle, unless such vehicle is entirely within such enclosure. No person shall drive
or allow the driving of any tank vehicle, into or from the premises of a bulk plant,
except while traveling in a forward direction.
13) There shall be installed on each loading rack facility, riser pipe between the
ground and the outlet, and at least two valves, one being of the lever-operated
type and the other is of the self-closing type, which may be readily operated
from the loading rack facility platform or top of the vehicle being filled. It shall
be unlawful for any person to tie or unlock such self-closing valve in the open
position.
14) Class I flammable liquids shall not be dispensed into containers unless:
a) The nozzle and container are electrically inter-connected;
b) The metallic floor plate on which the container stands while filling is electrically
connected to the fill stem; or
c) The fill stem is bonded to the container during filling operations by means of a
bond wire.
l. Drainage and Waste Disposal
1) Flammable or combustible liquids spilled at the loading or un-loading areas
shall not be directly discharged into the public sewer and drainage system or
natural waterways. Grading driveways or intercepting canals with trench grating
connected to separator pits and/or other equally effective means shall be
constructed.
2) Used or accumulated residues of flammable or combustible liquids shall not be
dumped on the ground, into sewers, drainage ditches or storm drains, but shall
be stored in tanks or tight drums outside of any building until removed from the
premises.
3) In buildings, rooms or other confined spaces in which flammable or combustible
liquids are stored, no combustible waste materials shall be allowed to accumulate.
m. Electrical Equipment
All wirings and electrical equipment located within seven and one half meters
(7.5 m) of any portion of the loading rack facility shall be designed, operated and

195
 installed in accordance with the latest edition of the Philippine Electrical Code.
n. Testing
All tanks, whether shop-built or field erected, shall be tested. All piping, before
being covered, enclosed, or placed in use, shall be hydrostatically tested to 150% of
the maximum anticipated pressure of the system, or pneumatically tested to 110%
of the maximum anticipated pressure of the system but not less than 5 psi (34.5 kpa)
gauge at the highest point of the system. This test shall be maintained for a sufficient
time to complete visual inspection of all joints and connections, but for at least
10 minutes. A certificate of testing shall be submitted to the City or Municipal Fire
Marshal having jurisdiction.
o. Abandonmet of Tanks
1) Any tank not used for a period of ninety (90) days, shall be properly safeguarded
or removed in a manner approved by the City or Municipal Fire Marshal having
jurisdiction.
2) Tanks “temporarily out of service” shall have fill line, gauge opening and pump
connection secured against tampering. Vent lines shall remain open and
maintained in accordance with the requirements of this Rule for vent lines.
3) Any aboveground tank, which has been abandoned for a period of one (1)
year, shall be removed from the property in a manner approved by the City or
Municipal Fire Marshal having jurisdiction.
4) Any underground tank, which has been abandoned for a period of one (1) year,
shall be removed from the ground and the hole properly filled.
5) Tanks which are to be reinstalled for flammable or combustible liquid service
shall comply the same requirements in the installation of tanks.
6) Tanks which are to be placed back in service shall be tested accordingly.
p. On Fire Protection
1) Flammable or combustible liquids shall not be handled, drawn or dispensed
where flammable vapors may reach a source of ignition. Smoking shall be
prohibited except in designated locations. “NO SMOKING” signs shall be posted
in conspicuous places where hazard from flammable vapors is normally present.
2) Foam fire protection shall be provided for any aboveground tank except floating
roof type, or pressure tanks operating at or above seventy and four-tenths grams
(70.4 g) per square centimeters gauge pressure, and used for the storage or
handling of Class I flammable liquids such that tank or group of tanks are spaced
less than fifteen (15) meters apart, shell to shell, has a liquid surface area in excess
of one hundred forty square meters (140 m2).
3) Legible signs shall be maintained at the entrance gate or gates of each bulk plant
and near each loading rack facility with the words “NO SMOKING”. Restriction on
the use of electronic devices within the premises of bulk plants shall be observed.
4) Signs identifying the pump master switch shall be labeled “EMERGENCY PUMP
SHUTOFF”.
5) The master switch on all individual pump circuits switches shall be set in the “OFF”
position before closing the services station for business at any time.
6) Pressure system shall incorporate with each turbine, an indicator light illuminated
when the turbine is running. Said light shall be visible from the dispensing pump
island, and suitably identifiable as to the system served.
4. Service Stations for Automobile
a. Service stations shall be constructed with facilities for storage, handling and dispensing
of flammable and combustible liquids, including its equipment, appurtenances and
service area in either inside or outside buildings.
b. Service stations or portions thereof where flammable gases such as but not limited
to liquefied petroleum gases (LPG), liquefied natural gases (LNG), or compressed
natural gases (CNG) shall be governed in a separate rule.
196
c. Buildings used for office, grocery store, rest room, utility room and the like shall
conform to the succeeding paragraphs hereof.
1) The service station location standard for facilities, clearances and distance
applicable to all kinds of lots from mid-block lot, corner lot and passing-thru lot
shall comply with the standards set forth under Philippine National Standard on
“Petroleum Products-Retail Outlet-Health, Safety and Environment” - PNS/DOE FS
1-1:2005.
2) Apparatuses dispensing Class I flammable liquids into the fuel tanks of motor
vehicles of the public shall not be located at a bulk plant unless separated by a
fence or similar barrier from the area in which bulk operations are conducted.
3) Tanks shall be located to minimize the amount of maneuvering necessary for
the tank truck making the product delivery to reach the fill openings whenever
possible. Deliveries shall be accomplished without the need for the truck to move
or travel in reverse.
4) Tanks shall be located so that the tank truck making the product delivery will not
be on public right of way, block motorists’ views of roadway, or impede the flow
of vehicles or pedestrians.
5) Tank edge shall not be less than one meter (1 m) from the property line or any
other buildings or structures. If soil stability creates concern, qualified professional
assistance is recommended.
6) Underground tanks or tanks under buildings shall be so located with respect to
existing building foundation and support so that the load carried by the latter
cannot be transmitted to the tanks.
7) Dispensing devices at automobile service stations shall be located that all parts
of a vehicle being serviced are within the premises of the service station.
8) Dispensing devices at automobile service stations shall be located not less than
six (6) meters from any building openings and public ways. Such dispensing
devices shall also be so located that the nozzle, when hose is fully extended,
shall not reach within one and a half meters (1.5 m) of any building opening.
9) All dispensing devices shall be mounted on a concrete island or shall otherwise
be protected against collision damage by an acceptable means. Dispensing
device shall be securely bolted in place. Dispensing devices shall be installed
in accordance with the manufacturers’ instruction. The minimum height of the
concrete island shall be not less than fifteen centimeters (15 cm).
10) Emergency controls shall be installed at a location acceptable to the C/MFM
having jurisdiction, but controls shall be not more than thirty meters (30 m) from
dispensers.
d. On Storage and Handling
1) Class I liquid shall be stored in closed containers or tanks located underground or
in special enclosures.
a) Special enclosures shall be liquid and vapor tight without backfill. The sides,
top and bottom of enclosures shall be of reinforced concrete at least fifteen
centimeters (15 cm) in thickness, with openings for inspection through the top.
b) Tank connection shall be a closed pipe connection or installation. Precautionary
measures shall be provided whereby portable equipment may be employed
to discharge to the outside any vapors, which might accumulate, should
leakage occur.
2) Class I liquids shall not be stored or handled within a building having a basement
or pit into which flammable vapors may travel unless such area is provided with
ventilation designed to prevent the accumulation of flammable vapors therein.
3) Aboveground tanks located in an adjoining bulk plant may be connected by
piping to service station underground tanks. An emergency shut-off valve shall
be provided within the control of service station personnel.

197
4) Flammable and combustible liquids may be stored in an approved container
inside service station buildings, provided that the following conditions are
observed:
a) Class I liquids stored in approved closed containers of aggregate capacity
not exceeding four hundred fifty four liters (454 L), provided that a single
container shall not exceed two hundred twenty seven (227 L) liters capacity
and equipped with an approved pump; and
b) Class II and III liquids stored in approved containers of not exceeding four
hundred fifty five four liters (454 L) capacity for each class, with an aggregate
capacity not exceeding nine hundred eight liters (908 L).
5) Piping, valves and fittings shall be in accordance with the provisions of Specific
Requirement for Bulk Plant and Storage.
6) Class I liquids shall not be dispensed or transferred within a service station building,
except:
a) When the dispensing device is connected to any pump motor circuit energized
by a switch located on each dispenser and can be operated by removal or
displacement of the nozzle in its bracket;
b) A clearly labeled manually operated pump master switch is provided in an
approved location, within twenty-two meters (22 m) of, but not nearer than
four and six-tenths meters (4.6 m) to any dispensing device. Where such master
switch is not visible from all dispensing devices, the location thereof shall be
indicated by approved signs;
c) Signs identifying the pump master switch shall be labeled “EMERGENCY PUMP
SHUTOFF”;
d) The master switch on all individual pump circuits switches shall be set in the
“OFF” position before closing the service station for business; and
e) Pressure system shall incorporate with each turbine, an indicator light
illuminated when the turbine is running. Said light shall be visible from the
dispensing pump island, and suitably identifiable as to the system served.
7) Class II and III liquids may be dispensed in lubrication or service station buildings
provided that flammable vapors do not reach heating equipment or other
sources of ignition. Smoking shall be prohibited except in designated locations.
“NO SMOKING” signs shall be posted conspicuous areas where hazard from
flammable vapors is normally present.
8) No delivery of any flammable or combustible liquid shall be made into portable
containers unless such container is of approved material and construction,
having a tight closure with screwed or spring cover, so designed that the contents
can be dispensed without spilling. The dispensing of flammable liquids into fuel
tanks of vehicles or into a container shall at all times be under the supervision
of a qualified attendant, except in service stations not open to the public. Such
stations may be used by commercial, industrial, governmental or manufacturing
establishments for fueling vehicles used in connection with their activities or
operation. However, personnel of such establishments shall have knowledge
and skills in dispensing flammable and combustible liquids.
9) Dispensing Services
a) Flammable and combustible Class I liquids shall be transferred from
underground tanks by means of fixed pumps designed and equipped to
allow control of the flow and to prevent leakage or accidental discharge.
Supplemental means shall be provided outside of the dispensing device
whereby the source of power may be readily disconnected in the event of
fire or other related accidents.
b) Dispensing pumps that take suction at the top of the container shall be
of approved type as UL and FM Listed or other equivalent internationally
accepted standard.

198
 c) Any device that operates through pressure within a storage tank or container
shall not be allowed, unless the tank or container has been approved as
pressure vessels. In no case shall air or oxygen pressure be used for dispensing
flammable and combustible liquids.
10) Pumps pressure delivery on service station shall be installed above grade level
outside of buildings and shall be located not less than three meters (3 m) from
line of adjoining property of noncombustible materials with at least one (1) hour
fire resistance rating or from a property line that abut upon a public right-of-way
or thoroughfare.
a) Pumps installed above grade level shall be mounted on a concrete foundation
and shall be protected against possible damage by vehicles.
b) Submersible or subsurface pumps shall be installed in accordance with
approved standards.
11) Special dispensing device
a) Approved type are those but not limited to self-service and remote preset
types. At least one qualified attendant shall be on duty while the station is
open to the public. The attendant’s primary function shall be to supervise,
observe and control the dispensing of Class I flammable and combustible
liquids. It shall be the responsibility of the attendant to see to it that the
dispensing of Class I liquids are in approved portable containers.
b) The attendant or supervisor on duty shall be capable of performing the
functions and assuming the responsibilities covered as mentioned hereof.
c) Instructions for the operation of dispensers shall be posted in conspicuous
places.
d) Remote preset type devices are to be in the “OFF” position while not in use so
that dispensers cannot be activated without the knowledge of the attendant.
12) If the dispensing of Class I liquids at a service station available and open to the
public is to be done by a person other than the service station attendant, the
nozzle shall be of a listed and approved automatic closing type.
13) Every service station open to the public shall have an attendant or supervisor on
duty duly qualified and/or trained by the BFP.
14) Piping, Valves and Fittings
a) Piping valves and fittings shall be designed for the working pressure and
structural stresses to which they may be subjected. They shall be galvanized
or otherwise protected against external corrosion with an approved material.
All threaded joints or connections shall be made up tight with the use of an
approved pipe joint sealing compound.
b) A check or manual valve shall be provided in the discharge dispensing supply
line from the pump with a union between the valve and the same pump
discharge.
c) An approved impact valve, incorporating a fusible link, designed to close
automatically in the event of severe impact or fire exposure shall be properly
installed, rigidly mounted, and connected by a union in the dispensing supply
line at the base of each dispensing device.
d) After completion of the installation, the system shall be tested.
15) All electrical equipment, wiring and wiring devices for service stations shall
comply with the latest edition of the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC).
16) Classified area shall not extend beyond the un-pierce wall or other solid partition
as shown in Annex A, Table 33, Electrical equipment hazardous area service
stations.
17) Drainage and waste disposal
a) Flammable or combustible liquids spilled within the premises of service stations
shall not be directly discharged into the public sewer and drainage system
199
 or natural waterways. Precautionary measures to contain such spill shall be
adopted but not limited to grading driveways or intercepting canals with
trench grating for containment leading to a catch basin with a capacity that
can accommodate the contents of the largest compartment of the tank
vehicle being dispensed.
b) Used or accumulated residues of flammable or combustible liquids from
separator pits and/or other equally effective means shall not be dumped on
the ground, into sewers, drainage ditches or storm drains, but shall be stored
in tanks or tight drums outside of any building until removed from the premises.
c) Pits intended to contain subsurface pumps or fittings from submersible pumps
shall not be longer than necessary to contain the intended equipment and to
permit the free movement of hand tools operated from above grade.
d) Pits and covers shall be designed and constructed to withstand the
external forces to which they may be subjected. When located above any
underground tank, at least thirty centimeters (30 cm) of earth or sand cover
shall be maintained over the top of the tank.
e) Pits shall be protected against ignition of vapors by any of the following
methods:
i. Sealing the un-pierced cover with mastic or by bolting against a gasket in
an approved manner.
ii. Filling the pit with a noncombustible inert material.
4. Service stations inside buildings
a. Service stations inside buildings shall be separated from other portions of the building
by wall, partition, floor, or floor-ceiling assemblies having a fire resistance rating of not
less than two (2) hours.
b. The dispensing area shall be located at street level, with no dispensing device
located more than fifteen meters (15 m) from which vehicles exit to, or entrance
from, the outside of the building. Such area shall also be provided with an approved
mechanical or gravity ventilation system. Ventilating systems shall be electrically
interlocked with Class I dispensing devices so that the same cannot be operated
unless the ventilating fan motors are energized.
c. Dispensing shall be limited to the area required to serve not more than four (4)
vehicles at a time;
d. Where an outside location is impractical, dispensing devices may be approved
inside garages or similar establishments that store, park, service or repair automotive
equipment, provided that the following requirements are complied:
1) The dispensing device shall be located in a well ventilated area of fire-resistive
construction, and shall not be less than six meters (6 m) from any activity involving
sources of ignition;
2) It shall be protected against physical damage from vehicles by mounting impact
barriers on a concrete island or by equivalent means, and shall be located in a
position where it cannot be stuck by vehicle descending a ramp or other slope
out of control; and
3) A remote emergency shutoff electric power to the dispensing unit and the pump
supplying it shall be provided at an accessible location and shall be clearly
labeled as to its intended purpose.
e. Fire Protection
1) A minimum classification of Class 5-B, C fire extinguishers shall be provided and
so located that no pump, dispenser or fill-pipe opening shall be of a greater
distance than nine and fifteen tenths meters (9.15 m) from such extinguishers and
shall be readily accessible where fires are likely to occur.
2) Placement and size of fire extinguishers shall be in accordance with Annex A,
Table 34, Fire extinguisher size and placement for class B hazards.

200
 3) Existing service stations with dispensing areas located below street level may
be permitted, provided that an approved automatic sprinkler system is installed
and the provision of para e(1) above shall be complied.
f. Safety Precaution
1) The engine of all vehicles being fueled shall be shut-off during fueling or re-fueling.
2) Smoking, use of electronic devices and open flames are strictly prohibited in
areas where flammable or combustible liquids are dispensed.
3) Signs of the above prohibitions shall be posted within the premises of the service
station. A warning sign shall be conspicuously posted in the dispensing area
indicating that it is unlawful and dangerous to dispense gasoline into unapproved
containers.
4) All vendors using open flames are also prohibited within the premises.
5) Necessary repairs of the service station involving hotworks shall comply with the
applicable provisions of Division 17 of this IRR.
6. Marine Service Stations
a. Marine service stations shall not be located at bulk plants unless separated by a
fence or similar barriers from the area in which bulk operations are conducted.
b. Piers, wharves and floats where flammable or combustible liquid dispensers are
located shall be of fire-resistive construction and impervious to spills of such liquids
and oils within the immediate area of the dispenser.
c. Flammable and combustible liquids may be stored in approved portable containers
within marine service station buildings. Storage of Class I liquids in approved closed
portable containers shall not exceed thirty-eight liters (38 L) aggregate capacity
except within rooms or buildings approved for such storage or which meet the
requirements of ventilation.
d. Class II or III liquids may be stored and dispensed inside marine service station
buildings from approved containers of not more than four hundred fifty five liters (455
L) capacity, provided that;
1) Tanks, valves, fittings and piping for flammable or combustible liquids and
liquefied petroleum gases are approved for such use and fully protected from
external-corrosion.
2) There shall be no connection between any aboveground tank and any
underground tank except that aboveground tanks located in an adjoining bulk
plant may be connected by piping to marine service station underground tanks
if, in addition to valves at the above ground tanks, a valve is also installed within
control of marine service station.
3) Pipelines of marine service stations attached to piers, wharves or other structures
shall be fully protected against physical damage and excessive stresses.
4) A valve capable of shutting off supply from the shore shall be provided in each
product line at or near the approach of the pier, wharf or other structure and an
approved quick throw valve shall be provided above each flexible connection
to stop flow to float in the event of rupture or such flexible connections.
5) Not more than two flexible connections shall be permitted in any line leading
from any pier or wharf to a float. When unusual conditions exist, additional
flexible connections may be allowed subject to the approval of the C/MFM
having jurisdiction.
7) All commodity piping at marine service stations shall be welded or welded
flanged of steel construction. Screwed piping of five centimeters (5 cm) or less in
diameter shall be permitted.
8) Piping systems used in handling Class I liquids shall be grounded to control stray
electrical current.
9) Testing of piping systems shall be in accordance with applicable provisions of this
IRR on testing.
201
e. Wharves, piers, or floats at marine service stations shall be used exclusively for
the dispensing or transfer of petroleum products to or from marine craft, except
that transfer of essential supplies for ship stores is permitted. Sales of ship stores or
merchandise shall not be allowed in an area where fuel is dispensed into the tank of
motor crafts.
1) Tanks and pumps, other than those integral with approved dispensing devices
that supply flammable or combustible liquids at marine service stations, shall
be located only on shore. Approved dispensing devices with or without integral
pumps may be located on shore piers of solid fill type, open pier, wharves of
floating docks, but only upon express permission of the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
2) Dispensing of flammable or combustible liquids and liquefied petroleum gases
shall at all times be under the direct control of competent person who is fully
aware of the operation, mechanics, and hazards inherent to fueling of boats.
3) Dispensing of flammable or combustible liquids into the fuel tanks of marine crafts
shall be by means of an approved type hose, equipped with a listed automatic
closing nozzle with latch open device.
4) Hoses used for dispensing or transferring flammable or combustible liquids shall
be reeled, racked or otherwise protected from mechanical damage when not
in use.
5) Fueling of floating marine crafts other than from a marine service station is
prohibited.
6) No delivery of any flammable or combustible liquids shall be made into portable
containers unless such containers is of approved material and construction,
having a tight closure with screwed or spring cover, so designed that the contents
can be dispensed without spilling.
7) Liquefied petroleum gas cylinders shall not be filled or discharged at any
petroleum marine service station without first obtaining written permission from
the C/MFM having jurisdiction. Approved storage facilities for liquefied petroleum
gas cylinders shall be provided.
8) The dispensing area shall be located away from other structures to provide room
for safe ingress and egress of crafts to be fueled. Dispensing units shall, in all
cases, be at least six meters (6 m) from any activity involving fixed sources of
ignition.
f. Fire Prevention Regulations
1) All marine facilities shall be maintained in a neat and orderly manner and no
accumulation of rubbish or waste oils in excessive amounts shall be permitted.
Any spills of flammable or combustible liquids at or upon the water of marine
service stations shall be reported immediately to the BFP and port authorities.
2) Metal containers with tight-fitting or self-closing metal lids shall be provided for
the temporary storage of combustible trash or rubbish.
3) No vessel or craft shall be allowed to moor or berth at any fuel docks serving a
marine services station, except during fueling operations.
4) No construction, maintenance, repair or reconditioning work involving the use
of open flames or arcs or spark-producing devices shall be performed at any
marine service station facility or within fifteen meters (15 m) of the dispensing
facilities including piers, wharves, or floats. The C/MFM having jurisdiction may
grant permission in writing to make repair provided no fueling is done at the pier,
wharf, of float during the course of such emergency repairs.
5) All electrical equipment must comply with the latest edition of the Philippine
Electrical Code as it applies to wet, damp and hazardous location. Clearly
identified emergency switches readily accessible in case of fire at any dispensing
unit shall be provided on each main float and at the shore approach to the pier,
wharf or floating dock, to shut off power to all pump motors from any individual
location and reset only from the master switch. Each switch shall be identified by

202
 an approved sign: “EMERGENCY PUMP SHUTOFF”. The master switch shall be set
in the “OFF” position before closing a marine service station. Pressure system shall
incorporate with each turbine an indicator light illuminated when the turbine
is running. Said lights shall be visible from the shore approach and from the
dispenser location and suitably identify the system served.
6) Smoking or open flames shall be prohibited within fifteen meters (15 m) of fueling
operations. “NO SMOKING” signs shall be posted conspicuously within the
premises. Such signs shall have letters not less than centimeters (10 cm) in height
on a background of contrasting color.
7) Boat owners or operators shall not offer their craft for fueling unless the tanks
being filled are properly vented to dissipate fumes to the outside atmosphere.
8) There shall be prominently displayed at the face of each wharf, pier of float
at such elevation as to be clearly visible from the decks of marine craft being
fueled, a sign or signs with letters not less than eight centimeters (8 cm) in height in
a background of contrasting color bearing the following or equivalent wording:

WARNING
NO SMOKING - STOP ENGINE WHILE FUELING.
SHUT OFF ELECTRICITY. DO NOT START ENGINE UNTIL AFTER
BELOW-DECK SPACES ARE VENTILATED
g. Fire Protection
1) Appropriate communication means shall be available for calling the Fire
Department. Such means may consist of a proprietary alarm system, a firefighters’
alarm box or telephone not requiring a coin to operate. It must be within meters
(30 m) of the premises of a marine service station.
2) Piers, wharves and floats at marine service stations shall be equipped with wet
standpipes connected to a reliable water supply with piping not less than five
centimeters (5 cm) in diameter.
3) Pipe fittings and joints shall be adequately treated to protect metal from
corrosion. A flexible connection may be permitted between the dock or pier
and any floating deck.
4) Hose stations shall be equipped with a thirty-eight millimeter (38 mm) valve, at
least twenty-two meters (22 m) of approved fire hose, and a combination fog
and straight streams shutoff type nozzle. Hose stations shall be so spaced as to
provide protection to any portion of docks, piers, wharves or floating crafts. Hose
shall be enclosed within a cabinet connected and mounted on a reel or rack for
instant use. Hose stations shall be labeled “FIRE HOSE-EMERGENCY USE ONLY”. All
tests and valves must meet the approval of the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
5) Fire extinguishers each having a rating of 20-B, C shall be provided as follows:
One (1) on each float and one (1) on the pier or wharf within seven and a half
meters (7.5 m) of the head of the gangway to the float, except that where the
office is within seven and a half meters (7.5 m) of the gangway or is on the float,
an extinguisher at the head of the gangway need not be provided.
7. Processing Plants
a. On storage and handling
The manner of storage, handling, dispensing and fire protection of flammable
or combustible liquids in Processing Plants shall comply with the requirements and
standards set forth under bulk and bulk plants storage, and the requirements and
standards on portable storage. In addition, the following requirements shall also be
complied:
1) Mixing or blending rooms or buildings shall meet the design requirements set
forth under the rule on “Design and Construction of Inside Storage and Handling
Rooms.”
2) Vessels used for mixing or blending of Class I flammable liquids shall be provided

203
 with self-closing, tight-fitting noncombustible lids that will control fire within such
vessels. Where such devices are impracticable, approved automatic or manually
controlled fire-extinguishing systems/devices shall be provided.
3) All equipment, such as vessels, machinery, and piping, where an ignitable
mixture could be present shall be bonded or connected to a ground. The bond
or ground or both shall be physically applied or shall be inherently present by
the nature of the installation. Electrically isolated sections of metallic piping or
equipment shall be bonded to the other portions of the system or individually
grounded to prevent the hazardous accumulation of static electricity.
8. Refineries, Chemical Plants and Distilleries
a. On Storage and Handling
The manner of storage, handling, dispensing and fire protection of flammable
or combustible liquids in Refineries, Chemical Plants and Distilleries shall comply
the requirements and standards for bulk and bulk plants storage, requirements and
standards on portable storage. In addition, the following requirements shall also be
complied:
1) Processing units shall be located to at least one side to make it accessible for the
purpose of fire control. Where topographical conditions are such that flammable
or combustible liquids may flow from a processing area to constitute a fire hazard
to other properties, provisions shall be made to divert or impound the flow by
curbs, drains or other suitable means.
2) Water shall be available in pressure and quantity sufficient to provide cooling
streams for any unit of any tank in the processing area. Hoses and hydrants shall
be available in sufficient number to provide application for cooling streams.
9. Crude Oil Production
a. On Storage and Handling
The manner of storage and fire protection of flammable or combustible liquids in
crude oil production shall comply the standards and requirements for bulk and bulk
plants storage and standards and requirements for portable storage. In addition, the
following requirements shall also be complied:
1) Oil wells shall have a minimum distance of fifty meters (50 m) from a surface
property line.
2) No oil well shall be drilled within fifty meters (50 m) or one and one half (1-1/2)
times the height of the derrick, whichever is greater from any road or highway or
major aboveground utility line or railroad.
3) No oil well shall be drilled nor production equipment and storage tank installed
within less than the following setbacks:
a) One hundred sixteen meters (116 m) from an existing occupied building and/
or habitable dwelling
b) One hundred sixteen meters (116 m) from educational facility, public places
assembly and institutional occupancy
4) No boiler, fired vessel, heater-breather, open flame device or other potential
sources of ignition shall be located nearer than fifty meters (50 m) to any oil well
or storage tank. Vehicles and equipment used in the drilling and well servicing
operations are exempt from the above provision.
5) No sump or other basin for the retention of oil or petroleum products shall exceed
three hundred seventy centimeters (370 cm) in width.
6) No sump or other basin for the retention of oil or petroleum products, larger than
one hundred eighty centimeters (180 cm) deep shall be maintained longer than
sixty (60) days after the cessation of drilling operations.
7) Sumps, diversion ditches or depressions used as sumps shall be securely fenced
or covered.
8) Adequate blowout prevention equipment shall be used on all well servicing
204
 operations. Blowout prevention equipment shall contain pipe rams that enable
closure on the pipe being used. The choke line and kill lines shall be anchored,
tied or otherwise secured to prevent whipping resulting from pressure surges.
9) Blowout prevention equipment shall be inspected daily and a preventer
operating test shall be performed on each round trip, but not more than once
every twenty-four (24) hours. Notation of operating tests shall be made on the
daily report.
10) Drilling operations shall not proceed until blowout prevention equipment are
tested and found to be serviceable.
11) Berms shall be constructed around crude oil and condensate storage tanks in
the absence of remote impounding. It shall enclose an area sufficient to contain
at least one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the largest single tank.
12) Not more than two (2) crude oil and condensate storage tanks shall be located
within a single berm.
13) Berms shall be inspected at regular intervals to maintain containment integrity.
14) Where soundproofing material is required during oil field operations, such
materials shall be non-combustible. A fire-retardant treated material may be
used and maintained subject to the approval of the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
10. Tank Vehicles for Flammable and Combustible Liquids
The manner of storage, handling, operation and fire protection in tank vehicle for
flammable or combustible liquids shall comply the following requirements:
a. On Storage, Handling and Operation
1) Design and Construction of Tank Vehicle
a) Tank vehicles shall be designed, constructed, equipped and maintained in
accordance with NFPA 385, “Standard for Tank Vehicles for Flammable and
Combustible Liquid.”
Design of the tank vehicle shall consider the structural relationship between
the cargo tank, propulsion equipment, and the supporting members with
due regard to the weight and temperature of the cargo, road performance,
braking and required ruggedness. The general design of the cargo tank and
vehicle chassis shall be arranged to give the best combination of structural
characteristics and vehicle performance.
b) The material used in the construction of cargo tanks shall be compatible with
the chemical characteristics of the flammable and combustible liquids to be
transported.
c) If a single cargo tank is divided into compartments of different specification
construction, each compartment shall conform to the specification
requirements and shall be identified with a permanent non-corrosive metal
plate.
d) Any cargo tank designed for transporting materials at liquid temperatures
above ambient temperatures shall have a non-corrosive metal warning
plate permanently affixed to the tank or tank frame located conspicuously
at the right side near the front specifying the maximum allowable cargo
temperature. Stamped or embossed characters shall be at least thirteen
millimeters (13 mm) in height.
2) Full Trailers and Semi-Trailers
a) Trailers shall be firmly and securely attached to the vehicle drawing them, in
a manner conforming to accepted engineering practice.
b) Each full trailer and semi-trailer shall be equipped with reliable brakes on all
wheels, and adequate provision shall be made for their efficient operation
from the driver’s seat of the vehicle drawing the trailer or semi-trailer.
c) Trailer connections shall be such as to prevent the towed vehicle from
whipping or swerving from side to side dangerously or unreasonably, and
205
 shall cause the trailer to follow substantially in the path of the towing vehicle.
3) Operation of Tank Vehicles
a) Tank vehicles shall not be operated unless they are in proper state of serviceability,
devoid of accumulation of grease, oil or other flammable and from leaks.
b) Drivers shall be thoroughly trained in the operation of tank vehicles and proper
procedures for loading and unloading.
c) Dome covers shall be closed and latched while the tank vehicle is in transit.
d) No tank vehicle shall be operated with a cargo temperature above the
maximum allowable cargo temperature specified on the warning sign.
e) Flammable and combustible liquids shall be loaded only into cargo tanks
whose material used in construction shall be compatible with the chemical
characteristics of the liquid being loaded. The flammable and combustible
liquid being loaded shall also be chemically compatible with the liquid hauled
on the previous load unless the cargo tank compartment, piping, pumps,
meters and hose has been thoroughly cleaned and completely drained.
f) Class II or Class III liquids shall not be loaded into a compartment adjacent
to Class I liquids unless double bulkheads are provided, nor shall chemically
non-compatible chemicals be loaded into adjacent compartments unless
separated by double bulkheads.
g) Repair of tank vehicles shall be made with caution. No repair shall be made
when there is presence of hazard due to combustible vapors nor any loaded
tank vehicle be repaired in a closed garage.
h) Cargo tank shall not be repaired using any method employing a flame, arc, or
other sources of ignition, unless the tank is maintained vapor-free or otherwise
made safe in an approved manner.
4) Loading and unloading tank vehicles
a) Loading and unloading of tank vehicles shall only be done in approved
locations prescribed by the concerned agency.
b) Flammable or combustible liquid shall not be transferred to or from any tank
vehicles, unless the parking brake is securely set and all other reasonable
precautions have been taken to prevent motion of the vehicle.
c) The driver, operator or attendant of any tank vehicle shall not leave the
vehicle while it is being filled or discharged. Delivery hose, when attached to
a tank vehicle, shall be considered a part of the tank vehicle.
d) Engine of tank vehicles shall be shut down during making or breaking hose
connections. If loading or unloading is done without the use of a power pump,
the tank vehicle motor shall be shut down throughout such operations.
e) Cargo tank or a compartment thereof used for the transportation of any
flammable or combustible liquid shall not be loaded liquid full. The unfilled
space (outage) in a cargo tank or compartment thereof used in the
transportation or combustible liquids shall in no case be less than one percent
(1%). Sufficient space (outage) shall be left vacant in every case to prevent
leakage from or distortion of such tank or compartment by expansion of the
contents due to rise in temperature in transit.
f) The driver, operator or attendant of any tank vehicle shall, before making
delivery to any tank, determine the unfilled capacity of such tank by a
suitable gauging device. To prevent overfilling, he shall not deliver in excess
of that amount.
g) During loading, hatch covers shall be secured on all compartments except in
the receiving compartments.
h) Delivery of Class I liquids to underground tanks of more than three thousand
eight hundred liters (3,800 L) capacity shall be made by means of mechanically
tight connections between the hose and the fill pipe.
206
 i) Where a cargo tank is filled through bottom loading, a positive means
shall be provided for loading a predetermined quantity of liquid and an
automatic secondary shut-off control shall be installed in each compartment
to prevent overfill. The secondary shutoff control system shall be labeled as to
manufacturer and type and any electrical system used for secondary shut-
off shall be in accordance with Philippine Electrical Code.
j) No material shall be loaded into or transported in a tank vehicle at a
temperature above its ignition temperature unless properly safeguarded in
an approved manner.
k) The cargo tank shall be bonded to the fill stem or to some part of the rack
structure, electrically interconnected with the fill-stem piping, except tank
vehicles loading any flammable or combustible liquids through bottom
connections and tank vehicles used exclusively for transporting Class II and
Class III liquids when loaded at locations where no Class I liquids are handled.
l) The cargo tank shall be bonded to the fill pipe when loading. The bond-
wire connection shall be made prior to opening the dome covers. It shall be
maintained in place during the entire filling operation and the dome covers
shall be securely closed before the bond wire is disconnected from the cargo
tank.
m) No external bond-wire connection or bond-wire integral to a hose shall
be needed for the unloading of flammable and combustible liquids into
underground tanks or when a tank vehicle is loaded or unloaded through
tight connections to an aboveground or through bottom connections.
5) Vapor recovery process
a) In all cases where underground tanks are equipped with any type of vapor
recovery system, all connections shall be safe and designed to prevent
release of vapors at grade level and shall remain connected throughout the
loading and unloading process.
b) For bottom loading vehicles, where vapor recovery is not required, the tank
vapor system shall be open to the atmosphere to prevent pressurization of the
tank and the vapor system.
c) The vapor recovery connection of the bottom-loading tank vehicles equipped
with a vapor recovery system shall be used to lead vapor away from the
loading area using terminal vapor recovery system, discharge standpipe, or
by opening the tank fill opening (manholes).
d) Where a “dry disconnect vapor recovery adapter” is used, provisions shall
be made to ensure that the vapor recovery system is fully vented before
unloading to prevent collapse of the tank.
6) Parking and Garaging
a) No person shall leave a tank vehicle unattended on any street, highway,
avenue or alley;
b) No person shall park a tank vehicle at any one point for longer than one (1)
hour except:
i. Off a street, highway, avenue of alley.
ii. Inside a bulk plant and seven and a half meters (7.5 m) from the property
line or within a building approved for such use.
iii. At other approved locations not less than fifteen meters (15 m) from any
building except those approved for the storage or servicing of such
vehicles.
iv. When, in case of breakdown or other emergency, the operator must leave
the vehicle to take necessary action to correct the emergency.
c) Tank vehicles shall not be parked or garaged in any building other than those
specifically approved for such use by the concerned agency.

207
 b. On Fire Protection and Other Safety Measures
1) Tank vehicles used for the transportation of any flammable or combustible liquids,
regardless of the quantity being transported, whether loaded or empty shall be
conspicuously and legibly marked. Such markings shall display the following:
a) Vehicle manufacturer;
b) Manufacturer’s serial number;
c) Date of manufacture;
d) Original test date;
e) Certificate date;
f) Design pressure;
g) Head material;
h) Shell material;
i) Weld material;
j) Lining material;
k) Nominal tank capacity by compartment;
l) Maximum product load;
m) Loading limits; and
n) Unloading limits;
2) These markings shall not be modified, obstructed, made inaccessible or
unreadable by paints or any fixtures.
3) Installation of any plate onto the tank with these markings shall not compromise
the safety of the tank.
4) Placards/ warning signs shall comply with NFPA 704, “Standard System for the
Identification of the Hazards of Materials for Emergency Response” and/or other
internationally accepted standard for signage. The size of signage shall measure
at least two hundred seventy three millimeters (273 mm) on both sides and have a
thirteen millimeters (13 mm) inner solid line border. The text indicating the hazard
and the hazard class should be at least forty-one millimeters (41 mm).
5) In addition to the markings and warning signs, a certification signed by a
responsible official of the manufacturer of the cargo tank, or from a competent
testing agency, certifying that each cargo tank is designed, constructed, and
tested in compliance with NFPA 385, “Standard for Tank Vehicles for Flammable
and Combustible Liquid” and applicable standards and such certification shall
be retained in the files of the carrier at all times that such cargo tank is engaged
in the transport of flammable and combustible liquids.
6) Smoking is prohibited while driving, making deliveries, filling or making repairs to
tank vehicles.
7) While loading or unloading, extreme care shall be taken to keep away fire and
to prevent persons in the vicinity from smoking, lighting matches, or carrying any
flame or lighted cigar, pipe or cigarette.
8) Each tank vehicle shall have at least one (1) unit of twenty pounds (20 lb) or two
(2) units of ten pounds (10 lbs) BC-rating portable fire extinguisher.
9) Fire extinguishers shall be kept and maintained in good operating conditions
at all times. They shall be visibly located in an accessible place on each tank
vehicle and shall be protected from damage and impact.
10) Trailer/tank vehicle operators, contractors, drivers, handlers and crews shall have
undergone proper qualification by a concerned agency. Crews shall include
repair and maintenance personnel.

B. Fire Safety Clearance

A Fire Safety Clearance shall be obtained from the C/MFM having jurisdiction for the
208
 following:
1. Storage, handling or use of Class I flammable liquids in excess of three and eight tenths
liters (3.8 L) in any dwelling or other place of human habitation; or in excess of nineteen
liters (19 L) in any other building or other occupancy; or in excess of thirty eight liters (38
L) outside of any building, except:
a. Storage or use of flammable liquids in the fuel tank of a motor vehicle, aircraft,
motorboat, mobile power plant or mobile heating plant.
b. Liquids used for building maintenance, painting, or other similar infrequent
maintenance purposes shall be permitted to be stored temporarily in closed
containers safely secured outside of storage cabinets or inside storage area, limited
to an amount that does not exceed six (6) days supply at anticipated rates of use.
2. Storage, handling, or use of Class II or III liquids in excess of ninety five liters (95 L) in
a building; or in excess of two hundred twenty seven liters (227 L) outside a building
except for fuel oil used in connection with oil burning equipment.
3. Installation and use of equipment and premises for the storage, handling, use or sale
of flammable or combustible liquids as herein stipulated. The required permit shall be
obtained prior to the commencement of any work, installation, use of equipment of
premises for the storage and handling and sale of combustible and flammable liquids.
4. A material safety data sheet (MSDS) shall be a pre-requisite in the application of such
fire clearance.
5. Prior to removal, abandonment, place temporarily out of service or otherwise disposal
of any flammable or combustible liquid tank. For this purpose a proper disposal and/or
abandonment procedure shall be submitted.
6. Where more than one hundred (100) drums of flammable and/or combustible liquids
are to be stored outside of the buildings, plans of storage area and building structures
shall be submitted showing methods of storage, quantities to be stored, distance from
buildings and property lines, access ways between group of drums, fire protection
facilities, and provisions for drainage and runoff.

SECTION 10.3.7.6 CRYOGENIC FLUIDS

Cryogenic fluids except those used as refrigerants in refrigerating systems shall be stored,
handled and transported as follows:

A. Storage and Handling

1. Cryogenic Fluids shall be stored inside containers with the following design:
a. Containers used for the storage and handling of cryogenic fluids shall be in
accordance with the applicable provisions of the Philippine Mechanical Engineering
Code (PMEC), or with the applicable standards of the Department of Energy (DOE)
and/or Department of Trade and Industry (DTI), or other concerned government
agencies.
b. Metallic containers shall be built, inspected and tested in accordance with applicable
provisions of the PSME Code for Design and Construction of Large, Welded, Low-
Pressure Storage Tanks, depending on the temperature and pressure of the product
stored.
c. Concrete containers shall be built in accordance with the applicable provisions
of the National Building Code. Barrier materials used in connection with concrete
but not functioning structurally shall be made of materials authorized by the PSME,
Unfired Pressure Vessel Code.
d. Pressurized containers shall be protected by a pressure-relieving device or devices.
If only one pressure relief device is used, it shall be set to operate a pressure not to
exceed the Maximum Allowable Working Pressure (MAWP). Additional relief devices
may be set to operate at a higher pressure but shall not exceed one hundred ten
percent (110%) of the MAWP.

209
 1) Containers that may be subjected to an exposure to fire hazards shall be
protected by pressure relieving devices designed to protect against excessive
pressure caused by such exposures. Such devices shall be set to operate at a
pressure not in excess of one hundred ten percent (110%) of the MAWP, and shall
have a relieving capacity sufficient to prevent the pressure from rising more than
twenty percent (20%) above the MAWP. If only one device is used, it shall be set
to operate at a pressure not to exceed the MAWP.
2) Relief devices shall be located so that they are readily accessible for inspection
and repair and shall be protected against tampering. All relief devices shall be
so designed or located to prevent accumulation of moisture and freezing which
would interfere with the proper operation of the device.
3) No shutoff valves shall be installed between relief valves and container except that
shutoff valves may be used on multiple valve installations where the arrangement
of the valves will provide the required flow through the relief devices at all times.
4) Outer containers shall be equipped with pressure and vacuum relief devices or
rupture discs to adequately protect the container.
5) Heat exchangers and similar vessels shall be protected with a relieving device of
sufficient capacity to avoid pressure in case of an internal failure.
6) Safety relief valves shall normally be mounted in a vertical position and shall not
be subjected to low temperature except when operating.
e) Containers shall be provided with substantial concrete or masonry foundations, or
structural steel supports on firm concrete or masonry foundations. Foundations and
supports shall be of a material and design to withstand the low temperature effects of
cryogenic fluid spillage. Structural steel supports, above forty-six centimeters (46 cm)
in height, for flammable cryogenic fluid container shall be protected with protective
coating having a fire-resistance rating of two (2) hours.
f. Horizontal containers shall be so mounted on foundations as to permit expansion
and contraction. Every container shall be supported to prevent the concentration of
excessive loads on the supporting portion of the shell. That portion on the container
in contact with foundation or saddles shall be protected against corrosion.
g. Secure anchorage or elevation of container shall be provided in an area that may
be subjected to flooding.
h. Storage containers, piping, valves, regulating equipment, and other accessories
shall be protected against physical damage and against tampering.
i. Containers shall be secured as may be necessary to prevent shifting or upset.
2. Containers shall be equipped with drainage, dikes and walls having the following
conditions:
a The area surrounding a container for cryogenic fluids shall be diked to prevent
accidental discharge of fluids thereby endangering adjacent containers, buildings
and equipment, adjoining property or reaching waterways.
b Drainage shall be provided at a slope of not less than one percent (1%) away from
the container towards an impounding basin or an appropriate means of disposal
having a capacity equal to the container being served. This termination area and
the route of the drainage system shall be so located that a fire occurring in drainage
system will not seriously endanger adjacent containers or property.
c Where diked areas are utilized to provide the required protection, the following shall
apply:
1) More than one container may be installed in a single area provided:
a) The usable volume of the enclosure shall be at least one hundred percent
(100%) of the capacity of the largest container enclosed,
b) Containers shall be elevated above grade so that cryogenic liquids will not
reach the outside container wall in the event of a liquid spill, or
c) If cryogenic liquids can reach the outside container wall, the material that
210
 can be wetted by spilled liquid shall be suitable for use at the temperature of
the liquid with the lowest normal boiling point within the enclosure.
2) Dike walls shall be of earth or other materials compatible to the fluid stored,
designed to be liquid tight, and to withstand thermal shock.
3) The dike and diked area shall be kept clear of all weeds, grass, and other
combustible materials.
4) Containers of cryogenic fluids shall not be located within dikes enclosing
flammable or combustible liquid containers, liquefied petroleum gas (LPG)
containers or compressed gas containers.
3. Location of Aboveground Containers with Respect to Exposure
a. A cryogenic fluid container or containers with an aggregate capacity in excess
of seven hundred fifteen thousand liters (715,000 L) and their loading stations shall
be located at a minimum of fifteen meters (15 m) from a building utilized for the
production of such fluids. Such container or containers and their loading stations
shall be located a minimum of thirty meters (30 L) from aboveground storage of
flammable or noncombustible liquids and from any building of such construction or
occupancy which constitute an exposure of hazard to a container in the event of fire
or explosion in said buildings. When the capacity is seven hundred fifteen thousand
liters (715,000 L) or less, the distance required from aboveground storage of flammable
or combustible liquids and buildings which constitute an exposure to hazard shall be
based on the capacity of the container or containers and the physical features of
the installation with three meters (3 m) being the minimum distance allowed.
b. The minimum distance from the edge of a flammable cryogenic container having a
capacity in excess of seven hundred fifteen thousand liters (715,000 L), to the nearest
building or group of buildings not associated with the cryogenic liquid plant, or
to the property line of public way shall be sixty meters (60 m). In no case shall
the distance from the dike surrounding the container or the distance from
a drainage area be less than thirty meters (30) from the nearest building or
group of buildings or the property line or public way.
c. Flammable cryogenic fluid container with a capacity of eleven thousand liters (11,000
L) or less shall be located in accordance with NFPA 50A, “Standard for Gaseous
Hydrogen Systems at Consumer Sites.”
d. Containers and equipment used in the storage and handling of liquid oxygen shall
be installed and maintained in accordance with NFPA 55, “Standard for the Storage,
Use, and Handling of Compressed and Liquefied Gases in Portable Cylinders.”
4. Installation of Belowground Concrete Containers
a. Belowground concrete containers shall be installed on foundation or support of
concrete, masonry piling, steel or a suitable foundation of aggregate and shall be
designed and constructed in accordance with the National Building Code of the
Philippines.
b. The container storage area shall be fenced or otherwise protected. A minimum
of two (2) access openings shall be provided and they shall be of sufficient size to
accommodate emergency equipment.
5. Installation of Cryogenic Inground Containers
a. Natural materials such as earth shall be proven to have adequate chemical and
physical properties for the construction and operation of the container at the
operating temperature.
b. Containers shall be bottomed out in material naturally impermeable or made
impermeable by other approved means based on internationally accepted
standards.
c. Any foundation, such as those for the superstructure of roof, shall be properly
designed and constructed in accordance with the National Building Code of the
Philippines.
d. The container storage area shall be constructed with masonry fence or otherwise
211
 protected with equally or stronger type of construction. A minimum of two (2) access
openings shall be provided and they shall be of sufficient size to accommodate
emergency equipment.
6. Location of Belowground and Inground Containers with Respect to Exposure
The minimum distance from the edge of belowground and inground flammable
cryogenic containers to the nearest important building, property line or public way
from aboveground flammable or combustible liquid shall be in accordance with the
Annex A, Table 35, Minimum distance from the edge of below ground and inground
cryogenic Containers based on container capacity.
7. Pressure Relief Vent Piping
a. The piping of all relief vents shall be at least equal to the area of opening of the relief
valve and so arranged as not to unduly restrict the flow.
b. Relief devices and/or relief device vents shall be so arranged that escaping gas will
discharge unobstructed to the open air and not impinge on personnel, containers,
equipment and structures or enter enclosed spaces.
c. Vents shall be installed in such a manner as to exclude or remove moisture and
condensate, and to prevent malfunction due to freezing or icing. Drains shall be
so installed as to prevent possible flame impingement on the container, piping,
equipment and structures.
8. Dispensing of flammable cryogenic fluids, liquefied, or liquid oxidizers shall be at a
locations not less than one and a half meter (1.5 m) in any direction away from any
exterior source of ignition, openings into direct-vent (sealed combustion system)
appliances, or mechanical ventilation air intakes.
9. Piping, Materials and Construction
a. All pipings and materials such as gaskets, thread compound, etc., shall be suitable
for the intended use through the full range of pressure and temperature to which
they will be subjected, maintaining a safety factor of four (4) to one (1).
b. The piping system shall be designed and constructed to provide adequate allowance
for expansion, contraction, vibration, settlement, and fire exposure.
c. Joints on all container piping and tubing over five (5) centimeters in nominal diameter
shall be made by welding or with welded flanges.
d. Piping outside buildings may be either buried or aboveground. In either case, it shall
be well supported and protected against physical damage and corrosion.
e. All piping and tubing shall be tested after installation, at not less than one and one-
half (1 ½) times hydraulically, or one and one fourth (1 ¼) times pneumatically, the
maximum working pressure and proven free of leaks.

B. Equipment and Devices

1. All cryogenic containers, equipment and devices used for the storage, handling and
transportation of cryogenic fluids shall be of approved type. Approved types are
those covered with appropriate certification from its manufacturers and/or certifying
authority concerned.
2. Electrical Equipment
a. Electrical installations and equipment shall conform to the provisions of the Philippine
Electrical Code, equipment manufacturers’ instruction and/or other applicable
international standards as deemed necessary.
b. Proper lighting, including emergency lights shall be provided for fire protection
appliances and operating facilities such as walkways, control valves, gauges, and
similar devices or servicing facilities for the cryogenic fluids.
3. Electrical Grounding or Bonding
a. Containers, systems, and equipment used for flammable cryogenic fluids shall be
grounded and/or bonded in accordance with NFPA 77, “Recommended Practice
on Static Electricity,” and the Philippine Electrical Code. Suitable means shall be
212
 taken to protect the system against corrosion, including corrosion caused by stray
electric currents.
b. Containers and systems containing cryogenic fluids shall be equipped with lightning
protection when installed outside the building/ structure.
4. Valves and Accessory Equipment
a. All valves and equipment shall be suitable for the intended use at the temperature
of the application and shall be designed for not less than the maximum pressure and
the minimum temperature to which they may be subjected, maintaining a safety
factor and four (4) to one (1).
b. Shutoff valves shall be provided on all container connections. Shutoff valves shall be
located as close as practicable to the container.
c. All liquids and vapor connections on flammable cryogenic fluid containers, except
relief and gauging connections over twelve millimeters (12 mm) pipe size, shall be
equipped with check valves, or remotely controlled automatic quick-closing valves,
and shall remain closed except during operating periods.
d. Shutoff valves shall be installed in the piping system as needed to limit the volume of
liquids discharged in the event of piping or equipment failure. Relief valves shall be
installed between shutoff valves in all pipelines.
e. All inlet and outlet connections, except relief valves, liquid level gauging devices,
and pressure gages on any container, shall be labeled to designate whether they
are connected to vapor or liquid space.

C. Warning Labels
1. Warning labels and signs shall be posted visibly from any direction of approach on
cryogenic containers and equipment. In addition, they shall be properly marked with
the name of the specific cryogenic fluid, manufacturer/ supplier and contact details.
2. The name of the specific cryogenic fluid shall be conspicuously affixed at the entrances
to locations where they are stored, handled, used, or dispensed, and at such other
locations as may be designated by the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
3. Warning labels and signs shall be in accordance with para “H” of Division 5 of this
Chapter and not be obscured or removed,
4. Markings on Containers
Each container shall be identified by the attachment of a nameplate in an accessible
place marked with the following information:
a. Builder’s name and date built;
b. Nominal capacity, in liters;
c. MAWP;
d. Maximum permissible specific gravity of liquid to be stored;
e. Maximum level to which container may be filled with stored liquid;
f. Maximum level to which container may be filled with water for container was
designed; and
g. Minimum temperature in degrees Celsius (Centigrade) for which container was
designed.
5. Vehicles transporting cryogenic fluids shall be para “I” of Division 5 of this Chapter and
shall also bear the signs, “FLAMMABLE GAS”, or “OXIDIZER”.

D. Safety Measures
1. Insulation shall be non-combustible and shall be non-reactive with oxygen-enriched
air.
2. A positive alarm or other approved device based on internationally accepted standard
shall be provided to warn against overfilling.
3. Vehicles transporting cryogenic fluids shall be equipped with at least one (1) unit of
213
 approved type fire extinguisher, with a minimum rating 20-B, C; and with adequate
chock blocks.

SECTION 10.3.7.7 MEDICAL AND RELATED COMPRESSED GASES

Medical and related compressed gasses such as flammable anesthetic; non-flammable
medical gases in hospitals, medical schools, laboratories and similar facilities; bulk oxygen in
industrial and healthcare consumer sites; and other compressed gases of similar and related
uses shall be stored, handled, transported and manufactured as follows:

A. On Storage and Handling

1. All compressed gas containers, shall be stored in an upright position with the valve
end up. For non-liquefied gases, the axis of the container shall be limited to forty-five
degrees (45˚) from the vertical provided that it is properly secured except, when it is
empty, its content is less than five liters (5 L) or the container is designed for use in a
horizontal position.
2. Racks or fastenings shall be made to protect cylinders from accidental damage or
dislocation.
3. Indoor and outdoor storage of compressed gases shall comply with the material-
specific requirements provided in the MSDS or manufacturer’s technical specifications/
data or other applicable provisions of this IRR.
4. Indoor storage, use areas and storage buildings shall be provided with mechanical
exhaust ventilation or natural ventilation. When mechanical ventilation is provided, the
system shall be operational during such time as the building or space is occupied.
5. Compressed gases shall be stored in areas dedicated to the storage of such gases
without other storage or uses. If containers of compressed gases in quantities greater
than the maximum allowable quantity per control area, said containers shall be stored
in a room or a gas cabinet with two (2) hour resistance rating located inside buildings or
structures, with the following conditions:
a. For rooms:
1) Openings between the room and interior spaces shall be protected by self-
closing smoke and draft-control assemblies having a fire protection rating of not
less than 2 hours.
2) Rooms having exterior walls shall be provided with at least two vents in such
walls, each having not less than twenty-three hundredths square meter (0.023
m2) free area. One vent shall be within one hundred fifty-two millimeters (152
mm) of the floor and one shall be within one hundred fifty two millimeters (152
mm) of the ceiling.
3) Rooms with no exterior walls shall be exhausted through a duct to the outdoors.
Supply and exhaust ducts shall be enclosed in a one (1) hour rated shaft enclosure
from the room to the outdoors.
4) Approved mechanical ventilation shall comply with the requirements of the
Philippine Mechanical Code and be provided at a minimum rate of five hundred
eight thousandth cubic meter per second per square meter [0.00508 m3/(s·m2)]
of the area of the room.
5) Rooms shall be protected by an approved, supervised sprinkler system.
b. For gas cabinets:
1) The average velocity of ventilation at the face of access ports or windows shall
not be less than sixty-one meters per second (61 m/s), with a minimum of forty six
meters per second (46 m/s) at any point of the access port or window to maintain
the temperature of the cylinders at fifty four degree Celsius (54°C).
2) Connected to an exhaust system.
3) Internally protected by a sprinkler system.
6. The storage of compressed gases located outdoors in quantities greater than the
214
 allowable amount shall be located as shown in the Annex B, Figure 1.
7. Cylinders of Medical Gas Storage containing compressed gases and containers for
volatile liquids shall be kept away from radiators, steam piping, and like sources of heat.
When cylinder valve protection caps are supplied, they shall be secured tightly in place
unless the cylinder is connected for use. Containers shall not be stored in a tightly closed
space such as a closet.
8. Compressed gas systems shall be suitable for the intended use, designed and installed
by qualified practitioners recognized by the BFP. For this purpose, training certificate of
the person in charge shall be required prior to the issuance of the fire safety clearance
by the BFP.
9. Materials, devices and appurtenances used in compressed gas systems shall comply
with the DTI Product Standards or covered by an International Commodity Clearance
(ICC). This does not limit the use of other materials, devices and appurtenances that
are legally acquired and complying with other internationally accepted standards,
qualified and recognized by the Chief, BFP.
10. Compressed gas system controls shall be so designed to prevent materials from entering
or leaving process or reaction systems at other than the intended time, rate or path.
Automatic controls shall be designed to be fail-safe.
11. Piping, including tubing, valves, fittings and pressure regulators, shall comply with the
requirements of hazardous materials and chemicals handling. Piping, tubing, pressure
regulators, valves and other apparatus shall be kept gas-tight to prevent leakage.
Adequate pressure-relief devices shall be provided where refrigerated liquefied gas
can become trapped in the piping.
12. Valves utilized on compressed gas systems shall be suitable for the use intended and
shall be accessible. Valve handles or operators for required shutoff valves shall not be
removed or otherwise altered to prevent access or hinder operation.
13. Venting of gases shall be directed to an approved location. Venting shall comply with
the requirements of the PMEC.
14. Compressed gas containers, except those designed for use in a horizontal position,
and all compressed gas containers containing non-liquefied gases, shall be used in an
upright position with the valve end up. The axis of a container being used in an upright
position may be inclined as much as forty-five degrees (45˚) from the vertical provided
that it is properly secured. Use of nonflammable liquefied gases in the inverted position
when the compressed gas is in the liquid state shall be allowed provided that the
container is properly secured and the dispensing apparatus is designed for such
liquefied gas use.

Exception: Compressed gas containers with an internal volume less than five thousandth
cubic meter (0.005 m3) may be used in a horizontal position.
15. The handling of compressed gas containers shall comply with the following requirements:
a. Carts and trucks. Containers shall be moved using an approved method. Where
containers are moved by hand cart, hand truck or other mobile device, such carts,
trucks or devices shall be designed for the secure movement of containers. Carts and
trucks utilized for moving compressed gas containers outdoors shall be so designed
that the containers will be secured against dropping or otherwise striking against
each other or other surfaces.
b. Lifting of containers. Ropes, chains or slings shall not be used to suspend compressed
gas containers unless such containers have been designed for such handling. Valves
of compressed gas containers shall not be used for lifting.
16. Compressed gas containers, equipment and devices used for the storage, handling
and transportation of compressed gases shall be of approved type.
17. Approved containers, equipment or devices are those covered with appropriate
certification from its manufacturers and/or certifying authority concerned.
18. Electrical installations and equipment shall conform to the provisions of the Philippine
Electrical Code, equipment manufacturers’ instruction and/or other applicable
215
 international standards as deemed necessary.
19. Proper lighting, including emergency lights shall be provided to illuminate fire protection
appliances and operating facilities such as walkways, control valves, gauges, and
similar devices or servicing facilities for the compressed gas
20. Lighting equipment and facilities shall be of explosion proof type.
21. Container design and construction shall be maintained as follows:
a. Compressed gas containers shall be designed and fabricated in accordance with
the specifications of the PSME, Boiler and Pressure Vessels Code or shall comply with
appropriate standards of the DOE and DTI.
b. Compressed gas containers that are not designed for refillable use shall not be
refilled after use of the original contents.
c. Partially full compressed gas containers containing residual gases shall be considered
as full for purposes of the controls required.

B. On Manufacturing
1. The compressor air intake shall be located where no contamination from engine
exhausts, fuel storage vents, vacuum system discharges, particulate matter, or odor of
any type is anticipated.
2. The intake to medical air compressors shall be located outdoors above roof level at a
minimum distance of three meters (3 m) from any door, window, exhaust, other intake,
or opening in the building, and a minimum distance of six meter (6 m) above the
ground. Intakes shall be turned down and screened or otherwise be protected against
the entry of vermin or water, with screening that shall be fabricated or composed of a
non-corrosive material such as stainless steel or other suitable material.
3. Ventilating systems having fans with motors or drive belts located in the air stream shall
not be used as a source of medical air intake.
4. Two or more compressors shall be installed as alternate for simultaneous demand.
Compressors shall be sized to serve peak demand with the largest compressor out of
service.
5. A device shall be provided to automatically activate the additional compressors if the
unit in operation is incapable of adequately maintaining pressure. A signal indicating
that the reserve compressor is running shall operate a local audio and visual alarm and
serve to activate remote master alarms.
6. Compressors shall be provided with automatic or manual alternation to allow division of
operating time. If automatic alternation of compressors is not provided, the facility shall
arrange a proper schedule for manual alternation.
7. Each compressor shall be provided with a dedicated disconnect switch, motor starting
device, and overload protection. The disconnect switches shall be installed in the
electrical circuit ahead of each motor starter. Where compressor systems having two or
more compressors employ a control transformer or other voltage control power device,
at least two such devices shall be provided. Control circuits shall be arranged in such
a manner that the shutdown of one compressor does not interrupt the operation of
another compressor.
8. Inflatable equipment, devices or balloons shall be pressurized or filled only with
nonflammable gases.
9. Containers, systems, and equipment used for flammable compressed gases shall be
grounded and/or bonded in accordance with the Philippine Electrical Code. Suitable
means shall be taken to protect the system against corrosion including corrosion caused
by stray electric currents.
10. Containers and systems containing compressed gas under pressure are not required to
be equipped with lightning protection.
11. Compressed gas containers and systems shall be secured and protected against
physical damage and tampering, and unauthorized entry and safeguarded in
accordance with the following:
216
 a. Physical protection. Compressed gas containers and systems that could be exposed
to physical damage shall be protected. Barriers, posts and/or other approved means
of protection shall be provided to protect containers, systems indoors, and outdoors
from any hazards and/or damages.
b. Securing compressed gas containers. Compressed gas containers shall be secured
to prevent movement from contact, vibration or seismic activity, utilizing one or more
of the following methods:
1) Securing containers to a fixed object with one or more noncombustible restraints.
Containers shall not be secured to plumbing systems or electrical conduits.
2) Securing containers on a cart or other mobile device designed for the movement
of compressed gas containers.
3) Nesting of compressed gas containers at container filling or servicing facilities or
in seller’s warehouses not accessible to the public shall be allowed provided the
nested containers, if dislodged, do not obstruct any required means of egress.
4) Securing of compressed gas containers to or within a rack, framework, cabinet
or similar assembly designed for such use, except when the containers are in the
process of examination, filling, transport or servicing.
5) Securing stationary compressed gas containers to a foundation designed for
such use in accordance with the construction codes.
c. Valve protection. Compressed gas container valves shall be protected from physical
damage by means of protective caps, collars, plugs or similar devices provided for
the purpose. These devices shall always be in place except when the containers are
in use or are being serviced or filled.
d. Separation from hazardous conditions. Compressed gas containers and systems in
storage or use shall be separated from materials and conditions that present potential
hazards to them, or to which they present potential hazards. Separation shall be by
fire barrier of two (2) hours fire resistance rating and /or distance as shown Annex B
Figure 1.

C. On Fire Protection and Markings

1. A written emergency plan to be implemented in the event of spill or leak shall be
prepared, maintained on the premises and made available at all times.
2. Automatic fire suppression and fire detection systems, where required, shall be
connected to the facility fire alarm system and shall be arranged to immediately sound
an alarm.
3. Vehicles shall be in accordance with para “I” of Division 5 of this Chapter and bearing
the words “COMPRESSED GAS” or similar wording.
4. Vehicles shall be equipped with not less than one (1) approved type of fire extinguisher
with a minimum rating of 20-B and C.
5. Vehicles shall be equipped with adequate chock blocks.
6. Outdoor storage shall display precautionary sign, readable from a distance of one and
five tenths meter (1.5 m) the following words:

“CAUTION OXIDIZING GASES STORED WITHIN

NO SMOKING
NO OPEN FLAME”

7. Stationary compressed gas containers shall be properly marked as follows:

a. The name of the gas shall be visible from any direction of approach;
b. Hazard identification signs in accordance with para “H” of Division 5 of this Chapter;
and
c. Signs reading “COMPRESSED GAS” shall be conspicuously posted at the entrance to
rooms or on cabinets containing compressed gases.

217
 8. Portable compressed gas containers shall be marked in accordance with the standards
prescribed by DTI and DOE.
9. Markings used for piping systems shall consist of the name of the contents and include
an arrow indicating direction of flow. Markings shall be provided at each valve; at wall,
floor or ceiling penetrations; at each change of direction; and at a minimum of every six
thousand ninety six millimeters (6096 mm) or fraction thereof throughout the piping run.
10. Piping that is designed or intended to carry more than one compressed gas at various
times shall have appropriate signs or markings posted at the manifold, along the piping
and at each point of use to provide clear identification and warning.
11. Piping within gas-manufacturing plants, gas-processing plants and similar occupancies
shall be marked in an approved manner.
12. Out-of-service compressed gas containers shall be marked to indicate that they are no
longer available for service.

SECTION 10.3.7.8 LIQUEFIED PETROLEUM GASES (LPG)

The storage, handling, transportation, use and the installation of fuel gas piping systems,
appliances, equipment, and related accessories shall comply with the applicable provisions
of the latest standards of NFPA 58, Liquefied Petroleum Gas Code, NFPA 54, National Fuel
Gas Code and the specific requirements hereof:

A. TANK FARMS
1. All above ground items of LPG equipment shall be easily accessible for control,
maintenance and fire-fighting purposes.
2. The tank farm (area around tank and loading/unloading area) shall be enclosed in at
least 1.80 meters high industrial chain link fence, or equivalent protection.
3. The enclosure shall be provided with at least two (2) remote access gates if the area is
one hundred square meters (100 m2) or more. For less than 100 m2, a single access gate
may be permitted.
4. If the tank farm is enclosed in a structure where there is a necessity for lighting fixtures,
explosion-proof lighting and electrical fixtures shall be provided.
5. Vehicle impact protection shall be provided.
6. The signs shall be clearly visible and legible at the applicable safety distance and should
be firmly fixed to the fence or wall or the tank itself. For underground or mounded tanks
to comply with the above requirement it is recommended that notices are displayed
adjacent to the installation. For un-odorized product, tanks should be clearly marked as
“un-odorized” or “un-strenched”. The following safety warnings shall be sufficiently and
conspicuously located for general public awareness:
a. No Smoking, No Open Flame
b. Highly Flammable – LPG
c. Emergency Procedures
d. Emergency Contact Numbers
e. No Unauthorized Entry
7. Tank farm storage containers for LPG must be designed, fabricated, tested and marked
in accordance with the applicable ASME Code for Broiler and Pressure Vessel or API-
ASME Code for Unfired Vessels for Petroleum Liquids and Gases for Bulk and stationary
containers.
8. Each LPG tank shall have a stainless steel nameplate or data plate which contains the
following:
a. The nameplate shall be attached in such a way to minimize corrosion of the name
plate or its fastening means and not contribute to corrosion of the container:
b. Where the tank is buried, mounded, insulated, or otherwise covered so the nameplate
is obscured, the information contained on the nameplate shall be duplicated and
218
 installed on adjacent piping or on a structure in a clearly visible location:
c. Each tank shall be marked with the following information:
1) Design Code;
2) Manufacturer’s name;
3) Tank serial number;
4) Water capacity in liters;
5) Maximum operating pressure in MPa;
6) Maximum design temperature in degrees Celsius;
7) Date of manufacture/test;
8) Inspecting authorities’ identification, if any;
9) Diameter/length; and
10) Plate thickness – head and shell.
9. Diameter/Data plate shall not be painted or obscured if illegible data plate is replaced.
10. Aboveground tank shall be kept free of rust and properly painted.
11. The part of a container in contact with saddles or foundations or masonry must be
coated or protected to minimize corrosion.
12. Containers/tanks shall be installed with liquid interconnections so that the maximum
permitted filling level of each container is at the same elevation.
13. Pressure relief devices on containers shall be installed so that any gas release is vented
away from the container upward and unobstructed to the open air.
13. A fixed maximum liquid level gauge shall be installed on each LPG tank.
14. Container shall be properly positioned so that the pressure relief valve is in direct
communication with the vapor space of the container.
15. The vaporizing chamber, tubing, pipe coils or other heat exchange surface containing
LPG to be vaporized (heat exchanger) is constructed in accordance with applicable
provisions of the ASME Code for a MAWP of 250 psig (1.7 MPag).
16. The heat exchanger shall be permanently and legibly marked with the following:
a. Marking required by the ASME Code;
b. MAWP and temperature for which the heat exchanger is designed; and
c. Name and symbol of the manufacturer
17. Heat exchangers for waterbath vaporizers shall be provided with automatic control,
which is integral with the vaporizer, to prevent the passage of liquid through the heat
exchanger to the vapor discharge piping.
18. Heat exchangers for waterbath vaporizers shall be equipped with a spring-loaded
pressure relief valve.
19. The immersion heater that provides heat to the waterbath shall be installed so as not to
contact the heat exchanger.
20. A control to limit the temperature of the waterbath shall be provided.
21. LPG tanks shall be provided with the following:
a. Pressure relief device situated at the vapor portion of the vessel;
b. Fixed maximum liquid level device or equivalent high level arm;
c. Liquid level gauge or indicator;
d. Pressure gauge;
e. Drains or other means of removing liquid contents;
f. Filling connection; and
g. Service connection;
22. Adequate supply of water for fire protection purposes shall be provided. The water
219
 supply shall be capable of providing protection to the storage tanks, transport facilities
and other equipment for at least 60 minutes.
23. The application of water shall be by any one of, or combination of fixed monitors, hose
streams, mobile equipment or fixed spray systems designed and installed to ensure an
adequate supply of water to otherwise unprotected tank, piping system and equipment
surfaces and to tank supports.
24. The tank farm shall be protected with approved insulation on such areas that may be
subjected to impingement of ignited gas from pipelines or other leakage.
25. Roadways or other means of access for emergency equipment such as fire department
apparatus shall be provided.
26. The tank farm shall be equipped with portable nine kilograms (9.0 kg) B:C rated fire
extinguishers.
27. Loose or piled combustible material and weeds and long dry grass shall not be permitted
within 3m of any container/tank.

B. PIPE LINE
1. LPG Liquid and Vapor lines shall be properly labeled or color coded in accordance with
the PMEC.
2. Piping systems, including the interconnection of permanently installed containers/tanks
shall be compensated for expansion, contraction, jarring, vibration and settling.
3. No non-metallic pipe, tubing or hose for permanently interconnecting containers/tanks
shall be used.
4. Aboveground piping shall be supported and protected against physical damage by
vehicles.
5. The portion of the aboveground piping in contact with a support or a corrosion-causing
substance shall be protected against corrosion.
6. Buried metallic pipe and tubing shall be installed underground with a minimum 300 mm
or 12 inch cover. The cover shall be increased to 460 mm or 18 inch. If external damage
to the pipe or tubing from external forces is likely to result. If a minimum 300 mm or 12
inch of cover cannot be maintained, the piping shall be installed in conduit or shall be
bridged (shielded).
7. Underground metallic piping shall be protected against corrosion as warranted by
existing soil condition or Medium Density Poly Ethylene (MDPE) pipe is used.
8. LPG piping shall not be used as grounding electrode.
9. Piping shall be provided with Emergency Shutoff Valves (ESVs) and Backflow Check
Valves (BCVs).
10. Every ESV and BCV shall be tested annually and documented. Records of annual testing
shall be included in FSMR.
11. Piping system shall be tested and proven free of leaks at not less than the normal
operating pressure at least once a year.

C. BUILDING LPG SYSTEM

1. LPG pipes entering a building shall not pass through the basement or other confined
spaces or highly hazardous areas. If due to space limitations same cannot be avoided,
the LPG pipe shall be protected by a secondary containment pipe which shall be
provided with gas leak detectors and properly vented to permit the discharge of LPG
outside the building.
2. LPG pipes shall be located so as not to obstruct ingress and egress of occupant or
people entering the building.
3. LPG pipes shall be located so as to avoid damage from impact from vehicles.
4. LPG pipes must be located so as to avoid being heated i.e beside boilers or heaters.
5. LPG piping within a building shall be equipped with Gas Leak Sensor (GLS) at strategic

220
 areas like service entrance in case of enclosed structures, base of the riser, enclosed
meter cabinets and inside residential/commercial units.
6. The GLS shall be attached to a controller and an automatic shut off device.
7. The GAS Leak Detection System shall be interconnected to the Fire Alarm Control Panel.
8. The gas Leak Detection System shall be hard wired to the electrical system. If same
cannot be done due to limitation of any nature, the convenience outlet intended for
power supply of the Gas Leak Detection System shall be located at the ceiling cavity.
9. The Gas Leak Sensor/Detector shall be located equivalent to the height of the service
connection (stub out) and shall not be more than 1 meter above the finish floor line or
in accordance with manufacturer’s specification.
10. The main isolating valve for the LPG pipeline of the building shall be located in an
accessible location.
11. In order to prevent the distribution of gas leakage throughout the building, the LPG
piping inside any building shall not be installed at the following locations:
a. Lift shaft
b. Flues, chimneys and gas vents
c. Circulating air duct and ventilating duct
d. Clothes chute
e. Enclosed staircase
f. In rooms provided with high voltage power facilities
g. Air handling room
h. Unventilated void space
i. Fire protected/smoke free/ enclosed lift lobby areas
j. Within protected corridors or passageways which are routes of escape/ exit
k. Under load bearing foundations and walls
l. At area or location owned or exclusively used by third party
12. Chute used for LPG piping riser and distribution system shall not be used to house other
building utilities.
13. The LPG piping system shall be inspected externally and internally, before being placed
into service by authorized and qualified engineers.
a. After installation
b. After construction or repairs
c. After it has contained materials other than LPG
d. After it has been reinstalled in other location
14. Piping system shall be tested annually and documented. Records of annual testing shall
be included in FSMR.
15. LPG piping shall be properly labeled or color coded in accordance with the PSME
Code.
16. Piping systems shall be compensated for expansion, contraction, jarring, vibration and
settling.
17. Valve positions shall be properly labeled.
18. A gas meter shall be provided as close as possible to the point where the gas service
piping enters the building.
19. The location shall be such that the meter, meter connections, gas service piping tee
and gas service shut off valve are accessible for inspection, installation, replacement,
removal, locking, unlocking and reading.
20. Gas meters shall not be located where meters will be subjected to damage such
as in public passageways, over doors or in locations subject to dripping water or

221
 unusual moisture conditions or extreme high temperatures or where the meter will be
inaccessible.
21. Gas meters shall not be located where there are possible sources of ignition. Meters
shall be securely supported and shall be protected against overpressure, backpressure
and vacuum.
22. All rise/meter compartments shall be naturally ventilated by fixed louvers or pre-cast
concrete ventilation blocks at the top and bottom of the compartment to atmosphere.
The door of the duct opening to the lobby area shall be fire-rated.
23. The service pipe termination and internal piping termination shall be in line and parallel
to the face of the door of the riser shaft or duct to enable the gas meter and control
valve to be installed easily without the need to further pipe adjustments.

SECTION 10.3.7.9 COMPRESSED NATURAL GAS AS VEHICLE FUEL

A. Scope
This Section shall govern the storage, installation, operation, repair and maintenance,
fire protection and other safety measures of compressed natural gas (CNG) engine fuel
systems on vehicles of all types, including the following:
1. Original equipment manufacturers (OEM);
2. Vehicle converters; and
3. Vehicle fuelling (dispensing) systems.

B. General CNG and Equipment Qualifications

1. Containers shall be for CNG service, and its repair or alteration in accordance with
the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code and/or manufacturer’s instruction. It shall be
fabricated either of steel, aluminum, or composite materials, designed and permanently
marked “CNG” by the manufacturer.
2. Each container or cylinder shall be fitted with one or more pressure relief devices of
approved type and whose discharge flow rate shall not be reduced below that required
for the capacity of the container upon which the device is installed.
3. Pressure relief devices shall be appropriately installed, located, protected, repaired,
adjusted, and tested in accordance with the aforementioned ASME Code and
manufacturer’s instruction.
4. A pressure gauge, if provided, shall be capable of reading at least 1.2 times the system
design pressure. Such gauge shall have an opening not to exceed one and four-tenths
millimeters (1.4 mm) (No. 54 drill size) at the inlet connection.
5. A pressure regulator inlet and each chamber service pressure shall be with a pressure
safety factor of at least 4. Its low-pressure chambers shall provide for overpressure relief
or shall be able to withstand the service pressure of the upstream pressure chamber.
6. Pipes, tubing, fittings, gaskets, and packing material for fuel lines shall be compatible
with the fuel under the service conditions. Such shall be capable of withstanding a
hydrostatic test of at least four times the rated service pressure without structural failure.
The fabrication and testing shall be in accordance with ANSI/ASME B31.3, “Chemical
Plant and Petroleum Refinery Piping”. Piping components such as strainers, snubbers,
and expansion joints shall be permanently marked by the manufacturer to indicate the
service ratings.
7. Valves or shutoff valves shall have a rated service pressure not less than the rated service
pressure of the entire system and shall be capable of withstanding a hydrostatic test of
at least four times the rated service pressure without rupture. Leakage shall not occur
at not less than one-and-a-half (1.5) times the rated service pressure, using dry air as
the test medium. The valve body shall bear the permanent marking of “CNG”, service
ratings and ASTM or internationally accepted standards adopted by the manufacturer.
8. Hose, metallic hose, flexible metal hose, tubing, and their connections shall be resistant
to corrosion and exposure to natural gas and can resist the most severe pressures and
222
 temperatures expected under normal operating conditions with a burst pressure of
at least four (4) times the service pressure. Hose and metallic hose shall be distinctly
marked by the manufacturer indicating its name or trademark, applicable service
identifier, and design pressure.
9. Vehicle fuelling connection devices shall be of the approved type complying with
applicable ASME Code and other internationally accepted standards. The use of
adapters shall be prohibited.

C. Engine Fuel Systems

1. Storage and Installation
a. The storage, installation, inspection, testing, repair and maintenance, and safety
measures of CNG fuel supply systems for vehicular internal combustion engines shall
comply with NFPA 52, Vehicular Fuel Systems Code, manufacturer’s instructions and
other internationally accepted standards.
b. Aluminum or copper pipe, tubing, or fittings shall not be used between the fuel
container and the first-stage pressure regulator.
c. Fuel supply containers its piping, fittings, and valves located within, below or above
the driver or passenger compartment shall be protected with a means to prevent
damage that can occur due to road hazards, loading, unloading, direct sunlight,
exhaust heat, and vehicle use including accidental cargo leakage.
d. No portion of a fuel supply container or container appurtenance shall be located
ahead of the front axle or behind the point of attachment of the rear bumper to
the vehicle. Container valves shall be protected from physical damage using the
vehicle structure, valve protectors, or a suitable metal shield. The cylinder shall also
be protected from accidental contact with overhead electrical wiring by metallic or
non-metallic covers.
e. Containers that are installed behind a rear axle of a CNG vehicle shall be installed
transversely.

Exception: Containers shall be permitted to be installed in other orientations where

the container valve and fittings are located at the end of the container
most protected from a source of impact.
f. Each container rack shall be secured to the vehicle body, bed, or frame to prevent
damage from road hazards, slippage, loosening, or rotation using a method capable
of withstanding a static force in the six principal directions of eight times the weight
of a fully pressurized container(s). The container weight shall not be supported by
outlet valves, manifolds, or other fuel connections.
g. Each fuel supply container in the rack shall be secured to its cradle in such a
manner that it is capable of withstanding a static force applied in the six principal
directions of eight times the weight of the fully pressurized container with a maximum
displacement of thirteen millimeters (13 mm).
h. Fuel supply containers located less than two hundred millimeters (200 mm) from the
exhaust system shall be shielded against direct heat.
i. The mounting system shall minimize fretting corrosion between the container and
the mounting system. A resilient gasket that does not retain water shall be installed
between metal clamping bands and their supports and container. The resilient
gasket shall provide insulation to protect clamping bands from galvanic corrosion in
contact with carbon fiber containers.
j. Containers located in a vehicle compartment capable of accumulating natural gas
shall install a pressure relief device vented to the outside through a metallic tube or
hose and shall be maintained to prevent it from being blocked by debris.
k. The minimum clearance from the road to a container, its housing, or fittings,
whichever is lowest where the container is installed below the frame and between
the axles of a CNG vehicle, with the vehicle loaded to its gross weight rating, shall be
in accordance with the following:

223
 a. 3230 mm vehicle wheel base – 180 mm minimum road clearance
b. >3230 mm vehicle wheel base – 230 mm minimum road clearance
l. The venting system for the discharge of pressure relief devices (pressure relief device
channels) shall be constructed of metallic tubing with threaded compression, or flare
fittings and shall be secured at the outer end. It shall not exit into a wheel well nor
restrict the operation of a container pressure relief device or pressure relief device
channel. It shall also be protected by caps, covers, or other means to keep water,
dirt, and insects from collecting in the lines, but shall not restrict the flow of gas.
m. Fuel lines shall be mounted, braced, and supported to minimize vibration and
shall be protected against damage, corrosion, or breakage due to strain or wear.
A fuel line shall be installed, supported, protected, and secured in such a manner
as to minimize the possibility of damage, corrosion, or breakage due to expansion,
contraction, vibration, strains, or wear and to preclude any loosening while in
operation. Where a fuel supply container is located on a trailer, the fuel supply line
shall contain an emergency breakaway device designed to retain CNG on both
sides of the breakaway point.
n. Every cylinder shall be equipped with either a manual valve or a normally closed,
remotely actuated shutoff valve connected directly to the cylinder. Remotely
actuated valves shall be equipped to bleed the cylinder manually. In addition,
a shutoff valve shall be installed that allows isolation of the container(s) from the
remainder of the fuel system.
o. A valve that automatically prevents the flow of gaseous fuel to the engine when
the engine is not running, even if the ignition is switched on, shall be provided in the
system. Where multiple fuel systems are installed on the vehicle, automatic valves
shall be provided, as necessary, to shut off the fuel system not being used.
p. The fuel system shall be equipped with a backflow check valve that prevents the
return flow of gas from the container(s) to the filling connection.
q. A pressure gauge located inside the driver or passenger compartment shall be
installed in such a manner that no gas flows through the gauge in the event of failure.
r. An automatic pressure reducing regulator(s) shall be installed to reduce the fuel
container pressure to a level consistent with the service pressure required by the gas-
air mixer and provided with support so that their weight is not placed on the gas
lines, as well as means to prevent malfunctioning due to refrigeration effects.
s. The fueling connection receptacle shall be mounted to withstand the breakaway
force not greater than sixty-eight kilograms (68 kg) when applied in any horizontal
direction. The receptacle shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s
instructions. The clearance around the fueling connection shall be free of interference
that prevents the connection of the fueling nozzle.
2. Maintenance, Fire Protection and Other Safety Measures
a. Safety Testing, Maintenance and Repair
1) The complete assembly shall be leak-tested using natural gas or non-flammable
gas. Before use, every connection shall be verified leak-free with a non-corrosive
leak detector solution or a leak detector instrument after the equipment is
connected and pressurized to its service pressure. The testing shall be done
under adequately ventilated conditions.
2) Where a vehicle is involved in an accident or fire causing damage to the CNG
container, or if the container is subjected to a pressure greater than one hundred
twenty five percent (125%) of service pressure, the CNG container shall be
replaced or removed, inspected, and retested in accordance with the document
under which it was originally manufactured before being returned to service.
3) Where a vehicle is involved in an accident or fire causing damage to any part
of the CNG fuel system, the system shall be repaired and retested before being
returned to service.
4) All containers, container appurtenances, piping systems, venting systems, and

224
 other components shall be maintained in a safe condition. Damaged fuel lines
shall be replaced and not be repaired. It shall be verified that the container
retest date or expiration date is current.
5) All pressure relief devices on the cylinder shall be maintained in accordance with
the manufacturer’s instructions and only qualified personnel shall be permitted
to service pressure relief devices.
6) Fire and other safety measures during vehicle maintenance:
a) Close the quarter turn fuel delivery valve nearest the engine unless engine
operation is required.
b) Prohibit torches, welding, or grinding equipment on or near high-pressure fuel
lines and containers.
c) Prevent damage to containers, including actions such as dropping, dragging,
or rolling of the container.
d) Prevent exposure of composite wrapped containers to strong chemicals such
as battery acid or metal cleaning solvents.
e) Prevent hoists or jacks from coming into direct contact with containers.
f) Provision of at least a stand-by 20B:C type of fire extinguisher readily available
to provide first aid fire protection.
7) A regulated and safe discharge of CNG from vehicle containers shall comply
with the following:
a) The venting or depressurization of a compressed natural gas container shall
be performed only by trained personnel using written procedures. The gas
to be removed from the container shall be discharged into a closed transfer
system and shall be vented by an approved atmospheric venting method.
b) Personnel performing container depressurization shall:
i. Use grounding to prevent static electrical charge build-up;
ii. Limit the rate of gas release from plastic-lined containers to a value not
greater than that specified by the container manufacturer; and
iii.
Restrain containers during depressurization to prevent container
movement.
8) Direct gas venting shall be done through a vent tube that will divert the gas
flow to the atmosphere. The vent tube shall have a gas-tight connection to the
container prior to venting, and all components shall be properly grounded. The
vent tube shall be constructed of Schedule 80 pipe of at least five centimeter (5
cm) diameter. The vent tube shall not be provided with any feature that would
limit or obstruct gas flow.
b. Electrical Safety
All wiring Installations shall be secured and protected from abrasion and corrosion
to the same standard as the original wiring on the vehicle. In addition, it shall be sized
and fuse-protected.
c. Markings and Safety Labeling
1) Fuel-carrying components shall be labeled or stamped with the following:
a) The manufacturer’s name or symbol;
b) The model designation;
c) The design service pressure;
d) The direction of fuel flow where necessary for correct installation; and
e) The capacity or electrical rating, as applicable.
2) Where a manual valve is used, the valve location shall be indicated with the
words “MANUAL SHUTOFF VALVE.” A weather-resistant decal or label with red,
blue, or black letters on a white or silver reflective background shall be used.

225
 3) A vehicle equipped with a CNG fuel system shall bear the following durable
labels.
a) A label readily visible and located in the engine compartment shall include
the following:
i. Identification as a CNG-fueled vehicle;
ii. System service pressure;
iii. Installer’s name or company;
iv. Container retest date(s) or expiration date; and
v. Total container water volume in liters (gallons).
b). A label located at the fuelling connection receptacle shall include the
following:
i. Identification as a CNG-fuelled vehicle;
ii. System working pressure; and
iii. Container retest date(s) or expiration date.

Exception: If both labels are located in one of the above areas, the labels
shall be permitted to be combined into a single label.
4) Each vehicle shall be identified in accordance with para “I” of Division 5 of this
Chapter.

C. CNG Compression, Storage, and Dispensing Systems

1. Compression equipment shall be designed for use with CNG and for the pressures and
temperatures to which it can be subjected under normal operating conditions. It shall
have pressure relief devices that limit each stage pressure to the maximum allowable
service pressure for the compression cylinder and piping associated with that stage
of compression. Compression equipment shall incorporate a means to minimize liquid
carryover to the storage system.
2. Unattended CNG compression equipment shall be equipped with a high discharge
and a low suction pressure automatic shutdown control.
3. Engine-driven compressor installations shall conform, where applicable, to NFPA 37,
Standard for the Installation and Use of Stationary Combustion Engines and Gas Turbines.
4. Control devices shall be installed so that internal or external icing or hydrate formation
does not cause vehicle or fueling station malfunction.
5. The fueling connection shall prevent the escape of gas where the connector is not
properly engaged or becomes separated. Fueling nozzles shall be listed in accordance
with ANSI/IAS NGV1, Standard for Compressed Natural Gas Vehicle (NGV) Fueling
Connection Devices.
6. Locations
a. Outdoors
1) A facility in which CNG compression, storage, and dispensing equipment are
sheltered by an enclosure that is constructed of non-combustible or limited-
combustible materials and that has at least one side predominantly open and a
roof designed for ventilation and dispersal of escaped gas shall be considered
located outdoors.
2) Compression, storage, and dispensing equipment located outdoors shall be:
a) Above ground and not be beneath electric power lines, located at least
three meters (3.0 m) from the nearest important building or line of adjoining
property that a building can be built upon or from any source of ignition;
b) More than three meters (3.0 m) from the nearest public street or sidewalk line
and at least fifteen meters (15 m) from the nearest rail of any railroad main
track;
c) Provided with a clear space of at least one meter (1) m for access to all valves
226
 and fittings of multiple groups of containers;
d) Provided with a minimum separation of three meters (3.0 m) from readily
ignitable material of any stationary container; and
e) Provided with a minimum separation of six hundred ten centimeters (610
cm) between containers and aboveground tanks containing flammable or
combustible liquids.
3) During outdoor fueling operations, the point where the fueling connection is made
shall be located at least three meters (3.0 m) from any important building, mobile
home, public sidewalk, highway, street, or road and at least one meter (1 m) from
storage containers
4) A lesser distance shall be from buildings or walls constructed of concrete or
masonry materials or of other material having a fire resistance rating of at least
two (2) hours, but at least three meters (3.0 m) from any building openings.
b. Indoors
1) Compression, dispensing equipment, and storage containers connected for use
shall be permitted to be located inside of buildings reserved exclusively for these
purposes or in rooms within or attached to buildings in accordance hereof.
2) Storage shall be limited to not more than two hundred eighty three cubic meters
(283 m3) of natural gas in each building or room.

Exception: CNG stored in vehicle-mounted fuel supply containers.

3) Deflagration (explosion) venting shall be provided in exterior walls or roof only.
4) Rooms within or attached to other buildings shall be constructed of non-
combustible or limited-combustible materials. Interior walls or partitions shall be
continuous from floor to ceiling, shall be securely anchored, and shall have a fire
resistance rating of at least two (2) hours. At least one wall shall be an exterior
wall.
5) Indoor locations shall be ventilated utilizing air supply inlets and exhaust outlets
arranged to provide uniform air movement to the extent practical. Inlets shall
be uniformly arranged on exterior walls near floor level. Outlets shall be located
at the high point of the room in exterior walls or the roof. A ventilation system
for a room within or attached to another building shall be separate from any
ventilation system for the other building.
6) Ventilation shall be by a continuous mechanical ventilation system or by a
mechanical ventilation system activated by a continuously monitoring natural
gas detection system where a gas concentration of not more than one-fifth (1/5)
of the lower flammable limit is present. The ventilation rate shall be at least 1 m3/
min·12 m3 of room volume. In either case, the system shall shut down the fueling
system in the event of failure of the ventilation system. Reactivation of the fueling
system shall be by manual restart and shall be conducted by trained personnel.
7) Where installed, a gas detection system shall be equipped to sound an alarm
and visually indicate when a maximum of one-fifth (1/5) of the lower flammable
limit is reached.
8) Buildings and rooms used for compression, storage, and dispensing shall be
classified in accordance with Annex A Table 36, Electrical installations in cng
service stations. No electrical sources of ignition, other than electrical installations
as permitted by the preceding provision, shall be permitted.
9) Pressure relief devices on storage systems shall have pressure relief device
channels to convey escaping gas to the outdoors and then upward to a safe
area to prevent impinging on buildings, other equipment, or areas open to the
public (e.g., sidewalks).
10) Access doors shall have warning signs with the words “WARNING—NO SMOKING—
FLAMMABLE GAS”. Such wording shall be in plainly legible, bright red letters on
a white background with letters not less than twenty-five millimeters (25 mm) in
227
 height.
11) Fast-fill fueling indoors is permitted where storage and compression equipment
is located outdoors complying the aforementioned indoor requirements.
In addition, an emergency manual shutdown device shall be installed as
prescribed hereto and a gas detection system equipped to sound an alarm and
visually indicate when a maximum of one-fifth (1/5) of the lower flammable limit
is reached shall be installed. The detector shall shut down the compressor and
stop the flow of gas into the structure.
7. Installation of Containers and Container Appurtenances (Other Than Pressure Relief
Devices)
a. Storage containers shall be installed above ground on stable, noncombustible
foundations or in vaults with ventilation and drainage. Horizontal containers shall
have no more than two points of support longitudinally. Where flooding can occur,
each container shall be securely anchored to prevent floating.
b. Containers shall be provided with corrosion protection in accordance with the
manufacturer’s instructions. Horizontally installed containers shall not be in direct
contact with each other.
c. Means shall be provided to prevent the flow or accumulation of flammable or
combustible liquids under containers, such as by grading, pads, or diversion curbs.
8. Installation of Pressure Relief Devices
a. Pressure relief valves shall discharge to a safe area and escaping gas shall not
impinge on buildings, other equipment, or areas subject to occupancy.
b. Pressure relief valves on pressure vessels shall be in vertical positions and fitted with
rain caps.
c. An overpressure protection device, other than a rupture disc, shall be installed in
the fueling transfer system to prevent overpressure in the vehicle. The set pressure of
the device shall not exceed one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of the service
pressure of the fueling nozzle it supplies.
9. Installation of Pressure Regulators
Regulators shall be installed so that their operation is not affected by weather, mud,
insects, or debris.
10. Installation of Pressure Gauges
Gauges shall be installed to indicate compression discharge pressure, storage
pressure, and fuel supply container fill pressure.
11. Installation of Piping and Hoses
a. Piping and hose shall be run as directly as practical and with adequate provisions for
expansion, contraction, jarring, vibration, and settling. Exterior piping shall be either
buried or installed above ground and shall be supported and protected against
mechanical damage. Underground piping shall be buried not less than four hundred
sixty millimetres (460 mm) below the surface of the ground unless otherwise protected
from damage by movement of the ground. Underground and aboveground piping
shall be protected from corrosion in compliance with recognized practices. Threaded
pipe and fittings shall not be used under ground.
b. Manifolds connecting fuel containers shall be fabricated to minimize vibration
and shall be installed in a protected location, or shielded to prevent damage from
unsecured objects.
c. Piping installation, including its fittings and methods of jointing shall comply with the
applicable Plumbing Code of Practice for CNG Vehicles.
d. Natural gas shall be vented only to a safe point of discharge. A vent pipe or stack
shall have the open end protected to prevent entrance of rain, and solid material.
Vertical vent pipes and stacks shall have provisions for drainage.
e. The use of hose in an installation shall be limited to the following:

228
 1) A vehicle fueling hose;
2) An inlet connection to compression equipment; or
3) A section of metallic hose not exceeding nine hundred ten millimeters (910 mm)
in length in a pipeline to provide flexibility where necessary. Each section shall
be so installed that it is protected against mechanical damage and is readily
visible for inspection. The manufacturer’s identification shall be retained in each
section.
f. At public fueling stations, provision shall be provided to recycle gas used for
calibration and testing.
12. Testing
a. Piping, tubing and hose, and hose assemblies shall be leak tested after assembly to
prove them free from leaks at a pressure equal to at least the normal service pressure
of that portion of the system.
b. Pressure relief valves shall be tested at least every five (5) years.
13. Installation of Emergency Shutdown Equipment
a. A manually operated container valve shall be provided for each DOT or TC storage
cylinder. Each group of ASME storage vessels up to a maximum combined capacity
of two hundred eighty-three cubic meters (283 m3) shall be provided with a manually
operated shutoff valve.
b. The fill line on a storage container shall be equipped with a backflow check valve to
prevent discharge of natural gas from the container in case of the rupture of the line,
hose, or fittings.
c. A manually operated shutoff valve shall be installed in a manifold as close to a
container or group of containers as practical.
d. Gas piping from an outdoor compressor or storage system into a building shall be
provided with shutoff valves located outside the building.
e. An emergency manual shutdown device shall be provided at the dispensing area
and at a location remote from the dispensing area. This device, when activated,
shall shut off the power supply and gas supply to the compressor and the dispenser.
f. A breakaway device shall be installed at every dispensing point. Such device shall
be arranged to separate using a force not greater than sixty-eight kilograms (68 kg)
when applied in any horizontal direction.
g. Control circuits shall be arranged so that, when an emergency shutdown device is
activated or electric power is cut off, systems that shut down shall remain down until
manually activated or reset after a safe condition is restored.
h. Each line between a gas storage facility and a dispenser at a fast-fill station shall
have a valve that closes when one of the following occurs:
1) The power supply to the dispenser is cut off; or
2) Any emergency shutdown device at the refueling station is activated.
i. A fast-closing, “quarter turn” manual shutoff valve shall be provided at a fast-fill station
upstream of the breakaway device, readily accessible to the person dispensing
natural gas.
j. A self-closing valve shall be provided on the inlet of the compressor that shuts off the
gas supply to the compressor.
14. Installation of Electrical Equipment
a. Fixed electrical equipment and wiring, within areas specified in Annex A, Table 36,
shall comply with same table and shall be installed in accordance with PEC and
NFPA 70.
b. Electrical equipment on internal combustion engines shall be installed in accordance
with NFPA 37, Standard for the Installation and Use of Stationary Combustion Engines
and Gas Turbines.

229
 Exception: Listed dispensers shall be permitted to be installed using classified areas in
accordance with the terms of the listing.
15. Stray or Impressed Currents and Bonding
a. Where stray or impressed currents are present, ignition shall be taken in accordance
with API RP 2003, Protection Against Ignitions Arising Out of Static, Lightning, and
Stray Currents.
b. Static protection shall not be required where CNG is loaded or unloaded by
conductive or nonconductive hose, flexible metallic tubing, or pipe connections
where both halves of the metallic couplings are in contact.
c. A cylinder shall not be charged in excess of the design pressure at the normal
temperature for that cylinder as per manufacturer’s instructions.
d. A fuel supply container shall not have a settled pressure above the service pressure
that is stamped on the container and displayed on a label near the filling connection,
corrected for the ambient temperature at the time of filling.
e. CNG dispensing systems shall be equipped to stop fuel flow automatically when
a fuel supply container reaches the temperature-corrected fill pressure. Where an
overpressure incident that results in operation of the overpressure protection system
occurs, the dispenser pressure control system shall be examined and certified by a
qualified technician prior to being returned to service.
f. The transfer of CNG into a fuel supply container shall be performed in accordance
with instructions posted at the dispensing station.
g. Where CNG is being transferred to or from a motor vehicle, the engine shall be turned
off.
h. During the transfer of CNG to or from cargo vehicles, the hand or emergency brake
of the vehicle shall be set, and chock blocks shall be used to prevent rolling of the
vehicle.
i. Transfer systems shall be capable of depressurizing to facilitate disconnection. Bleed
connections shall lead to a safe point of discharge.
j. Sources of ignition shall not be permitted within three meters (3.0 m) of any filling
connection during a transfer operation.
k. A warning sign with the words “STOP MOTOR, NO SMOKING, FLAMMABLE GAS” shall
be posted at dispensing station and compressor areas. The location of signs shall be
determined by local conditions, but the lettering shall be large enough to be visible
and legible from each point of transfer.
16. Fire Protection
A portable fire extinguisher having a rating of not less than 20-B:C shall be provided
at the dispensing area.
17. Maintenance
a. Containers and their appurtenances, piping systems, compression equipment,
controls, and devices shall be maintained in proper operating condition.
b. After the original installation, vehicle-fueling hoses shall be examined visually at such
intervals as are necessary to ensure that they are safe for use. Hose shall be tested
for leaks per manufacturer’s requirements, but at least annually, and any unsafe
leakage shall be reason for rejection.
c. While in transit, fueling hose and flexible metal hose on a cargo vehicle to be used
in a transfer operation, including their connections, shall be depressurized and
protected from wear and injury.
d. Pressure relief valves shall be maintained in proper operating condition.
18. Vehicle Fueling Appliances in Nonresidential Occupancies
a. Vehicle fueling appliances (VFAs) shall be of the approved type and shall not exceed
a gas flow of ten standard cubic feet per minute (10 scf/min or 0.28 standard cubic
meter/min).
230
 b. VFAs shall be permitted to be used to fill stationary containers at vehicle fueling
locations.
c. The installation of VFAs shall comply with the requirements of the provisions set forth
for Residential Fueling Facility.
d. VFAs shall not be installed within three meters (3.0 m) of any storage.

Exception: Storage in the vehicle fuel supply container.

e. Where installed indoors in public assembly and educational occupancies, a VFA
shall be located in a portion of the occupancy where NFPA 101, Life Safety Code, or
the local building code permits the installation of hazardous equipment.

D. Residential Fueling Facility

The capacity of a residential fueling facility (RFF) shall not exceed 0.14 standard cubic
meter/min of natural gas. Storage of CNG shall be prohibited; however, CNG shall be
permitted to be stored in the vehicle fuel supply container.
1. All equipment related to RFF installation shall be protected to minimize the possibility
of physical damage and vandalism. This requirement shall be permitted to be met by
the use of an enclosure for the compressor package, similar to that of a central air
conditioner.
2. All equipment related to RFF installation shall be designed for the pressure, temperature,
and service expected.
3. Vehicles shall be considered as unclassified electrically with respect to NFPA 70, National
Electrical Code, Article 500.
4. Natural gas shall not be vented to the atmosphere under normal operation.
5. Unless specifically permitted by the installation instructions, multiple VFAs shall not be
manifolded together on the discharge side.
6. Where more than one VFA are located in a common area, spacing between VFAs shall
not be less than one meter (1 m) unless permitted by the installation instructions.
7. Installation
a. CNG compression and dispensing shall be located and conducted outdoors
wherever practical. However, where not practical (e.g., where inclement weather is
common), compression and dispensing shall be permitted to be located indoors.
b. All RFF equipment shall be installed in accordance with the equipment manufacturer’s
instructions.
c. The RFF shall have a nameplate marked with minimum and maximum gas inlet
pressure and flow rate, gas outlet maximum pressure, and electrical requirements.
d. Indoor Installations
1) Where it is necessary to install the compression unit and refueling connections
indoors, the compression unit shall be mounted or otherwise located such that
the compression unit is vented outdoors.
2) Where the RFF or the vehicle being fueled is located indoors, a gas detector set to
operate at one-fifth the lower limit of flammability of natural gas shall be installed
in the room. The detector shall be located within one hundred fifty millimeters
(150 mm) of the ceiling or the highest point in the room. The detector shall stop
the compressor and operate an audible or a visual alarm.
e. Outdoor Installations
The RFF shall be installed on a firm, noncombustible support to prevent undue
stress on piping and conduit.
f. Installation of Pressure Relief Valves
Pressure relief valves shall have pressure relief device vents or vent lines to convey
escaping gas to the outdoors and then upward to
a safe area to prevent impinging on buildings, other equipment, or areas open to the

231
 public (e.g., sidewalks).
g. Installation of Pressure Gauges
For measurement and test purposes, pressure gauges shall be permitted to be
installed but shall not be required.
h. Pressure Regulation
An RFF shall be equipped to stop fuel flow automatically when the container(s)
reaches the temperature-corrected fill pressure.
i. Piping and Hose
1) All piping and hose from the outlet of the compressor shall be supplied as part of
the RFF.
2) All gas piping to the RFF shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 54, National
Fuel Gas Code.
3) The use of hose in an installation shall be restricted to the following:
a) A fueling hose that shall be limited to a maximum length of seven hundred sixty
centimeters (760 cm) and shall be supported above the floor/ground level
or otherwise protected from mechanical damage from abrasion and being
driven over by a vehicle
b) A maximum of one meter (1 m) in length where used to prevent abrasion
damage resulting from vibration on the inlet or outlet, or both
4) Transfer systems shall be capable of depressurizing to facilitate disconnection.
Bleed connections shall lead to a safe point of discharge.
j. Testing
All piping and tubing shall be tested after assembly to be proven free of leaks at
a pressure equal to the maximum service pressure of that portion of the system.
k. Installation of Emergency Shutdown Equipment
1) An RFF shall be equipped with emergency manual shutdown of the gas supply
and electric power. The emergency electrical switch shall be at least one
hundred fifty centimeters (150 cm) from the RFF and in view of the RFF.
2) Breakaway protection shall be provided in a manner so that, in the event of a
pull away, natural gas would cease to flow.
3) A breakaway device shall be installed at every dispensing point. Such a device
shall be so arranged as to separate using a force not greater than sixty-eight
kilograms (68 kg) when applied in any horizontal direction.
l. Operation
1) An RFF shall be operated in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.
2) A fuel supply container shall not be charged in excess of its maximum allowable
service pressure at normal temperature. DOT and TC containers shall be charged
in accordance with DOT and TC regulations.
3) Where CNG is being transferred to a motor vehicle, the engine shall be stopped.
m. Maintenance and Inspection
1) All RFF equipment shall be inspected and maintained in accordance with the
manufacturer’s instructions.
2) After installation, all hoses shall be examined visually as part of this inspection.
Hoses that are kinked or worn shall be replaced.
3) All safety relief valves shall be maintained in proper operating condition in
accordance with the manufacturer or supplier’s recommendation.

SECTION 10.3.7.10 LIQUIFIED NATURAL GAS

Production, storage, use and handling of Liquefied Natural Gas (LNG) shall be in accordance

232
 with NFPA 59-A, Standard for the Production, Storage and Handling of Liquefied Natural Gas or
other internationally accepted standards.

DIVISION 8. OTHER HAZARDOUS MATERIALS AND CHEMICALS

SECTION 10.3.8.1 SCOPE

This Division shall apply to the storage, handling, transport and protection of hazardous
materials and chemicals not covered on Division 7 of this Chapter.

SECTION 10.3.8.2 OXIDIZING MATERIALS

A. Packaged oxidizing materials shall be stored in dry locations and separated from stored
organic materials. Bulk oxidizing materials shall not be stored on or against wooden surfaces.

B. Oxidizing materials shall be stored separately from flammable solids, combustible materials,
hazardous chemicals, corrosive liquids and such other non-combustible materials.

SECTION 10.3.8.3 RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS

A. Durable, clearly visible signs of warning of radiation dangers shall be placed at all
entrances to areas or rooms where radioactive materials are used or stored. In addition,
each container in which radioactive materials are used, stored, or transported shall bear
a durable, clearly visible, appropriate warning sign. Such signs shall bear the three-bladed
radiation symbol in magenta or purple on a yellow background in accordance with the
Rules of the Philippine Atomic Energy Commission.

B. Except for liquids, signs are not required for the storage of manufactured articles such as
instruments or closk dials or electronic tubes or apparatus, of which radioactive materials
are a component part, and luminous compounds, when securely packed in strong
containers, provided the gamma radiation at any surface of the package is less than ten
(10) milliroentgens in 24 hours.

C. When not in use, radioactive materials shall be kept in adequately shielded fire-resistant
containers of such design that the gamma radiation will not exceed 200 milliroentgens per
hour or its equivalent at any point of readily accessible surface.

D. The opinion of the Philippine Atomic Energy Commission shall be obtained in all cases of
doubt as to the safety of radioactive materials. The Commission’s ruling shall be final and
non-appealable.

E. Storage, use and handling of Radioactive Materials shall be in accordance with NFPA
801, Standard for Fire Protection for Facilities Handling Radioactive Materials and other
internationally accepted standards.

SECTION 10.3.8.4 POTENTIALLY EXPLOSIVE CHEMICALS

A. Potentially explosive chemicals shall be stored away from all heat-producing appliances
and electrical devices and shall be protected from external, hat, fire and explosion.

B. Explosives and blasting agents shall not be stored in the same building or in close proximity
to such materials except in accordance with this Code.

C. Good housekeeping shall be maintained uncontaminated of broken or cracked bags,

packages or other containers shall be transferred to new and clean container before
storing.

D. Other spilled materials and discarded containers shall be promptly gathered and destroyed
in an approved manner.

233
 E. All electric bulbs shall be equipped with guards to prevent breakage.

F. Open lights or flames and smoking shall be prohibited in or near storage areas.

G. Internal combustion motor vehicles or lift trucks shall not be parked in the room or
compartment where such chemicals are located.

SECTION 10.3.8.5 ORGANIC PEROXIDES

A. A detached, well isolated, ventilated and un-heated storage building constructed with
walls having a fire resistance rating of not less than two (2) hours, a non-combustible floor,
and a light weight insulated roof shall be provided for the storage of twenty two kilograms
(22 kg) or more of organic peroxides. If not adequately protected by a fast-acting deluge
type automatic fire-fighting system, the storage building shall be located at minimum
distances from flammable or combustible liquid, building or highway as follows:
1. 22 kg to 45 kg = 23 m
2. 45 kg to 227 kg = 30 m
3. 227 kg to 445 kg = 38 m
4. 445 kg to 1364 kg = 60 m
5. 1363 to 2270 = 92 m

B. The organic peroxides shall be stored in the original shipping containers.

C. Care shall be taken to avoid rough handling or contamination of these chemicals.

D. Readily legible warning signs and placards as prescribed in Division 5 of this Chapter shall
be prominently placed in the storage and processing areas.

SECTION 10.3.8.6 NITROMETHANE

A. A suitable isolated outdoor storage are shall be provided for nitromethane.

B. Hazardous processing shall not be permitted in the vicinity of this storage area.

C. Nitromethane shall be stored in the drums in which it is received or in an underground tank

with suitable corrosion protection and a minimum of sixty centimeters (60 cm) or earth
over the tank or in barricaded tanks above-ground shall be provided. If the drum storage
is not adequately protected by a fast-acting deluge automatic type fire-fighting system/
the storage of nine hundred nine kilograms (909 kg.) or more shall be located at minimum
distances in accordance with Annex A Table 37, Minimum distance of nitromethane from
inhabited buildings, from inhabited buildings.

D. Care shall be taken to avoid rough handling or contamination of this chemical.

E. Readily legible warning signs and placards as prescribed in Division 5 of this Chapter shall
be prominently placed in the transport, storage and processing area.

SECTION 10.3.8.7 AMMONIUM NITRATE

A. All flooring in storage and handling areas shall be of non-combustible material and shall be
without drains, traps, pits or pockets into which any molten ammonium nitrate could flow
and be confined in case of fire.

B. Each storage pile of bags or other authorized packages and container of such materials
shall not exceed three hundred sixty-five centimeters (365 cm) in height, three hundred
sixty five (365 cm) centimeters in width and nine meters and fifteen centimeters (9.15 cm) in
length.

C. Pile units shall be separated by a clear space of not less than ninety-two centimeters (92
cm) in width from the top of piles, serving as cross aisles in the storage are which shall not
234
 be less than one hundred twenty centimeters (120 cm) in width.

D. A clearance of not less than seventy six centimeters (76 cm) shall be maintained from
building walls and partitions, and not less than ninety centimeters (90 cm)from ceilings of
roof structural members with a minimum of forty five centimeters (45 cm) from sprinklers.

E. Ammonium nitrate storage shall be separated by a space of nine meters (9m) or by tight
non-combustible partition from storage of organic chemicals, corrosive liquids, compressed
gases, flammable and combustible materials, or other contaminating substance such as
sulfur, coal, flour, and metallic powders such a zinc, copper, and magnesium where storage
of such materials is permitted with ammonium nitrate.

F. Quantities of ammonium or ammonium nitrate fertilizers having no organic coating, in the

form of crystals, flakes, grains or pills including fertilizers, dynamic grade, nitrous oxide grade
and technical grade ammonium nitrate and ammonium nitrate phosphate (containing
60% of ammonium nitrate by weight) or more than fifty (50) metric tons of total weight, shall
be stored in well-ventilated building of fire-resistive or noncombustible construction, or in
a building of other type of construction equipped with an approved automatic sprinkler
system.

G. In populated areas, quantities of two thousand five hundred (2,500) tons or more shall be
stored in well-ventilated buildings of one-hour fire-resistive or non-combustible construction
equipped with an approved automatic sprinkler system. No combustible material or
ammonium nitrate sensitizing contaminants shall be stored in this building.

H. Storage of ammonium nitrate, coated or mixed with organic anti-caking materials, except
compounded blasting agent shall not be permitted in populated and congested areas.
Outside such areas, quantities of five hundred (500) metric tons or less may be stored in
well-ventilated buildings of fire-resistive or non-combustible construction equipped with an
approved automatic firefighting system.

SECTION 10.3.8.8 HIGHLY TOXIC MATERIALS

A. Highly toxic materials shall be segregated from other chemicals and combustible and
flammable substances in a room or compartment separated from other areas by walls and
floor and ceiling assemblies having a fire-resistive rating of not less than one (1) hour.

B. The storage room shall be provided with adequate drainage facilities and natural or
chemical ventilation to the outside atmosphere.

C. Readily legible warning signs and placards as prescribed in Division 5 of this Chapter shall
be prominently placed in the transport, storage and processing area.

SECTION 10.3.8.9 POISONOUS GASES

A. Storage of poisonous gases shall be in rooms of at least one-hour fire-resistive construction

and having natural or mechanical ventilation adequate to remove leaking gas. Such
ventilation shall not discharge to a point where gases may endanger any person.

B. Readily legible warning signs and placards as prescribed in Division 5 of this Chapter shall
be prominently placed in the transport, storage and processing area.

SECTION 10.3.8.10 CORROSIVE LIQUIDS

A. Satisfactory provision shall be made for containing and neutralizing or safely flushing away
leakage of corrosive liquids which may occur during storage or handling.

B. Readily legible warning signs and placards as prescribed in Division 5 of this Chapter shall
be prominently placed in the transport, storage and processing area.

235
SECTION 10.3.8.11 STORAGE CABINETS FOR HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

A. Cabinets for the storage of hazardous materials shall be approved and substantially
constructed of one-eighth (1/8) centimeters thick sheet iron or a minimum of two hundred
fifty four millimeters (254 mm) plywood or equivalent.

B. Doors shall be self-closing and self-latching.

C. Cabinets shall be painted with luminescent type paint and shall be conspicuously labeled
in red letters: “Hazardous - Keep Fire Away.”

SECTION 10.3.8.12 DESIGNATION OF CARGO

A. No person shall operate any tank vehicle transporting any corrosive cryogenic, hypergolic,
or phyrophoric materials unless at all time of such transportation there is displayed upon
each side and the rear of the tank vehicle a sign in letter not less than seven hundred sixty-
two millimeters (762 mm) in height upon a background of sharply contrasting color, which
shall specifically designate the cargo.

B. Readily legible warning signs and placards as prescribed Division 5 of this Chapter shall be
prominently placed in the transport, storage and processing areas.

SECTION 10.3.8.13 HAZARDOUS INSULATOR/CUSHIONING MATERIALS

The storage areas for plastic-based, fire-supporting, fire-conductive, smoke generating,
or toxic gas producing materials that are used as insulators or cushioning material for crates,
boxes, walls, air conditioning ducts, beds, chairs, and the like shall be provided with automatic
fire extinguishing systems of an approved type.

CHAPTER 4. FIRE SAFETY FOR HAZARDOUS OPERATIONS

DIVISION 1. SCOPE
This Chapter shall govern the Fire Safety Measures for the following Hazardous Operations:

A. Salvage Yards;

B. Bowling Alleys Resurfacing and Refinishing;

C. Dust Producing Machines;

D. Explosives, Ammunitions and Blasting Agents;

E. Fire Works;

F. Application of Flammable Finishes;

G. Ripening Processes;

H. Fumigation and Insecticidal Fogging;

I. Repair Garages;

J. Lumber Yards, Wood Processing and Woodworking Facilities;

K. Mechanical Refrigeration;

L. Motion Picture Projection;

M. Oil Burning Equipment;

N. Organic Coatings;

236
 O. Industrial Ovens;

P. Hot works Operations; and

Q. Safeguarding Building Construction, Demolition and Alteration Operations.

DIVISION 2. AUTOMOBILE WRECKING YARDS

SECTION 10.4.2.1 APPLICATION

This division shall cover automobile wrecking yards, including hot works and the handling
and storage of fuels and fluids, tires, plastics, combustibles, and hazardous materials.

SECTION 10.4.2.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Automobile Wrecking Yard shall be operated and maintained with the following
requirements:
1. No automotive wrecking yard shall be so located as to seriously expose adjacent
properties to fire. Serious exposure shall include situations where materials are stored
or operations performed within four and a half meters (4.5 m) of an adjacent private
property line.
2. The entire premises devoted to such yard or plant shall be enclosed with a chain-linked
fence not less than two and a half meters (2.5 m) in height, with two (2) gates of four and
a half meters (4.5 m) width for fire department access.
3. No roof of any building located in a salvage yard shall be used for storage. This applies
to all buildings on a property where salvage work is performed or waste materials are
handled, including those used for storage, vehicle shelters, administration and sales.
4. No motor vehicles, or any part thereof, junk, or other waste materials, shall be stored,
displayed or kept in such a manner as to unnecessarily hinder or endanger firefighting
operations.
5. Vertical openings in such building shall be enclosed with approved automatic self-
closing fire doors in accordance with Section 10.2.5.3 of this IRR.
6. Picking shall be done in rooms separated from storage rooms or other occupancies by
fire resistive walls and doors having a fire resistance of not less than one (1) hour. Picking
rooms shall be provided with exhaust systems to adequately and safely remove dust
and dirt.

SECTION 10.4.2.3 FIRE SAFETY CLEARANCE REQUIRED FOR THE FOLLOWING:

In addition to business permit/permit to operate an automobile wrecking yard, a FSC issued
by the C/MFM having jurisdiction for the following:

A. storage of flammable and combustible liquids

B. storage of hazardous materials

C. hot works operations and burning.

SECTION 10.4.2.4 TIRE STORAGE

A. Separation of yard storage from buildings, vehicles, flammable materials, and other
exposures shall be in accordance with Annex A Table 38, Representative minimum exposure
separation distances in meter for tire storage.

B. Sources of ignition such as cutting and welding, heating devices, and open fires shall be
prohibited within the tire storage area.

237
 C. Safeguards shall be provided to minimize the hazard of sparks from equipment such as
refuse burners, boiler stacks, and vehicle exhaust when such hazards are located near the
tire storage area.

D. Piles of tires or altered tire material shall not be located beneath power lines or structures.

E. Smoking shall be prohibited within the tire storage area.

F. Piles of tires or altered tire material shall be at least fifteen meters (15 m) from the perimeter
fence.

G. Provisions for surface water drainage and measures to provide protection of pyrolytic oil
runoff shall be directed around and away from the outdoor tire storage site to an approved
location.

H. Tires shall be removed from rims immediately upon arrival at the storage site.

I. Tires shall not be stored on wetlands, flood plains, ravines, canyons, or steeply graded
surfaces.

SECTION 10.4.2.5 BURNING OPERATIONS

Burning Operation is allowed provided that a FSC shall first be obtained from the C/MFM
having jurisdiction in accordance with Division 4 of Chapter 5 of this Rule.

SECTION 10.4.2.6 MOTOR VEHICLE FLUIDS AND HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

A. The storage, use, and handling of motor vehicle fluids and hazardous materials shall be in
accordance with Chapter 3 of this Rule.

B. Motor vehicle fluids shall be drained from salvage vehicles when such fluids are leaking.

C. Supplies or equipment capable of mitigating leaks from fuel tanks, crankcases, brake
systems, and transmissions shall be kept available on site.

D. Single-use plugging, diking, and absorbent materials shall be disposed of as hazardous

waste and removed from the site in a manner approved by the government agency
concerned.

E. Air bag systems contain sodium azide (NaN3), which reacts with potassium nitrate (KNO3)
to produce nitrogen gas to inflate the air bags. Sodium azide is not only highly explosive but
also extremely toxic. Care should be taken when working with, removing, or handling air
bags, including attention to the bumper area and side area where activation can occur.
Vehicle manufacturers should be contacted for information on the best way to handle air
bag systems.

F. Lead-acid batteries shall be removed from salvage vehicles when such batteries are
leaking.

G. Lead-acid batteries that have been removed from vehicles shall be stored in an approved
manner.

SECTION 10.4.2.7 FIRE DEPARTMENT ACCESS ROADS

Fire department access roads shall be provided and maintained in accordance with the
following:

A. Approved fire department access roads shall be provided for every facility, building, or
portion of a building hereafter constructed or relocated.

B. When fire department access roads cannot be installed due to location on property,
topography, waterways, nonnegotiable grades, or other similar conditions, the C/MFM
having jurisdiction shall be authorized to require additional fire protection features.

238
 C. A fire department access road shall extend to within fifteen meters (15 m) of at least one
exterior door that can be opened from the outside and that provides access to the interior
of the building.

D. Fire department access roads shall be provided such that any portion of the facility or any
portion of an exterior wall of the first story of the building is located not more than forty-
six meters (46 m) from fire department access roads as measured by an approved route
around the exterior of the building or facility.

E. When buildings are protected throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler system that
is installed in accordance with Section 10.2.6.7 of this IRR, the distance shall be permitted to
be increased to one hundred thirty seven meters (137 m).

F. In case of multiple access roads for fire department access shall be provided when it is
determined by the C/MFM having jurisdiction that access by a single road could be
impaired by vehicle congestion, condition of terrain, climatic conditions, or other factors
that could limit access. The following might warrant multiple fire department access roads:
1. Railroad tracks that cross a single fire department access road
2. Potential for mud slides along a single fire department access road
3. Single fire department access road that is below the one hundred-year (100-year) flood
elevation.
4. Commercial or residential projects that generate large traffic counts on fire apparatus
access roads.

G. Fire department access roads shall have an unobstructed width of not less than six and one
tenth meters (6.1 m).

H. Fire department access roads shall have an unobstructed vertical clearance of not less
than four and one tenth meters (4.1 m)

I. Vertical clearance shall be permitted to be reduced, provided such reduction does not
impair access by fire apparatus, and approved signs are installed and maintained indicating
the established vertical clearance when approved.

J. Vertical clearances or widths shall be increased when vertical clearances or widths are not
adequate to accommodate fire apparatus.

K. Fire department access roads should be kept clear of obstructions such as parked vehicles,
fences and other barriers, dumpsters, and excess vegetation.

L. Fire department access roads should be kept clear of obstructions such as parked vehicles,
fences and other barriers, dumpsters, and excess vegetation.

SECTION 10.4.2.8 HOUSEKEEPING

A. All materials not necessary for the operation of the facility should be removed as soon as
practicable to reduce unnecessary accumulations of combustible materials.

B. Weeds and other vegetation should be kept clear to prevent a fire from spreading out of
the automobile wrecking yard or to another adjacent area or into the facility.

DIVISION 3. BOWLING ALLEYS RESURFACING AND REFINISHING

SECTION 10.4.3.1 GENERAL

Bowling alleys shall conform to applicable requirements of this IRR, as well as the provisions
of this Division.

239
SECTION 10.4.3.2 FIRE SAFETY CLEARANCE REQUIRED
The operator/owner of a bowling establishment shall secure a fire safety clearance from the
C/MFM having jurisdiction, before performing any refinishing and alley resurfacing operations
involving the use of flammable liquids or materials on the premises.

SECTION 10.4.3.3 CONSTRUCTION

Pin finishes involving the application of flammable or combustible finishes, or sanding or
buffing operations if done within a building, shall be done only in a fire resistive room having
a fire resistance rating of two (2) hours. Provided, with vacuum cleaner or a fixed-pipe suction
system with remotely located exhauster and dust collector installed.

SECTION 10.4.3.4 OPERATION

A. During sanding and resurfacing operations, no portion of the premises shall be open to the
public. Personnel who will do the sanding and resurfacing must be competent (w/ TESDA
Certification or its equivalent) to do the job.

B. When flammable solvents/chemicals are being use, an independent means of ventilation

shall be provided to disperse flammable vapors to the open air.

C. Provide with portable fire extinguishers for immediate use during the work.

D. All electric motors or other equipment in the area, which is a potential source of ignition,
shall be shut down and all smoking and use of open flames shall be prohibited during the
application of flammable finishes and for one (1) hour thereafter.

E. Pin servicing work will not be allowed during sanding operation or for a period of twenty-
four (24) hours after sanding/re-varnishing work is finished.

SECTION 10.4.3.5 PROTECTION AND MAINTENANCE

A. Sanding and Buffing Machines shall be equipped with approved continues suction for
collecting dust during sanding and refinishing operations. Contents shall be removed daily
and disposed of safety.

B. All electric power tools shall be maintained and effectively grounded.

C. Storage of flammable or combustible liquids in any room shall not exceed a combined
aggregate of two hundred twenty five liters (225 L), and it shall be in flammable liquid
storage cabinet or in approved safety containers not exceeding nineteen liters (19 L)
individual capacity. Must be away with required distance of at least ten meters (10 m)
to prevent fire spread and approved metal waste bin with a self-closing cover shall be
provided for all waste rags, and materials with the contents to be removed daily. Smoking
shall be prohibited at all times in pin finishing rooms.

DIVISION 4. DUST PRODUCING MACHINES

SECTION 10.4.4.1 FIRE SAFETY CLEARANCE REQUIRED

No person shall construct/operate any dust producing machines such as rice mill, saw
mill, feed mill, flour/starch/oat mill, hammer mill, grinders, crushers (stones, lime stones), plant
pulverising aluminium, coal, cocoa, magnesium, spices, any grain/s elevator for manufacturing,
handling, processing or other material producing dust without fire safety clearance issued by
the C/MFM having jurisdiction.

240
SECTION 10.4.4.2 CONSTRUCTION

A. Building construction, renovation, modification, reconstruction, alteration, repair, addition,

change for use or change of occupancy classification, demolition, and relocation
of building and structures relative thereto shall comply with the governing code of the
Philippines.

B. Suitable dust collecting equipment shall be installed and accumulation of dust shall be
kept at a minimum in the interior of the buildings.

C. Spaces inaccessible to housekeeping shall be sealed to prevent dust accumulation and

opening of firewalls, in fire barriers walls shall be protected by self-closing fire doors that
have a fire resistance rating equivalent to one (1) hour, including interior stairs, elevators,
and man lifts in accordance with the NFPA 221, Standard for High Challenge Fire Walls, Fire
Walls and Fire Barrier Walls.

D. Electrical wiring, and power equipment, lightning protection system installed, shall conform
to the requirements of Philippine Electrical Code.

E. In designing of explosion prevention, relief and venting shall be directive to a safe, outside
location away from platforms, means of egress, or other potentially occupied areas.

F. For means of egress, where the horizontal travel distance to the means of egress is less than
fifteen meters (15 m) in normally unoccupied spaces, a single means of egress shall be
permitted.

SECTION 10.4.4.3 OPERATION

Properly designed and located vents equipped with explosion proof exhaust fans which
will relieve the pressure resulting from dust accumulation or an explosion and prevent or reduce
damage to buildings or equipment, shall be required in all buildings where flammable or
explosive dusts are manufactured, processed or generated. The design of such equipment shall
be in accordance with internationally accepted standards or NFPA 68, “Explosion Venting.”
During operation of the machines, if the dust explosion hazard exists in rooms, or other
enclosures under normal operating conditions, such areas shall be provided with explosion
relief venting distributed over the exterior wall.
Recirculating or recycling exhaust air ventilation systems for dust explosion hazard areas, if
used, shall be equipped with filter systems capable or removing dust from air.
Operating controls shall be designed, constructed, and installed so that the required
conditions of safety for personnel/employee during operation and the ventilation are
maintained.

SECTION 10.4.4.4 PROTECTION AND MAINTENANCE

A. All dust-producing or dust-agitating machinery such as grinding mills and separators, and
all elevators, elevator legs, spouts, hopper and other conveyors shall be provided with
casing or enclosures maintained as nearly dust-tight as possible

B. All machinery and metal parts of the crushing, drying, pulverizing and conveying systems
shall be provided with grounding system in accordance with the Philippine Electrical Code.

C. Smoking and the carrying of matches, the use of heating or other devices employing
open flames, or use of any spark-producing equipment is prohibited in areas containing
dust-producing or dust-agitating operators. All wiring and electrical equipment of artificial
lighting installed in such areas shall be in accordance with the provisions of the Philippine
Electrical Code.

D. Static electricity shall be removed from all machinery and other component parts by
permanent grounds and/or bonds. The design of such equipment shall be in accordance
NFPA 77, Static Electricity and other internationally accepted standards.

241
 E. The facility shall develop and implement a written housekeeping program that establish
the frequency and methods determined best to reduce accumulations of fugitive dust on
ledges, floors, equipment, and other expose surfaces.

F. Separate dust collection systems in each department of manufacturing and handling shall
be provided.

G. Heating, ventilation, and air conditioning systems shall be not used as the means to collect
dust from localize sources.

H. Dust collection systems that remove material from operations that generate flame, sparks
or hot material shall not be interconnected with dust collection systems that transport
combustible particulate solids or hybrid mixtures.

I. Fire protection system where installed, shall be especially design to address building
protection, process equipment, and the chemical and physical properties of the material
being process.

J. A means of notification for occupants in the event fire, or other emergencies and annual
training shall be provided regarding the emergency action plan of all employees shall be
coordinated with local emergency responders, fire department, and include it in the pre-
fire planning.

K. Fire detection system shall be provided when the operation is intermittent with sound of an
alarm.

L.  All fire detection equipment and fire extinguishing systems shall be tested and maintained
in accordance with Section 10.2.6.6 of this IRR

DIVISION 5. EXPLOSIVES, AMMUNITION AND BLASTING AGENTS

SECTION 10.4.5.1 GENERAL

A. Scope
This section shall apply to the manufacture, transportation, storage, sale, and use of
explosive materials.

B. Purpose
This section is intended to provide reasonable safety in the manufacture, storage,
transportation, and use of explosive materials.

C. Application
This Division shall not apply to:
1. Explosives, ammunition and blasting agents used by the AFP;
2. Transportation and use of explosives, ammunition, or blasting agents by the Bureau of
Mines, the NBI and the PNP acting in their official capacity.

SECTION 10.4.5.2 SECURITY AND SAFETY OF EXPLOSIVE MATERIALS

Explosives, including special industrial high explosive materials, shall be Stored in
Magazines that meet the requirement of the Fire Code and this IRR.

A. Basic Requirements
1. All explosive materials not in the process of manufacture, transportation, or use shall be
kept in storage magazines.
2. Ammonium nitrate shall be permitted to be stored in the same magazine with blasting
agents.
3. Ammonium nitrate and blasting agents shall be permitted to be stored in the same

242
 magazine with other explosive materials.
4. Where ammonium nitrate is stored in the same magazine with blasting agents, the
magazine shall be designed for the storage of blasting agents.
5. Where ammonium nitrate is stored in the same magazine with explosives or with
explosives and blasting agents, the magazine shall be designed for the storage of
explosives.
In determining the maximum quantity of explosive material that is permitted to be
placed in a magazine, one-half the weight of the ammonium nitrate shall be added to
the weight of the explosive material.
6. Detonators shall be stored in a separate magazine for blasting supplies and not be
stored in a magazine with other explosive materials.
7. Black Powder shall be permitted to be stored in a Type 4 magazine or a magazine of
higher classification in accordance with NFPA 495, Explosive Material Code.
8. Blasting agents shall be permitted to be stored in a Type 5 magazine or a magazine of
higher classification (i.e., lower type number) in accordance with NFPA 495.

B. Magazine Construction, Classification and Use

1. Magazine are constructed, classified and used to comply with the requirement of NFPA
495.
2. The land surrounding magazines shall be kept clear or brush, dried grass, leaves, trash
and debris for a distance of at least fifteen meters (15 m).
3. Magazines shall be kept locked except when being inspected or when explosives are
being placed therein or removed therefrom.
4. Magazines shall be kept clean, dry and free of grit, paper, empty packages and rubbish.
5. Magazines shall not be provided with other than approved artificial heat or light.
Approved electric safety flashlights or safety lanterns may be used.
6. Blasting caps, electric blasting caps, detonating primers and primed cartridges shall
not be stored in the same magazine with other explosives.
7. Packages of explosives shall not be unpacked or repacked in a magazine nor within
forty-five and eight-tenths meters (45.8 m) of a magazine or in close proximity to other
explosives. Opened packages of explosives shall be securely closed before being
returned to a magazine.
8. Magazines shall not be used for the storage of any metals, tools nor any commodity
except explosives, blasting agents and oxidizers used in compounding blasting agents.
The quantity of blasting agents and oxidizers shall be included when computing the
total quantity of explosives for determining distance requirements.
9. Floors of magazines shall be securely fastened in place and shall be capable of
withstanding the loads imposed.
10. The roofs and exterior sides of building-type magazines shall be made of concrete
materials with fire resistance rating of two (2) hours.
11. Magazines shall be ventilated to minimize dampness and heating of stored explosives.
Ventilation openings shall be screened with 14 mesh, no.21 protected in a manner that
will maintain the bullet resistance of the magazine.
12. Doors and warning signs shall be in accordance with Section 10.2.5.3 of this IRR.

C. Warning Signs
All access roads to explosive storage magazines shall be posted with the following
warning sign:
DANGER.
NEVER FIGHT EXPLOSIVE FIRES.
EXPLOSIVES ARE STORED
ON THIS SITE.
CALL______________________________.

243
 The sign shall be weather resistant with a reflective surface and lettering at least fifty
millimeters (50 mm) high.

D. Ignition Source and Control

1. Smoking. Smoking shall be prohibited on the plant site, except where permit notices are
posted.
2. Flame-Producing Devices. Matches, torches, or other flame-producing devices shall be
prohibited from explosives manufacturing areas without a written permit signed by an
authorized person.
3. Portable Electrical and Electronic Equipment. Portable electrical and electronic
equipment shall be permitted only when designated by the manufacturing process
and incorporated into the standard operating instructions.

E. Electrical Wiring and Equipment

Electrical wiring and equipment shall be installed in accordance with PEC.
1. Bonding and Grounding
The non-current-carrying metal parts of electrical equipment, including electric
motors, generators, proportioning devices, and other electrical enclosures serving
individual manufacturing processes, shall be electrically bonded together in
accordance with the requirements of PEC. Where the electrical system is required to be
grounded, the grounding conductors shall be connected together and to the supply
system grounding conductor in accordance with the requirements of PEC.
2. Static Electricity Hazards
a. Static Accumulation. When processes or conditions exist where the materials in
process are able to be ignited by static electricity with an intensity capable of
propagating ignition, means shall be provided to prevent the Accumulation of
hazardous levels of static charge.
b. Static Control. The working area where screening, grinding, blending, and other
processing of static-sensitive explosive materials is done shall be provided with
approved static controls.

F. Ventilation
1. Mechanical ventilation systems shall be in accordance with the PMEC and NFPA 5000,
Building Construction and Safety Code.
2. Local exhaust systems shall be provided to collect and remove moisture and odors,
fumes, smoke, gas, mist, heat, dust, or other materials that are present in quantities
above the limits according to applicable laws and regulations.
3. Electric motors used to power fans or blowers used in the ventilation system shall be
located outside of the duct or portion of the system exposed to explosive materials.
4. Explosive dust shall not be exhausted into the atmosphere. Explosive dust shall be
collected using a “wet” collector system or other approved means. Wetting agents
shall be compatible with the explosive materials being collected.
Explosive dusts shall be removed from the collection system on a regular basis to
prevent overloading and accumulation within the system.

SECTION 10.4.5.3 MANUFACTURING, USE AND HANDLING

A. The manufacture of explosives or blasting agents shall be prohibited unless such manufacture
is authorized by law.
1. Emergency Procedures. Emergency procedures shall be developed for each
manufacturing facility.
2. Posting of Pertinent Information. Standard operating procedures governing the
manufacturing process shall be located in a location and form accessible to workers.
3. Training. Persons handling explosive materials or working in operating buildings shall be
244
 trained in the following areas:
a. The physical and health hazards of the explosive materials to be manufactured
b. The operational activities involved in processing the materials to include instructions
in emergencies that are anticipated in the manufacturing process
c. The operating rules applicable to the materials in the manufacturing process
d. Plans for emergency procedures in the event of a fire or explosion.
e. Where high explosives are manufactured at permanent locations, the facilities shall
be enclosed by fences with gates capable of being locked. The integrity of the
fences and gates shall be checked periodically.
f. All buildings containing in-process explosives and precursor chemicals shall be
secured or attended by workers or security personnel.

B. Use, handling and blasting operation of explosives shall be in accordance with this Section,
and the following conditions:
1. No person shall handle explosives while under the influence of intoxicants or narcotics;
2. No person shall smoke or carry matches while handling explosives or while in the vicinity
thereof;
3. No open flame light shall be used in the vicinity of explosives;
4. Whenever blasting is being conducted in the vicinity of gas, electric, water, fire
alarm, telephone, telegraph or steam utilities, the blaster shall notify the appropriate
representative of such utilities at least twenty-four hours (24 hrs.) in advance of blasting,
specifying the location and intended time of such blasting. In an emergency, this time
limit may be waived by the C/MFM having jurisdiction;
5. Blasting operations shall be conducted in accordance with internationally recognized
good practice;
6. Before a blast is fired, the person in charge shall make certain that all surplus explosives
are in a safe place, all persons and vehicles are at a safe distance or under sufficient
cover, and a loud warning signal has been sounded;
7. Due precautions shall be taken to prevent accidental discharge of electric blasting
caps from current induced by radio or radar transmitters, lightning, adjacent power
lines, dust storms, or other sources of extraneous electricity. These precaution shall
include
a. The suspension of all blasting operations and removal of persons from the blasting
area during the approach and progress of an electrical storm;
b. The posting of signs warning against the use of mobile radio transmitters on all roads
within one hundred seven meters (107 m) of the blasting operations;
c. Compliance with internationally recognized good practice when blasting within two
and a half kilometers (2.5 km) of broadcast or high power short wave transmitters;
d. When blasting is done in a congested area or in close proximity to a building, structure,
railway, highway or any other installation that may be damaged by material being
thrown into the air, the blast shall be covered with an adequate blasting mat;
e. Tools used for opening packages of explosives shall be constructed of non-sparking
materials;
f. Empty boxes and paper and fiber packing materials which have previously contained
high explosives shall not be used again for any purpose, but shall be disposed of in a
manner approved by the C/MFM having jurisdiction; and
g. Explosives shall not be abandoned.

SECTION 10.4.5.4 TRANSPORTATION

A. Vehicles transporting explosive materials shall be driven by and be in the charge of only a
licensed driver who is physically fit, careful, capable, reliable, and able to read and write

245
 the English language and who is not addicted to the use of, or under the influence of,
intoxicants, narcotics, or other dangerous drugs.

B. The driver of a vehicle transporting explosive materials on public highways shall be not less
than 21 years old.

C. The driver shall be familiar with traffic regulations, applicable regulations concerning
explosive materials, and provisions of this Chapter.

D. Vehicles used for transporting explosive materials shall be strong enough to carry the load
and in good mechanical condition.

E. Explosive materials transported on a vehicle with an open body shall use portable magazine
securely fastened to the vehicle body to store the explosive materials.

F. Vehicles used for transporting frictional spark-sensitive explosive materials such as Black
Powder and primary explosives shall have no exposed spark-producing surface inside of
the cargo body.

G. Every vehicle used for transporting explosives shall be equipped with not less than two (2)
fire extinguishers. Extinguishers shall be so located as to be readily available for use.

H. Every vehicle transporting explosives shall be marked or labeled on both sides and rear
with the word “EXPLOSIVES” in letters not less than eight centimeters (8 cm) in height a
contrasting background.

I. Vehicle transporting explosives traveling in the same direction shall not be given within one
hundred meters (100 m) of each other.

J. Explosive materials shall not be transported through any prohibited vehicular tunnel or over
any prohibited bridge, roadway, or elevated highway.

K. Vehicles transporting explosive materials shall avoid congested areas and heavy traffic.

L. Unauthorized persons shall not ride vehicles transporting explosives.

M. Delivery shall only be made by authorized persons into approved magazines or approved
temporary storage or handling area.

N. Other safety measures in transporting of explosive shall be in accordance with the

applicable Philippine National Standards and other internationally accepted standards.

DIVISION 6. FIREWORKS AND PYROTECHNIC

SECTION 10.4.6.1 APPLICATION

This section shall apply to the manufacture, transportation, and storage of fireworks,
pyrotechnic articles, and any component(s) thereof containing pyrotechnic or explosive
compositions, distribution and retail sales of consumer fireworks and use of pyrotechnics before
a proximate audience.

SECTION 10.4.6.2 FIRE SAFETY INSPECTION CERTIFICATE (FSIC) REQUIRED

No person shall manufacture, store, handle and/or use any fireworks and pyrotechnic
materials of any kind or form without securing a FSIC from the C/MFM having jurisdiction, which
is a pre-requisite for the granting of permit issued by the PNP in accordance with Republic Act
7183, as amended.

SECTION 10.4.6.3 MANUFACTURING FACILITIES

A. All manufacturing facilities shall meet all the following conditions:

246
 1. Manufacturing is restricted to production of custom fireworks, pyrotechnic articles,
and any component(s) containing pyrotechnic or explosive materials that are not for
general sale.
2. The facility contains not more than 2.3 kg of pyrotechnic composition, of which not
more than 0.23 kg is of explosive composition.
3. All explosive and pyrotechnic compositions are removed to a storage magazine at the
end of each workday.
4. Process buildings shall be single-storey buildings and shall not have basements.
5. Wall joints and openings for wiring, plumbing, and other utilities shall be sealed to
prevent the entry of dusts.
6. Horizontal ledges and surfaces upon which dust can settle and accumulate shall be
minimized.
7. Floors and work surfaces shall not have cracks or crevice in which explosives or
pyrotechnic compositions can lodge.
8. Floors and work surfaces in mixing and loading buildings for salute powder shall be of
conductive materials.
9. Conductive footwear or other grounding techniques for personnel shall be used
wherever exposed salute powder is present.
10. Stoves, exposed flames, and portable electric heaters shall be prohibited in any building
where fireworks, fireworks components, or flammable liquids are or can be present.
11. Means of egress in process buildings also shall comply with the following requirements:
12. At least two remotely located means of egress shall be provided from every point in
every undivided floor area of more than nine meter squared (9 m2).
13. Where process buildings are divided into rooms, means of egress shall be as follows:
a. At least two means of escape shall be provided from each room of more than nine
meter squared (9 m2).
b. Toilet rooms shall be permitted to have only one means of egress, provided that they
are located away from or shielded from process areas.
14. An unobstructed means of egress shall be located so that every point within the room
or undivided floor area is within 25 ft. (7.6 m) of a means of egress.
15. Exit doors shall open outward and shall be capable of being pressure actuated from
the inside.

B. All persons engaged in the business of importing, manufacturing, or dealing in fireworks

and pyrotechnic shall meet both of the following requirements:
1. They shall possess a valid license or permit from permitting agency
2. They shall comply with all applicable state and local laws and regulations.
3. Copies of all required licenses and permits shall be posted at each manufacturing
facility.
4. License and permit holders shall protect license and permits from loss, theft, defacement,
destruction, or unauthorized duplication.
5. Any loss, theft, defacement, destruction, or unauthorized duplication of a license or
permit shall be reported immediately to the issuing authority.
6. Licenses or permits shall not be assigned or transferred

SECTION 10.4.6.4 REQUIREMENTS FOR MANUFACTURE OF FIREWORKS AND PYTROTECHNICS

A. Pyrotechnic Product Information. The pyrotechnic operator shall use products provided
with written information supplied by the manufacturer detailing the following information:
1. Name of the pyrotechnic device and a description of its effect.
2. Performance characteristics of the pyrotechnic device where used as specified, or, in
247
 the case of binary materials used in the specified amounts for the designated materials
and equipment.
3. Material safety data sheet (MSDS) for the pyrotechnic materials.
4. The manufacturer’s statement regarding whether the pyrotechnic device or material
is intended for indoor use and whether it is to be used with any cautions or special
considerations.
5. Instructions for the proper method(s) of placing, loading, and using the pyrotechnic
device, including any cautions or special considerations.
6. Name, address, and phone number of the manufacturer.

B. Identification of Pyrotechnic Devices or Binary Systems. All pyrotechnic products or binary

systems used shall have been identified or marked by the manufacturer with the following
information:
1. Name of the pyrotechnic device or binary system
2. Name, address, and phone number of the manufacturer
3. Statement describing the conditions of use and potential hazards
4. Manufacturer’s statement regarding whether the pyrotechnic device or binary system
is intended for indoor use
5. The marking on the pyrotechnic device shall be of at least 6-point type size
6. Where the pyrotechnic device is too small to bear the label specified in
para 1 through 5 above, this information shall be printed on the instruction sheet,
shipping container or packaging

C. A zone shall be designed by the local government unit where a manufacturing complex
may be established. The outer perimeter of this zone shall be at least three hundred (300)
meters away from the nearest residential units. Once a zone has been defined, no residential
unit shall be permitted nearer than three hundred (300) meters from the perimeter of such
zone.

D. The manufacturing complex shall be governed by, but not limited to, the following safety
measures:
1. All buildings shall have adequate ventilation, no concrete floors, must be leak-proof;
2. The warehouse must be at least fifty (50) meters away from any processing station of
the complex; and
3. The following processing stations of the complex shall be laid out according to the
indicated minimum distance from each other with all sides open:
a. Mixing – 50 metric tons
b. Grinding – 40 metric tons
c. Packaging – 40 metric tons
d. Assembling (Nagmimitsa) – 20 metric tons
e. Loading – 20 metric tons
4. Firecrackers and pyrotechnic devices shall bear labels indicating the name and address
of their manufacturers and warning instructions written in English or Filipino.

SECTION 10.4.6.5 STORAGE OF CONSUMER FIREWORKS AT MANUFACTURING AND

DISTRIBUTION FACILITIES

A. Storage of consumer fireworks at manufacturing and distribution facilities shall comply with
the following requirements:
1. Permanent buildings and structures including the following:
a. Consumer fireworks storage buildings or areas
b. Consumer fireworks work buildings, rooms, or areas

248
 2. Temporary facilities including the following:
a. Trailers
b. Semitrailers
c. Metal shipping containers
3. Consumer fireworks storage buildings shall not be used as a magazine.
4. Consumer fireworks shall be permitted to be stored in a magazine.
5. Consumer fireworks building shall not be used as process buildings.
6. Work room Exterior door and window openings in consumer fireworks storage buildings
shall be equipped with a means for locking.
7. Consumer fireworks storage buildings shall not be used for residential occupancies and
shall not be located in residential areas.

B. A fire safety evaluation clearance is a pre-requisite before the issuance of building permit
shall be obtained to construct, erect, or operate any consumer fireworks storage or work
building, room, or area. The plans shall include the design, details, and specifications for the
following:
1. Distances from public ways, buildings, facilities, magazines, motor vehicle fuel–
dispensing stations, retail propane dispensing stations, flammable and combustible
liquid aboveground tank storage, and flammable gas and flammable liquefied gas
bulk aboveground storage and dispensing areas within 30.5 m of the building used to
store or handle consumer fireworks.
2. Vehicle access and parking areas.
3. Location and type of portable fire extinguishers.
4. Floor plan and layout of storage and handling to indicate compliance with this section.
5. Means of egress.
6. Construction details:
a. Buildings having an area not greater than 743 m2 shall be permitted to be constructed
of any approved construction materials.
b. Buildings having an area greater than 743 m2 shall be constructed in accordance
with one of the following:
1) Buildings shall be constructed of non-combustible or limited combustible
materials.
2) Buildings with exterior walls having a fire resistance rating of not less than two (2)
hours shall be permitted to have the roof decking and its supporting structure
and interior partitions constructed of combustible materials.
c. Roof coverings for any building shall have a minimum rating of Class C as determined
in accordance with ASTM E 108, Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Roof Coverings,
or ANSI/UL 790, Standard for Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Roof Coverings.

C. Automatic Sprinkler System. An automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with

Section 10.2.6.7 of this IRR shall be provided in consumer fireworks storage buildings greater
than 1115 m2.

D. Portable fire extinguishers for consumer fireworks storage or work buildings shall be located
such that the maximum distance of travel to reach an extinguisher from any point shall not
exceed 23 m.

E. Any portion of an exterior wall of a building or other defined perimeter of a consumer

fireworks storage facility shall be accessible within 46 m of a public way or an approved fire
apparatus access.

SECTION 10.4.6.6 RETAIL AND SELLING OF CONSUMER FIREWORKS

249
A. Retail sales of consumer fireworks and pyrotechnics in both new and existing buildings,
structures, and facilities shall comply with the requirements of this section unless otherwise
indicated.

B. Facility Classification. The requirements of this section shall apply to the following:
1. Permanent buildings and structures, including the following:
a. Stores
b. CFRS facilities
2. Temporary facilities, including the following:
a. CFRS stands
b. Tents
c. Canopies
d. Membrane structures

C. A permit for the following shall be obtained:

1. Construction, erection, or operation of the following:
a. Permanent building or structure
b. Temporary structure such as a stand, tent, or canopy used for the purpose of the
retail display or sale of consumer fireworks to the public
2. Storage of consumer fireworks in connection with the retail display or sale of consumer
fireworks to the public

D. Plans for facilities other than stands and tents shall include the following:
1. Minimum distances from the following:
a. Public ways
b. Buildings
c. Other CFRS facilities
d. Motor vehicle fuel–dispensing station dispensers
e. Retail propane-dispensing station dispensers
f. Flammable and combustible liquid aboveground tank storage
g. Flammable gas and flammable liquefied gas bulk aboveground storage and
dispensing areas within 91.5 m of the facility used for the retail sales of consumer
fireworks
2. Vehicle access and parking areas
3. Location and type of portable fire extinguishers
4. Floor plan and layout of storage and displays to indicate compliance with this section
and applicable laws
5. Means of egress
6. Construction details

E. Construction of Buildings and Structures. Consumer fireworks shall only be permitted to be

sold at retail in any of the following buildings or structures, provided that any new building
or structure does not exceed one story in height and does not contain a basement:
1. Permanent buildings or structures constructed in accordance with the National Building
Code.
2. Tents, canopies, or temporary membrane structures complying with NFPA 102, Standard
for Grandstands, Folding and Telescopic Seating, Tents, and Membrane Structures
3. Temporary structures constructed in accordance with this section
4. Temporary CFRS stands greater than 74 m2 in area that also meet the requirements for a
permanent structure

250
 5. Vehicles, such as vans, buses, trailers, recreational vehicles, motor homes, travel trailers,
trucks, and automobiles, complying with the applicable requirements for CFRS stands.

F. An automatic sprinkler system designed and installed in accordance with Section 10.2.6.7
of this IRR, shall be provided throughout permanent CFRS facilities and stores in which CFRS
are conducted in the following buildings:
1. New buildings greater than 278.7 m2 in area.
2. Existing buildings greater than 694 m2 in area.
3. Storage Rooms. Storage rooms containing consumer fireworks in a new permanent
CFRS facility or store shall be protected with an automatic sprinkler system installed in
accordance with Section 10.2.6.7 of this IRR, and separated from the retail sales area by
a fire barrier having a fire resistance rating of not less than 1 hour.

G. Portable Fire Extinguishers. Portable fire extinguishers shall be provided as required for extra
(high) hazard occupancy in accordance with Section 10.2.6.7 of this IRR.
1. Minimum Number. Not less than two portable fire extinguishers with a minimum 2A
rating shall be provided, at least one of which shall be of the pressurized-water type.
2. Extinguisher Type. Where more than one portable fire extinguisher is required, at least
one fire extinguisher shall be of the multipurpose dry chemical type if the facility is
provided with electrical power.
3. Location. Portable fire extinguishers for permanent consumer fireworks retail sales
facilities and stores shall be located so that the maximum distance of travel required
to reach an extinguisher from any point does not exceed 23 m, as specified in Section
10.2.6.9 of this IRR.
4. Portable fire extinguishers for temporary CFRS facilities shall be installed and located so
that the maximum distance of travel required to reach an extinguisher from any point
does not exceed 10.6 m.

H. No Smoking Signs. Smoking shall not be permitted inside or within 15.5 m of the CFRS
area. At least one sign that reads as follows, in letters at least 51 mm high on a contrasting
background, shall be conspicuously posted at each entrance or within 3.05 m of every aisle
directly serving the CFRS area in a store: FIREWORKS — NO SMOKING

I. Fireworks Discharge. At least one sign that reads as follows, in letters at least 102 mm high
on a contrasting background, shall be conspicuously posted on the exterior of each side of
the CFRS facility.
NO FIREWORKS DISCHARGE
WITHIN 91.5M

J. Public Notification. In permanent CFRS facilities greater than 278.6 m2 in area, a public
address system or a means for manually activating audible and visible alarm indicating
devices located throughout the facility in accordance with Section 10.2.6.6 of this IRR, shall
be provided at a constantly attended location when the CFRS facility is occupied.

K. CFRS facilities and stores separation distances shall not be located within 15.2 m of the following:
1. Retail propane-dispensing station dispensing devices
2. Aboveground storage tanks for flammable or combustible liquid, flammable gas, or
flammable liquefied gas
3. Compressed natural gas-dispensing station dispensing devices

L. Consumer fireworks storage or work buildings at distribution facilities shall be separated

from adjacent permanent buildings and structures.

M. Consumer fireworks storage or work buildings shall not be located within 15.2 m of the following:
1. Motor vehicle fuel–dispensing station dispensing devices
2. Retail propane–dispensing station dispensing devices
3. Compressed natural gas dispensing facilities

251
 4. Aboveground storage tanks for flammable or combustible liquid, flammable gas or
flammable liquefied gas

N. Consumer fireworks storage or work buildings shall not be located within 91.2 m of any bulk
plant or bulk terminal for the following:
1. Flammable or combustible liquid
2. Flammable gas
3. Flammable liquefied gas

O. Exits provided for consumer fireworks storage or work buildings or areas shall be located
such that the maximum egress travel distance as measured from the remote point to an exit
along the natural and unobstructed path of egress travel shall not exceed 60.8 m.

P. Dead end aisles shall not exceed 15.2 m in length.

Q. CFRS Facility Requirements:

Construction Materials. The following construction materials requirements shall apply to
new permanent CFRS facilities in jurisdictions that have not adopted a local building code,
provided that any new building or structure does not exceed one story in height and does
not contain a basement:
a. Buildings having an area up to and including 743 m2 shall be permitted to be
constructed of any approved construction materials.
b. Buildings having an area greater than 743m2 shall be constructed in accordance
with one of the following:
1) Buildings shall be constructed of noncombustible or limited-combustible
materials.
2) Buildings with exterior walls having a fire resistance rating of not less than (two)
2 hours shall be permitted to have the roof decking and its supporting structure
and interior partitions constructed of combustible materials.
c. Roof coverings for any building shall have a minimum rating of Class C as determined
in accordance with ASTM E 108, Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Roof Coverings,
or ANSI/UL 790, Standard for Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Roof Coverings.

R. No motor vehicle or trailer used for the storage of consumer fireworks shall be parked within
three meters (3 m) of a CFRS facility, except when delivering, loading, or unloading fireworks
or other merchandise and materials used, stored, or displayed for sale in the facility.

SECTION 10.4.6.7 STORAGE AND TRANSPORTATION OF FIRE WORKS

A. Storage and transportation of fireworks and other pyrotechnic shall be in accordance

with Republic Act No. 7183. Any storage, handling, assembly, testing, or transportation of
fireworks materials and devices intended for outdoor display prior to their delivery to the
display site shall be in accordance NFPA1124, Code for the Manufacture, Transportation,
Storage, and Retail Sales of Fireworks and Pyrotechnic to include the following:
1. Preparation of Fireworks:
a. Shells shall be kept in their shipping cartons until they are prepared, loaded, or set up
for display.
b. Preparation area(s) for display fireworks shall be secured from public access by at
least thirty meters (30 m).
c. Preparation area(s) shall have only authorized personnel in them at any time display
fireworks are being prepared.
d. All fireworks shall be handled carefully while being unloaded from the delivery
vehicle, prepared, loaded, or set up.
e. The assembly, minor repair, and installation of fuses and electric match, and similar
activities shall be permitted to be performed in a preparation area, and shall not be

252
 considered manufacturing
f. All electric matches that are attached to display fireworks shall have a shroud
protecting the match head.

B. INSPECTION
1. Fireworks and pyrotechnic shall be inspected by the operator or assistants following
their delivery to the display site at any time prior to the shells being loaded into their
mortars or into ready boxes.
2. Any fireworks and pyrotechnic having tears, leaks, broken fuses, or signs of having been
wet shall be set aside for review by the operator.
3. If the operator determines that any fireworks and pyrotechnic cannot be repaired shall
be handled as follows:
a. Fireworks and pyrotechnic shall be inspected by the operator or assistants, they shall
not be fired and after the display, such shells shall be either returned to the supplier
or disposed of in accordance with the supplier’s instructions.
b. At the display site, assembly or repair of fireworks shall not be performed within 15.2
m of fireworks storage.
c. Assembly of fireworks at the display site shall be limited to ground display pieces from
finished fireworks or pyrotechnic devices and the attachment of black matches,
electric matches, or other ignition sources to fireworks and pyrotechnic devices.
d. Repair of fireworks and pyrotechnic devices at the display site shall be limited to
repairs that do not require disassembly of the device.

C. READY BOXES
1. A ready box shall be a portable, weather resistant, and fire-resistive container that
protects contents from burning debris with a self-closing cover or equivalent means of
closure.
2. Tarpaulins shall not be used as ready boxes.
3. Manually fired fireworks and pyrotechnic used to reload mortars shall be stored in ready
boxes and shall be separated according to size and designation as salutes.
4. During the performance of an outdoor fireworks display, ready boxes shall be located
at a distance not less than 9 m upwind from the mortar placements.
5. If the wind shifts during a display, the ready boxes shall be relocated to be not less than
9 m upwind from the fireworks and pyrotechnic placements.

SECTION 10.4.6.8 DISPLAY CENTER AND SITE SELECTION

A. Display centers for selling firecrackers and pyrotechnics shall be separated from each other
by a firewall with a fire resistance rating of not less than two (2) hours:
1. All malls and other similar establishments shall not be utilized as display centers for
selling of firecrackers and pyrotechnics unless done through media presentation or
other means without necessarily displaying the said firecrackers therein:
2. Fire extinguisher/s shall be provided in accordance with Section 10.2.6.9 of this IRR;
3. Smoking within fifteen meters (15 m) from a display center shall not be allowed;
4. Testing of firecrackers and pyrotechnics shall be prohibited; and
5. Stoves, exposed flames, and portable electric heaters shall be prohibited.

B. Site Plan shall be submitted to the C/MFM having jurisdiction within a time period required
prior to the display.
1. The site plan shall include the dimensions of the display site and location of discharge
site(s), spectator viewing area(s), parking area(s), fallout area(s), and the associated
separation distances.
2. After review of the site plan, the C/MFM having jurisdiction shall inspect the area
253
 depicted on the site plan.
3. When trenches or holes are dug into the ground in order to place mortars, the operator
shall consult with the sponsor and the C/MFM having jurisdiction in order to locate any
buried utility lines in the discharge site.
4. Minimum Site Size Requirements. The site for the outdoor land or water display shall have
a radius at least as great as specified for those items in the display with the greatest
required radius.
5. For fireworks and pyrotechnic, the minimum required radius of the display site shall be
22 m/25 mm of the internal mortar diameter of the largest fireworks and pyrotechnic to
be fired’
6. For Roman candles and cakes, the minimum required radius shall be that specified
for chain-fused aerial shells, comets, or mines, depending on whether they produce
fireworks and pyrotechnic, comet, or mine effects.
7. For Roman candles and cakes producing both aerial shell and comet or mine effects,
the minimum required radius shall be that for aerial shells.
8. During the firing of the display, cakes shall be located a minimum of three meters (3 m)
from any ready box and mortars to be reloaded.

C. Other Site Requirements to be Considered as Follows:

1. Distances from the point of discharge of any firework to a health care or detention and
correctional facility shall be at least twice the distances specified.
2. The requirements shall not apply where approved by the health care or detention and
correctional facility.
3. The distance between the discharge site and bulk storage areas of materials that have
a flammability, explosive, or toxic hazard shall be twice that required.
4. The fuel tanks on vehicles or other motorized equipment located in the display site shall
not be considered bulk storage.
5. No spectators or spectator parking areas shall be located within the display site.
6. Dwellings, buildings, and structures shall be permitted to be located within the display
site with the approval the C/MFM having jurisdiction and the owner of the dwelling,
building, or structure, provided that the dwelling, building, or structure is unoccupied
during the display, or if the structure provides protection for the occupants through
noncombustible or fire-resistant construction.
7. The area selected for the discharge of aerial shells shall be located so that the trajectory
of the shells shall not come within seven and six tenths meters (7.6 m) of any overhead
object.

D. Fall-Out Area
1. The fallout area shall be an open area.
2. Spectators, unauthorized vehicles, watercraft, or readily combustible materials shall not
be located within the fallout area during the display.
3. Fire protection and other emergency response personnel and their vehicles shall remain
at or beyond the perimeter of the display site during the actual firing of the display.

E. Minimum Spectator Separation Distance Requirements

1. The minimum spectator separation distance from the point of discharge of each firework
shall be at least as great as those specified in this section.
2. For aerial shells and comets and mines, Roman candles, and cakes that are discharged
vertically from firing positions elevated 7.6 m or less above ground level, the minimum
required spectator separation distance shall be the same as the minimum required
radius specified.
3. For aerial shells and comets and mines, Roman candles, and cakes that are discharged
vertically from firing positions elevated more than 7.6 m above ground level, the minimum

254
 required spectator separation distance required shall be increased by 7.6 m and 7.6 m
for each 30 m of elevation.
4. For ground display pieces and mines containing only stars or non-splitting or non-
bursting comets fired vertically from any elevation, the minimum required spectator
separation distance from the point of discharge shall be the same as the minimum
display site radius.

SECTION 10.4.6.9 FLOATING VESSELS AND FLOATING PLATFORMS

A. Floating vessels and floating platforms shall be permitted to be manned or unmanned,

provided that the firework and pyrotechnic crew remains in control of the site and firing of
the display.

B. Floating vessels and floating platforms shall be held in control at all times, whether self-
propelled, controlled by another vessel, or secured by mooring or anchoring.

C. Construction of Floating Vessels and Floating Platforms

1. Floating vessels and floating platforms shall be of sufficient strength and stability to
safely allow the firing of the display.
2. The types of fireworks and placement of the fireworks launch tubes and accompanying
equipment shall be such that, when fired, the stability of the site structures and
seaworthiness of the floating vessels or platforms shall not be jeopardized.
3. Floating vessels and floating platforms that are manned during electrical firing shall
have a safety shelter meeting the following requirements:
a. It shall be of sufficient size to accommodate all personnel present during the actual
firing of the display.
b. It shall have a minimum of three sides and a roof.
c. It shall have walls and a roof constructed of at least 19 mm plywood or equivalent
material.
4. A minimum of two separate egress paths shall be provided at all times.
5. Only one egress path from protective barricades or safety shelters shall be required.

D. Rooftops, Bridges, Towers, Parking Decks, and any other Structures

1. Rooftops, bridges, towers, parking decks, and any other structures used as discharge
sites shall be of sufficient strength and stability to safely allow the firing of the display.
2. Rooftops, bridges, towers, parking decks, and any other structures used as discharge
sites shall be approved by the C/MFM having jurisdiction and the owner (or his or her
agent).
3. Other dwellings, buildings, and structures shall be permitted to be located within the
display site, provided all the following requirements are met:
a. Approval of the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
b. Approval of the owner of the dwelling, building, or structure.
c. Assurance that the dwelling, building, or structure is unoccupied during the display, or
the occupants are protected by the dwelling, building, or structure or other means.

E. Operation of the Display

1. The sponsor of the display shall make provisions for fire protection of the display.
2. The sponsor shall consult with the C/MFM having jurisdiction and the operator to
determine the level of fire protection required.
3. The following shall apply to crowd control:
a. Monitors whose sole duty is the enforcement of crowd control shall be located
around the display site and at other locations as determined by the sponsor.
b. The AHJ and the operator shall approve the provisions for crowd control.

255
4. Monitors shall be positioned around the display site to prevent spectators or any other
unauthorized persons from entering the discharge site.
5. Where required by the C/MFM having jurisdiction, approved delineators or barriers shall
be used to aid in crowd control.
6. Portions of the display site, other than the discharge site(s), shall be permitted to be open
to the public prior to the display as long as the preparation arena(s) for display fireworks
shall be secured from public access by at least thirty meters (30 m) are maintained.
7. Unescorted public access to the discharge site shall not be permitted where pyrotechnic
materials are present during the period before the display.
8. The discharge site shall be restricted throughout the display and until the discharge site
has been inspected after the display.
9. The operator shall have primary responsibility for safety.
10. The operator shall be responsible for ensuring that a sufficient number of assistants are
available for the safe conduct of the fireworks display.
11. Only the operator, authorized assistants, and inspector(s) representing the C/MFM
having jurisdiction shall be permitted in the display site while the display is in progress.
12. The operator shall be responsible for ensuring that all assistants are trained in the
performance of their assigned tasks and that they are educated with regard to safety
hazards.
13. During the firing of the display, all personnel in the discharge site shall wear the following:
a. Head protection
b. Eye protection
c. Hearing protection
d. Foot protection
e. Cotton, wool, or similarly flame-resistant, long-sleeved, long legged clothing
14. Personal protective equipment (PPE), as necessary, shall be worn by the operator and
assistants during the setup and cleanup of the display.
15. Wherever, in the opinion of the operator, any hazardous condition exists, the fireworks
display shall be stopped until the condition is corrected.
16. If, in the opinion of the operator, the lack of crowd control poses a hazard, the fireworks
display shall be postponed or discontinued immediately until such time as the situation
is corrected.
17. If high winds, precipitation, or other adverse weather conditions prevail or begin such
that a hazard exists in the opinion of the operator or the C/MFM having jurisdiction, the
fireworks display shall be postponed or discontinued until weather conditions improve.
18. One or more spotters shall watch the flight and behavior of aerial shells and other aerial
fireworks to verify that they are functioning as intended.
If any unsafe condition is detected, such as hazardous debris falling into the
audience, the spotter shall signal the shooter to cease firing until the unsafe condition
is corrected.
19. The spotters shall be in direct communication with the shooter during the conduct of
the display.
20. In the event of a condition, arising that requires the entry of fire protection or other
emergency response personnel into the fallout area or security perimeter, the display
shall be halted until the situation is resolved and the area is once again clear.
21. Operators and assistants shall use only flashlights, electric lighting, or other nonincendive
illumination such as chemiluminescent devices for illuminating the firing area and the
ready box area.
22. Control of Ignition Sources:
a. Smoking materials, matches, lighters, or open flame devices shall not be permitted

256
 within fifteen meters (15 m) of any area where fireworks or other pyrotechnic materials
are present.
b. Devices such as fuses, port fires, and torches shall be permitted to be used to ignite
fireworks.

SECTION 10.4.6.10 USE OF PYROTHECHNICS BEFORE A PROXIMATE AUDIENCE

A. This section shall provide requirements for the protection of property, operators, performers,
support personnel, and the viewing audiences where pyrotechnic effects are used indoors
or outdoors with a proximate audience.

B. This section shall apply to the use of pyrotechnics in the performing arts in conjunction
with theatrical, musical, or similar productions before a proximate audience, performers, or
support personnel.

C. This standard shall apply to the performance specifications, instructions, notifications, and
labeling by the manufacturer of pyrotechnics materials, devices, equipment, and supplies.

D. APPLICATION TO THE ENTAIRTAINMENT INDUSTRY

This Section shall apply to the video recording, audio recording, or filming of any
television, radio, or movie production only where such production takes place before a
proximate audience and includes the use of pyrotechnics.

SECTION 10.4.6.11 TYPES OF FIRECRACKERS AND PYROTECHNIC DEVICES ALLOWED

The following common types of firecrackers and pyrotechnic devices may be manufactured,
sold, distributed and used:

A. Firecrackers
1. Baby rocket. A firecracker with a stick so constructed that lighting of the wick will propel
the whole thing to lift a few meters before exploding. The firecracker is about 3.8 cm in
length by 0.95 cm in diameter while the stick is about a foot in length;
2. Bawang. A firecracker larger than a triangulo with 1.4 g of powder packed in cardboard
tied around with abaca strings and wrapped in shape of garlic;
3. Small Triangulo. A firecracker shaped like a triangle with powder content less than the
bawang and usually wrapped in brown paper measuring 1.9 cm length in its longest
side;
4. Pulling of Strings. A firecracker consisting of a small tube about an inch in length and
less than 0.6 cm in diameter with strings on each end. Pulling both strings will cause the
firecracker to explode;
5. Paper caps. Minute amount of black powder spread in either small strips of paper on a
small sheet used for children’s toy guns;
6. El diablo. Firecrackers tubular in shape about 3.2 cm in length and less than 0.6 cm in
diameter with a wick; also known as labintador;
7. Watusi. Usually reddish in color about 3.8 cm in length and 0.3 cm in width usually ignited
by friction to produce a dancing movement and a crackling sound;
8. Judah’s Belt. A string of firecrackers consisting of either diablos or small triangulos that
can number up to a hundred or thereabout and culminating in large firecracker usually
a bawang;
9. Sky Rocket (Kwitis). A large version of a baby rocket designed to be propelled to a
height of 12.2 m to 15.2 m before exploding;
10. Other types equivalent to the foregoing in explosive content.

B. Pyrotechnic Devices
1. Sparklers. Pyrotechnic devices usually made of black powder on a piece of wire or
inside a paper tube designed to light up and glow after igniting;
257
 2. Luces. Any of several kinds of sparklers;
3. Fountain. A kind of sparkler conical in shape which is lighted on the ground and designed
to provide various rising colors and intermittent lights upon being ignited;
4. Jumbo Regular and Special. A kind of sparkler similar to a “fountain” but bigger in size;
5. Mabuhay. Sparklers bunched into a bundle of a dozen pieces;
6. Roman candle. A sparkler similar to a “fountain” but shaped like a big candle;
7. Trompillo. A pyrotechnic device usually fastened at the center and designed to spin first
clockwise and then counter-clockwise and provides various colored lights upon being
ignited;
8. Airwolf. A kind of sky rocket shaped like an airplane with a propeller to rise about 12.2 m
to 15.2 m and provide various kinds of light while aloft;
9. Whistle device. Any of the various kinds of firecrackers or pyrotechnic designed to either
simply emit a whistle-like sound or explode afterwards upon being ignited;
10. Butterfly. Butterfly-shaped pyrotechnic device designed to lift above ground while
providing light;
11. All kinds of pyrotechnic devices (pailaw);
12. Other types equivalent to the foregoing devices.

SECTION 10.4.6.12 PROHIBITED TYPES OF FIRECRACKERS AND PYROTECHNIC DEVICES

Below is a list of the firecrackers prohibited for sale and manufacture in the country by the
Department of Health and the Department of Trade and Industry.

A. Watusi or the “dancing firecracker”. It was initially allowed for sale and manufacture under
RA 7183, but was eventually banned because it causes poisoning when ingested, especially
among children.

B. Piccolo. The Department of Health banned it in 2007 because it can explode on the hands,
and may cause death when ingested.

C. Super Lolo and Atomic Big Triangulo. Two firecrackers specifically mentioned in RA 7183.

D. Mother Rockets. Firecracker with a stick designed as a propellant upon lighting the wick.

E. Lolo Thunder. A powerful firecracker twice the size of a Five Star.

F. Pillbox. A firecracker that causes a series of sparks when lit.

G. Boga. Traditional canon made from PVC pipe using denatured alcohol as explosive
ingredient.

H. Big Judah’s belt. A string of firecrackers consisting of smaller firecrackers that number up to
a hundred, and culminating in a larger and more powerful firecracker.

I. Big Bawang. A firecracker packed in cardboard tied around with abaca strings, giving it
the shape of a large garlic.

J. Kwiton. Aerial firecracker which explodes several times when lit.

K. Goodbye Philippines. Giant triangle-shaped firecracker which packs a powerful explosion.

L. Kabasi. A triangle-sized explosive twice the size of a Pla-pla.

M. Other banned firecrackers include the “Atomic Bomb,” Five Star, Pla-pla, Og, Giant Whistle
Bomb, and unlabeled firecrackers.

SECTION 10.4.6.13 CLEARANCE FOR FIREWORKS EXHIBITION

No person shall be allowed to conduct firework exhibition without first securing a clearance
from the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
258
SECTION 10.4.6.14 REQUIREMENTS FOR FIREWORKS EXHIBITION

A. A permit to possess and display fireworks shall first be secured from the Philippine National
Police;

B. Fireworks be fired at a distance of 3.48 m away from people;

C. All fireworks shall project upwards;

D. A responsible person of at least twenty-one years (21 yrs) and with adequate knowledge of
handling fireworks shall be assigned to supervise fireworks display;

E. Sufficient approved type of first aid fire protection equipment shall be on hand at the site
during fireworks exhibitions; and

F. The nearest fire station shall be notified of such exhibitions.

SECTION 10.4.6.15 DISPOSAL OF UNFIRED FIREWORKS

A. Any fireworks that remain unfired after the display is concluded shall be immediately
disposed properly.

B. Fireworks and Pyrotechnic shall be fired in accordance with this code

C. Packaged shall returned to the supplier in compliance with all applicable regulations

DIVISION 7. SPRAYING, DIPPING, COATING USING FLAMMABLE OR COMBUSTIBLE

MATERIALS AND LIQUIDS

SECTION 10.4.7.1 FIRE SAFETY CLEARANCE

A Fire Safety Clearance from the C/MFM having jurisdiction shall be issued for spraying and
dipping operations utilizing flammable liquid, and powders included within the scope of this
IRR.

SECTION 10.4.7.2 DIPPING, COATING, AND PRINTING USING FLAMMABLE OR COMBUSTIBLE

LIQUIDS

A. This section shall apply to dipping, roll coating, flow coating, curtain coating, printing,
cleaning, and similar processes, hereinafter referred to as “coating processes” or “processes,”
in which articles or materials are passed through tanks, vats, or containers, or passed over
rollers, drums, or other process equipment that contain flammable or combustible liquids.

B. It shall also apply to cleaning processes that utilize a solvent vapor, such as vapor degreasing
processes.

C. For processes that use water-borne, water-based, and water-reducible materials that
contain flammable or combustible liquids or that produce combustible deposits or residues.

D. It shall not apply to processes that use only non-combustible liquids for processing and
cleaning. It shall also not apply to processes that use only Class IIIB liquids for processing or
cleaning, provided the liquids or mixtures thereof maintain their Class IIIB classification at
their point of use.

E. This section shall also not apply to processes that use a liquid that does not have a fire point
when tested in accordance with ASTM D92, Standard Test Method for Flash and Fire Points
by Cleveland Open Cup up to the boiling point of the liquid or up to a temperature at
which the sample being tested shows an obvious physical change.

F. It shall not apply to fluidized bed powder application.

259
 G. The purpose of this provision shall be to provide fire safety requirements for dipping, coating,
and printing processes that use flammable or combustible liquids. Also, to address only the
fire and explosion hazards of dipping, coating, and printing processes and operations. This
will not however address toxicity or industrial hygiene.

SECTION 10.4.7.3 LOCATION OF DIPPING, COATING AND PRINTING PROCESSES

A. Location
Areas in which dipping, coating, or printing operations are conducted shall be protected
with approved automatic sprinkler systems that are designed and installed in accordance
with the requirements of Section 10.2.6.7 of this IRR. It shall not be located in any building
that is classified as an assembly, educational, day care, health care, ambulatory health
care, detention/correctional, residential, mercantile, business or storage occupancy, unless
the following requirements are met:
1. The process area is separated both vertically and horizontally from all surrounding areas
by construction having a fire resistance rating of at least 2 hours.
2. The process area is protected by an approved automatic sprinkler system designed
and installed in accordance with Section 10.2.6.7 of this IRR.

B. Basement
Processes utilizing combustible liquids in basements shall be captured and directed

SECTION 10.4.7.4 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF DIPPING, COATING, AND PRINTING

EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS

A. General Requirements
1. Dipping and coating equipment shall be constructed of steel, reinforced concrete,
masonry, or other noncombustible material and shall be securely and rigidly supported.
Supports for dipping and coating tanks that exceed either 1900 L capacity or 1 m2 of
liquid surface shall have a fire resistance rating of at least 1 hour.
2. Rolls shall be permitted to be covered with polymeric or other combustible materials.
3. If the dipping or coating equipment is enclosed for the purpose of confining vapors
and mists, any panels for light fixtures or for observation shall be of heat-treated glass,
laminated glass, wired glass, or hammered-wired glass, and the panels shall be sealed
to confine vapors or mists to the enclosure.
4. Panels for light fixtures shall be separated from the fixture to prevent the surface
temperature of the panel from exceeding 93°C.
5. The panel frame and method of attachment shall be designed to not fail under fire
exposure before the vision panel fails.

B. Height
The top of any tank that holds flammable or combustible liquids shall be at least 150 mm
above the floor.

C. Overflow Prevention
To prevent the overflow of burning liquid from a tank if a fire in the tank actuates
automatic sprinklers, one or more of the following shall be done:
1. Drain boards shall be arranged so that sprinkler discharge will not flow into the tank.
2. The tank shall be equipped with automatic-closing covers.
3. The tank shall be equipped with overflow pipes.

D. Liquid Level
The liquid in any dipping or coating tank shall be maintained at a level that is at least
150 mm below the top of the tank to allow effective application of extinguishing agents in

260
 the event of fire.

E. Overflow Pipes
1. Dipping or coating tanks that exceed 570 L capacity or 1 m2 of liquid surface shall be
equipped with a trapped overflow pipe leading to a safe location.
2. Depending on the area of the liquid surface and the length and pitch of pipe, overflow
pipes for dipping or coating tanks that exceed 570 L capacity or 1 m2 of liquid surface
shall be capable of handling either the maximum rate of delivery of process liquid or
the maximum rate of automatic sprinkler discharge, whichever is greater. The overflow
pipe shall be at least 75 mm in diameter.
3. Piping connections to drains and in overflow lines shall be designed to permit access for
inspection and cleaning of the interior of the piping.
4. The connection of the overflow pipe to the tank shall be made at a point that is at least
150 mm below the top of the tank.

F. Bottom Drains
Dipping or coating tanks that exceed 1900 L capacity shall be equipped with bottom
drains arranged to drain the tank in the event of fire.
1. Bottom drains shall be both manually and automatically operable. Manual operation
shall be from a safe and accessible location.
2. Where gravity flow is impractical, automatic pumps shall be provided.
3. Drains shall be trapped and shall discharge to a closed, vented salvage tank or to a
safe location.

G. Salvage Tanks
1. Where a salvage tank is employed, a pumping arrangement shall be provided for the
retrieval of the contents
2. The salvage tank shall be emptied before the dipping or coating tank is refilled.
3. The capacity of the salvage tank or tanks shall be greater than the capacity of the
dipping or coating tank or tanks to which they are connected.

H. Conveyor Systems
Conveyor systems shall be arranged to stop automatically in the event of fire. It shall be
arranged to stop automatically if the required rate of ventilation is not maintained. However
this requirement shall not apply to web or sheet transport system.

I. Control of Liquid Temperature

1. The dipping or coating tank shall be equipped with a listed, manual reset, high
temperature limit control designed to shut down the conveyor system, if any and the
heating system if excess temperatures are reached.
2. Heating and cooling units for liquids shall be of an approved type and shall be controlled,
serviced, and maintained in accordance with the manufacturers’ instructions.
3. Work pieces shall not be dipped or coated if their surface temperature exceeds the
boiling point of the liquid or a temperature that is 55°C less than the auto ignition
temperature of the liquid.
4. Heating systems shall be automatically shut down if the level of liquid in the dipping or
coating tank exceeds or falls below the manufacturers’ recommended operating level.

SECTION 10.4.7.5 VENTILATION

A. Requirements
1. Dipping and coating process areas shall be provided with mechanical ventilation that
is capable of confining the vapor to an area not more than 1,525 mm from the vapor
source and removing the vapors to a safe location. The concentration of the vapors in

261
 the exhaust air stream shall not exceed 25% of the lower flammable limit.
2. Where the process does not allow adequate removal of vapors by mechanical
ventilation alone, an enclosure shall be provided and the ventilation shall be capable
of confining all vapors to the enclosure.
3. Controls shall be provided to automatically shut down the dipping or coating process
and sound an alarm if the ventilating system fails.
Mechanical ventilation shall be kept in operation at all times while dipping or
coating processes are being conducted and shall continue to operate until the area
no longer constitutes a vapor source.
4. Where dipping or coating processes are conducted automatically without an attendant
constantly on duty, the operating controls of the apparatus shall be arranged so that
the apparatus cannot function unless the exhaust fans are operating.

B. Make-Up Air
Clean make-up air shall be provided to compensate for the air exhausted from dipping
or coating processes. The intake for this make-up air shall be located so that the air
exhausted from dipping or coating processes is not re-circulated.

C. Routing of Exhaust Ducts

Air exhausted from processes shall be conducted by ducts directly to the outside of the
building. Exhaust ducts shall follow the shortest route to the point of discharge and shall
meet the following conditions:
1. Exhaust ducts shall not penetrate a fire wall or fire barrier wall.
2. Exhaust discharge shall be directed away from any air intakes.
3. Exhaust discharge point shall be at least 1,830 mm from any exterior wall or roof.
4. Exhaust discharge point shall be at least 3,048 mm from openings into the building.
5. Exhaust discharge point shall be at least 3,048 mm above adjoining grade.
6. Exhaust duct shall not discharge in the direction of any combustible construction that is
within 7,625 mm of the exhaust duct.
7. Exhaust duct shall not discharge in the direction of any unprotected opening in any
noncombustible or limited-combustible construction that is within 7,625 mm of the
exhaust duct discharge point.
8. Exhaust duct shall not discharge in the direction of any exit discharge or public way
that is within 7,625 mm of the exhaust duct discharge point.

D. Recirculation of Exhaust
Air exhausted from processes shall not be re-circulated unless all of the following
requirements have been met:
1. Recirculation particulate filters as defined in this standard shall be used to remove
particulates from the re-circulated air.
2. The concentration of vapors in the exhaust airstream shall not exceed 25%t of the lower
flammable limit.
3. Listed equipment shall be used to monitor the concentration of vapors in all exhaust
airstreams.
4. The equipment specified in para 3 above shall initiate a local alarm and shall
automatically shut down the processes if the concentration of any vapor in the exhaust
airstream exceeds 25 percent of the lower flammable limit.
All equipment installed to process and remove contaminants from the air exhausted
from the processes shall be approved by the authority having jurisdiction.
5. For occupied process areas where a portion of the exhaust air is re-circulated within the
process area, toxicity and worker exposures shall be addressed.

262
 E. Materials of Construction
Exhaust plenums, and exhaust ducts and fasteners shall be constructed of steel.
Concrete shall be permitted to be used. The interior surfaces of the concrete exhaust
plenum or exhaust duct shall be smooth and sealed to facilitate cleaning. Other materials
of construction shall be permitted to be used in cases where the conveyed materials are
not compatible with steel.

F. Support of Exhaust Ducts

Exhaust ducts shall be supported to prevent collapse under fire conditions:
1. Duct supports shall be designed to carry the weight of the duct system itself, plus the
anticipated weight of any residues. If sprinkler protection is provided inside the duct
system, then the duct supports shall also be designed to carry the anticipated weight
of any accumulation of sprinkler discharge.
2. Hangers and supports shall be fastened securely to the building or to the structure to
avoid vibration and stress on the duct system.
3. Hangers and supports shall be designed to allow for expansion and contraction.
4. Exhaust ducts shall not use building walls, floors, ceilings, or roofs as component parts.
This provision shall not disallow the use of concrete exhaust plenums or exhaust ducts
where some or all of the plenum or duct is part of the concrete floor.

G. Exhaust Duct Cross-Section

Exhaust ducts shall be permitted to be round, rectangular, or any other suitable shape.

H. Exhaust Duct Access

Exhaust ducts shall be provided with doors, panels, or other means to facilitate
inspection, maintenance, cleaning, and access to fire protection devices.

I. Exhaust Fans and Drives

1. The rotating element of the exhaust fan shall be non-ferrous or the fan shall be
constructed so that a shift of the impeller or shaft will not permit two ferrous parts of the
fan to rub or strike. Necessary allowances shall be made for ordinary expansion and
loading, and to prevent contact between moving parts and the duct or fan housing.
Fan blades shall be mounted on a shaft that shall maintain alignment even when the
blades of the fan are heavily loaded. All bearings shall be of the self-lubricating type or
shall be provided with accessible lubricating ports.
2. All bearings shall be of the self-lubricating type or shall be lubricated from a point
outside the duct or fan housing.
Electric motors that drive exhaust fans shall not be placed inside any duct or fan
housing.
3. Belts shall not enter any duct or fan housing unless the belt and pulley are completely
enclosed.

J. Drying Areas
1. Freshly dipped or coated work pieces or materials shall be dried only in spaces that are
ventilated to prevent the concentration of ignitable vapors from exceeding 25 percent
of the lower flammable limit.
2. If removed from the dipping or coating process area, work pieces or material shall be
dried only in areas that are ventilated to prevent the concentration of vapors from
exceeding 25 percent of the lower flammable limit.

SECTION 10.4.7.6 STORAGE, HANDLING, AND DISTRIBUTION OF FLAMMABLE AND

COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS

A. General
Storage, handling, and mixing of flammable and combustible liquids shall meet all

263
 applicable requirements of NFPA 30. Storage, handling, and mixing of flammable and
combustible liquids at process areas also shall meet the requirements of this chapter.
Open or glass containers shall not be used for transportation or storage of liquids.

B. Storage in Process Areas

1. The volume of Class I, Class II, and Class IIIA liquids stored in a storage cabinet shall not
exceed 454 L.
2. The total aggregate volume of Class I, Class II, and Class IIIA liquids in a group of
storage cabinets shall not exceed the maximum allowable quantity of flammable and
combustible liquids per control area based on the occupancy where the cabinets are
located.
3. For industrial occupancies, the total aggregate volume of Class I, Class II, and Class
IIIA liquids in a group of storage cabinets in a single fire area shall not exceed the
maximum allowable quantity (MAQ) of flammable and combustible liquids per control
area for industrial occupancies as set forth in the Table Maximum Allowable Quantity of
Flammable and Combustible Liquids per Control Area.

C. Storage in the Vicinity of Process Areas

The quantity of liquid located in the vicinity of the dipping or coating process area but
outside a storage cabinet, an inside storage room, a cutoff room or attached building, or
other specific process area that is cut off by at least a 2-hour fire-rated separation from the
dipping or coating process area.

D. Transporting Liquids
Liquids shall be transported from their storage area to the process area only in closed
shipping containers, approved portable tanks and intermediate bulk containers, approved
safety cans, or a piping system.

E. Handling Liquids at Point of Final Use

1. Class I and Class II liquids shall be kept in closed original shipping containers, metal
containers, metal or portable tanks, or metal intermediate bulk containers when not in
use.
2. Where liquids are used or handled, means shall be provided to clean and dispose of
leaks or spills in a prompt and safe manner.
3. Class I and Class II liquids shall be transferred between their original shipping containers
and process tanks, containers, or portable tanks within a building only by means of the
following:
a. Containers with a capacity of 19 L or less
b. Approved safety cans
c. Through a closed piping system
d. From a portable tank or container by means of an approved pump device drawing
through an opening in the top of the tank or container
e. By gravity through a listed self-closing valve or self-closing faucet
4. Transferring liquids by means of pressurizing the container with air shall be prohibited.
Transferring liquids by pressure of inert gas shall be permitted, provided that the
containers that are pressurized comply with all applicable requirements of the ASME,
Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, for construction, test, and maintenance.
5. Class I liquids shall not be dispensed into metal containers or process tanks unless the
nozzle or fill pipe is in electrical contact with the container or process tank. This shall be
accomplished by maintaining metallic contact during filling, by a bond wire, or by any
other conductive path having an electrical resistance not greater than 106 ohms (1
mega ohm).
6. If a heater is used to heat liquids, the heater shall be low- pressure steam, low- pressure
hot water, or electric.

264
 7. If the heating system is electric, it shall be approved and listed for the specific location
in which it is used.
8. Heaters shall not be subject to accumulation of residue.
9. If used, agitators shall be driven by compressed air, water, low- pressure steam, or
electricity. If powered by an electric motor, the motor shall be approved and listed for
the specific location in which it is used.

F. Liquid Piping Systems

1. Piping systems that convey flammable or combustible liquids between storage tanks,
mixing rooms, and dipping and coating areas shall be of steel or other material having
comparable properties of resistance to heat and physical damage. Piping systems shall
be properly bonded and grounded.
2. Where a tank is filled from the top, the free end of the fill pipe shall be within 150 mm
of the bottom of the tank. Where Class I liquids are handled, the tank and fill pipe shall
have a metallic bond wire permanently connected to the fill pipe. In addition, for Class
I liquids, the tank, piping system, and storage tank shall be bonded and grounded.
3. Protection against siphoning shall be provided for fill lines having connections below
liquid-level that are not permanently piped to the supply system.
4. Where a pump is used to supply liquid to a process, the piping, tubing, hose, and other
accessories shall be designed to withstand the maximum working pressure of the pump,
or means shall be provided to limit the discharge pressure of the pump.
5. Process tanks shall be provided with a limit device to prevent overfilling tanks.
6. Process pumps shall be interlocked with fire detection or automatic fire-extinguishing
systems for the process to shut down the pumps in case of fire.

SECTION 10.4.7.7 PROTECTION

A. Automatic Fire Protection for Small Dipping Processes

1. Automatic-closing process tank covers shall be actuated by approved automatic
devices and also shall be arranged for manual operation.
2. Covers shall be substantially constructed of non-combustible materials, shall overlap
the sides of the tank by at least 25 mm (1 in.), and shall have a recess or flange that
extends downward around the tank when it is closed.
3. Chains, wire ropes, or other approved noncombustible apparatus shall be used to
support the cover or operating mechanism. All pulleys, catches, and other fasteners
shall be metal and shall be attached to noncombustible mountings.

B. Automatic Fire Protection for Enclosed Processes and Large Processes

1. The system shall be designed to protect the following areas:
a. For dip tanks: the tank, its drain board, freshly coated work pieces above the drain
board, and exhaust ducts
b. For curtain and flow coaters: open troughs and tanks, canopies or hoods, vapor
drying tunnels, and exhaust ducts
c. For roll coaters and similar processes: open troughs and tanks, coating and transfer
rolls, the web, and open containers of coating materials
d. For vapor degreasers using flammable liquids: the tank and any areas within the unit
that can have solvent accumulation.
2. The extinguishing system shall be designed to simultaneously discharge into the entire
protected area.

C. Requirements for All Fire Protection Systems

Fire protection systems shall be designed and installed so as to minimize splashing of the
solvent or coating materials due to discharge of the fire suppression agent.

265
 D. Specific Requirements for Automatic Carbon Dioxide, Dry Chemical, Clean Agent, and
Water Mist Systems
The fire protection systems shall be capable of discharging their agents into the entire
protected area simultaneously.

E. Specific Requirements for Water-Based Fire Protection Systems.

Water-based fire protection systems shall be designed to allow drainage of water
without raising the level of the coating material to the overflow level.

F. Automatic Fire Protection for Printing Processes

Automatic fire protection shall be provided for the following areas:
1. All printing process areas that contain ordinary combustibles, flammable or combustible
liquids, or combustible construction
2. All printing operations areas, at the ceiling level
3. Areas of printing presses that are shielded from ceiling protection and where
combustibles exist.

SECTION 10.4.7.8 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE

A. General
1. Areas in the vicinity of process operations, especially drain boards and drip pans, shall
be cleaned on a regular basis to minimize the accumulation of combustible residues
and unnecessary combustible materials.
2. Combustible coverings (thin paper, plastic, and so forth) and strippable coatings shall
be permitted to be used to facilitate cleaning operations in dipping and coating areas.
3. If excess residue accumulates in work areas, ducts, duct discharge points, or other
adjacent areas, then all process operations shall be discontinued until conditions are
corrected.
4. For printing processes, good housekeeping shall be provided throughout the process
area, with special attention given to presses, ducts, ink troughs, folders, and driers.
Particular attention shall be given to assessing the degree of ink residue and dust
accumulation in the vicinity of the press. Paper scrap, flammable liquids, and cleaning
rags shall not be allowed to accumulate.

B. Waste Containers
1. Rags, other absorbent materials, or wastes that are impregnated with flammable or
combustible liquids shall be deposited in approved waste containers immediately after
use.
2. Storage beyond the immediate work shift shall be in closed metal containers.
3. The closed metal containers shall be placed in a designated location.
4. The lid of the waste container shall remain fully closed and latched when not in use.
5. Waste containers containing flammable liquids shall be located in ventilated areas
6. Waste containers for flammable liquids shall be constructed of conductive materials
and shall be bonded and grounded.

C. Inspection and Testing

Inspections and tests of all process tanks, including covers, overflow pipe inlets, overflow
outlets and discharges, bottom drains, pumps and valves, electrical wiring and utilization
equipment, bonding and grounding connections, ventilation systems, and all extinguishing
equipment, shall be made monthly. Any defects found shall be corrected.

D. Combustible Dusts and Residues

1. Equipment that produces combustible dusts, such as paper and starch, and surrounding
areas shall be kept clean

266
 2. All process areas shall be kept free of excessive accumulation of deposits of combustible
residues
3. Combustible coverings (thin paper, plastic) and strippable coatings shall be permitted
to be used to facilitate cleaning operations in process areas.
4. When plastic covering is used, it shall be of a static dissipative nature or shall have a
maximum breakdown voltage of 4 kV to prevent accumulation of a hazardous static
electric charge.

E. Smoking
Signs stating “NO SMOKING OR OPEN FLAMES” shall be conspicuously posted in all
process areas and in flammable and combustible liquids storage areas.

F. Hot Works
Welding, cutting, and other spark-producing operations shall not be permitted in or
adjacent to dipping or coating operations until a written permit authorizing such work has
been issued. The permit shall be issued by a person in authority following his or her inspection
of the area to ensure that proper precautions have been taken and will be followed until
the job is completed.

SECTION 10.4.7.9 SOLVENT DISTILLATION UNITS (SOLVENT RECYCLERS)

This section shall apply to solvent distillation units having distillation chambers or still pots
that do not exceed 227 L capacity and are used to recycle Class I, Class II, and Class IIIA liquids.

A. Solvents
Solvent distillation units shall only be used to distill liquids for which they have been
investigated and that are indicated on the unit’s marking or instruction manual. Unstable
or reactive liquids or materials shall not be processed unless they have been specifically
indicated on the system’s markings or in the instruction manual.

B. Location
Solvent distillation units shall be used only in locations in accordance with their approval
or listing. They shall not be used in basements. They shall be located away from potential
sources of ignition, as indicated on the unit’s marking.

SECTION 10.4.7.10 ELECTROSTATIC APPARATUS

A. Construction
1. A safe distance of six meters (6 m) shall be maintained between goods being painted or
treated and electrodes, electrostatic atomizing heads or conductors of at least twice
the sparkling distance. A suitable sign indicating this safe distance shall be conspicuously
posted near the assembly.
2. Electrostatic apparatus shall be equipped with automatic controls which will operate
without time delay to disconnect the power supply to the high voltage transformer and
to signal the operator under any of the following conditions:
a. Stoppage of ventilation fans or failure of ventilating equipment from any cause.
b. Stoppage of the conveyor carrying goods through the high voltage.
c. Occurrence of a ground or of an imminent ground at any point on the high voltage
system.
d. Reduction of clearance below that specified in para 1 above.
3. Adequate booths, fencing, railing, or guards shall be placed around the equipment so
that, by either their location or character, or both, they assure that a safe isolation of
the process is maintained from plant storage or personnel. Such railings, fencing, and
guards shall be of conductive material, adequately grounded, and shall be at least
one and a half meters (1.5 m) from processing equipment.

267
 4. Electrodes and electrostatic atomizing heads shall be adequately supported in
permanent locations, and shall be effectively insulated from the ground. Electrodes
and electrostatic atomizing heads which are permanently attached to their bases,
supports, or reciprocators, shall be deemed to comply with this Section. Insulators shall
be non-ferrous and non-combustible.
5. High-voltage leads to electrodes shall be properly insulated and protected from
mechanical injury or exposure to destructive chemicals. Electrostatic atomizing heads
and any exposed elements shall be effectively guarded against accidental contact
or grounding. Automatic means shall be provided for grounding the electrode system
when it is electrically de-energized for any reason.

B. Operation
1. Electrostatic apparatus and devices used in connection with paint spraying and
paint detearing operations shall be of a type conforming to internationally approved
standards.
2. Transformers, power packs, control apparatus, and all other electric portions of the
equipment, shall be located outside of the spraying or vapor areas, and shall conform
to the requirements of the other provisions of this IRR.

C. Protection and Maintenance

1. Designate the process zone as dangerous with regard to fire and accident.
2. Signs designating the process zone as dangerous because of fire and accident hazards
shall be conspicuously posted.
3. Identify the grounding requirements for all electrically conductive objects in the spray
are, including persons.
4. Restrict access to qualified personnel only.
5. All insulators shall be kept clean and dry.
6. Drip plates and screens subject to paint deposits shall be removed and taken to a safe
place for cleaning.
7. The spraying area shall be adequately ventilated.

SECTION 10.4.7.11 SPRAYING USING FLAMMABLE OR COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS

A. This shall apply to the spray application of flammable or combustible materials, as herein
defined, either continuously or intermittently by any of the following methods:
1. Compressed air atomization
2. Airless or hydraulic atomization
3. Electrostatic application methods
4. Other means of atomized application

B. It shall also apply to the application of flammable or combustible materials, as herein

defined, either continuously or intermittently by any of the following methods:
1. Fluidized bed application methods
2. Electrostatic fluidized bed application methods
3. Other means of fluidized application

C. It shall also apply to spray application of water-borne, water-based, and water-reducible

materials that contain flammable or combustible liquids or that produce combustible
deposits or residues.

D. It shall apply to spray application processes or operations that are conducted both indoors
and outdoors within temporary membrane enclosures.

E. This section shall not apply to spray operations that use less than 1L (33.8floz) of flammable
or combustible liquid in any 8-hour period.
268
 F. It shall not apply to spray application processes or operations that are conducted outdoors.

G. This section shall not apply to the use of portable spraying equipment that is not used
repeatedly in the same location.

H. This shall not apply to the use of aerosol products in containers up to and including 1 L
capacity that are not used repeatedly in the same location.

I. This shall not apply to the spray application of non-combustible materials.

J. This shall also not apply to the hazards of toxicity or to industrial health and hygiene.

SECTION 10.4.7.12 COMBUSTIBLE DEPOSITS

A. All spray areas shall be kept free of excessive accumulation of deposits of combustible
residues.

B. Combustible coverings (thin paper, plastic) and strippable coatings shall be permitted to
be used to facilitate cleaning operations in spray areas.

C. Where plastic covering is used, it shall be of a static dissipative nature or shall have a
maximum breakdown voltage of 4 kV to prevent accumulation of a hazardous static
electric charge.

D. If residue accumulates to excess in booths, duct or duct discharge points, or other spray
areas, all spraying operations shall be discontinued until conditions have been corrected.

SECTION 10.4.7.13 HIGH-PRESSURE HOSE LINES

High-pressure hose lines that convey flammable or combustible coating material in “airless”
spray application operations shall be inspected daily and shall be repaired or replaced as
necessary. Hose lines and equipment shall be located so that, in the event of a leak or rupture,
coating material will not be discharged into any space having a source of ignition.

SECTION 10.4.7.14 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES

A. Overspray collectors shall be inspected daily and clogged filters shall be discarded and
replaced. Maintenance procedures shall be established to ensure that overspray collector
filters are replaced before restriction to airflow is reduced below the minimum.

B. At the close of the day’s operation, all discarded overspray collector filters, residue scrapings,
and debris contaminated with residue shall be removed immediately to a designated
storage location, placed in a noncombustible container with a tight-fitting lid, or placed in
a water-filled metal container.
 

SECTION 10.4.7.15 WASTE CONTAINERS

A. Approved waste containers shall be provided wherever rags or waste are impregnated with
sprayed material, and all such rags or waste shall be deposited therein immediately after
use. The contents of waste containers shall be placed in a designated storage location.

B. Waste containers for flammable liquids shall be constructed of conductive materials and
shall be bonded and grounded.

SECTION 10.4.7.16 Handheld Electrostatic Spray Equipment

This provision shall apply to any equipment using electrostatically charged elements for
the atomization, charging, and/or precipitation of flammable and combustible materials for
coatings on articles or for other purposes in which the charging or atomizing device is handheld
and manipulated during the spraying operation.

269
 A. Handheld Apparatus
1. Handheld electrostatic spray apparatus and devices shall be listed. The high-voltage
circuits shall be designed so that they cannot produce a spark capable of igniting
the most hazardous vapor–air mixture or powder–air mixture likely to be encountered
and so that they cannot result in an ignition hazard upon coming into contact with a
grounded object under all normal operating conditions.
2. The electrostatically charged exposed elements of the hand gun shall be capable of
being energized only by an actuator that also controls the coating material supply.
3. Where the liquid coating material is electrically energized, precautions shall be taken to
prevent electric shock.

B. Electrical Components
Transformers, high-voltage supplies, control apparatus, and all other electrical portions
of the equipment, with the exception of the hand gun itself and its connections to the
power supply, shall be located outside the spray area.

C. Grounding
1. The handle of the spray gun shall be electrically connected to ground by a conductive
material. It shall be constructed so that the operator, in normal operating position, is
in electrical contact with the grounded handle by a resistance of not more than 106
ohms (1 mega ohm) to prevent buildup of a static charge on the operator’s body.
Signs indicating the necessity for grounding persons entering the spray area shall be
conspicuously posted.
2. All electrically conductive objects in the spray area, except those objects required by
the process to be at high voltage, shall be electrically connected to ground with a
resistance of not more than 1 mega ohm (106 ohms). This requirement shall apply to
containers of coating material, wash cans, guards, hose connectors, brackets, and any
other electrically conductive objects or devices in the area. This requirement also shall
apply to any personnel who enter the area.
3. Conductive objects or material being coated shall be electrically connected to
ground with a resistance of not more than 106ohms (1 mega ohm). Areas of contact
shall be sharp points or knife edges, where possible, and those areas of contact shall be
protected from overspray, where practical.
4. Highly resistive objects (i.e., surface conductivity between 108 and 1011 ohms per square)
that exhibit a surface voltage below 2500 volts, as measured using a non-loading kilo-
voltmeter and when subjected to coronal current not less than that expected in the
application process, shall be considered adequately grounded.
5. Objects or material transported by a conveyor shall be maintained in electrical contact
with the conveyor or other grounding contacts. Hooks and hangers shall be cleaned to
ensure grounding.
 

SECTION 10.4.7.17 Drying, Curing, and Fusion Processes

A. Spray Booths and Spray Rooms Used for Ambient Air Drying
If a spray booth or spray room is also used for air-drying, curing, or fusing operations
and the air temperature therein is not elevated above ambient conditions, the ventilation
system shall maintain the concentration of any vapors in the exhaust stream below twenty
five percent (25%) of the lower flammable limit. If the temperature in the spray area is
elevated for the purpose of accelerating the drying or curing process

B. Spray Booths and Spray Rooms Used for Drying at Elevated Temperatures
1. The interior surfaces (especially the floor) of the spray area shall be cleaned regularly to
minimize the accumulation of deposits of combustible residues.
2. For fully enclosed spray booths and spray rooms, a high temperature limit switch shall
be provided to automatically shut off the drying apparatus if the air temperature in the
spray area exceeds 93°C (200°F). When industrial air heaters are used to elevate the air
270
 temperature for drying or curing in a closed-top, open-front, or open-face spray booth,
a high-limit switch shall be provided to automatically shut off the drying apparatus if the
air temperature in the spray booth exceeds the maximum discharge air temperature
allowed by the standard under which the heater is listed or 93°C (200°F), whichever is
less.
3. Spraying apparatus, drying apparatus, and the ventilating system shall be equipped
with interlocks arranged so that the spraying apparatus cannot be operated when
drying apparatus is in operation or is energized.
4. Where industrial air heaters are used to elevate the air temperature for drying, curing, or
fusing operations, means shall be provided to deter entry into the spray booth or spray
room during the drying, curing, or fusing operation and interlocks shall be provided to
shut down the drying, curing, or fusing operation if entry is made.
5. Radiant drying apparatus that is permanently attached to the walls, ceiling, or partitions
of the spray area shall be listed for exposure to flammable or combustible vapors, mists,
dusts, residues, or deposits.
6. Radiant drying, curing, or fusion apparatus that is permanently attached to the structure
of a spray booth and is pendent-mounted or employs the use of a track or similar system
but is suitable only for use in an Ordinary Hazard (general purpose) location, that is, is
not suitable for a hazardous (classified) location as defined in shall be permitted to be
used.
7. Any containers of flammable or combustible liquids shall be removed from the booth
before the drying apparatus is energized.
8. Fuel tanks containing fuel other than gasoline or diesel fuel shall be removed from any
vehicle brought into the spray area.
9. Explosion relief shall not be required for a spray booth or spray room that is alternately
used for drying, curing, or fusing, if all of the following conditions exist:
a. The spray booth or spray room is used for batch-type spray application operations
only.
b. The air heater is not within the re-circulated air path.
c. The ventilation system complies with the applicable requirements of NFPA 86.

C. Flash-Off Areas
1. Flash-off areas that are heated above ambient temperatures to accelerate release of
vapors shall meet the requirements of NFPA 86.
2. Open flash-off areas shall be protected in accordance with the requirements of the
occupancy in which they are located.
3. Enclosed flash-off areas shall be provided with an approved automatic fire protection
system.

D. Spray Booths or Spray Rooms Adjacent to or Connected to Rooms or Equipment Used for
Drying, Curing, or Fusing
1. Interconnecting doors and related interlocks shall meet the requirements of NFPA
86. An interlock shall be provided to prevent spray application operations when the
interconnecting doors are open.
2. Where an interconnecting door is not used, a 915 mm (3ft) minimum pressurized
vestibule shall be provided for separation. Airflow into the vestibule shall be proven
and interlocked so that loss of ventilation or airflow shuts down the spray application
equipment or the heating equipment. Airflow into the connected spray booth or spray
room shall be capable of confining vapors and mists to the spray booth or spray room.
3. A high temperature limit switch shall be provided to automatically shut off the drying
apparatus if the air temperature in the spray area exceeds 93°C (200°F).
4. Ventilation. Fusion apparatus shall be ventilated at a rate that maintains the concentration
of ignitable vapors in the area at or below 25 percent of the lower flammable limit.
5. Warning Signs. Drying, curing, or fusing apparatus shall be affixed with a permanently
271
 attached, prominently located warning sign indicating that ventilation shall be
maintained during the drying, curing, or fusing period and that spraying shall not be
conducted in the vicinity in such manner as to deposit residue on the apparatus.

WARNING: MAINTAIN VENTILATION DURING DRYING,

CURING OR FUSING PERIOD

SECTION 10.4.7.18 MISCELLANEOUS SPRAY OPERATIONS

A. Vehicle Undercoating and Body Lining

1. There shall be no open flames or spark-producing equipment within 6100 mm (20 ft) of
the spray operation while the spray operation is being conducted.
2. There shall be no drying, curing, or fusion apparatus in use within 6100 mm (20 ft) of the
spray operation while the spray operation is being conducted.
3. Any solvent used for cleaning procedures shall have a flash point not less than 37.8°C.
4. The coating or lining materials used shall meet one of the following criteria:
a. Be no more hazardous than UL Class 30-40, when tested in accordance with ANSI/UL
340, Test for Comparative Flammability of Liquids
b. Not contain any solvent or component that has a flash point below 37.8°C.
c. Consist only of Class IIIB liquids and not include any organic peroxide catalyst
5. Non-complying Undercoating Operations. Spray undercoating operations that do
not meet the requirements of Vehicle Undercoating and Body Lining shall meet all
applicable requirements of this standard pertaining to spray finishing operations.
6. Preparation Workstations. If spray finishing operations are performed at or in a preparation
workstation, the preparation workstation shall be considered an unenclosed spray area
and shall meet all requirements of an unenclosed spray area.
7. Limited Finishing Workstations. It shall be designed and constructed to have all the
following:
a. A dedicated make-up air supply and air supply plenum
b. Curtains or partitions that are noncombustible or limited-combustible
c. A dedicated mechanical exhaust and filtration system
d. An approved automatic extinguishing system
8. The amount of material sprayed in a limited finishing workstation shall not exceed 3.8 L
(1 gal) in any 8-hour period.
9. Curtains or partitions shall be fully closed during any spray application operations.
10. The area inside the curtains or partitions shall be considered a Class I, Division 1; Class I,
Zone 1; Class II, Division 1; or Zone 21 hazardous (classified) location
11. A Class I, Division 2; Class I, Zone 2; Class II, Division 2; or Zone 22 hazardous (classified)
location, as applicable, shall extend 915 mm (3 ft) both horizontally and vertically
beyond the volume enclosed by the outside surface of the curtains or partitions .
12. Any limited finishing workstation used for spray application operations shall not be
used for any operation that is capable of producing sparks or particles of hot metal or
for operations that involve open flames or electrical utilization equipment capable of
producing sparks or particles of hot metal.
13. Where industrial air heaters are used to elevate the air temperature for drying, curing,
or fusing operations, a high-limit switch shall be provided to automatically shut off the
drying apparatus if the air temperature in the limited finishing workstation exceeds the
maximum discharge-air temperature allowed by the standard that the heater is listed
to or 93°C, whichever is less.
14. A means shall be provided to show that the limited finishing workstation is in the drying or
curing mode of operation and that the limited finishing workstation is to be unoccupied.

272
 15. Any containers of flammable or combustible liquids shall be removed from the limited
finishing workstation before the drying apparatus is energized.
16. Portable spot-drying, curing, or fusion apparatus shall be permitted to be used in a limited
finishing workstation, provided that it is not located within the hazardous (classified)
location when spray application operations are being conducted.
 

SECTION 10.4.7.19 POWDER COATING

This section shall apply to processes in which combustible dry powders are applied.

A. Enclosures
Powder shall be confined by conducting coating operations within one of the following:
1. A completely enclosed, ventilated room of noncombustible or limited-combustible
construction with smooth surfaces designed to prevent accumulation of powder and
to facilitate cleaning
2. A ventilated spray booth having enclosed, ventilated containers (tanks, bins, etc.)

B. Electrical and Other Sources of Ignition

1. Where the object or material being coated is preheated, the controls shall be set so
that the surface temperature of the object or material does not come within 28°C of the
auto-ignition temperature of the powder used.
2. All electrically conductive objects in the spray area, except those objects required by
the process to be at high voltage, shall be electrically connected to ground with a
resistance of not more than 106 ohms (1 megaohm). This requirement shall also apply to
any personnel who enter the area.

C. Ductwork
1. Where non-deposited, air-suspended powder (powder overspray) is conveyed by
ductwork to a recovery system, sufficient airflow shall be provided in the ductwork to
maintain the powder concentration in the ductwork at not more than 50 percent of
the minimum explosive concentration (MEC) of the powder in use. If the MEC of the
powder has not been established, then the exhaust duct powder concentration shall
be maintained below 15 g/m3
2. Exhaust equipment shall bear an identification plate stating the ventilation rate for
which it was designed.
3. If the coating operation is conducted at an exhaust duct concentration above 50
percent of the MEC, listed explosion suppression equipment shall be provided.
4. Air exhausted from the recovery system of a powder operation shall not be recirculated
unless the concentration of particulate matter in the exhaust air has been reduced to
a level that is considered safe for personnel occupational exposure and equipment
continuously monitors the filtration system to signal the operator and to automatically
shut down the operation in the event the filtration system fails to maintain the air in this
condition.
5. Enclosures. Enclosures shall either be listed for the specific application or shall be
designed to resist the destructive effects of an internal deflagration. Any enclosure that
is not so listed and is effectively tight, such as a spray booth, dust collector, powder
recovery device, or other enclosure, shall be provided with one of the following:
a. Deflagration venting that meets the requirements of NFPA 68
b. A deflagration suppression system that meets the requirements of NFPA 69
6. Ventilation for powder coating being applied via fluidized beds and electrostatic
fluidized beds shall be designed to prevent escape of non-deposited powder from the
enclosure
7. The ventilation system shall confine air-suspended powder to the booth and the recovery
system at all times.

273
D. Drying, Curing, and Fusing Equipment
The temperature of the object or material being coated shall be maintained at least
28°C (50°F) below the auto ignition temperature of the powder.

E. Operation and Maintenance

1. The area surrounding the spray area, including horizontal surfaces such as ledges,
beams, pipes, hoods, and floors, shall be maintained to prevent the accumulation of
powder.
2. Surfaces outside of the spray area shall be cleaned in a manner that does not scatter
powder or create dust clouds. Vacuum sweeping equipment, where used, shall be of a
type approved for use in hazardous locations.
3. The booth exhaust shall remain on during spray are cleaning operations to confine
airborne combustible dust.
4. Means shall be provided to prevent tramp metal or spark-producing material from
being introduced into the powder being deposited.
5. Signs stating NO SMOKING OR OPEN FLAMES in large letters on contrasting color
background shall be conspicuously posted at all powder coating areas and powder
storage rooms.

F. Electrostatic Fluid Beds

1. The high-voltage circuits shall be designed so that any discharge produced when the
charging electrodes of the bed are approached or contacted by a grounded object
cannot produce a spark that is capable of igniting the most hazardous powder-air
mixture.
2. Transformers, power packs, control apparatus, and all other electrical portions of the
equipment, with the exception of the charging electrodes and their connections to the
power supply, shall be located outside the area classified as hazardous.
3. All electrically conductive objects within the powder coating area, except those objects
required by the process to be at high voltage, shall be electrically connected to ground
with a resistance of not more than 106 ohms (1 megaohm). This requirement shall also
apply to any personnel who might enter the area. The powder coating equipment shall
carry a prominent, permanently installed warning regarding the necessity for grounding
these objects.
4. Highly resistive objects (i.e., surface conductivity between 108 and 1011 ohms per
square) that exhibit voltage below 2500 volts, as measured using a non-loading kilo
voltmeter and when subjected to coronal current not less than that expected in the
application process shall be considered adequately grounded.
5. Objects or material being coated shall be maintained in electrical contact [less than
106 ohms (1 megaohm)] with the conveyor or other support to ensure grounding.
6. Hangers shall be cleaned to ensure effective contact. Areas of contact shall be sharp
points or knife edges where possible.
7. The electrical equipment and compressed air supplies shall be interlocked with the
ventilation system so that the equipment cannot be operated unless the ventilation fans
are in operation.
8. Hot Flocking. The temperature of the object or material being coated shall be maintained
at least 28°C below the auto-ignition temperature of the powder.
9. Fluid Bed Coating. The temperature of the object or material being coated shall be
maintained at least 28°C below the auto-ignition temperature of the powder.

G. Powder Coating Delivery and Circulation

1. All bins, hoppers, and fluid beds that are actively in use in the powder application
process shall be grounded
2. Bins, hoppers, and fluid beds shall be vented to prevent the accumulation of powder
outside of the application process

274
 3. The compressed air supply shall be interlocked with the ventilation system so that the
equipment cannot be operated unless ventilation is in operation.

H. Powder Unloading, Bag Dumping Stations, and Pneumatic Conveying Systems.

Powder unloading, bag dumping stations, and pneumatic conveying systems located
in, connected to, or adjacent to the spray area shall be Class II, Division 2.

I. Screening or Sieving Operations

Ventilation for screening or sieving operations shall be designed to contain and prevent
the accumulation of powder outside of the operation.

J. Storage and Handling

Containers, such as but not limited to, bags, jars, boxes, totes, bins, super-sacks, hoppers,
collectors, and so on, containing powder coating material shall be permitted to be stored
directly adjacent to spray areas provided that the container meets all of the following
requirements:
1. Is not actively used in the spray process
2. Is covered or sealed
3. Is labeled with the contents
4. Does not interfere with equipment operation

K. Housekeeping
1. Areas around the spray area, including horizontal surfaces such as ledges, beams,
pipes, hoods, and floors, shall be cleaned to prevent accumulation of powder.
2. Surfaces shall be cleaned in a manner that does not scatter powder or create dust
clouds.
3. Vacuum sweeping equipment, where used, shall be approved for Class II, Division 2

L. Spill Clean-up
1. All sources of ignition shall be removed from the area of a spill or accidental release of
powder.
2. Tools used for the clean-up shall be of a type that cannot produce a spark.
3. Vacuum sweeping equipment shall be approved for Class II, Division 2 or Zone 22
locations.
4. The use of brooms for sweeping up the powder shall be done in a way that does not
scatter powder or create dust clouds.
5. Disposal of the spill material shall be in accordance with local, state, and federal
regulations.
6. Compressed air, unless in a booth or vented coating area, shall not be permitted during
clean-up.
7. Compressed air lines shall be conductive and grounded.

SECTION 10.4.7.20 ORGANIC PEROXIDES AND PLURAL COMPONENT COATINGS

This section shall apply to the spray application operations that involve the use of organic
peroxide formulations and other plural component coatings.

A. General
Spray application operations that involve the use of organic peroxide formulations and
other plural component coatings shall be conducted in spray areas that are protected by
approved automatic sprinkler systems

B. Prevention of Contamination
Measures shall be taken to prevent the contamination of organic peroxide formulations
with any foreign substance. Only spray guns and related handling equipment that are
275
 specifically manufactured for use with organic peroxide formulations shall be used.
Separate fluid-handling equipment shall be used for the resin and for the catalyst, and they
shall not be interchanged.
1. The wetted portions of equipment and apparatus that handle organic peroxide
formulations shall be constructed of stainless steel (300 series), polyethylene, Teflon, or
other materials that are specifically recommended for the application.
2. Measures shall be taken to prevent contamination of organic peroxide formulations with
dusts or overspray residues resulting from the sanding or spray application of finishing
materials.
3. Spills of organic peroxide formulations shall be promptly removed so there are no
residues. Spilled material shall be permitted to be absorbed by use of a noncombustible
absorbent, which is then disposed of promptly in accordance with the manufacturer’s
recommendations.

C. Storage of Organic Peroxides

Organic peroxide formulations shall be stored in accordance with the requirements of
NFPA 400 and with the manufacturers’ recommendations.

D. Handling of Organic Peroxides

Measures shall be taken to prevent handling of organic peroxide formulations to avoid
shock and friction, which can cause decomposition and violent reaction.

E. Mixing of Organic Peroxides with Promoters

Organic peroxide formulations shall not be mixed directly with any cobalt compounds
or other promoters or accelerators, due to the possibility of violent decomposition or
explosion. To minimize the possibility of such accidental mixing, these materials shall not be
stored adjacent to each other.

F. Smoking
Smoking shall be prohibited, “NO SMOKING” signs shall be prominently displayed, and
only non-sparking tools shall be used in any area where organic peroxide formulations are
stored, mixed, or applied

G. Trained Personnel
Only designated personnel trained to use and handle organic peroxide formulations
shall be permitted to use these materials.

H. Material Safety Data Sheets

Where organic peroxide formulations are used, the material safety data sheet (MSDS)
or its equivalent shall be consulted.

SECTION 10.4.7.21 STYRENE CROSS-LINKED COMPOSITES MANUFACTURING (GLASS FIBER-

REINFORCED PLASTICS)

A. Scope
This section shall apply to manufacturing processes involving spray application of
styrene cross-linked thermoset resins (commonly known as glass fiber reinforced plastics)
for hand lay-up or spray fabrication methods, that is, resin application areas, and where
the processes do not produce vapors that exceed twenty five percent (25%) of the lower
flammable limit.

B. Resin Storage
The quantity of flammable and combustible liquids located in the vicinity of resin
application areas outside an inside storage room or storage cabinet in any one process
area shall not exceed the greater of any of the following:
1. A supply for one day

276
 2. The sum of 95 L of Class IA liquids in containers and 454 L of Class IB, IC, II, or III liquids in
containers
3. One approved portable tank not exceeding 2500 L of Class IB, IC, II, or III liquids

C. Electrical and Other Hazards

1. Electrical wiring and utilization equipment located in resin application areas that is not
subject to deposits of combustible residues
2. Electrical wiring and utilization equipment located in resin application areas that is
subject to deposits of combustible residues shall be listed for such exposure and shall
be suitable for Class I, Division 2 or Class I, Zone 2 locations, if applicable
3. All metal parts of resin application areas, exhaust ducts, ventilation fans, spray
application equipment, work pieces or containers that receive the spray stream, and
piping that conveys flammable or combustible liquids shall be electrically grounded.
4. Space heating appliances or other hot surfaces in resin application areas shall not be
located where deposits or residues accumulate.

D. Ventilation
1. Mechanical ventilation shall be designed and installed throughout the resin application
area, however buildings that are not enclosed for at least three-quarters of their
perimeter shall not be required to meet this requirement.
2. Local ventilation shall be provided where personnel are under or inside of the work
piece being fabricated.

E. Use and Handling

1. Excess catalyzed resin, while still in the liquid state, shall be drained into an open-top,
noncombustible container. Enough water shall be added to the container to cover the
contained resin by at least 50 mm (2 in.).
2. In areas where chopper guns are used, paper, polyethylene film, or similar material shall
be provided to cover the exposed surfaces of the walls and floor to allow the buildup of
overchop to be removed. When the accumulated overchop has reached an average
thickness of 50 mm (2 in.), it shall be disposed of after a minimum curing time of 4 hours.
3. Used paper, polyethylene film, or similar material shall be placed in a noncombustible
container and disposed of when removed from the facility.
 

SECTION 10.4.7.22 SPRAY APPLICATION OPERATIONS IN MEMBRANE ENCLOSURES

A. Scope
1. This provision shall apply to spray application operations and processes for coating the
exterior of a workpiece conducted in membrane enclosures.
2. Spray application operations and processes within the enclosure shall only be permitted
for the workpiece for which the enclosure was erected.
3. Spray application operations for parts removed from the workpiece shall be conducted
in accordance with applicable requirements of this standard.

B. General
Membrane enclosures shall be erected for one hundred eighty (180) days or less.
1. Enclosures erected under this chapter shall only be used for the duration of a spray
operation at a fixed location which can involve multiple coats for a single workpiece.
2. Membrane material shall not be reused for any other spray application operations.
3. Operations conducted within the enclosure other than spray applications shall meet
the fire and safety requirements for those operations.
4. These operations shall not take place while the spray application operation is in progress.

C. Location

277
 1. Outside of Buildings. The spray area shall be separated from permanent structures by a
minimum of 4.6 m.
2. Inside Buildings. Membrane enclosures for spray painting shall be permitted to be
installed in buildings.

D. Membrane Material
1. Buildings in which membrane enclosures are installed shall be provided with automatic
sprinkler systems. The automatic sprinkler system shall be designed for extra hazard
occupancies.
2. Buildings in which membrane enclosures are installed shall be provided with a Class III
standpipe system

E. Membrane Enclosure Occupancy

During the spray process, only personnel required for the process shall be allowed inside
the membrane enclosure, vessel, or work piece

F. Operations and Maintenance within Temporary Enclosures

1. The spray area shall consist of the interior of the membrane enclosure.
2. No hot works, welding, grinding, or cutting shall take place in the spray area while it is
permitted for spray painting
3. No vehicles, ordinary combustibles, portable buildings, or container storage shall be
located in the 1.5 m Class I Division 2; Class I Zone 2 area during spray operations.
4. No smoking or open flames shall be allowed in the paint spray area including the
membrane enclosure while it is permitted for spray painting
5. Hot works adjacent to designated spray painting operations in membrane enclosures
shall be performed only when authorized by the competent person designated for
spray painting.
6. Membrane Material. Material used for membrane enclosures shall have been tested
and passed the NFPA 701, Test 2 requirements. Testing shall have been performed by an
independent test laboratory.

 G. Ventilation
1. The ventilation system shall be designed and installed to ensure that the enclosure is
maintained at a pressure that is negative relative to the surrounding environs.
2. The concentration of the vapors and mists in the exhaust stream of the ventilation
system during spray operations and ambient air drying operations shall not exceed ten
(10) percent of the lower flammable limit.
3. All spray operations within the membrane enclosure shall cease operations when the
concentration of the vapors and mists in the exhaust stream of the ventilation system
reaches or exceeds 10 percent of the lower flammable limit.
4. An interlock shall be provided so that the spray apparatus is automatically stopped if
the ventilation system fails to maintain the concentration of the vapors and mists in the
exhaust stream below 10 percent of the lower flammable limit.
5. Where interlocks cannot be effectively provided for ventilation equipment that uses
plant air, large air storage tanks, or equipment that cannot be instantly shut off, an
audible alarm upon loss of ventilation that will alert all spray paint operators shall be
permitted with authority having jurisdiction approval.
6. Exhaust air shall be taken from one or more points within 300 mm (12 in.) of the floor of
the enclosure.
7. The location of both the exhaust and make-up air openings shall be arranged to provide
air movement throughout the enclosure and across all portions of the floor to prevent
accumulation of flammable vapors.
8. Air exhausted from the membrane enclosure shall not be re-circulated.

278
H. Drying
1. Membrane enclosures used for spray application of flammable or combustible materials
shall not be used for drying, curing, or fusing operations at elevated temperature.
2. Freshly sprayed work pieces shall be dried only in spaces that are ventilated to prevent
the concentration of vapors from exceeding 10 percent of the lower flammable limit.

I. Recordkeeping
1. All equipment shall bear a permanent unique number or other designation to identify
equipment in use.
2. Records of approved equipment shall be kept on file for 12 months. Such records shall
be in the form of a memorandum stating the equipment number, the owner of the
equipment, and the lessor of the equipment, if any, and state that the owner has
accepted the equipment for use at the facility.

J. Storage and Handling of Flammable and Combustible Liquids

1. Coating Material Handling. Flammable and combustible paints, coatings, and cleaning
agents for equipment within the membrane enclosure and its one and five tenths meters
(1.5 m) Class I Division 2; Class I Zone 2 area shall not exceed thirty-seven and nine-tenths
liters (37.9 L) total at any time.
2. All mixing and storage shall be done outside the membrane enclosure area.
3. When mixing and storage operations are located inside buildings, they shall be
protected

K. Facilities Compliance Permitting

1. Permits for spray painting shall be issued for each spray paint activity on a daily basis.
Paint spray permit records shall be kept for twelve (12) months for review by the C/MFM
having jurisdiction.
2. Competent persons shall perform all spray paint permitting for membrane enclosures.
3. Spray painting shall not be performed in any membrane enclosure until the Paint Spray
Permit, is signed by a competent person and posted at the entrance to the enclosure.
4. The competent person shall have the authority to stop the spray painting operation if
any equipment malfunctions, if combustible gas detection readings exceed 10 percent
of Lower Flammable Limit (LFL) readings, or if any spray operations are deemed unsafe
by the competent person.
5. No spray paint operations shall take place without permitting by a competent person
present at all times that spray painting is in progress.
6. Combustible gas testing shall be performed by the competent person prior to the
start of spray painting, during spray painting operations, and ten (10) minutes after the
ventilation has been shut down.
7. Equipment used to monitor the concentration of solvent vapors shall be calibrated
for the solvents used. The calibration frequency shall be per the manufacturer’s
recommendations.
8. The competent person shall inspect all electrical connections within the membrane
enclosure as a part of permitting.
9. The competent person shall ensure that ventilation exhaust equipment and paint
spray compressors are interlocked. For spray painting within membrane enclosures,
interlocked shall mean that the spray application equipment cannot be operated
unless the exhaust ventilation system is operating and functioning properly and spray
application is automatically stopped if the exhaust ventilation system fails.

L. Protection
1. Portable fire extinguishers shall be installed, inspected, and maintained in accordance
with Section 10.2.6.9 of this IRR.
2. Portable fire extinguisher placement shall be determined for each level where multiple

279
 work area levels exist within a membrane enclosure.
3. The minimum size of all extinguishers shall be 4A:80B:C.
4. Pre-engineered extinguishing systems shall not be utilized for fire protection unless
specifically listed for use in membrane enclosures.

DIVISION 8. RIPENING PROCESSES

SECTION 10.4.8.1 FIRE SAFETY INSPECTION CERTIFICATE (FSIC) REQUIRED

A Fire Safety Inspection Certificate (FSIC) shall be issued by the C/MFM having jurisdiction
as required for any fruit and crop ripening processes using combustible or flammable gas, such
as ethylene, acetylene and the like.

SECTION 10.4.8.2 CONSTRUCTION

A. The location of buildings in which fruit ripening processes utilizing combustible or flammable
gas are conducted shall be approved by the C/MFM having jurisdiction. In towns or
municipalities without existing fire stations, the approving authority is the Provincial Fire
Marshal having jurisdiction.

B. Containers storing the gas or materials from which they are generated shall be built in
accordance with internationally recognized practice.

C. Electrical wiring and equipment shall be installed in accordance with the standards of the
Philippine Electrical Code.

D. The room shall be air tight to prevent too much of the ethylene from leaking out.

E. Lighting shall be by approved electric lamps or fixtures.

F. Ethylene generators shall be listed and labeled including documentation that ethylene
concentration gas does not exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of the Lower Explosive Limit
(LEL).

SECTION 10.4.8.3 OPERATION

A. Gas piping shall be of iron pipe. Flexible connectors and hose, when used, shall be of
approved type. Tubing shall be of brass or copper with not less one-eight centimeters (0.125
cm) wall thickness.

B. Ethylene gas shall be discharged only into approved rooms or enclosures. Valves controlling
discharge shall be provided by positive and fail-closed control of flow.

C. Ripening room shall be open for at least twenty minutes (20 min) every twelve hours (12 hr)
of operation.

D. Heating of ripening rooms shall be by indirect means utilizing low pressure steam, hot water,
or warm air. Approved electric heaters or approved gas or kerosene heaters shall have
sealed combustion chambers.

E. Steam, hot water pipes and radiators, shall have a clearance of at least two and a half
centimeters (2.5 cm) to combustible material.

F. Gas heaters and their vents shall be installed in accordance with internationally recognized
practice. Gas heaters shall be equipped with an automatic pilot device to shut off the gas
supply whenever the flame is extinguished.

G. Burners for gas or kerosene heaters shall be installed in such a manner that the air for
combustion is taken from outside the ripening room and the products of combustion are
discharged to the outside.

280
 H. Kerosene heaters shall be installed in accordance with the applicable provisions of Division
4 of this Chapter.

I. Electric heaters shall be of a type having no exposed surface at a temperature higher

than four hundred twenty six degrees Celsius (426oC) and with thermostatic elements that
produce no sparks and shall be of a type approved for use in hazardous locations.

J. Protective guards shall be provided around heaters to prevent the possibility of their being
knocked over.

K. Ripening rooms must have adequate refrigeration and air circulation systems 

L. Refrigeration and air circulation systems shall be installed with the applicable provisions of
Division 12 of this Chapter.

SECTION 10.4.8.4 PROTECTION AND MAINTENANCE

A. Portable fire extinguisher shall be installed in building or structure with ripening rooms.

B. Ripening rooms shall be cleared of all combustible materials at all time. Waste materials
shall be disposed of properly.

C. The combustible or flammable gas shall be introduced by some means under positive
control and measured so that the quantity introduced does not exceed one (1) part of gas
to one thousand (1,000) parts of air.

D. Containers other than those in actual use shall be stored outside of the building or in a
special building, except that not more than two portable approved containers not in actual
use may be stored inside the building premises. Such inside rooms or portions of a building
used for storage of these containers shall be constructed of fire resistive walls and doors with
a fire resistive rating of not less than two (2) hours.

E. Open flame heaters and open lights shall be prohibited in the ripening rooms.

F. “NO SMOKING” signs shall be posted at every entrance and smoking shall be prohibited in
the ripening rooms.

G. Approved warning signs indicating the danger involved and necessary precautions shall
be posted in conspicuous places.

DIVISION 9. FUMIGATION AND THERMAL INSECTICIDAL FOGGING

SECTION 10.4.9.1 FIRE SAFETY CLEARANCE (FSC)

No person shall engage in fumigation or thermal insecticidal fogging without a FSC from
the C/MFM having jurisdiction. An operational license for fumigators from the Fertilizer and
Pesticide Authority (FPA) is a prerequisite for the issuance of such clearance.
For the issuance of clearance, the following must be complied with:

A. The C/MFM having jurisdiction shall be notified in writing at least three (3) days before
closing any structure or ship for fumigation or opening spaces for fogging.

B. Notification shall provide the following information:

1. Business name of the applicant, its address and contact number;
2. Location or name of establishment/address to be fumigated or where fogging
operations are to be conducted;
3. Fumigants or insecticides, as well as thermal devices, to be used;
4. Person(s) responsible for the operation; and

281
 5. Date and time of operation.

C. Notice of any fumigation or thermal insecticidal fogging shall be served at least one (1)
day to the occupants involved in the premises to give them sufficient time for evacuation or
appropriate preparation for the operation.

SECTION 10.4.9.2 SOURCES OF IGNITION

A. All fires, open flames and similar sources of ignition shall not be allowed in spaces under
fumigation or thermal insecticidal fogging. Heating, if needed, shall be done by indirect
means with steam or hot water.

B. Electricity shall be shut off during operations, except where circulating fans are used. Such
equipment shall be designed and installed in accordance with the Philippine Electrical
Code.

SECTION 10.4.9.3 WATCH PERSONNEL

A. During operation, the premises shall be sealed to keep the fumigant suspended in the air.
The owner/building administrator shall be responsible for the supervision of the operation.
Indoor fogging operations shall be supervised within three (3) to five (5) hours from the time
the premises are fumigated/fogged until all ventilation work is completed.

B. For outdoor operations, the requesting party shall be the one responsible for the supervision.

SECTION 10.4.9.4 SEALING OF BUILDING

Depending on the construction of the building, doors, windows, and all crevices, cracks or
openings in the building, or portion thereof, to be fumigated, except the exit, shall be sealed
with tape and plastic sheet before fumigation materials are applied. In case of houses, a
rubber tent shall be placed over the entire house to confine the poisonous gases or prevent
them from escaping. Irrespective of the type of fumigant employed, paper or other similar non-
fire retardant materials used as sealing or cover materials for buildings, except for approved
tarpaulins, in excess of that required is prohibited.

SECTION 10.4.9.5 WARNING SIGNS

Whenever fumigants are used or stored, conspicuous warning signs bearing the “skull and
crossbones” emblem with the words “DANGER, POISON GAS! KEEP OUT!” shall be posted on all
doors and entrances to the premises and upon all gangplanks and ladders from the deck, pier
or land to the ship. The signs shall also include the name of the fumigant used; the fumigator’s
name and his/her address and telephone number; and the date and time of operation. Notices
shall be printed in red ink on white background. Letters in the headlines must be at least 2
inches (51 mm) in height. A warning shall state that the occupied premises must be vacated at
least two (2) to three (3) hours before the operation begins and shall not be reentered until the
danger signs are removed by the proper authorities.

SECTION 10.4.9.6 VENTING AND CLEANUP

At the end of the exposure period, fumigators shall safely and properly ventilate the
premises and contents and properly dispose all fumigant containers, residues, debris and other
materials used in the fumigation.

SECTION 10.4.9.7 THERMAL INSECTICIDAL FOGGING LIQUIDS

No thermal insecticidal fogging liquid with a flash point below thirty-eight degrees Celsius
(38°C) shall be used. During operation, fog shall not be blasted directly against any combustible
object or materials, e.g. Cartons, papers, curtains and, or within 3 meters, therefrom.

282
SECTION 10.4.9.8 RESTRICTED FUMIGANTS
Use of Carbon Disulfide (CS2) and Hydrocyanic Acid (HCN) shall be used only in agricultural
fumigations.

DIVISION 10. REPAIR GARAGES

SECTION 10.4.10.1 CONSTRUCTION

A. Repair garages shall be built in accordance with the National Building Code, and the
provisions of this Section.

B. A repair garage shall not be located within or attached to a building or structure used for
any purpose other than a repair garage unless separated by walls and floor or floor-ceiling
assemblies having a fire resistance rating of not less than two (2) hours.

C. Any single area occupied for salesrooms, showrooms, offices, or similar spaces shall be
separated from vehicle repair or parking areas by walls and floor or floor-ceiling assemblies
having a fire resistance rating of not less than two (2) hours.

D. Ceiling assemblies shall be constructed in such a manner as to restrict the passage of

smoke, vehicle exhaust gases, and odors from the repair or parking area to these spaces.

E. In cases of parts storage areas, it shall also be separated from all other portions of the
building by walls or partitions and floor or floor-ceiling assemblies having a fire resistance
rating of not less than two (2) hours.

F. In areas of repair garages used for repair or servicing of vehicles, floor assemblies shall
be constructed of noncombustible materials or, if combustible materials are used in the
assembly, shall be surfaced with approved noncombustible material. Floors shall be liquid
tight to prevent the leakage or seepage of liquids and shall be sloped to facilitate the
movement of water, fuel, or other liquids to floor drains.

G. In areas of repair garages where motor fuels are dispensed or where vehicles are serviced,
floor drains shall be provided. They shall be properly trapped and shall discharge through
an oil separator to the sewer or to an outside vented sump.

H. The contents of oil separators and traps of floor drainage systems shall be collected at
sufficiently frequent intervals to prevent oil from being carried into the sewers. Disposal of
which shall be in accordance with Division 2 of this Chapter and Section 10.3.7.5 of this IRR.

I. Pits and sub-floor work areas shall comply with the following:
1. Walls, floors, and piers shall be constructed of masonry, concrete, or other suitable
noncombustible material.
2. Pits shall have a minimum of two unobstructed means of egress. Steps shall be
noncombustible, slip resistant, and constructed with no accessible storage space
beneath.
3. Pits and sub-floor areas shall be provided with an individual ventilating system capable
of providing a complete air change every five minutes (5 min) with the intake located
near floor level.

J. Repair garages shall be limited in height and area, depending on the type of construction,
and shall be provided with proper ventilation fire protective system in accordance with this
IRR.

K. Below-grade areas occupied for repairing, or communicating areas located below a

repair garage, shall be continuously ventilated by a mechanical ventilating system having
positive means for exhausting indoor air at a rate of not less than 1 m3/min per m2 of floor
area. An approved means of ventilation shall be provided for introducing an equal amount
of outdoor air.

283
SECTION 10.4.10.2 OPERATION

A. Welding, Cutting and Hotworks Operations

1. Welding, cutting and hotworks operations shall be in accordance with Division 17 of this
Chapter.
2. Electric arc welding generators or transformers, electrical wiring for light, power, heat,
and signal or control circuits, as well as electrically operated equipment, tools, portable
appliances, and devices shall be in accordance the Philippine Electrical Code.

B. Spray Painting and Undercoating

1. Spray application operations, and processes shall be confined to spray booths, spray
rooms, or spray areas. There shall be no open flame devices or spark-producing
electrical equipment or appliances within six and one-tenth meters (6.1 m) radial
distance horizontally while such operations are conducted.
2. Undercoating materials shall be dry before starting the engine of the undercoated
vehicle.
3. Where only a small portion of a vehicle is spray painted and no accumulations of paint
residues are allowed to form, such occasional painting shall be permitted in an open
area located not less than six and one-tenth meters (6.1 m) radial distance horizontally
from all open flame devices or spark-producing electrical equipment or appliances.

SECTION 10.4.10.3 PROTECTION AND MAINTENANCE

A. Fire Protective System

1. Approved, supervised automatic sprinkler system shall be provided in repair garages in
accordance with Section 10.2.6.7 of this IRR and under the following conditions:
a. Repair garages more than one (1) storey in height or located beneath another
occupancy wherein such repair garage exceeds an area of seven hundred forty
three square meters (743 m2).
b. One-storey repair garages exceeding an area of one thousand one hundred fifteen
square meters (1,115 m2).
c. All below-grade floors of repair garages, the ceilings of which are less than sixty-one
hundredths meter (0.61 m) above grade.
2. Approved portable fire extinguishers shall be provided in all repair garages conforming
to the provisions of Section 10.2.6.9 of this IRR.
3. All repair garages that exceed a height of fifteen and two tenths meters (15.2 m), have
parking levels below grade, or are unsprinklered and more than one (1) storey in height
shall be provided with one or more standpipes conforming to the provisions Section
10.2.6.8 of this IRR.

B. Housekeeping
1. An authorized employee/officer of the firm, or the owner shall make daily inspections of
the garage and shall be responsible for the prompt removal or repair of any hazardous
condition, including proper maintenance of equipment and safety devices and the
immediate removal of accumulations of combustible materials.
2. Clear aisle space shall be maintained to permit ready access to and the use of fire-
fighting equipment.
3. The contents of oil separators and traps of floor drainage systems shall be collected at
sufficiently frequent intervals to prevent oil from being carried into the sewers.
4. Floors shall be kept clean and free of oil and grease. Only approved water solutions
or detergents, floor-sweeping compounds, and grease absorbents shall be used for
cleaning floors.
5. Metal lockers shall be provided for employees’ clothes.
6. Approved metal receptacles with self-closing covers shall be provided for the storage
284
 or disposal of oil-soaked waste or clothes.
7. Combustible rubbish shall be placed in covered metal receptacles until removed to a
safe place for disposal. Contents of such containers shall be removed daily.
8. “NO SMOKING” signages shall be conspicuously posted on hazardous areas in
accordance to Division 3 of Chapter 5 of this Rule.

DIVISION 11. LUMBER YARDS, WOOD PROCESSING AND WOODWORKING

FACILITIES

SECTION 10.4.11.1 CONSTRUCTION

A. Open Yard Storage

1. Driveways between and around lumber piles shall be at least four and a half meters (4.5
m) wide and maintained free from the accumulation of rubbish, equipment or other
articles or materials. Driveways shall be so spaced that a maximum grid system unit of
fifteen meters (15 m) by forty-five meters (45 m) is produced.
2. Permanent lumber storage, operating under a permit from appropriate government
agencies, shall be surrounded with a suitable fence at least one and eight tenths meters
(1.8 m) in height, unless storage is within a building.

B. Wood Processing and Woodworking Facilities

1. Building constructions shall be in accordance with the National Building Code (NBC)
and other accepted international standards.
2. Processing and wood working facilities shall be properly compartmentalized and
protected through fire walls and fire barriers to prevent spread of fire and explosions or
both between sections of the facility with different hazards in accordance with Section
10.2.6.10 of this IRR.
3. Fire protection features shall include separation of adjacent building by open space,
or separation of adjoining building areas by firewalls and fire partitions, or draft curtain
boards as well as elimination of unnecessary opening through floors.
4. Raw material storage, finish product storage, manufacturing areas, non-manufacturing
areas and high hazard occupancies shall be considered as different hazards.
5. Walls, floor, doors and openings shall comply with the following:
a. If walls are erected as firewalls between adjoining buildings, then they shall be
designed for a minimum of four 4-hour fire resistance rating.
b. Interior walls erected as fire barrier between adjoining areas shall be designed for a
minimum of one (1)-hour fire resistance rating.
c. All penetrations of floors and walls shall be provided with fire stopping having a fire
resistance rating equal to that of the floor or wall.
d. Piping and ductwork shall not be embedded in firewalls.
e. Interior walls erected to isolate dust explosion hazards shall be designed for sufficient
explosion resistance to preclude damage to these walls before the explosion pressure
can be safely vented to the outside.
f. Where there are openings in fire-rated assemblies, including conveyor and chute
openings, such shall be protected by approved, automatic-closing fire doors or fire
dampers that have a fire resistance rating equivalent to the fire-rated assembly.
g. Fire doors shall be installed in accordance with Section 10.2.5.3 of this IRR.
h. Where there are openings in walls designed to be explosion resistant, such shall be
protected by doors that provide the same degree of explosion protection as the
walls. Such doors shall be kept closed at all times when not in use. Such doors shall
not be considered as part of a means of egress. Such doors shall be marked “NOT AN
EXIT.”

285
 6. Surfaces and ledges in dusty areas shall comply with the following:
a. Interior surfaces and ledges shall be designed to minimize dust accumulation.
b. Surfaces not readily accessible for cleaning shall be inclined at an angle of not less
than forty-five degrees (45˚) from the horizontal to minimize dust accumulation.

SECTION 10.4.11.2 OPERATION

A. Open Yard Storage

1. Lumber shall be piled with due regard to stability of piles, and in no case higher than
three meters (3 m). Where lumber is piled next to a property line, it shall not be less than
three meters (3 m) in distance.
2. The burning of shavings, sawdust, and refuse materials shall be permitted only under
boilers, in furnaces, or in incinerators or refuse burners safely constructed which will
eliminate the danger from sparks such as an expansion chamber, baffle, walls, or other
effective arrangements. At boilers or other points where sawdust of shavings are used
as fuel, a storage bin of non-combustible, with raised sill, shall be provided.
3. Smoking shall be prohibited except in specified safe locations in buildings. Large “NO
SMOKING” signs shall be painted on exterior buildings walls and on signs, erected at
driveways’ edges. “NO SMOKING” signs shall be posted throughout all buildings except
in specified locations designated as safe for smoking purposes.
4. Weeds shall be kept down throughout the entire year and shall be sprayed as often as
needed with a satisfactory weed killer or grubbed out. Dead weeds shall be removed.
5. Debris such as sawdust, chips and shorts shall be removed daily. Proper housekeeping
shall be maintained at all times.

B. Wood Processing and Woodworking Facilities

1. Dust collecting system shall be designed in accordance with the Philippine Mechanical
Code and the latest edition of NFPA 664.
2. Thermal oil heating system shall be in accordance with the Philippine Mechanical Code
and the latest edition of NFPA 664.
3. Wood pulverizing operations shall be in accordance with the Philippine Mechanical
Code and the latest edition of NFPA 664.
4. Composite board plants shall be in accordance with the Philippine Mechanical Code
and the latest edition of NFPA 664.

SECTION 10.4.11.3 PROTECTION AND MAINTENANCE

A. Open Yard Storage

An approved yard hydrant system or water barrels and pails shall be provided for in open
storage yards. Yard hydrant systems shall be installed in accordance with internationally
accepted standards. Water barrels with three pails each shall be located at driveways so
that a travel distance of at least ten meters (10 m) but not more than twenty-three meters
(23 m) along driveways is needed from any part of the open yard to reach a barrel. Portable
fire extinguishers shall be provided in accordance with Section 10.2.6.9 of this IRR.

B. Wood Processing and Woodworking Facilities

1. Deflagration venting
a. If a dust explosion hazard exists in equipment, rooms, buildings, or other enclosures,
such areas shall be provided with deflagration venting. An approved fire suppression
system installed in accordance with Section 10.2.6.7 of this IRR.
b. Where room or building dust accumulations exceed three millimeters (3 mm) or where
visible dust clouds exist, it shall be considered an explosion hazard. In such rooms or
buildings, an explosion hazard shall be provided with damage-limiting construction,
including deflagration venting to a safe outside location
286
 2. Housekeeping
a. Removal of static dust shall be made for systematic, thorough cleaning of the entire
plant at sufficient intervals to prevent the accumulations of finely divided wood dust
that might be dislodged and lead to an explosion.
b. The use of compressed air or other similar means to remove dust accumulations
from areas that are not readily accessible for cleaning by other methods shall be
permitted only if done frequently enough to prevent hazardous concentrations of
dust in suspension. Any open flame or spark-producing equipment shall not be used
during blowdown.
c. Any metal scrap, such as nails, band iron, or any wood containing metal, shall be
separately collected and disposed so that it will not enter the wood-handling or
processing equipment, the dust-collecting system, or the scrap wood hog.
3. Electrical installation and maintenance
a. All electrical installation and maintenance shall comply with the provisions of PEC.
b. Static electricity shall be prevented from accumulating on machines or on equipment
that is subject to accumulation of static electric charge by the following methods:
1) Permanent grounding and bonding wires
2) Grounded metal combs
3) Other effective means
d. Lightning protection, if necessary, shall be installed in accordance with the PEC.
4. Fire Protective System
a. Portable fire extinguishers, and standpipes and hose systems, where required, shall
be provided in accordance with Section 10.2.6.9 of this IRR. Hose stations of three
and eight tenths centimeters (3.8 cm) diameter shall be provided throughout all
woodworking facilities.
b. Automatic sprinklers, where required, shall comply with Section 10.2.6.7 of this IRR.
Deluge heads shall be used to protect hard-to-reach areas, such as spaces between
press cylinders.

DIVISION 12. MECHANICAL REFRIGERATION

SECTION 10.4.12.1 GENERAL
A. Scope
The principal applications of refrigeration systems include, but not limited to, the following:

1. Industrial, refining, and chemical

a. Controlling vapor pressure of volatiles during distillation, separation, or processing.
b. Shifting solubility relationships to permit segregation and removal of undesired contents,
such as asphalt or wax, in lubricating oils.

2. Manufacture, freezing, preservation, and distribution of food products

3. Air conditioning

4. Manufacture, preservation, and distribution of medicine and drugs

5. Environment testing chambers

6. Cold treatment of metals

6. Industrial testing

7. Miscellaneous
a. Cold storage of flowers and furs.

287
 b. Ice making and skating rinks

B. Applicability
1. Refrigeration unit and system installations having a refrigerant circuit containing more
than one hundred kilograms (100 kg) of Group A1 or thirteen and one tenth kilograms
(13.6 kg) of any other group refrigerant shall be in accordance with the hereunder
provisions and the Philippine Society of Mechanical Engineers (PSME) Code.
2. When approved, temporary and portable installations shall be exempt from the
requirements of hereunder provisions.

C. Fire Safety Clearance

A Fire Safety Clearance shall be secured from C/MFM having jurisdiction.

D. Plans and Specifications

Plans and specifications for devices and systems required by hereunder provisions shall
be submitted to the Office of the C/MFM having jurisdiction for review and approval prior
to installation.

E. Reference Codes and Standards

1. All mechanical refrigeration systems shall be designed and installed in accordance
with the provisions of this Division, Philippine Society of Mechanical Engineers (PSME)
Code, and the latest editions of, National Building Code (NBC), American Society of
Heating and Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE), Inc Safety Code
for Mechanical Refrigeration, International Mechanical Code (IMC), and other related
acceptable codes.
2. Refrigeration systems using ammonia as a refrigerant shall also comply with the American
National Standards Institute/International Institute of Ammonia Refrigeration (ANSI/
IIAR) 2, Standard for Equipment, Design and Installation of Closed-Circuit Ammonia
Mechanical Refrigerating Systems.

SECTION 10.4.12.2 SAFETY FEATURES

A. Emergency Pressure Control System. Refrigeration systems containing more than 3 kg

of flammable, toxic, or highly toxic refrigerant or ammonia shall be provided with an
emergency pressure control system
1. High and Intermediate Pressure Zones
Each high and intermediate pressure zone in a refrigeration system shall be provided
with a single automatic valve providing a crossover connection to a lower pressure
zone. Automatic crossover valves shall comply with the following:
a. Automatic crossover valves shall be provided to automatically relieve excess system
pressure to a lower pressure zone if the pressure in a high or intermediate pressure
zone rises to within 90 percent of the set point for emergency pressure relief devices;
b. Automatic crossover valves shall be capable of manual operation;
c. Refrigeration system zones that are connected to a higher pressure zone by an
automatic crossover valve shall be designed to safely contain the maximum pressure
that can be achieved by interconnection of the two zones; and
d. Operation of an automatic crossover valve shall cause all compressors on the
affected system to immediately stop in accordance with the following:
1) Dedicated pressure-sensing devices located immediately adjacent to crossover
valves shall be permitted as a means for determining operation of a valve.
2) To ensure that the automatic crossover valve system provides a redundant means
of stopping compressors in an overpressure condition, high pressure cutout
sensors associated with compressors shall not be used as a basis for determining
operation of a crossover valve.
2. Low Pressure Zone

288
 a. The lowest pressure zone in a refrigeration system shall be provided with a dedicated
means of determining a rise in system pressure to within ninety (90) percent of the set
point for emergency pressure relief devices; and

b. Activation of the overpressure sensing device shall cause all compressors on the affected
system to immediately stop.

B. Treatment, Flaring, and Diffusion Systems for Refrigerant Discharge

1. Required systems. Refrigeration systems that are designed to discharge refrigerant
vapor to the atmosphere shall be provided with an approved treatment, flaring, or
diffusion system.
a. Toxic and Highly Toxic Refrigerants. Systems containing toxic or highly toxic refrigerants
shall discharge vapor to the atmosphere only through an approved treatment system
in accordance with Sections 10.3.6.5 and Section 10.3.7.7 of this IRR or flaring system
in accordance with para 2 below.
b. Flammable Refrigerants. Systems containing flammable refrigerants shall discharge
vapor to the atmosphere in accordance with the following:
1) For refrigerants having a density equal to or greater than the density of air,
discharge shall be through an approved treatment system or flaring system.
2) For refrigerants having a density less than the density of air, discharge to the
atmosphere shall be permitted, provided that the point of discharge is located
outside of the structure at not less than 4.6 m (15 ft) above the adjoining grade
level and not less than 6.1 m (20 ft) from any window, ventilation opening, or exit.
c. Ammonia Refrigerant. Systems containing ammonia refrigerant shall discharge vapor
to the atmosphere through a treatment system, through a flaring system, through an
approved ammonia diffusion, or by other approved means except as follows:
1) Discharge through a treatment, flaring, or diffusion system shall not be required for
ammonia–water absorption unit systems installed outdoors serving a dwelling
unit, provided that the discharge is shielded and dispersed.
2) Discharge through a treatment, flaring, or diffusion system shall not be required for
ammonia–water absorption unit systems containing less than 10 kg of ammonia
and for which the ammonia circuit is located entirely outdoors.
2. Design of Flaring Systems
a. Flaring systems for incineration of flammable, toxic, or highly toxic refrigerants or
ammonia shall be designed to incinerate the entire discharge.
b. The products of refrigerant incineration shall not pose health or environmental
hazards.
c. Incineration shall be automatic upon initiation of discharge, shall be designed to
prevent blowback, and shall not expose structures or materials to threat of fire.
d. Standby fuel, such as LP-Gas, and standby power shall have the capacity to operate
for one and one half the required time for complete incineration of refrigerant in the
system.
3. Design of Ammonia Diffusion Systems
a. Ammonia diffusion systems shall include a tank containing four liters (4 L) of water
for each kg of ammonia (1 gal of water for each pound of ammonia) that will be
released in one (1) hour from the largest relief device connected to the discharge
pipe.
b. The water used shall be prevented from freezing without the use of salt or chemicals
by burial of the discharge pipe below frost depth or other approved means.
c. The discharge pipe from the pressure relief device shall distribute ammonia in the
bottom of the tank, but no lower than ten meters (10 m) (33 ft) below the maximum
liquid level.
d. The tank shall contain the volume of water and ammonia, described in 3.a. above,

289
 without overflowing.
e. The tank shall be substantially constructed of not less than 2.51 mm (1⁄8 in.) (10 gauge)
steel.
f. The horizontal dimensions of the tank shall be equal to or less than one half of the
height.
g. The tank shall have a hinged cover or, if of the enclosed type, shall have a vent hole
at the top.
h. Pipe connections shall be through the top of the tank.

C. Refrigeration Machinery Rooms. Where required by the PSME code, refrigeration systems
shall be provided with a refrigeration machinery room, which shall comply with the following:
1. Refrigerant Vapor Detection, Monitoring, Alarm, and Electrical Systems. Refrigeration
machinery rooms shall have an approved refrigerant vapor detection, monitoring, and
alarm system in accordance with the following and the PSME Code.
a. Alarm Threshold. The refrigerant vapor detector shall activate approved visual and
audible alarm signaling devices at one of the following refrigerant thresholds:
1) At a value not greater than the corresponding TLV-TWA (or toxicity measure
consistent therewith); not to exceed twenty-five (25) percent of the LFL.
2) For ammonia, at a concentration not exceeding 1,000 parts per million
b. Location of Signaling Devices. Audible and visual alarm signaling devices shall be
located inside the refrigeration machinery room and outside the room at each
entrance into the room.
c. Audibility. Audible alarm signaling devices shall provide a sound level of at least
fifteen (15) dB above the operating ambient noise sound pressure level of the space
in which they are installed and shall provide approved, distinctive audible and visual
alarms.
d. Emergency Shutoff Interface. Where the quantity of a Group A2, B2, A3, or B3
refrigerant, other than ammonia, in an independent circuit would exceed 25 percent
of the LFL if released to the surrounding room, either of the following shall apply:
1) Electrical equipment shall comply with the requirements of NFPA 70 (National
Electrical Code) for Class I, Division 2.
2) The refrigerant vapor detection system required by this paragraph shall
automatically de-energize all electrical power within the space at vapor
concentrations at or above twenty-five (25) percent of the LFL.
e. Power and Supervision. Refrigerant vapor detection and alarm systems shall be
powered and supervised as required for fire alarm systems in accordance with NFPA
72.
f. Monitoring and Annunciation. Refrigerant vapor detection and alarm systems shall
transmit a signal to an approved location.
g. Installation and Maintenance. Detection and alarm systems shall be installed and
maintained in accordance with the equipment manufacturers’ specifications and
para “B” of this Section.
2. Prohibited Sources of Ignition. Open flames or devices having an exposed surface
temperature exceeding 427°C shall be prohibited in refrigeration machinery rooms
except as follows:
a. Momentary temperature excursions such as electrical contacts in Group A1 and B1
systems shall be permitted.
b. Open flames or devices having an exposed surface temperature exceeding 427°C
(800°F) shall be permitted in refrigeration machinery rooms used exclusively for
direct-fired absorption equipment.
c. Existing nonconforming installations shall be permitted where approved by the AHJ,
where the combustion system is interlocked with the refrigerant detection system to
shut off at the Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL).
290
 d. Direct-vented combustion equipment shall be permitted in accordance with the
PSME code.
3. Ventilation Systems
a. Fans providing emergency purge ventilation for refrigerant escape from a refrigeration
room shall have a clearly identified switch of the break-glass type providing on only
control immediately adjacent to, and outside of, each refrigerant machinery room
means of egress.
b. An emergency purge control shall be provided with a manual reset only.
c. Purge fans shall also respond automatically to the refrigerant concentration detection
system set to activate the ventilation system at the threshold levels set forth by this
Section.
d. Mechanical ventilation systems serving refrigeration rooms shall have switches to
control the power to each fan.
e. The switches shall be key-operated or within a locked glass-covered or tamper-
resistant enclosure at an approved location adjacent to and outside of the principal
entrance to the refrigeration machinery room.
f. Key necessary for operation of ventilation systems shall be located in a single
approved location.
g. Switches controlling fans providing continuous ventilation shall be of the two-position,
on/off type.
h. Switches controlling fans providing intermittent or emergency ventilation shall be of
the three-position, automatic on/off type.
i. Switches shall be labeled identifying both the function and the specific fan being
controlled.
j. Two colored and labeled indicator lamps responding to the differential pressure
created by airflow shall be provided for each switch.
k. One lamp shall indicate flow, and the other shall indicate no flow.
l. Exhaust from mechanical ventilation systems in refrigeration rooms shall be
discharged 6.1 m or more from a property line or openings into buildings.
m. Discharges capable of exceeding twenty-five (25) percent of the LFL or fifty (50)
percent of the immediately dangerous to life and health (IDLH) value shall be
equipped with approved treatment systems to reduce the discharge concentrations
to these values or lower, except for the following:
1) A treatment system shall not be required when an approved engineering analysis
of plume dispersion demonstrates that the limiting value will not be exceeded at
the property line.
2) A treatment system shall not be required for ventilation provided for an ammonia
refrigeration system.
4. Electrical
a. The refrigeration machinery room shall not be required to be classified as a hazardous
location for electrical equipment except as provided in the PMEC, PEC or NFPA 70.
b. Refrigeration machinery rooms used exclusively for direct-fired absorption equipment
shall be permitted not to be classified as a hazardous location for electrical equipment
in accordance with NFPA 70.
c. Electrical equipment and electrical installations in refrigeration machinery rooms
shall comply with PEC and NFPA 1.
d. Where treatment, detection, or alarm systems are required, such systems shall be
connected to a secondary source of power to automatically supply electrical power
in the event of loss of power from the primary source.
e. A clearly identified switch of the break-glass type or with an approved tamper-
resistant cover shall provide off-only control of refrigerant compressors, refrigerant
pumps, and normally closed, automatic refrigerant valves located in the machinery
291
 room. In addition, this equipment shall be automatically shut off whenever the
refrigerant vapor concentration in the machinery room exceeds the vapor detector’s
upper detection limit or twenty-five (25) percent of the LFL, whichever is lower.
In machinery rooms where only nonflammable refrigerants are used, only
compressors shall be required to be stopped by vapor detection or the cut-off switch.

D. Signs and Labels

1. General. Refrigeration units or systems shall be provided with approved hazard
identification signs in accordance with NFPA 704, Standard System for the Identification
of the Hazards of Materials for Emergency Response or Globally Harmonized System of
Classification and Labeling of Chemicals (GHS); emergency operational signs, charts,
and labels in accordance with the mechanical code, and the following:
a. Name and address of the manufacturer or installer;
b. Type and total number of pounds of refrigerant contained in the system; and
c. Field test pressure applied.
2. Systems with more than 50 kg of Refrigerant. Systems containing more than fifty 50 kg
of refrigerant shall be provided with signs having letters not less than 12.7 mm high,
designating the following:
a. Main shutoff valves to each vessel;
b. Mainstream or electrical controls;
c. Remote control switch; and
d. Pressure-limiting device.

SECTION 10.4.12.3 OPERATIONS, MAINTENANCE, AND TESTING

A. Operations and Maintenance

1. General. Refrigeration systems shall be operated and maintained in a safe and operable
condition, free from accumulations of oil, dirt, waste, excessive corrosion, other debris,
or leaks, and in accordance with ASHRAE 15 and the PSME Code. Ammonia refrigerator
systems shall be maintained in accordance with ANSI/IIAR 7, Developing Operating
Procedures for Closed-Circuit Ammonia Mechanical Refrigerating Systems.
2. Access to System. Refrigeration systems shall be maintained accessible to the BFP.
3. Storage in Machinery Rooms
a. Flammable and combustible materials shall not be stored in refrigeration machinery
rooms except for incidental materials necessary for the safe and proper operation
and maintenance of the system.
b. Storage of materials in a refrigeration machinery room, including reserve supplies of
refrigerants or refrigerant oils, shall be in accordance with other applicable chapters
of this Division.
4. Changing of Refrigerant Type. Refrigerant types shall not be changed without prior
notification and approval of the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
5. Records of Refrigerant Quantities. The person in charge of the premises on which a
refrigeration unit or system subject to these regulations is installed or maintained shall
keep a written record of refrigerant quantities brought onto and removed from the
premises, which shall be made available to the Office of the C/MFM having jurisdiction
upon request.
6. Permissible Refrigerant Discharges. Refrigerant shall be only permitted to be released to
atmosphere in the following circumstances:
a. Refrigeration systems operating at pressures below atmospheric and incorporating
automatic purge cycles;
b. Incidental operation of automatic pressure relief valves resulting in minor release of
the refrigerant charge;

292
 c. Incidental minor releases associated with service operations after system pump-
down has been accomplished; or
d. In an emergency.
7. Notification of Fugitive Releases. The BFP shall be notified upon discharges of refrigerant
that are not in accordance with para 6 above.

B. Testing of Equipment
1. Acceptance Testing. The following emergency devices or systems shall be tested
to demonstrate their safety and effectiveness upon completion of the installation or
alteration:
a. Treatment and flaring systems
b. Ammonia diffusion systems
c. Fans and associated equipment intended to operate emergency purge ventilation
systems
d. Refrigerant vapor detection and alarm systems
2. Periodic Testing. The following emergency devices or systems shall be tested in
accordance with the manufacturers’ specifications at intervals not exceeding one
year:
a. Treatment and flaring systems
b. Fans and associated equipment intended to operate emergency purge ventilation
systems
c. Refrigerant vapor detection and alarm systems
3. Records of Required Testing. A written record of required testing shall be maintained on
the premises.
4. Testing Personnel Qualifications. Tests of emergency devices or systems required shall
be conducted by persons trained in such testing.

DIVISION 13. MOTION PICTURE PROJECTION

SECTION 10.4.13.1 CONSTRUCTION

A. Every motion picture projection equipment, except those portable types, shall be kept
securely fastened to a stable surface.

B. Electrical wiring installation and location of associated electrical equipment and

emergency systems/devices shall conform to the PEC.

C. Every projection booth shall be of not less than one (1) hour fire resistive construction
throughout and the walls and ceiling shall be finished with incombustible materials. The
ceiling shall be not less than two and four tenths meters (2.40 m) from the finished floor. The
room shall have floor area of not less than seven square meters (7 m2) and three and a half
square meters (3.5 m2) for each additional machine.

D. Every motion picture projection equipment, regardless of the type of film used, shall be
enclosed in a motion picture projection room as provided in para “C” of this Section.

E. No person shall handle, store, use, test, repair, duplicate, transport or destruct nitrate-based
motion picture film without clearance, health and safety training and proper monitoring
from the C/MFM having jurisdiction.

SECTION 10.4.13.2 OPERATION

A. Processes like splicing, cleaning, repairing, cataloging and marking shall be done in
projection rooms only.

293
 B. No person shall smoke or maintain any other source of ignition within any projection room;
nor shall a manager or projectionist allow any person to smoke or to maintain any other
source of ignition within said room.

SECTION 10.4.13.3 PROTECTION AND MAINTENANCE

A. As a prerequisite for the issuance of FSIC, projectionists/operators shall undergo the required
fire safety orientation/seminar to be conducted by the BFP.

B. In every projection room there shall be installed at least two (2) approved first aid fire
protection appliances of Class ABC type.

C. The operator or any occupant shall, at all times, observe good housekeeping of the
projection room.

DIVISION 14. OIL-BURNING EQUIPMENT

SECTION 10.4.14.1 APPLICATION

A. The provisions of this Division shall apply to the following:

1. Installation of stationary liquid fuel–burning appliances, including but not limited to
industrial-, commercial-, and residential-type steam, hot water, or warm air heating
appliances; domestic-type range burners; space heaters; and portable liquid fuel-
burning equipment.
2. All accessories and control systems, whether electric, thermostatic, or mechanical, and
all electrical wiring connected to liquid fuel-burning appliances.
3. Installation of liquid fuel storage and supply systems connected to liquid fuel–burning
appliances.
4. Multi-fueled appliances in which a liquid fuel is one of the standard or optional fuels.

B. NFPA 31, Standard for the Installation of Oil-Burning Equipment shall also be used as basis for
fire and life safety requirements.

C. This Division shall not apply to internal combustion engines, oil lamps, or portable devices
not specifically covered in this Division.

SECTION 10.4.14.2 BASIC INSTALLATION AND OPERATION

A. This Section shall apply to the basic installation and operation requirements for oil-burning
appliances and equipment.

B. Installation of Oil-Burning Appliances and Equipment

1. Before installing or remodeling any oil-burning appliance or equipment for commercial
or industrial application, plans or sketches that show the relative location of burners,
tanks, pumps, piping, and elevations of buildings and their lowest floors or pits relating
to the proposed installation or alteration shall be submitted to the authority having
jurisdiction.
2. The installation shall be made in accordance with manufacturers’ instructions,
applicable PNS and international rules and regulations.
a. Such instructions shall include directions and information for attaining proper and
safe installation, maintenance, and use of the appliance or equipment.
b. The instructions shall be left with the owner.
c. If for any reason it becomes necessary to change, modify, or alter a manufacturer’s
instructions in any way, a written approval shall be obtained from the manufacturer
before doing so.

294
 3. The installation shall be made by qualified, competent technicians experienced in
making such installations.
4. The installation shall be accessible for cleaning heating surfaces; for removing burners;
for replacing motors, controls, air filters, chimney connectors, draft regulators, and
other working parts; and for adjusting, cleaning, and lubricating parts requiring such
attention.
5. Oil-burning appliances shall not be installed or located in areas where combustible
dusts or flammable liquids, gases, or vapors are normally present.
Return air for warm air units shall not be taken from such areas.
6. Oil-burning appliances and equipment shall be installed so that a minimum 0.9 m
separation is maintained from any electrical panel board and a minimum 1.5 m
separation is maintained from any unenclosed fuel oil tank.
7. After installation, the appliance or equipment shall be tested for proper operation and
combustion performance to make certain that the burner is operating in a safe and
acceptable manner and that all accessory equipment, controls, and safety devices
function as intended.
8. Contractors installing industrial oil-burning systems shall furnish diagrams showing the
main oil lines and control valves, one of which shall be posted at the equipment and
another at some point that will be readily accessible in case of emergency.
9. After completing the installation, the installer shall instruct the owner or operator on the
proper operation of the equipment.
The installer also shall furnish the owner or operator with name(s) and telephone
numbers of person(s) to contact for technical information or assistance and for routine
or emergency services.

C. Electrical Services
1. Electrical wiring and utilization equipment used in connection with oil-burning
appliances or equipment shall be installed in accordance with PEC and NFPA 70.
2. Safety control circuits shall be 2-wire, one side grounded, with a nominal voltage not
exceeding 150 volts.
3. Safety controls or protective devices shall be connected so that they interrupt the
ungrounded conductor and shut all fuel flow to the appliance, including fuel flow to
any pilot flame or burner.
4. The control circuit shall be connected to a power supply branch circuit fused at not
more than the value appropriate for the rating of any control or device included in the
circuit.
5. Acceptable Liquid Fuels
a. The type and grade of liquid fuel used in a liquid fuel-burning appliance shall be
that liquid fuel for which the appliance is listed and approved or is stipulated by the
manufacturer. Liquid fuels shall meet one of the following specifications and shall not
contain gasoline or any other flammable liquid:
1) ASTM D 396, Standard Specification for Fuel Oils
2) ASTM D 3699, Standard Specification for Kerosene
3) ASTM D 6448, Industrial Burner Fuels from Used Lube Oils
4) ASTM D 6751, Standard Specification for Biodiesel Fuel Blend Stock (B100) for
Middle Distillate Fuel
5) ASTM D 6823, Commercial Burner Fuels from Used Lube Oils
b. Crankcase oil or used oil shall not be used as fuel unless all of the following conditions
are met:
1) The installation is in a commercial or industrial occupancy.
2) The oil-burning appliance is designed to burn crankcase oil or used oil and is
listed for such use.
295
 3) The appliance is installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions
and with the terms of its listing.
4) The installation meets the applicable requirements of Chapter 12, Used Oil-
Burning Appliances of NFPA 31.
c. Where heavy oils are used, the following shall be required:
1) The oil-burning appliance shall be designed to burn such fuels.
2) Means shall be provided to maintain the oil at its proper atomizing temperature.
3) Automatically operated burners that require preheating of oil shall be arranged
so that no oil can be delivered for combustion until the oil is at the proper
atomizing temperature.
4) Use of an oil-fired appliance that is listed in accordance with ANSI/UL 296A,
Standard for Waste Oil-Burning Air-Heating Appliances.
d. A properly sized and rated oil filter or strainer shall be installed in the oil supply line to
an oil burner.
6. Use of Crankcase Oil and Used Oil
a. During any storing, handling, or burning of crankcase oil and used oils, care shall be
taken to not mix gasoline with the crankcase oil or used oil.
b. When a mixture could have a flash point below 38°C or when a mixture could be
heated above its flash point, attention shall be given to electrical installations in areas
where flammable vapors or gases can be present in the atmosphere.
c. Where a supply tank is used, provisions shall be made to prevent stratification of fuel
in the tank.
d. Areas where oil leakage can occur, such as at pumps, heaters, strainers, and burners,
or where maintenance is performed shall be provided with adequate ventilation.
Confined fuel-handling areas and burner sites shall also be provided with adequate
ventilation. Mechanical ventilation shall be provided where necessary.
e. Means shall be provided to safely dispose of spills.
7. Temporary Heating. Where salamanders, space heaters, or other heating appliances
are used for temporary heating, all requirements of this Division, including those for
maximum operating temperatures, clearances to combustible materials, venting of
combustion gases, fuel storage, safety, shutoffs, combustion and ventilation air, and
electrical wiring, where applicable, shall be met and all such equipment shall be used
in accordance with its listing.

SECTION 10.4.14.3 AIR FOR COMBUSTION AND VENTILATION

A. This Section shall apply to those requirements necessary to ensure that adequate air for
safe combustion is provided for oil-burning appliances and equipment.

B. Basic Requirements
1. Oil-burning appliances and equipment shall be installed in locations where available
ventilation permits satisfactory combustion of oil, proper venting of combustion gases,
and maintenance of safe ambient temperatures under normal conditions of use.
2. Appliances shall be located so that they do not interfere with the supply of air within the
space.
3. Where buildings are so tight that normal infiltration does not provide sufficient air for
combustion, outside air shall be introduced.
a. Ducts used to convey air from outdoors shall have the same cross-sectional area as
the free area of the openings to which they connect.
b. The smaller dimension of rectangular air ducts shall not be less than 3 in. (75 mm).
4. For residential and similar installations, the requirements of this Section shall be permitted
to be met by application of either one of the methods covered in para “C” and “D”

296
 below. For commercial and industrial installations, the requirements of para “D” below
shall apply.

C. Appliances Located in Unconfined Spaces

1. In unconfined spaces in buildings of conventional frame, brick, or stone construction, air
for combustion and ventilation shall be permitted to be supplied by normal infiltration.
2. If normal infiltration is not sufficient because of tight construction, air for combustion
and ventilation shall be obtained directly from outdoors or from spaces that freely
communicate with outdoors by means of a permanent opening or openings having a
total free area of not less than 1 in2 per 5000 Btu/hr (28 in2 per gal/hr) (4.4 cm2/kW), based
on the total input rating of all appliances in the space.

D. Appliances Located in Confined Spaces. For appliances installed in confined spaces, air
for combustion and ventilation shall be provided using one of the methods set forth in the
hereunder provisions.
1. All Air Taken from Inside the Building
a. The confined space shall be provided with two permanent openings, one near the
top of the space and one near the bottom.
b. Each opening shall have a free area of not less than 1 in2 per 1000 Btu/hr (140 in2 per
gal/hr) (22 cm2/kW), based on the total input rating of all appliances in the space.
c. Each opening shall freely communicate with interior areas of the building that, in
turn, have adequate infiltration from the outside.
2. All Air Taken from Outdoors
a. The confined space shall be provided with two permanent openings, one in or near
the top of the space and one in or near the bottom.
b. The openings shall communicate directly or by means of ducts with the outdoors or
to spaces, such as an attic or crawl space, that themselves freely communicate with
the outdoors.
c. Where communicating with the outdoors directly or by means of vertical ducts, each
opening shall have a free area of not less than 1 in2 per 4000 Btu/hr (35 in2 per gal/hr)
(5.5 cm2/kW), based on the total input rating of all appliances in the space.
d. Where communicating with the outdoors by means of horizontal ducts, each opening
shall have a free area of not less than 1 in2 per 2000 Btu/hr (70 in2 per gal/hr) (11 cm2/
kW), based on the total input rating of all appliances in the space.
3. Ventilation Air Taken from Inside the Building-Combustion Air Taken from Outdoors
a. The confined space shall be provided with two openings for ventilation.
b. There shall be one opening communicating directly with the outdoors or to spaces,
such as an attic or crawl space, that freely communicates with the outdoors and
has a free area of not less than 1 in2 per 5000 Btu/hr (28 in2 per gal/hr) (4.4 cm2/kW),
based on the total input of all appliances in the space.

E. Combustion Air for Commercial and Industrial Installations

For commercial and industrial oil-burning equipment, permanent means for supplying
an ample amount of outside air shall be provided in accordance with this Section.
1. For furnace or boiler rooms adjacent to outside walls and where combustion air is
provided by natural ventilation from the outside, there shall be a permanent air supply
inlet having a total free area of not less than 1 in2 per 4000 Btu/hr (35 in2 per gal/hr) (5.5
cm2/ kW), based on the total input rating of the burner or burners, but in no case less
than 0.425 m2.
2. For furnace or boiler rooms that are not adjacent to outside walls, the combustion air
shall be supplied in a manner acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction.

F. Louvers and Grilles

1. In calculating the free area required by para “B” through “E” above, the blocking effect

297
 of louvers, grilles, or screens protecting openings shall be taken into consideration.
2. Screens used in louvers or grilles shall not be smaller than 6.3 mm mesh and shall be
accessible for cleaning.
3. If the free area through a particular design of louver or grille is known, it shall be used
in calculating the size of the opening needed to provide the free area required. If the
free area of the design is not known, it shall be assumed that wood louvers will have 20
percent to 25 percent free area and metal louvers and grilles will have 60 percent to 75
percent free area.

G. Special Conditions. Where an appliance is installed in a location where the operation of

exhaust fans, kitchen ventilation systems, clothes dryers, or fireplaces can create conditions
of unsatisfactory combustion or venting, special provisions shall be made subject to the
approval of the authority having jurisdiction.

H. Specially Engineered Installations. The size of combustion air openings required by para “C”
through “E” shall not govern when special engineering methods approved by the authority
having jurisdiction ensure an adequate supply of air for combustion and ventilation.

SECTION 10.4.14.4 VENTING OF COMBUSTION (FLUE) GASES

A. This Section shall apply to those requirements necessary to ensure the safe venting of
combustion and flue gases from oil-burning appliances and equipment.

B. Basic Requirements
1. Oil-burning appliances and equipment other than direct-fired heaters, listed kerosene
stoves, and listed portable kerosene heaters shall be connected to venting systems
and chimneys to remove combustion (flue) gases from the combustion chamber of the
appliance or equipment and to direct them to a point outside the building, as required
by this chapter.

Exception: As provided for in para “G” of this Section.

2. The installation of oil-burning appliances and equipment shall require careful
consideration of positive and negative pressures in the venting system and chimney
and the formation of corrosive condensate throughout the system.
3. The venting system and chimney shall be designed, constructed, and maintained to
ensure that a positive flow is developed and that this flow is sufficient to remove products
of combustion to the outside atmosphere.

C. Draft
1. A chimney shall be capable of producing the minimum draft recommended by the
manufacturer of the appliance.
2. A draft fan, installed so that the fuel supply to the main burner is immediately shut off if
the draft fan fails, shall be permitted to be used to increase low draft.
3. Two or more oil-burning appliances shall be permitted to be connected to a single
chimney, provided that sufficient draft is available for safe combustion in each
appliance and that all products of combustion are safely removed to the outdoors.
4. Where chimney downdraft conditions cause faulty operation that creates a hazard,
corrective steps shall be taken.

D. Draft Regulators
1. A draft regulator shall be provided for each oil-burning appliance that is connected to a
chimney or power venting system unless the appliance design, conditions of installation,
or combinations thereof preclude excessive chimney draft, or the appliance is listed for
use without one.
2. A manually operated damper shall not be placed in the chimney connector from an
oil-burning appliance.

298
 Exception: Where two or more oil-burning appliances are connected to a common
chimney, manual isolating dampers shall be permitted and shall be
interlocked to prevent burner operation unless the damper is in the full-open
position.
3. Automatically operated dampers shall be of an approved type, shall be designed to
maintain a safe damper opening at all times, and shall be arranged to prevent starting
of the burner unless the damper is fully opened.
4. Fixed baffles shall be permitted to be installed in the appliance flue collar where they
are specified by the appliance manufacturer.
Baffles shall be securely fastened into position. When in a closed position, baffles
shall not block off more than 80 percent of the chimney connector area.

E. Chimney Connectors
1. An oil-burning appliance shall be placed so that the chimney connector is as short as
practicable.
a. For natural-draft appliances, the horizontal length of a chimney connector shall not
exceed 3 m unless a draft fan is used.
b. For appliances requiring a negative chimney draft, the chimney connector shall
be not longer than 75 percent of the portion of the chimney above the chimney
connector inlet.
2. A chimney connector shall not pass through a floor or ceiling.
3. A chimney connector of a low-, medium-, or high-heat industrial appliance shall not
pass through a combustible wall or partition.
4. Chimney connectors of appliances other than industrial appliances shall not pass
through combustible walls or partitions unless the installation complies with the following:
a. Chimney connectors shall be permitted to pass through a combustible wall or
partition if guarded at the point of passage by one of the following:
1) Metal ventilated thimbles not less than 12 in. (300 mm) larger in diameter than the
diameter of the connector
2) Metal or burned fire-clay thimbles built in brickwork or other approved fireproofing
materials and extending not less than 8 in. (200 mm) beyond all sides of the
thimble.
b. Chimney connectors shall be permitted to pass through a combustible wall or
partition if all combustible material in the wall or partition is cut away from the
chimney connector a sufficient distance to provide the clearance required from the
connector and non-combustible insulating material is used to close up the opening.
c. Chimney connectors shall be permitted to pass through a combustible wall or
partition if a listed, commercially available or factory-built vent assembly, such as a
Type L vent, that is approved for use with oil-fired appliances is used.
5. In masonry chimneys, the chimney connector shall extend through the chimney wall to
the inner face or liner, but not beyond, and shall be firmly cemented in place.
A thimble shall be permitted to be used to facilitate removal of the chimney
connector for cleaning, in which case the thimble shall be permanently cemented in
place with high-temperature cement.
6. The chimney connector shall be sized in accordance with one of the following methods:
a. The connector shall be sized using approved engineering methods, and the
connected appliance shall be marked to indicate the maximum firing rate that can
be used with the venting system.
b. The connector shall be sized in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.
7. The connector, for its entire length, shall not be smaller in effective cross-sectional area
than the flue collar of the appliance, as delivered or as modified in accordance with
the manufacturer’s instructions. Any change in size made to accommodate a chimney
lining system shall be done at the connection to that system.
299
8. The chimney connector shall be of steel, refractory masonry, or corrosion-resistant
material and shall be maintained in good condition.
9. Where insulation of the chimney connector is required to maintain the temperature
of the combustion products, an insulated Type L chimney connector or a factory-built
chimney connector listed for that purpose shall be used.
10. The chimney connector shall maintain a pitch or rise of at least 20 mm/m of horizontal
length of pipe from the appliance to the chimney.
11. The chimney connector shall be installed to minimize the number of elbows and to
avoid sharp turns or other construction features that might create excessive resistance
to the flow of flue gases.
12. Any device that will obstruct the free flow of gases shall not be installed in a chimney
connector or chimney.

Exception: This requirement shall not be construed as prohibiting the use of devices
specifically listed for installation in a chimney connector, such as heat
reclaimers, automatic dampers, or safety controls.
13. The chimney connector shall be securely supported.
14. Each joint of the chimney connector shall be fastened together with at least three
screws.
15. Clearance from combustible construction or materials shall be as specified in Annex A,
Table 43, Clearances to Combustible Material, except as permitted by this Section and
Annex A, Table 44, Reduction of Clearances with Specified Forms of Protection.
16. The entire length of the chimney connector shall be accessible for inspection, cleaning,
and replacement.
17. Placement of the chimney connector shall maintain minimum fire protection clearances.
18. A connector shall not be connected to a chimney flue serving a fireplace unless the
fireplace opening is sealed or the chimney flue that vents the fireplace is permanently
sealed below the connection.
19. Connectors serving appliances operating under natural draft shall not be connected
into any portion of a mechanical draft system operating under a positive pressure.
20. Connectors for appliances installed in attics or crawl spaces shall be either a Type L
chimney connector or a factory-built chimney connector listed for the purpose, or the
appliance shall be attached directly to the chimney.
21. If two or more openings are provided into a chimney flue, they shall be at different levels
and the smaller connector shall enter at the higher level consistent with available head
room or clearance to combustible material.
22. Regardless of the fuel(s) used, two or more connectors shall not be joined unless the
common connector, the manifold, and the chimney are sized to serve the appliances
connected thereto.
Adequate draft shall be available to remove all products of combustion to the
outdoors without leakage, spillage, or backflow from the connectors, manifold,
chimney, or appliances.
23. Two or more oil-burning appliances shall be permitted to be connected to a common
venting system, provided the following conditions are met:
a. Each appliance is equipped with a primary safety control.
b. The venting system is designed to meet the requirements of the applicable code.
24. Oil-burning appliances that are connected to a common venting system shall be
located within the same story of the building unless the vent system is specifically
designed for the purpose and has been approved by the authority having jurisdiction.
25. Solid fuel–burning appliances shall not be connected to a chimney flue serving another
appliance burning other fuels, unless specifically listed for such connection.
26. Gas utilization appliances and appliances burning liquid fuel shall be permitted to be

300
 connected to the same chimney flue through separate openings.
27. Gas utilization appliances and appliances burning liquid fuel shall be permitted to be
connected to the same chimney flue through a single opening, provided the appliances
are joined by a suitable fitting located as close as practicable to the chimney and
provided the following conditions are met:
a. Sufficient draft is available for the safe combustion of each appliance and for the
removal of all products of combustion.
b. The appliances so connected are equipped with primary safety controls.
28. Single-wall connector pipe shall be installed by one of the following methods:
a. In accordance with the appliance manufacturer’s instructions
b. With the crimped end toward the chimney
29. The minimum thickness for steel pipe connectors shall meet the requirements of the
Annex A, Table 45, Minimum thickness for steel pipe connectors.

F. Chimneys
1. Masonry and metal chimneys shall be erected in accordance with applicable building
code requirements.
2. Masonry chimneys shall meet the requirements of Chapter 7 of NFPA 211, Standard for
Chimneys, Fireplaces, Vents, and Solid Fuel–Burning Appliances.
3. Metal chimneys shall meet the requirements of Chapter 8 of NFPA 211.
4. Factory-built chimneys shall be listed, installed, and used in accordance with their
listings and with manufacturers’ instructions.
5. Factory-built chimneys shall meet the requirements of Chapter 6 of NFPA 211.
6. The flue gas exit of a chimney shall be at least 0.9 m above the highest point where it
passes through the roof of a building and shall be at least 0.6 m higher than any portion
of a building within 3 m of the chimney.
7. Prior to the installation of a new or replacement oil burner or oil-burning appliance, the
installer shall perform a visual inspection of the chimney or flue gas venting system and
shall verify the proper size of the chimney or flue gas venting system.
a. The inspection shall be limited to the cleanout and to the area where the flue gas
connector enters the chimney or flue gas venting system and to the extent possible
with artificial lighting and conventional tools such as a mirror.
b. If deterioration exists or if the chimney or flue gas venting system is found to inhibit
the performance of the oil burner or oil-burning appliance, as specified by the
manufacturer, the owner shall be notified in writing, stating that the chimney or flue
gas venting system to which the appliance is connected shall be examined by a
qualified person in accordance with the requirements of Chapter 14 of NFPA 211.
8. Masonry chimneys shall be lined with an approved clay tile liner or a listed chimney
lining system installed in accordance with manufacturers’ instructions.
9. When chimneys are relined, the liner shall be listed or shall be of an approved material
that will resist corrosion, softening, or cracking from the flue gases, at a temperature
appropriate to the class of service.
10. All portions of a mechanical draft system under positive pressure during operation shall
be designed and installed so as to prevent leakage of flue gas into the building.

G. Special Venting Systems

1. Type L Venting Systems
a. Listed Type L venting systems shall be permitted to be used with appliances that are
listed as suitable for installation with Type L venting systems.
b. Type L venting systems shall be installed and used in accordance with their listings
and the manufacturers’ instructions.
c. Type L venting system shall be capable of producing the minimum draft recommended
301
 by the manufacturer of the appliance.
d. The flue gas exit of a Type L venting system shall be at least 0.6 m above the highest
point where it passes through the roof of a building and at least 0.6 m higher than
any portion of a building within 3 m of such Type L venting system.
2. Direct Vent Appliances
a. Direct vent appliances (sealed combustion system appliances) shall be listed. They
shall be installed in accordance with their listing and with manufacturers’ instructions.
b. The combustion air inlet and flue gas outlet of a direct vent appliance shall terminate
in the same plane and in the same ambient pressure zone when they terminate in
the outside wall of the structure.
3. Termination of Special Venting Systems
a. A venting system that terminates in the sidewall of a structure shall terminate at least
0.9 m above any air inlet to the structure that is within 10 ft (3 m) of the termination
point.

Exception No. 1: This requirement shall not apply to the combustion air intake of a
direct vent appliance.

Exception No. 2: This requirement shall not apply to the separation distance between
the circulating air inlet and the vent discharge of a listed outdoor
appliance.
b. The flue gas outlet of an appliance other than a direct vent appliance shall terminate
at least 1.2 m below, 1.2 m horizontally from, or 0.3 m above any door, window, or
gravity air inlet of the structure and also shall terminate at least 0.3 m above grade.
c. The combustion air inlet and flue gas outlet of a direct vent appliance or the flue gas
outlet of an appliance other than a direct vent appliance shall terminate at least 0.3
m from the soffit of the roof of the structure and at least 0.9 m from an inside corner
of an L-shaped structure.
d. The exit terminal of a mechanical draft system shall not be less than 2.1 m above
grade when located adjacent to public walkways.
e. Any air inlet and any flue gas outlet of any appliance shall terminate at least 1.5 m
from the vent outlet of a liquid fuel supply tank.

SECTION 10.4.14.5 INSTALLATION OF OIL BURNERS AND OIL-BURNING APPLIANCES

A. This Section shall apply to installation of oil burners and oil-burning appliances and
equipment.

B. Basic Requirements
1. Installation of oil-burning boilers with inputs of 12,500,000 Btu/hr (3663 kW) and above
shall meet the applicable requirements of NFPA 85, Boiler and Combustion Systems
Hazards Code.
2. Installation of oil-burning ovens and furnaces within the scope of NFPA 86, Standard for
Ovens and Furnaces, shall meet the applicable requirements of that standard.
3. Oil burners shall be permitted to be installed in boilers and furnaces.
4. Oil burners shall be permitted by the authority having jurisdiction for use in firing ovens,
water heaters, ranges, special furnaces, and the like.
5. Where oil burners are installed in appliances originally designed for solid fuel, the ash
door of the appliance shall be removed or bottom ventilation shall be provided to
prevent the accumulation of vapors in the ash pit.

Exception: Where the ash pit is used as part of the combustion chamber.
6. Oil-burning appliances shall be installed in rooms that are large compared with the size
of the appliance.

302
 Exception: An appliance specifically listed for installation in a confined space, such as
an alcove or closet, shall be permitted to be so installed when the installation
complies with its listing.
7. In installations in confined spaces, the clearances from the appliance to the walls and
ceilings shall not be less than those specified in the listing, regardless of the type of
construction.
8. The oil-burning appliance shall have a suitable combustion chamber of firebrick,
stainless steel, or other material, either furnished by the manufacturer or specified in the
manufacturers’ installation instructions.
9. Prior to installation of an oil burner, the furnace, boiler, or appliance into which it is
installed shall be examined and shown to be in good condition. The combustion
chamber and flue gas passages shall be examined and shown to be tight against leaks.

C. Posting of Instructions. Complete instructions for the care and operation of the appliance,
as furnished by the manufacturer, shall be conspicuously posted near the appliance.

D. Operating Controls
1. Oil burners, other than oil stoves with integral tanks, shall be provided with some means
for manually stopping the flow of oil to the burner.
a. Such device or devices shall be placed in a readily accessible location at a safe
distance from the burner.
b. For electrically powered appliances, the above-cited requirement shall be
accomplished by an identified switch in the burner supply circuit, placed outside of
and adjacent to the entrance to the room where the appliance is located.
c. For appliances that are not electrically powered, an identifiable valve in the oil
supply line, operable from a location that can be reached without passing near the
burner, shall be used.
2. An electrical service disconnect switch, arranged to stop and start the oil burner, shall
be installed at the appliance and shall be located so that it is within easy reach of the
service technician for control of the oil burner while observing the flame.
3. Oil burners shall be equipped with a listed primary safety control of a type appropriate
for the burner.
4. Each oil-burning appliance shall be provided with automatic limit controls that will
prevent unsafe pressure or low water in a steam boiler, low water or over-temperature in
a water boiler, or over-temperature in a furnace or heater.
5. Limiting controls and low-water shutoffs intended to prevent unsafe operation of heating
equipment by opening an electrical circuit to the burner or oil shutoff device shall
be so arranged as to effect the direct opening of that circuit, whether the switching
mechanism is integral with the sensing element or remote from same.

Exception: A limit control that interrupts the pilot circuit of a magnetic-type motor
controller, which, in turn, directly opens the safety circuit when it is necessary
to interrupt a single-phase circuit carrying a load greater than the capacity
of available limit controls or to interrupt a multiphase circuit, is acceptable.
6. A water heater shall be provided with water pressure, temperature, and vacuum-relief
devices.
7. Means shall be provided to prevent siphoning in any boiler or tank with a circulating
water heater attached.
8. Electric motor–driven oil burners with integral oil pumps and electric motor–driven
pump sets for use with burners not equipped with integral pumps shall be provided with
a motor controller that incorporates no-voltage protection and is wired into the power
supply to the motor.
9. In systems where either steam or air is used for atomizing the fuel oil or where air for
combustion is supplied by a source that can be interrupted without shutting off the oil
supply, the fuel oil supply and the steam or air supply shall be interlocked so that the fuel
303
 oil supply is shut off immediately upon failure of the steam or air supply.
10. Where automatically operated oil burners are used in installations equipped with
forced- or induced-draft fans, or both, means shall be provided to shut off the oil supply
immediately upon fan failure.
11. Oil burners not equipped to provide safe automatic restarting after shutdown shall
require manual restarting after any control functions to extinguish the burner flame.
12. An acceptance test of the primary safety control shall be conducted on any appliance
where more than one burner is fired in a single combustion chamber or where one
burner is adapted to fire in two or more combustion chambers.
a. The test shall ensure that the primary safety control will function properly in the event
of ignition failure or unsafe flame extinguishment at any of the burners.

E. Specific Requirements for Installation of Boilers, Furnaces, Floor-Mounted Unit Heaters, and
Water Heaters
1. Appliances shall be installed with clearances from combustible material not less than
those indicated in Annex A, Table 44, Reduction of Clearances with Specified Forms of
Protection.

Exception: Appliances specifically listed for installation with lesser clearances shall be
permitted to be installed in accordance with their listing.
a. In no case shall the clearances used interfere with providing combustion air or
providing access to the appliance.
b. Chimney connectors shall be installed in accordance with para “E” of Section
10.4.14.4 of this IRR.
c. When multiple-fueled appliances using solid fuels are installed, the clearances and
mounting requirements of NFPA 211, shall apply.
2. Appliances shall be permitted to be installed in rooms, but not in alcoves or closets,
with lesser clearances to combustible material, provided the combustible material or
appliance is protected as described in Annex A, Table 43, Clearances to Combustible
Material.
3. Floor-mounted appliances shall be placed in one the following ways:
a. On floors of fire-resistive construction with non-combustible flooring or surface finish
and with no combustible material against the underside thereof
b. On fire-resistive slabs or arches having no combustible material against the underside
thereof
c. In accordance with their listing, if listed specifically for installation on a floor
constructed of combustible material
d. Such construction shall extend not less than 0.3 m beyond the appliance on all sides.

Exception No. 1: Appliances shall be permitted to be placed on combustible floors

although not listed for such installation, provided the floor under
the appliance is protected in accordance with the requirements of
accepted building code practice.

Exception No. 2: An appliance listed for installation under Form I or II in Annex A,

Table 43, Clearances to Combustible Material shall be permitted
to be placed on a combustible floor that is protected with hollow
masonry not less than 100 mm thick covered with sheet metal not
less than 24 gauge. Such masonry shall be laid with ends unsealed
and joints matched in such a way as to permit free circulation of
air from side to side through the masonry. For such installations, the
furnace shall be securely anchored to maintain the clearances
required in Annex A, Table 43, Clearances to Combustible Material.
4. The supply and return duct system of a central heating appliance shall be installed
in accordance with NFPA 90A, Standard for the Installation of Air-Conditioning and

304
 Ventilating Systems, or NFPA 90B, Standard for the Installation of Warm Air Heating and
Air-Conditioning Systems, whichever is applicable.
5. A return system shall be arranged so that negative pressure from the circulating fan
cannot affect the air supply for combustion or act to draw products of combustion from
joints or openings in the appliance, chimney connectors, or chimney.
6. A down-flow furnace shall be installed so that there are no open passages in the floor
through which flame or hot gases from a fire originating in the room below the floor can
travel to the room above.
7. A down-flow furnace shall be automatically operated and equipped with an approved
temperature limit control that will limit outlet air temperature to 93°C. The furnace shall
be designed to prevent unsafe temperatures in the event of reverse flow.

F. Specific Requirements for Attic Furnaces. A furnace installed in an attic shall be listed for
such installation and installed in accordance with its listing.

G. Specific Requirements for Duct Furnaces

1. A duct furnace shall be installed with clearances of at least 6 in. (150 mm) to adjacent
walls, ceilings, and floors of combustible material, unless listed for installation at lesser
clearance and installed in accordance with its listing.
2. A duct furnace and its chimney connector shall be permitted to be installed in a room,
but not in a confined space such as an alcove or closet, with reduced clearances to
combustible material, provided the combustible material is protected as described in
Annex A, Table 44, Reduction of Clearances with Specified Forms of Protection and the
requirements for combustion air and accessibility comply with Sections 10.4.14.3 and
10.4.14.4 of this IRR.
3. A duct furnace flue pipe shall be installed to provide a clearance to combustible
material of not less than 450 mm.
4. A duct furnace shall be firmly supported.
5. Access panels shall be provided in the ducts on both the upstream and downstream
sides of the furnace.
6. Controls shall be located outside the duct except for the sensing element of a control.

H. Specific Requirements for Floor Furnaces

1. Floor furnaces shall not be installed in floors of combustible construction unless
specifically listed for such installation and installed in accordance with their listing.
2. The floor around the furnace shall be braced and headed with a framework of material
not lighter than the floor joists.
3. Floor furnaces shall be supported independently of the floor grilles.
4. A floor furnace shall be placed not closer than 150 mm to the nearest wall and shall be
so placed that a door, drapery, or similar object cannot be nearer than 300 mm to any
portion of the register of the furnace.
5. Wall-register models shall be placed not closer than 150 mm to a corner.
6. The bottom of a floor furnace shall have at least 150 mm clearance from the ground.
a. Where the ground must be excavated to provide this clearance, the excavation
shall extend at least 300 mm beyond the furnace on all sides and at least 450 mm on
the control side.
b. Where the excavation exceeds 300 mm or where the ground contour or moisture
condition is such that water seepage is likely, a watertight pan constructed of copper,
galvanized iron, or other suitable corrosion-resistant material, properly anchored in
place, or a waterproof concrete pit, shall be provided under the furnace. The sides
of the pan or pit shall extend 100 mm above ground level.
7. Floor furnaces shall be made accessible.
a. Openings in foundation walls and trap doors in floors shall not be smaller than 450

305
 mm × 600 mm in dimension.
b. Underfloor passageways to the furnace shall not be smaller than 600 mm × 600 mm.
8. Provision shall be made for proper air supply for combustion.
9. Listed floor furnaces shall be permitted to be installed in an upper floor of a building,
provided the furnace assembly projects below into a utility room, closet, garage, or
similar non-habitable space.
a. In such installations, the floor furnace shall be completely enclosed (entirely separated
from the non-habitable space), with means for air intake and with access facilities for
servicing on the control side.
b. The minimum furnace clearances shall be 150 mm to all sides and bottom.
c. The enclosure shall be constructed of Portland cement plaster on metal lath or
material of equal fire resistance.
10. A floor furnace shall not be installed in the floor of any aisle or passageway of an
auditorium, public hall, or public assembly room or in an exitway from any such room or
space.
11. A floor furnace chimney connector shall be installed with not less than 225 mm clearances
to combustible material, unless the combustible material is protected as described in
Annex A,Table 44, Reduction of Clearances with Specified Forms of Protection.

I. Specific Requirements for Furnaces Used with Refrigeration Systems

1. A furnace shall not be installed in conjunction with a refrigeration coil where circulation
of cooled air is provided by the blower unless the blower has sufficient capacity to
overcome the external static resistance imposed by the duct system, furnace, and
cooling coil at the airflow required for heating or cooling, whichever is greater.
2. To avoid condensation within heating elements, furnaces used in conjunction with
cooling equipment shall be installed in parallel with or on the upstream side of cooling
coils unless the furnace has been specifically listed for downstream installation.
3. With a parallel flow arrangement, the dampers or other means used to control the flow
of air shall be sufficiently tight to prevent any circulation of cooled air through the unit.
4. Where furnaces are to be located upstream from cooling units, the cooling units shall be
designed or equipped so that excessive temperatures or pressures are not developed.
5. Furnaces shall be permitted to be installed downstream from evaporative coolers or air
washers if the heating element is made of corrosion-resistant material.
a. Stainless steel, ceramic-coated steel, or aluminum-coated steel in which the bond
between the steel and the aluminum is an iron-aluminum alloy shall be considered
corrosion-resistant.
b. Air washers operating with chilled water, which deliver air below the dew point of the
ambient air at the appliance, shall be considered refrigeration systems.

J. Specific Requirements for Industrial Furnaces and Boilers — Stationary Type.

1. Stationary-type industrial furnaces and power boilers shall include low-heat, medium-
heat, and high-heat appliances.
2. Low-Heat Appliances
a. Low-heat appliances shall be installed with clearances not less than those specified
by Form III in Annex A, Table 43, Clearances to Combustible Material.
1) Low-heat appliances that are approved for installation with lesser clearances
than specified in the above-cited provision shall be permitted to be installed in
accordance with their listing.
2) Low-heat appliances shall be permitted to be installed with lesser clearances
to combustible material, provided the combustible material is protected as
specified in Annex A, Table 44, Reduction of Clearances with Specified Forms of
Protection.

306
 b. Floor-mounted low-heat appliances shall be installed in one of the following ways:
1) On the ground
2) On floors of fire-resistive construction with non-combustible flooring or surface
finish and with no combustible material against the underside thereof
3) On fire-resistive slabs or arches having no combustible material against the
underside thereof:
a) The construction described in para J.2.a of this Section and para “c” below
and shall extend not less than 0.3 m beyond the appliance on all sides.
b) Appliances that are listed specifically for installation on a floor constructed
of combustible material shall be permitted to be placed in accordance with
the conditions of their listing.
c. Low-heat appliances shall be permitted to be placed on combustible floors although
not listed for such installation, provided the floor under the appliance is protected in
accordance with the requirements of accepted building code practice.
3. Medium-Heat Appliances
a. Medium-heat appliances shall be installed with clearances not less than those
indicated by Form IV in Annex A, Table 43, Clearances to Combustible Material.
b. Medium-heat appliances shall be installed in one of the following ways:
1) On the ground
2) On floors of fire-resistive construction with non-combustible flooring or surface
finish and with no combustible material against the underside thereof
3) On fire-resistive slabs or arches having no combustible material against the
underside thereof
a) The construction described in this paragraph and para “c” below shall extend
not less than 900 mm beyond the appliance on all sides.
b) Medium-heat appliances shall be permitted to be placed on combustible
floors although not listed for such installation, provided the floor under the
appliance is protected in accordance with accepted building code practice.
c. Rooms containing medium-heat appliances shall be provided with ventilation to
prevent accumulation of hot air over or near the appliance.
4. High-Heat Appliances
a. High-heat appliances shall be installed with clearances to combustible material of
not less than 3 m at the sides and rear, not less than 4.5 m above, and not less than 9
m at the front or side where hot products are removed.
b. Rooms containing high-heat appliances shall be provided with ventilation to prevent
accumulation of hot air over or near the appliance.
c. High-heat appliances shall be placed in either of the following ways:
1) On the ground
2) On floors of fire-resistive construction with non-combustible flooring or surface
finish and with no combustible material against the underside thereof, with floors
extending at least 3 m on all sides and at least 9 m at the front or side where hot
products are removed

K. Specific Requirements for Miscellaneous Heaters (Air Heaters, Salamanders, and so forth).
1. A direct-fired heater or salamander shall not be used in an enclosed space or in
proximity to combustible material.
2. A direct-fired heater or salamander shall be permitted to be used where salamanders
fired by coal or coke are allowed.
3. An air heater shall be of a type designed to discharge air at a temperature not
exceeding 250°F (121°C).
4. An air heater installed inside a building shall be provided with a chimney connector to
307
 conduct the flue gases to the outside.
5. Flexible ducts shall be made of material resistant to heat and flame and that can
withstand prolonged exposure to temperatures as high as 250°F (121°C).

L. Specific Requirements for Recessed Wall Furnaces

1. Listed recessed wall furnaces shall be permitted to be installed in walls of combustible
construction.
2. The authority having jurisdiction shall be consulted for the proper installation methods
to be followed.
3. Recessed wall furnaces shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturers’
instructions.
4. Recessed wall furnaces shall be located so as not to cause a hazard to walls, floors,
curtains, furniture, doors, and so forth.
5. The face of a warm-air register shall be at least 3 ft (0.9 m) from any wall or combustible
surface that is directly opposite the register.
6. Panels, grilles, and access doors that must be removed for normal servicing operations
shall not be attached to the building construction.
7. Adequate combustion and circulating air shall be provided.

M. Specific Requirements for Floor-Mounted Restaurant-Type Cooking Appliances

1. Floor-mounted restaurant-type cooking appliances shall be installed with clearances
to combustible material of not less than 450 mm at the sides and rear of the appliance
and from the chimney connector thereof and not less than 1.2 m above the cooking
top and at the front of the appliance.
2. Floor-mounted restaurant-type cooking appliances that are listed for installation with
lesser clearances than specified in the provision above shall be permitted to be installed
in accordance with the conditions of their listing.
3. Floor-mounted restaurant-type cooking appliances shall be permitted to be installed in
rooms, but not in confined spaces such as alcoves, with lesser clearance to woodwork or
other combustible material, provided the combustible material is protected as specified
by Annex A, Table 44, Reduction of Clearances with Specified Forms of Protection.
4. Where a wall or cabinet of combustible material is located adjacent to the cooking
top section of the appliance and is not shielded from the cooking top section by a high
shelf, warming closet, or other such part of the appliance, the protection specified in
the provision above shall extend for a distance of at least 0.6 m above the surface of
the cooking top.
a. Such wall or cabinet shall be protected even though the appliance is listed for “close-
to-the-wall” installation.
5. Floor-mounted appliances shall be placed in either of the following ways:
a. On floors of fire-resistive construction with non-combustible flooring or surface finish
and with no combustible material against the underside thereof
b. On fire-resistive slabs or arches having no combustible material against the underside
thereof, with such construction in all cases extending not less than 12 in. (300mm)
beyond the appliance on all sides
1) Floor-mounted appliances that are specifically listed for installation on a
floor constructed of combustible material shall be permitted to be placed in
accordance with the conditions of their listing.
2) Floor-mounted appliances shall be permitted to be placed on combustible floors
although not listed for such installation, provided the floor under the appliance
is protected in accordance with the requirements of accepted building code
practice.

N. Specific Requirements for Suspended-Type Unit Heaters

308
 1. Suspended-type unit heaters shall be installed with clearances to combustible material
not less than those specified by Annex A, Table 43, Clearances to Combustible Material.
a. Suspended-type unit heaters that are listed for installation with lesser clearances
shall be permitted to be installed in accordance with their listing.
b. Suspended-type unit heaters shall be permitted to be installed with lesser clearances
to combustible material, provided the combustible material is protected as specified
by Annex A, Table 44, Reduction of Clearances with Specified Forms of Protection.
2. Suspended-type heaters shall be safely and adequately supported.
3. Hangers or brackets supporting heaters shall be metal.
4. The location of any suspended unit heater or its ductwork shall be such that a negative
pressure will not be created in the room where the unit heater is located.
5. A suspended unit heater shall not be attached to a warm-air duct system unless listed
for such installation.

O. Specific Requirements for Appliances on Roofs

1. Appliances installed on roofs shall be designed or enclosed to withstand expected
climate conditions.
2. If the appliance is enclosed, the enclosure shall permit easy entry and movement, shall
be of reasonable height, and shall have at least a 750 mm clearance between the
entire service access panel of the equipment and the wall of the enclosure.
3. The roof where the appliance is to be installed shall be capable of supporting the
additional load or shall be reinforced to support the additional load.
4. All access locks, screws, and bolts shall be of corrosion-resistant material.
5. Appliances shall be installed in accordance with their listings and with manufacturers’
instructions.
6. Appliances shall be installed on a well-drained surface of the roof.
7. At least 1.8 m of clearance shall be maintained between any part of the appliance and
the edge of the roof or similar hazard.
Exception: Rigidly fixed rails or guards at least 1 m high shall be permitted to be used
as an alternate to the 1.8 m clearance. Parapets or other parts of the building structure
that are at least 1 m high shall be permitted to be used in lieu of rails or guards.
8. Appliances requiring an external source of electrical power shall be provided with a
readily accessible electrical disconnect that will completely de-energize the equipment.
a. This disconnect shall be installed within sight of the equipment.
b. A 120-volt ac grounding-type receptacle outlet shall be provided adjacent to the
equipment.
c. This receptacle outlet shall be connected to the supply side of the electrical
disconnect.
9. Where water stands on the roof at the equipment or in the passageways leading to the
equipment or where the roof is of a water-sealed design, a suitable platform or walkway
or both shall be provided above the water line and adjacent to the equipment and the
control panels so that equipment can be safely serviced.
10. Appliances located on roofs or other elevated platforms shall be accessible.

P. Installation of Outdoor Appliances

1. Appliances listed for outdoor installation shall be permitted to be installed without
additional environmental protection in accordance with the terms of their listing and
shall be accessible for servicing.
2. Appliances that are not listed for outdoor installation shall be permitted to be installed
outdoors if approved for such installation.
In determining suitability for outdoor installation, the following factors shall be
considered:
309
 a. Protection from physical damage
b. Location of combustion air and other openings into the appliance
c. Surface temperatures
d. Weatherproofing
e. Adequate and safe venting
f. Clearances to adjacent combustibles

DIVISION 15. MANUFACTURE OF ORGANIC COATINGS

SECTION 10.4.15.1 APPLICABILITY

A. The provisions of this Division shall apply to facilities that use flammable and combustible
liquids, as herein defined, to manufacture organic coatings for automotive, industrial,
institutional, household, marine, printing, transportation, and other applications.

B. These provisions shall not apply to the following:

1. Operations involving the use or application of coating materials
2. Storage of organic coatings in locations other than the manufacturing facility

C. NFPA 35, Standard for the Manufacture of Organic Coatings shall also be used as basis for
fire and life safety requirements.

SECTION 10.4.15.2 LOCATION OF PLANTS AND BUILDINGS

A. Location
1. Organic coatings manufacturing operations shall not be located in the same building
with other occupancies.
Operations incidental to or connected with organic coatings manufacturing shall
not be classed as “other operations or occupancies.”
2. Organic coatings manufacturing operations and processes shall be located so that
they are accessible from at least two sides to provide access for fire fighting and other
emergency operations.
3. Where topographical conditions will allow an accidental release of flammable or
combustible liquids to flow from organic coatings manufacturing operations and
processes so as to present a fire hazard to other facilities, drainage shall be provided in
accordance with para “B” of Section 10.4.15.3 of this IRR.

B. General Layout and Design

1. Laboratories, offices, and storage areas that are located in the same building as
organic coatings manufacturing operations shall be separated from the manufacturing
operations by a wall that meets both of the following requirements:
a. The wall shall have a minimum 2-hour fire resistance rating.
b. Openings in the wall between these areas and the manufacturing area shall be
protected by fire doors having a minimum 11⁄2-hour fire protection rating.
2. Areas where unstable liquids are handled or processed shall be separated from all
adjacent areas by walls that meet both of the following requirements:
a. The wall shall have a minimum 2-hour fire resistance rating.
b. Openings in the walls between these areas and all adjacent areas shall be protected
by fire doors having a minimum 11/2-hour fire protection rating.
3. Process Vessels
a. Process vessels shall be located in accordance with Annex A, Table 46, Location of
Process Vessels and Table 47, Reference for Table 46, Location of Process Vessels.
310
 Exception: As provided for in para “c” below.
b. Where unstable liquids are processed and protection for exposures is not provided,
the distance required by para a above shall be doubled.
c. The distances required in para a above shall be permitted to be waived where both
of the following criteria are met:
1) The vessels are housed within a building.
2) The exterior wall of the building facing the line of adjoining property that can be
built upon is a blank wall having a minimum 2-hour fire resistance rating.
d. Where Class IA or unstable liquids are handled, the blank wall specified in para
c.2 above shall be designed to provide resistance to damage from an explosion
originating inside the building and the building shall meet all applicable requirements
of para “E” of Section 10.4.15.3 of this IRR.

SECTION 10.4.15.3 BUILDING CONSTRUCTION

A. General Construction. Buildings that house organic coatings manufacturing operations

shall meet the requirements of this Section.
1. The buildings shall be of fire-resistive or non-combustible construction without basements.
2. The first floor of the buildings shall be at or above the grade to provide water drainage
and vapor diffusion.
3. Flammable raw materials and finished stock shall be stored in a detached building or
in an area that is separated from manufacturing areas by a wall that meets both of the
following requirements:
a. The wall shall have a minimum 2-hour fire resistance rating.
b. Openings in the wall shall be protected by fire doors having a minimum 11/2-hour fire
protection rating.
4. Internal partitions shall not interfere with ventilation or with means of egress and shall be
of non-combustible construction.
5. In multi-story buildings, stairways and elevators shall be enclosed by walls that meet
both of the following requirements:
a. The walls shall have a minimum 2-hour fire resistance rating.
b. Openings in the walls shall be protected by fire doors having a minimum 11/2-hour
fire protection rating.
6. Means of egress shall be in accordance with Division 5 of Chapter 2 of this Rule.
Means of egress shall not be exposed by the drainage facilities required by para “B”
below.
7. Load-bearing supports for vessels and equipment capable of releasing enough liquid
to result in a fire of sufficient intensity and duration to cause structural damage shall be
protected by one or more of the following:
a. Drainage to prevent accumulation of burning liquid under vessels or equipment
b. Fire-resistive construction
c. Fire-resistant protective coatings or systems
d. Water spray systems designed and installed in accordance with NFPA 15, Standard
for Water Spray Fixed Systems for Fire Protection
e. Alternative means that are acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction

B. Drainage
1. Emergency drainage systems for leaks of flammable or combustible liquids and for fire
protection system discharge shall be provided and shall meet the requirements of NFPA
30.
2. If an emergency drainage system either is connected to a public sewer system or
311
 discharges into public waterways, it shall be equipped with traps or separators.

C. Building Heating. If building heating is provided in areas handling Class I liquids, it shall be
provided by indirect means such as water, steam, or warm air, or the heating equipment
shall be listed and approved for use within the electrically classified area where it is installed.

D. Ventilation
1. Enclosed process areas that handle or use Class I liquids or that handle or use Class II or
Class III liquids heated to temperatures at or above their flash points shall be ventilated
continuously during operation of any equipment. Ventilation shall be sufficient to
maintain the concentration of vapors within the area at or below 25 percent of the LFL.
Compliance with this paragraph shall be deemed as meeting the requirements of this
Subsection.
a. Ventilation shall be provided at a rate determined by one of the following:
1) Calculation methods based on anticipated fugitive emissions
2) Sampling of the actual vapor concentrations under normal operating conditions
a) Sampling shall be conducted at a 1.5 m radius from each potential vapor
source extending to or toward the bottom and the top of the enclosed
processing area.
b) The vapor concentration used to determine the required ventilation rate shall
be the highest measured concentration during the sampling procedure.
b. Ventilation shall be provided at a rate of not less than 0.3 m3/min/m2 of solid floor
area.
2. Ventilation shall be accomplished by mechanical means and shall take suction at floor
level.
3. Provision shall be made for introduction of sufficient make-up air to ensure proper
operation of the system.
4. The location of both suction and make-up air openings shall be arranged to avoid
short-circuiting and to provide air movement across all portions of the floor to prevent
accumulation of flammable vapors.
5. Ventilation shall be arranged to include all floor areas or pits where flammable vapors
can collect.
6. Exhaust ventilation discharge shall be to a safe location outside the building.
7. Recirculation of the exhaust air shall be permitted only where it is monitored
continuously using a fail-safe system that is designed to automatically sound an alarm,
stop recirculation, and provide full exhaust to the outside in the event that vapor–air
mixtures exceed 25 percent of the lower flammable limit.
8. Local or spot ventilation shall be permitted to be utilized for up to 75 percent of the
required ventilation.
9. Where there is a potential for vapor emission due to evaporation of Class I liquids,
ventilation shall be provided during shutdown periods at a rate sufficient to maintain a
safe atmosphere.

E. Deflagration (Explosion) Venting. Deflagration venting shall be provided for buildings and
structures in which a deflagration hazard exists

F. Electrical Equipment
1. All electrical wiring and equipment shall be installed and maintained in accordance
with PEC and NFPA 70.
2. Where Class I liquids are exposed to the air or where Class II or Class III liquids are
exposed to the air at temperatures at or above their flash points, the equipment used
in the building and the ventilation of the building shall be designed so that flammable
vapor–air mixtures are confined, under normal operating conditions, to the inside of the
equipment and to a zone that extends not more than 1.5 m from the equipment.

312
 3. Annex A, Table 48, Electrical Area Classification Specific to Organic Coatings
Manufacture NFPA 30, Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code, shall be used to
determine the extent of hazardous (classified) locations for purposes of installation of
electrical equipment and wiring.
4. In establishing the extent of hazardous (classified) locations, such locations shall not
extend beyond floors, walls, roofs, or other solid partitions that have no communicating
openings into the hazardous (classified) locations.
5. Where the provisions of this section require the installation of Class I, Division 1 or Class
I, Division 2 electrical equipment, ordinary electrical equipment, including switch gear,
shall be permitted to be used if the following requirements are met:
a. The electrical equipment shall be installed in a room or enclosure that is maintained
under positive pressure with respect to the classified area in accordance with NFPA
496, Standard for Purged and Pressurized Enclosures for Electrical Equipment.
b. Ventilation makeup air shall not be contaminated.
c. Pressurized rooms and enclosures in classified areas shall be designed to prevent the
flow of liquids into the rooms or enclosures.

SECTION 10.4.15.4 PROCESS EQUIPMENT AND OPERATIONS

A. Transfer of Flammable and Combustible Liquids

1. Transfer of Class I, Class II, and Class III liquids from storage tanks to process areas shall
be through a closed piping system by means of gravity flow or by pumps.
a. Where liquid transfer is by gravity flow, one or more fail-closed, remotely actuated
valves shall be provided at suitable locations in the piping system to stop the flow of
liquids in an emergency. Operation of these valves shall be by means of emergency
shut-offs located near each point of use and at the storage tanks.

Exception: Emergency shut-offs shall not be required at the storage tanks if the
remotely actuated valves are closed automatically by a fire detection,
fire suppression, or fire alarm system.
b. Where liquid transfer is by pumps, one or more emergency switches shall be
provided to shut down all pumps and to stop the flow of liquids in an emergency. The
emergency switches shall be located at exits from the process areas, at other safe
locations outside the process areas, and at the pumps.

Exception: Emergency switches shall not be required at the pumps if the pumps are
shut off automatically by a fire detection, fire suppression, or fire alarm
system.
2. Transfer of liquids to and from vessels, containers, tanks, and piping systems by means of
air or inert gas pressure shall be permitted only where all of the following requirements
are met:
a. Vessels, containers, tanks, and piping systems shall be designed for such pressurized
transfer and shall be capable of withstanding the anticipated operating pressure.
b. Safety and operating controls, including pressure relief devices, shall be provided to
prevent overpressure of any part of the system.
c. Where necessary, fail-closed, remotely actuated valves shall be provided at suitable
locations in the piping.
d. Only inert gas shall be used to transfer Class I liquids.
e. Inert gas shall be used to transfer Class II and Class III liquids that are heated above
their flash points.
3. Positive displacement pumps shall be provided with pressure relief discharging back
to the supply tank or vessel, the pump suction, or another suitable location or shall be
provided with interlocks to prevent overpressure.
4. Dispensing of the following liquids from large containers to smaller containers shall be
313
 by means of an approved drum pump or by gravity using an approved self-closing
valve:
a. Class I liquids
b. Class II or Class III liquids heated to temperatures at or above their flash points
5. Containers and mix tanks that contain Class I, Class II, or Class III liquids shall be covered
with rigid lids to prevent spills whenever they are moved or transported from one location
to another.

B. Piping, Valves, and Fittings. Piping, valves, and fittings shall be designed and installed in
accordance with Chapter 27 of NFPA 30, Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code, and
the subsiquent requirements:
1. All piping, valves, and fittings in flammable or combustible liquid service shall be
designed for the working pressures and structural stresses to which they will be subjected.
2. Piping, valves, and fittings shall be of steel or other material approved for the service
intended. Cast-iron valves, fittings, and pipe shall not be used.
3. Valves shall be of types that indicate whether they are open or closed (e.g., a rising
stem, plug, or ball valve). Valves shall be mounted in a manner so that vibration will not
cause them to open.
4. Terminal valves on remote pumping systems shall be of the spring-loaded, self-closing
type and shall be permitted to be held open manually or by a fusible link.
5. Pumps of remote pumping systems shall be controlled by valves, or by operation of a
meter, or shall be automatically shut off by a fire detection, fire suppression, or fire alarm
system.
6. Piping for Class I, Class II, and Class III liquids shall meet the following requirements:
a. Piping shall not be routed through enclosed exits.
b. Piping having flanged connections, valves, checks, meters, or other joints or devices
that can leak shall not be run through tunnels, stair towers, elevator towers or other
areas where personnel could be confined, or in concealed spaces or in trenches
with solid covers
7. Piping systems shall be provided with a means of relieving trapped liquids, such as relief
valves or drainage.
8. Listed flexible connectors shall be permitted to be used where vibration exists or where
frequent movement is necessary.
9. Approved hose shall be permitted to be used at dispensing stations and transfer stations.
10. Solvent piping that enters equipment such as mixers and kettles shall be bonded to the
equipment and shall be designed to minimize generation of static electricity due to
free fall or excessive agitation.
11. Before being placed in service, all piping shall be hydrostatically tested to not less than
11/2 times the expected working pressure for a minimum of 30 minutes to determine
whether the piping is free of leaks.

C. Kettles, Reactors, and Vessels

Closed Reactors and Thin-Down Tanks
1. Reactor systems shall be designed to safely manufacture the products assigned to them.
Design factors shall include, but not be limited to, materials of construction, pressure
rating, emergency vent system, cooling and heating capacity, condenser capacity,
instrumentation, and other design features.
2. The following safeguards shall be provided for all reactors:
a. Furnace room ventilation shall be maintained with a highlevel exit and a low-level
entry.
b. Gas furnaces shall be provided with an accessible, identified external gas shutoff
valve for emergency use.

314
 c. Reactors shall be provided with emergency pressure relief systems sized and located
using an approved design method.
d. Discharge piping from pressure relief systems shall be directed to a blow-down tank
or catch tank that is sized and located using an approved design method or to a safe
location.
3. The following additional safeguards shall be provided for direct-fired heaters:
a. The fire box shall be instrumented to shut down fuel in case of flameout to prevent
explosions within.
b. The external area under the kettle where the fire box or furnace is located shall be
completely sealed from the process area, particularly the operating floor, to prevent
any spills from being ignited.
c. The furnace air intake shall be remotely located from the process area.
d. The exhaust from the fire box shall be piped or ducted away from the process area
to prevent its igniting flammable materials due to spills or upsets during processing.
e. Combustible materials shall not be stored in the furnace room, nor shall the furnace
room contain any piping of flammable materials except those connected to the
kettle or fire box as part of the process.
f. The reactor shall be provided with a high-temperature limit switch that will
automatically shut down heating and, if desired, initiate automatic cooling.
4. Reactors and thin-down tanks shall be designed and procedures shall be established to
prevent violent foaming when materials are added to hot reactor contents.

D. Dispersion Equipment
1. Two-roll mills or other mills operating with close clearances and that are used for the
processing of flammable and heat-sensitive materials, such as nitrocellulose, shall
be located in a detached building or in a non-combustible structure without other
occupancy.
a. The amount of nitrocellulose or other flammable material brought into the area shall
be no more than that required for a single batch.
b. A remote, manually operated water spray system, designed in accordance with
NFPA 15, Standard for Water Spray Fixed Systems for Fire Protection, shall be provided
to protect mills.
2. Installations that consist of a single disperser and drive that can be used in more than
one fixed mix tank shall be equipped with a device to lock the disperser and drive’s
agitator in place to prevent contact between the agitator blades and the walls of the
mix tank.
a. The agitator shall be bonded to the tank when in use.
b. Each tank shall be provided with a cover.

E. Ball Mills and Pebble Mills

1. Ball mills and pebble mills shall be grounded.
2. Metal chutes or funnels used for adding flammable or combustible liquids to mills shall
be extended into the mill as far as possible to minimize free fall. They shall be bonded to
the mill or to ground so that static electric charges can dissipate.
3. Where it is necessary to pressure-unload a ball mill or pebble mill, inert gas shall be
used. Air shall not be used.
4. Each mill shall be provided with a relief valve to protect it from overpressure. The pressure
relief valve shall be set no higher than the design pressure of the vessel.

F. Mixers and Mixing Tanks

1. Tanks and other vessels needed for processing and manufacturing of organic coatings
shall be permitted in the process area, but shall not be considered storage tanks for
purposes of application of this Section.

315
 2. Mixers used for flammable or combustible products shall be equipped with rigid covers.
Covers shall be permitted to have slots or openings to accommodate mixer shafts
or other operational needs.
3. Where gravity flow is used, a shutoff valve shall be installed as close as practical to
the vessel being unloaded and a control valve shall be provided near the end of the
discharge pipe.
Discharge piping shall be bonded to the receiving container so that static electric
charges can dissipate.
4. Mixing tanks shall be designed to safely manufacture the products assigned to them.
Mixing tanks that are provided with heating systems shall be provided with safe
operating temperature limit controls that will automatically shut off the heating system
when the limits are exceeded. The safe operating limits shall be determined by means
of a process hazard analysis.
5. Portable process mixing tanks and containers shall be secured to prevent the tank from
moving, to prevent contact between the mixing blade and the tank/container.

SECTION 10.4.15.5 MATERIAL STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Tank Car and Tank Vehicle Unloading and Loading. Tank car and tank vehicle unloading
and loading facilities shall be designed and operated in accordance with NFPA 30.

B. Flammable and Combustible Liquid Storage

1. The storage of Class I, Class II, and Class III liquids shall meet the requirements NFPA 30.
2. Where liquids cannot be stored in outside aboveground tanks or in underground tanks
because of temperature or production considerations, tanks shall be permitted to be
installed inside of buildings or structures, provided the installation is in accordance with
NFPA 30.
3. Storage tanks inside buildings shall be permitted only in areas that meet the following
requirements:
a. The areas shall be at or above grade.
b. The areas shall have drainage.
c. The areas shall be separated from process areas by construction having a minimum
2-hour fire resistance rating.
d. Openings to other rooms or buildings shall be provided with non-combustible, liquid-
tight raised sills or ramps at least 100 mm in height, or the floor in the storage area
shall be at least 100 mm below the surrounding floor. An open-grated trench inside
the room that drains to a safe location shall be permitted as an alternative.
e. Openings to other rooms or buildings shall be provided with fire doors having a
minimum 11/2-hour fire protection rating.
f. The areas shall be liquid-tight where the walls join the floor.
4. Hot box installations shall include the following controls:
a. Unless the area is provided with adequate containment, the hot box shall have
containment for at least the volume of the largest container or portable tank.
b. Containers shall be sealed.
c. If there is the potential for overheating, the system shall be designed with high
temperature limits to actuate audible alarms and shut down the heating source.
d. When electrical equipment is provided, all electrical wiring and utilization equipment
shall be suitable for Class I, Division 2 locations if the enclosed liquids are either Class
I or are Class II or Class III heated up to or above their flash points.
5. Portable drum heaters shall be designed for the hazardous locations in which they are
used and shall be maintained in accordance with the manufacturer’s specifications.

316
C. Storage of Finished Products
1. Finished products in containers, intermediate bulk containers, and portable tanks that
are Class I, Class II, or Class III liquids shall be stored outdoors, in a separate building, or in
a room separated from the process area by a wall or partition having a minimum 2-hour
fire resistance rating.
Openings in such walls shall be protected by fire doors having a minimum 11/2-hour
fire protection rating.
2. Inside storage shall meet applicable requirements of NFPA 30.

D. Outdoor Storage. Outdoor storage of liquids in containers, intermediate bulk containers,

and portable tanks shall meet the requirements NFPA 30.

E. In-Plant Transportation and Storage of Portable Shipping Tanks. The storage of portable
shipping tanks shall be in accordance with NFPA 30.
1. Full or partially full portable shipping tanks shall be permitted to be stacked two high,
provided they are of the nesting design.
2. All materials-handling equipment used for transporting or lifting portable shipping tanks
shall be of ample capacity to lift or transport the full load safely and shall meet the
requirements of NFPA 505, Fire Safety Standard for Powered Industrial Trucks Including
Type Designations, Areas of Use, Conversions, Maintenance, and Operations.
3. Floors of buildings and shipping docks shall be structurally able to carry the wheel loads
resulting from transporting full portable shipping tanks by means of materials-handling
equipment.
4. Portable shipping tanks shall be permitted to be emptied by any of the following three
methods:
a. Contents shall be permitted to be pumped from the top. The pump, pipelines, hose,
or other containers or tanks shall be bonded and grounded.
b. Contents shall be permitted to be pumped from a valve at the bottom of the
portable shipping tank. The pump, pipelines, hose, or other containers or tanks shall
be bonded and grounded.
c. Contents shall be permitted to be discharged by gravity from a valve at the bottom
of the portable shipping tank. The portable shipping tank, pipelines, hose, and
receiving vessel shall be bonded and grounded.
5. Portable shipping tanks shall not be pressure-unloaded unless done in accordance with
para A.2 of Section 10.4.14.4 of this IRR.
6. Filling Portable Shipping Tanks. Portable shipping tanks shall be filled by gravity or pump.
Where filling through an open manhole, the fill pipe shall be bonded to the portable
shipping tank.

F. Power-Operated Industrial Trucks

1. Only those power-operated industrial trucks that are approved and designated as
Type DX or EX, as defined in NFPA 505, Fire Safety Standard for Powered Industrial Trucks
Including Type Designations, Areas of Use, Conversions, Maintenance, and Operations,
shall be permitted to be used in areas where ignitable vapors exist under normal
operating conditions.
2. Power-operated industrial trucks that are approved and designated as Type DX, EX, EE,
or DY shall be permitted to be used in areas where Class I liquids and their vapors are
normally within a closed system or container from which the liquid or vapor can escape
only in the event of accidental rupture or breakdown of such equipment.
3. Power-operated industrial trucks that are approved and designated as Type CNS, GS,
LPS, DS, ES, GS/CNS, or GS/LPS shall be permitted to be used in areas where Class I
liquids are stored in sealed containers if permitted by the authority having jurisdiction.
4. Only those power-operated industrial trucks that are approved and designated as Type
DX or EX shall be permitted to be used in areas where combustible dusts are or can be in
suspension in the air continuously, intermittently, or periodically under normal operating
317
 conditions in quantities that can produce ignitable mixtures.
5. Power-operated industrial trucks that are approved and designated as Type DX, EE, EX,
or DY shall be permitted to be used in areas where combustible dusts are present but
not normally in suspension in the air and where dusts will not be thrown into suspension
in the air by the normal operation of equipment in quantities that can produce ignitable
mixtures, but where deposits of such dusts can be ignited by arcs or sparks originating in
the truck.

SECTION 10.4.15.6 SPECIAL HAZARDS

A. Nitrocellulose
1. Handling
a. Handling of containers of nitrocellulose shall be done in a manner that prevents
generation of frictional heat.
b. The following precautions shall be taken when moving containers of nitrocellulose:
1) When containers are moved using a wheeled hand truck, the hand truck shall
be fitted with a “grab” to hold the top of the container.
2) When power-driven industrial trucks are used, the containers shall be held in
place on the transportation pallet, if used, or held in place by a properly designed
drum-holding device to ensure the container is secure during movement.
c. Containers shall not be dropped. If containers must be lowered from one elevation
to another, handling equipment shall be used and the containers kept under control
at all times.

2. Storage
a. Inside areas used to store nitrocellulose shall meet the following requirements:
1) The room or building shall be separated from the production area by construction
having a minimum 2-hour fire resistance rating with any penetrations sealed
or protected in accordance with the provisions of NFPA 221, Standard for High
Challenge Fire Walls, Fire Walls, and Fire Barrier Walls.
2) Openings into the room or building shall be protected by fire doors or by other
opening protectives having a minimum 11/2-hour fire resistance rating.
3) The room or building shall be protected by an automatic sprinkler system, either
wet-pipe, preaction, or deluge, that provides a density of 14.3 L/min/m2 over the
entire storage area.
4) The electrical area classification of a room or an attached building shall be
determined based on the classification of the adjacent process area.
5) A detached building shall not be required to be classified for purposes of
electrical installation.
b. Outside storage of nitrocellulose shall meet the following requirements:
1) Storage shall be on a detached pad or in a detached non-combustible structure
such as a roofed shed that is located in accordance with Annex A, Table 49,
Separation Distances for Nitrocellulose Storage.
2) Where storage is protected by a sprinkler system that provides a density of
14.3 L/min/m2 over the entire storage area, the distances in Annex A, Table 49,
Separation Distances for Nitrocellulose Storage shall be permitted to be reduced
by 50 percent.
3) Detached storage areas shall not be classified for purposes of electrical
installations, and general-purpose electrical equipment and wiring methods
shall be permitted.
c. Storage of other commodities in the same area as nitrocellulose shall be limited to
inert materials and non-combustible materials that are chemically compatible with
318
 the nitrocellulose. Such materials shall be separated from the nitrocellulose by a
minimum distance of 6 m.
d. Storage of flammable liquids shall not be permitted in the same storage area as
nitrocellulose.
e. Nitrocellulose shall be stored only in its original shipping container or a container that
is approved for storing nitrocellulose.
f. Containers of nitrocellulose shall not be opened in the main storage area but only at
the point of use or at a location set aside for the purpose.
g. Containers of nitrocellulose shall be stored in an upright position with the lid up and
shall not be stacked more than two high.
h. Nitrocellulose shall be stored in such a manner that the stock will be rotated to ensure
that the oldest material is used first and that nitrocellulose is not stored for more than
2 years.
i. Where building heat is necessary, it shall be provided by indirect means, such as low-
pressure steam, hot water, or warm air. Heating units, radiators, steam and hot water
pipes, and warm air outlets shall be located so that containers of nitrocellulose do
not come in contact with them.
j. The storage area shall be marked with a sign that states “NITROCELLULOSE —
FLAMMABLE SOLID — KEEP HEAT, SPARKS, AND FLAME AWAY”, or equivalent wording.
3. Use in Process Area
a. The amount of nitrocellulose brought into the operating area at any one time shall
not exceed the amount required for a single shift.
b. Containers shall remain closed until ready for use.
c. Where only part of a container is used, the lid and closure shall be replaced
immediately and the closure securely fastened.
d. If it is necessary to fork or scoop nitrocellulose out of a container, a spark-resistant
scoop shall be used.
e. Spilled nitrocellulose shall be cleaned up immediately. Clean-up procedures shall
include the following:
1) Material that has dried or is suspected of having dried shall be wet with water or
solvent and placed in a covered metal container.
2) The material shall be removed at the end of the day or shift and disposed of
properly.
f. After containers of nitrocellulose are emptied, the covers shall be replaced and the
closure securely fastened.
g. Used nitrocellulose shall be placed in a covered waste container, wet down with
water, and removed at the end of the day or shift and disposed of daily.
h. Containers, rim rings of fiber containers, and vessels shall be bonded and grounded
during transfer operations.
4. Waste Disposal. Sweepings and other small quantities of nitrocellulose that cannot be
used shall be wet down with water or solvent and placed in a covered metal container.
The waste material shall be disposed of in accordance with applicable regulations.

B. Monomers. Monomers shall be stored, handled, and used in accordance with manufacturers’
instructions.
1. Bulk Storage of Liquid Monomers
a. Storage tanks for liquid monomers shall meet all applicable requirements of NFPA 30.
b. Storage tanks for liquid monomers shall not be located in the same diked area as or
in the drainage path of any storage tank that holds a material that is incompatible
with the monomer.
c. Storage tanks for liquid monomers shall be provided with separate normal vents that

319
 meet the requirements of NFPA 30.
d. Storage tanks for liquid monomers shall be provided with emergency vents that meet
the following requirements:
1) The emergency vents shall be capable of relieving the excess internal pressure
and evolution of gas, liquid, or vapour resulting from polymerization or runaway
reaction.
2) The emergency vents shall be designed in accordance with methods that are
appropriate for the specific monomer.
2. Storage of Solid Monomers. Solid monomers shall be stored, handled, and used in
accordance with the manufacturers’ instructions.
3. Waste Disposal. Waste monomers or material contaminated with monomers shall be
disposed of according to applicable government regulations regarding hazardous
waste.

C. Organic Peroxide Formulations. Organic peroxide formulations shall be stored in

accordance with NFPA 400, Hazardous Materials Code, and shall be handled and used in
accordance with the manufacturers’ instructions.

SECTION 10.4.15.7 CONTROL OF IGNITION SOURCES

A. Ignition Sources. Precautions shall be taken to prevent the ignition of flammable materials
in organic coatings manufacturing facilities by sources including, but not limited to the
following:
1. Open flames
2. Lightning
3. Hot surfaces
4. Radiant heat
5. Smoking
6. Hot works
7. Spontaneous ignition
8. Frictional heat or sparks
9. Static electricity
10. Electrical sparks
11. Stray currents
12. Ovens, furnaces, and heating equipment

B. Smoking shall be limited to designated areas that are identified and provided with disposal
containers.
C. Hot Works shall not be performed unless a Fire Safety Clearance for hot works operations
have been secured from the C/MFM having jurisdiction.

D. Repair of Electrical Equipment. Where electrical equipment is repaired or replaced, the

integrity of the area’s electrical classification shall be maintained in accordance with para
“F” of Section 10.4.15.3 of this IRR.

E. Static Electricity Hazards

1. Bonding and Grounding. All equipment such as tanks, machinery, and piping, where a
flammable mixture might be present, shall be bonded and connected to a ground.
a. The bond or ground, or both, shall be physically applied or shall be inherently present
by the nature of the installation.
b. For purposes of dissipating static electric charges, the resistance to ground of a
metallic grounding path shall not exceed 25 ohms and the resistance to ground of a
non-conductive or semi-conductive grounding path shall not exceed 1 million ohms
320
 (1 megohm).
c. Electrically isolated sections of metallic piping or equipment shall be bonded to the
other portions of the system or grounded to prevent external ignition hazards.
d. Where flammable liquids are transferred to or from portable containers greater than
1 gal (3.8 L) in size, all metallic elements, including the containers, shall be bonded
together, and one element shall be grounded.
e. A bond or ground connection shall meet the following requirements:
1) All materials shall be electrically conductive.
2) Materials used shall have sufficient mechanical strength, corrosion resistance,
and flexibility for the service intended.
3) If wire is used, it shall be no smaller than No. 10 AWG wire, preferably uninsulated.
4) Permanent connections shall be made with electrical cable lugs or bolted
clamps or by brazing, welding, or other suitable means.
f. Bonding clamps for portable equipment shall be of the opposed-point type and
shall be attached so that metal-to-metal contact with bonded equipment is assured.

Exception: Other types of clamps that provide secure metal-to-metal contact shall
be permitted to be used.
g. Rubber or leather belts used to transmit power shall be made of conductive
material or treated with a conductive belt dressing. Such dressings shall be checked
periodically to ensure reliability.
h. When adding powders to Class I liquids, it shall be done in a manner that minimizes
the generation of static electricity.
2. Plastic Piping. Powders shall not be conveyed through solid plastic piping that is not
antistatic.
3. Fill Pipes. Fill pipes or side diverters shall be used to transfer nonconductive Class I liquids
in quantities greater than 227 L at a time.
4. Stretch Wrap. Plastic packaging film, including stretch wrap and shrink wrap, shall not be
applied or removed in any area that is designated as a hazardous (classified) location.

F. Lightning Protection. Where required by the authority having jurisdiction, lightning protection
systems meeting the requirements of NFPA 780, Standard for the Installation of Lightning
Protection Systems, shall be provided.

SECTION 10.4.15.8 MANAGEMENT OF FIRE HAZARDS

A. Scope
This Section shall apply to the management methodology used to identify, evaluate,
and control the fire and explosion hazards involved in manufacturing organic coatings.

B. Basic Requirements
Organic coatings manufacturing operations that involve the use of flammable and
combustible liquids shall be reviewed to ensure that fire and explosion hazards resulting
from loss of containment of liquids are provided with corresponding fire prevention and
emergency action plans.

Exception: Operations that involve only the use of Class II or Class III liquids handled at
temperatures below their flash points and that do not involve the use of Class I
liquids need not undergo this review.

C. Evaluation of Hazards. The extent of fire prevention and control that is provided shall be
determined by means of an engineering evaluation of the operation and application of
fire protection and process engineering principles.
The hazard evaluation shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

321
 1. Analysis of the fire and explosion hazards of the operation
2. Analysis of hazardous materials and chemicals and hazardous reactions used in the
operation and the safeguards taken to control them
3. Analysis of the applicable facility design requirements in this Section
4. Analysis of the applicable operation and protection requirements in this Section
5. Analysis of local conditions, such as exposure to and from adjacent properties and
exposure to floods, earthquakes, and windstorms
6. Analysis of the emergency response capabilities of the local emergency services

D. Emergency Action Plans. A written emergency action plan that is consistent with available
resources and personnel shall be established to respond to fires and related emergencies.
The emergency action plan shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
1. Procedures to be followed in case of fire, such as sounding the alarm, notifying the fire
department, evacuating personnel, and controlling and extinguishing the fire.
2. Procedures and schedules for conducting drills of these procedures.
3. Appointment and training of personnel to carry out assigned duties. These duties shall
be reviewed at the time of initial assignment, as responsibilities or response actions
change, and whenever anticipated duties change.
4. Maintenance of fire protection equipment.
5. Procedures for shutting down or isolating equipment to reduce the release of liquid. This
shall include assigning personnel responsible for maintaining critical plant functions or
the shutdown of plant processes.

E. Management of Change. The hazard evaluation conducted in accordance with para

“C” above shall be repeated whenever the fire or explosion hazards change significantly.
Conditions that might require repeating a review include, but are not limited to, the
following:
1. Changes in the materials in process
2. Changes in process equipment
3. Changes in process controls
4. Changes in operating procedures or assignments

F. Fire Investigation. All fires shall be investigated

SECTION 10.4.15.9 FIRE PROTECTION

A. Scope
This Section shall apply to the commonly recognized management control systems
and methods used to prevent or minimize the loss from fire or explosion in organic coatings
manufacturing facilities.

B. Automatic Sprinkler Protection

1. Important manufacturing and storage buildings shall be protected by sprinkler systems
installed in accordance with Section 10.2.6.7 of this IRR.
2. An automatic sprinkler system shall be permitted to be equipped with fire-fighting foam
that is compatible with the materials protected. Such systems shall be designed in
accordance with one of the following:
a. NFPA 13, Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems.
b. NFPA 11, Standard for Low-, Medium-, and High-Expansion Foam Systems.
c. NFPA 16, Standard for the Installation of Foam-Water Sprinkler and Foam-Water Spray
Systems.
3. Water supplies for fire protection systems shall be capable of providing the pressure and

322
 capacity needed to meet the highest flow demand in any one fire, with ample reserve
for necessary hose demand.
4. Drainage facilities shall be provided for water from sprinkler systems.

C. Fire Hydrants. Where public hydrants and water mains are not available or are inadequate,
private hydrants and water mains shall be provided in accordance with NFPA 24, Standard
for the Installation of Private Fire Service Mains and Their Appurtenances.

D. Emergency Notification. An approved means for prompt notification of fire to those within
the plant and to the available public or private fire department shall be provided.

E. Portable Fire Extinguishers. Listed portable fire extinguishers shall be provided in accordance
with Section 10.2.6.9 of the IRR.

F. Standpipe and Hose Systems. Where provided, standpipe and hose systems shall be installed
in accordance with NFPA 14. Only combination nozzles or spray nozzles shall be used.

G. Hose Connections. Where provided, 11/2 in. hose connections shall be installed in
accordance with Section 10.2.6.7 of this IRR. Only combination nozzles or spray nozzles shall
be used.

H. Fixed Local Application Extinguishing Systems. Manufacturing equipment and tanks shall
be permitted to be protected by foam, inert gas, or dry chemical extinguishing systems.

SECTION 10.4.15.10 TRAINING AND EMERGENCY PLANNING

A. Basic Training Requirements

1. Personnel responsible for the use and operation of portable fire control equipment shall
be trained in the use of that equipment. Refresher training shall be conducted at least
annually.
2. Personnel shall be trained in the methods of manually actuating fixed extinguishing
systems and of notifying public or private fire departments and emergency organizations.
3. All personnel shall be made aware of special hazards and shall be instructed as to the
identity and potential dangers of hazardous materials.
4. Personnel shall be trained in proper procedures for safe operation of processes, as well
as emergency shutdown procedures.

B. Emergency Planning
1. Planning for fire control measures shall be coordinated with local emergency response
agencies.
2. Procedures shall be established to provide for safe shutdown of operations under
emergency conditions.
3. Provisions shall be made for training, inspection, and testing of associated alarms,
interlocks, and controls.

Exception: Where shutdown of an operation would increase the hazard, other

emergency procedures shall be permitted to be established.
4. The emergency procedure shall be kept readily available and up to date.

SECTION 10.4.15.11 INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

A. General
1. Fire protection equipment shall be tested and maintained in accordance with
applicable NFPA standards.
2. Inspection and testing of fire protection equipment shall be performed in accordance
with recommendations of the equipment manufacturer.
3. Water-based fire protection systems shall be inspected, tested, and maintained in
323
 accordance with NFPA 25.
4. Procedures shall be established to control leakage and prevent spillage of liquids during
maintenance operations.
5. Combustible waste material and residues in operating areas shall be kept to a minimum,
stored in covered metal containers, and disposed of daily.
6. Outside storage areas shall be kept free of weeds, trash, or other unnecessary
combustible materials.
7. Aisles established for movement of personnel shall be maintained clear of obstructions
to permit orderly evacuation and ready access for manual fire-fighting activities.

B. Confined Space Entry. Where it is necessary for an employee to enter a tank, a pit, a
manhole, or any other confined space, such entry shall be authorized by the individual-in-
charge.

C. Cleaning Tanks and Vessels. Cleaning of storage tanks and process vessels shall be done
in a manner and with controls to prevent fires.

D. Floor Cleaning. Floor cleaning shall be done in a manner that minimizes fire hazards.

DIVISION 16. INDUSTRIAL OVENS AND FURNACES

SECTION 10.4.16.1 GENERAL

A. Applicability
1. The hereunder provisions shall apply to ovens, dryers, and furnaces; thermal oxidizers;
and any other heated enclosure used for processing of materials and related equipment.
The terms ovens, dryers, and furnaces are used interchangeably.
2. Stated provisions shall apply to new installations and to alterations or extensions to
existing equipment.
3. Industrial ovens and furnaces shall comply with this Division and the applicable provisions
of NFPA 86, Standard for Ovens and Furnaces.

B. Fire Safety Clearance

A Fire Safety Clearance shall be secured from the C/MFM having jurisdiction.

C. Plans and Specifications

Plans and specifications for devices and systems required by hereunder provisions shall
be submitted to the Office of the C/MFM having jurisdiction for review and approval prior
to installation.

SECTION 10.4.16.2 LOCATION AND CONSTRUCTION

A. Location
1. General
a. Furnaces and related equipment shall be located so as to protect personnel and
buildings from fire or explosion hazards.
b. Furnaces shall be located so as to be protected from damage by external heat,
vibration, and mechanical hazards.
c. Furnaces shall be located so as to make maximum use of natural ventilation, to
minimize restrictions to adequate explosion relief, and to provide sufficient air supply
for personnel.
d. Where furnaces are located in basements or enclosed areas, sufficient ventilation
shall be supplied so as to provide required combustion air and to prevent the
hazardous accumulation of vapors.
e. Furnaces designed for use with special atmospheres or fuel gas with a specific gravity
324
 greater than air shall be located at or above grade and shall be located so as to
prevent the escape of the special atmosphere or fuel gas from accumulating in
basements, pits, or other areas below the furnace.
2. Structural Members of the Building
a. Furnaces shall be located and erected so that the building structural members
are not affected adversely by the maximum anticipated temperatures or by the
additional loading caused by the furnace.
b. Structural building members shall not pass through or be enclosed within a furnace.
3. Location in Regard to Stock, Processes, and Personnel
a. Furnaces shall be located so as to minimize exposure to power equipment, process
equipment, and sprinkler risers.
b. Unrelated stock and combustible materials shall be located at a distance from a
furnace, a furnace heater, or ductwork so that the combustible materials will not be
ignited, with a minimum separation distance of 0.8 m.
c. Furnaces shall be located so as to minimize exposure of people to possible injury
from fire, explosion, asphyxiation, and hazardous materials and shall not obstruct
personnel travel to exitways.
d. Furnaces shall be designed or located so as to prevent an ignition source to flammable
coating dip tanks, spray booths, and storage and mixing rooms for flammable liquids
or to prevent exposure to flammable vapor or combustible dusts.
e. The requirement of para “d” above shall not apply to integral quench systems.
f. Equipment shall be protected from corrosive external processes and environments,
including fumes or materials from adjacent processes or equipment that produces
corrosive conditions when introduced into the furnace environment.
4. Floors and Clearances
a. Space shall be provided above and on all sides for the following:
1) Inspection, maintenance, and operation purposes
2) Operation of explosion venting
3) Operation and unobstructed discharge of sprinklers
b. In addition to the requirement of para “a” above, provisions shall be included for
the installation of automatic sprinklers and the functioning of explosion venting, if
applicable.
c. Furnaces shall be constructed and located to keep temperatures at combustible
floors, ceilings, and walls less than 71°C.
d. Where electrical wiring is present in floor channels, the wiring shall be installed in
accordance with the PEC and NFPA 70.
e. Floors in the area of mechanical pumps, oil burners, or other equipment using oil
shall be provided with a non-combustible, non-porous surface to prevent floors from
becoming soaked with oil.

B. Furnace Design
1. Furnaces and related equipment shall be designed to minimize the fire hazard inherent
in equipment operating at elevated temperatures.
2. Furnace components exposed simultaneously to elevated temperatures and air
(oxygen) shall be constructed of noncombustible material.
3. Furnace structural supports and material-handling equipment shall be designed with
the structural strength needed to support the furnace and work when operating at
maximum operating conditions, including maximum temperature.
4. Furnaces shall withstand the strains imposed by expansion and contraction, as well as
static and dynamic mechanical load.
5. Heating devices and heating elements of all types shall be constructed or located so as

325
 to resist mechanical damage from falling work, material handling, or other mechanical
hazards.
6. Furnace and related equipment shall be designed and located so as to provide access
for required inspection and maintenance.
a. Ladders, walkways, or access facilities shall be provided so that equipment can be
operated or accessed for testing and maintenance.
b. Means shall be provided for entry by maintenance and other personnel.
7. Radiation shields, refractory material, and insulation shall be retained or supported so
they do not fall out of place under designed use and maintenance.
8. External parts of furnaces that operate at temperatures in excess of 71°C shall be
guarded by location, guard rails, shields, or insulation to prevent accidental contact
with personnel.
a. Bursting discs or panels, mixer openings, and other parts of the furnace from which
flame or hot gases could be discharged shall be located or guarded to prevent
injury to personnel.
b. Where impractical to provide adequate shields or guards, warning signs or permanent
floor markings visible to personnel entering the area shall be provided.
9. Observation ports or other visual means for observing the operation of individual burners
shall be provided and shall be protected from radiant heat and physical damage.
10. Each portion of a closed cooling system that can exceed the design pressure shall be
equipped with the following:
a. Pressure relief
b. Flow switches equipped with audible and visual alarms
11. Open cooling systems utilizing unrestricted sight drains observable by the operator shall
not require flow switches.
12. Where a cooling system is critical to continued safe operation of a furnace, the cooling
system shall continue to operate after a safety shutdown or power failure.
13. Furnaces shall be designed to minimize fire hazards due to the presence of combustible
products or residue in the furnace.
14. Furnace hydraulic systems shall utilize either fire-resistant fluids or flammable hydraulic
fluids where approved and failure of hydraulic system components cannot result in a fire
hazard.
15. The metal frames of furnaces shall be electrically grounded.
16. Water-cooled components, such as vacuum vessels, shall be designed with minimum
wall thicknesses in accordance with vessel standards.
17. A corrosion allowance shall be specified where appropriate.

C. Explosion Relief
1. Fuel-fired furnaces and furnaces that contain flammable liquids, gases, or combustible
dusts shall be equipped with unobstructed explosion relief for freely relieving internal
explosion pressures except in the following cases:
a. Explosion-relief shall not be required on furnaces with shell construction having 3/6
in. (4.8 mm) or heavier steel plate shells reinforced with structural steel beams and
buckstays that support and retain refractory or insulating materials that are required
for temperature endurance, which makes them unsuitable for the installation of
explosion relief.
b. Explosion-relief panels shall not be required for low-oxygen atmosphere ovens
designed and protected in accordance with NFPA 86.
c. The requirements for explosion relief shall not apply to thermal oxidizers.
d. The requirements for explosion relief shall not apply to Class D furnaces.
f. Explosion-relief panels shall not be required in the work chamber of indirect fired

326
 ovens where it is demonstrated by calculation that the combustible concentration in
the work chamber cannot exceed 25 percent of the lower LFL under any conditions.
g. Explosion relief shall not be required for the combustion chamber of an indirect-fired
oven that incorporates a single combustion airflow path through the heat exchanger
and does not recirculate the products of combustion.
2. Explosion relief shall be based on one of the following:
a. The amount of explosion relief area shall be at least 0.093 m2 of relief area for each
0.424 m3 of furnace volume.
b. The amount of explosion relief shall be based on the requirements of NFPA 68,
Standard on Explosion Protection by Deflagration Venting.
3. Hinged panels, openings, or access doors equipped with approved explosion-relief
hardware shall be permitted to be included in the ratio specified in para 2 above.
4. Explosion-relief vents shall be arranged so that, when open, the full vent opening
provides an effective relief area.
a. The operation of vents to their full capacity shall not be obstructed.
b. Warning signs shall be posted on the vents.
5. Explosion-relief vent(s) shall be located as close as practical to each known source of
ignition to minimize damage.
6. Explosion-relief vents shall be located or retained so that personnel are not exposed to
injury by operation of the vents.
7. Where explosion relief is required, explosion-relief vents shall activate at a surge pressure
that does not exceed the design pressure of the oven enclosure.
8. Explosion-relief vents for a long furnace shall be distributed throughout the entire furnace
length with the maximum distance between explosion-relief vents not to exceed five
times the oven’s smallest inside dimension (width or height).

D. Ventilation and Exhaust System

1. Building Makeup Air. A quantity of makeup air shall be admitted to oven rooms and
buildings to provide the air volume required for oven safety ventilation and combustion
air.
2. Fans and Motors
a. Electric motors that drive exhaust or recirculating fans shall not be located inside the
oven or ductwork, except within vacuum furnaces.
b. Oven recirculation and exhaust fans shall be designed for the maximum oven
temperature and for material and vapors being released during the heating process.
3. Ductwork
a. Ventilating and exhaust systems, where applicable, shall be installed in accordance
with NFPA 91, unless otherwise noted in these provisions.
b. Wherever furnace ducts or stacks pass through combustible walls, floors, or roofs,
either non-combustible insulation or clearance, or both, shall be provided to prevent
combustible surface temperatures from exceeding 71°C.
c. Where ducts pass through non-combustible walls, floors, or partitions, the space
around the duct shall be sealed with non-combustible material to maintain the fire
resistance rating of the barrier.
d. Ducts shall be constructed entirely of sheet steel or other non-combustible material
capable of meeting the intended installation and conditions of service, and the
installation shall be protected where subject to physical damage.
e. Access doors shall be provided to allow for inspection and cleaning of the interior
surfaces of ducts handling flammable vapors or combustible solids.
f. No portions of the building shall be used as an integral part of the duct leading to the
approved point of discharge.

327
 g. All ducts shall be made tight throughout and shall have no openings other than
those required for the operation and maintenance of the system.
h. All ducts shall be braced where required and shall be supported by metal hangers
or brackets.
i. Ducts handling flammable vapors shall be designed to minimize the condensation
of the vapors out of the exhaust airstream onto the surface of the ducts.
j. Ducts handling combustible solids shall be designed to minimize the accumulation
of solids within the ducts.
k. Hand holes for damper, sprinkler, or fusible link inspection or resetting and for purposes
of residue clean-out shall be equipped with tight-fitting doors or covers.
l. Exposed hot fan casings and hot ducts [temperatures exceeding 71°C shall be
guarded by location, guard rails, shields, or insulation to prevent injury to personnel.
m. Exhaust ducts shall not discharge near openings or other air intakes where effluents
can be entrained and directed to locations creating a hazard.

E. Mountings and Auxiliary Equipment

1. Pipes, valves, and manifolds shall be mounted so as to provide protection against
damage by heat, vibration, and mechanical hazard.
2. Furnace systems shall have provisions such as motion stops, lockout devices, or other
safety mechanisms to prevent injury to personnel during maintenance or inspection.
3. Instrumentation and control equipment shall meet the following criteria:
a. Located for ease of observation, adjustment, and maintenance
b. Protected from physical and thermal damage and other hazards
4. Auxiliary equipment such as conveyors, racks, shelves, baskets, and hangers shall be
non-combustible and designed to facilitate cleaning.
5. External Heat Exchangers. External heat exchangers used for the purpose of extracting
heat from a recirculating cooling gas shall be enclosed in a vacuum-tight chamber
that has a leak rate not exceeding the leak rate specified by the manufacturer for the
furnace chamber.
a. Heat exchangers, components, and connections shall be free from water and air
leaks.
b. Heat exchangers shall be installed or located to prevent damage from vibration and
thermal damage due to expansion and contraction.
c. Heat exchanger components shall have the design strength to resist permanent
deformation while exposed to the simultaneous maximum pressure of the coolant
source and the maximum vacuum or pressure attained in the furnace.
6. Fans and Motors for Gas Quenching Systems
a. Fans shall not be exposed to any temperature in excess of their design temperature
rating.
b. Electric fan motors shall be interlocked to prevent operation at less than a chamber
pressure of 48 kPa absolute in order to prevent motor failure.
c. Where motor windings are exposed to argon gas or other ionizing gases, the voltage
on the motor shall be limited to 260 volts maximum.
7. Quenching Gas. When introduced at the quenching temperature, the recirculating
gas shall be one that is not harmful to the heating elements, furnace heat shields or
insulation, or work.

SECTION 10.4.16.3 COMMISSIONING, OPERATIONS, MAINTENANCE, INSPECTION AND

TESTING

A. Commissioning

328
 1. Commissioning shall be required for all new installations or for any changes that affect
the safety system.
2. All pertinent apparatus shall be installed and connected in accordance with the system
design.
3. The furnace shall not be released for operation before the installation and checkout of
the required safety systems have been successfully completed.
4. Any changes to the original design made during commissioning shall be reflected in the
documentation.
5. Set points of all safety interlock settings shall be documented.
6. During commissioning, all furnace piping that conveys flammable liquids or flammable
gases shall be inspected for leaks.

B. Training
1. Personnel who operate, maintain, or supervise the furnace shall be thoroughly instructed
and trained in their respective job functions under the direction of a qualified person(s).
2. Personnel who operate, maintain, or supervise the furnace shall be required to
demonstrate an understanding of the equipment, its operation, and practice of safe
operating procedures in their respective job functions.
3. Personnel who operate, maintain, or supervise the furnace shall receive regularly
scheduled refresher training and shall demonstrate understanding of the equipment, its
operation, and practice of safe operating procedures in their respective job functions.
4. The training program shall cover startup, shutdown, and lockout procedures in detail.
5. The training program shall be kept current with changes in equipment and operating
procedures, and training materials shall be available for reference.

C. Operations
1. The furnace shall be operated in accordance with the design parameters.
2. Operating instructions that include all of the following shall be provided by the furnace
manufacturer:
a. Schematic piping and wiring diagrams
b. Startup procedures
c. Shutdown procedures
d. Emergency procedures, including those occasioned by loss of special atmospheres,
electric power, inert gas, or other essential utilities
e. Maintenance procedures, including interlock and valve tightness testing
3. When the original equipment manufacturer no longer exists, the user shall develop
inspection, testing, and maintenance procedures.
4. Operating procedures shall be established that cover normal and emergency
conditions.
5. Operating procedures shall be directly applicable to the equipment involved and shall
be consistent with safety requirements and the manufacturer’s recommendations.
6. Procedures shall be consistent with safety requirements and shall be kept current with
changes in equipment and personnel.
7. Where different modes of operation are possible, procedures shall be prepared for
each operating mode and for switching from one mode to another.
8. Personnel shall have access to operating instructions at all times.
9. Safety devices shall not be removed or rendered ineffective.

D. Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance

1. Safety devices shall be maintained in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.
2. It shall be the responsibility of the furnace manufacturer to provide instructions for

329
 inspection, testing, and maintenance.
3. It shall be the responsibility of the user to establish, schedule, and enforce the frequency
and extent of the inspection, testing, and maintenance program, as well as the
corrective action to be taken.
4. All safety interlocks shall be tested for function at least annually.
5. The set point of temperature, pressure, or flow devices used as safety interlocks shall be
verified at least annually.
6. Safety device testing shall be documented at least annually.
7. Calibration of continuous vapor concentration high limit controllers shall be performed
in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions and shall be performed at least
once per month.
8. Pressure and explosion relief devices shall be visually inspected at least annually to
ensure that they are unobstructed and properly labeled.
9. Valve seat leakage testing of safety shutoff valves and valve proving systems shall be
performed in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.
a. Testing frequency shall be at least annually.
b. The installation of a valve proving system or a valve with proof of closure shall not
replace the requirement for seat leakage testing.
10. Safety Shutoff Valve Replacement
a. Safety shutoff valves shall be replaced before they exceed their maximum allowable
number of lifetime open-closed cycles.
b. The number of safety shutoff valve cycles shall be determined in one of the following
ways:
1) By counting the number of actual safety shutoff valve open-closed cycles
2) By estimating the time to reach 90 percent of lifetime total cycles based on normal
cycling rates.
11. Manual shutoff valves shall be maintained in accordance with the manufacturer’s
instructions.
12. Lubricated manual shutoff valves shall be lubricated and subsequently leak tested for
valve closure at least annually.
13. Equipment isolation valves and emergency shutoff valves shall be exercised at least
annually.
14. Oxygen piping and components shall be inspected and maintained.
15. The temperature indication of the excess temperature limit interlock shall be verified to
be accurate.
16. Whenever any safety interlock is replaced, it shall be tested for function.
17. Whenever any temperature, pressure, or flow device used as a safety interlock is
replaced, the set point setting shall be verified.
18. An inspection shall be completed at least annually to verify that all designed safety
interlocks are present and have not been bypassed or rendered ineffective.

E. Record Retention. Records of inspection, testing, and maintenance activities shall be

retained for a period of one (1) year or until the next inspection, testing, or maintenance
activity, whichever is longer.

F. Procedures. The user’s operational and maintenance program shall include procedures
that apply to entry into equipment in accordance with all applicable regulations.

SECTION 10.4.16.4 FIRE PROTECTION

A. General. A study shall be conducted to determine the need for fixed or portable fire
protection systems for ovens, furnaces, or related equipment.
330
 1. The determination of the need for fire protection systems shall be based on a review of
the fire hazards associated with the equipment.
2. Where determined to be necessary, fixed or portable fire protection systems shall be
provided.

B. Types of Fire Protection Systems

1. Where automatic sprinklers are provided, they shall be installed in accordance with
NFPA 13, unless otherwise permitted para 2 below.
2. Where sprinklers that protect only ovens are installed and connection to a reliable fire
protection water supply is not feasible, a domestic water supply connection shall be
permitted to supply these sprinklers subject to the approval of the authority having
jurisdiction.
3. Where water spray systems are provided, they shall be installed in accordance with
NFPA 15.
4. Where carbon dioxide protection systems are provided, they shall be installed in
accordance with NFPA 12, Standard on Carbon Dioxide Extinguishing Systems.
5. Where foam extinguishing systems are provided, they shall be installed in accordance
with NFPA 11.
6. Where dry chemical protection systems are provided, they shall be installed in
accordance with NFPA 17.
7. Where water mist systems are provided, they shall be installed in accordance with NFPA
750.

C. Special Considerations
1. Where water from a fixed protection system could come in contact with molten
materials, such as molten salt or molten metal, shielding shall be provided to prevent
water from contacting the molten material.
2. Galvanized pipe shall not be used in sprinkler or water spray systems in ovens, furnaces,
or related equipment.
3. Where sprinklers are selected for the protection of ovens, furnaces, or related equipment,
the use of closed-head sprinkler systems shall be prohibited, and only deluge sprinkler
systems shall be used where the following conditions exist:
a. In equipment where temperatures can exceed 329°C.
b. Where flash fire conditions can occur

D. Drawings and Calculations. Prior to the beginning of installation of a fixed fire protection
system, installation drawings and associated calculations depicting the arrangement of
fixed protection installations shall be submitted to the authority having jurisdiction for review
and approval.

E. Means of Access. Where manual fire protection is determined to be necessary as a result

of the review required in para “C” above, doors or other effective means of access shall be
provided in ovens and ductwork so that portable extinguishers and hose streams can be
used effectively in all parts of the equipment.

F. Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance of Fire Protection Equipment. All fire protection
equipment shall be inspected, tested, and maintained as specified in the following
standards:
1. NFPA 10, Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers
2. NFPA 11, Standard for Low-, Medium-, and High-Expansion Foam
3. NFPA 12, Standard on Carbon Dioxide Extinguishing Systems
4. NFPA 13, Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems
5. NFPA 15, Standard for Water Spray Fixed Systems for Fire Protection
6. NFPA 17, Standard for Dry Chemical Extinguishing Systems

331
 7. NFPA 17A, Standard for Wet Chemical Extinguishing Systems
8. NFPA 25, Standard for the Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance of Water-Based Fire
Protection Systems
9. NFPA 750, Standard on Water Mist Fire Protection Systems

DIVISION 17. HOTWORKS OPERATION

SECTION 10.4.17.1 FIRE SAFETY CLEARANCE FOR HOTWORKS OPERATION

A Fire Safety Clearance shall be secured from C/MFM having jurisdiction prior to any
hotworks operations.

SECTION 10.4.17.2 LOCATIONAL SAFETY REQUIREMENTS

A. All combustibles shall be relocated at least eleven meters (11 m) horizontally from the work
site. If relocation is impractical, combustibles shall be protected with fire-retardant covers
or otherwise shielded with metal or fire-retardant guards or curtains. Edges of covers at the
floor shall be tight to prevent sparks from going under them, including where several covers
overlap when protecting a large pile.

B. If hotworks is done near walls, partitions, ceilings, or roofs of combustible construction, fire-
retardant shields or guards shall be provided to prevent ignition.

C. Hotworks shall not be attempted on a partition, wall, ceiling that has a combustible covering
or insulation, or on walls or partitions of combustibles sandwich-type panel construction.

D. Hotworks that is performed on pipes or other metal that is in contact with combustible walls,
partitions, ceilings, roofs, or other combustibles shall not be undertaken if the work is close
enough to cause ignition by conduction.

E. All hotworks operations in confined spaces shall be adequately ventilated to prevent the
accumulation of toxic materials or possible oxygen deficiency.

SECTION 10.4.17.3 OPERATION

A. The designated working area shall be inspected at least once a day while the hotworks
permit is in effect to ensure that it is a fire-free area.

B. No device or attachment facilitating or permitting mixture of air or oxygen with combustible

gases shall be allowed unless approved for the purpose.

C. The user shall not transfer gases from one cylinder to another, or mix gases in a cylinder.

D. When moving compressed gas cylinder by crane, suitable cradles shall be used in order
to reduce the possibility of dropping. Ordinary rope slings or electro-magnets shall not be
used.

E. Welding equipment shall be inspected daily. Inspection and testing of equipment and
components shall include regulators, torches, hoses and connections, piping, oxygen
cylinders and manifolds, acetylene cylinders and manifolds, electrical wires for portable
welding machines, fuses and the portable welding machine.

F. Acetylene generators shall be of approved type and shall be plainly marked with the rate
in cubic meter of acetylene per hour for which they are designed, the amount of weight
of carbide necessary for a single charge, the manufacturer’s name and address, and the
name or number of the type of generator.

G. Stationary generators shall be installed either in a well-ventilated one-storey non-combustible

outside generator house, or in a well-ventilated room or compartment of ample size and
of construction as outlined in the succeeding paragraphs, either in a one- storey building
332
 or on the top floor or roof of multi-storeys building. The storage of fuel gas cylinder in such
rooms or compartments shall not exceed a total volume of fifty-seven cubic meters (57 m3)
or twelve (12) kilograms in case of liquefied petroleum gas.

H. Inside generator rooms or compartments

1. The walls or partitions, floor, and ceiling on such room or compartments shall be
constructed having a fire-resistance rating of not less than two (2) hours. Walls or
partitions shall be of noncombustible construction and continuous from the floor to
ceiling and shall be securely anchored. At least one wall of an inside generator room
shall be an exterior wall.
2. Opening from the generator room or compartment to other parts of the building shall
be protected by an approved self- closing fire door for a Class B opening and have a
rating of at least one (1) hour or the swinging type and close into a rabbet, or otherwise
be made tight to prevent passage of flame around edges. Exit doors shall be located
to be readily accessible in case of emergency. Windows, if provided in partitions, shall
be wired glass on approved metal- frames with fixed sash.
3. A portion of the exterior walls equal to not less than ten percent (10%) of the combined
areas of the enclosing walls shall be of light non-combustible materials such as single
thickness, single strength glass. Single thickness, single strength window glass skylights,
or lightly fastened roof hatch covers, swinging doors in exterior walls opening outward,
sheet metal siding or lightly fastened roofs, may be accepted in part or entirely in lieu of
the glass area or its equivalent, provided the required percentage of explosion venting
area is thus obtained.
4. Generators installed inside buildings shall be enclosed in a separate room. Exit doors
shall be so located as to be readily accessible in case of emergency.
5. The installation of acetylene generators within buildings shall be restricted to buildings
not exceeding one storey in height except on the roof or top floor of a building.
6. Operating instructions shall be posted in a conspicuous place near the generator or
kept in a suitable place available for ready reference.

I. Portable generators
1. Portable generators shall not be used in rooms of total volume less than thirty five (35)
times the total gas generating capacity per charge of generators in the room. The gas
generating capacity in cubic meters per charge shall be assumed as three-tenths (0.3)
times the weight of carbide per charge in kilograms. Generators shall not be used in
rooms having a ceiling height of less than three meters (3 m).
2. No portable acetylene generator shall be moved by derrick crane or hoist while
charged with carbide.
3. Portable generators shall be located at a safe distance from the welding position
so that they will not be exposed to sparks, slag, or misdirection of the torch flame or
overheating from hot materials or processes.
4. Portable generators shall be cleaned and recharged and the air mixture blown off
outside buildings.

J. Oxygen-fuel gas welding, cutting and hotworks

1. Mixture of fuel gases and air or oxygen shall be guarded. No device or attachment
facilitating or permitting mixtures of air or oxygen with flammable gases shall be allowed
unless approved for the purpose.
2. Oxygen cylinders shall not be stored near highly combustible materials, especially oil and
grease; or near reserve stocks of carbide and acetylene or other fuel-gas cylinders, or
near any other substance likely to cause or accelerate fire; or in an acetylene generator
compartment.

K. Piping of oxygen fuel gases

1. Except as provided in this Division, piping shall be of wrought iron, steel, brass or copper
pipe, or approved seamless copper, brass or other approved gas tubing. Heavy duty
333
 piping and fittings may be used for conveying gas or liquid with pressures up to ten and
fifty fourth-hundredths kilograms (10.54 kg) per square centimeters.
2. For pressures in excess of ten and fifty four-hundredths kilograms (10.54 kg) per square
centimeter, extra heavy-duty pipe and fittings shall be used.
3. Joints in steel or wrought iron pipe shall be welded or made up with threaded or flanged
fittings; or rolled, forged or cast steel, or malleable iron fittings may be used.
4. Joints in brass or copper pipe may be welded or made up with threaded or flanged
fittings. Joints in approved seamless copper, brass or other approved non-ferrous gas
tubing shall be made by means of approved fittings or, if of the socket type, with silver
solder, or similar high melting point material.
5. Cast-iron fittings shall be prohibited.
6. Threaded connections in oxygen piping shall be tinned or made up with other suitable
joint sealer applied to the thread of male coupling.
7. Acetylene piping shall be made of steel or wrought iron pipe only.
8. Oxygen piping shall be made of steel, wrought iron, brass or copper pipe or approved
seamless non-ferrous gas tubing. Tubing shall be used only for pressures of ten and fifty
four-hundredths kilograms (10.54 kg) per square centimeters or less.
9. Piping shall be protected against injury, and allowance made for contraction, expansion,
jarring and vibration. If laid underground, it shall be protected against corrosion. Low
points in piping shall be provided with drip pots and drain valves, the latter to be
normally closed with screw caps or plugs. Oxygen piping shall not be placed in any
location where it may be exposed to contact with oil.
10. All piping shall be tested and proven tight at one and one-half (1.5) times its maximum
working pressure. Any medium used for testing oxygen lines shall be oil-free. Flames shall
not be used to detect leaks.
11. All buried pipe and tubing and outdoor ferrous pipe and tubing shall be covered or
painted with a suitable corrosion-resisting material.
12. No hotworks shall be performed on an acetylene or oxygen pipeline, including the
attachment of hangers or supports, until the line has been purged. Only oil-free air, oil-
free nitrogen, or oil-free carbon dioxide shall be used to purge oxygen lines.

L. Manifolding of Cylinders
1. Oxygen manifold shall not be located in an acetylene generator room, or in close
proximity to cylinders of combustible gases. Oxygen manifolds shall be located away
from highly flammable material, especially oil, grease or any substance likely to cause
or accelerate fire.
2. The aggregate capacity of fuel gas cylinders connected to one manifold inside a
building shall not exceed eighty four and nine tenths cubic meters (84.9 m3)of gas or
one hundred thirty five kilograms (135 kg) in the case of liquefied petroleum gas. More
than one such manifold each supplying one blowpipe or one machine may be located
in the same room if separated with at least fifteen meters (15 m) distance.
3. It is necessary to manifold fuel gas cylinders having an aggregate gas capacity in
excess of eighty-four and nine tenths cubic meters (84.9 m3) or one hundred fourteen
kilograms (114 kg) of liquefied petroleum gas (LPG). Storage exceeding above amount
shall be in separate room as provided for by this IRR, or cylinders shall be kept outside or
in a special building. Buildings, rooms or compartments provided for such storage shall
be well ventilated and be without open flame heating or lighting devices.
4. Cylinders stored inside of buildings shall be away from highly combustible materials and
in locations where they are not subject to excessive rise in temperature, mechanical
injury or tampering. All cylinders including empty ones shall have their caps in place
and all valves tightly closed.
5. Acetylene and liquefied fuel-gas cylinders connected to a portable manifold inside a
building shall be manifolded in a vertical position.

334
SECTION 10.4.17.4 PROTECTION AND MAINTENANCE

A. Hotworks equipment to be used shall be in satisfactory operating condition.

B. Where combustible materials, such as paper clippings, wood shavings, or textile fibers are
on the floor, the floor shall be swept clean for a radius of eleven meters (11 m). Combustible
floors (except wood on concrete) shall be kept wet, be covered with damp sand, or be
protected by noncombustible or fire retardant shields. Where floors have been wet down,
personnel operating arc welding or cutting equipment shall be protected from possible
shock.

C. Opening or cracks in walls, floors, or ducts within eleven meters (11 m) of the site shall be
tightly covered with fire-retardant or noncombustible material to prevent the passage of
sparks to adjacent areas.

D. Conveyor systems that might carry sparks to distant combustibles shall be shielded.

E. Fully charged hose line and at least one (1) fire extinguisher that are appropriate for the
type of possible fire shall be available immediately at the work area.

F. If hotworks is done in close proximity to a sprinkler head, a wet rag shall be laid over the
head and then removed at the conclusion of the welding or cutting operation.

G. In hotworks done inside ships docked/anchored on shore or in shipyards, and in tanks

and confined spaces where a concentration of combustible fumes/gases and liquids
are reasonably suspected, an explosimeter shall be employed to determine the level of
combustible fumes/gases present. Hotworks shall not be permitted if the concentration
of the fumes/gases falls between the lower explosive/flammability limit (LE/FL) and upper
explosive/flammability limit (UE/FL). Standard range for LE/FL and UE/FL shall be based with
internationally accepted standards.

H. Under no conditions shall acetylene gas be generated, piped (except in approved cylinder
manifold), or utilized at a pressure in excess of one and five-hundredths kilograms (1.05
kg) per square centimeters gauge pressure, except when dissolved in a suitable solvent in
cylinders manufactured according to internationally recognized safe practice.

I. Acetylene gas shall not be brought in contact with unalloyed copper except in a blowpipe
torch.

J. Oxygen shall never be used from a cylinder or cylinder manifold unless a pressure-regulating
device intended for use with oxygen, and so marked, is provided.

K. Fuel gas shall never be used from cylinders, through torches or other device equipped with
shut-off valves without reducing the pressure through a suitable regulator attached to the
cylinder valve manifold.

L. Cylinders, valves, regulators, hose and other apparatus and fittings containing or using
oxygen shall be kept free from oil or grease. Oxygen cylinders, apparatus and fittings shall
not be handled with oily hands or gloves or greasy materials.

M. Oxygen and fuel gas cylinder and acetylene generators shall be placed far away enough
from the welding position so that they will not be unduly heated by radiation from heated
materials, by sparks or slag, or by misdirection of the torch flame.

N. No gas welding or cutting shall be done in or near rooms or locations where flammable
liquids or vapors, lint, dust, or loose combustible stocks, are so located or arranged that
sparks or hot metal from the welding or cutting operations may cause ignition or explosion
of such materials.

O. Valves of cylinders used for hotworks operations shall be properly closed and the lines bled
after use or when not in actual use. It is the responsibility of the PAI to oversee such measure
every after hotworks operations is done.

P. Oil or grease shall not be used for lubrication of welding, cutting and hotworkss equipment.

335
Q. The use of liquid acetylene is prohibited.

R. Liquid oxygen
This provision shall be enforced in consonance with Section 10.3.4.2.1 of this IRR. Where
liquid oxygen in a quantity exceeding three hundred eighty liters (380L) is to be used for
welding and cutting, the container or containers shall be located outside or in a special
building having no other occupancy except that related to the handling and gasification
of the oxygen.

S. Hose and hose connection

1. Hose shall be capable of withstanding a hydrostatic pressure of fifty six kilograms (56 kg)
per square centimeter.
2. A single hose having more than one gas passage, a wall failure of which would permit
the flow of one gas into the other gas-passage, shall not be used. Where two hoses
joined by a web so as to form integral lengths of double hose are used, the two hoses
shall be identified as follows:
a. By exterior color, such as by employing green for oxygen and red for acetylene, or
b. If the entire exterior of both passages are of the same color, the two sides shall be
distinguished by feel or touch (i.e., smooth versus rib or rough exterior surface).
3. When parallel lengths as oxygen and acetylene hoses are taped together for
convenience and to prevent tangling, not more than ten centimeters (10 cm) shall be
covered with tape.
4. Hose connections shall be clamped or otherwise securely fastened in a manner that
will withstand twice the pressure to which they are normally subjected in service but
in no case shall be less than a pressure of twenty-one kilograms (21 kg) per square
centimeters.
5. Hoses shall be inspected frequently for leaks, burns, torn places, loose connections or
other defects, which may render the hose unfit for service. Where hose shows excessive
wear or has been subjected to flashbacks, it shall be inspected and tested at twice
the normal pressure to which it is subject in service but in no case at less than fourteen
kilograms (14 kg) per square centimeter before being returned to service. Defective
length or hose shall be discarded.

T. Containers for calcium carbide

Containers used for the storage of calcium carbide shall be of metal of sufficient strength
to insure handling without rupture, and shall be provided with a screw top or its equivalent.
They shall be of water tight construction. Solder shall not be used on joints in such a manner
that fire would break open the package. Packages shall be marked ―”CALCIUM CARBIDE
IS DANGEROUS IF NOT KEPT DRY”.

U. Storage of calcium carbide in building

1. Storage of calcium carbide inside the building shall be in a dry waterproof and well-
ventilated location.
2. Calcium carbide in excess of two hundred seventy three kilograms (273 kg) shall not be
stored in a building containing other occupancy unless in acetylene generator room
or compartment, in a one-storey building without a cellar or basement underneath
the carbide storage section. Such rooms shall be constructed to have a fire-resistance
rating of not less than one (1) hour, with opening to other parts of the building protected
be approved self-closing fire doors or stationary wired glass windows in approved metal
frame. The room or compartments may also be used for storage of fuel gas cylinders,
but not oxygen. Adequate ventilation shall be provided. Metal tools shall not be located
in the calcium carbide storage room.
3. Calcium Carbide in excess of two thousand two hundred seventy three kilograms (2,273
kg) shall be stored in one-storey buildings without cellar or basement and used for no
other purpose except the storage of fuel gas cylinders, or in outside acetylene generator
houses. Location of such storage buildings shall be outside congested mercantile and

336
 manufacturing districts. If the storage building is of non-combustible construction, it
may adjoin other one-storey buildings if separated therefrom by unpierced firewalls. If
detached, less than three meters (3 m) from such building, there shall be no opening
in any of the mutually exposing side of such buildings within three meters (3 m). If the
storage building is of combustible construction it shall not be within six meters (6 m) of
any other one- or two-storey building, and at least within nine meters (9 m) of any other
building exceeding two storeys.
4. Calcium carbide in unopened metal containers may be stored outdoors upon
examination that they in good condition. Periodic reexaminations should be made
to check for rusting or other damage to a container that might affect its water or air
tightness.

DIVISION 18. SAFEGUARDING BUILDING CONSTRUCTION, ALTERATION AND

DEMOLITION OPERATIONS

SECTION 10.4.18.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Structures undergoing construction, alteration, or demolition operations, including those in

underground locations, shall comply with NFPA 241, Standard for Safeguarding Construction,
Alteration, and Demolition Operations, and this Division.

B. A fire protection plan shall be submitted to the C/MFM having jurisdiction for approval.

C. In buildings under construction, adequate escape facilities shall be maintained at all times
for the use of construction workers. Escape facilities shall consist of doors, walkways, stairs,
ramps, fire escapes, ladders, or other approved means or devices arranged in accordance
with Division 5 of Chapter 2 of this Rule insofar as they can reasonably be applied to buildings
under construction

D. Fire department access roads provided in accordance with Section 10.4.2.7 of this IRR shall
be provided at the start of a project and shall be maintained throughout construction.

E. Permanent fire department access road markings shall not be required until the building is
complete or occupied for use.

SECTION 10.4.18.2 PROCESSES AND HAZARDS

A. Temporary Heating Equipment

1. Temporary heating equipment shall be installed taking into consideration its clearance
to combustible material, equipment, or construction.
2. Temporary heating equipment shall be installed, used, and maintained in accordance
with the manufacturer’s instructions, except as otherwise provided in para 3 below.
3. Where instructions, as addressed in para 2 above, are not available, temporary heating
equipment shall be used in accordance with recognized safe practices.
4. Temporary heating equipment shall be situated so that it is secured.
5. Only personnel familiar with the operation of the temporary heating equipment shall
be allowed to operate such devices.
6. Temporary heating equipment, where utilized, shall be monitored for safe operation
and maintained by properly trained personnel.
7. Temporary heating equipment and devices noted to be damaged or considered to be
a potential safety hazard shall not be used.
8. Temporary heating equipment using exposed radiant heating wires shall not be used.
9. Temporary electrical heating equipment shall be equipped with tip-over protection
and overheat cutoffs.
10. Chimney or vent connectors, where required from direct-fired eaters, shall be maintained
337
 at least 460 mm from combustibles and shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 211.
11. Oil-fired heaters shall comply in design and installation features with of NFPA 1.
12. Fuel supplies for liquefied petroleum gas-fired heaters shall comply with Section 10.3.7.8
of this IRR.
13. Refueling operations shall be conducted in an approved manner. This might necessitate
the removal of the heater prior to refueling. The appliance also should be allowed to
cool prior to refueling.

B. Waste Disposal
1. Accumulations of combustible waste material, dust, and debris shall be removed from
the structure and its immediate vicinity at the end of each work shift or more frequently
as necessary for safe operations.
2. Rubbish shall not be burned on the premises without first obtaining a Fire Safety
Clearance from the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
3. Materials susceptible to spontaneous ignition, such as oily rags, shall be stored in an
appropriate disposal container.
4. Trash chutes, where provided, shall comply with the following:
a. A trash chute safety plan shall be submitted to and approved by the C/MFM having
jurisdiction.
b. Trash chutes used on the exterior of a building shall be of noncombustible construction.
If trash chutes are of combustible construction, it shall be protected in accordance
with the following:
1) The interior of combustible trash chutes shall be provided with not less than one
temporary automatic sprinkler within a recess near the top of the chute.
2) The temporary sprinkler shall be protected by the recess as well as an appropriate
sprinkler guard.
3) The temporary sprinkler shall be connected to any available water supply with
an appropriate fire hose, or a flexible, commercial rubber hose, with a diameter
of not less than 19 mm and an appropriate flexible connector.

C. Flammable and Combustible Liquids and Flammable Gases

1. Storage
a. Storage of flammable and combustible liquids shall be in accordance with Section
10.3.7.5 if his IRR, except as modified by the following:
1) Storage of Class I and Class II liquids shall not exceed 227 L within 15 m of the
structure.
2) Storage areas shall be kept free of weeds, debris, and combustible materials not
necessary to the storage.
3) Open flames and smoking shall not be permitted in flammable and combustible
liquids storage areas.
4) Such storage areas shall be appropriately posted as “No Smoking” areas.
5) Storage areas shall be appropriately posted with markings in accordance with
NFPA 704, Standard System for the Identification of the Hazards of Materials
for Emergency Response or Globally Harmonized System of Classification and
Labeling of Chemicals (GHS).
2. Handling of Flammable and Combustible Liquids at Point of Final Use
a. Handling of flammable and combustible liquids shall be in accordance with Section
10.3.7.5 if his IRR, except as modified by the following:
b. Class I and Class II liquids shall be kept in approved safety containers.
c. Means shall be provided to dispose of leakage and spills promptly and safely.
d. Class I liquids shall be dispensed only where there are no open flames or other sources

338
 of ignition within the possible path of vapor travel.
3. Storage and Handling of Combustible and Flammable Gases
a. Storage and handling of combustible and flammable gases shall be in accordance
with Section 10.3.7.5 of this IRR.
b. Open flames and smoking shall not be permitted in flammable gas storage areas.

SECTION 10.4.18.3 FIRE PROTECTION

A. Fire Safety Program

1. An overall construction or demolition fire safety program shall be developed.
2. All of the following items shall be addressed in the fire safety program:
a. Good housekeeping
b. On-site security
c. Fire protection systems
1) For construction operations, installation of new fire protection systems as
construction progresses
2) For demolition operations, preservation of existing fire protection systems during
demolition
d. Organization and training of an on-site fire brigade
e. Development of a pre-fire plan with the local fire department
f. Rapid communication
g. Consideration of special hazards resulting from previous occupancies
h. Protection of existing structures and equipment from exposure fires resulting from
construction, alteration, and demolition operations

B. Owner’s Responsibility for Fire Protection

1. The owner shall designate a person who shall be responsible for the fire prevention
program and who shall ensure that it is carried out to completion.
a. The fire prevention program manager shall have the authority to enforce the
provisions of NFPA 241, Standard for Safeguarding Construction, Alteration, and
Demolition Operations and other applicable fire protection standards.
b. The fire prevention program manager shall have knowledge of the applicable
fire protection standards, available fire protection systems, and fire inspection
procedures.
c. Inspection records shall be available for review by the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
2. Where 6 guard service is provided, the fire prevention program manager shall be
responsible for the guard service.
3. Prefire Plans
a. Where there is public fire protection or a private fire brigade, the manager shall be
responsible for the development of pre-fire plans in conjunction with the BFP.
b. Pre-fire plans shall be updated as necessary.
c. The pre-fire plan shall include provisions for onsite visits by the Office of the C/MFM
having jurisdiction.
4. Program Manager Responsibilities
a. The manager shall be responsible for ensuring that proper training in the use of
protection equipment has been provided.
b. The manager shall be responsible for the presence of adequate numbers and types
of fire protection devices and appliances and for their proper maintenance.
c. The manager shall be responsible for supervising the permit system for hot works

339
 operations.
d. A weekly self-inspection program shall be implemented, with records maintained
and made available.
e. Impairments to the fire protection systems or fire alarm, detection, or communications
systems shall be authorized only by the fire prevention program manager.
f. Temporary protective coverings used on fire protection devices during renovations,
such as painting, shall be removed promptly when work has been completed in the
area.
5. Site Security
a. Where guard service is provided, the guard(s) shall be trained in all of the following:
1) Notification procedures that include calling the nearest fire station and
management personnel
2) Function and operation of fire protection equipment
3) Familiarization with fire hazards
b. Guards shall be informed of any special status of emergency equipment or hazards.
c. Security fences shall be provided.
d. Entrances (e.g., doors and windows) to the structure under construction, alteration,
or demolition shall be secured.

C. Fire Alarm Reporting

1. There shall be a readily available public fire alarm box near the premises, telephone
service to the responding fire department, or equivalent facilities.
2. Instructions shall be issued for the immediate notification of the fire station in the case
of a fire. Where telephone service is employed, the local fire station number and site
address shall be conspicuously posted near each telephone.

D. Access for Fire Fighting

1. A suitable location at the site shall be designated as a command post and provided
with plans, emergency information, keys, communications, and equipment, as needed.
2. The person in charge of fire protection shall respond to the location command post
whenever fire occurs.
3. Where access to or within a structure or an area is unduly difficult because of secured
openings or where immediate access is necessary for life-saving or fire-fighting purposes,
the C/MFM having jurisdiction shall be permitted to require a key box to be installed in
an accessible location.
4. The key box shall be an approved type and shall contain keys to gain access.

E. Stairs
1. In all buildings over one story in height, at least one stairway shall be provided that is in
usable condition at all times and that meets the requirements of NFPA 101, Life Safety
Code.
2. This stairway shall be extended upward as each floor is installed in new construction
and maintained for each floor still remaining during demolition.
3. The stairway shall be lighted.
4. During construction, the stairway shall be enclosed where the building exterior walls
are in place.
5. All exit stairs shall be provided with stair identification signs to include the floor level, stair
designation, and exit path direction as required to provide for safe egress.

F. Standpipes
In all new buildings in which standpipes are required or where standpipes exist in
buildings being altered or demolished, such standpipes shall be maintained in conformity

340
 with the progress of building construction in such a manner that they are always ready for
use.

G. First-Aid Fire-Fighting Equipment

1. The suitability, distribution, and maintenance of extinguishers shall be in accordance
with Section 10.2.6.9 of this IRR.
2. Wherever a tool-house, storeroom, or other shanty is located in or adjacent to the
building under construction or demolition, or where a room or space within that building
is used for storage, a dressing room, or a workshop, at least one approved extinguisher
shall be provided and maintained in an accessible location, unless otherwise permitted
by para 3 below.
3. The requirement of para 2 above shall be permitted to be waived where the structure
does not exceed 14 m2 in floor area or is equipped with automatic sprinklers or other
approved protection.
4. At least one approved fire extinguisher also shall be provided in plain sight on each floor
at each usable stairway as soon as combustible material accumulates.
5. Suitable fire extinguishers shall be provided on self-propelled equipment.
6. Free access to permanent, temporary, or portable first-aid fire equipment shall be
maintained at all times.

SECTION 10.4.18.4 SAFEGUARDING CONSTRUCTION AND ALTERATION OPERATIONS

A. Scaffolding, Shoring, and Forms

1. Accumulations of unnecessary combustible forms or form lumber shall be prohibited.
2. Combustible forms or form lumber shall be brought into the structure only when needed.
3. Combustible forms or form lumber shall be removed from the structure as soon as
stripping is complete.
4. Those portions of the structure where combustible forms are present shall not be used
for the storage of other combustible building materials.
5. During forming and stripping operations, portable fire extinguishers or charged hose
lines shall be provided to protect the additional combustible loading adequately.

B. Temporary Separation Walls

1. Protection shall be provided to separate an occupied portion of the structure from a
portion of the structure undergoing alteration, construction, or demolition operations
when such operations are considered as having a higher level of hazard than the
occupied portion of the building.
2. Walls shall have at least a 1-hour fire resistance rating.
3. Opening protectives shall have at least a 45-minute fire protection rating.
4. Nonrated walls and opening protectives shall be permitted when an approved
automatic sprinkler system is installed.

C. Fire Protection During Construction

1. Water Supply
a. A water supply for fire protection, either temporary or permanent, shall be made
available as soon as combustible material accumulates.
b. There shall be no delay in the installation of fire protection equipment.
c. Where underground water mains and hydrants are to be provided, they shall be
installed, completed, and in service prior to commencing construction work on any
structure.
2. Sprinkler Protection
a. If automatic sprinkler protection is to be provided, the installation shall be placed in

341
 service as soon as practicable.
b. The details of installation shall be in accordance with NFPA 13 (Standard for the
Installation of Sprinkler Systems).
c. Where sprinklers are required for safety to life, the building shall not be occupied until
the sprinkler installation has been entirely completed and tested so that the protection
is not susceptible to frequent impairment caused by testing and correction, unless
otherwise permitted by para “d” below.
d. The provision of para “c” above shall not prohibit occupancy of the lower floors
of a building, even where the upper floors are in various stages of construction or
protection, provided that both of the following conditions are satisfied:
1) The sprinkler protection of the lower occupied floors has been completed and
tested in accordance with para “c” above.
2) The sprinkler protection of the upper floors is supplied by entirely separate systems
and separate control valves so that the absence or incompleteness of protection
in no way impairs the sprinkler protection of the occupied lower floors.
e. The operation of sprinkler control valves shall be permitted only by properly authorized
personnel and shall be accompanied by the notification of duly designated parties.
f. Where the sprinkler protection is regularly turned off and on to facilitate connection
of newly completed segments, the sprinkler control valves shall be checked at the
end of each work shift to ascertain that protection is in service.
3. Standpipes
a. General
1) The pipe size, hose valves, hose, water supply, and other details for new
construction shall be in accordance with Section 10.2.6.9 of thhis IRR.
2) On permanent Type II and Type III standpipes, hose and nozzles shall be provided
and made ready for use as soon as the water supply is available to the standpipe,
unless otherwise permitted by para (3) below.
3) In combined systems where occupant hose is not required, temporary hose and
nozzles shall be provided during construction.
b. Standpipe Installations in Buildings Under Construction. Where required by the
C/MFM having jurisdiction, in buildings under construction, a standpipe system,
either temporary or permanent in nature, shall be installed in accordance with the
following provisions.
1) The standpipes shall be provided with conspicuously marked and readily
accessible fire department connections on the outside of the building at the
street level and shall have at least one standard hose outlet at each floor.
2) The pipe sizes, hose valves, hose, water supply, and other details for new
construction shall be in accordance with NFPA 241.
3) The standpipes shall be securely supported and restrained at each alternate
floor.
4) At least one approved hose valve for attaching fire department hose shall be
provided at each intermediate landing or floor level in the exit stairway, as
determined by the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
5) Valves shall be kept closed at all times and guarded against mechanical injury.
6) Hose valves shall have NH standard external threads for the valve size specified in
accordance with NFPA 1963, Standard for Fire Hose Connections, unless modified
by para (7) below.
7) Where local fire department connections do not conform to NFPA 1963, the
C/MFM having jurisdiction shall designate the connection to be used.
8) The standpipes shall be extended up with each floor and shall be securely
capped at the top.
9) Top hose outlets shall be not more than one floor below the highest forms, staging,
342
 and similar combustibles at all times.
10) Temporary standpipes shall remain in service until the permanent standpipe
installation is complete.

D. Alteration of Buildings
1. Where the building is protected by fire protection systems, such systems shall be
maintained operational at all times during alteration.
2. Where alteration requires modification of a portion of the fire protection system, the
remainder of the system shall be kept in service and the fire department shall be notified.
3. When it is necessary to shut down the system, the C/MFM having jurisdiction shall have
the authority to require alternate measures of protection until the system is returned to
service.
4. The fire department shall be notified when the system is shut down and when the system
is returned to service.
5. All required exit components shall be maintained in accordance with this Code as
deemed necessary by the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
6. Fire-resistive assemblies and construction shall be maintained.

E. Fire Safety During Demolition

1. If a building intended to be demolished contains a sprinkler system, such system shall
not be rendered inoperative without approval of the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
2. Demolition operations involving the use of cutting and welding shall be done in
accordance with Chapter 41 of NFPA 1.
3. Combustible waste material shall not be burned at the demolition site unless approved
by the C/MFM having jurisdiction. Combustible materials shall be removed from the site
as often as necessary to minimize the hazards therefrom.
4. Where in the opinion of the C/MFM having jurisdiction the demolition site is of a hazardous
nature, qualified personnel shall serve as an on-site fire watch.

F. Torch-Applied Roofing Systems

1. Fire Safety Clearance. A Fire Safety Clearance shall be secured from C/MFM having
jurisdiction.
2. Torch-applied roofing systems shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 241.

G. Tar Kettles
1. General
a. This provisions shall apply to any type of equipment including, but not limited to,
chassis-mounted equipment used for preheating or heating tar, asphalt, pitch, or
similar substances for roofs, floors, pipes, or similar objects.
b. Fire Safety Clearance. A Fire Safety Clearance shall be secured from C/MFM having
jurisdiction.
c. Operating kettles shall not be located inside of or on the roof of any building.
d. Tar Kettle Location. The kettle shall be operated in a controlled area. The area shall be
identified by the use of traffic cones, barriers, and other suitable means as approved
by the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
e. Kettle Supervision
1) An operating kettle shall be attended by a minimum of one employee who is
knowledgeable of the operations and hazards.
2) The employee shall be within 7.6 m of the kettle and shall have the kettle within
sight.
f. Fire Extinguishers
1) Two approved 4-A:40-B:C fire extinguishers shall be provided and maintained

343
 within 7.6 m of the operating kettle.
2) A minimum of one approved 4-A:40-B:C fire extinguisher shall be provided and
maintained on the roof in close proximity to the roofing operations while the
roofing material is being applied.
3) Fire extinguishers shall be mounted in an accessible and visible or identified
location.
g. Exits
1) Roofing kettles shall not block exits, means of egress, gates, roadways, or
entrances.
2) Kettles shall not be closer than 3 m from exits or means of egress.
2. Fuel System
a. Fuel containers shall be constructed and approved for the use for which they were
designed.
b. Liquefied petroleum gas (LPG) shall be in accordance with Section 10.3.7.8 of this IRR.
c. LPG cylinders shall be secured to prevent accidental tipover.
d. Regulators shall be required on any cylinders.
e. Where, in the opinion of the C/MFM having jurisdiction, physical damage to the
container is a danger, protection shall be provided to prevent such physical damage.
f. LPG containers for roofing kettles shall not be used in any building.
3. Maintenance
a. Roofing kettles and all integral working parts shall be in good working condition and
shall be maintained free of excessive residue.
b. All piping used for pumping heated material to the roof shall be installed in a manner
to prevent loss of heated material.
c. Flexible steel piping shall not be used on the vertical extension of piping systems.
d. Flexible steel piping shall be limited to those connections that are immediately
adjacent to the pump kettle or discharge outlet.
e. No single length of flexible piping shall exceed 1.8 m in length, and all piping shall be
able to withstand a pressure of at least four times the working pressure of the pump.
f. Roofing Kettle Doors
1) All roofing kettles shall have doors permanently attached.
2) Roofing kettle doors shall be installed in a workmanlike manner and shall be
provided with handles that allow them to be opened without the operator
having to stand in front of same.
3) All kettles shall have an approved, working visible temperature gauge that
indicates the temperature of the material being heated.
g. All kettle doors shall be tightly closed and latched when in transit.
4. Construction
a. The materials and methods of construction of roofing kettles shall be acceptable to
the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
b. Minimum Requirements
1) This provision shall apply to all roofing kettles or tar pots in excess of 3.8 L capacity.
2) No roofing kettle shall have a capacity in excess of 5 barrels (bbl).
c. Roofing kettles of 2 bbl capacity or less shall be constructed of steel sheet having a
thickness of not less than 0.105 in. (No. 12 Manufacturers’ Standard Gauge). Kettles
of more than 2 bbl capacity shall be constructed of steel sheet having a thickness
of not less than 0.135 in. (No. 10 Manufacturers’ Standard Gauge). All supports,
corners, and the top and bottom of the fire box shall be bound with angle iron or
other reinforcements approved by the C/MFM having jurisdiction. All doors shall be

344
 hinged, closely fitted, and adequately latched. Fire boxes shall be of sufficient height
from the ground or shall be provided with a system of shields or insulation to prevent
heat damage to the street surface.
d. Lids that can be gravity operated shall be provided on all roofing kettles. The tops
and covers of all kettles shall be constructed of steel sheet having a thickness of not
less than 1.90 mm (No. 14 Manufacturers’ Standard Gauge) that is close fitting and
attached to the kettle with hinges that allow gravity to close the lid.
e. The chassis shall be substantially constructed and capable of carrying the load
imposed upon it whether it is standing still or being transported.
f. Fuel containers, burners, and related appurtenances of roofing kettles in which LPG
is used for heating shall be in accordance with Section 10.3.7.8 of this IRR.
g. Fuel containers that operate under air pressure shall not exceed 76 L in capacity and
shall be subject to the approval of the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
h. All fuel containers shall be maintained in accordance with applicable PNS, NFPA
codes and standards or shall be at least 3 m from the burner flame or at least 0.6 m
therefrom when properly insulated from heat or flame.

H. Asbestos Removal
1. The C/MFM having jurisidiction and the fire department shall be notified 24 hours prior
to the commencement and closure of asbestos removal operations.
2. FSC shall be secured from C/MFM having jurisidiction.
3. Approved signs shall be posted at the entrance, exit and exit access door,
decontamination areas, and waste disposal areas for asbestos removal operations.
a. The signs shall state that asbestos is being removed from the area, hat asbestos is a
suspected carcinogen, and that proper respiratory protection is required.
b. Signs shall have a reflective surface, and lettering shall be a minimum of 51 mm high.

CHAPTER 5. MISCELLANEOUS SAFETY MEASURES

DIVISION 1. WATER AND WASTE WATER TREATMENT PLANTS

SECTION 10.5.1.1 SCOPE

This Division shall cover the fire safety measures and explosion prevention at water and
waste water treatment units, plants or facilities, including but not limited to their unit processes
and operations, such as collection and pumping, liquid and solid treatment systems, and
related appurtenances, service areas and premises.

SECTION 10.5.1.2 GENERAL SAFETY PRACTICES

A. Basic control procedures shall be adopted by the plant owner or operator to minimize
potential fire and explosion incidents in water or waste water treatment plants, and shall
be contained in the FSCR or FSMR as prerequisite for the issuance of fire clearances and/or
Fire Safety Inspection Certificates by the C/MFM having jurisdiction. It shall include hazard
evaluation, process and equipment controls, ventilation, materials of construction, and
education.

B. Observance of fundamental electrical safety practices shall be pursued by the plant owner
or operator through proper electrical classification of hazardous locations, and the proper
selection, installation, and operation of electrical equipment, motors, and devices that are
suitable for these locations. Electrical systems, devices and installations, and its operations
and maintenance shall comply with the PEC and manufacturer’s instructions and in cases
where applicable, with the NFPA 70, NEC and other internationally accepted standards.

345
 C. The plant owner or operator or their duly authorized representatives shall ensure that the
handling of chemicals, fuels and materials used, including but not limited to solvents,
oxidizing materials, chlorine, lime, hydrogen, oxygen, acetylene, petroleum liquids, oils,
and a variety of chemicals and specialty gases used in treatment processes, laboratory
analyses and instrumentation calibration, and generated wastes in or around water or
waste water treatment plants that present potential hazards of fire and explosion, shall be
made in compliance with the applicable provisions of this IRR.

SECTION 10.5.1.3 HAZARD EVALUATION

A. A hazard evaluation shall be initiated early in the design process and hazard prevention
and protection recommendations shall be integrated into plant process specifications and
design considerations.

B. Identification of potential hazards associated with the raw water or raw waste water
entering the plant, the materials used in the treatment processes, and materials or wastes
produced by the treatment processes and operations shall be completely understood and
evaluated.

C. Risk evaluation shall prescribe specific control measures to be incorporated at the design
stage of the plant, as well as during the operation and maintenance of the plant. These
measures shall include, but not limited to, address fail-safe design, emergency controls,
redundant instrumentation, occurrence of leaks and spills, venting and pressure relief
systems, pipe and equipment support, anchorage and vibration prevention, and damage
limiting construction in relation to fire and/or explosion.

D. Special attention shall be given to more potential hazards associated with fuel gases,
sewer and sludge gases, specialty gases, liquids, solids, dusts, their mixture or when mixed
or reacted with oxygen or other gases, construction and maintenance materials, repairs
and hotworks as sources of ignition, fire and/or explosion. As a result of this evaluation, a
written plant safety plan shall be prepared and carried out through an integrated safety
program, done and implemented in close coordination with the Office of the C/MFM
having jurisdiction.

E. The evaluation shall be reviewed and updated periodically as conditions at the plant
change. A report shall be prepared and maintained by the plant operator/owner and shall
be made available to the Office of the C/MFM having jurisdiction.

SECTION 10.5.1.4 PROCESS AND EQUIPMENT CONTROL

A. Plant processes and equipment operations manuals shall be prepared and made available
at all times to plant technicians and/or operators at their respective stations, readily made
accessible for reference, even to the member of the BFP conducting inspections. These
manuals shall identify or prescribed control of fire and explosions, covering among others
the removal of possible accumulation of source of fuel or explosive materials, limitation
of oxygen required for combustion, removal of sources of ignition, and means of fire
suppression and explosion venting (prevention) and shielding (protection), as well as
emergency evacuation when applicable.

B. Identification of different potential sources of ignition shall be considered in each part

of the plant system, whether collection, liquid treatment, solid treatment, or fuel and
chemical handling. Control of ignition resulting from one or more causes, such as open
flames and hot surfaces, electrical arcs, sparks, or chemical reactions, shall be covered
by the abovementioned manuals and shall comply with the applicable provisions of this
IRR and/or in applicable cases by therein adopted Code of Practices prescribed by the
manufacturer or internationally accepted standards.

C. To address control and/or reduce the potential for ignition within the plant, the following
measures are prescribed:
1. All entry sites within a plant, collection system, manholes, pumping stations and other
346
 facilities shall be properly protected from unauthorized entries. It shall be provided with
appropriate security system and protection, by or in combination of security fencing,
lockable gates/doors, at least two (2) hours fire rated compartmentation, posting of
guards and/or installation of electronic video camera monitoring system as applicable,
and made accessible only to authorized personnel and/or persons in authority.
2. Introduction of ignition sources at these sites as well as other parts of the plant shall be
limited and regulated by an accepted life and safety procedural guidelines, supervised
by a certified safety practitioner. As a general rule, introduction of ignition sources in
these sites or areas shall be limited and adequate ventilation shall always be provided.
Provided further, in cases where hotworks or repair, rehabilitation, maintenance and
other related activities that may introduce ignition are carried in a water or wastewater
treatment plant, an appropriate Fire Safety Clearance shall first be secured from C/
MFM having jurisdiction.
3. Application of removal by vacuum or coverage with foam shall be necessary in event
that a foreign combustible material enters the sewer system.
4. Chemicals and fuels shall always be stored in accordance with applicable provisions
of this IRR and/or manufacturer’s instructions or international acceptable standards as
adopted in the plant. Reactive chemicals shall always be stored separately with the
foregoing reference to safety standards. In cases of having two or more degrees of
safety, the most stringent degree of requirement shall prevail.

SECTION 10.5.1.5 VENTILATION

A. Ventilation rates for enclosed spaces containing used water or waste water exposed to the
atmosphere shall be based on the calculated vaporization rate of the most volatile liquid
anticipated to be present in the plant.

B. In considering ventilation requirements, the designer shall base his/her calculations upon
the surface area of channels, tanks, or other vessels containing the used water or waste
water exposed to atmosphere, the temperature of used water or waste water, the ambient
air temperature, and the vaporization rate of the volatile liquid. Allowance shall be made
for vaporization of volatile liquid from the free water surface in connecting sewers within
a reasonable distance from the structure, turbulence that may accelerate vaporization of
the volatile liquid, inefficiency of the ventilation system in purging the enclosures, and any
other factors that the designer could reasonably expect to effect the rate of release of the
flammable vapour to the structure.

C. Ventilation rate shall conform to Annex A, Table 50, Minimum Ventilation Rates in Water
and Waste Water Treatment Plants which presents typical ventilation rates for various areas
in the treatment plants or shall be based on actual calculations whichever is greater. In
reference to the said table, the following notes shall be considered:
1. The superscript (1) - prescribed the installation of combustible gas detector and
alarm system to monitor and provide warnings for the explosive level of the confined
combustible vapors.
2. The ventilation rates prescribed above are considered to be the minimum necessary for
protection against combustible vapors.
3. Ventilation rates shall be increased above those recommended if unusual accumulations
of volatile combustible liquid or combustible vapors are expected or if toxic gases may
be present.

SECTION 10.5.1.6 MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION

A. For the purpose of this IRR, the selection and/or usage of materials for the construction
of treatment plants shall require the understanding of its classification and suitability
of its application as divided in three basic categories, such as: (1) combustible, (2) non-
combustible, and (3) limited combustibility, and shall comply with NFPA 220, Standards Types
of Building Construction, or applicable internationally accepted standards for treatment
347
 plants.

B. Construction materials being considered for treatment plants shall be selected based on
the fire hazard and fire risk evaluation. The application of these materials shall be based
on the reduction or elimination of the effects of fire or explosion by maintaining structural
integrity, controlling fire spread and smoke generation, preventing the release of toxic
products of combustion, and maintaining serviceability and operation of the facility.

C. All buildings or unit processes that are considered critical to the integrity of treatment plants
shall be of non-combustible type and shall be constructed in accordance with the National
Building Code of the Philippines. Fire safety measures in buildings as prescribed in this IRR
and other internationally accepted standards shall also be observed.

D. In specific cases for waste water treatment plants, notwithstanding the applicability of some
provisions to water treatment plants for similar applications, the following prescriptions shall
strictly be observed:
1. Sewers that handle or may handle flammable or hazardous materials shall be of non-
combustible materials.
2. Manholes, factory-built pumping stations, and other structures entered by personnel
that handle raw or partially treated waste water shall be constructed only of non-
combustible materials.
3. Non-combustible materials shall be used for air supply and exhaust systems. Provided, in
cases when combustible or limited combustible materials are used to control corrosion,
approved smoke and fire dampers shall be installed. A separate smoke ventilation
system shall be preferred; however, smoke venting shall be allowed as integrated into
normal ventilation system using automatic or manually positioned dampers and motor
speed control.
4. No cellular or foamed plastic materials shall be used as interior finish. Interior finishes
shall provide a maximum degree of fire resistance, with minimum flame spread rate
and smoke generation for particular application. This information shall be secured from
material manufacturers and supported by test certificates attesting to its validity.
5. In cases of plastic or fibreglass-reinforced plastic products and/or materials of
construction in unit process, such as rotating biological contactors, bio-towers, filters
or trickling filters, inclined plate or tube settlers, ventilation ducts, and other equipment
which may be subject to corrosion, extreme care shall be taken with open flames, such
as cutting torches, during maintenance or repair operations, as these materials may
present a considerable fuel load, if ignited.

SECTION 10.5.1.7 EDUCATION

A. The role of education in the promotion of general safety and mitigation measure shall be
given importance in this particular case. In-house training programs, such as but not limited
to plant emergency organization, and housekeeping, operation, repair and maintenance
(preventive and rehabilitation), first aid, occupational health and safety, fire prevention and
suppression techniques, for all plant personnel shall be established. A priority objective shall
be to provide information on how to (1) understand, (2) identify, (3) prevent, and (4) handle
hazardous sources or situation relating to potential fire, explosion, and toxicity problems.

B. A close liaison shall be established, pursued and sustained between the C/MFM having
jurisdiction, including other authorized emergency personnel, and treatment plant’s
owner or operator, specially its safety personnel so that mutually approved emergency
procedures, including familiarity of the plant, shall be established.

SECTION 10.5.1.8 FIRE PROTECTION

The fire protection and suppression measures in treatment plants shall include but not
limited to the following:

348
A. Automatic Sprinkler Systems. Approved supervised Sprinkler Systems shall be installed in
buildings or structures located at the treatment plant in accordance with Section 10.2.6.7
of this IRR and/or other internationally accepted standards. Provided further, that in certain
areas, such as chemical storage areas, underground tunnels or structures, or areas where
electrical hazard is a principal concern, the use of other appropriate fire protection measures
shall be considered based on manufacturer’s instructions and/or internationally accepted
standards, subject to the evaluation and approval of the C/MFM having jurisdiction.

B. Chemical Suppression System. Clean agent, chemical wetting agent, foam, and dry
chemical systems shall be installed or used whenever applicable, in buildings or structures
located at treatment plants based on manufacturer’s instructions and/or internationally
accepted standards, subject to the evaluation and approval of the C/MFM having
jurisdiction.
1. Chemical wetting agents, ionized water mists, and foam extinguishing systems
effectiveness shall be considered or used for wet wells, grit and screening processes,
primary clarifiers, and pits and tanks where floating flammable liquid may collect on
the surface.
2. Clean agents, ionized water mists, inert gas suppressants, and carbon dioxide
extinguishing systems effectiveness shall be considered or used where electronics and
computer equipment are located.
3. Clean agent, ionized water mists, carbon dioxide, and dry chemical extinguishing
systems shall be considered or used in chemical storage areas, underground tunnels or
structures, or where electrical hazard is a principal concern and where water damage
would seriously impair the integrity of the treatment plant.

C. Standpipes and Hydrants. Standpipes, hose streams, and hydrants shall be provided where
appropriate in buildings or structures located at treatment plants in accordance with
Section 10.2.6.8 of this IRR and/or other internationally accepted standards, subject to the
evaluation and approval of the C/MFM having jurisdiction.

D. Fire Suppression Supply Systems

1. Water supplies shall be capable of delivering the total demand of sprinklers, hose
streams, foam and other chemical systems in accordance with Sections 10.2.6.7 and
10.2.6.8 of this IRR.
2. In areas where there is no public water supply or where the public water supply is
inadequate, treatment plant effluent or recycled water shall be used for fire protection.
3. In cases when the plant water system is used as the principal source for fire protection,
the system shall be capable of providing an adequate quantity and pressure, and have
sufficient standby capacity to meet all fire water flow requirements. If the plant water
system is used as back up to public water supply, the system shall provide easy access
and connections for pumper equipment or firefighting apparatus.
4. When fire pumps are the source of supply used in the plant water system, multiple
pumps with sufficient capacity to meet fire flow requirements, even with the largest
pump out of service shall be provided. Pumps used shall be automatic starting with
manual shutdown or mechanical equipment.

E. Portable fire extinguishers of appropriate types shall be provided in buildings or structures

located at treatment plant in accordance with Section 10.2.6.9 of this IRR and/or other
internationally accepted standards, subject to the evaluation and approval of the C/MFM
having jurisdiction. In some areas of treatment plant, such as basements, underground
pipe galleries connecting buildings, and other areas which are not occupied continuously,
optional reduction of the portable units shall be considered and may be requested,
depending on frequency of occupancy, intended use and equipment contained in
the space, and hazards potential for fire and/or explosion subject to the evaluation and
approval of the C/MFM having jurisdiction.

F. Special Fire Protection and Miscellaneous Measures. Special fire protection and
miscellaneous measure shall be considered in some treatment plants and processes having

349
 unique problems or situations, such as but not limited to the following:
1. Applicable special or alternative fire protection measures during construction at both
new and existing treatment plant facilities shall be considered based on safety to life,
protection of property, and potential for delays in construction, as well as plant or unit
process start up as recommended by qualified fire safety/protection practitioner and
subject to the evaluation and approval of the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
2. Lightning protection shall be provided for structures in accordance with PEC and NFPA
780, Lightning Protection Guide, Appendix L (Principles of Lightning Protection).
3. Traffic flow and crowd management arrangements shall be made to permit rapid
entry to the plant by firefighters, police and other authorized personnel of concerned
government agencies, in cases of fire or other emergencies.
4. The plant emergency organization, where provided, shall be properly instructed and
trained in the use of all fire protection equipment located at the treatment plant.
5. Early detection and notification system in case of fire and explosion shall also be
established to protect the integrity of the buildings and unit processes. Protective
measures to detect flame, heat or smoke shall be selected and installed where needed
in accordance with Section 10.2.6.4 of this IRR and/or manufacturer’s instruction and
other internationally accepted standards, subject to the evaluation and approval of
the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
6. Where appropriate, central station, local protective auxiliary, remote station, or
proprietary sprinkler water flow alarms shall be provided based on manufacturer’s
instructions and/or other internationally accepted standards, subject to the evaluation
and approval of the C/MFM having jurisdiction.

DIVISION 2. SMOKING

SECTION 10.5.2.1 DESIGNATED AND PROHIBITED SMOKING AREAS

A. In areas where flammable and combustible materials are stored or handled, the C/
MFM having jurisdiction is empowered and authorized to order the owner or occupant in
writing to post “NO SMOKING” signages in each building, structure, room or place in which
smoking shall be prohibited. Such signs shall be conspicuously and suitably located. The C/
MFM having jurisdiction shall designate specific safe locations, if necessary, in any building
structure, or place in which smoking may be permitted.

B. It shall be unlawful for any person during that period of the year declared by the C/MFM
having jurisdiction as the hazardous season, to light, ignite or smoke any tobacco, cigarette,
pipe, or cigar in or upon any brush or forest covered land or land covered with flammable
materials. However, nothing in this section shall apply to the area within the boundaries of
any established smoking areas as designated by the C/MFM having jurisdiction.

SECTION 10.5.2.2 NO SMOKING SIGNAGES

A. The letters “NO SMOKING” shall be made readable and recognizable within a minimum
distance of fifteen and twenty five tenths meters (15.25 m) at any given time, at least ten
centimeters (10 cm) high preferably with white-colored letters upon a red background. The
posting location of such signs shall be in conspicuous places or as deemed required by the
C/MFM having jurisdiction.

B. Likewise, the designated smoking areas shall be properly identified by the placement
of a signage identifying such area on its entrance. Such area shall adopt precautionary
measures relative to fire safety.

C. In no case shall a signage of “SMOKING AREA” be of different color from the “NO SMOKING”
sign. The “SMOKING AREA” sign shall be posted on the entrance of the area designated as
such.

350
 DIVISION 3. MANUFACTURE AND SALE OF FIRE EXTINGUISHERS

SECTION 10.5.3.1 SCOPE

This Division prescribes the guidelines for the regulation of fire safety measures in the
manufacture, sale, servicing and maintenance of fire extinguishers, including but not limited to
prescribing standards and requirements thereof.

SECTION 10.5.3.2 MANUFACTURE AND SALE

No person shall engage in the manufacture, sale or servicing of extinguisher unless a FSIC
to be issued by the C/MFM having jurisdiction as a prerequisite before the grant of license.
Furthermore, a permit or license to manufacture shall be obtained from the DTI.
A FSIC shall be issued only upon payment of two per centum (2%) of the manufacturer’s/
dealer’s/servicing firm’s gross sales.

A. Standards
1. All locally manufactured fire extinguishers shall be classified, tested and rated in
accordance with the PNS No. 27:1984, Rules for Classification, Fire Testing and Rating of
Portable Fire Extinguishers or latest PNS. Provided that in the absence, non-coverage
or limitation of existing PNS on other quality standard requirements, adoption of other
internationally accepted standards and/or alignment to the International Organization
for Standardization (ISO) norms shall be applicable for its manufacture, including but
not limited to its containers (cylinders or tanks), types of chemical extinguishing agents
used, accessories and ancillary devices.
2. All extinguishers that are made and imported from other countries shall be considered
acceptable when manufactured in accordance with International Organization for
Standardization (ISO) norms and/or internationally accepted standards and/or listings
or certifications, such as, but not limited to the following agencies:
a. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
b. Underwriter Laboratory, Incorporated (UL)
c. Factory Manual, Incorporated (FM)
d. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
e. Loss Prevention Certification Board (LPC or LPCB)
f. European Committee for Standardization (CE or CEN)
g. Australia Standards Association (ASA)
h. Japan Industrial Standard Committee (JIS or JISC)
i. Korea Fire Industry Technology Institute (KFI)
j. Nothing in this Section shall be construed as to preclude the use of other standards, if
and when, such standards are proven to be equal or more stringent that the above-
listed standards, as evaluated and recommended by the Fire Code Technical Staff
and approved by Chief, BFP.

B. Fire Extinguishers Marks and Labels

All fire extinguishers manufactured or sold in the Philippines shall be marked and labeled
providing the following information:
1. Containers (tanks or cylinders) shall have permanent markings (stamped, pressed or
embossed) that identify its manufacturer (e.g., logo or initials or abbreviation or symbols),
date of manufacture/fabrication, lot number and applicable standards (e.g., ASME,
ANSI, ASTM, etc.) or patent registration in case of original invention.
2. Basic product labels or marks presenting the following information, among others:
a. Name, address, and contact details of the manufacturer and/or dealer
b. Date of original filling of the container

351
 c. Chemical contents – The extinguishing agent shall be identified both under the
common name and the chemical formula. Where the extinguishing agent is a
formula, details on their proportions shall likewise be indicated.
d. Type of extinguishers
1) Whether or not useful for Class A, B, C, or D fires for locally manufactured types or
appropriate classifications for imported types based on adopted standards; and
2) Numerical rating of the extinguisher.
e) Opening instructions
f) Safety procedure in usage

C. Tagging of Serviced Fire Extinguishers

Whenever any person duly qualified by the Department of Trade and Industry or its
equivalent services a fire extinguisher, a tag shall at least indicate:
1. The month and year the services are performed.
2. The chemical name and formula of the contents.
3. The type of extinguisher serviced.
4. The name, address, contact details and certificate of registration number of the
servicing firm.

SECTION 10.5.3.3 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

A. Preventive maintenance audit of fire extinguisher shall be conducted periodically by
the owners of building or persons responsible in accordance with the Philippine National
Standards (PNS) No 27:1984, at least once every twelve (12) months.
B. If after inspection it shows that servicing is necessary, it shall be performed by the legitimate
supplier/manufacturer duly licensed by DTI.

SECTION 10.5.3.5 PROHIBITED TYPES OF EXTINGUISHERS

The following types of fire extinguishers and/or extinguishing agents are prohibited for
manufacture or sale:

A. All inverting types which require inversion of the extinguisher before its operation;

B. Soda-acid extinguishers;

C. Stored pressure or cartridge-operated foam solution, water or loaded stream;

D. Vaporizing liquids (e.g. carbon tetrachloride);

E. Thermal special hazards single station extinguishers with extinguishing capability of less
than four and a half cubic meters (4.5 m3);

F. Fire extinguishers containing Ozone Depleting Substances (ODS) in accordance with the
phase out schedule by DENR; and

G. Other types which may be prohibited and banned hereinafter by proper authorities.

SECTION 10.5.3.6 PROHIBITED ACTS

The following are declared prohibited acts with regard to fire extinguishers:

A. Removal of inspection tags attached to fire extinguishers.

B. Refilling a discharged extinguisher with an extinguishing agent other than what the unit was
designed to contain.

C. Selling extinguishers not appropriate to the hazard.

352
 D. Selling any extinguisher prohibited under Section 10.5.3.5 of this IRR.

E. Selling defective or substandard extinguishers.

F. Using/installing two (2) or more thermal special hazard vaporizing liquid unit in rooms with
volume greater than the nominal capability of one unit.

G. Installing pressure gauges in fire extinguishers that do not indicate the actual pressure of the
interior of the fire extinguisher, such as, but not limited to, using defective or not calibrated
gauges; not providing, or blocking the connection between the gauge and the interior; or
fixing/tampering the indicator or needle to indicate a certain pressure.

DIVISION 4. OPEN BURNING

SECTION 10.5.4.1 WHEN ALLOWED

Open burning is allowed provided that a Fire Safety Clearance shall first be obtained from
the C/MFM having jurisdiction.

SECTION 10.5.4.2 EXCEPTIONS

Fire SAFETY clearance shall not be required in the following:

A. Fires for outdoor food cooking/preparation, provided that such fire is built and maintained
in a pit fully containing the fire, or a fire proof container made of brick, stone, metal or other
fire proof material TO prevent fire from spreading.

B. Fires that are used for recreation and ceremony such as symbolic torch, camp fires, and
religious/cultural fires provided that burning must be attended and supervised at all times.

SECTION 10.5.4.3 PROHIBITION ON OPEN BURNING

The following acts shall be prohibited:

A. When atmospheric conditions or circumstances make the fire hazardous or produce

excessive or unnecessary smoke, soot, odors, visible emissions, heat, flame or radiation so
as to cause nuisance, hazard or to violate other laws, rules and regulations, issuances and
ordinances, specifically as provided under IRR of RA 8749, such as:
1. Burning using any materials in any quantities which shall cause the emission of toxic and
poisonous fumes. Such materials include but not limited to plastic, polyvinyl chloride,
polypropylene, paints, ink, wastes containing heavy metals, organic chemicals,
petroleum related compound, industrial wastes, ozone depleting substances and other
similar toxic and hazardous substances; and,
2. Burning or cause open burning of waste materials in the premises of any establishment,
firm, company, government or private entity or organizations within the area of their
jurisdiction, including recognized or unrecognized dumpsites in any quality or quantity.

B. Discarding burning objects or dropping any lighted match, cigar, cigarette or other burning
substance, on or near combustible material or in places where fire is likely to occur.

D. Depositing hot ashes or cinders, or smoldering coals, or greasy or oily substances liable to
spontaneous ignition, into any combustible receptacle.

E. Kindling of fire upon the land of another without permission of the owner thereof or his/her
agent.

F. Use of sky lantern and the like shall be prohibited.

353
SECTION 10.5.4.4 REQUIREMENTS
Outdoor burning, when authorized shall be subject to the following requirements:

A. The location thereof shall not be less than fifteen meters (15 m) from any structure and
adequate provision is made to prevent fire from spreading to within fifteen meters (15 m) of
any structure.

B. Burning is permitted only when wind direction and other meteorological conditions such
as smoke and other pollutants will not present hazard to any public road, landing strip,
navigable water, or have a negative effect on any building, structure or sensitive receptor/
electronic equipment.

C. Any residual fires and/or smoldering objects that continue to emit smoke shall be extinguished
each day at the end of the burning activity.

D. Other fire safety measures necessary that may be imposed by the C/MFM having jurisdiction.

SECTION 10.5.4.5 PROCEDURES FOR OBTAINING FIRE SAFETY CLEARANCE

Application for fire safety clearance shall be filed in writing before the Office of the C/MFM
having jurisdiction at least two (2) days prior to the date of burning.

SECTION 10.5.4.6 RESPONSIBLE PERSON FOR OUTDOOR BURNING

A. The applicant shall be the responsible person for outdoor burning who shall be present
prior and during the burning activity. He shall be liable for the consequences, damages, or
injuries resulting from the said burning.

B. The granting of the herein fire safety clearance does not exempt or excuse the applicant
thereof from complying with all other applicable laws, ordinances, regulations and orders
of governmental entities having jurisdiction.

DIVISION 5. INCINERATOR
Incinerators shall comply with the Implementing Rules and Regulations of Republic Act No.
8749 “Clean Air Act”.

DIVISION 6. USE OF EQUIPMENT, APPLIANCES, DEVICES AND VACANT BUILDINGS

SECTION 10.5.6.1 TOY BALLOONS

No person without any authority from the C/MFM having jurisdiction shall inflate any toy
balloon or other similar device with any toxic, explosive or flammable gas, or sell, give away or
furnish any such balloon/device when so inflated. Open flame shall be prohibited in the vicinity
where toy balloons are inflated, or where inflated toy balloons are present.

SECTION 10.5.6.2 TRACER BULLETS AND SIMILAR DEVICES

No person shall, possess or fire or discharge or cause to be fired any tracer bullet or tracer
charge, or any type of projectile or device, such as fireworks, that discharges smoldering or
flammable material, in any brush or grass-covered area, or any area where flammable materials
are present.

SECTION 10.5.6.3 ASPHALT KETTLES

It shall be unlawful to transport over any highway, road or street any asphalt kettle beneath
which is being heated by an open fire, coals or ashes. Heating of asphalt kettles inside or on the
roof of any building shall be done only with authority from the C/MFM having jurisdiction. There
shall be at least one approved fire extinguisher of a minimum 12-B or C classification within nine
354
 meters (9 m) of each asphalt kettle being heated and one additional fire extinguisher of 16-B or
C classification in the area of work being covered.

SECTION 10.5.6.4 ELECTRICAL WIRING AND OTHER DEVICES

A. Use and Installation

It shall be unlawful to use and/or install any electrical wiring appliance, apparatus or
device in violation of the Philippine Electrical Code.

B. Fire Hazard
The C/MFM having jurisdiction shall notify the local Building Official of the existence of
any hazardous electrical installation. He may order the use of such installation discontinued
immediately until correction or the hazard be effected.

SECTION 10.5.6.5 ELECTRICAL APPLIANCES/DEVICES

No person shall sell, offer for sale, rent, dispose of by gift or premium, give or make available
for use any electrical appliance, unless it is of an approved type.

SECTION 10.5.6.6 TRAPDOORS TO BE CLOSED

All trapdoors and scuttle covers, except those that are automatic in their operations, in any
building other than single- family dwelling, shall be kept closed at all times, in order to prevent
the easy passage of smoke and heat in case of fire.

SECTION 10.5.6.7 SHAFTWAYS TO BE MARKED

To preclude accidents during fire operations, every outside window in a building used for
manufacture purposes or for storage which opens directly on any hoist way or other vertical
means of communication between two or more floors in such buildings shall be plainly
marked with the word “SHAFTWAY” in red letters at least fifteen centimeters (15 cm) on a white
background. Such warning sign shall be placed as to be easily discernible from the outside of
the building. Every door or window opening on such shaftway from the interior of the building
shall be similarly marked with the warning word “SHAFTWAY” so placed as to be easily visible to
anyone approaching the shaftway from the interior of the building.

SECTION 10.5.6.8 USE OF TORCHES OR FLAME-PRODUCING DEVICES FOR REMOVING PAINT

Any person using a torch or other flame-producing device for removing paint from any
surface within a building or structure shall secure an authority from the C/MFM having jurisdiction
and provide one approved fire extinguisher or water hose equipped with a suitable nozzle,
sufficient in length to reach all portions of the building, and connected to the water supply on
the premises where such operation is being done. In all cases, the person doing the removal
of paint shall remain on the premises one hour after the torch or flame-producing device has
been used.

SECTION 10.5.6.9 HAZARDOUS WARNING LIGHTS

It shall be unlawful to maintain any torch or lantern utilizing an open flame along any
excavation or road, or any place where the dislodgement of such torch or lantern might permit
the same to roll, or slide on to any brush-covered land, or any land containing flammable
material.

SECTION 10.5.6.10 OPEN FLAME DEVICES IN PORTS/WHARVES

A. No person shall use any open flame device for maintenance or repair on any boat, ship or
wharf without a permit from the Philippine Coast Guard and/or the Philippine Port Authority.

B. No person shall use any portable barbecue, brazier or cooking device on any boat, ship or
355
 wharf without a permit from the Philippine Coast Guard and/or the Philippine Port Authority.

C. Any open flame device used for lighting or decoration on the exterior of any boat, ship or
wharf must be approved by the Philippine Coast Guard and/or the Philippine Port Authority.

SECTION 10.5.6.11 VACATING PREMISES

Upon vacating or abandoning any premise, the occupant thereof shall remove any and
all noxious and hazardous material or waste matter which has been deposited, allowed to
come to rest, or permitted to accumulate thereon, and such premises shall be left in clean and
neat condition.

SECTION 10.5.6.12 VACANT BUILDINGS

Every person owning, or in charge or control of, any vacant building shall remove therefrom
all accumulation of flammable or combustible waste or rubbish and shall securely lock,
barricade, or otherwise secure all doors, windows and other openings thereof.

DIVISION 7. URBAN AND RURAL PRE-FIRE PLANNING

SECTION 10.5.7.1 HYDRANT

A. Project developers or owners of housing or condominium projects shall provide a hydrant

system and develop the source of water used for the purpose of providing adequate water
supply for fire suppression use on both economic and socialized housing in connection with
this Code. The maximum distance of fire hydrants shall not exceed 250 m and capable of
delivering water of at least 3785 L/min for 1 hour.

B. Industrial/Storage Occupancy with a floor area of 5,000 m2 shall provide at least one (1) fire
hydrant.

C. Local Government Units (LGUs) in coordination with the BFP shall provide each community
with fire hydrants and cisterns or elevated tanks that will suffice the requirement pertaining
to provision of water for fire fighting operation.

D. All reservoir or water tanks must provide a 20% fire reserve over and above the Average
Daily Demand Supply (ADDS).

E. In communities where no public water supply is available, a water well or any other devices
with water impounding capability shall be provided.

F. Posting of “NO PARKING” signage near fire hydrants.

SECTION 10.5.7.2 DESIGNATION OF FIRE LANE

The C/MFM having jurisdiction shall direct the installation of fire lanes, signage’s or other
approved notices for emergency use in coordination with concerned government agencies.

A. Curb top and side shall be painted red and the words “FIRE LANE” shall be stencilled on the
top and side of all red curbs at a maximum interval of 50 feet. Letters shall be three inches
(3”) in height with a minimum 3/4-inch in stroke.

B. Outlining or painting the fire lane area in red with the words “FIRE LANE NO PARKING” in
white, at intervals of not more than 50 feet or as otherwise directed by the BFP. Size of
lettering shall be not less than 24 inches in height and three inches (3”) in stroke.

C. Fire lane shall have an unobstructed width of not less than six and one tenths meters (6.1 m)
and shall have an unobstructed vertical clearance of not less than four and one tenths (4.1
m).

D. Fire lane shall be provided such that any portion of the facility or any portion of an exterior
356
 wall of the first story of the building is located not more than 46 m from fire department
access roads as measured by an approved route around the exterior of the building or
facility.

E. The enforcement of fire lanes involving public roads shall be the responsibility of the BFP in
coordination with the LGU and other concerned government agencies.

RULE 11. PROHIBITED ACTS

SECTION 11.0.0.1 PROHIBITED ACTS AND OMISSIONS

The following are declared as prohibited acts and omissions:

A. Obstructing or blocking the exit ways or across to buildings clearly marked for fire safety
purposes, such as but not limited to aisles in interior rooms, any part of stairways, hallways,
corridors, vestibules, balconies or bridges leading to a stairway or exit of any kind, or
tolerating or allowing said violations;

B. Constructing gates, entrances and walkways to building components and yards, and
temporary or permanent structures on public ways, which obstruct the orderly and easy
passage of fire fighting vehicles and equipment;

C. Prevention, interference or obstruction of any operation of the fire service, or of duly

organized and authorized fire brigades;

D. Obstructing designated fire lanes or access to fire hydrants;

E. Overcrowding or admission of persons beyond the authorized capacity in movie houses,

theaters, coliseums, auditoriums or other public assembly buildings, except in other assembly
areas on the ground floor with open sides or open doors sufficient to provide safe exits;

F. Locking fire exits during period when people are inside the building;

G. Prevention or obstruction of the automatic closure of fire doors or smoke partitions or

dampers;

H. Use of fire protective of firefighting equipment of the fire service other than for firefighting
except in other emergencies where their use are justified;

I. Giving false or malicious fire alarms;

J. Smoking in prohibited areas as may be determined by fire service, or throwing of cigars,

cigarettes, burning objects in places which may start or cause fire;

K. Abandoning or leaving a building or structure by the occupant or owner without appropriate

safety measures;

L. Removing, destroying, tampering or obliterating any authorized mark, seal, sign or tag
posted or required by the fire service for fire safety in any building, structure or processing
equipment; and

M. Use of jumpers or tampering with electrical wiring or overloading the electrical system
beyond its designated capacity or such other practices that would tend to undermine the
fire safety features of the electrical system.

RULE 12. FIRE CODE TAXES, FEES/CHARGES AND FINES

SECTION 12.0.0.1 SOURCES OF INCOME

Pursuant to Section 12, in relation to Section 13 of RA 9514, the following shall be the sources
357
 of income of the BFP:

A. Fees to be charged for the issuance of certificates, permits and licenses as provided for in
Section 7 of RA 9514;

B. One-tenth of one per centum (0.10%) of the verified estimated value of buildings or structures
to be erected, from the owner thereof, but not to exceed fifty thousand (PhP 50,000.00)
pesos, at least fifty per centum (50%) to be paid prior to the issuance of the building permit,
and the balance, after final inspection and prior to the issuance of the use and occupancy
permit;

C. One-hundredth of one per centum (0.01%) of the assessed value of buildings or structures
annually payable upon payment of the real estate tax, except on structures used as single
family dwellings;

D. Two per centum (2%) of all premiums, excluding re-insurance premiums for the sale of fire,
earthquake and explosion hazard insurance collected by companies, persons or agents
licensed to sell such insurances in the Philippines;

E. Two per centum (2%) of gross sales of companies, persons or agents selling fire fighting
equipment, appliances or devices, including hazard detection and warning systems; and

F. Two per centum (2%) of the service fees received from fire, earthquake, and explosion
hazard reinsurance surveys and post loss service of insurance adjustment companies doing
business in the Philippines directly through agents.

SECTION 12.0.0.2 FIRE CODE REVENUES

A. The classification of Fire Code revenues and rates are prescribed in the following schedule:
1. Fire Code Construction Tax. Tax prescribed in Section 12.0.0.1(B) of this IRR.
2. Fire Code Realty Tax. Tax prescribed in Section 12.0.0.1(C) of this IRR.
3. Fire Code Premium Tax. Tax prescribed in Section 12.0.0.1 (D) of this IRR.
4. Fire Code Sales Tax. Tax prescribed in Section 12.0.0.1 (E) of this IRR.
5. Fire Code Proceeds Tax. Tax prescribed in Section 12.0.0.1 (F) of this IRR.
6. Fire Safety Inspection Fee. Fee charged for the conduct of Fire Safety Inspection
equivalent to fifteen Percent (15%) of all fees charged by the Local Government Unit
or Philippine Economic Zone Authority (PEZA), but in no case shall be lower than PhP
500.00.
7. Storage Clearance Fee. Fee derived from storage of flammable and combustible
materials.
8. Conveyance Clearance Fee. Fee derived from transporting flammable and combustible
materials.
9. Installation Clearance Fee. Fee derived from installation of tanks, pipes of flammable
and combustible substances, building installations, and other fire protection system and
warning system.
10. Fire Code Fines are fees derived from imposition of administrative fines and penalties.
11. Other Fees. Fees derived from fireworks display, fumigation/fogging, fire drill, hotworks,
filing fees for FSEC, protest and appeal fee, and other clearances as provided under this
IRR.

B. The account codes of the above classified taxes, fees/charges and fines shall be prescribed
by the Commission on Audit (COA).

SECTION 12.0.0.3 ASSESSMENT

A. The assessment of fire code taxes, fees/charges and fines as revenue is vested upon the
BFP. However, the BFP may enter into agreement with the LGUs allowing the latter to be
358
 deputized as assessors. The Chief, BFP shall prescribe the procedural rules for such purpose,
subject to the approval of the Secretary, DILG.

B. The Chief, BFP or the Regional Director having jurisdiction shall designate a Fire Code Fee
Assessor in every City and Municipal BFP office upon recommendation of their respective
C/MFM having jurisdiction.

C. The Chief, BFP or his/her duly authorized representative shall exercise the general power
to assess the prescribed fire code taxes, fees/charges and fines for installations, structures,
facilities and operations not within the jurisdiction of any C/MFM or in any other conditions
as the need thereto arises.

D. The result of the assessment shall be the basis for issuance of Order of Payment Slip (OPS) by
the C/MFM having jurisdiction for purposes of collection and deposit.

E. In cases where there is apparent underdeclaration of any of the sources of income

enumerated under Section 12.0.0.1 of this IRR, nothing prohibits the BFP from reviewing the
submitted documents.

SECTION 12.0.0.4 SCHEDULE OF FEES AND FINES

A. Fees – The following are the schedule of fees:

1. Fire Safety Inspection Certificate shall be issued upon payment of a fee as prescribed
hereunder:
a. FSIC for Occupancy Permit- Fifteen Percent (15%) of all fees charged by the Office
of the Building Official of the Local Government Unit or Philippine Economic Zone
Authority (PEZA), but in no case shall be lower than PhP 500.00.
b. FSIC for Business Permit - Fifteen Percent (15%) of all fees charged by the Local
Government Unit, but in no case shall be lower than PhP 500.00.
c. FSIC for annual inspection certificate - Fifteen Percent (15%) of all fees charged by
the PEZA, but in no case shall be lower than PhP 500.00.
2. Storage Clearance Fee - storage clearance shall be issued upon payment of a fee
based on the storage capacity as indicated:

a. Flammable/combustible solids
1) Calcium carbide

STORAGE CAPACITY ANNUAL FEES

(in kilograms) (in PhP)
From 40 to 80 49.00
Over 80 to 200 63.00
Over 200 to 2,000 126.00
Over 2,000 to 4,000 189.00
Over 4,000 to 20,000 252.00
Over 20,000 to 40,000 315.00
Over 40,000 to 200,000 472.00
Over 200,000 630.00

2) Pyroxylin

STORAGE CAPACITY ANNUAL FEES

(in kilograms) (in PhP)
From 40 to 200 42.00
Over 200 to 800 84.00

359
 Over 800 to 2,000 168.00
Over 2,000 to 4,000 315.00
Over 4,000 to 12,000 630.00
Over 12,000 to 40,000 1049.00
Over 40,000 2097.00

3) Matches

STORAGE CAPACITY ANNUAL FEES

(in kilograms) (in PhP)
From 100 to 400 42.00
Over 400 to 2,000 210.00
Over 2,000 to 4,000 420.00
Over 4,000 to 20,000 839.00
Over 20,000 1,678.00

4) Nitrate, phosphorous, bromine, sodium, picric acid and other hazardous

chemicals of similar flammable, explosive, oxidizing or lacrymatory properties:
STORAGE CAPACITY ANNUAL FEES
(in kilograms) (in PhP)
From 20 to 100 42.00
Over 100 to 400 63.00
Over 400 to 2,000 158.00
Over 2,000 to 4,000 315.00
Over 4,000 to 20,000 460.00
Over 20,000 630.00

5). Shredded combustible materials such as wood shaving, excelsior (kusot),

sawdust, kapok, straw, hay, combustible loose fibers: cotton waste, (estopa) sisal,
oakum and other similar combustible shavings and fine materials:
STORAGE CAPACITY ANNUAL FEES
(in kilograms) (in PhP)
From 0.25 to 3 42.00
Over 3 to 14 112.00
Over 14 to 28 189.00
Over 28 to 70 315.00
Over 70 486.00

6) Tar, resin, waxes, copra, rubber, cork, bituminous coal and similar combustible
materials:
STORAGE CAPACITY ANNUAL FEES
(in kilograms) (in PhP)
From 200 to 400 49.00
Over 400 to 4,000 98.00
Over 4,000 to 20,000 189.00
Over 20,000 315.00

b. Flammable/Combustible Liquids
1) For flammable liquids having flashpoint of -6.67oC or below, such as gasoline,
ether, carbon bisolphide, naptha, benzol (benzene), collodion, aflodin and
360
 acetone.
STORAGE CAPACITY ANNUAL FEES
(in liters) (in PhP)
From 20 to 100 35.00
Over 100 to 200 42.00
Over 200 to 400 84.00
Over 400 to 2,000 168.00
Over 2,000 to 4,000 252.00
Over 4,000 to 6,000 350.00
Over 6,000 to 8,000 420.00
Over 8,000 to 10,000 504.00
Over 10,000 to 12,000 672.00
Over 12,000 to 14,000 839.00
Over 14,000 to 16,000 1,007.00
Over 16,000 to 32,000 1,259.00
Over 32,000 to 40,000 1,678.00
Over 40,000 to 200,000 2,517.00
Over 200,000 to 800,000 3,775.00
Over 800,000 to 2,000,000 5,033.00
Over 2,000,000 to 6,000,000 6,711.00
Over 6,000,000 to 8,000,000 8,388.00
In excess of 8,000,000 4.00/400 liters

2) For flammable liquids having flashpoint of above -6.67oC and below 22.8 oC such
as alcohol, amyl, tulouol, ethyl, acetate and like.
STORAGE CAPACITY ANNUAL FEES
(in liters) (in PhP)
From 20 to 100 32.00
Over 100 to 200 42.00
Over 200 to 400 63.00
Over 400 to 2,000 105.00
Over 2,000 to 4,000 168.00
Over 4,000 to 20,000 350.00
Over 20,000 to 100,000 839.00
Over 100,000 to 200,000 1,678.00
Over 200,000 2,097.00

3) For liquids having flashpoint of 22.8 oC and below 93.3 oC, such as kerosene,
turpentine, thinner, prepared paints, varnish, diesel oil, fuel oil, kerosene, cleansing
solvent, polishing liquids and similar
STORAGE CAPACITY ANNUAL FEES
(in liters) (in PhP)
From 20 to 100 18.00
Over 100 to 200 28.00
Over 200 to 400 42.00
Over 400 to 4,000 105.00
Over 4,000 to 20,000 315.00
Over 20,000 to 40,000 420.00
Over 40,000 to 200,000 630.00
Over 200,000 to 400,000 1,049.00
361
 Over 400,000 to 2,000,000 1,678.00
Over 2,000,000 to 3,600,000 1,748.00
Over 3,600,000 2,098.00

4) For combustible liquids having flash point greater than 93.3 oC that is subject to
spontaneous ignition or is artificially heated to a temperature equal to or higher
than its flash point, such as crude oil, petroleum oil and others.
STORAGE CAPACITY ANNUAL FEES
(in liters) (in PhP)
From 20 to 100 18.00
Over 100 to 200 28.00
Over 200 to 400 42.00
Over 400 to 2,000 84.00
Over 2,000 to 4,000 105.00
Over 4,000 to 80,000 315.00
Over 80,000 630.00

c. Flammable gases
1) Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG) in liter water capacity
a) For bulk storage
STORAGE CAPACITY ANNUAL FEES
(in liters) (in PhP)
200 and below 70.00
Over 200 to 2,000 140.00
Over 2,000 to 8,000 280.00
Over 8,000 to 20,000 699.00
Over 20,000 to 200,000 1,398.00
Over 200,000 to 400,000 5,592.00
For every additional 4,000 liters or 35.00
fraction thereof in excess of 400,000

b) For other than bulk storage

STORAGE CAPACITY ANNUAL FEES
(in liters) (in PhP)
60 and below 6.00
Over 60 to 100 7.00
Over 100 to 200 11.00
Over 200 to 400 14.00
Over 400 to 800 28.00
Over 800 to 1,200 42.00
Over 1,200 to 2,000 56.00
For every additional 400 liters water 4.00
capacity in excess of 2,000

2) Other flammable gases in liter water capacity

STORAGE CAPACITY ANNUAL FEES
(in liters) (in PhP)
From 20 to 100 21.00
Over 100 to 400 42.00

362
 Over 400 to 2,000 126.00
Over 2,000 to 8,000 252.00
Over 8,000 to 40,000 630.00
Over 40,000 to 200,000 1,259.00
Over 200,000 to 400,000 1,888.00
Over 400,000 3,146.00

3. Conveyance Clearance Fee – Conveyance Clearance shall be issued to vehicles

transporting any explosives, flammable liquids and combustible materials over the
street of, or through pipelines, or to load or unload such explosives, flammable liquids or
combustible materials in or from any vessel, boat, craft, or railway upon payment of fee
based on their capacity to be payable annually on the rate prescribed below:
a. For each cargo truck, motor vehicle, tank truck, tank trailer, and tank semi-
trailer carrying flammable or combustible liquids:
1) For first 2,000 liters 1,748.00
2) For every additional 400 liters or fraction 70.00
thereof

b. For each cargo truck, or motor vehicle, tank truck, tank trailer, and tank semi-
trailer carrying explosives and/or combustible materials, including hazardous
chemicals and gases:
1) For the first 500 kilograms 1,049.00
2) For every additional 100 kilos or fraction 70.00
thereof

c. For transfer of flammable or combustible liquids to shore tanks at terminal,

including the discharge of flammable or combustible cargo to bulk lighters
undertaken at bay, and its subsequent transportation by water to petroleum
wharves, or transfer by bulk lighters from said terminals to vessel at bay:
1) For the first 2,000 liters 700.00
2) For every additional 400 liters or fraction 175.00
thereof not exceeding 400,000 liters
3) For every additional 4,000 liters or fraction 70.00
thereof in excess of 400,000 liters

d. For transfer or conveyance of flammable or combustible liquids or gas in bulk

done by lighters or through pipelines:
1) For first 2,000 liters 700.00
2) For every additional 400 liters or fraction 70.00
thereof in excess of 2,000 liters

e. For loading and unloading to or from a boat, vessel, craft, or railway tanks
cars and the transfer of packages of containers of explosives, flammable
liquids or combustible materials, including hazardous chemicals and gases
at terminals or piers:
1) For the first 2,000 liters or kilograms 700.00
2) For every additional 400 liters or 100 kilos or 350.00
fraction thereof not exceeding 40,000 liters
or 10,000 kilograms
3) For every additional 4,000 liters or 1,000 kilos 35.00
or fraction thereof in excess of 40,000 liters
or 10,000 kilograms

363
 4. Installation Clearance Fee – For installation of gas and flammable and combustible
liquid systems other than at bulk premises, installation of equipment, utilities, facilities
mentioned in Section 10.2.7.1 to Section 10.2.7.5, and installation of fire protection and
warning systems, an Installation Clearance shall be issued upon payment of the amount
prescribed below:
a. Gases (LPG, CNG and other compressed gases 280.00
exceeding 454 liters water capacity

• For every additional 100 liters water capacity 70.00

or fraction thereof in excess of 454 liters
b. Flammable and combustible liquids in 1,049.00
aboveground and underground tanks
c. Equipment, utilities, facilities mentioned in Section 10.2.7.1 to Section 10.2.7.5,
and fire protection and warning system – One-tenth of one per centum
(0.10%) of the verified estimated value of the equipment, utilities, facilities to
be installed.

5. Other Fees – for the issuance of clearances relative to the conduct of the following
activities and/or authentication of documents:
a. Appeal Fee mentioned under Rule 14 of this 1,000.00
IRR
b. Certified true copy of Fire Safety Inspection 350.00
Certificate Building Fire Safety Clearance and
Fire Clearance
c. Electrical Installation
1) 1.5KVA or less 100.00
2) 2.Over 5KVA to 50KVA 100.00+10.00/KVA
3) 3.Over 50KVA to 300KVA 550.00+5.00/KVA
4) 4.Over 300KVA to 1,500KVA 1,800.00+5.00/KVA
5) 5.Over 1,500KVA to 6,000KVA 4,800.00+2.50/KVA
6) 6.Over 6,000KVA 8,425.00+1.25/KVA
d. Filing Fee for Fire Safety Evaluation Clearance 200.00
(FSEC)
e. Fire Drill 1,000.00
f. Fire Incident Clearance 350.00
g. Fire Prevention and Safety Seminar 2,000.00
h. Fireworks Display 1,049.00
i. Fumigation/Fogging 350.00
j. Open Flame 525.00
k. Protest Fee mentioned under Rule 14 of this IRR 500.00
l. Soundstage and Approved Production Facilities
and Locations (mentioned in para “B” of Section
2,000.00
10.4.13.2 and para “B” of Section 10.4.13.3 of this
IRR)
l. Welding or Soldering (Hotworks)
1) 1-5 welding/oxyacytylene 500.00
2) 6-10 welding/cutting machine 1,000.00
3) more than 10 welding/cutting machine 1,500.00

B. Administrative Fines. – The following are the schedule of Fire Code Administrative Fines:

364
1. Failure to provide safety measures for the manufacture, storage, handling,
display and/or use of the following hazardous materials required in Section 7,
paragraph (b) of Republic Act No. 9514.
DESCRIPTION SCHEDULE OF FINES
a. Cellulose nitrate plastic of any kind PhP 2,843.20/kg or less,
but not exceeding
PhP8,885.00
b. Combustible fibers PhP 2,843.20/m3 or
less, but not exceeding
PhP28,432.00
c. Cellular materials such as foam rubber, PhP 2,843.20/m3 or
sponge rubber and plastic foam less, but not exceeding
PhP28,432.00
d. Flammable and combustible liquids or PhP 2,843.20/liter or
gases of any classification less, but not exceeding
PhP50,000.00
e. Flammable paints, varnishes, stains and PhP 2,843.20/liter or
organic coatings less, but not exceeding
PhP17,770.00
f. High piled or widely spread combustible PhP 568.64/m3 or less,
stock but not exceeding
PhP50,000.00
g. Metallic magnesium in any form PhP 2,843.20/kilo or less,
but not exceeding
PhP 50,000.00
h. Corrosive liquids, oxidizing materials, PhP 2,843.20 per
organic peroxide, nitromethane, kilogram/liter or less, but
ammonium nitrate or any amount of highly not exceeding
toxic pyrophoric, hypergolic or cryogenic PhP 50,000.00
materials or poisonous gases as well as
material compounds which when exposed
to heat or flame become a fire conductor
or generate excessive smoke or toxic gases
i. Blasting agents, explosives and special PhP 14,216.00 per
industrial explosive materials, blasting kilogram/liter or less, but
caps, black powder, liquid nitro-glycerin, not exceeding
dynamite, nitro-cellulose, fulminates of PhP 50,000.00
any kind and plastic explosives containing
ammonium salt or chlorate

j. Liquid nitroglycerine and liquid PhP 28,432.00/liter or less,
trinitrotoluene but not exceeding
PhP 50,000.00
k. Firework materials of any kind or PhP 14,216.00 per
form kilogram or less, but not
exceeding
PhP 50,000.00
l. Matches in commercial quantities PhP 2,843.20 per
matchman gross, but not
exceeding
PhP 50,000.00
m. Hot ashes, live coals and embers PhP 1,421.60/m3, but not
exceeding PhP 28,432.00

365
 n. Mineral, vegetable or animal oils and other PhP 284.30 per liter in
derivative/by-products excess of twenty five (25)
liters, but not exceeding
PhP 28,432.00
o. Recycling, reuse and resale of combustible PhP 284.30 /m3, but not
and flammable liquids and other exceeding PhP 28,432.00
combustible waste materials for recycling
or resale
p. Explosives dusts and vapors PhP 28,432.00 to
PhP 50,000.00
per violation
q. Agriculture, forest, marine or mineral PhP 2,843.20/m3 or less,
products which may undergo spontaneous but not exceeding
combustion PhP 28,432.00
r. Any other substance with potential to cause Similar nature shall be
harm to persons, property or environment penalized accordingly
because of one or more of the following:
1) The chemical properties of the substance;
2) The physical properties of the substance;
3) The biological properties of the substance. Without limiting the definition
of hazardous material, all dangerous goods, combustible liquids and
chemicals are hazardous materials.

2. Failure to provide safety measures for the following hazardous operations or

processes as required in Section 7, paragraph (c) of the Republic Act No. 9514.
a. Welding or soldering PhP 2,843.20 to
PhP28,432.00
b. Industrial baking and drying PhP28,432.00 to
PhP50,000.00
c. Waste Disposal PhP28,432.00 to
PhP50,000.00
d. Pressurized/forced-draft burning equipment PhP28,432.00 to
PhP50,000.00
e. Smelting and forging PhP 37,500.00 to PhP
50,000.00
f. Motion picture projection using electrical arc PhP 2,843.20 to
lamp PhP28,432.00
g. Refining, distillation and solvent extraction PhP 37,500.00 to PhP
50,000.00

3. Failure to provide safety measures for other

hazardous operations or processes not included PhP 37,500.00 to PhP
in the preceding enumeration but mentioned in 50,000.00
Chapter 4 of Rule 10 of this IRR

4. Failure to provide the following safety construction protective and warning

systems as required in Section 7, paragraph (d) of Republic Act No. 9514.
a. Fire protection features such as sprinkler alarms PhP 37,500.00 to
hose boxes, hose reels or standpipe alarms and PhP 50,000.00
other firefighting equipment
b. Fire alarm systems PhP 37,500.00 to
PhP 50,000.00

366
 c. Fire walls to separate adjoining property PhP 37,500.00 to PhP
alarms fee, or alarms fees and storage areas 50,000.00
from other occupancies in the same building
d. Provisions for confining the fire at its source such PhP 37,500.00 to PhP
as fire resistive floors and walls extending up to 50,000.00
the next floor slab or roof, curtain boards and
other fire containing or stopping components
e. Termination of all exits in an area affording safe PhP 37,500.00 to PhP
passage to a public way or safe dispersal area 50,000.00
f. Stairways, vertical shafts, horizontal exits and PhP 37,500.00 to PhP
other means of egress sealed from smoke and 50,000.00
heat
g. A fire exit plan for each floor of the building, PhP 37,500.00 to PhP
showing the routes from each room to 50,000.00
appropriate exits, displayed prominently on
the door of each room
h. Self-closing fire resistive doors leading to PhP 37,500.00 to PhP
corridors 50,000.00
i. Fire dampers in centralized air- conditioning PhP 37,500.00 to PhP
ducts 50,000.00
j. Roof vents for use of firefighters PhP 37,500.00 to PhP
50,000.00
k. Properly marked and lighted exits with provision PhP 37,500.00 to PhP
for emergency lights to adequately illuminate 50,000.00
exit ways in case of power failure

5. Failure to observe the following declared prohibited acts and omissions as

required under Section 8 of Republic Act No. 9514.
a. Obstructing or blocking the exit ways or across PhP 37,500.00 to PhP
to buildings clearly marked for fire safety 50,000.00
purposes, such as but not limited to aisles
in interior rooms, any part of the stairways,
corridors, vestibules, balconies or bridges
leading to a stairway or exit of any kind or
tolerating or allowing said violations
b. Constructing gates, entrances and walkways PhP 37,500.00 to PhP
to building components and yards, and 50,000.00
temporary or permanent structures on public
ways, which obstruct the orderly and easy
passage of firefighting vehicles and equipment
c. Prevention, interference and obstruction of PhP 37,500.00 to PhP
any operation of the BFP or of duly organized 50,000.00
and authorized fire brigades
d. Obstructing designated fire lanes or access to PhP 37,500.00 to PhP
fire hydrants 50,000.00
e. Overcrowding or admission of alarms beyond PhP 37,500.00 to PhP
the authorized capacity in movie houses, 50,000.00
theaters, coliseum, auditorium or other public
assembly buildings, except in other assembly
areas on the ground floor with open sides or
open doors sufficient to provide safe exits
f. Locking fire exits during period when people PhP 37,500.00 to PhP
are inside the building 50,000.00

367
 g. Prevention or obstruction of the automatic PhP 37,500.00 to PhP
closure of fire doors or smoke partition or 50,000.00
dampers
h. Use of fire protective or fire fighting equipment PhP 37,500.00 to PhP
of the BFP other than for fire fighting except in 50,000.00
other emergencies where their use are justified
i. Giving false or malicious fire alarms PhP 37,500.00 to PhP
50,000.00
j. Smoking in prohibited areas as may be PhP 37,500.00 to PhP
determined by the BFP, or throwing of cigars, 50,000.00
cigarettes, burning objects in places which
may start or cause fire
k. Properly marked and lighted exits with provision PhP 37,500.00 to PhP
for emergency lights to adequately illuminate 50,000.00
exit ways in case of power failure
l. Removing, destroying, tampering or obliterating PhP 37,500.00 to PhP
any authorized mark, seal, sign or tag posted 50,000.00
or required by the BFP for fire safety in any
building, structure or processing equipment

m. Use of jumpers or tampering with electrical PhP 37,500.00 to PhP

wiring or overloading the electrical system 50,000.00
beyond its designed capacity or such other
practices that would tend to undermine the fire
safety features of the electrical system

6. Failure to post or Inadequate posting of required PhP12,500.00 to

signages PhP27,500.00

7. Failure to provide or inadequate means of egress Php37,500.00 to PhP

50,000.00

8. Failure to secure and submit documentary requirements such as, but not limited
to:
a. A copy of fire insurance policy submitted within PhP12,500.00 to
the prescribed time limit PhP27,500.00
b. FSIC for the year of default;
1. Failure to renew FSIC for less than a year 50% of the total amount
to be paid by the
applicant;
2. Failure to renew FSIC for a year or more 100% of the total amount
to be paid by the
applicant for each year
of default;
c. FSEC not secured prior to the erection of the PhP37,500.00 to
building PhP50,000.00
d. Inspection, Storage, Conveyance, Installation PhP37,500.00 to
Clearance and other clearances (i.e. fireworks PhP50,000.00
display, fumigation/fogging, fire drill, hot works)

368
 9. Failure to comply within the period specified in the
PhP37,500.00 to
affidavit of undetaking
PhP50,000.00

10. Use of open flame lighting devices in places of

PhP37,500.00 to
assembly except those enumerated as exceptions
PhP50,000.00
in para “B” of Section 10.2.21.2 of this IRR

11. Obstruction in the conduct of fire safety inspection, PhP37,500.00 to

fire arson investigation and fire operations. PhP50,000.00

12. Other violations similar to or of the same nature as any of the above, but not
included in this listing, shall likewise be fined with the same amount.

SECTION 12.0.0.5 MANNER OF COLLECTION

The BFP shall collect the prescribed Fire Code revenues thru any of the following options:

A. Direct deposit with Authorized Government Depository Bank (AGDB);

B. Collection by BFP or deputized collecting officers;

C. Electronic mode of payment; and

D. Other options that the Chief, BFP may later prescribe, subject to the existing accounting
and auditing rules and regulations.

SECTION 12.0.0.6 DESIGNATION OF COLLECTING OFFICER

The Chief, BFP or the Regional Director having jurisdiction shall designate a Collecting
Officer in every City and Municipal BFP office upon recommendation of their respective C/MFM
having jurisdiction.

SECTION 12.0.0.7 UTILIZATION

A. BFP shall prepare an annual program subject to the approval of the DILG Secretary. Based
on the approved program, DBM shall release to the BFP the full amount remitted as certified
by the BTr thru the issuance of Special Allotment Release Order (SARO) and Notice of Cash
Allocation (NCA).

B. The eighty percent (80%) of all revenues collected by the BFP shall be used for its modernization
as herein prescribed. The Chief, BFP is authorized, subject to the approval of the Secretary
of the Interior and Local Government, to use the income generated under the fire code
for procurement of fire protection and fire investigation supplies and equipment, rescue,
paramedics, supplies and materials, and related technical services necessary for the fire
service and the improvement of facilities of the Bureau of Fire Protection and abatement of
fire hazards. The remaining twenty percent (20%) shall be allocated by the BFP to the Local
Government Units (LGUs) in accordance with the guidelines as set forth in a Memorandum
Circular to be issued by the DILG Secretary thru the issuance of funding checks subject to
existing accounting and auditing rules and regulations.

C. The BFP shall prepare progressive modernization plans for its capability building and
resource allocation at the national, regional, provincial and city/municipal levels as well as
determine among others the optimal number of equipment, including, but not limited to
firetrucks and fire hydrants, received by every local government unit for the proper delivery
of fire protection services in its jurisdiction.

D. Standards shall be established and regularly updated to serve as guide in the procurement
of the firefighting and investigation supplies and materials. The Bureau of Product Standards
(BPS) of the Department of Trade and Industry (DTI) shall evaluate, determine and certify if
369
 the supply so procured conforms to the product standards fixed by the BFP. For this purpose,
the BFP shall submit to the BPS a detailed set of product standards that must be complied
with in the procurement of firefighting and investigation supplies and materials.

SECTION 12.0.0.8 MONITORING

The Chief, BFP shall, within six (6) months from the effectivity of this IRR, submit to the Secretary
of the Interior and Local Government for his/her approval, a management tool mechanism that
would ensure effective monitoring of the enforcement of the fire code to include the amount
of fire code fees collected.

A. Every Fire Marshal shall keep a secured permanent recording system for efficient and
effective accounting and monitoring of all collected taxes, fire code fees, fines and other
charges.

B. Detailed procedures in assessment, collection, monitoring/reporting shall be embodied in

a manual of procedures to be approved by the Secretary, DILG.

RULE 13. ADMINISTRATIVE COURSES OF ACTION

SECTION 13.0.0.1 GENERAL GUIDELINES

A. Fines
Before a fine is imposed, the violator shall first be informed of his/her violation/s and
ordered to correct the same immediately, if feasible, or within a reasonable period of time
as prescribed in Section 13.0.0.6 of this IRR. At the expiration of the period to comply the
deficiency/deficiencies, a reinspection shall be conducted to determine compliance. If
compliance was not effected or if compliance does not conform to the required standards,
the first violation is committed and the violator shall be fined and further ordered to effect the
correction. Repeated failure on the part of the violator to effect corrections will constitute
subsequent violations. Administrative fines shall be imposed for every violation.

B. Abatement
1. All fire hazards shall be abated immediately. Abatement is any act that would remove
or neutralize a fire hazard. Such acts are specified in the Notice to Comply.
2. Abatement includes, among others, any one or combination or all of the following:
a. Removal of the source of ignition;
b. Rearranging or adjusting articles within the minimum clearances or dimensions;
c. Reduction in the amount/quantity of flammable, combustible and/or hazardous
materials;
d. Changes in procedure in the conduct of hazardous operation;
e. Constructions to limit and control the spread of fire and smoke;
f. Installation of fire protective and/or warning systems; and
g.
Remodeling, repairing, strengthening, reconstructing, removal and demolition,
either partial or total, of the building or structure.
h. Where there is inaction on the part of the violator, abatement may be made
summarily by the BFP if this is the only recourse to remove the imminent danger to life
and property and achieve fire safety. In this case, the provisions of Sections 9, 10 and
11 of RA 9514 applies.

C. Closure
Closure of the building shall be resorted to by the BFP when the offender fails to comply
with the abatement order or when the deficiency constitutes a clear and imminent danger
to life and property.

370
SECTION 13.0.0.2 FIXING OF FINES

A. Administrative fines shall be determined as follows:

1. When the violation carries an administrative fine which has a rate per unit volume,
weight or unit, the fine shall be computed by multiplying the weight/volume/unit by the
rate.
2. Where the violation carries a fine within a certain range (for example, PhP 25,000.00
– PhP 37,500.00), the fine increases with the number of times a violation of the same
provision is committed:
a. First violation – the fine shall be the minimum amount in the range.
b. Second violation – the fine shall be the maximum amount in the range.
3. When two or more offenses are committed, the same procedures in para A.1 and A.2
above shall be followed, but the fine shall be sum of all administrative fines; Provided,
that the total fines shall not exceed fifty thousand pesos (PhP 50,000.00).

B. Failure to Pay Fine – Failure on the part of the violator to pay the administrative fine within
the period fixed in the Notice shall constitute a ground for the issuance of Closure Order for
the building or the portion thereof.

SECTION 13.0.0.3 JURISDICTION

Abatement, administrative fines, closure of the building, and assessment and declaration
for public nuisance shall be imposed by the C/MFM having jurisdiction.

SECTION 13.0.0.4 GENERAL PROCEDURES

A. When the Inspection Report submitted by the Fire Safety Inspector indicates violation of
the Fire Code or its IRR, the C/MFM having jurisdiction shall immediately issue Notice to
Comply within which compliance shall be effected within the period provided for under
Section 13.0.0.6 of this IRR. Such Notice shall include, among others, a citation of the specific
provision/s of the Fire Code and its IRR violated and the specific actions/corrections that
should be complied for period of not exceeding fifteen (15) days. The original copy of such
Notice shall be served upon the person responsible not exceeding three (3) days from its
issuance.

B. After the lapse of the prescribed period to comply, a re-inspection shall be conducted.
When the after re-inspection report submitted by the FSI indicates non-compliance of the
Notice, the C/MFM having jurisdiction shall impose the following:
1. Put up a sign in front of the building or structure that it is a fire hazard. Specifically, the
notice shall bear the words “WARNING: THIS BUILDING/STRUCTURE IS A FIRE HAZARD”,
which shall remain posted until such time that the owner, administrator, occupant or
other persons responsible for the condition of the building, structure and their premises
or facilities correct the same, but such period shall not exceed fifteen (15) days from the
lapse of the initial period given in the notice/order to comply;
2. Impose the corresponding administrative fines; and
3. Issue the notice to correct violation. The said notice shall include, among others, a
citation of the specific provision/s of the Fire Code and its IRR violated and the specific
actions/corrections that should be complied for a period not exceeding fifteen (15)
days

C. After the lapse of the prescribed period to comply provided for under the Notice to Correct
Violations, a re-inspection shall be conducted. When the reinspection report submitted by
the FSI indicates non-compliance of the order contained in the Notice to Correct Violations,
the C/MFM having jurisdiction shall:
1. Effect the continuous posting of the sign in front of the building or structure that it is
a fire hazard. Specifically, the notice shall bear the words “WARNING: THIS BUILDING/
STRUCTURE IS A FIRE HAZARD”, which shall remain posted until such time that the owner,
371
 administrator, occupant or other persons responsible for the condition of the building,
structure and their premises or facilities correct the same, but such period shall not
exceed fifteen (15) days from the lapse of the period given in the Notice to Correct
Violations.
2. Impose the administrative fine for the violation;
3. Issue abatement order to the owner, administrator or occupant of the building, structure
and their premises or facilities for a period not exceeding fifteen (15) days.

D. After the lapse of the prescribed period to comply provided for under the abatement
order, a re-inspection shall be conducted. When the re-inspection report submitted by the
FSI indicates non-compliance of the abatement order, the C/MFM having jurisdiction shall:
1. Effect the continuous posting of the sign in front of the building or structure that it is
a fire hazard. Specifically, the notice shall bear the words “WARNING: THIS BUILDING/
STRUCTURE IS A FIRE HAZARD”, which shall remain posted until such time that the owner,
administrator, occupant or other persons responsible for the condition of the building,
structure and their premises or facilities abate the same.
2. Implement closure order after service of the said order to the owner/responsible person
in the building/establishment. Copy of the order shall also be sent to the Office of the
Mayor and Business Permit and Licensing office for the revocation of the business permit.
Any existing FSIC shall be revoked.

E. During re-inspection under para “B” and “C” of this section, initial compliance was
effected by the owner, the said NTCV or Closure Order may not be issued. In lieu thereof the
owner may be allowed, but only once, to execute an Affidavit of Undertaking specifically
containing among others the period of completion of work. For this purpose, the owner
shall attach in his/her affidavit the following if applicable:
1. Duly executed and notarized contract of works, entered into by the building establishment
and the contractor which in no case shall exceed a period of 180 days;
2. Duly signed and sealed proposed plans, specifications and bill of materials;
3. Authority to execute Affidavit of Undertaking in case of corporation, partnership or
association.

The C/MFM having jurisdiction may approve or disapprove the Affidavit of Undertaking
through the issuance of Notice of Approval or Notice of Disapproval, respectively. Failure to
comply within the period specified in the Affidavit of Undertaking shall be a ground for the
issuance of closure order and imposition of administrative fine.

F. In cases where the building owner/administrator refuse or disallow the conduct of fire
safety inspection, the FSI shall indicate in the AIR the fact that he/she was not allowed
to inspect and submit the same to the Chief, FSES/U. The C/MFM having jurisdiction shall
notify the owner/administrator through a letter, sent through registered mail, stating therein
that ten (10) days after receipt thereof an actual inspection shall be conducted under a
new Inspection Order (IO). Refusal of the building owner/administrator to be inspected
under the new Inspection Order (IO) shall cause the C/MFM having jurisdiction to send a
letter to the Business Processing and Licensing Office (BPLO) recommending the immediate
revocation of the business permit issued.

SECTION 13.0.0.5 PUBLIC NUISANCE

A. Any building or structure assessed as a fire trap on account of the gravity or palpability of
the violation or is causing clear and present imminent danger to adjoining establishments
and habitations shall be declared as public nuisance by the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
Clear and present imminent danger shall mean absence of secondary exit or if at least five
(5) of the following fire safety violations are committed:
1. Absence of standpipe system;
2. Absence of automatic fire suppression system;
3. Absence of fire wall;
372
 4. Absence or defective smoke management system;
5. Absence of fire safety measures in the manufacture, storage, handling, display, and/or
use of hazardous material/s, as required in Section 7, para. B of RA 9514;
6. Absence of fire safety measures for hazardous operations or processes as required in
Section 7, para. C of RA 9514;
7. Insufficient exit width;
8. Absence of fire-resistive enclosure for main and secondary exits;
9. Swing of exit door against the flow of travel;
10. Obstructed/padlocked fire exit;
11. Absence/defective fire alarm and smoke detection system;
12. Absence/inadequate automatic battery-operated emergency light or illuminated exit
signs.

B. Procedures
1. A notice of declaration as a public nuisance shall be issued by the C/MFM having
jurisdiction within twenty-four (24) hours upon assessment to the owner, administrator,
occupant or other person responsible for the condition of the building, structure and
their premises or facilities. The notice shall contain the grounds relied upon in declaring
the same as public nuisance.
2. Upon receipt of the notice, the owner, administrator, occupant or other person
responsible for the condition of the building, structure and their premises or facilities shall
cause the immediate abatement of the hazard therein specified within the following
periods:
a. If the assessed value of the nuisance or the amount to be spent in abating the
same is not more than one hundred thousand pesos (PhP100,000.00), the owner,
administrator or occupant thereof shall abate the hazard within fifteen (15) days
from receipt of the order declaring said building or structure a public nuisance; or
b. If the assessed value is more than one hundred thousand pesos (PhP 100,000.00), the
owner, administrator or occupant thereof shall abate the hazard within thirty (30)
days from receipt of the order declaring said building or structure a public nuisance;
3. Failure to comply within five (5) days from the receipt of the notice shall cause the Chief,
BFP to put up a sign in front of the building or structure, at or near the entrance of such
premises, notifying the public that such building or structure is a “FIRETRAP”, which shall
remain posted until the owner, administrator, occupant or other person responsible for
the condition of the building, structure and their premises or facilities abate the same
within the specified period. After the lapse of the said period, without the hazard being
abated Closure Order shall be issued.
4. Failure of the owner, administrator, occupant or other person responsible for the
condition of the building, structure and their premises or facilities, which are vital to the
public to abate the same, shall constrain the BFP to employ all corrective measures
undertaken to abate hazards which shall include but not limited to remodeling,
repairing, strengthening, reconstructing, removal and demolition, either partial or total,
of the building or structure, subject to the availability of funds appropriated for this
purpose.

SECTION 13.0.0.6 PERIOD FOR CORRECTING VIOLATIONS

A. Immediately or within twenty four (24) hours

1. Obstructing or blocking the exit ways or access to building clearly marked for fire
safety purposes, such as, but not limited to aisles in interior rooms, any part of stairways,
hallways, corridors, vestibules, balconies or bridges leading to a stairway or exit of any
kind, or tolerating or allowing said violations;
2. Prevention, interference or obstruction of any operation of the BFP, or of duly organized
and authorized fire brigades.
373
 3. Obstructing designated fire lanes or access to fire hydrant.
4. Overcrowding or admission of person beyond the authorized capacity in movie houses,
theatres, coliseums, auditorium or other public assembly buildings except in other
assembly areas on the ground floor with open sides or open doors sufficient to provide
exits;
5. Locking fire exits during periods when people are inside the building;
6. Prevention or obstruction of the automatic closure of fire doors or smoke partitions or
dampers;
7. Use of fire protective or fire fighting equipment of the Fire Service other than for fire
fighting except in other emergencies where their use are justified.
8. Giving false or malicious fire alarms;
9. Smoking in prohibited areas as may be determined by the Fire Service, or throwing
cigars, cigarettes, or burning objects in places which may start or cause fires;
10. Removing, destroying, tampering or obliterating any authorized mark, seal sign, or
tag posted or required by the Fire Service for fire safety in any building, structure or
processing equipment;
11. Use of jumpers or tampering with electrical wiring or overloading the electrical system
beyond its designed capacity or such other practices that tend to undermine the fire
safety features of the electrical system;
12. Failure to observe fire safety precaution for the following:
a. Hot ashes, live coals and embers;
b. Flammable paints, varnishes, stains and organic coatings;
c. Flammable and combustible liquids or gases of any classification;
d. Metallic magnesium in any form;
e. Blasting agents, explosives and special industrial, explosive materials, blasting caps,
black powder, dynamic, nitrocellulose, fulminates of any kind, and plastic explosives
containing ammonium salt or chlorate;
f. Liquid nitroglycerine and liquid trinitrotoluoene;
g. Firework materials of any kind or form;
h. Explosive dusts and vapors;
i. Welding or soldering;
j. Industrial/commercial baking and drying;
k. Smelting and forging; or
l. Refilling, distillation and solvent extraction of flammable/combustible liquids; and
13. Other violations similar to or of the same nature as any of the above, but not included
in this listing, shall likewise be allocated the same period.

B. Within three (3) days

1. Constructing gates, entrances and walkways to building components and yards which
obstruct the orderly and easy passage of fire fighting vehicles and equipment;
2. Abandonment or leaving a building or structure by the occupant or owner without
appropriate safety measures;
3. Failure to submit copy of fire insurance policy within the prescribed time limit;
4. Failure to observe fire safety precaution for the following:
a. High piled or widely spread combustible stock;
b. Corrosive liquids, oxidizing materials, organic peroxide, nitrome-thane, ammonium
nitrate or any amount of highly toxic pyrophoric, hypergolic or cryogenic materials
or poisonous gases as well as materials compounds which when exposed to heat or
flame become a fire conductor or generate excessive smoke or toxic gases;

374
 c. Matches in commercial quantities (more than 60 watchman’s gross);
d. Combustible waste materials for recycling or resale;
e. Agricultural, forest, marine or mineral products which may undergo spontaneous
combustion;
f. Waste disposal of combustible materials;
g. Pressurized/forced-draft burning equipment; or
h. Motion picture projection using electrical lamp; and
5. Other violations similar to or the same nature as any of the above, but not included in
this listing, shall likewise be allocated the same period.

C. Within seven (7) days

1. For failure to provide the fire safety precautions for the following:
a. Combustible fibers;
b. Cellular materials such as foam rubber, sponge rubber and plastic foam;
c. Mineral, vegetable or animal oils and other derivative by-products.
2. Other violations similar to or of the same nature as any of the above, but not included
in this listing, shall likewise be allocated the same period.

D. Within ten (10) days

1. Failure to provide fire walls to separate adjoining building, or warehouse and storage
areas from other occupancies in the same building; and
2. Other violations similar to or of the same nature as any of the above, but not included
in this listing, shall likewise be allocated the same period.

E. Within fifteen (15) days

1. Failure to provide, install and maintain the following:
a. Fire alarm system;
b. Provision for confining the fire at its source such as fire resistive floor slab or roof, curtain
boards and other fire containing or stopping components;
c. A fire exit plan or diagram for each floor of the building showing the routes from each
room to appropriate exits, displayed prominently on the door of each room;
d. Properly marked and lighted exits with provisions for emergency lights to adequately
exit ways in case of power failure;
2. Failure to develop and implement fire safety and education programs.
3. Failure to provide on effect the following:
a. Fire protection features such as sprinkler systems, hose boxes, hose reels or standpipe
system and other fire fighting equipment;
b. Termination of all exits in area affording safe passage to a public way or safe dispersal
area;
c. Stairways, vertical shafts, horizontal exits and other means of egress sealed from
smoke and heat;
d. Self-closing fire resistive door leading to corridors;
e. Fire dampers in centralized air-conditioning ducts; or
f. Roof vents for use by fire fighters; and
4. Other violations similar to or of the same nature as any of the above, but not included
in this listing, shall likewise be allocated the same period.

SECTION 13.0.0.7 PENALTIES FOR SPECIFIC INDIVIDUALS

A. Against Private Person

375
 1. Administrative Penalties
a. The owner, administrator, occupant or other person responsible for the condition of
the building, structure and their premises or facilities who violates any provision of the
Fire Code or any of its Implementing Rules and Regulations shall be penalized by:
1) Administrative fine of not exceeding Fifty thousand pesos (PhP50,000.00); or
2) Closure of such buildings, structures and their premises or facilities which do not
comply with the requirements; or
3) Both such administrative fine and closure to be imposed by the proper authorities,
provided that payment of the fine and closure of such buildings, structures,
and their premises or facilities shall not absolve the violator from correcting the
deficiency or abating the fire hazard.
b. Fire safety practitioner who violated any provisions of the Fire Code or any of its
Implementing Rules and Regulations through his/her failure to perform the duties
and responsibilities; or who performed any willful act of impropriety or dishonesty in
the preparation of FSCR, FSCCR, or FSMR shall be penalized by:
1) Administrative fine of not exceeding Fifty thousand pesos (PhP50,000.00); and
2) Revocation of his/her Certificate of Competency as Fire Safety Practitioner.
2. Punitive Penalties
a. In case of willful failure to correct the deficiency or abate the fire hazard as provided
in the preceding subsection, the violator shall, upon conviction, be punished by:
1) Imprisonment of not less than six (6) months nor more than six (6) years, or
2) By a fine of not more than one hundred thousand pesos (P100,000.00) or
3) Both such fine and imprisonment Provided, however, that in the case of a
corporation, firm, partnership or association, the fine and/or imprisonment shall
be imposed upon its officials responsible for such violation, and in case the guilty
party is an alien, in addition to the penalties herein prescribed, he/she shall
immediately be deported: Provided, finally, that where the violation is attended
by injury, loss of life and/or damage to property, the violator shall be proceeded
against under the applicable provisions of the Revised Penal Code.
b. Any person who, without authority, maliciously removes the sign that a building or
structure is a fire hazard/firetrap placed by the authorized person in this Code shall
be liable for imprisonment for thirty (30) days or a fine not exceeding one hundred
thousand pesos (P100,000.00) or both in the discretion of the court.
c. Any person, who disobeys the lawful order of the fire ground commander during a
firefighting operation, shall be penalized with imprisonment of one (1) day to thirty
(30) days and a fine of five thousand pesos (P5, 000.00).
3. In all cases mentioned above, regardless of whether the violation is categorized as
administrative or punitive, the City or Municipal Fire shall have the authority to determine
whether a criminal charge is going to be instituted and shall initiate the filing thereof.

B. Against Public Officer

1. Administrative
The following acts or omissions shall render the public officer/employee in charge
of the enforcement of the Fire Code, its implementing rules and regulation and other
pertinent laws, administratively liable and shall be punished by reprimand, suspension
or removal at the discretion of the disciplining authority, depending on the gravity of
the offense:
a. Unjustified failure of the public officer/employee to conduct inspection of buildings or
structures at least once a year;
b. Deliberate failure to put up a sign in front of the building or structure within his/
her area of responsibility found to be violating this Code, its Implementing Rules
and Regulations and other pertinent laws, that the same is a “FIRE HAZARD” or a
“FIRETRAP”;
376
 c. Endorsing to the Chief, BFP or his/her duly authorized representative the certification,
or submitting a report that the building or structure complies with the standards set
by this Code, its Implementing Rules and Regulations or other pertinent laws when
the same is contrary to fact;
d. Issuance or renewal of occupancy or business permit without the FSIC issued by the
Chief, BFP or his/her duly authorized representative;
e. Failure to cancel the occupancy or business permit after the owner, administrator,
occupant or other person responsible for the condition of the building, structure
and other premises failed to comply with the notice/order for compliance with
the standards set by this Code, its Implementing Rules and Regulations and other
pertinent laws, within the specified period;
f. Failure to abate a public nuisance within fifteen (15) days after the owner,
administrator, occupant or other responsible person failed to abate the same within
the period contained in the notice to abate;
g. Abusing his/her authority in the performance of his/her duty through acts of
corruption and other unethical practices; or
h. Engaged in the preparation and/or signed the FSCR, FSCCR, or FSMR, or perform any
act of impropriety or corruption in relation thereto; or
i. Other willful impropriety or gross negligence in the performance of his/her duty as
provided in the Fire Code or its Implementing Rules and Regulations.
2. Punitive
In case of willful violation involving the abovementioned acts or omissions
enumerated under Section 11 subparagraph 2(A), the public official shall, upon
conviction, be punished by imprisonment of not less than six (6) months nor more than
six (6) years, or by a fine of not more than one hundred thousand pesos (PhP100,000.00)
or both such fine and imprisonment: Provided, That where the violation is attended by
injury, loss of life and/or property, the violator shall be proceeded against under the
applicable provisions of the Revised Penal Code.

SECTION 13.0.0.8. CONDUCT OF HIGHWAY MONITORING

The BFP in coordination with the Land Transportation Office (LTO), Highway Patrol Group
(HPG) or in their absence, the Local PNP, shall conduct highway monitoring to ensure that
the handling and transport of hazardous materials and chemicals is in accordance with the
provisions of this code. Should violations be found during the conducted monitoring, the erring
person or entity shall be proceeded under the applicable provisions of this code and the
guidelines that hereinafter be issued.

SECTION 13.0.0.9. REMOVAL OF HAZARD

Should during the conduct of highway monitoring, regular inspection or upon report of any
concerned citizen, hazardous materials and chemicals are found, which for lack of fire safety
measures as required in this code, poses an imminent threat or danger to the residents of the
building, adjoining property, or the public in general, the BFP if found practicable, shall take
immediate custody of the same and turn it over to the concerned government agency. If the
hazardous materials and chemicals found were minimal in quantity or volume but due to its
flammability, it shall be deposited to the fire station concerned and will be released only to the
owner upon compliance of the applicable provisions of this code. This is without prejudice to
the institution of legal action against the owner for violating the provisions of this code and the
guidelines that hereinafter be issued.

377
 RULE 14. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

SECTION 14.0.0.1 PROTEST

A. Any party aggrieved by the action(s) or findings of the C/MFM having jurisdiction may
challenge the same by filing a VERIFIED PROTEST to the next higher authority within a
period of Seven (7) days from receipt of a notice or order. The next higher authority herein
mentioned shall refer to the District Fire Marshal or Provincial Fire Marshal, as the case
maybe.

B. Any request for reconsideration, request for extension of time to comply, and such other
matters pertaining to the issued notice or order shall be treated as a protest, hence shall
conform to the requirement as to form herein prescribed and pay the corresponding protest
fee.

C. No protest shall be given due course without the payment of a non refundable protest
fee as indicated in the schedule of fees, the Official Receipt of which shall be attached to
the protest. Payment shall be made at the fire station whose findings is the subject of the
protest.

D. The verified protest shall contain the following information:

1. The name and address of the protestant;
2. The Notice or order being protested;
3. The name and office address of the fire marshal who issued the notice or order;
4. Such other matters and information pertinent and relevant to the proper resolution of
the protest.

E. The protest must be supported by attaching therewith certified true copy of the Notice or
Order subject of the protest.

F. The protest is verified by an affidavit that the affiant has read and understood the contents
thereof and that the allegations therein are true and correct of his personal knowledge or
based on authentic records. An unverified protest shall be considered unsigned, produces
no legal effect, and results to the outright dismissal of the protest.

G. In addition, the protestant shall likewise certify under oath that: protestant has not theretofore
commenced any action or filed any claim involving the same issues in any court, tribunal
or quasi-judicial agency and, to the best of his knowledge, no such other action or claim is
pending therein; if there is such other pending action or claim, a complete statement of the
present status thereof; and if he should thereafter learn that the same or similar action or
claim has been filed or is pending, he shall report such fact within five (5) days to the office
where the protest is filed;

H. Failure to comply with the foregoing requirements shall be a ground for the outright dismissal
of the protest.

I. Upon receipt of the protest, the concerned District/Provincial Fire Marshal may require the
concerned fire marshal to forward all the necessary records which shall include but not
limited to the Inspection Order (IO), After Inspection Report (AIR) and such other documents
that may aid the prompt disposition of the case.

J. The protest shall be resolved within a period of 15 days from receipt of the complete records
of the case.

SECTION 14.0.0.2 APPEAL

A. Resolutions of a District/Provincial Fire Marshal over a protest may be challenged by filing

a verified appeal to the Regional Director. The decision of the regional director shall be
final and executory except decision on closure order in which case said decision may be
appealed to the Chief, BFP then to the Secretary of the DILG.
378
 B. No appeal shall be given due course without the payment of a non refundable appeal
fee as indicated in the schedule of fees, the Official Receipt of which shall be attached to
the appeal. Payment shall be made at the fire station whose findings is the subject of the
appeal.

C. Upon receipt of the appeal, the appellate authority may require the lower unit concerned
to submit its comment on the appeal and the submission of the entire records of the case.

SECTION 14.0.0.3 EFFECT OF FILING A PROTEST OR APPEAL

The filing of a protest or an appeal shall in no way stay the running of the period of correction
indicated in the Notice or Order unless otherwise ordered by the higher authorities to where the
protest or appeal is filed.

SECTION14.0.0.4 CITIZEN PARTICIPATION

A. Cooperation with BFP

The Fire Code and its IRR are designed to achieve fire safety in the community. To this
end, inspections are to be conducted by elements of the BFP. All inspections of premises
shall be done by duly designated and authorized BFP personnel in distinctive uniform, with
proper identification cards and Inspection Orders (IO). Citizens can assist in achieving the
goals of public fire safety by cooperating with such duly authorized inspectors and affording
them the opportunity to accomplish their mission.

B. Individual and Group Initiative

All persons are encouraged to inspect their own premises and to abate any fire hazard
therein, as well as take the necessary fire safety precautions. They shall strive to organize
themselves into effective fire safety and fire prevention organizations in their community
and places of work in order for them to take the necessary contingent actions during fire
emergencies and eventually avoid unnecessary loss of life and property.

SECTION 14.0.0.5 IMPLEMENTING DETAILS

The Chief, BFP shall have the authority to issue such further implementing details as may
be necessary to carry out the provisions of RA 9514 and these Rules and Regulations, with the
approval of the Secretary, DILG.

SECTION 14.0.0.6 ALTERNATIVE AND/OR REMEDIAL FIRE SAFETY MEASURES

A. In cases of existing buildings which when forced to comply will compromise the structural
stability/integrity, the Chief, BFP may accept adequate alternative and/or remedial fire
safety measures in lieu of the fire safety requirements of this IRR upon application by the
owner/occupant/building administrator of the building or structure.

B. For this purpose, a Fire Safety Technical Committee shall be created to assist the Chief, BFP
in determining the adequacy of the said alternative measures.

C. The basis for the evaluation of the Fire Safety Technical Committee shall be in accordance
with implementing guidelines approved by the Chief, BFP.

SECTION 14.0.0.7 SEPARABILITY CLAUSE

If any provision of this IRR is declared invalid & unconstitional, the other provisions not
affected thereby shall remain valid and subsisting.

SECTION 14.0.0.8 REPEALING AND AMENDING CLAUSE

All administrative orders, rules and regulations, memoranda, circulars and other issuances
inconsistent herewith or contrary to the provisions of these rules and regulations are hereby
379
 repealed and/or modified accordingly.

SECTION 14.0.0.9 EFFECTIVITY

These Implementing Rules and Regulations shall take effect thirty (30) days after publication
of the last instalment in the Official Gazette or in a newspaper of general circulation.

380
 ANNEX A: TABLES
Table 12: Maximum Allowable Quantity (MAQ) of Hazardous Materials per Control Area

High Storage Use — Closed Systems Use — Open Systems

Hazard Liquid Liquid Liquid
Material Class Solid Gasb scf Solid Gasb scf Solid
Protection Gallons Gallons Gallons
Level Kilograms (kg) Kilograms (kg) kilograms
(kg) (kg) (kg)
Physical Hazard Materials

II 3 N/A 54.4c,d N/A N/A See note N/A N/A See note
Combustible III-A 3 N/A 149.7c,d N/A N/A See note N/A N/A See note
liquido III-B N/A N/A 5,987.4c,m N/A N/A See note N/A N/A See note

Combustible See note See note See note See note See note See note See note See note See note See note
metals
Cryogenic fluid Flammable 2 N/A 20.4j,k N/A N/A 20.4j,k N/A N/A 20.4j,k
[55: Table Oxidizing 3 N/A 20.4c,d N/A N/A 20.4c,d N/A N/A 20.4c,d
6.3.1.1] Inert N/A N/A NL N/A N/A NL N/A N/A NL

Explosives See note See See note See note See See note See note See See note See
note note note note

Flammable Gaseous 2 N/A N/A 453.6c,d N/A N/A 453.6c,d N/A N/A
gasl Liquefied 2 N/A N/A (68.0)c,d N/A N/A (68.0)c,d N/A N/A
[55: Table Liquefied 2 N/A N/A (136.1) N/A N/A (136.1)q N/A N/A
6.3.1.1] Petroleum p,q,r

(LP)

Flammable I-A 3 N/A 13.6 c,d N/A N/A See note N/A N/A See
liquido IB and IC 3 N/A 54.4 c,d N/A N/A See note N/A N/A note
Combination 3 N/A 54.4c,d,n N/A N/A See note N/A N/A See
(IA, IB, IC) note
See
note
Flammable N/A 3 56.7c,d N/A N/A 56.7c, d N/A N/A 11.3c,d N/A
solid

Inert Gas Gaseous N/A N/A N/A NL N/A N/A NL N/A N/A

Liquefied N/A N/A N/A NL N/A N/A NL N/A N/A

Organic UD 1 0.5c,i (0.5)c,i N/A 0.1i (0.1)i N/A 0.1i (0.1)i

peroxide
I 1 2.3c,d (2.3)c,d N/A 0.5c,d (0.5)c,d N/A 0.5c,d (0.5)c,d

II 2 22.7 c,d
(22.7) c,d
N/A 22.7 d
(22.7) d
N/A 4.5c,d
(4.5)c,d

III 3 56.7c,d (56.7)c,d N/A 56.7d (56.7)d N/A 11.3c,d (11.3)c,d

IV N/A NL NL N/A NL NL N/A NL NL

V N/A NL NL N/A NL NL N/A NL NL

Oxidizer 4 1 0.5 c,i

(0.5) c,i
N/A 0.1 i
(0.1) i
N/A 0.1 i
(0.1)i

3f 2 or 3 4.5c,d (4.5)c,d N/A 0.9d (0.9)d N/A 0.9d (0.9)d

2 3 113.4 c,d
(113.4) c,d
N/A 113.4 d
(113.4) d
N/A 22.7 d
(22.7)d

1 N/A 1814.4c,e (1814.4)c,e N/A 1814.4e (1814.4)e N/A 453.6e (453.6)e

Oxidizing Gaseous 3 N/A N/A 680.4 c,d

N/A N/A 680.4 c,d
N/A N/A
gas [55:
Table Liquefied 3 N/A N/A (68.0)c,d N/A N/A (68.0)c,d N/A N/A
6.3.1.1]
Pyrophoric N/A 2 1.8c,i (1.8)c,i N/A 0.5i (0.5)i N/A NP NP

Pyrophoric Gaseous 2 N/A N/A 22.7 c,i

N/A N/A 22.7 c,i
N/A N/A
Gas [55:
Table 6.3.1.1] Liquefied 2 N/A N/A (1.8)c,i N/A N/A (1.8)c,i N/A N/A

Unstable 4 1 0.5c,i (0.5)c,i N/A 0.1i (0.1)i N/A 0.1i (0.1)i

(reactive)
3 1or 2 2.3 c,d
(2.3) c,d
N/A 0.5 d
(0.5) d
N/A 0.5 d
(0.5)d

2 2 22.7c,d (22.7)c,d N/A 22.7d (22.7)d N/A 4.5d (4.5)d

1 N/A NL NL N/A NL NL N/A NL NL

Unstable Gaseous
(reactive)
Gas 4 or 3 1 N/A N/A 4.5c,i N/A N/A 4.5c,i N/A N/A
[55: Table
6.3.1.1]
detonable 3 2 N/A N/A 22.7c,d N/A N/A 22.7c,d N/A N/A

non
detonable
2 3 N/A N/A 340.2c,d N/A N/A 340.2c,d N/A N/A

1 N/A N/A N/A NL N/A N/A NL N/A N/A

381
 Unstable Liquefied
(reactive)
Gas [55: 4 or 3 1 N/A N/A (0.5)c,i N/A N/A (0.5)c,i N/A N/A
Table
6.3.1.1]
detonable 3 2 N/A N/A (0.9)c,d N/A N/A (0.9)c,d N/A N/A

non-
detonable
2 3 N/A N/A (68.0)c,d N/A N/A (68.0)c,d N/A N/A

1 N/A N/A N/A NL N/A N/A NL N/A N/A

Water 3 2 2.3c,d (2.3)c,d N/A 2.3d (2.3)d N/A 0.5d (0.5)d

reactive
2 3 22.7c,d (22.7)c,d N/A 22.7d (22.7)d N/A 4.5d (4.5)d

1 N/A NL NL N/A NL NL N/A NL NL

Health Hazard Materials

Corrosive N/A 4 2268.0cd 226.8cd N/A 2268.0d 226.8d N/A 453.6d 45.36d

Corrosive Gas Gaseous 4 N/A N/A 367.4 c,d,g

N/A N/A 367.4 c,d,g
N/A N/A
[55:
Table 6.3.1.1] Liquefied 4 N/A N/A (68.0)c,d N/A N/A (68.0)c,d N/A N/A

Highly toxic N/A 4 4.5cd (4.5)c,d N/A (4.5)d (4.5)d N/A 1.4d (1.4)d
Highly toxic Gaseous 4 N/A N/A 9.1d,g N/A N/A 9.1d,g N/A N/A
gas [55:
Table 6.3.1.1] Liquefied 4 N/A N/A (1.8)d,g
N/A N/A (1.8)d,g N/A N/A

Toxic N/A 4 226.8c,d (226.8)c,d N/A 226.8c,d (226.8)c,d N/A 56.7d (56.7)d

Gaseous 4 N/A N/A 367.4c,d N/A N/A 367.4c,d N/A N/A

Toxic gas
Liquefied 4 N/A N/A (68.0) c,d
N/A N/A (68.0) c,d
N/A N/A

For SI units, 1 lb = 0.4536 kg; 1 gal = 3.785 L; 1 ft3 = 0.0283 m3.

NTP: Normal temperature and pressure [measured at 70°F (21°C) and 14.7 psi (101 kPa)].
N/A: Not applicable. NP: Not permitted. NL: Not limited.
Note: The hazardous material categories and MAQs that are shaded in this table are not regulated by NFPA 400 but are provided here for
informational purposes.
See Chapter 2 for the reference code or standard governing these materials and establishing the MAQs. In accordance with 1.1.1.2, materials
having multiple hazards that fall within the scope of NFPA 400 shall comply with NFPA 400.
a. Unlimited amounts of gas are permitted to be used for personal medical or emergency medical use.
b. Storage in excess of 10 gal (38 L) of Class I and Class II liquids combined or 60 gal (227 L) of Class IIIA liquids is permitted where stored in
safety cabinets with an aggregate quantity not to exceed 180 gal (681 L).
c. Fuel in the tank of operating mobile equipment is permitted to exceed the specified quantity where the equipment is operated in
accordance with this code.
d. The use of explosive materials required by federal, state, or municipal agencies while engaged in normal or emergency performance of
duties is not required to be limited. The storage of explosive materials is required to be in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 495.
e. The storage and use of explosive materials in medicines and medicinal agents in the forms prescribed by the official United States
Pharmacopeia or the National Formulary are not required to be limited.
f. The storage and use of propellant-actuated devices or propellant-actuated industrial tools manufactured, imported, or distributed for their
intended purposes are required to be limited to 50 lb (23 kg) net explosive weight.
g. The storage and use of small arms ammunition, and components thereof, are permitted where in accordance with NFPA 495.
h. Containers, cylinders, or tanks not exceeding 250 scf (7.1 m3) content measured at 70°F (21°C) and 14.7 psi (101 kPa) and used for
maintenance purposes, patient care, or operation of equipment shall be permitted.
i. A maximum quantity of 220 lb (99 kg) of solid or 22 gal (83 L) of liquid Class 3 oxidizer is permitted where such materials are necessary
for maintenance purposes, operation, or sanitation of equipment. Storage containers and the manner of storage are required to be
approved.
j. Gas cylinders not exceeding 20 scf (0.57 m3) measured at 70°F (21°C) and 14.7 psi (101 kPa) are permitted in gas cabinets or fume hoods.
[5000: Table 34.1.3.2(a)]
k. Conversion. Where quantities are indicated in pounds and when the weight per gallon of the liquid is not provided to the AHJ, a conversion
factor of 10 lb/gal (1.2 kg/L) shall be used.
l. Medicines, foodstuffs, cosmetics, and other consumer products that contain not more than 50% by volume water-miscible flammable or
combustible liquids, with the remainder of the product consisting of components that do not burn, shall not be limited, where packaged in
individual containers that do not exceed a 1.3-gallon capacity. [30:9.1.4(4)]

382
Table 13: Maximum Allowable Quantity (MAQ) of Hazardous Materials per Control Area in
Assembly Occupancies

Material Class Solid kilograms Liquid Gallonsk Gasa

(kg) (at NTP) scf
(kg)
Flammable and I and II N/A 4.5 N/A
combustible liquidb,c,l III-A N/A 27.2 N/A
III-B N/A 54.4 N/A
Cryogenic fluid Flammable N/A 4.5 N/A
Oxidizing N/A 4.5 N/A
Explosivesd,e,f,g see note see note see note see note
Flammable gas c,h
Gaseous N/A N/A NP
Liquefied N/A N/A (9.1)
Liquefied N/A N/A (9.1)
Petroleum
Flammable solid N/A 2.3 N/A N/A
Oxidizers 4 NP NP N/A
3 4.5i 3.8 litersi N/A
2 113.4 11.3 N/A
1 1,814.4 181.4 N/A
Oxidizing gash Gaseous N/A N/A NPh
Liquefied N/A N/A NPh
Organic peroxides I NP NP N/A
II NP NP N/A
III (11.3) (11.3) N/A
IV NL NL N/A
V NL NL N/A
Pyrophoric materials N/A 0.5 (0.5) NP
Unstable Reactive 4 0.1 (0.1) NP
3 0.5 (0.5) NP
2 4.5 (4.5) NPh
1 NL (NL) NP
Water-reactive 3 0.5 (0.5) N/A
2 4.5 (4.5) N/A
1 NL (NL) N/A
Corrosives N/A 453.6 (45.36) NP
Highly toxic N/A 1.4 (1.4) NPj
Toxic N/A 56.7 (56.7) NPj

For SI units, 1 lb = 0.4536 kg; 1 gal = 3.7854 L; 1 ft3 = 0.0283 m3.

NTP: Normal temperature and pressure [measured at 70°F (21°C) and 14.7 psi (101 kPa)].
N/A: Not applicable. NP: Not permitted. NL: Not limited.
Note: The hazardous material categories and MAQs that are shaded in this table are not regulated by NFPA 400 but are provided here for
informational purposes.
See Chapter 2 for the reference code or standard governing these materials and establishing the MAQs. In accordance with 1.1.1.2, materials
having multiple hazards that fall within the scope of NFPA 400 shall comply with NFPA 400.
a. Unlimited amounts of gas are permitted to be used for personal medical or emergency medical use.
b. Storage in excess of 10 gal (38 L) of Class I and Class II liquids combined or 60 gal (227 L) of Class IIIA liquids is permitted where stored in
safety cabinets with an aggregate quantity not to exceed 180 gal (681 L).
c. Fuel in the tank of operating mobile equipment is permitted to exceed the specified quantity where the equipment is operated in
accordance with this code.
d. The use of explosive materials required by federal, state, or municipal agencies while engaged in normal or emergency performance of
duties is not required to be limited. The storage of explosive materials is required to be in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 495.
e. The storage and use of explosive materials in medicines and medicinal agents in the forms prescribed by the official United States
Pharmacopeia or the National Formulary are not required to be limited.
f. The storage and use of propellant-actuated devices or propellant-actuated industrial tools manufactured, imported, or distributed for their
intended purposes are required to be limited to 50 lb (23 kg) net explosive weight.
g. The storage and use of small arms ammunition, and components thereof, are permitted where in accordance with NFPA 495.
h. Containers, cylinders, or tanks not exceeding 250 scf (7.1 m3) content measured at 70°F (21°C) and 14.7 psi (101 kPa) and used for
maintenance purposes, patient care, or operation of equipment shall be permitted.
i. A maximum quantity of 220 lb (99 kg) of solid or 22 gal (83 L) of liquid Class 3 oxidizer is permitted where such materials are necessary
for maintenance purposes, operation, or sanitation of equipment. Storage containers and the manner of storage are required to be
approved.
j. Gas cylinders not exceeding 20 scf (0.57 m3) measured at 70°F (21°C) and 14.7 psi (101 kPa) are permitted in gas cabinets or fume hoods.
[5000: Table 34.1.3.2(a)]
k. Conversion. Where quantities are indicated in pounds and when the weight per gallon of the liquid is not provided to the AHJ, a conversion
factor of 10 lb/gal (1.2 kg/L) shall be used.

383
 l. Medicines, foodstuffs, cosmetics, and other consumer products that contain not more than 50% by volume water-miscible flammable or
combustible liquids, with the remainder of the product consisting of components that do not burn, shall not be limited, where packaged in
individual containers that do not exceed a 1.3-gallon capacity. [30:9.1.4(4)]

Table 14: Maximum Allowable Quantity (MAQ) of Hazardous Materials per Control Area in
Educational Occupancies

Material Class Solid Kilograms Liquid Gallonsm Gasa

(kg) (at NTP) scf (kg)
Flammable and I and II N/A 4.5 N/A
combustible liquidb,c,l III-A N/A 27.2 N/A
III-B N/A 54.4n N/A
Cryogenic fluid Flammable N/A 4.5 N/A
Oxidizing N/A 4.5 N/A
Explosivesd,e,f,g see note see note see note see note
Flammable gas c,h
Gaseous N/A N/A NP
Liquefied N/A N/A (9.1)
Liquefied N/A N/A (9.1)
Petroleum
Flammable solid N/A 2.3 N/A N/A
Oxidizers 4 NP NP N/A
3 4.5i 0.5i N/A
2 113.4 11.3 N/A
1 1,814.4i 181.4j N/A
Oxidizing gash Gaseous N/A N/A NPh
Liquefied N/A N/A NPh
Organic peroxides I NP NP N/A
II NP NP N/A
III 11.3 (11.3) N/A
IV NL NL N/A
V NL NL N/A
Pyrophoric materials N/A 0.5 (0.5) NP
Unstable Reactive 4 0.1 (0.1) NP
3 0.5 (0.5) NP
2 4.5 (4.5) NPh
1 NL (NL) NP
Water-reactive 3 0.5 (0.5) N/A
2 4.5 (4.5) N/A
1 NL NL N/A
Corrosives N/A 453.6 45.36 NP
Highly toxic N/A 1.4 (1.4) NPj
Toxic N/A 56.7 (56.7) NPj

For SI units, 1 lb = 0.4536 kg; 1 gal = 3.7854 L; 1 ft3 = 0.0283 m3.

NTP: Normal temperature and pressure [measured at 70°F (21°C) and 14.7 psi (101 kPa)]. N/A: Not applicable. NP: Not permitted. NL: Not
limited.
Note: The hazardous material categories and MAQs that are shaded in this table are not regulated by NFPA 400 but are provided here for
informational
purposes. See Chapter 2 for the reference code or standard governing these materials and establishing the MAQs. In accordance with
1.1.1.2, materials
having multiple hazards that fall within the scope of NFPA 400 shall comply with NFPA 400.
a. Unlimited amounts of gas are permitted to be used for personal medical or emergency medical use.
b. Storage in excess of 10 gal (38 L) of Class I and Class II liquids combined or 60 gal (227 L) of Class IIIA liquids is permitted where stored in
safety cabinets with an aggregate quantity not to exceed 180 gal (681 L).
c. Fuel in the tank of operating mobile equipment is permitted to exceed the specified quantity where the equipment is operated in
accordance with this code.
d. The use of explosive materials required by federal, state, or municipal agencies while engaged in normal or emergency performance of
duties is not required to be limited. The storage of explosive materials is required to be in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 495.
e. The storage and use of explosive materials in medicines and medicinal agents in the forms prescribed by the official United States
Pharmacopeia or the National Formulary are not required to be limited.
f. The storage and use of propellant-actuated devices or propellant-actuated industrial tools manufactured, imported, or distributed for their
intended purposes are required to be limited to 50 lb (23 kg) net explosive weight.
g. The storage and use of small arms ammunition, and components thereof, are permitted where in accordance with NFPA 495
h. Containers, cylinders, or tanks not exceeding 250 scf (7.1 m3) content measured at 70°F (21°C) and 14.7 psi (101 kPa) and used for
maintenance purposes, patient care, or operation of equipment shall be permitted.
i. A maximum quantity of 220 lb (99 kg) of solid or 22 gal (83 L) of liquid Class 3 oxidizer is permitted where such materials are necessary
for maintenance purposes, operation, or sanitation of equipment. Storage containers and the manner of storage are required to be

384
 approved.
j. The permitted quantities are not limited in a building protected throughout by automatic sprinkler systems in accordance with NFPA 13.
k. Storage in laboratories only; additional 20 lb (9 kg) units are permitted where minimum 20 ft (6.1 m) separation is provided.
l. Gas cylinders not exceeding 20 scf (0.57 m3) measured at 70°F (21°C) and 14.7 psi (101 kPa) are permitted in gas cabinets or fume hoods.
m. Conversion. Where quantities are indicated in pounds and when the weight per gallon of the liquid is not provided to the AHJ, a
conversion factor of 10 lb/gal (1.2 kg/L) shall be used.
n. Storage shall be permitted to be increased 100% if the building is protected throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in
accordance with NFPA 13.
o. Medicines, foodstuffs, cosmetics, and other consumer products that contain not more than 50% by volume water-miscible flammable or
combustible liquids, with the remainder of the product consisting of components that do not burn, shall not be limited, where packaged in
individual containers that do not exceed a 1.3-gallon capacity. [30:9.1.4(4)]

Table 15: Maximum Allowable Quantities (MAQ) of Hazardous Materials per Control Area in
Day-Care Occupancies

Material Class Solid Kilograms Liquid Gallonsk Gasa

kg (at NTP) scf (kg)
Flammable and I and II N/A 4.5 N/A
combustible liquidb,c,l III-A N/A 27.2 N/A
III-B N/A 54.4n N/A
Cryogenic fluid Flammable N/A 4.5 N/A
Oxidizing N/A 4.5 N/A
Explosivesd,e,f,g see note see note see note see note
Flammable gas c,g
Gaseous N/A N/A NP
Liquefied N/A N/A (9.1)
Liquefied N/A N/A (9.1)
Petroleum
Flammable solid N/A 2.3 N/A N/A
Oxidizers 4 NP NP N/A
3 4.5i 0.5i N/A
2 113.4 11.3 N/A
1 1,814.4h 181.4h N/A
Oxidizing gasg Gaseous N/A N/A NPh
Liquefied N/A N/A NPh
Organic peroxides I NP NP N/A
II NP NP N/A
III 11.3 (11.3) N/A
IV NL NL N/A
V NL NL N/A
Pyrophoric materials N/A 0.5 (0.5) NP
Unstable Reactive 4 0.1 (0.1) NP
3 0.5 (0.5) NP
2 4.5 (4.5) NPg
1 NL (NL) NP
Water-reactive 3 0.5 (0.5) N/A
2 4.5 (4.5) N/A
1 NL NL N/A
Corrosives N/A 453.6 45.36 NP
Highly toxic N/A 1.4 (1.4) NPj
Toxic N/A 56.7 (56.7) NPj

For SI units, 1 lb = 0.4536 kg; 1 gal = 3.7854 L; 1 ft3 = 0.0283 m3.

NTP: Normal temperature and pressure [measured at 70°F (21°C) and 14.7 psi (101 kPa)]. N/A: Not applicable. NP: Not permitted.
NL: Not limited.
Note: The hazardous material categories and MAQs that are shaded in this table are not regulated by NFPA 400 but are provided here
for informational purposes. See Chapter 2 for the reference code or standard governing these materials and establishing the MAQs. In
accordance with 1.1.1.2, materials having multiple hazards that fall within the scope of NFPA 400 shall comply with NFPA 400.
a. Unlimited amounts of gas are permitted to be used for personal medical or emergency medical use.
b. Storage in excess of 10 gal (38 L) of Class I and Class II liquids combined or 60 gal (227 L) of Class IIIA liquids is permitted where stored in
safety cabinets with an aggregate quantity not to exceed 180 gal (681 L).
c. Fuel in the tank of operating mobile equipment is permitted to exceed the specified quantity where the equipment is operated in
accordance with this code.
d. The use of explosive materials required by federal, state, or municipal agencies while engaged in normal or emergency performance of
duties is not required to be limited. The storage of explosive materials is required to be in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 495.
e. The storage and use of explosive materials in medicines and medicinal agents in the forms prescribed by the official United States
Pharmacopeia or the National Formulary are not required to be limited.
f. The storage and use of propellant-actuated devices or propellant-actuated industrial tools manufactured, imported, or distributed for their

385
 intended purposes are required to be limited to 50 lb (23 kg) net explosive weight.
g. Containers, cylinders, or tanks not exceeding 250 scf (7.1 m3) content measured at 70°F (21°C) and 14.7 psi (101 kPa) and used for
maintenance purposes,patient care, or operation of equipment shall be permitted.
h. The permitted quantities are not limited in a building protected throughout by automatic sprinkler systems in accordance with NFPA 13.
i. A maximum quantity of 220 lb (99 kg) of solid or 22 gal (83 L) of liquid Class 3 oxidizer is permitted where such materials are necessary
for maintenance purposes, operation, or sanitation of equipment. Storage containers and the manner of storage are required to be
approved.
j. Gas cylinders not exceeding 20 scf (0.57 m3) measured at 70°F (21°C) and 14.7 psi (101 kPa) are permitted in gas cabinets or fume hoods.
k. Conversion. Where quantities are indicated in pounds and when the weight per gallon of the liquid is not provided to the AHJ, a conversion
factor of 10 lb/gal (1.2 kg/L) shall be used.
l. Storage shall be permitted to be increased 100% if the building is protected throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in
accordance with NFPA 13.
m. Medicines, foodstuffs, cosmetics, and other consumer products that contain not more than 50% by volume water-miscible flammable or
combustible liquids, with the remainder of the product consisting of components that do not burn, shall not be limited, where packaged in
individual containers that do not exceed a 1.3-gallon capacity. [30:9.1.4(4)]

Table 16: Maximum Allowable Quantities (MAQ) of Hazardous Materials per Control Area in
Health Care Occupancies

Material Class Solid Kilograms Liquid Gallonsk Gasa

(kg) (at NTP) scf (kg)
Flammable and I and II N/A 4.5 N/A
combustible liquidb,c,l III-A N/A 27.2 N/A
III-B N/A 54.4n N/A
Cryogenic fluid Flammable N/A 4.5 N/A
Oxidizing N/A 4.5 N/A
Explosivesd,e,f, see note see note see note see note
Flammable gas c,g
Gaseous N/A N/A NP
Liquefied N/A N/A (9.1)
Liquefied N/A N/A (9.1)
Petroleum
Flammable solid N/A 2.3 N/A N/A
Oxidizers 4 NP NP N/A
3 4.5h 0.5h N/A
2 113.4 11.3 N/A
1 1,814.4i 181.4i N/A
Oxidizing gasg Gaseous N/A N/A NPg
Liquefied N/A N/A NPg
Organic peroxides I NP NP N/A
II NP NP N/A
III 11.3 (11.3) N/A
IV NL NL N/A
V NL NL N/A
Pyrophoric materials N/A NP NP NP
Unstable Reactive 4 NP NP NP
3 NP NP NP
2 4.5 (4.5) NPg
1 NL (NL) NP
Water-reactive 3 0.5 (0.5) N/A
2 4.5 (4.5) N/A
1 NL NL N/A
Corrosives N/A 453.6 45.36 NP
Highly toxic N/A 1.4 1.4 NPj
Toxic N/A 56.7 56.7 NPj

For SI units, 1 lb = 0.4536 kg; 1 gal = 3.7854 L; 1 ft3 = 0.0283 m3.

NTP: Normal temperature and pressure [measured at 70°F (21°C) and 14.7 psi (101 kPa)]. N/A: Not applicable. NP: Not permitted. NL: Not
limited.
Note: The hazardous material categories and MAQs that are shaded in this table are not regulated by NFPA 400 but are provided here for
informational purposes.
See Chapter 2 for the reference code or standard governing these materials and establishing the MAQs. In accordance with 1.1.1.2,
materials having multiple hazards that fall within the scope of NFPA 400 shall comply with NFPA 400.
a. Unlimited amounts of gas are permitted to be used for personal medical or emergency medical use.
b. Storage in excess of 10 gal (38 L) of Class I and Class II liquids combined or 60 gal (227 L) of Class IIIA liquids is permitted where stored in
safety cabinets with an aggregate quantity not to exceed 180 gal (681 L).
c. Fuel in the tank of operating mobile equipment is permitted to exceed the specified quantity where the equipment is operated in
accordance with this code.

386
 d. The use of explosive materials required by federal, state, or municipal agencies while engaged in normal or emergency performance of
duties is not required to be limited. The storage of explosive materials is required to be in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 495.
e. The storage and use of explosive materials in medicines and medicinal agents in the forms prescribed by the official United States
Pharmacopeia or the National Formulary are not required to be limited.
f. The storage and use of propellant-actuated devices or propellant-actuated industrial tools manufactured, imported, or distributed for their
intended purposes are required to be limited to 50 lb (23 kg) net explosive weight.
g. Containers, cylinders, or tanks not exceeding 250 scf (7.1 m3) content measured at 70°F (21°C) and 14.7 psi (101 kPa) and used for
maintenance purposes, patient care, or operation of equipment shall be permitted.
h. A maximum quantity of 220 lb (99 kg) of solid or 22 gal (83 L) of liquid Class 3 oxidizer is permitted where such materials are necessary
for maintenance purposes, operation, or sanitation of equipment. Storage containers and the manner of storage are required to be
approved.
i. The permitted quantities are not limited in a building protected throughout by automatic sprinkler systems in accordance with NFPA 13.
j. Gas cylinders not exceeding 20 scf (0.57 m3) measured at 70°F (21°C) and 14.7 psi (101 kPa) are permitted in gas cabinets or fume hoods.
k. Conversion. Where quantities are indicated in pounds and when the weight per gallon of the liquid is not provided to the AHJ, a conversion
factor of 10 lb/gal (1.2 kg/L) shall be used.
l. Storage shall be permitted to be increased 100% if the building is protected throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in
accordance with NFPA 13.
m. Medicines, foodstuffs, cosmetics, and other consumer products that contain not more than 50% by volume water-miscible flammable or
combustible liquids, with the remainder of the product consisting of components that do not burn, shall not be limited, where packaged in
individual containers that do not exceed a
1.3-gallon capacity. [30:9.1.4(4)]

Table 17: Maximum Allowable Quantities (MAQ) of Hazardous Materials per Control Area in
Ambulatory Health Care Occupancies

Material Class Solid Kilograms Liquid Gallonsk Gasa

(kg) (at NTP) scf (kg)
Flammable and I and II N/A 4.5 N/A
combustible liquidb,c,l III-A N/A 27.2 N/A
III-B N/A 54.4n N/A
Cryogenic fluid Flammable N/A 4.5 N/A
Oxidizing N/A 4.5 N/A
Explosivesd,e,f see note see note see note see note
Flammable gas c,g
Gaseous N/A N/A NP
Liquefied N/A N/A (9.1)
Liquefied N/A N/A (9.1)
Petroleum
Flammable solid N/A 2.3 N/A N/A
Oxidizers 4 NP NP N/A
3 4.5h 0.5h N/A
2 113.4 11.3 N/A
1 1,814.4i 181.4i N/A
Oxidizing gasg Gaseous N/A N/A NPg
Liquefied N/A N/A NPg
Organic peroxides I NP NP N/A
II NP NP N/A
III 11.3 (11.3) N/A
IV NL NL N/A
V NL NL N/A
Pyrophoric materials N/A NP NP NP
Unstable Reactive 4 NP NP NP
3 NP NP NP
2 4.5 (4.5) NPg
1 NL (NL) NP
Water-reactive 3 0.5 (0.5) N/A
2 4.5 (4.5) N/A
1 NL NL N/A
Corrosives N/A 453.6 45.36 NP
Highly toxic N/A 1.4 (1.4) NPj
Toxic N/A 56.7 56.7 NPj
For SI units, 1 lb = 0.4536 kg; 1 gal = 3.7854 L; 1 ft3 = 0.0283 m3.
NTP: Normal temperature and pressure [70°F (21°C) and 14.7 psi (101 kPa)]. N/A: Not applicable. NP: Not permitted. NL: Not limited.
Note: The hazardous material categories and MAQs that are shaded in this table are not regulated by NFPA 400 but are provided here
for informational purposes. See Chapter 2 for the reference code or standard governing these materials and establishing the MAQs. In
accordance with 1.1.1.2, materials having multiple hazards that fall within the scope of NFPA 400 shall comply with NFPA 400.

387
 a. Unlimited amounts of gas are permitted to be used for personal medical or emergency medical use.
b. Storage in excess of 10 gal (38 L) of Class I and Class II liquids combined or 60 gal (227 L) of Class IIIA liquids is permitted where stored in
safety cabinets with an aggregate quantity not to exceed 180 gal (681 L).
c. Fuel in the tank of operating mobile equipment is permitted to exceed the specified quantity where the equipment is operated in
accordance with this code.
d. The use of explosive materials required by federal, state, or municipal agencies while engaged in normal or emergency performance of
duties is not required to be limited. The storage of explosive materials is required to be in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 495.
e. The storage and use of explosive materials in medicines and medicinal agents in the forms prescribed by the official United States
Pharmacopeia or the National Formulary are not required to be limited.
f. The storage and use of propellant-actuated devices or propellant-actuated industrial tools manufactured, imported, or distributed for their
intended purposes are required to be limited to 50 lb (23 kg) net explosive weight.
g. Containers, cylinders, or tanks not exceeding 250 scf (7.1 m3) content measured at 70°F (21°C) and 14.7 psi (101 kPa) and used for
maintenance purposes, patient care, or operation of equipment shall be permitted.
h. A maximum quantity of 220 lb (99 kg) of solid or 22 gal (83 L) of liquid Class 3 oxidizer is permitted where such materials are necessary
for maintenance purposes, operation, or sanitation of equipment. Storage containers and the manner of storage are required to be
approved.
i. The permitted quantities are not limited in a building protected throughout by automatic sprinkler systems in accordance with NFPA 13.
j. Gas cylinders not exceeding 20 scf (0.57 m3) measured at 70°F (21°C) and 14.7 psi (101 kPa) are permitted in gas cabinets or fume hoods.
k. Conversion. Where quantities are indicated in pounds and when the weight per gallon of the liquid is not provided to the AHJ, a conversion
factor of 10 lb/gal (1.2 kg/L) shall be used.
l. Storage shall be permitted to be increased 100% if the building is protected throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in
accordance with NFPA 13.
m. Medicines, foodstuffs, cosmetics, and other consumer products that contain not more than 50% by volume water-miscible flammable or
combustible liquids, with the remainder of the product consisting of components that do not burn, shall not be limited, where packaged in
individual containers that do not exceed a 1.3-gallon capacity. [30:9.1.4(4)]

Table 18: Maximum Allowable Quantities (MAQ) of Hazardous Materials per Control Area in
Detection and Correctional Occupancies

Material Class Solid Kilograms Liquid Gallonsk Gasa

(kg) (at NTP) scf (kg)
Flammable and I and II N/A 4.5 N/A
combustible liquidb,c,l III-A N/A 27.2 N/A
III-B N/A 54.4n N/A
Cryogenic fluid Flammable N/A 4.5 N/A
Oxidizing N/A 4.5 N/A
Explosivesd,e,f see note see note see note see note
Flammable gas c,g
Gaseous N/A N/A NP
Liquefied N/A N/A (9.1)
Liquefied N/A N/A (9.1)
Petroleum
Flammable solid N/A 2.3 N/A N/A
Oxidizers 4 NP NP N/A
3 4.5h 0.5h N/A
2 113.4 11.3 N/A
1 1,814.4i 181.4i N/A
Oxidizing gasg Gaseous N/A N/A NPg
Liquefied N/A N/A NPg
Organic peroxides I NP NP N/A
II NP NP N/A
III 11.3 (11.3) N/A
IV NL NL N/A
V NL NL N/A
Pyrophoric materials N/A NP NP NP
Unstable Reactive 4 NP NP NP
3 NP NP NP
2 4.5 (4.5) NPg
1 NL (NL) NP
Water-reactive 3 0.5 (0.5) N/A
2 4.5 (4.5) N/A
1 NL NL N/A
Corrosives N/A 453.6 45.36 NP
Highly toxic N/A 1.4 (1.4) NPj
Toxic N/A 56.7 56.7 NPj

For SI units, 1 lb = 0.4536 kg; 1 gal = 3.7854 L; 1 ft3 = 0.0283 m3.

NTP: Normal temperature and pressure [measured at 70°F (21°C) and 14.7 psi (101 kPa)]. N/A: Not applicable. NP: Not permitted. NL: Not

388
 limited.
Note: The hazardous material categories and MAQs that are shaded in this table are not regulated by NFPA 400 but are provided here
for informational purposes. See Chapter 2 for the reference code or standard governing these materials and establishing the MAQs. In
accordance with 1.1.1.2, materials having multiple hazards that fall within the scope of NFPA 400 shall comply with NFPA 400.
a. Unlimited amounts of gas are permitted to be used for personal medical or emergency medical use.
b. Storage in excess of 10 gal (38 L) of Class I and Class II liquids combined or 60 gal (227 L) of Class IIIA liquids is permitted where stored in
safety cabinets with an aggregate quantity not to exceed 180 gal (681 L).
c. Fuel in the tank of operating mobile equipment is permitted to exceed the specified quantity where the equipment is operated in
accordance with this code.
d. The use of explosive materials required by federal, state, or municipal agencies while engaged in normal or emergency performance of
duties is not required to be limited. The storage of explosive materials is required to be in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 495.
e. The storage and use of explosive materials in medicines and medicinal agents in the forms prescribed by the official United States
Pharmacopeia or the National Formulary are not required to be limited.
f. The storage and use of propellant-actuated devices or propellant-actuated industrial tools manufactured, imported, or distributed for their
intended purposes are required to be limited to 50 lb (23 kg) net explosive weight.
g. The storage and use of small arms ammunition, and components thereof, are permitted where in accordance with NFPA 495.
h. Containers, cylinders, or tanks not exceeding 250 scf (7.1 m3) content measured at 70°F (21°C) and 14.7 psi (101 kPa) and used for
maintenance purposes, patient care, or operation of equipment shall be permitted.
i. A maximum quantity of 220 lb (99 kg) of solid or 22 gal (83 L) of liquid Class 3 oxidizer is permitted where such materials are necessary
for maintenance purposes, operation, or sanitation of equipment. Storage containers and the manner of storage are required to be
approved.
j. Gas cylinders not exceeding 20 scf (0.57 m3) measured at 70°F (21°C) and 14.7 psi (101 kPa) are permitted in gas cabinets or fume hoods.
k. Conversion. Where quantities are indicated in pounds and when the weight per gallon of the liquid is not provided to the AHJ, a conversion
factor of 10 lb/gal (1.2 kg/L) shall be used.
l. Medicines, foodstuffs, cosmetics, and other consumer products that contain not more than 50% by volume water-miscible flammable or
combustible liquids, with the remainder of the product consisting of components that do not burn, shall not be limited, where packaged in
individual containers that do not exceed a 1.3-gallon capacity. [30:9.1.4(4)]

Table 19: Maximum Allowable Quantities of Hazardous Materials per Control Area in Residential
Occupancies Consisting of Lodging and Rooming Houses, Hotels, Dormitories,
Apartments, and Residential Board and Care Facilities

Material Class Solid Kilograms Liquid Gallonsk Gasa

(kg) (at NTP) scf (kg)
Flammable and I and II N/A 4.5 N/A
combustible liquidb,c,m III-A N/A 27.2 N/A
III-B N/A 54.4 N/A
Cryogenic fluid Flammable N/A 4.5 N/A
Oxidizing N/A 4.5 N/A
Explosivesd,e,f,g see note see note see note see note
Flammable gas c,h
Gaseous N/A N/A NP
Liquefiedj N/A N/A (9.1)
Liquefied N/A N/A (9.1)
Petroleum
Flammable solid N/A 2.3 N/A N/A
Oxidizers 4 NP NP N/A
3 4.5i 0.5i N/A
2 113.4 11.3 N/A
1 1,814.4 181.4 N/A
Oxidizing gash Gaseous N/A N/A NPh
Liquefied N/A N/A N/A
Organic peroxides I NP NP N/A
II NP NP N/A
III 11.3 (11.3) N/A
IV NL NL N/A
V NL NL N/A
Pyrophoric materials N/A 0.5 (0.5) NP
Unstable Reactive 4 0.1 (0.1) NP
3 0.5 (0.5) NP
2 4.5 (4.5) NPh
1 NL NL NP
Water-reactive 3 0.5 (0.5) N/A
2 4.5 (4.5) N/A
1 NL NL N/A
Corrosives N/A 453.6 45.36 NP
Highly toxic N/A 1.4 (1.4) NPk
Toxic N/A 56.7 (56.7) NPk
389
For SI units, 1 lb = 0.4536 kg; 1 gal = 3.7854 L; 1 ft3 = 0.0283 m3.
NTP: Normal temperature and pressure [measured at 70°F (21°C) and 14.7 psi (101 kPa)]. N/A: Not applicable. NP: Not permitted. NL: Not
limited. Note: The hazardous material categories and MAQs that are shaded in this table are not regulated by NFPA 400 but are provided
here for informational purposes. See Chapter 2 for the reference code or standard governing these materials and establishing the MAQs. In
accordance with 1.1.1.2, materials having multiple hazards that fall within the scope of NFPA 400 shall comply with NFPA 400.
a. Unlimited amounts of gas are permitted to be used for personal medical or emergency medical use.
b. Storage in excess of 10 gal (38 L) of Class I and Class II liquids combined or 60 gal (227 L) of Class IIIA liquids are permitted where stored in
safety cabinets with an aggregate quantity not to exceed 180 gal (681 L).
c. Fuel in the tank of operating mobile equipment is permitted to exceed the specified quantity where the equipment is operated in
accordance with this code.
d. The use of explosive materials required by federal, state, or municipal agencies while engaged in normal or emergency performance of
duties is not required to be limited. The storage of explosive materials is required to be in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 495.
e. The storage and use of explosive materials in medicines and medicinal agents in the forms prescribed by the official United States
Pharmacopeia or the National Formulary are not required to be limited.
f. The storage and use of propellant-actuated devices or propellant-actuated industrial tools manufactured, imported, or distributed for their
intended purposes are required to be limited to 50 lb (23 kg) net explosive weight.
g. The storage and use of small arms ammunition, and components thereof, are permitted where in accordance with NFPA 495.
h. Containers, cylinders, or tanks not exceeding 250 scf (7.1 m3) content measured at 70°F (21°C) and 14.7 psi (101 kPa) and used for
maintenance purposes, patient care, or operation of equipment shall be permitted.
i. A maximum quantity of 220 lb (99 kg) of solid or 22 gal (83 L) of liquid Class 3 oxidizer is permitted where such materials are necessary for
maintenance purposes, operation, or sanitation of equipment. Storage containers and the manner of storage are required to beapproved.
j. Storage containers are not permitted to exceed 0.325 ft3 (0.0092 m3) capacity.
k. Gas cylinders not exceeding 20 scf (0.57 m3) measured at 70°F (21°C) and 14.7 psi (101 kPa) are permitted in gas cabinets or fume hoods.
l. Conversion. Where quantities are indicated in pounds and when the weight per gallon of the liquid is not provided to the AHJ, a conversion
factor of 10 lb/gal (1.2 kg/L) shall be used.
m. Medicines, foodstuffs, cosmetics, and other consumer products that contain not more than 50% by volume water-miscible flammable or
combustible liquids, with the remainder of the product consisting of components that do not burn, shall not be limited, where packaged in
individual containers that do not exceed a 1.3-gallon capacity. [30:9.1.4(4)]

Table 20: Maximum Allowable Quantities of Hazardous Materials per Control Area in
Business Occupancies

Material Class Solid Kilograms Liquid Gallonsk Gasa

(kg) (at NTP) scf (kg)
Flammable and I and II N/A 4.5 N/A
combustible liquidb,c,k III-A N/A 27.2 N/A
III-B N/A 54.4 N/A
Cryogenic fluid Flammable N/A 4.5 N/A
Oxidizing N/A 4.5 N/A
Explosivesd,e,f,g see note see note see note see note
Flammable gas c
Gaseous N/A N/A 453.6
Liquefiedj N/A N/A (9.1)
Liquefied N/A N/A (9.1)
Petroleum
Flammable solid N/A 2.3 N/A N/A
Oxidizers 4 NP NP NP
3 4.5h 0.5h NP
2 113.4 11.3 NP
1 1,814.4 181.4 NP
Oxidizing gash Gaseous N/A N/A 680.4
Liquefied N/A 6.8 N/A
Organic peroxides I NP NP N/A
II NP NP N/A
III 680.4 (680.4) N/A
IV 45,359.2 (45,359.2) N/A
V NL NL N/A
Pyrophoric materials N/A 0.5 (0.5) 4.5
Unstable Reactive 4 0.1 (0.1) 0.9
3 0.5 0.5 4.5
2 4.5 (4.5) 340.2
1 NL (NL) NL
Water-reactive 3 0.5 (0.5) N/A
2 4.5 (4.5) N/A
1 NL NL N/A
Corrosives N/A 453.6 (45.36) 367.4
Highly toxic i
N/A 1.4 (1.4) 9.1
Toxic i
N/A 56.7 (56.7) 367.4

390
For SI units, 1 lb = 0.4536 kg; 1 gal = 3.7854 L; 1 ft3 = 0.0283 m3.
NTP: Normal temperature and pressure [measured at 70°F (21°C) and 14.7 psi (101 kPa)]. N/A: Not applicable. NP: Not permitted. NL: Not
limited. Note: The hazardous material categories and MAQs that are shaded in this table are not regulated by NFPA 400 but are provided
here for informational purposes. See Chapter 2 for the reference code or standard governing these materials and establishing the MAQs. In
accordance with 1.1.1.2, materials having multiple hazards that fall within the scope of NFPA 400 shall comply with NFPA 400.
a. Unlimited amounts of gas are permitted to be used for personal medical or emergency medical use.
b. Storage in excess of 10 gal (38 L) of Class I and Class II liquids combined or 60 gal (227 L) of Class IIIA liquids is permitted where stored in
safety cabinets with an aggregate quantity not to exceed 180 gal (681 L).
c. Fuel in the tank of operating mobile equipment is permitted to exceed the specified quantity where the equipment is operated in
accordance with this code.
d. The use of explosive materials required by federal, state, or municipal agencies while engaged in normal or emergency performance of
duties is not required to be limited. The storage of explosive materials is required to be in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 495.
e. The storage and use of explosive materials in medicines and medicinal agents in the forms prescribed by the official United States
Pharmacopeia or the National Formulary are not required to be limited.
f. The storage and use of propellant-actuated devices or propellant-actuated industrial tools manufactured, imported, or distributed for their
intended purposes are required to be limited to 50 lb (23 kg) net explosive weight.
g. The storage and use of small arms ammunition, and components thereof, are permitted where in accordance with NFPA 495.
h. A maximum quantity of 220 lb (99 kg) of solid or 22 gal (83 L) of liquid Class 3 oxidizer is permitted where such materials are necessary
for maintenance purposes, operation, or sanitation of equipment. Storage containers and the manner of storage are required to be
approved.
i. Gas cylinders not exceeding 20 scf (0.57 m3) measured at 70°F (21°C) and 14.7 psi (101 kPa) are permitted in gas cabinets or fume hoods.
j. Conversion. Where quantities are indicated in pounds and when the weight per gallon of the liquid is not provided to the AHJ, a conversion
factor of 10 lb/gal (1.2 kg/L) shall be used.
k. Medicines, foodstuffs, cosmetics, and other consumer products that contain not more than 50% by volume water-miscible flammable or
combustible liquids, with the remainder of the product consisting of components that do not burn, shall not be limited, where packaged in
individual containers that do not exceed a 1.3-gallon capacity. [30:9.1.4(4)]

Table 21: Maximum Allowable Quantity (MAQ) per Indoor and Outdoor Control Area for Selected
Hazard Categories in Mercantile, Storage, and Industrial Occupancies

MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE QUANTITYab

Solids Liquids
HAZARD CATEGORY
kilogram liters

Physical Hazards Materials: Nonflammable and Noncombustible Solids and Liquids

Oxidizers
Class 3 616 511
Class 2 1,021 852
Class 1 8165c 6,814c
Note: Maximum quantities for hazard categories not shown are required to be in accordance with Table 5.2.1.1.3.
a. Maximum quantities are permitted to be increased 100 percent in buildings that are sprinklered in accordance with NFPA 13. Where
footnote b also applies, the increase for both footnotes is permitted to be applied.
b. Maximum quantities are permitted to be increased 100 percent where stored in approved storage cabinets in accordance with NFPA1.
Where footnote a also applies, the increase for both footnotes is permitted to be applied.
c. Quantities are not limited in buildings protected by an automatic sprinkler system complying with NFPA 13. [5000: Table 34.1.3.3.1(a)]

Table 22: Maximum Allowable Quantity (MAQ) per Indoor and Outdoor Control Area for Selected
Hazard Categories in Mercantile and Storage Occupancies

HAZARD CATEGORY MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE QUANTITYab

Solids Liquids
kilogram liters
Physical Hazards Materials: Nonflammable and Noncombustible Solids and Liquids
Unstable (reactive)
Class 3 250 208
Class 2 522 435
Water-reactive
Class 3 250 208
Class 2 522 435

Health Hazards Materials: Nonflammable and Noncombustible Solids and Liquids

Corrosive 4,536 3,785
Highly Toxicd 9 8
Toxicd 454 378

391
 a.Maximum quantities for hazard categories not shown are required to be in accordance with Table 5.2.1.1.3.
b. Maximum quantities are permitted to be increased 100 percent in buildings that are sprinklered in accordance with NFPA 13. Where
footnote b also applies, the increase for both footnotes can be applied.
c. Maximum quantities are permitted to be increased 100 percent where stored in approved storage cabinets in accordance with NFPA1.
Where footnote (a) also applies, the increase for both footnotes is permitted to be applied. [5000:Table 34.1.3.3.1(b)]
d. Toxic or highly toxic solids or liquids displayed in original packaging in mercantile or storage occupancies and intended for maintenance,
operation of equipment, or sanitation when contained in individual packaging not exceeding 100 lb (45.4 kg) shall be limited to an
aggregate of 1200 lb (544.3 kg) or 120 gal (454.2 L). The increases allowed by footnotes a, b, and c shall not apply to highly toxic solids and
liquids.

Table 23: Design and Number of Control Areas

Floor Level Maximum Number of Fire

Allowable Control Resistance
Quantity per Areas per Floor Rating for
Control Area (%)* Fire Barriers† (hr)
Above grade
>9 5.0 1 2
7–9 5.0 2 2
4–6 12.5 2 2
3 50.0 2 1
2 75.0 3 1
1 100.0 4 1
Below grade
1 75.0 2 1
2 50.0 32 1
Lower than 2 NP NP N/A
NP: Not permitted. N/A: Not applicable.
*Percentages represent the MAQ per control area shown in Table
5.2.1.1.3, with all the increases permitted in the footnotes of that table.
†Fire barriers are required to include floors and walls, as necessary, to provide a complete separation from other control areas.

Table 24: Detached Buildings Required Where Quantity of Material Exceeds Amount Shown

Gas Hazard Quantity of Material

Class scf Nm3*
Individual N/A N/A 15,000
bulk hydrogen (425)
compressed gas
systems
Oxidizers 3 1,200 N/A
2 2,000 N/A
Organic peroxides I 25 N/A
II 50 N/A
Unstable (Reactive) 3, undetonable 1 2,000 (57)
materials 2
25 10,000 (283)
Water-reactive 3 1 N/A
materials 2, deflagrating 25 N/A
Pyrophoric gases N/A 2,000 (57)
For SI units, 1 ton = 0.9 met ton.
N/A: Not applicable.
*See Table 21.2.5.
[55: Table 6.5]

392
Table 25: Maximum Allowable Quantities of Hazardous Materials per Outdoor Control Area

Material Class Storage Use — Closed Systems Use — Open Systems

Solid Liquid Gas scf Solid Liquid Gas scf Solid Liquid
Kilograms Gallons (kg) Kilograms Gallons (kg) Kilograms Gallons
(kg) (kg) (kg)
Physical Hazard Materials
Flammable gas

Gaseous N/A N/A 1360.8 N/A N/A 680.4 N/A N/A

Liquefied N/A N/A (136.1) N/A N/A (68.0) N/A N/A

Flammable solid 226.8 N/A N/A 113.4 N/A N/A 22.7 N/A

Organic peroxide Detonable 0.5 (0.5) N/A 0.1 (0.1) N/A 0.1 (0.1)

Organic peroxide I 9.1 9.1 N/A 4.5 (4.5) N/A 0.9 0.9

II 90.7 90.7 N/A 45.4 (45.4) N/A 9.1 9.1

III 226.8 226.8 N/A 113.4 (113.4) N/A 22.7 22.7

IV NL NL N/A NL NL N/A NL NL

V NL NL N/A NL NL N/A NL NL

Oxidizer 4 0.9 (0.9) N/A 0.5 (0.1) N/A 0.1 (0.1)

3 18.1 (18.1) N/A 9.1 (0.9) N/A 0.9 (0.9)

2 453.6 (453.6) N/A 226.8 (113.4) N/A 22.7 (22.7)

1 NL NL N/A NL NL N/A NL NL

Oxidizing gas

Gaseous N/A N/A 2,721.6 N/A N/A 2,721.6 N/A N/A

Liquefied N/A N/A (272.2) N/A N/A (136.1) N/A N/A

Pyrophoric 3.6 (3.6) 45.36 1.8 (1.8) 4.5 0 0

Unstable 4 0.9 (0.9) 9.1 0.5 (0.5) 0.9 0.1 (0.1)

(Reactive) 3 9.1 (9.1) 90.7 4.5 (4.5) 4.5 0.5 (0.5)

2 90.7 (90.7) 453.6 45.4 (45.4) 113.4 4.5 (4.5)

1 NL NL 680.4 NL NL NL NL NL

Water-reactive 3 9.1 (9.1) N/A 4.5 (4.5) N/A 0.5 (0.5)

2 90.7 (90.7) N/A 45.4 (45.4) N/A 4.5 (4.5)

1 NL NL N/A NL NL N/A NL NL

Table 25: Maximum Allowable Quantities of Hazardous Materials per Outdoor Control Area (cont.)

Material Class Storage Use — Closed Systems Use — Open Systems

Solid Liquid Gas scf Solid Liquid Gas scf Solid Liquid
Kilograms Gallons (kg) Kilograms Gallons (kg) Kilograms Gallons
(kg) (kg) (kg)
Health Hazard Materials
Corrosive 9,071.9 907.2 N/A 4,535.9 453.6 N/A 453.6 45.4

Corrosive gas

Gaseous N/A N/A 734.8 N/A N/A 367.4 N/A N/A

Liquefied N/A N/A (136.1) N/A N/A (68.0) N/A N/A

Highly toxic 9.1 (9.1) N/A 4.5 (4.5) N/A 1.4 (1.4)

Highly toxic gas

Gaseous N/A N/A 18.1* N/A N/A 9.1* N/A N/A

Liquefied N/A N/A (3.6)* N/A N/A (1.8)* N/A N/A

Toxic 1000 (1000) N/A 226.8 22.7 N/A 56.7 (56.7)

Toxic gas

Gaseous N/A N/A 734.8 N/A N/A 367.4 N/A N/A

Liquefied N/A N/A (136.1) N/A N/A (68.0) N/A N/A

For SI units, 1 lb = 0.4535 kg; 1 gal = 3.785 L; 1 scf3 = 0.0283 Nm3.

N/A: Not applicable. NL: Not limited.
Notes:
(1) Table values in parentheses correspond to the unit name in parentheses at the top of the column.
(2) For gallons of liquids, divide the amount in pounds by 10.
(3) The aggregate quantities in storage and use cannot exceed the quantity listed for storage.
(4) The aggregate quantity of nonflammable solid and nonflammable or noncombustible liquid hazardous materials allowed in outdoor storage per single property
under the same ownership or control used for retail or wholesale sales is permitted to exceed the MAQ where such storage is in accordance with 5.2.1.13.3.
*Permitted only where stored or used in approved exhausted gas cabinets, exhausted enclosures, or fume hoods.

393
Table 26: CLASSIFICATION OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

NFPA 400 ERG GHS (Physical European and some South

Hazards) American Regulations
Class 1 - Explosives Explosives
Flammable gases Class 2 - Gases Flammable Gases 2 - Emission of gas due to pressure
Inert gases Gases Under or chemical reaction
Pressure

Flammable Aerosols
Flammable cryogenic Class 3 - Flammable Flammable Liquids 3 - Flammability of liquids (vapors)
fluids Liquids (and Combustible and gases or self-heating liquid
Inert cryogenic fluids Liquids [U.S.])
Flammable solids Class 4 - Flammable Flammable solids 4 - Flammability of solids or self-
Solids; substances liable to heating solid
spontaneous combustion;
substances which, on
contact with water, emit
flammable gases
Oxidizer solids or liquids Class 5 - Oxidizing Oxidizing Solids 5 - Oxidizing (fire-intensifying)
Oxidizing cryogenic Substances and Organic Oxidizing Liquids effect
fluids Peroxides Oxidizing Gases
Oxidizing gases
Organic Peroxide Organic Peroxide
Formulations
Toxic or highly toxic Class 6 - Toxic Substances 6 - Toxicity or risk of infection
solids, liquids, or gases and Infectious Substances
Class 7 - Radioactive 7 - Radioactivity
Materials
Corrosive solids, liquids, Class 8 - Corrosive Corrosive to Metal 8 - Corrosivity
or gases Substances
Pyrophoric solids, liquids, Pyrophoric Solids
or gases Pyrophoric Liquids
Unstable (reactive) Class 9 - Miscellaneous Self-Reactive 9 - Risk of spontaneous violent
solids, liquids, or gases Dangerous Goods/ Substances reaction
Hazardous Materials and
Articles
Self-Heating
Substances
NOTE: The risk of spontaneous
violent reaction within the
meaning of digit 9 includes the
possibility, due to the nature of a
substance, of a risk of explosion,
disintegration and polymerization
reaction followed by the release
of considerable heat or flammable
and/or toxic gases .
• Doubling of a digit indicates an
intensification of that particular
hazard (i .e ., 33, 66, 88) .
• Where the hazard associated
with a substance can be
adequately indicated by a single
digit, the digit is followed by a zero
(i .e ., 30, 40, 50) .
• A hazard identification number
prefixed by the letter “X” indicates
that the substance will react
dangerously with water (i .e ., X88)

394
Table 27: STORAGE OF COMBUSTIBLE FIBERS

Volume of Material Method of Storage

in cubic meters (m3)
0–3 Combustible Fiber Storage Bin*with self-closing cover
Combustible fiber storage room having 1-hr fire
3.1 – 14
resistance barrier
Combustible fiber storage vault having 2-hr fire
14.1 – 28
resistance barrier and approved opening
Combustible fiber storage vault with approved
28 up (protected) opening and protected by approved, supervised
sprinkler system

Table 28: SPRINKLER DISCHARGE DENSITIES FOR COMBUSTIBLE COMMODITIES NOT EXCEEDING
640 cm IN HEIGHT, BY HAZARD CLASSIFICATION

HAZARD COMMODITY CLASS

CLASSIFICATION I or II II or III III or IV
Low 8.2 8.2 10.2
Average 9.4 11.4 13.5
High 14.3 17.1 20.4
Very High

Table 29: INDOOR PORTABLE CONTAINER STORAGE FOR FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS

CLASS LEVEL STORAGE LEVEL LITERS

LIQUID PROTECTED STORAGE UNPROTECTED
MAXIMUM PER PILE STORAGE MAXIMUM
PER PILE
IA Ground & Upper Floors 10,409 2,498
Basement NOT PERMITTED NOT PERMITTED
IB Ground & Upper Floors 20,818 5,204
Basement NOT PERMITTED NOT PERMITTED
IC Ground & Upper Floors 62,453 15,613
Basement NOT PERMITTED NOT PERMITTED
II Ground & Upper Floors 62,453 15,613
Basement 20,818 NOT PERMITTED
III Ground & Upper Floors 208,175 52,044
Basement 31,226 NOT PERMITTED

Table 30: SPRINKLER SYSTEMS FOR INSIDE STORAGE AND HANDLING ROOMS OF FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS

SPRINKLER FIRE MAXIMUM SIZE TOTAL LITERS

SYSTEM RESISTANCE (Floor Area) ALLOWED
PROVIDED RATING
Yes 2 hours 46.5 sq. m 18, 925
No 2 hours 46.5 sq. m 7, 570
Yes 1 hour 13.9 sq. m 3,785
No 1 hour 13.9 sq. m 1,893

395
Table 31: STORAGE OF FLAMMABLE OR COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS IN CLOSED CONTAINERS OUTSIDE
OF BUILDINGS
QUANTITY IN LITERS DISTANCE FROM BUILDING OR LINE OF ADJOINING
PROPERTY WHICH MAY BE BUILT UPON IN METERS
CLASS I
1 to 568 (3 drums) 4.5
568 to 1892 (3 to 10 drums) 7.5
1893 to 18925 (10 to 100 drums) 15
CLASS II or III
1 to 568 (3 drums) 1.5
568 to 1892 (3 to 10 drums) 3
1893 to 18925 (10 to 100 drums) 9

Table 32: OUTDOOR PORTABLE TANK STORAGE

CLASS MAXIMUM DISTANCE DISTANCE TO DISTANCE TO

PER PILE BETWEEN PILES PROPERTY LINES STREET ALLEY
(Liter) (meter) CAN BE BUILT UPON PUBLIC WAY
(meter) (meter)
IA 8,327 1.5 6 3
IB 1 6,654 1 .5 6 3
IC 33,308 1 .5 6 3
II 66,616 1 .5 3 1 .5
Combustible 66,540 1 .5 3 1 .5

Table 33: ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT HAZARDOUS AREA SERVICE STATIONS

NEC CLASS I, EXTENT OF CLASSIFIED AREA

LOCATION GROUP D
DIVISION
Any pit, box or space below grade level,
1 any part at which is within the Division 1 to
2 of classified area
Underground Tank-fill Up to forty six (46) centimeters level within
Opening a horizontal radius of three (3) meters from
2 a loosen fill connection and within the
horizontal radius of one and a half (1.5)
meters from a tight fill connection
Within ninety one (91) centimeters of open
1
Underground Tank- and off vent, extending in all directions
Vent Discharging Area between ninety one (91) centimeters
Upward 2 and one and a half (1.5) meters of open
and off vent, extending in all directions
Any pit, box or space below grade level,
Dispenser-Pits 1 any part of which is within the Division 1 or
2 classified area
The area one and two-tenths (1.2)
meters vertically above grade within the
Dispenser-Enclosure 1
enclosure of forty six (46) meters in
all direction
Up to forty six (46) centimeters above
grade level within six (6) meters
Dispenser-Outdoor
horizontally of any edge
of enclosure

396
Table 33: ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT HAZARDOUS AREA SERVICE STATIONS (cont.)

NEC CLASS I, EXTENT OF CLASSIFIED AREA

LOCATION GROUP D
DIVISION
Up to forty six (46) centimeters above
Dispenser-Indoor with
grade or floor level within seven and
Mechanical 2
sixtenths (7.6) meters horizontally of any
Ventilation edge of enclosure
Any pit, box or space below grade level
1 if any part is within a horizontal distant of
three (3) meters from any edge of pump
Remote Pump Within ninety one (91) centimeters of any
Outdoor edge of pump, extending in all directions.
2 Also up to forty six (46) centimeters
above grade level within three (3) meters
horizontally from any edge of pump
1 Entire area within any pit
Within one and a half (1.5) meters of any
edge of pump, extending, in all directions.
Remote Pump Indoor Also up to ninety one (91) centimeters
2
above floor or grade level within seven
and six-tenths (7.6) meters horizontally
from any edge of pump.
1 Entire area within any pit

Lubrication Room Area up to forty six (46) centimeters

2 above floor or grade level within entire
lubrication room
Lubrication Room Within ninety one (91)centimeters, of any
Dispenser for Class I 2 fill or dispensing point, extending in all
Liquids directions
Special Enclosure Entire enclosure
Inside Building per 1
Sec.23.703 (b)
If there is any opening of these rooms
within the extent of an outdoor classified
area, the entire room shall be the same
as the area classification at the point
Sales Storage and Rest
Ordinary of the opening. If there is any opening
Rooms of these rooms within the extent of an
indoor classified area, the room shall be
classified the same as if the wall, curb or
partition did not exit.

Table 34: FIRE EXTINGUISHER SIZE AND PLACEMENT FOR CLASS B HAZARDS

Type of Hazard Basic Minimum Maximum Travel Distance to

Extinguisher Rating Extinguishers
(m)
Light (low) 5-B 9.15
10-B 15.25
Ordinary (moderate) 10-B 9.15
20-B 15.25
Extra (high) 40-B 9.15
80-B 15.25

397
Table 35: MINIMUM DISTANCE FROM THE EDGE OF BELOWGROUND AND INGROUND CRYOGENIC
CONTAINERS BASED ON CONTAINER CAPACITY

CONTAINER CAPACITY MINIMUM DISTANCE

Less than one thousand nine One hundred fifty five
hundred (1,900) liters (155) centimeters

One thousand nine hundred (1,900) liters to Seven and three-fourth

three thousand eight hundred (3,800) liters (7.75) meters

Fifteen and a half

Over three thousand eight hundred (3,800) liters
(15.5) meters

Table 36: ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS IN CNG SERVICE STATIONS

Division or
Location Extent of Classified Area
Zone
Containers (other than
mounted fuel supply 2 within 3m of container
containers)

Area containing compression and ancillary equipment

Outdoors 2 up to 4.6m from equipment
Indoors 2 up to 4.6m from equipment

Dispensing Equipment

Outdoors 1 Inside the dispenser enclosure

Outdoors 2 from 0 – 1.5m from the dispenser
Indoors 1 Inside the dispenser enclosure
entire room, with adequate
Indoors 2
ventilation
Outdoors
Discharge from relief valves 1.5m in all directions from
1
or vents the point source
beyond 1.5m but within 4.6m in all
2
directions from point of discharge
valves, flanges of screwed
none unclassified
fittings
Discharge from relief valves
within 15 degrees of the line 1 4.6m
of discharge

Table 37: MINIMUM DISTANCE OF NITROMETHANE FROM INHABITED BUILDINGS

APPROXIMATE NUMBER
WEIGHT DISTANCE
OF DRUMS
Beginning of 908 kg 4 30 m
909 kg to 4,546 kg 20 60 m
4,547 kg to 9091 kg 40 90 m
9,092 kg to 18,182 kg 80 120 m
18,183 kg to 36,364 kg 160 150 m

398
Table 38: REPRESENTATIVE MINIMUM EXPOSURE SEPARATION DISTANCES IN METER FOR TIRE STORAGE

Exposed Face
Pile Height
Dimension
meters 2.4 m 3m 3.7 m 4.3 m 4.9 m 5.5 m 6.1 m
7.6 17 19 20 22 23 25 26
15.2 23 26 28 30 33 34 36
30 30 35 39 42 44 47 50
45 30 35 39 42 44 47 50
61 30 35 39 42 44 47 50
75 30 35 39 42 44 47 50

Table 39: MINIMUM THICKNESS OF SPRAY BOOTH EXHAUST DUCTS, BY DIAMETER

Diameter of Duct Minimum Thickness

20 cm or less 0.60 mm
20 to 46 cm inclusive 0.75 mm
46 to 76 cm inclusive 0.90 mm
Over 76 cm 1.20 mm

Table 40: CLEARANCE REQUIRED FROM EXHAUST DUCTS AND UNPROTECTED COMBUSTIBLE
CONSTRUCTION FOR SPRAY BOOTHS, BY TYPE OF PROTECTION USED

Protection Used Clearance required

Gauge 28 sheet metal on ¼ -inch asbestos millboard. 30.48 cm

Gauge 28 sheet metal on 1/8-inch asbestos millboard
space out 1 inch (2.54 cm) on noncombustible 22.86 cm
spacers.
Gauge 22 sheet metal on 1-inch (2.54 cm) coated
7.62 cm
batts reinforced with wire mesh or the equivalent.
Where ducts are protected with an approved
automatic sprinkler system, the clearance required in 15.24 cm
section “V” of this section may be reduced.

TABLE 41: Maximum Allowable Quantity of Flammable and Combustible Liquids per Control Area

LIQUID CLASS QUANTITY

IA 115 L
IB & IC 460 L
FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS
IA, IB, IC
460 L
COMBINED
II 460 L
COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS IIIA 1,265 L
IIIB 50,600 L

399
Table 42: DIAMATER OF BOTTOM DRAINPIPES BY TANK CAPACITY

Tank capacity (liters) Pipe diameter

1,900 L to 2,850 L 8 cm
2,851 L to 3,800 L 10 cm
3,801 L to 9,500 L 13 cm
9,501 L to 15,000 L 15 cm
Over 15,000 L 20 cm

Table 43: CLEARANCES TO COMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL

Clearance (centimeters)
Classification A Duct3 B Front C D Ec Ep
as to Type of Above2 Chimney4 Rear Casing Furnace
Appliance Connector Sides5 Plenum
Sides6
Form I 59 5 60 45 15 15 5 or 1510
Form IA 15 - 60 45 15 15 -
Form II 7
15 5 60 45 15 15 5
Form III 8
45 45 120 45 45 45 45
Form IV 120 - 240 90 90 90 -
Form V 15 - 60 45 45 45 -
For multiple-fueled appliances that can fire solid fuels, see NFPA 211, Standard for Chimneys, Fireplaces, Vents, and Solid Fuel-Burning
Appliances, and NFPA 90B, Standard for the Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air-Conditioning Systems.
2. This column indicates clearances above the top of the appliance casing or above the top of the furnace bonnet or plenum.
3. This column indicates clearance from a horizontal run of warm-air duct within 3 ft (900 mm) of upflow, downflow, or horizontal type warm-air
furnaces.
4. See Section 6.5 for installation of chimney connectors.
5. This column indicates clearances from the sides of the appliance casing.
6. This column is applicable only to a warm-air furnace provided with an external plenum for connection to duct systems and indicates
clearances from all sides of the outlet air plenum.
7. The clearance from the bottom of a suspended (horizontal) furnace that is not otherwise classified as a low-heat industrial appliance shall
not be less than 6 in. (150 mm).
8. The clearance to combustible material from the bottom of a suspended (horizontal) furnace that is not classified as a low-heat industrial
appliance under Form III, from a suspended-type unit heater that is classified under Form V, or from a unit heater that is classified as a low-
heat industrial appliance under Form III shall not be less than 18 in. (450 mm).
9. This clearance shall be permitted to be reduced to 1 in. (25 mm) for a listed, forced-air or gravity system equipped with a limit control that
cannot be set higher than 200°F (93°C).
10. Clearance is 2 in. (50 mm) for upflow warm-air furnaces and 6 in. (150 mm) for downflow warm-air furnaces.
Description of Classifications for Use with Table 43.
Form I. Automatically fired upflow- or downflow-type warm-air furnaces, excluding horizontal types not larger than 100 ft3 (2.8 m3) in size
(excluding blower compartments and burner equipment).
Form IA. Floor-mounted unit heaters, not larger than 100 ft3 (2.8 m3) in size, excluding blower or fan compartment and burner.
Form II. Horizontal-type warm-air furnaces; water wall-type boilers operating at not more than 250°F (121°C) for water boilers and at not more
than 15 psig (gauge pressure of 103 kPa) pressure for steam boilers; water heaters not larger than 100 ft3 (2.8 m3) in size (excluding
burner equipment and blower compartments of furnaces).
Form III. Low-heat industrial appliances; floor-mounted-type and suspended-type warm-air furnaces not classified under Forms I and II; steam
boilers operating at not more than a gauge pressure of 50 psi (gauge pressure of 345 kPa) pressure and not classified under Form
II; water boilers operating at a water temperature not more than the temperature of saturated steam at not more than a gauge
pressure of 50 psi pressure and not classified under Form II; unit heaters not classified under Forms IA or V.
Form IV. Medium-heat industrial appliances; steam boilers operating at a gauge pressure of over 50 psi pressure.
Form V. Suspended-type unit heaters not more than 100 ft3 (2.8m3) in size (excluding fan compartment and burner equipment).

400
Table 44: REDUCTION OF CLEARANCES WITH SPECIFIED FORMS OF PROTECTION

Allowable Clearance with Specified Protection (centimeters)

Where the required clearance with no protection from the appliance or chimney
connector is:
Type of 90 cm 45 cm 30 cm 22.5 cm 15 cm
Protection1
Sides Sides Sides Sides Sides
Above And Above And Above And Above And Above And
Rear Rear Rear Rear Rear
(a) 8.75
cm thick
masonry -
60 - 30 - 22.5 - 15 - 12.5
wall without
ventilated air
space
(b) 1.25 cm
insulation
board over
2.5 cm glass 60 45 30 22.5 22.5 15 15 12.5 10 7.5
fiber or
mineral
wool batts
(c) 0.05 cm
(24-gauge)
sheet metal
over 1 in.
glass fiber
or mineral
15 30 22.5 15 15 10 12.5 7.5 7.5 7.5
wool batts
reinforced
with wire on
rear face with
ventilated air
space
(d) 8.75
cm thick
masonry
- 30 - 15 - 15 - 15 - 15
wall with
ventilated air
space
(e) 0.05 cm
(24-gauge)
sheet
45 30 22.5 15 15 10 12.5 7.5 7.5 5
metal with
ventilated air
space
(f) 1.25
cm thick
insulation
45 30 22.5 15 15 10 12.5 7.5 7.5 7.5
board with
ventilated air
space

401
Table 44: REDUCTION OF CLEARANCES WITH SPECIFIED FORMS OF PROTECTION (cont.)

Allowable Clearance with Specified Protection (centimeters)

Where the required clearance with no protection from the appliance or chimney
connector is:
Type of 90 cm 45 cm 30 cm 22.5 cm 15 cm
Protection1
Sides Sides Sides Sides Sides
Above And Above And Above And Above And Above And
Rear Rear Rear Rear Rear
(g) 0.05 cm
(24-gauge)
sheet
metal with
ventilated
air space
45 30 22.5 15 15 10 12.5 7.5 7.5 7.5
over 0.05 cm
(24-gauge)
sheet
metal with
ventilated air
space
(h) 2.5 cm
glass fiber
or mineral
wool batts
sandwiched
between
2 sheets 45 30 22.5 15 15 10 12.5 7.5 7.5 7.5
0.05 cm
(24-gauge)
sheet
metal with
ventilated air
space

(1) The type of protection specified is applied to and covers all surfaces of combustible material within the distance specified as the required clearance with no
protection.
(2) Reduction of clearances from combustible materials cannot interfere with combustion air, draft regulators, or accessibility for servicing.
(3) All clearances are measured from the outer surface of the combustible material to the nearest point on the surface of the appliance or connector, disregarding
any intervening protection applied to the combustible material.
(4) Spacers and ties are of noncombustible material. No spacer or tie can be used directly opposite an appliance or connector.
(5) With all clearance reduction systems using ventilated air space, adequate provision for air circulation is to be provided as described.
(6) Provide at least 1 in. (25 mm) clearance between the reduction system and combustible walls and ceilings for reduction systems using ventilated air space.
(7) If a wall protector is mounted on a single flat wall away from corners, adequate air circulation can be provided by leaving only the bottom and top edges, or
only the side and top edges open, with at least a 1 in. (25 mm) air gap.
(8) Mineral wool batts (blanket or board) are to have a minimum density of 8 lb/ft3 (128 kg/m3) and a minimum melting point of 1500°F (816°C).
(9) Insulation material used as part of a clearance reduction system is to have a thermal conductivity of 1 (Btu/in.)/(ft2/hr·°F) or less.
(10) Provide at least 1 in. (25 mm) between the appliance or connector and the protector. In no case is the clearance between the appliance or connector and the
combustible material to be reduced below that allowed in the table.
(11) All clearances and thicknesses are minimum. Larger clearances and thicknesses are acceptable.

Table 45: MINIMUM THICKNESS FOR STEEL PIPE CONNECTORS

Thickness
Pipe Diameter Sheet Metal Gauge
(centimeters)
Up to 22.5 26
>22.5 up to 25 24
>25 up to 40 22
>40 16

402
Table 46: LOCATION OF PROCESS VESSELS

Process Vessels Having

Emergency Relief Venting to Stable Liquids Unstable Liquids
Permit Pressure (kPa)
Distance in 2.5 times
Table 47 distance in
≤17.2
(table below) Table 47
(table below)
1.5 times 4 times distance
distance in in Table 47
>17.2
Table 47 (table below)
(table below)

Table 47: REFERENCE FOR TABLE 46 (LOCATION OF PROCESS VESSELS)

Capacity of Vessel
(liter) Minimum Distance

From Property From Nearest

Line That Is or Can Side of Any
Be Built upon, Public Way or
Including the from Nearest
Opposite Side of a Important
Public Way Building on Same
(meter) Property (meter)
≤1,040.9 1.5 1.5
1,044.7–2,838.8 3.0 1.5
2,842.5–45,420.0 4.5 1.5
45,423.8–113,550.0 6.1 1.5
113,553.8–189,250.0 9.1 3.0

Table 48: ELECTRICAL AREA CLASSIFICATION SPECIFIC TO ORGANIC COATINGS MANUFACTURE

Location NEC Class I

Extent of Classified Area
Division Zone
Indoor open head The entire area associated with
mills installed in areas such equipment where flammable
provided with ventilation 1 0 gases or vapors are present
in accordance with para continuously or for long periods of
“D” of Section 10.4.15.3 time
where flammable vapor–air Area within 1.5 m of any edge of
mixtures can exist under 1 1 such equipment, extending in all
normal operation directions
Area between 1.5 m and 2.4 m
of any edge of such equipment,
extending in all directions; also,
2 2 space up to 0.9 m above floor or
grade level within 1.5 m to 7.6 m
horizontally from any edge of such
equipment

403
Table 48: ELECTRICAL AREA CLASSIFICATION SPECIFIC TO ORGANIC COATINGS MANUFACTURE
(cont.)

Location NEC Class I

Extent of Classified Area
Division Zone
Indoor closed head mills The immediate area of the mill
installed in areas with and the supporting tanks where
ventilation in accordance 1 0 flammable gases or vapors are
with para “D” Section present continuously or for long
10.4.15.3 where flammable periods of time
vapor–air mixtures are Area within 1.5 m of any edge of
contained within the mill 1 1 such equipment, extending in all
and within connected tanks, directions
resulting in small vapor loss
Area between 1.5 m and 2.4 m
of any edge of such equipment,
extending in all directions; also,
2 2 space up to 0.9 m above floor or
grade level within 1.5 m to 4.6 m
horizontally from any edge of such
equipment
Indoor open mixing The entire area associated with
equipment installed in areas such equipment where flammable
provided with ventilation in gases or vapors are present
1 0
accordance with para “D” continuously or for long periods
Section 10.4.15.3 where of time
flammable vapor–air
mixtures can exist under Area within 1.5 m of any edge of
normal operation 1 1 such equipment, extending in all
directions
Area between 1.5 m and 2.4 m
of any edge of such equipment,
extending in all directions; also,
2 2 space up to 0.9 m above floor or
grade level within 1.5 m to 7.5 m
horizontally from any edge
of such equipment
Indoor closed mixing The entire area associated with
equipment installed areas such equipment where flammable
provided with ventilation gases or vapors are present
in accordance with para 1 0 continuously or for long periods
“D” Section 10.4.15.3 of time mixtures can exist inside
where flammable vapor–air the mixing tank under normal
mixtures can exist inside the operation
mixing tank under normal Area within 1.5 m of any edge of
operation 1 1 such equipment, extending in all
directions
Area between 1.5 m and 2.4 m
of any edge of such equipment,
extending in all directions; also,
2 2 space up to 0.9 m above floor or
grade level within 1.5 m to 4.5 m
horizontally from any edge of such
equipment

404
Table 48: ELECTRICAL AREA CLASSIFICATION SPECIFIC TO ORGANIC COATINGS MANUFACTURE
(cont.)

Location NEC Class I

Extent of Classified Area
Division Zone
Indoor sealed mixing The interior of the mining tank
equipment installed in areas where flammable gases or vapors
provided with ventilation are present continuously or for
1 0
in accordance with para long periods of time mixtures can
“D” Section 10.4.15.3 where exist inside the mixing tank under
flammable vapor–air normal operation and the only
mixtures can exist inside the Area within 0.9 m of any edge of
mixing tank under normal such equipment, extending in all
operation 1 1 directions emissions are through
the vents opening to the outside of
the building
Area between 1.5 m and 2.4 m
2 2 of any edge of such equipment,
extending in all directions
Indoor resin plate and The entire area associated with
frame filter press equipment such equipment where flammable
installed with no local 1 0 gases or vapors are present
ventilation where flammable continuously or for long periods of
vapor–air mixtures can exist time
under normal operation Area within 1.5 m of any edge of
1 1 such equipment, extending in all
directions
Area between 1.5 m and 2.4 m
of any edge of such equipment,
extending in all directions; also,
2 2 space up to 0.9 m above floor or
grade level within 1.5 m to 7.5 m
horizontally from any edge of such
equipment
Indoor resin plate and The entire area associated with
frame filter press equipment such equipment where flammable
installed with surrounding 1 0 gases or vapors are present
local ventilation where continuously or for long periods of
flammable vapor–air time
mixtures can exist under Area within 1.5 m of any edge of
normal operation only within 1 1 such equipment, extending in all
the ventilation enclosure directions
Area between 1.5 m and 2.4 m
of any edge of such equipment,
extending in all directions; also,
2 2 space up to 0.9 m above floor or
grade level within 1.5 m to 4.5 m
horizontally from any edge of such
equipment

405
Table 49: SEPARATION DISTANCES FOR NITROCELLULOSE STORAGE

Wet Nitrocellulose Distance to Property Line or

(Dry Weight) Nearest Important Building
(lb) (meters)
≤1,000 15.0
1,000–5,000 22.5
5,000–10,000 30.0
10,000–25,000 37.5
25,000–50,000 45.0
>50,000 As approved by authority
having jurisdiction

Table 50: MINIMUM VENTILATION RATES IN WATER AND WASTE WATER TREATMENT PLANTS

Description Ventilation Rates

Wet wells, screen rooms, and other enclosed

15 air changes per
spaces with used water or waste water exposed to
hour
atmosphere(1)

Rooms or spaces intended for storage or conveyance

of used water 12 air changes per
or waste water solids, (e.g., grits, hour
sludge, hardened or cakes of fats and grease, etc.)
Equipment rooms, tunnels, and other below grade
spaces.
• With gas piping and/or 12 air changes per
hour or 40 km/min
gas handling equipment(1)
velocity in tunnels or
• With diesel fuel or other
galleries
volatile combustible liquid tanks,
pumps and supply piping(1)
10 air changes per
hour or 27 km/min
Without gas piping
velocity in tunnels or
galleries

406
 ANNEX B: FIGURES

Figure 1: STORAGE OF COMPRESSED GASES

These distances do not apply where protective structures having fire resistance
rating of two (2) hours interrupt the line-of-sight between un-insulated portions of the
bulk oxygen storage installation and the exposure. The protective structures protect
un-insulated oxygen storage containers or supports, control equipment, and system
piping (or parts thereof) from external fire exposure. Liquid oxygen storage containers
are insulated. Such containers may provide line-of-sight protection for un-insulated
system components. Interruption of the line-of-sight means that an “eye” on any part
of the un-insulated portion of the bulk oxygen storage installation cannot “see” any
part of the exposure.

407
 Table of Contents
RULE 1. INTERPRETATION 1
RULE 2. COVERAGE 1
RULE 3. DEFINITION OF TERMS 1
RULE 4. AUTHORITY OF THE CHIEF, BUREAU OF FIRE PROTECTION 15
SECTION 4.0.0.1 GENERAL AUTHORITY TO ADMINISTER AND ENFORCE RA 9514 AND ITS IRR 15

SECTION 4.0.0.2 AUTHORITY OF THE CHIEF, BFP SUBJECT TO APPROVAL OF SECRETARY OF

INTERIOR AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT (SILG) 15

SECTION 4.0.0.3 SPECIFIC AUTHORITY OF CHIEF, BFP 15

RULE 5. FIRE CODE TECHNICAL STAFF 16

DIVISION 1. TECHNICAL STAFF 16
SECTION 5.0.1.1 CONSTITUTION AND QUALIFICATIONS 16

SECTION 5.0.1.2 SOURCES 16

SECTION 5.0.1.3 DUTIES AND FUNCTIONS 16

SECTION 5.0.2.4 REMUNERATION 17

RULE 6. FIRE BRIGADES, FIRE VOLUNTEER ORGANIZATIONS AND FIRE

SAFETY PRACTITIONERS 17
DIVISION 1. SCOPE 17

DIVISION 2. ORGANIZATION OF FIRE BRIGADES 17

SECTION 6.0.2.1 REQUIREMENTS 17

SECTION 6.0.2.2 COMPOSITION 17

SECTION 6.0.2.3 COMPONENTS 18

SECTION 6.0.2.4 DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF A FIRE BRIGADE CHIEF 18

SECTION 6.0.2.5 QUALIFICATION FOR MEMBERSHIP IN THE COMPANY FIRE BRIGADE 18

SECTION 6.0.2.6 AVAILABILITY OF PERSONNEL 18

DIVISION 3. TRAINING OF FIRE BRIGADES, FIRE SAFETY PRACTITIONERS AND FIRE

VOLUNTEER ORGANIZATIONS 18
SECTION 6.0.3.1 CERTIFICATE OF COMPETENCY 18

SECTION 6.0.3.2 TRAINING DESIGN 19

SECTION 6.0.3.3 SCOPE OF TRAINING 19

SECTION 6.0.3.4 ASSISTANCE IN TRAINING PROGRAMS 19

SECTION 6.0.3.5 IDENTIFICATION 19

DIVISION 4. COMMAND, EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE AND FIRE DRILLS 19

SECTION 6.0.4.1 PRACTICE DRILLS 19

408
SECTION 6.0.4.2 OPERATION OF EQUIPMENT 19

SECTION 6.0.4.3 REACTIVATION OF EQUIPMENT 20

SECTION 6.0.4.4 INSPECTION AND SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE WORK 20

SECTION 6.0.4.5 COMMAND AT FIRE SCENE 20

RULE 7. ASSISTANCE AND SUPPORT TO THE BFP 20

DIVISION 1. PHILIPPINE NATIONAL POLICE AND OTHER
LAW ENFORCEMENT AGENCIES 20
SECTION 7.0.1.1 FROM PHILIPPINE NATIONAL POLICE 20

SECTION 7.0.1.2 FROM OTHER LAW ENFORCEMENT AGENCIES 20

DIVISION 2. LOCAL GOVERNMENT UNITS AND OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCIES 21

SECTION 7.0.2.1 FROM LOCAL GOVERNMENT UNITS 21

SECTION 7.0.2.2 COORDINATION WITH OTHER AGENCIES 21

RULE 8. FIRE SAFETY ENFORCERS 22

CHAPTER 1. QUALIFICATIONS OF FIRE SAFETY ENFORCERS 22
DIVISION 1. MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS 22
SECTION 8.1.1.1 FIRE SAFETY INSPECTORS 22

SECTION 8.1.1.2 PLAN EVALUATORS 22

SECTION 8.1.1.3 CHIEF, FIRE SAFETY ENFORCEMENT SECTION/UNIT 22

CHAPTER 2. FUNCTIONS OF FIRE SAFETY ENFORCERS 23

DIVISION 1. RESPONSIBILITIES OF DESIGNATED FIRE SAFETY ENFORCERS 23
SECTION 8.2.1.1 FIRE SAFETY INSPECTORS 23

SECTION 8.2.1.2 PLAN EVALUATORS 23

SECTION 8.2.1.3 CHIEF, FIRE SAFETY ENFORCEMENT SECTION/UNIT (FSES/U) 23

DIVISION 2. PROFESSIONALIZATION 24

RULE 9. ENFORCEMENT AND ADMINISTRATION OF

FIRE SAFETY MEASURES 24
DIVISION 1. GENERAL 24

DIVISION 2. FIRE SAFETY EVALUATION AND INSPECTION 24

SECTION 9.0.2.1 BUILDING PLAN REVIEW  24

SECTION 9.0.2.2 INSPECTION DURING CONSTRUCTION 25

SECTION 9.0.2.3 INSPECTION AFTER COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION  25

SECTION 9.0.2.4 BUSINESS AND ROUTINE/ANNUAL INSPECTION  25

DIVISION 3. FIRE SAFETY COMPLIANCE REPORT (FSCR), FIRE SAFETY COMPLIANCE

AND COMMISSIONING REPORT (FSCCR), AND FIRE SAFETY MAINTENANCE
REPORT (FSMR) 26
409
SECTION 9.0.3.1 APPLICABILITY 26

SECTION 9.0.3.2 FIRE SAFETY COMPLIANCE REPORT (FSCR) 26

Section 9.0.3.3 FIRE SAFETY COMPLIANCE AND COMMISSIONING REPORT (FSCCR)  27

SECTION 9.0.3.4 Fire Safety Maintenance Report (FSMR) 28

SECTION 9.0.3.5 FIRE SAFETY PRACTITIONERS  29

DIVISION 4. FIRE SAFETY INSPECTION CERTIFICATE 29

SECTION 9.0.4.1 FSIC AS A PRE-REQUISITE FOR ISSUANCE OF PERMIT/LICENSE  29

SECTION 9.0.4.2 DOCUMENTARY REQUIREMENTS 29

DIVISION 5. FIRE SAFETY CLEARANCE 29

DIVISION 6. FIRE INSURANCE DATA REQUIRED 30

RULE 10. FIRE SAFETY MEASURES 30

CHAPTER 1. COVERAGE 30
CHAPTER 2. FIRE SAFETY IN BUILDINGS, STRUCTURES AND FACILITIES 30
DIVISION 1. SCOPE 30

DIVISION 2. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 30

DIVISION 3. CLASSIFICATION OF OCCUPANCY 32

DIVISION 4. HAZARD OF BUILDINGS 35

SECTION 10.2.4.1 GENERAL 35

SECTION 10.2.4.2 CLASSIFICATION OF HAZARD OF CONTENTS 35

DIVISION 5. MEANS OF EGRESS 35

SECTION 10.2.5.1 APPLICATION 35

SECTION 10.2.5.2 GENERAL PROVISIONS 35

SECTION 10.2.5.3 DOORS 41

SECTION 10.2.5.4 STAIRS 44

SECTION 10.2.5.5 OUTSIDE STAIRS 50

SECTION 10.2.5.6 HORIZONTAL EXITS 51

SECTION 10.2.5.7 RAMPS 53

SECTION 10.2.5.8 EXIT PASSAGEWAYS 53

SECTION 10.2.5.9 ESCALATORS AND MOVING WALKS 54

SECTION 10.2.5.10 FIRE ESCAPE STAIRS, LADDERS, AND SLIDE ESCAPES 54

SECTION 10.2.5.11 ILLUMINATION OF MEANS OF EGRESS 58

SECTION 10.2.5.12 EXIT MARKING 59

SECTION 10.2.5.13 EMERGENCY EVACUATION PLAN 59

DIVISION 6. FEATURES OF FIRE PROTECTION 60

410
SECTION 10.2.6.1 CONSTRUCTION AND COMPARTMENTATION 60

SECTION 10.2.6.2 FIRE DOORS  61

SECTION 10.2.6.3 SMOKE PARTITIONS 61

SECTION 10.2.6.4 INTERIOR FINISH 62

SECTION 10.2.6.5 PROTECTION OF VERTICAL OPENING AND COMBUSTIBLE CONCEALED

SPACES63

SECTION 10.2.6.6 FIRE DETECTION, ALARM, AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS 68

SECTION 10.2.6.7 AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS AND OTHER EXTINGUISHING EQUIPMENT 70

SECTION 10.2.6.8 STANDPIPES71

SECTION 10.2.6.9 PORTABLE AND WHEELED FIRE EXTINGUISHERS 71

SECTION 10.2.6.10 SEGREGATION AND PROTECTION OF HAZARDS 76

DIVISION 7. BUILDING SERVICES EQUIPMENT 76

SECTION 10.2.7.1 UTILITIES 76

SECTION 10.2.7.2 HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIRCONDITIONING 77

SECTION 10.2.7.3 SMOKE CONTROL SYSTEMS 77

SECTION 10.2.7.4 RUBBISH CHUTES, LAUNDRY CHUTES, AND FLUE-FEDINCINERATORS 79

SECTION 10.2.7.5 ELEVATORS AND ESCALATORS 79

SECTION 10.2.7.6 FIRE SAFETY CLEARANCES 79

DIVISION 8. PLACES OF ASSEMBLY 79

SECTION 10.2.8.1 OCCUPANT LOAD 79

SECTION 10.2.8.2 EXIT DETAILS 80

SECTION 10.2.8.3 STAGE AND ENCLOSED PLATFORM 83

SECTION 10.2.8.4 PROJECTION BOOTH 84

SECTION 10.2.8.5 DECORATIVE MATERIAL 84

SECTION 10.2.8.6 PYROXYLIN COATED FABRIC 84

SECTION 10.2.8.7 MOTION PICTURE SCREENS, STAGE CURTAINS AND DRAPES 84

SECTION 10.2.8.8 PROTECTION 84

SECTION 10.2.8.9 BUILDING SERVICES EQUIPMENT 85

SECTION 10.2.8.10 EVACUATION PLAN AND OCCUPANT LOAD CAPACITY 86

SECTION 10.2.8.11 OVERCROWDING 86

SECTION 10.2.8.12 STANDBY BFP PERSONNEL 86

SECTION 10.2.8.13 OUTDOOR ASSEMBLY 86

SECTION 10.2.8.14 UNDERGROUND STRUCTURE AND WINDOWLESS BUILDINGS 86

SECTION 10.2.8.15 SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR EXHIBITION HALLS 87

SECTION 10.2.8.16 EXISTING PLACES OF ASSEMBLY 87

411
SECTION 10.2.8.17 PROJECTION ROOMS FOR SAFETY FILM 87

SECTION 10.2.8.18 OPEN FLAME 88

DIVISION 9. EDUCATIONAL OCCUPANCIES 88

SECTION 10.2.9.1 OCCUPANCY AND OCCUPANT LOAD 88

SECTION 10.2.9.2 EXIT DETAILS 89

SECTION 10.2.9.3 LIGHTING AND SIGNS 90

SECTION 10.2.9.4 WINDOWS FOR RESCUE AND VENTILATION 90

SECTION 10.2.9.5 PROTECTION 91

SECTION 10.2.9.6 BUILDING SERVICES EQUIPMENT 92

SECTION 10.2.9.7 SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR FLEXIBLE PLAN AND OPEN-PLAN BUILDINGS 92

SECTION 10.2.9.8 SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR PRE-SCHOOLS 94

SECTION 10.2.9.9 UNDERGROUND AND WINDOWLESS EDUCATIONAL BUILDINGS 94

SECTION 10.2.9.10 SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR COMBINED OCCUPANCIES 94

SECTION 10.2.9.11 EXISTING EDUCATIONAL BUILDINGS 95

DIVISION 10. DAY CARE OCCUPANCIES 95

SECTION 10.2.10.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 95

SECTION 10.2.10.2 OCCUPANT LOAD 96

SECTION 10.2.10.3 EXIT DETAILS 96

SECTION 10.2.10.4. WINDOWS FOR RESCUE 97

SECTION 10.2.10.5 MANDATORY RAMP REQUIREMENT 97

SECTION 10.2.10.6 PROTECTION 97

SECTION 10.2.10.7 CORRIDORS 98

SECTION 10.2.10.8 BUILDING SERVICES EQUIPMENT 99

SECTION 10.2.10.9 DAY CARE HOMES 99

DIVISION 11. HEALTH CARE OCCUPANCIES 101

SECTION 10.2.11.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 101

SECTION 10.2.11.2 EXIT DETAILS 102

SECTION 10.2.11.3 PROTECTION 104

SECTION 10.2.11.4 BUILDING SERVICES EQUIPMENT 107

DIVISION 12. RESIDENTIAL BOARD AND CARE 107

SECTION 10.2.12.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 107

SECTION 10.2.12.2 SMALL FACILITIES  108

SECTION 10.2.12.3 LARGE FACILITIES 110

DIVISION 13. DETENTION AND CORRECTIONAL OCCUPANCIES 113

412
SECTION 10.2.13.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS  113

SECTION 10.2.13.2 EXIT DETAILS 114

SECTION 10.2.13.3 PROTECTION 115

G. Building Services Equipment 117

DIVISION 14. RESIDENTIAL OCCUPANCIES 118

SECTION 10.2.14.1 CLASSIFICATION 118

SECTION 10.2.14.2 REQUIREMENTS 118

SECTION 10.2.14.3 HOTELS AND DORMITORIES 119

SECTION 10.2.14.4 APARTMENT BUILDINGS 122

SECTION 10.2.14.5 LODGING OR ROOMING HOUSES 125

SECTION 10.2.14.6 SINGLE- AND TWO-FAMILY DWELLINGS 125

DIVISION 15. MERCANTILE OCCUPANCIES 126

SECTION 10.2.15.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 126

SECTION 10.2.15.2 EXIT DETAILS 128

SECTION 10.2.15.3 PROTECTION 130

SECTION 10.2.15.4 BUILDING SERVICES EQUIPMENT 131

SECTION 10.2.15.5 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 131

DIVISION 16. BUSINESS OCCUPANCIES 132

SECTION 10.2.16.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 132

SECTION 10.2.16.2 EXIT DETAILS 133

SECTION 10.2.16.3 PROTECTION 135

SECTION 10.2.16.4 BUILDING SERVICES EQUIPMENT 137

SECTION 10.2.16.5 COMBINED BUSINESS AND MERCANTILE OCCUPANCY 137

DIVISION 17. INDUSTRIAL OCCUPANCIES 137

SECTION 10.2.17.1 REQUIREMENTS 137

SECTION 10.2.17.2 EXIT DETAILS 138

SECTION 10.2.17.3 PROTECTION 140

DIVISION 18. STORAGE OCCUPANCIES 140

SECTION 10.2.18.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 140

SECTION 10.2.18.2 PROTECTION141

SECTION 10.2.18.3 SPECIAL PROVISION FOR PARKING STRUCTURES 142

SECTION 10.2.18.4 SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR AIRCRAFT HANGARS 143

SECTION 10.2.18.5 SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR GRAIN ELEVATORS 144

DIVISION 19. SPECIAL STRUCTURES 144

413
SECTION 10.2.19.2 FIXED GUIDEWAY TRANSIT AND PASSENGER RAIL SYSTEMS  148

SECTION 10.2.19.3 HISTORICAL BUILDINGS, STRUCTURES AND HISTORIC CENTERS/HERITAGE

ZONES153

SECTION 10.2.19.4 IMMOBILIZED VEHICLE AND VESSELS 153

SECTION 10.2.19.5 MOTION PICTURE PROJECTION AND TELEVISION PRODUCTION STUDIO

SOUNDSTAGES AND APPROVED PRODUCTION FACILITIES 154

SECTION 10.2.19.6 OFF-SHORE ENERGY FACILITY 158

SECTION 10.2.19.7 PIERS AND WATER-SURROUNDED STRUCTURE 167

SECTION 10.2.19.8 SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC (PV) SYSTEM 167

SECTION 10.2.19.9 TOWERS168

SECTION 10.2.19.10 UNDERGROUND STRUCTURES AND WINDOWLESS BUILDINGS 169

DIVISION 20. HIGH RISE BUILDINGS 171

SECTION 10.2.20.1 SCOPE  171

SECTION 10.2.20.2 FIRE COMMAND CENTER 171

SECTION 10.2.20.3 SMOKE CONTROL 172

SECTION 10.2.20.4 SPRINKLER SYSTEMS PROTECTION 172

SECTION 10.2.20.5 STAIRWELLS172

SECTION 10.2.20.6 FIRST-AID FIRE PROTECTION 172

SECTION 10.2.20.7 APPLICABILITY OF ALL OTHER PROVISIONS OF THIS CODE 173

DIVISION 21. OPERATING FEATURES 173

SECTION 10.2.21.1 General 173

SECTION 10.2.21.2 PLACES OF ASSEMBLY 174

SECTION 10.2.21.3 EDUCATIONAL OCCUPANCIES 175

SECTION 10.2.21.4 DAY CARE OCCUPANCIES 176

SECTION 10.2.20.5 HEALTH CARE OCCUPANCIES 176

SECTION 10.2.20.6 RESIDENTIAL BOARD AND CARE OCCUPANCIES 177

SECTION 10.2.21.5 RESIDENTIAL OCCUPANCIES 177

SECTION 10.2.21.6 MERCANTILE, BUSINESS, AND INDUSTRIAL OCCUPANCIES 178

SECTION 10.2.21.7 SPECIAL STRUCTURES 178

CHAPTER 3 – FIRE SAFETY FOR HAZARDOUS MATERIALS 178

DIVISION 1. SCOPE 178
SECTION 10.3.1.1 APPLICABILITY  178

DIVISION 2. FIRE SAFETY CLEARANCE 179

DIVISION 3. CLASSIFICATION OF MATERIALS, WASTES,

AND HAZARD OF CONTENTS 179

414
SECTION 10.3.3.1 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL CLASSIFICATION 179

SECTION 10.3.3.2 CLASSIFICATION OF HIGH-HAZARD CONTENTS 179

Section 10.3.3.3 MIXTURES 180

Section 10.3.3.4 MULTIPLE HAZARDS 180

Section 10.3.3.5 CLASSIFICATION OF WASTE 180

DIVISION 4. PERMISSIBLE STORAGE AND USE LOCATIONS 180

Section 10.3.4.1 CONTROL AREA 180

Section 10.3.4.2 QUANTITY OF HAZARDOUS MATERIAL  180

SECTION 10.3.4.3 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS FOR CONTROL AREAS 181

SECTION 10.3.4.4 PROTECTION LEVELS 181

SECTION 10.3.4.5 OUTDOOR CONTROL AREAS. 182

DIVISION 5. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 183

DIVISION 6. SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS 184

DIVISION 7. MATERIAL-SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS 184
SECTION 10.3.7.1 CELLULOSE NITRATE PLASTIC (PYROXYLIN) 184

SECTION 10.3.7.2 COMBUSTIBLE FIBERS 186

SECTION 10.3.7.3 MATCHES187

SECTION 10.3.7.4 MAGNESIUM188

SECTION 10.3.7.6 CRYOGENIC FLUIDS 210

SECTION 10.3.7.7 MEDICAL AND RELATED COMPRESSED GASES 215

SECTION 10.3.7.8 LIQUEFIED PETROLEUM GASES (LPG) 219

SECTION 10.3.7.9 COMPRESSED NATURAL GAS AS VEHICLE FUEL 223

SECTION 10.3.7.10 LIQUIFIED NATURAL GAS 234

DIVISION 8. OTHER HAZARDOUS MATERIALS AND CHEMICALS 234

SECTION 10.3.8.1 SCOPE 234

SECTION 10.3.8.2 OXIDIZING MATERIALS 234

SECTION 10.3.8.3 RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS 234

SECTION 10.3.8.4 POTENTIALLY EXPLOSIVE CHEMICALS 234

SECTION 10.3.8.5 ORGANIC PEROXIDES 235

SECTION 10.3.8.6 NITROMETHANE 235

SECTION 10.3.8.7 AMMONIUM NITRATE 235

SECTION 10.3.8.8 HIGHLY TOXIC MATERIALS 236

SECTION 10.3.8.9 POISONOUS GASES 236

SECTION 10.3.8.10 CORROSIVE LIQUIDS 236

415
SECTION 10.3.8.11 STORAGE CABINETS FOR HAZARDOUS MATERIALS 237

SECTION 10.3.8.12 DESIGNATION OF CARGO 237

SECTION 10.3.8.13 HAZARDOUS INSULATOR/CUSHIONING MATERIALS 237

CHAPTER 4. FIRE SAFETY FOR HAZARDOUS OPERATIONS 237

DIVISION 1. SCOPE 237
SECTION 10.4.2.1 APPLICATION238

SECTION 10.4.2.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 238

SECTION 10.4.2.3 FIRE SAFETY CLEARANCE REQUIRED FOR THE FOLLOWING: 238

SECTION 10.4.2.4 TIRE STORAGE 238

SECTION 10.4.2.5 BURNING OPERATIONS  239

SECTION 10.4.2.6 MOTOR VEHICLE FLUIDS AND HAZARDOUS MATERIALS 239

SECTION 10.4.2.7 FIRE DEPARTMENT ACCESS ROADS 239

SECTION 10.4.2.8 HOUSEKEEPING240

DIVISION 3. BOWLING ALLEYS RESURFACING AND REFINISHING 240

SECTION 10.4.3.1 GENERAL 241

SECTION 10.4.3.2 FIRE SAFETY CLEARANCE REQUIRED 241

SECTION 10.4.3.3 CONSTRUCTION 241

SECTION 10.4.3.4 OPERATION 241

SECTION 10.4.3.5 PROTECTION AND MAINTENANCE 241

DIVISION 4. DUST PRODUCING MACHINES 241

SECTION 10.4.4.1 FIRE SAFETY CLEARANCE REQUIRED 241

SECTION 10.4.4.2 CONSTRUCTION 242

SECTION 10.4.4.3 OPERATION 242

SECTION 10.4.4.4 PROTECTION AND MAINTENANCE 242

DIVISION 5. EXPLOSIVES, AMMUNITION AND BLASTING AGENTS 243

SECTION 10.4.5.1 GENERAL243

SECTION 10.4.5.2 SECURITY AND SAFETY OF EXPLOSIVE MATERIALS 243

SECTION 10.4.5.3 MANUFACTURING, USE AND HANDLING 246

SECTION 10.4.5.4 TRANSPORTATION 247

DIVISION 6. FIREWORKS AND PYROTECHNIC 247

SECTION 10.4.6.1 APPLICATION 247

SECTION 10.4.6.2 FIRE SAFETY INSPECTION CERTIFICATE (FSIC) REQUIRED 248

SECTION 10.4.6.3 MANUFACTURING FACILITIES 248

SECTION 10.4.6.4 REQUIREMENTS FOR MANUFACTURE OF FIREWORKS AND PYTROTECHNICS

249
416
SECTION 10.4.6.5 STORAGE OF CONSUMER FIREWORKS AT MANUFACTURING AND
DISTRIBUTION FACILITIES 250

SECTION 10.4.6.6 RETAIL AND SELLING OF CONSUMER FIREWORKS  251

SECTION 10.4.6.7 STORAGE AND TRANSPORTATION OF FIRE WORKS 253

SECTION 10.4.6.8 DISPLAY CENTER AND SITE SELECTION  254

SECTION 10.4.6.9 FLOATING VESSELS AND FLOATING PLATFORMS 256

SECTION 10.4.6.10 USE OF PYROTHECHNICS BEFORE A PROXIMATE AUDIENCE 258

SECTION 10.4.6.11 TYPES OF FIRECRACKERS AND PYROTECHNIC DEVICES ALLOWED 258

SECTION 10.4.6.12 PROHIBITED TYPES OF FIRECRACKERS AND PYROTECHNIC DEVICES  259

SECTION 10.4.6.13 CLEARANCE FOR FIREWORKS EXHIBITION 260

SECTION 10.4.6.14 REQUIREMENTS FOR FIREWORKS EXHIBITION 260

SECTION 10.4.6.15 DISPOSAL OF UNFIRED FIREWORKS 260

DIVISION 7. SPRAYING, DIPPING, COATING USING FLAMMABLE OR COMBUSTIBLE

MATERIALS AND LIQUIDS 260
SECTION 10.4.7.1 FIRE SAFETY CLEARANCE 260

SECTION 10.4.7.2 DIPPING, COATING, AND PRINTING USING FLAMMABLE OR COMBUSTIBLE

LIQUIDS260

SECTION 10.4.7.3 LOCATION OF DIPPING, COATING AND PRINTING PROCESSES 261

SECTION 10.4.7.4 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF DIPPING, COATING, AND PRINTING

EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS 261

SECTION 10.4.7.5 VENTILATION 263

SECTION 10.4.7.6 STORAGE, HANDLING, AND DISTRIBUTION OF FLAMMABLE AND

COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS 265

SECTION 10.4.7.7 PROTECTION 266

SECTION 10.4.7.8 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE 267

SECTION 10.4.7.9 SOLVENT DISTILLATION UNITS (SOLVENT RECYCLERS) 268

SECTION 10.4.7.10 ELECTROSTATIC APPARATUS 268

SECTION 10.4.7.11 SPRAYING USING FLAMMABLE OR COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS 269

SECTION 10.4.7.12 COMBUSTIBLE DEPOSITS 270

SECTION 10.4.7.13 HIGH-PRESSURE HOSE LINES 270

SECTION 10.4.7.14 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES 270

SECTION 10.4.7.15 WASTE CONTAINERS 270

SECTION 10.4.7.16 Handheld Electrostatic Spray Equipment 271

SECTION 10.4.7.17 Drying, Curing, and Fusion Processes 271

SECTION 10.4.7.18 MISCELLANEOUS SPRAY OPERATIONS 273

SECTION 10.4.7.19 POWDER COATING 274

SECTION 10.4.7.20 ORGANIC PEROXIDES AND PLURAL COMPONENT COATINGS 276

417
SECTION 10.4.7.21 STYRENE CROSS-LINKED COMPOSITES MANUFACTURING (GLASS FIBER-
REINFORCED PLASTICS) 277

SECTION 10.4.7.22 SPRAY APPLICATION OPERATIONS IN MEMBRANE ENCLOSURES 278

DIVISION 8. RIPENING PROCESSES 281

SECTION 10.4.8.1 FIRE SAFETY INSPECTION CERTIFICATE (FSIC) REQUIRED 281

SECTION 10.4.8.2 CONSTRUCTION 281

SECTION 10.4.8.3 OPERATION 281

SECTION 10.4.8.4 PROTECTION AND MAINTENANCE 282

DIVISION 9. FUMIGATION AND THERMAL INSECTICIDAL FOGGING 282

SECTION 10.4.9.1 FIRE SAFETY CLEARANCE (FSC) 282

SECTION 10.4.9.2 SOURCES OF IGNITION 283

SECTION 10.4.9.3 WATCH PERSONNEL 283

SECTION 10.4.9.4 SEALING OF BUILDING 283

SECTION 10.4.9.5 WARNING SIGNS 283

SECTION 10.4.9.6 VENTING AND CLEANUP 283

SECTION 10.4.9.7 THERMAL INSECTICIDAL FOGGING LIQUIDS 284

SECTION 10.4.9.8 RESTRICTED FUMIGANTS 284

DIVISION 10. REPAIR GARAGES 284

SECTION 10.4.10.1 CONSTRUCTION 284

SECTION 10.4.10.2 OPERATION 285

SECTION 10.4.10.3 PROTECTION AND MAINTENANCE 285

DIVISION 11. LUMBER YARDS, WOOD PROCESSING AND WOODWORKING 286

SECTION 10.4.11.1 CONSTRUCTION 286

SECTION 10.4.11.2 OPERATION 287

SECTION 10.4.11.3 PROTECTION AND MAINTENANCE 287

DIVISION 12. MECHANICAL REFRIGERATION 288

SECTION 10.4.12.1 GENERAL 288

SECTION 10.4.12.2 SAFETY FEATURES 289

SECTION 10.4.12.3 OPERATIONS, MAINTENANCE, AND TESTING 293

DIVISION 13. MOTION PICTURE PROJECTION 294

SECTION 10.4.13.1 CONSTRUCTION  294

SECTION 10.4.13.2 OPERATION  295

SECTION 10.4.13.3 PROTECTION AND MAINTENANCE 295

DIVISION 14. OIL-BURNING EQUIPMENT 295

SECTION 10.4.14.1 APPLICATION 295
418
SECTION 10.4.14.2 BASIC INSTALLATION AND OPERATION 295

SECTION 10.4.14.3 AIR FOR COMBUSTION AND VENTILATION 297

SECTION 10.4.14.4 VENTING OF COMBUSTION (FLUE) GASES 299

SECTION 10.4.14.5 INSTALLATION OF OIL BURNERS AND OIL-BURNING APPLIANCES 303

DIVISION 15. MANUFACTURE OF ORGANIC COATINGS 311

SECTION 10.4.15.1 APPLICABILITY 311

SECTION 10.4.15.2 LOCATION OF PLANTS AND BUILDINGS 311

SECTION 10.4.15.3 BUILDING CONSTRUCTION 312

SECTION 10.4.15.4 PROCESS EQUIPMENT AND OPERATIONS 314

SECTION 10.4.15.5 MATERIAL STORAGE AND HANDLING 317

SECTION 10.4.15.6 SPECIAL HAZARDS 319

SECTION 10.4.15.7 CONTROL OF IGNITION SOURCES 321

SECTION 10.4.15.8 MANAGEMENT OF FIRE HAZARDS 322

SECTION 10.4.15.9 FIRE PROTECTION 323

SECTION 10.4.15.10 TRAINING AND EMERGENCY PLANNING 324

SECTION 10.4.15.11 INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE 325

DIVISION 16. INDUSTRIAL OVENS AND FURNACES 325

SECTION 10.4.16.1 GENERAL 325

SECTION 10.4.16.2 LOCATION AND CONSTRUCTION 326

SECTION 10.4.16.3 COMMISSIONING, OPERATIONS, MAINTENANCE, INSPECTION AND

TESTING330

SECTION 10.4.16.4 FIRE PROTECTION 332

DIVISION 17. HOTWORKS OPERATION 333

SECTION 10.4.17.1 FIRE SAFETY CLEARANCE FOR HOTWORKS OPERATION  333

SECTION 10.4.17.2 LOCATIONAL SAFETY REQUIREMENTS  333

SECTION 10.4.17.3 OPERATION  333

SECTION 10.4.17.4 PROTECTION AND MAINTENANCE  336

DIVISION 18. SAFEGUARDING BUILDING CONSTRUCTION, ALTERATION AND

DEMOLITION OPERATIONS 338
SECTION 10.4.18.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 338

SECTION 10.4.18.2 PROCESSES AND HAZARDS 338

SECTION 10.4.18.3 FIRE PROTECTION 340

SECTION 10.4.18.4 SAFEGUARDING CONSTRUCTION AND ALTERATION OPERATIONS 342

CHAPTER 5. MISCELLANEOUS SAFETY MEASURES 346

DIVISION 1. WATER AND WASTE WATER TREATMENT PLANTS 346

419
SECTION 10.5.1.1 SCOPE 346

SECTION 10.5.1.2 GENERAL SAFETY PRACTICES 347

SECTION 10.5.1.3 HAZARD EVALUATION 347

SECTION 10.5.1.4 PROCESS AND EQUIPMENT CONTROL 348

SECTION 10.5.1.5 VENTILATION 348

SECTION 10.5.1.6 MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION 349

SECTION 10.5.1.7 EDUCATION 350

SECTION 10.5.1.8 FIRE PROTECTION 350

DIVISION 2. SMOKING 351

SECTION 10.5.2.1 DESIGNATED AND PROHIBITED SMOKING AREAS 351

SECTION 10.5.2.2 NO SMOKING SIGNAGES 352

DIVISION 3. MANUFACTURE AND SALE OF FIRE EXTINGUISHERS 352

SECTION 10.5.3.1 SCOPE 352

SECTION 10.5.3.2 MANUFACTURE AND SALE 352

SECTION 10.5.3.3 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 353

SECTION 10.5.3.5 PROHIBITED TYPES OF EXTINGUISHERS 353

SECTION 10.5.3.6 PROHIBITED ACTS 354

DIVISION 4. OPEN BURNING 354

SECTION 10.5.4.1 WHEN ALLOWED 354

SECTION 10.5.4.2 EXCEPTIONS 354

SECTION 10.5.4.3 PROHIBITION ON OPEN BURNING 354

SECTION 10.5.4.4 REQUIREMENTS 355

SECTION 10.5.4.5 PROCEDURES FOR OBTAINING FIRE SAFETY CLEARANCE 355

SECTION 10.5.4.6 RESPONSIBLE PERSON FOR OUTDOOR BURNING 355

DIVISION 5. INCINERATOR 355

DIVISION 6. USE OF EQUIPMENT, APPLIANCES, DEVICES AND VACANT BUILDINGS

356
SECTION 10.5.6.1 TOY BALLOONS 356

SECTION 10.5.6.2 TRACER BULLETS AND SIMILAR DEVICES 356

SECTION 10.5.6.3 ASPHALT KETTLES 356

SECTION 10.5.6.4 ELECTRICAL WIRING AND OTHER DEVICES 356

SECTION 10.5.6.5 ELECTRICAL APPLIANCES/DEVICES 356

SECTION 10.5.6.6 TRAPDOORS TO BE CLOSED 356

SECTION 10.5.6.7 SHAFTWAYS TO BE MARKED 356

SECTION 10.5.6.8 USE OF TORCHES OR FLAME-PRODUCING DEVICES FOR REMOVING PAINT

420
 357

SECTION 10.5.6.9 HAZARDOUS WARNING LIGHTS 357

SECTION 10.5.6.10 OPEN FLAME DEVICES IN PORTS/WHARVES 357

SECTION 10.5.6.11 VACATING PREMISES 357

SECTION 10.5.6.12 VACANT BUILDINGS 357

DIVISION 7. URBAN AND RURAL PRE-FIRE PLANNING 357

SECTION 10.5.7.1 HYDRANT 357

SECTION 10.5.7.2 DESIGNATION OF FIRE LANE  358

RULE 11. PROHIBITED ACTS 358

SECTION 11.0.0.1 PROHIBITED ACTS AND OMISSIONS 358

SECTION 12.0.0.1 SOURCES OF INCOME 359

SECTION 12.0.0.2 FIRE CODE REVENUES 359

SECTION 12.0.0.3 ASSESSMENT 360

SECTION 12.0.0.4 SCHEDULE OF FEES AND FINES 360

SECTION 12.0.0.5 MANNER OF COLLECTION 370

SECTION 12.0.0.6 DESIGNATION OF COLLECTING OFFICER 370

SECTION 12.0.0.7 UTILIZATION 370

SECTION 12.0.0.8 MONITORING 371

RULE 13. ADMINISTRATIVE COURSES OF ACTION 371

SECTION 13.0.0.1 GENERAL GUIDELINES 371

SECTION 13.0.0.2 FIXING OF FINES 372

SECTION 13.0.0.3 JURISDICTION 372

SECTION 13.0.0.4 GENERAL PROCEDURES 372

SECTION 13.0.0.5 PUBLIC NUISANCE 374

SECTION 13.0.0.6 PERIOD FOR CORRECTING VIOLATIONS 375

SECTION 13.0.0.7 PENALTIES FOR SPECIFIC INDIVIDUALS 377

SECTION 13.0.0.8. CONDUCT OF HIGHWAY MONITORING 378

SECTION 13.0.0.9. REMOVAL OF HAZARD 379

RULE 14. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 379

SECTION 14.0.0.1 PROTEST  379

SECTION 14.0.0.2 APPEAL 380

SECTION 14.0.0.3 EFFECT OF FILING A PROTEST OR APPEAL 380

SECTION14.0.0.4 CITIZEN PARTICIPATION 380

SECTION 14.0.0.5 IMPLEMENTING DETAILS 380

421
SECTION 14.0.0.6 ALTERNATIVE AND/OR REMEDIAL FIRE SAFETY MEASURES  381

SECTION 14.0.0.7 SEPARABILITY CLAUSE  381

SECTION 14.0.0.8 REPEALING AND AMENDING CLAUSE 381

SECTION 14.0.0.9 EFFECTIVITY 381

ANNEX A: TABLES 386

ANNEX B: FIGURES 412

422
423